الجمال المحمدى ظاهره وباطنه by حسن العجوز

 

‫‪‬‬

‫اﻟﻜﺘﺎب‬

‫اﻟﺠﻤﺎل اﻟﻤﺤﻤﺪى ﻇﺎھﺮه وﺑﺎﻃﻨﮫ‬

‫اﻟﻤﺆﻟﻒ‬

‫اﻟﺸﯿﺦ ﻓﻮزي ﻣﺤﻤﺪ أﺑﻮزﯾﺪ‬

‫اﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ اﻷوﻟﻰ‬

‫‪ ٥‬رﺑﯿﻊ أول ‪١٤٣٦‬ھــ‪ ٢٧/‬دﯾﺴﻤﺒﺮ ‪ ٢٠١٤‬م‬

‫رﻗﻢ اﻟﻜﺘﺎب‬

‫اﻟﺨﺎﻣﺲ واﻟﺜﻤﺎﻧﻮن ﻣﻦ اﻟﻜﺘﺐ اﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ‬

‫ﺳﻠﺴﻠﺔ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻘﯿﻘﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﻤﺪﯾﺔ‬

‫اﻟﺪاﺧﻠﻰ‬

‫‪ ٣٥٢‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ *‪٨٠‬ﺟﻢ * ‪ ١٧‬ﺳﻢ * ‪ ٢٤‬ﺳﻢ* ‪٢‬‬ ‫ﻟﻮن‬

‫اﻟﻐﻼف‬

‫ﻛﻮﺷﯿﮫ ﻣﻂ ‪ ٢٥٠‬ﺟﻢ ‪ ٤ ،‬ﻟﻮن‪ ،‬ﺳﻠﻮﻓﺎن ﻣﻂ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺠﻠﺪ‬

‫إﺷﺮاف‬

‫دار اﻹﯾﻤﺎن واﻟﺤﯿﺎة‪ ١١٤ ،‬ش ‪ ، ١٠٥‬ﺣﺪاﺋﻖ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻌﺎدى‪ ،‬اﻟﻘﺎھﺮة‪ ،‬ج م ع ‪ ،‬ﺗﻠﯿﻔﻮن ‪:‬‬ ‫‪،٠٠٢٠-٢-٢٥٢٥٢١٤٠‬‬ ‫ﻓﺎﻛﺲ‪٠٠٢٠-٢-٢٥٢٦١٦١٨ :‬‬

‫رﻗﻢ اﻹﯾﺪاع‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻰ‬ ‫اﻟﺘﺮﻗﯿﻢ اﻟﺪوﻟﻰ‬

‫‪978-977-90-2431-8‬‬

‫ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻊ اﻟﻨﻮﺑﺎر ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺒﻮر‬

‫‪٢٠١٤/٢٥٣١٢‬‬





t 







  





  





 











 





‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﻗﺪ ﺑﺪﺍ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺭﺑﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ‪١٤٣٥‬ﻫـ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﺍﻷﺣﺒﺎﺏ ﺑﻞ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﺃﲨﻌﲔ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺃﻭﺻﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﺍﳋﻠﻘﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳋﹸﻠﻘﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹﺣﺎﻃﺔ ﺑﺒﻌﺾ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺼﻪ‬ ‫‪ r‬ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻨﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺐ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻋﲏ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻮﺍ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﶈﻤﺪﻳﺔ ﻭﺃﻭﳍﻢ ﻭﺃﺷﻬﺮﻫﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ‪ t‬ﺍﳌﺘﻮﰲ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪٢٧٩‬ﻫـ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ "ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﶈﻤﺪﻳﺔ"‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﻛﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺷﺮﺣﺎﹰ ﻭﺗﻔﺴﲑﺍﹰ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﳒﻤﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻭﺻﺎﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﶈﻤﺪﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻈﺎ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﻧﺒﺴﻄﻬﺎ ﺑﺄﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﺳﻬﻞ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎﺻﺮﻳﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻬﺎ ﻳﺘﺄﺳﺲ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﻭﻋﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﻭﻋﻠﻮ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺼﻤﺘﻪ‬ ‫‪.١‬‬ ‫ﻭﻭﺿﺎﺀﺗﻪ ﻭﺻﺪﻕ ﳍﺠﺘﻪ ﻭﺃﻣﺎﻧﺘﻪ ﻭﺷﺠﺎﻋﺘﻪ ﻭﻋﺪﻟﻪ ﻭﻭﻓﻮﺭﺓ ﻋﻘﻠﻪ ﻭﺻﺪﻕ ﺑﻼﻏﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻭﺭﲪﺘﻪ ﻭﺭﺃﻓﺘﻪ ﻭﻋﻔﻮﻩ ﻭﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻭﺣﺴﻦ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺘﻪ ﻭﺣﺴﻦ ﲰﺘﻪ ﻭﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻩ ﻭﺣﺮﺻﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪{}‬‬

‫ﺃﻣﺘﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ ﲨﻴﻌﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﲢﺼﻴﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺇﳝﺎﻧﺎﹰ ﻭﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﺍﹰ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﺪ ﺛﺒﺖ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﺷﺮﻁ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﲨﺎﻉ‬ ‫‪.٢‬‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻌﻘﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻁ ﺍﻻﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻟﻪ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻓﺮﺿﻪ ﺳﻨﻪ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﺓ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺍﻓﺘﺮﺿﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﲡﻤﻠﺖ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺘﻘﻮﺍﻩ ﻭﻋﺒﺎﺩﺗﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻋﺘﻨﺖ ﺑﺎﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﱴ ﺗﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﻣﻌﺎﺷﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺳﻠﻮﻛﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺭﺑﻪ ﳑﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺳﻠﻮﻛﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﳑﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﳌﻦ ﺃﺗﻰ ﺷﻴﺌﺎﹰ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﺒﻌﺎﹰ ﳌﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ‪ r‬ﻭﺇﻟﺘﺰﻣﻪ ﺇﺫ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺜﻠﻰ ﻟﻠﻌﺒﺪ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻘﻮﺍﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﲨﻌﺖ ﻛﺘﺐ ﴰﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﻋﺪﺩﺍﹰ ﻛﺒﲑﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺷﻔﺔ ﻋﻦ‬ ‫‪.٣‬‬ ‫ﺃﺧﻼﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﻋﺘﱪﻩ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﻗﺪﻭﺓ ﻭﺃﺳﻮﺓ‬ ‫ﻭﳕﻮﺫﺟﺎ ﺣﻴﺎﹰ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺠﺎﹰ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻛﺎﹰ ﳌﻦ ﻳﻨﺸﺪ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺧﻼﻗﻲ ﰲ ﺃﰎ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﲝﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﳊﻜﻴﻢ‪:‬‬ ‫_‪©!#$ #( q‬‬ ‫‪ã •ö ƒt b‬‬ ‫‪t %.x `J‬‬ ‫¡ ‪y 9jÏ p× Zu‬‬ ‫‪| m‬‬ ‫™ ‪y oî qu‬‬ ‫! ‪ó &é‬‬ ‫‪« #$ A‬‬ ‫™‪É q‬‬ ‫‪ß ‘u ’ûÎ N‬‬ ‫‪ö 3‬‬ ‫‪ä 9s b‬‬ ‫‪t %.x ‰‬‬ ‫) ‪ô‬‬ ‫} ©‪s 9‬‬ ‫‪t•z‬‬ ‫‪Å y‬‬ ‫‪F #$ Pt qö ‹u 9ø #$ ru‬‬

‫{ )‪ ٢١‬اﻷﺣﺰاب(‬

‫ﺗﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﺋﻞ ﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﻣﻌﺎﺷﻪ ‪ r‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‬ ‫‪.٤‬‬ ‫"ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺳﺮﺓ" ﻷ‪‬ﺎ ﺗﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﻋﻦ ﺷﺄﻧﻪ ﰲ ﺑﻴﺘﻪ ﻭﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺃﻫﻠﻪ ﻭﻣﻼﻃﻔﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﻟﻸﻭﻻﺩ ﻭﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮﻩ ﻷﺯﻭﺍﺟﻪ ﻭﻏﲑﻫﻢ ﳑﺎ ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺗﺮﲨﺘﻪ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻠﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺭﺩ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺗﻌﺎﰿ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻠﺘﻪ ﻷﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﻭﻟﻠﺼﻐﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﲔ‬ ‫‪.٥‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺍﻣﻞ ﻭﺫﻭﻱ ﺍﻹﻋﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ‬ ‫ﻗﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻹﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﺃ‪ -‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻊ ﺏ‪ -‬ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺝ‪-‬‬ ‫ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺔ ﺫﻭﻱ ﺍﻹﻋﺎﻗﺔ ﺩ‪ -‬ﺃﺧﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻋﺎﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻐﻄﻲ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ‬ ‫‪.٦‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻀﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﺃ‪ -‬ﻣﺘﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﻭﺃﺳﺎﺳﻪ ﺏ‪ -‬ﺍﻷﻃﻌﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻏﺬﻳﺔ ﺝ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻄﺐ‬ ‫‪{}‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻼﺝ ﺩ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻌﻄﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﺔ ﻫـ ‪-‬ﺍﳌﻼﺑﺲ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﻴﺎﺏ ﻭ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ )ﺍﻟﻨﺒﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﻭﻏﲑﻫﺎ( ﺯ‪-‬ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﺡ‪-‬ﺍﻵﺩﺍﺏ ﻛﺂﺩﺍﺏ ﺍﻷﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻭﺍ‪‬ﺎﻟﺲ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﻭﻏﲑﻫﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺧﲑ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﳛﺘﺎﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﻚ ﰲ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﻟﻠﻮﺍﺻﻞ‬ ‫‪.٧‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﳌﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻭﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﳌﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﷲ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﲟﺎ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻋﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﰲ‬ ‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﻖ ﺑﺄﺧﻼﻗﻪ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻭﻧﺸﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﱯ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﺬﻟﻚ ﻫﻮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻨﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺇﻛﺮﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻋﻄﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﷲ ‪.U‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺳﻘﻨﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﻴﺌﺔ ﳏﺎﺿﺮﺍﺕ ﺗﺮﺑﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺜﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﻜﲔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺮﺟﻮﻥ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﶈﺎﺿﺮﺍﺕ ﳌﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ‬ ‫ﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﻷﺣﺒﺎﺏ ﺃﻥ ﳒﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺗﻴﺴﲑﺍﹰ ﻟﻠﺮﺍﻏﺒﲔ ﻭﺗﺴﻬﻴﻼﹰ ﳌﻦ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻃﻼﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﲨﺎﻻﺕ ﺳﻴﺪ ﺍﳌﺮﺳﻠﲔ ﻭﻧﺮﺟﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻣﻨﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻭﺃﻥ ﳚﻌﻠﻪ ﺧﺎﻟﺼﺎﹰ‬ ‫ﻟﻮﺟﻬﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﻭﺃﻥ ﳚﺎﺯﻱ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻋﺎﻧﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﻩ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺑﻼﻏﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻪ ﲞﲑ ﻭﻓﺘﺢ‬ ‫ﻭﻧﺼﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﺇﻋﺰﺍﺯ ﻭﲤﻜﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺇﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻭﺳﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻛﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﲪﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﻰ ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻖ ﺃﲨﻌﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺻﺤﺒﻪ ﺃﲨﻌﲔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﱪﻳﺪ ‪ :‬ﺍﳉﻤﻴﺰﺓ ـ ﳏﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪،‬ﲨﻬﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﻠﻴﻔﻮﻥ ‪٠٠٢٠-٤٠-٥٣٤٠٥١٩ :‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪WWW.Fawzyabuzeid.com :‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﱪﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻴﻜﺘﺮﻭﱏ‪fawzyabuzeid@hotmail.com, ، fawzy@Fawzyabuzeid.com :‬‬ ‫‪fawzyabuzeid@yahoo.com ، fwzyabuzeid48@gmail.com,‬‬

‫‪{}‬‬

‫‪١‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﺆﻣﻦ ﻳﻬﻔﻮ ﺑﺎﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻳﺘﻮﻕ ﺇﱃ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻷﻭﺻﺎﻑ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ‬ ‫ﳏﻤﺪ ‪ ،r‬ﻭﻳﺘﻤﲎ ﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﺴﻌﻔﻪ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﺑﺮﺅﻳﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﳛﻈﻰ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺑﻨﻈﺮﺍﺗﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻣﻨﺎﻩ ﻭﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻤﻨﺎﻩ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﻤﻊ ﺑﻀﻊ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﺣﺒ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﻟﻮ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻮﺟ‪‬ﻬﺎﹰ ﻭﻧﺎﺻﺤﺎﹰ ﻭﻣﺮﺷﺪﺍﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﲎ ﻛﻞﱢ ﺃﻫﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺎﺩﺍﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﳌﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺘﻌﺬﱠﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﻭﺻﻔﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﻳﺼﻔﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻛﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻭﺻﺎﻑ ﻣﺎ ﻭﺻﻔﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻲ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺃﰊ ﻫﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﺧﺪﳚﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﻧﺲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟ‪‬ﻠﱠﺔ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻡ ﺣﻮﺍﱃ ﺍﳋﻤﺴﺔ ﻋﺸﺮ ﺻﺤﺎﺑﻴﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻟﻔﺎﻇﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻒ ‪-‬ﲝﺴﺐ ﺯﻣﺎ‪‬ﻢ‪ -‬ﺻﻌﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻫﻞ‬ ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻨﺎ؛ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺍﺟﺘﻬﺪﺕ ﺑﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﻭﺭﻋﺎﻳﺘﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺗﺮﺟﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻭﺻﺎﻑ ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺳﻬﻠﺔ ﻣﻴﺴﺮﺓ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻔﻬﻤﻬﺎ ﺃﻱ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:٢‬‬ ‫‪ ١‬اﻟﻤﻌﺎدي – اﻟﺨﻤﯿﺲ – ‪ ٥‬ﻣﻦ ﺟﻤﺎد اﻷول ‪١٤٣٥‬ھـ ‪٢٠١٤/٣/٦‬م‬ ‫‪ ٢‬أﺷﺮﻧﺎ إﻟﻰ اﻷﺣﺎدﯾﺚ اﻟﺸﺮﯾﻔﺔ ﺑﺘﺨﺮﯾﺠﮭﺎ‪ ،‬أﻣﺎ اﻟﺸﺮوﺣﺎت ﻓﻮﺿﻌﻨﺎھﺎ ﺑﯿﻦ ﻗﻮﺳﯿﻦ ھﻜﺬا )‪ (...‬واﺷﺮﻧﺎ إﻟﻰ أﺻﻞ اﻟﺤﺪﯾﺚ اﻟﺬى‬ ‫ﯾﺘﻨﺎوﻟﮫ اﻟﺸﺮح وﺑﯿﻨﱠﺄ ﻣﺼﺪره‪،‬وإﻻ ﻓﺎﻟﺸﺮح ﻣﻤﺎ وﻓﻘﻨﺎ اﷲ ﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﮫ‪.‬‬

‫‪{}‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪: r‬‬ ‫ﺣَﺴَﻦَ اﻟْﺠِﺴْـﻢِ‪ ،٣‬ﻓَﺨـْﻤَﺎً ﻣُﻔَﺨَّﻤَﺎً‪) ٤‬ﻋﻈﯿﻤﺎً ﻣﻌﻈﱠﻤﺎً(‪ ،‬أَﺣْﺴَ َ‬ ‫ﻦ‬ ‫اﻟﻨَّﺎسِ وَﺟْﮭﺎً‪ ،‬ﯾَﺘَﻸﻷُ )ﯾﺴﺘﻨﯿﺮ( وَﺟْﮭُﮫُ ﺗَﻸْﻟُﺆَ اﻟْﻘَﻤَﺮِ ﻟَﯿْﻠَﺔَ اﻟْﺒَﺪْرِ‪،‬‬ ‫وَأَﺣْﺴَﻨَﮭُﻢْ ﺧُﻠُﻘﺎً‪ ،‬ﻟَﯿْﺲَ ﺑِﺎﻟﻄَّﻮِﯾﻞِ اﻟْﺒَﺎﺋِﻦِ َوﻻَ ﺑِﺎﻟْﻘَﺼِﯿﺮِ‪،٥‬ﺑَﻞْ ﻛَﺎنَ‬ ‫ﯾُﻨْﺴَﺐُ إﻟﻰ اﻟﺮِّﺑْﻌَﺔِ ‪ -‬ﻣَﺮْﺑُﻮﻋَﺎً‪ -٦‬إِذَا ﻣَﺸَﻰ وَﺣْﺪَهُ‪ ،‬وَﻣَﻊَ ذَﻟِﻚَ ﻓَﻠَﻢْ‬ ‫ﯾَﻜُﻦْ ﯾُﻤَﺎﺷِﯿﮫُ أَﺣَﺪٌ ﻣِﻦَ اﻟﻨﱠﺎسِ ﯾُﻨْﺴَﺐُ إِﻟَﻰ اﻟﻄﱡﻮلِ إِﻻ ﻃَﺎﻟَﮫُ رَﺳُﻮلُ‬ ‫اﷲ ‪ ،r‬وَﻟَﺮُﺑﱠﻤَﺎ اﻛْﺘَﻨَﻔَﮫُ اﻟﺮﱠﺟُﻼن اﻟﻄﱠﻮﯾﻼن ﻓَﯿَﻄُﻮﻟُﮭُﻤَﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓَﺈذَا‬ ‫ﻓَﺎرَﻗَﺎهُ ﻧُﺴِﺒَﺎ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻄﱡﻮلِ وﻧُﺴِﺐَ ھُﻮَ ‪ r‬إﻟﻰ اﻟﺮﱢﺑْﻌَﺔِ‪ ،‬وَﯾَﻘُﻮلُ ‪:r‬‬ ‫"ﺟُﻌِﻞَ اﻟﺨَﯿْﺮُ ﻛُﻠﱡﮫُ ﻓﻰ اﻟْﺮﱢﺑْﻌَﺔِ" ‪،٧‬‬ ‫)وَﻛَﺎنَ ‪ r‬إِذَا ﺟَﻠَﺲَ ﯾَﻜُﻮنُ ﻛَﺘِﻔُﮫُ أَﻋْﻠَﻰ ﻣِﻦْ ﺟَﻤِﯿ ِﻊ‬ ‫اﻟْﺠَﺎﻟِﺴِﯿﻦَ‪ ،٨‬وَﻛَﺎنَ ‪ r‬ﻋَﻈِﯿﻢَ اﻟﺼﱠﺪْرِ(‪ ،٩‬ﺑَﻌِﯿﺪَ ﻣَﺎ ﺑَﯿْﻦَ اﻟْﻤَﻨْﻜِﺒَﯿْﻦِ‪،١٠‬‬ ‫أَﺳِﯿﻞَ اﻟْﺨَﺪَّﯾْﻦِ )ﻟَﯿْﺲَ ﻓِﯿْﮭﻤَﺎ ارْﺗِﻔَﺎعٌ(‪ ،‬ﺷَﺪِﯾﺪَ ﺳَﻮَادِ اﻟﺸَّﻌْﺮِ‬ ‫‪ ٣‬ﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي ﻋﻦ أﻧﺲ‬ ‫‪ ٤‬ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﯾﺚ ھﻨﺪ ﺑﻦ أﺑﻰ ھﺎﻟﮫ اﻟﺘﻤﯿﻤﻰ )ت‪ ،‬ﻓِﻲ اﻟﺸَّﻤﺎﺋﻞ‪ ،‬واﻟﺮوﯾﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻃﺐ‪ ،‬ھﻖ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﺪَّﻻﺋﻞ‪ ،‬ھﺐ‪ ،‬ﻛﺮ( } ﻛَﺎنَ ﻓَﺨْﻤﺎً ﻣُﻔَﺨَّﻤَﺎً‪،‬‬ ‫ﯾَﺘﻸﻷُ وَﺟْﮭُﮫُ ﺗَﻸْﻟُﺆَ اﻟْﻘَﻤَﺮِ ﻟَﯿْﻠَﺔَ اﻟْﺒَﺪْرِ{‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٥‬ﺻﺤﯿﺢ اﻟﺒﺨﺎرى وﻣﺴﻠﻢ واﻟﺒﯿﮭﻘﻰ وﺻﺤﯿﺢ اﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎن ﻋﻦ اﻟﺒﺮاء ﺑﻦ ﻋﺎزب‪ ،‬روى اﻟﺒﯿﮭﻘﻰ } ﻛَﺎنَ أَﺣْﺴَﻦَ اﻟﻨَّﺎسِ وَﺟْﮭﺎً‪،‬‬ ‫وَأَﺣْﺴَﻨَﮭُﻢْ ﺧُﻠُﻘﺎً‪ ،‬ﻟَﯿْﺲَ ﺑِﺎﻟﻄَّﻮِﯾﻞِ اﻟْﺒَﺎﺋِﻦِ وَﻻَ ﺑِﺎﻟْﻘَﺼِﯿﺮِ{‪ ،‬وردت }ﺧَﻠْﻘَﺎً{ ﻓﻰ رواﯾﺔ أﺣﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻌﯿﺪ ﻣﻤﺎ أﺧﺮﺟﮫ اﻟﺒﺨﺎرى‪ ،‬ووردت‬ ‫} ﺧَﻠْﻘَﺎً وﺧُﻠُﻘَﺎً { ﻓﻰ رواﯾﺔ اﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎن‪ ،‬وﻓﻰ ﺑﻌﻀﮭﺎ }ﺑﺎﻟﻄﻮﯾﻞ اﻟﺬاھﺐ{‪.‬‬ ‫ﻲ ‪r‬ﻣَﺮﺑﻮﻋﺎً ﺑَﻌﯿﺪَ ﻣﺎ ﺑﯿﻦ اﻟﻤﻨﻜِﺒَﯿﻦ {‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٦‬روى اﻟﺒﺨﺎرى ﻋﻦ اﻟﺒَﺮاءِ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺎزب ‪ y‬ﻗﺎل‪ } :‬ﻛﺎن اﻟﻨﺒ ُّ‬ ‫‪ ٧‬أﺑﻮ ﻧﻌﯿﻢ ﻓﻰ دﻻﺋﻞ اﻟﻨﺒﻮة ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﯾﺚ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ وﻛﺬا ﻓﻰ ﺗﺨﺮﯾﺞ أﺣﺎدﯾﺚ اﻹﺣﯿﺎء ﻟﻠﺤﺎﻓﻆ اﻟﻌﺮاﻗﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٨‬ﺷﺮح اﻟﺰرﻗﺎﻧﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﻃﺄ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٩‬ﻧﻮر اﻟﯿﻘﯿﻦ ﻟﻤﺤﻤﺪ اﻟﺨﻀﺮى وورد ﻓﻰ وﺻﻒ ھﻨﺪ ﺑﻦ أﺑﻰ ھﺎﻟﮫ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﮫ } ﻋﺮﯾﺾ اﻟﺼﺪر{‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ١٠‬ﺻﺤﯿﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ واﻟﺒﺨﺎرى ﻋﻦ اﻟﺒﺮاء وورد ﻓﻰ ﺣﺪﯾﺚ وﺻﻒ اﻟﻨﺒﻰ ﻟﮭﻨﺪ ﺑﻦ أﺑﻰ ھﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪{}‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬

‫‪)،١١‬ﻧِﺎﻋِﻢَ أَﻣْﻠَﺲَ اﻟﺸﱠﻌْﺮِ ﻣُﺘَﻤَﻮﱠﺟﺎً ﻗَﻠِﯿﻼً(‪ ،١٢‬أَﻛْﺤَﻞَ اﻟْﻌَﯿْﻨَﯿْ ِ‬ ‫ﻦ‬ ‫)أَﺳْﻮَدَ اﻷﺟْﻔَﺎنِ‪ ،‬ﻓِﻰ ﺑَﯿَﺎضِ ﻋَﯿْﻨَﯿْﮫِ ﺣُﻤْﺮَةٌ‪ ،‬ﻃَﻮِﯾﻞَ ﺷَﻌْﺮِ‬ ‫اﻷﺟْﻔَﺎنِ‪ ،١٤‬ﻣُﻘَﻮﱠسَ اﻟْﺤَﻮَاﺟِﺐِ ﻣَﻊَ ﻃُﻮلٍ ﺑِﻐَﯿْﺮِ اﺗﱢﺼَﺎلٍ ﺑَﯿْﻨَﮭُﻤَﺎ‪،١٥‬‬ ‫‪١٦‬‬ ‫ﻃَﻮِﯾﻞَ اﻷﻧْﻒِ ﻣَﻊَ دِﻗﱠﺔِ أَرْﻧَﺒَﺘِﮫِ وَﻓِﻲ وَﺳَﻄِﮫِ ﺑَﻌْﺾُ اِرْﺗِﻔَﺎعٍ‪،‬‬ ‫أَﺑْﯿَﺾَ اﻷَﺳْﻨَﺎنِ ﻣَﻊَ ﺑَﺮِﯾﻖٍ وَﺗَﺤْﺪِﯾﺪ ﻓِﯿﮭَﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣُﻨْﻔَﺮِجَ اﻟﺜﱠﻨَﺎﯾَﺎ(‪ ،١٧‬إِذَا‬ ‫ﺗَﻜَﻠﱠﻢَ رُؤِىَ ﻛَﺎﻟْﻨﱡﻮرِ ﯾَﺨْﺮُجُ ﻣِﻦْ ﺑَﯿْﻦِ ﺛَﻨَﺎﯾَﺎهُ‪) ١٨‬وَاﺳِﻊَ اﻟﻔَﻢﱢ(‪،١٩‬‬ ‫وَﻛَﺎنَ ‪ r‬أَﺣْﺴَﻦَ ﻋِﺒَﺎدِ اﷲ ﺷَﻔَﺘَﯿْﻦِ وَأَﻟْﻄَﻔَﮭُﻢْ ﺧَﺘْﻢَ ﻓَﻢِ‪.٢٠‬‬

‫‪١٣‬‬

‫)وﻛﺎن ‪ r‬أﺑﯿﻀﺎً ﻣﺸﻮﺑﺎً ﺑﺤﻤﺮة‪ ،٢١‬ﻣُﺸـْﺮقَ اﻟﻠَّﻮْنِ ﻧﯿﱢﺮُه‪،٢٢‬‬ ‫ﻣُﻌْﺘَﺪِلَ اﻟْﺨَﻠْﻖِ ﻓِﻰ اﻟﺴﱠﻤِﻦِ‪ ،‬ﺑَﺪَنَ ﻓِﻰ آﺧِﺮِ ﻋُﻤْﺮِهِ‪ ،‬وَﻛَﺎنَ ﻣَﻊَ ذَﻟِﻚَ‬ ‫ﻟَﺤْﻤُﮫُ ﻣُﺘَﻤَﺎﺳِﻜَﺎً‪ ،‬ﯾَﻜَﺎدُ ﯾَﻜُﻮنُ ﻋَﻠَﻰ اﻟْﺨُﻠُﻖِ اﻷوْلِ ﻟَﻢْ ﯾَـﻀُﺮْهُ‬ ‫‪ ١١‬اﻟﺒﯿﮭﻘﻰ ﻋﻦ أﺑﻰ ھﺮﯾﺮة‬ ‫‪١٢‬ﻓﻰ ﻣﺠﻤﻊ اﻟﺰواﺋﺪ ﻓﻰ ﺷﺮح أﺑﻰ ﻋﺒﯿﺪ ﻟﺤﺪﯾﺚ ھﻨﺪ‪.‬ﺑﻦ أﺑﻰ ھﺎﻟﺔ و ھﻮ ﻛﺬا ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺣﺪﯾﺚ أﻧﺲ ‪ t‬ﻓﻰ اﻟﺸﻤﺎﺋﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﺮﻣﺬى }‬ ‫رَﺟِﻞَ اﻟﺸَّﻌْﺮِ‪ ،‬ﻟَﯿْﺲَ ﺑِﺎﻟﺴَّﺒْﻂِ وَﻻَ ﺑِﺎﻟْﺠَﻌْﺪِ اﻟْﻘَﻄَﻂِ {‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ١٣‬اﻟﺒﯿﮭﻘﻰ ﻋﻦ أﺑﻰ ھﺮﯾﺮة‬ ‫‪ ١٤‬اﻟﺴﯿﺮة اﻟﺤﻠﺒﯿﺔ‪ ،‬ﺷﺮح ﻣﺎ أورد ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﯾﺚ ﺟﺎﺑﺮ } أﺷﻜﻞ اﻟﻌﯿﻨﯿﻦ {‪،‬وﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﯾﺚ ﻋﻠﻰ } أھﺪب اﻷﺷﻔﺎر {‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ١٥‬دﻻﺋﻞ اﻟﻨﺒﻮة ﻷﺑﻲ ﻧﻌﯿﻢ اﻷﺻﺒﮭﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻰ ﺷﺮح ﺣﺪﯾﺚ ھﻨﺪ ﺑﻦ أَﺑﻲ ھَﺎﻟَﺔَ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﮫ‪ } :‬أزج اﻟﺤﻮاﺟﺐ ﺳﻮاﺑﻎ ﻓﻲ ﻏﯿﺮ ﻗﺮن {‪.‬‬ ‫وأﯾﻀﺎً ﻓﻰ ﻣﺠﻤﻊ اﻟﺰواﺋﺪ ﻓﻰ ﺷﺮح اﻟﺤﺪﯾﺚ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ١٦‬ﻛﺬا اﻟﺸﺮح ﻓﻰ ﻓﯿﺾ اﻟﻘﺪﯾﺮ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺎوى ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﯾﺚ ھﻨﺪ ﺑﻦ أَﺑﻲ ھَﺎﻟَﺔَ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﮫ } أﻗﻨﻰ اﻟﻌﺮﻧﯿﻦ {‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ١٧‬ﻓﯿﺾ اﻟﻘﺪﯾﺮ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺎوى ﻓﻰ ﺷﺮح ﺣﺪﯾﺚ ھﻨﺪ ﺑﻦ أَﺑﻲ ھَﺎﻟَﺔَ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﻟﮫ } أﺷﻨﺐ ﻣﻔﻠﺞ اﻷﺳﻨﺎن {‬ ‫‪ ١٨‬أﺧﺮﺟﺔ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﻤﺎﺋﻞ واﻟﻄﺒﺮاﻧﻰ ﻓﻲ اﻷوﺳﻂ وﻓﻲ اﻟﻜﺒﯿﺮ واﻟﺒﯿﮭﻘﻲ ﻓﻲ دﻻﺋﻞ اﻟﻨﺒﻮة‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ١٩‬ﻓﯿﺾ اﻟﻘﺪﯾﺮ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺎوى ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﺣﮫ ﻟﺤﺪﯾﺚ ھﻨﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﻟﮫ } ﺿﻠﯿﻊ اﻟﻔﻢ {‬ ‫‪ ٢٠‬أﺑﻮ ﻧﻌﯿﻢ ﻓﻰ دﻻﺋﻞ اﻟﻨﺒﻮة ﻟﻠﺒﯿﮭﻘﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﯾﺚ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٢١‬اﻟﻤﻨﺘﻘﻰ ﺷﺮح اﻟﻤﻮﻃﺄ‪ ،‬وﺗﺤﻔﺔ اﻟﺤﺒﯿﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮح اﻟﺨﻄﯿﺐ ﻟﺤﺪﯾﺚ أﻧﺲ } وَﻻ ﺑِﺎﻷَﺑْﯿَﺾِ اﻷَﻣْﮭَﻖِ وَﻻ ﺑِﺎﻵدَمِ {‬ ‫‪ ٢٢‬ﻓﯿﺾ اﻟﻘﺪﯾﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮح ﺣﺪﯾﺚ ھﻨﺪ }أزھﺮ اﻟﻠﻮن{‪ ،‬وﻓﻰ دﻻﺋﻞ اﻟﻨﺒﻮة‪ :‬وﻟﻜﻦ إﻧﻤﺎ ﻛﺎن اﻟﻤﺸﺮب ﻣﻨﮫ ﺣﻤﺮة ﻣﺎ ﺿﺤﺎ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺸﻤﺲ واﻟﺮﯾﺎح‪ .‬ﻓﺄﺷﺮب ﺑﯿﺎﺿﮫ ﻣﻦ ذﻟﻚ ﺣﻤﺮة‪ ،‬وﻣﺎ ﺗﺤﺖ اﻟﺜﯿﺎب ﻓﮭﻮ اﻷﺑﯿﺾ اﻷزھﺮ‪.‬‬

‫‪{}‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬

‫اﻟﺴﱢﻤْﻦُ‪ ،٢٣‬ﯾَﺸُﻊﱡ اﻟﻨﱡﻮرُ ﻣِﻦَ اﻷﻋْﻀَﺎءِ اﻟْﺨَﺎﻟﯿﺔِ ﻣِﻦَ اﻟﺸﱠﻌْﺮِ(‪،٢٤‬‬ ‫ﻣَﻮْﺻُﻮلَ ﻣَﺎ ﺑَﯿْﻦَ اﻟﻠَّﺒَّﺔِ )ﻣِﻦْ أﻋْﻠَﻰ اﻟﺼﱠﺪْرِ( إﻟَﻰ اﻟﺴُّﺮَّةِ ﺑِﺸَﻌْﺮٍ‬ ‫ﯾَﺠْﺮِي ﻛَﺎﻟْﺨَﻂ‪ ،‬ﻋَﺎرِيَ اﻟﺜَّﺪْﯾَﯿْﻦِ وَاﻟْﺒَﻄْﻦِ ﻣِﻤَّﺎ ﺳِﻮَىٰ ذٰﻟِﻚَ‪ ،‬أَﺷْﻌَﺮَ‬ ‫اﻟﺬرَاﻋَﯿْﻦِ وَاﻟْﻤَﻨْﻜَﺒَﯿْﻦِ وَأَﻋَﺎﻟِﻲ اﻟﺼَّﺪْرِ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻃَﻮِﯾﻞَ اﻟﺰَّﻧْﺪَﯾْﻦِ )ﻋَﻈْﻤَﺎ اﻟﺬﱢرَاﻋِﯿﻦ(‪ ،‬رَﺣْﺐَ اﻟﺮَّاﺣَ ِﺔ‬ ‫)وَاﺳِﻊَ اﻟْﻜَﻒﱢ ﺣِﺴﱠﺎً وَﻋَﻄَﺎءاً‪ ،٢٦‬ﺿَﺨْﻢَ اﻟْﻜَﻔﱠﯿﻦ‪ ،٢٧‬ﻗَﺎلَ اﺑْﻦُ ﺑَﻄﱠﺎل‪:‬‬ ‫ﻛَﺎﻧَﺖْ ﻛَﻔﱡﮫُ ‪ r‬ﻣُﻤُﺘَﻠِﺌَﺔً ﻟَﺤْﻤَﺎً ﻏَﯿْﺮَ أَﻧﱠﮭَﺎ ﻣَﻊَ ﻏَﺎﯾَﺔِ ﺿَﺨَﺎﻣَﺘِﮭَﺎ‬ ‫وَﻏِﻠْﻈَﺘِﮭَﺎ ﻛَﺎﻧَﺖْ ﻟَﯿﱢﻨَﺔً‪ ،٢٨‬ﻛَﻤَﺎ ﺛَﺒَﺖَ ﻓِﻰ ﺣَﺪِﯾﺚِ أَﻧَﺲٍ ﻗَﺎلَ‪ " :‬ﻣَﺎ‬ ‫ﻣَﺴَﺴْﺖُ ﺧَﺰ‪‬ا ﻗَﻂﱡ وَﻻ ﺣَﺮِﯾﺮًا أَﻟْﯿَﻦَ ﻣِﻦْ ﻛَﻒﱢ اﻟﻨﱠﺒِﻲﱢ ‪ ،٢٩" r‬وَﻛَﺎنَ‬ ‫‪ r‬ﻃَﻮﯾﻞَ اﻷﻃْﺮَافِ ﻃُﻮﻻً ﻣُﻌْﺘَ ِﺪﻻً (‪.٣٠‬‬

‫‪٢٥‬‬

‫وَﻛَﺎنَ ‪ r‬أَﺣْﺴَﻦَ اﻟﻨﱠﺎسِ ﻗَﺪَﻣَﺎً‪) ،٣١‬ﻓَﻘَﺪْ ﻛَﺎﻧَﺘَﺎ ﻣُﺮْﺗَﻔَﻌَﺘَﯿﻦِ ﻋَﻦِ‬

‫‪ ٢٣‬إﺣﯿﺎء ﻋﻠﻮم اﻟﺪﯾﻦ ودﻻﺋﻞ اﻟﻨﺒﻮة ﻟﻠﺒﯿﮭﻘﻰ‬ ‫‪ ٢٤‬ﺷﺮح ﻓﯿﺾ اﻟﻘﺪﯾﺮ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺎوى ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﯾﺚ ھﻨﺪ ﺑﻦ أَﺑﻲ ھَﺎﻟَﺔَ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﮫ } أَﻧْﻮَرَ اﻟﻤُﺘَﺠَﺮَّدِ {‪.‬أى ﻧﯿﱢﺮُه‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٢٥‬ﻋﻦ ھﻨﺪ ﺑﻦ أﺑﻰ ھﺎﻟﮫ اﻟﺘﻤﯿﻤﻰ )ت‪ ،‬ﻓِﻲ اﻟﺸَّﻤﺎﺋﻞ‪ ،‬واﻟﺮوﯾﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻃﺐ‪ ،‬ھﻖ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﺪَّﻻﺋﻞ‪ ،‬ھﺐ‪ ،‬ﻛﺮ(‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٢٦‬ﻓﯿﺾ اﻟﻘﺪﯾﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮح ﻗﻮل ھﻨﺪ ﻓﻰ ﺣﺪﯾﺚ اﻟﻮﺻﻒ } رﺣﺐ اﻟﺮاﺣﺔ {‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٢٧‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮح ﻗﻮل ھﻨﺪ ﻓﻰ ﺣﺪﯾﺚ اﻟﻮﺻﻒ } ﺷَﺜْﻦَ اﻟﻜَﻔَّﯿْﻦِ {‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٢٨‬ﻓﯿﺾ اﻟﻘﺪﯾﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮح ﻗﻮل ھﻨﺪ ﻓﻰ ﺣﺪﯾﺚ اﻟﻮﺻﻒ } رﺣﺐ اﻟﺮاﺣﺔ {‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٢٩‬اﻟﺼﺤﯿﺤﯿﻦ اﻟﺒﺨﺎري وﻣﺴﻠﻢ وﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ‬ ‫‪ ٣٠‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮح ﻗﻮل ھﻨﺪ ﻓﻰ ﺣﺪﯾﺚ اﻟﻮﺻﻒ } ﺳَﺎﺋِﻞَ اﻷَﻃْﺮَافِ {‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٣١‬اﻟﺴﯿﺮة اﻟﻨﺒﻮﯾﺔ ﻹﺑﻦ اﺳﺤﺎق ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺪاﷲ ﺑﻦ ﺑﺮﯾﺪة‪ ،‬وﻓﻰ ﻓﯿﺾ اﻟﻘﺪﯾﺮ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺎوى‪.‬‬

‫‪{}‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬

‫اﻷرْضِ ﻣِﻦْ وَﺳَﻄِﮭِﻤَﺎ ﺑِﺤَﯿْﺚُ ﻻ ﯾَﻤَﺲﱡ وَﺳَﻄِﮭِﻤَﺎ اﻷرْضَ(‪،٣٢‬‬ ‫وَﻛَﺎنَ ﻣَﺴِﯿﺢَ اﻟْﻘَﺪَﻣَﯿﻦ‪) ٣٣‬أﻣْﻠَﺴُﮭُﻤَﺎ ﻣُﺴْﺘَﻮﯾَﮭُﻤَﺎ ﻟَﯿﱢﻨَﮭُﻤَﺎ‪،‬ﺑِﻼ ﺗَﻜَﺴﱡﺮِ‬ ‫وَﻻ ﺗَﺸَﻘﱡﻖِ ﺟِﻠْﺪِهِ(‪.٣٤‬وَﻛَﺎنَ رَﺳُﻮلُ اﷲ ‪ r‬إِذَا ﻣَﺸَﻰ )رَﻓَﻊَ رِﺟْﻠَﯿْﮫِ‬ ‫ﺑِﻘُﻮﱠةٍ‪،٣٥‬وَﻛَﺎنَ وَاﺳِﻊَ اﻟْﺨُﻄْﻮَةِ ‪٣٦‬ﺧِﻠْﻘَﺔً ﻻ ﺗَﻜَﻠﱡﻔَﺎً‪ .‬ﻗَﻮيﱠ اﻷﻋْﻀَﺎء‪،‬‬ ‫ﻏَﯿْﺮَ ﻣُﺴْﺘَﺮْخٍ ﻓِﻲ اﻟْﻤَﺸْﻲ ‪ ،٣٧‬وَﻻ ﯾَﻠْﺘَﻔِﺖُ وَرَاءَهُ إِذَا ﻣَﺸَﻰ‪ ،‬وَﻛَﺎنَ‬ ‫‪ r‬ﯾَﻤْﺸِﻰ ﻣَﺸْﯿَﺎً ﯾُﻌْﺮَفُ ﻓِﯿﮫِ أَﻧﱠﮫُ ﻟَﯿْﺲَ ﺑِﻌَﺎﺟِﺰٍ وَﻻ ﻛَﺴْﻼنٍ(‪.٣٨‬‬ ‫وﻛﺎن ‪ r‬ﻻ ﯾَﻌُﺐﱡ وﻻ ﯾَﻠْﮭَﺚ‪.‬‬

‫‪٣٩‬‬

‫وﻛﺎن ‪ r‬إِذَا ﻣَﺸَﻰ ﻣَﺸَﻰ أَﺻْﺤَﺎﺑُﮫُ أَﻣَﺎﻣَﮫُ وَﺗَﺮَﻛُﻮا ﻇَﮭْﺮَ ُه‬ ‫ﻄﺄُ ﻋَﻘِﺒَﮫُ رَﺟُﻼَنِ‪ )،٤١‬وإنْ ﻛَﺎﻧُﻮا ﺛَﻼﺛَﺔً‬ ‫ﻟِﻠْﻤَﻼَﺋِﻜَﺔِ‪ ،٤٠‬وﻛﺎن ‪ r‬ﻻَ ﯾَ َ‬

‫‪ ٣٢‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮح ﻗﻮل ھﻨﺪ ﻓﻰ ﺣﺪﯾﺚ اﻟﻮﺻﻒ } ﺧَﻤْﺼَﺎنَ اﻷَﺧْﻤَﺼَﯿْﻦِ {‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٣٣‬ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﯾﺚ اﻟﻮﺻﻒ ﻟﮭﻨﺪ } ﻣَﺴِﯿﺢَ اﻟْﻘَﺪَﻣَﯿْﻦِ {‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٣٤‬ﻓﯿﺾ اﻟﻘﺪﯾﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮح ﻗﻮل ھﻨﺪ ﻓﻰ ﺣﺪﯾﺚ اﻟﻮﺻﻒ } ﻣﺴﯿﺢ اﻟﻘﺪﻣﯿﻦ {‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٣٥‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮح ﻓﯿﺾ اﻟﻘﺪﯾﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮح ﻗﻮل ھﻨﺪ ﻓﻰ ﺣﺪﯾﺚ اﻟﻮﺻﻒ } إِذَا زَالَ زَالَ ﺗَﻘَﻠُّﻌﺎً {‬ ‫‪ ٣٦‬ﻛﻤﺎ ورد ﻓﻰ ﻏﺬاء اﻷﻟﺒﺎب ﺷﺮح ﻣﻨﻈﻮﻣﺔ اﻷداب ﻟﻠﺘﺪﻟﯿﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﻣﺸﯿﮫ وﺳﻌﺔ ﺧﻄﻮه اﻟﺘﻰ ﺟﺒﻞ ﻋﻠﯿﮭﺎ ﻣﻦ أﺣﺎدﯾﺚ‬ ‫وﺻﻒ ﻣﺸﯿﮫ ‪ r‬ﻛﺤﺪﯾﺚ اﺑْﻦُ ﺳَﻌْﺪٍ ﻋَﻦْ ﻣَﺮْﺛَﺪِ ﺑْﻦِ ﻣُﺮْﺷِﺪ‪ } :‬إذَا ﻣَﺸَﻰ أَﺳْﺮَعَ ﺣَﺘَّﻰ ﯾُﮭَﺮْوِلَ اﻟﺮَّﺟُﻞُ ﻓَﻼ ﯾُﺪْرِﻛُﮫُ{‪ ،‬وﻋَﻠِﻲٍّ‪ َ}:‬إذَا ﻣَﺸَﻰ‬ ‫ﻛَﺄَﻧَّﻤَﺎ ﯾَﻨْﺤَﺪِرُ ﻣِﻦْ ﺻَﺒَﺐٍ{ وَزَادَ اﻟﺒﺨﺎرى‪} :‬وَإِذَا ﻣَﺸَﻰ ﻟَﻜَﺄَﻧَّﻤَﺎ ﯾَﻤْﺸِﻲ ﻓِﻲ ﺻُﻌُﺪٍ{‪.‬وَﻓِﻲ رِوَاﯾَﺔٍ ﻻﺑْﻦِ ﺳَﻌْﺪٍ‪ } :‬ﻛَﺎنَ إذَا ﻣَﺸَﻰ ﺗَﻜَﻔَّﺄَ‬ ‫ﺗَﻜَﻔُّﺆًا ﻛَﺄَﻧَّﻤَﺎ ﯾَﻨْﺤَﻂُّ ﻣِﻦْ ﺻَﺒَﺐٍ{‪.‬وﻋﻨﮫ أَﯾْﻀًﺎ‪ } :‬إذَا ﻣَﺸَﻰ ﺗَﻘَﻄَّﻊَ ﻛَﺄَﻧَّﻤَﺎ ﯾَﻨْﺤَﺪِرُ ﻣِﻦْ ﺻَﺒَﺐٍ{‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٣٧‬اﻟﻨﮭﺎﯾﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻏﺮﯾﺐ اﻟﺤﺪﯾﺚ ﻵﺑﻦ اﻷﺛﯿﺮ اﻟﺠﺰرى ﻓﻰ ﺷﺮح ﺣﺪﯾﺚ اﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎس } ﻛَﺎنَ إِذَا ﻣَﺸٰﻰ ﻣَﺸٰﻰ ﻣُﺠْﺘَﻤِﻌَﺎً {‬ ‫‪ ٣٨‬ﺷﺮح ﺣﺪﯾﺚ أﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎس } ﻛَﺎنَ إِذَا ﻣَﺸﻰ ﻣَﺸﻰ ﻣُﺠْﺘَﻤِﻌَﺎً ﻟَﯿْﺲَ ﺑِﮫِ ﻛَﺴَﻞٌ‪ ،‬ﻟَﻢْ ﯾَﻠْﺘَﻔِﺖُ‪ ،‬ﯾُﻌْﺮَفُ ﻓِﻲ ﻣَﺸﯿِﮫِ أَﻧَّﮫُ ﻏَﯿْﺮُ ﻛَﺴِﻞٍ وَﻻَ وَھِﻦٍ‬ ‫{)ﺣﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﺰ‪ ،‬ﻋﻦ اﺑﻦ ﻋﺒَّﺎسٍ(‪ ،‬وﻋﻦ ﺟﺎﺑﺮ ﻛﻤﺎ روى اﺑﻦ ﺳﻌﺪ‪ .}:‬ﻛﺎن ﻻ ﯾﻠﺘﻔﺖ وراءه إذا ﻣﺸﻰ { ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٣٩‬روى اﻟﻄﺒﺮاﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻜﺒﯿﺮ ﻋﻦ أمِّ ﺳﻠﻤﺔ‪ } :‬وﻛﺎن ﻻ ﯾَﻌُﺐُّ‪ ،‬ﯾَﺸْﺮَبُ ﻣﺮﺗﯿﻦ أو ﺛﻼﺛﺎً {‪ ،‬واﻟﻌﺐﱡ اﻟﺸﺮب ﺑﺪون ﺗﻨﻔﺲ‪ ،‬وﻷﺑﻲ‬ ‫اﻟﺸﯿﺦ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﯾﺚ ﻣﯿﻤﻮﻧﺔ‪ } :‬ﻻ ﯾﻌﺐ وﻻ ﯾﻠﮭﺚ { ﺗﺨﺮﯾﺞ أﺣﺎدﯾﺚ اﻹﺣﯿﺎء اﻟﻌﺮاﻗﻲ‬ ‫‪) ٤٠‬ھـ ك( ﻋﻦ ﺟﺎﺑﺮٍ رﺿَﻲ اﻟﻠَّﮫُ ﻋﻨﮫُ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﻣﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺎﻧﯿﺪ واﻟﻤﺮاﺳﯿﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫‪) ٤١‬ﺣﻢ( ﻋﻦ اﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮوٍ رﺿَﻲ اﻟﻠَّﮫُ ﻋﻨﮫُ‪ ،.‬ﺟﺎﻣﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺎﻧﯿﺪ واﻟﻤﺮاﺳﯿﻞ وورد }رِﺟْﻼن‪ :‬ﻣﻦ اﻷرﺟﻞ{‪.‬‬

‫‪{}‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﻣَﺸَﻰ ﺑَﯿْﻨَﮭُﻤَﺎ‪ ،‬وإِنْ ﻛَﺎنَ ﺟَﻤَﺎﻋَﺔً ﻗَﺪﱠمَ ﺑَﻌْﻀَﮭُﻢْ (‪.٤٢‬‬ ‫وﻋﻦ أﺑﻰ ھﺮﯾﺮة ‪ t‬ﻗﺎل‪:‬‬ ‫"ﻣَﺎ رَأَﯾْﺖُ ﺷَﯿْﺌًﺎ أَﺣْﺴَﻦَ ﻣِﻦْ رَﺳُﻮلِ اﻟﻠﱠﮫِ ‪َ r‬ﻛﺄَنﱠ اﻟﺸﱠﻤْ َ‬ ‫ﺲ‬ ‫ﺗَﺠْﺮِي ﻓِﻲ وَﺟْﮭِﮫِ‪ ،‬وَﻣَﺎ رَأَﯾْﺖُ أَﺣَﺪًا أَﺳْﺮَعَ ﻓِﻲ ﻣِﺸْﯿَﺘِﮫِ ﻣِﻦْ رَﺳُﻮلِ‬ ‫اﻟﻠﱠﮫِ ‪َ r‬ﻛﺄَﻧﱠﻤَﺎ اﻷَرْضُ ﺗُﻄْﻮَى ﻟَﮫُ‪ ،‬إِﻧﱠﺎ ﻟَﻨُﺠْﮭِﺪُ أَﻧْﻔُﺴَﻨَﺎ؛ وَإِﻧﱠﮫُ ﻟَﻐَﯿْﺮُ‬ ‫‪٤٣‬‬ ‫ﻣُﻜْﺘَﺮِثٍ"‪.‬‬ ‫) وَﻛَﺎنَ رَﺳُﻮلُ اﷲ ‪ r‬ﻧُﻮرَاً ﻓَﻜَﺎنَ إِذَا ﻣَﺸَﻰ ﺑِﺎﻟﺸﱠﻤْﺲِ‬ ‫وَاﻟْﻘَﻤَﺮِ ﻻ ﯾَﻈْﮭَﺮُ ﻟَﮫُ ﻇِﻞﱞ (‪.٤٤‬‬ ‫وﻛَﺎنَ وَﺟْﮭُﮫُ ﻣِﺜْﻞَ اﻟﺸَّﻤْﺲِ وَاﻟْﻘَﻤَﺮِ‪،‬وَﻛَﺎنَ ﻣُﺴْﺘَﺪِﯾﺮاً‪.٤٥‬‬ ‫ﻗَﺎﻟَﺖْ أُمﱡ ﻣَﻌْﺒَﺪٍ ﻓِﻲ ﺑَﻌْﺾِ ﻣَﺎ وَﺻَﻔَﺘْﮫُ ﺑِﮫِ‪ :‬أَﺟْﻤَﻞُ اﻟﻨﱠﺎسِ‬ ‫‪٤٦‬‬ ‫وَأَﺑْﮭَﺎهُ ﻣِﻦْ ﺑَﻌِﯿﺪٍ‪ ،‬وَأَﺣْﺴَﻨُﮫُ وَأَﺟْﻤَﻠُﮫُ ﻣِﻦْ ﻗَﺮِﯾﺐٍ‪.‬‬ ‫) وَﻛَﺎنَ ‪ r‬وَاﺳِﻊَ اﻟﻈﱠﮭْﺮِ‪ ،‬ﻣَﺎ ﺑَﯿْﻦَ ﻛَﺘِﻔَﯿﮫِ ﺧَﺎﺗَﻢُ اﻟﻨﱡﺒﻮﱠةِ‪ ،‬وَھﻮَ‬ ‫‪ ٤٢‬ﻓﻰ ﺷﺮح اﻟﺤﺪﯾﺚ ‪ :‬أي ﻻ ﯾﻄﺄ اﻷرض ﺧﻠﻔﮫ رﺟﻼن‪ .‬واﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ أﻧﮫ ‪ r‬ﻻ ﯾﻤﺸﻲ ﻗﺪام اﻟﻘﻮم ﺑﻞ ﯾﻤﺸﻲ ﻓﻲ وﺳﻂ اﻟﺠﻤﻊ أو‬ ‫ﻓﻲ آﺧﺮھﻢ ﺗﻮاﺿﻌﺎً‪ ،‬ﻛﺬا ﻓﻰ "ﻋﻮن اﻟﻤﻌﺒﻮد ﺷﺮح ﺳﻨﻦ أﺑﻲ داوود"‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٤٣‬ﺟﺎﻣﻊ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي وﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ‬ ‫‪ ٤٤‬ﻓﻰ اﻟﻤﻘﺎﺻﺪ اﻟﺤﺴﻨﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﺨﺎوى‪ :‬وﻣﺎ ذﻛﺮ أﻧﮫ ﻻ ﻇﻞ ﻟﺸﺨﺼﮫ ﻓﻲ ﺷﻤﺲ وﻻ ﻗﻤﺮ ﻷﻧﮫ ﻛﺎن ﻧﻮرا ‪ ،‬وﻓﻰ اﻟﺴﯿﺮة اﻟﺤﻠﺒﯿﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫وأﻧﮫ إذا ﻣﺸﻰ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﻤﺲ أو ﻓﻲ اﻟﻘﻤﺮ ﻻ ﯾﻜﻮن ﻇﻞ ﻷﻧﮫ ﻛﺎن ﻧﻮراً ‪.‬‬ ‫‪) ٤٥‬م ( ﻋﻦ ﺟﺎﺑﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻤﺮةَ ‪ ،t‬ﺟﺎﻣﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺎﻧﯿﺪ واﻟﻤﺮاﺳﯿﻞ‬ ‫‪ ٤٦‬اﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺪرك واﻟﻄﺒﺮاﻧﻲ‬

‫‪{}‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﻣِﻤﱠﺎ ﯾَﻠِﻲ ﻣِﻨْﻜَﺒَﮫُ اﻷﯾْﻤَﻦِ‪ ،‬ﻓِﯿﮫِ ﺷَﺎﻣَﺔٌ ﺳَﻮْدَاءُ ﺗَﻀْﺮِبُ إﻟَﻰ اﻟﺼُّﻔْﺮَ ِة‬ ‫ﺣَﻮْﻟَﮭَﺎ ﺷَﻌَﺮَاتٌ ﻣُﺘَﻮَاﻟِﯿَﺎتٌ َﻛﺄَﻧَّﮭَﺎ ﻋُﺮْفُ ﻓَﺮَسٍ (‪ ،٤٧‬وَﻛﺎن ﺧﺎﺗﻤﮫ‬ ‫‪٤٨‬‬ ‫‪ r‬ﻏُﺪَّةً ﺣَﻤْﺮَاءَ ﻣِﺜْﻞَ ﺑَﯿْﻀَﺔِ اﻟﺤَﻤَﺎﻣَﺔِ‪.‬‬ ‫وﻛﺎن ‪ r‬أﺟْﻮَدَ اﻟﻨﱠﺎسِ ﺻَﺪْرَاً‪ ،‬وأﺻْﺪَقَ اﻟﻨﱠﺎسِ ﻟَﮭْﺠَﺔً‪،‬‬ ‫وأﻟﯿَﻨَﮭُﻢْ ﻋَﺮِﯾﻜَﺔً‪ ،‬وَأَﻛْﺮَﻣَﮭُﻢْ ﻋِﺸْـﺮَةً ) أَﺣْﺴَﻨَﮭُﻢْ ﻣُﻌَﺎﺷَﺮَةً (‪،‬‬ ‫ﺧَﺎﻓِﺾَ اﻟﻄَّﺮْفِ )اﻟﻨﱠﻈَﺮ(‪ ،‬ﻧَﻈَﺮُهُ إِﻟَﻰ اﻷَرْضِ أَﻃْﻮَلُ ﻣِﻦْ ﻧَﻈَﺮِهِ‬ ‫إِﻟَﻰ اﻟﺴَّﻤَﺎءِ‪ ،‬ﺟُﻞُّ ﻧَﻈَﺮَهِ اﻟْﻤُﻼَﺣَﻈَﺔُ‪.٤٩‬‬ ‫) ﯾُﻘَﺪﱢمُ أﺻْﺤَﺎﺑَﮫُ ﺑَﯿﻦَ ﯾَﺪَﯾْﮫِ(‪،٥٠‬وَﯾَﺒْﺪَأُ ﻣَﻦْ ﻟَﻘِﯿَﮫُ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻼَمِ‪ ،‬ﻣَ ْ‬ ‫ﻦ‬ ‫رآهُ ﺑَﺪِﯾﮭَﺔً ھَﺎﺑَﮫُ‪ ،‬وﻣَﻦْ ﺧَﺎﻟَﻄَﮫُ ﻣَﻌْﺮِﻓَﺔً أﺣَﺒﱠﮫُ‪ ،‬ﯾَﻘُﻮلُ ﻧَﺎﻋِﺘُﮫُ‪ :‬ﻟَﻢْ أرَ‬ ‫ﻗَﺒْﻠَﮫُ وَﻻ ﺑَﻌْﺪَهُ ﻣِﺜْﻠَﮫُ‪ ،٥١‬ﺗَﻮَﻓَّﺎهُ اﻟﻠّﮫِ وَﻟَﯿْﺲَ ﻓِﻲ رَأْﺳِﮫِ وَﻟِﺤْﯿَﺘِﮫِ‬ ‫‪٥٢‬‬ ‫ﻋِﺸْﺮُونَ ﺷَﻌْﺮَةً ﺑَﯿْﻀَﺎءَ‪.‬‬ ‫وﺻﻠﻰ اﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﯿﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ وﻋﻠﻰ آﻟﮫ وﺻﺤﺒﮫ وﺳﻠﻢ‬

‫‪ ٤٧‬دﻻﺋﻞ اﻟﻨﺒﻮة ﻟﻠﺒﯿﮭﻘﻰ‪ ،‬واﻟﻤﻨﮭﺎج ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮ ﺷﻌﺐ اﻹﯾﻤﺎن ﻟﻠﺤﻠﯿﻤﻰ‪ ،‬وﻃﺮح اﻟﺘﺜﺮﯾﺐ ﻟﻠﺤﺎﻓﻆ زﯾﻦ اﻟﺪﯾﻦ اﻟﻌﺮاﻗﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٤٨‬ﻓﻰ ﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي ﻋَﻦ ﺟَﺎﺑِﺮِ ﺑﻦِ ﺳَﻤُﺮَةَ ﻛﺎنَ ﺧَﺎﺗَﻢُ رَﺳُﻮلِ اﻟﻠَّﮫِ ﯾَﻌْﻨِﻲ اﻟَّﺬِي ﺑَﯿْﻦَ ﻛَﺘِﻔَﯿْﮫِ }اﻟﺤﺪﯾﺚ {‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٤٩‬اﻟﺸﻤﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﻤﺤﻤﺪﯾﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺮﻣﺬى ﻋﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻦ أﺑﻰ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ‪.t‬‬ ‫‪ ٥٠‬ﺷﺮح }ﯾَﺴُﻮقُ أَﺻْﺤَﺎﺑَﮫُ { ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﯾﺚ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬى ﻓﻰ اﻟﺸﻤﺎﺋﻞ وﺣﺪﯾﺚ ھﻨﺪ‪ :‬أي ﯾﻘﺪﻣﮭﻢ أﻣﺎﻣﮫ وﯾﻤﺸﻲ ﺧﻠﻔﮭﻢ ﻛﺄﻧﮫ ﯾﺴﻮﻗﮭﻢ‬ ‫ﺗﻮاﺿﻌﺎً وإرﺷﺎداً وﻻ ﯾﺪع أﺣﺪاً ﯾﻤﺸﻲ ﺧﻠﻔﮫ أو ﻟﯿﺨﺘﺒﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﮭﻢ وﯾﻨﻈﺮ إﻟﯿﮭﻢ ﺣﺎل ﺗﺼﺮﻓﮭﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﺷﮭﻢ‪ ،‬أو ﻷن اﻟﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺸﻲ ﺧﻠﻒ ﻇﮭﺮه أو ﻟﻐﯿﺮه‪ ،‬ﻓﯿﺾ اﻟﻘﺪﯾﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٥١‬اﻟﺸﻤﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﻤﺤﻤﺪﯾﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺮﻣﺬى ﻋﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻦ أﺑﻰ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ‪.t‬‬ ‫‪ ٥٢‬ﺻﺤﯿﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ واﻟﺒﺨﺎرى واﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬى ﻋﻦ أﻧﺲ‪.‬‬

‫‪{}‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬

 

 

r





  







٥٣r

           



             

r

(#q_ ã •ö ƒt b t %.x `J y 9jÏ p× Zu ¡ | m y oî qu ™ ó &é ! « #$ A É q™ ß ‘u ’ûÎ N ö 3 ä 9s b t %.x ‰ ô ) s 9© ) .(‫ ( )ﺍﻷﺣﺰﺍﺏ‬ÇËÊÈ #ŽZ •VÏ .x ! © #$ •t .x Œs ru •t z Å y F #$ Pt qö ‹u 9ø #$ ru ! © #$



‫ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻧﺎﻥ ﲟﻌﺠﺰﺓ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﻌﺠﺰﺓ‬‫ ﻗﺪ ﺧﺺ‬U ‫ﻭﺍﷲ‬ ،‫ﺎ ﻛﻞ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺎ؛ ﻭﻳﺘﺨﻠﻖ‬ ‫ﺎ؛ ﻭﻳﺘﺸﻜﻞ‬ ‫ ﻣﻌﺠﺰﺓ ﺻﺎﳊﺔ ﻷﻥ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ‬r ‫ ﻭﺃﻋﻄﺎﻩ‬،‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‬ ‫ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻋﻦ‬r ‫ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ‬،‫ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻣﻌﺠﺰﺓ ﺍﷲ‬،‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﻖ ﺑﺄﺧﻼﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﳝﺔ‬ :‫ ﻓﻘﺎﻟﺖ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬،r ‫ﺌﻠﺖ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺧﻼﻕ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‬‫ﺳﻴﺪﺗﻨﺎ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺳ‬ ‫ﻠﹶﻰ‬‫ ﻟﹶﻌ‬‫ﻚ‬‫ﺇﹺﻧ‬‫ ) ﻭ‬:U ‫ﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‬‫ ﻗﹶﻮ‬،‫ﺁﻥﹶ‬‫ﺃﹸ ﺍﻟﹾﻘﹸﺮ‬‫ﻘﹾﺮ‬‫ﺎ ﺗ‬‫ ﺃﹶﻣ‬،‫ﺁﻥﹶ‬‫ ﺍﻟﹾﻘﹸﺮ‬‫ﻠﹸﻘﹸﻪ‬‫} ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺧ‬ ٥٤

{ ( ‫ﻴﻢﹴ‬‫ﻈ‬‫ﻠﹸﻖﹴ ﻋ‬‫ﺧ‬

‫م‬٢٠١٤/١/١٢ ‫ھـ‬١٤٣٥ ‫ ﻣﻦ رﺑﯿﻊ اﻷول‬١١ ‫ اﻷﺣﺪ‬- ‫ اﻟﻤﻌﺎدي – ﻣﺴﺠﺪ اﻟﻨﻮر‬٥٣ .‫ ﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ وﺳﻨﻦ اﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﺔ‬٥٤ 

{}r



‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍﹰ ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻘﹸﻪ ﻣﻌﺠﺰﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻗﻮﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻣﻌﺠﺰﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺨ‪‬ﻠﹸﻘﹸﻪ ﻣﻌﺠﺰﺓ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻘﻪ ﻣﻌﺠﺰﺓ ﺗ‪‬ﺼﻠﺢ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﺯﻣﻨﺔ ﻭﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻣﻜﻨﺔ ﻭﲨﻴﻊ ﺑﲏ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺃﻓﺮﺍﺩﺍﹰ ﻭﳎﺘﻤﻌﺎﺕ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﳓﺘﺎﺟﻪ ﺍﻵﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺘﻔﺎﺋﻨﺎ ﺑﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺮﻭﺭﻧﺎ ﲟﻴﻼﺩ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ؛ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻘﺒﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻨﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﳓﺎﻭﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻧ‪‬ﺼﻠﺢ ﺳﺒﻮﺭﺓ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻧﻴﺘﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﱰﻉ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ؛ ﻭﳕﺴﺢ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺧﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻻ ﺗ‪‬ﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬ ‫ﺃﺧﻼﻕ ﺣﻀﺮﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧ‪‬ﺠﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻷﺧﻼﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ‪ r‬ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﻣﻜﺎﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﳓﻦ ﻧﻌﻠﻢ ﲨﻴﻌﺎﹰ ﺃﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﺣﱴ ﺗﺘﻮﺭﻡ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﻷﻗﺪﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻳﺼﻮﻡ ﺻﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻐﻔﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﷲ ﻃﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﲔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺇﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻛﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ‬ ‫ﳚﻠﺲ ﺇﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻛﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﺇﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻛﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﳜﺮﺝ ﺇﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻛﺮ ﷲ ‪ ،U‬ﺣﱴ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻨﺎﻡ ﻋﻴﻨﺎﻩ ﻭﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻨﺎﻡ ﺷ‪‬ﻐﻼﹰ ﺑﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﷲ ﺟﻞ ﰲ ﻋﻼﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺃﺛﲏ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﻣﺪﺣﻪ ﺍﷲ ﱂ ﳝﺪﺣﻪ ﲜﺪﻩ ﻭﺍﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩﻩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ‪:‬‬ ‫‪( ÇÍÈ O‬‬ ‫‪5 Šà‬‬ ‫‪Ï ã‬‬ ‫‪t ,‬‬ ‫‪@ =è z‬‬ ‫’ ‪ä‬‬ ‫‪4 ?n èy 9s 7‬‬ ‫) ‪y R¯ )Î ru‬‬

‫)ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﺩﺍﺗﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﻮﻥ‪ :‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﹸﻠﹸﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ‪ ( ’?n èy 9s ) ،‬ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺃﺭﻗﻰ‬ ‫ﻭﺃﲰﻰ ﻭﺃ‪‬ﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻱ ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻖ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ؛ ﻷﻱ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻗﻮﱘ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺪﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﺇﱃ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻤﺎ‬ ‫‪ ( O5 ŠàÏ ãt ,@ =è z‬ﺧﻠﹸﻖ ﻣﻀﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻀﺎﻑ‬ ‫’ ‪ä‬‬ ‫‪4 ?n èy 9s 7‬‬ ‫ﻗﻴﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪y R¯ )Î ru ) :‬‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﺃﻧﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻠﹸﻖ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﻫﻮ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﺃﻧﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻖ ﺍﷲ ﺟﻞ ﰲ ﻋﻼﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻬﻮ ‪ r‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻖ ﻣﻮﻻﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺣﻠﱠﺖ ﺃﺧﻼﻗﻪ ‪ r‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﻡ ﺇﻻ ﻭﺫﻫﺒﺖ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻐﻀﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﳋﺼﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﺎﺭﻭﺍ ﺇﺧﻮﺓ ﻣﺘﺂﻟﻔﲔ ﰲ ﻣﻮﺩﺓ ﻭﺭﲪﺔ ﻭﻭﺋﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻨﺤﻦ ﳓﺘﺎﺝ ﺃﻭﻻﹰ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﻖ ﺑﺄﺧﻼﻕ ﺭﲪﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻧﻨﺸﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻴﻤﻦ ﺣﻮﻟﻨﺎ ﺃﺳﺮﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﺃﺧﻼﻗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺪﻋﻮﻫﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﳐﺮﺝ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻀﺎﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳓﻦ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻭﺿﺮﺏ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﻟﻨﺎ ﻣﺜﺎﻻﹰ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪ :‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﰲ ﺿﻴﻖ ﳑﺎ ﺃﺣﺎﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﻋﻮﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺮﻳﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇ‪‬ﺎﺀ ﺩﻋﻮﺗﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﰲ ﻣﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻴﺊ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﻟﻪ ﳎﺘﻤﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻧﺼﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻀﺎﺋﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺪﺃﺕ ﺃﺷﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﲣﺘﺮﻕ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﳋﻼﺋﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‬ ‫ﳝﻴﻠﻮﻥ ﺇﱃ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺪﺧﻠﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻓﻮﺍﺟﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ؟ ﻭﺿ‪‬ﺤﻪ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺃﺧﻼﻕ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻧﺼﺎﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﺛﲎ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﷲ؟ ﻭﺑﹺﻢ ﻣﺪﺣﻬﻢ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﷲ؟ ﻣﺪﺣﻬﻢ ﺍﷲ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﳌﻮﻗﻔﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺣﺒﻴﺒﻪ ﻭﻣﺼﻄﻔﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺪﺣﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻷﺧﻼﻗﻬﻢ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺪﺣﻬﻢ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺃﺧﻼﻗﻬﻢ ﻣﻊ‬ ‫_ ‪٩) ( Nö kÍ Žö 9s )Î •t‬ﺍﳊﺸﺮ( ﺑﺎﳊﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻞ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‬ ‫‪y $d‬‬ ‫` ‪y‬‬ ‫‪ô Bt b‬‬ ‫† ‪t q7™ tÏ‬‬ ‫ﺇﺧﻮﺍ‪‬ﻢ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﺃﲨﻌﲔ‪ ،‬ﺑﹺﻢ ﻣﺪﺣﻬﻢ؟ ) ‪ä‬‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﻳﺼﻠﺢ ﻟﻠﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺎﳊﺐ؟! ﺍﻟﻜﻞ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻞ ﻳﻜﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻞ ﳚﺘﻬﺪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﹺﻢ‬ ‫ﻳﻨﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺮﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻮﻝ؟ ﻭﺍﳌﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪) :‬ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﻳﻬﺘﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺒﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳉﺎﻫﻞ‬ ‫ﻳﻬﺘﻢ ﺑﺎﻹﻗﺒﺎﻝ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﳛﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳊﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻱ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻳﻘﺪﻣﻪ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﷲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﳋﻠﻖ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻵﺧﺮﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻟﺰﻭﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻟﻮﻃﻨﻪ ‪ ...‬ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻧﺎﲡﺎﹰ ﻋﻦ ﺣﺐ‬ ‫ﻗﻠﱯ ﺣﱴ ﻳﻨﺎﻝ ﺷﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﷲ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﻧ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻯ ﺟﹺﺒ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﻞﹶ ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻓﹸﻼﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺟﹺﺒ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﻞﹸ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻱ ﺟﹺﺒ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﻞﹸ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀِ ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻓﹸﻼﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹸ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀِ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮﺿ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘﹶﺒ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﻷَﺭ‪‬ﺽﹺ {‬

‫‪٥٥‬‬

‫ﳌﺎﺫﺍ؟ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﳊﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻻ ﻳﺼﻠﺢ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺎﳊﺐ ﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﺒﻌﻀﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻧﺮﺟﻮﺍ ﺃﻥ ﳛﻘﻘﻬﺎ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻭﺑﻨﺎ ﺍﻵﻥ‪:‬‬ ‫‪( #( q?è r&é $! J‬‬ ‫_ ‪£ BiÏ pZ‬‬ ‫‪y %n‬‬ ‫‪t N‬‬ ‫‪ö d‬‬ ‫‪Ï ‘Í r‰‬‬ ‫‪ß ¹‬‬ ‫‪ß ’ûÎ b‬‬ ‫‪t r‰‬‬ ‫† ‪ß gÅ‬‬ ‫‪s w‬‬ ‫) ‪Ÿ ru‬‬

‫)‪٩‬ﺍﳊﺸﺮ(‬

‫‪ ٥٥‬اﻟﺒﺨﺎري وﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ ھﺮﯾﺮة ‪t‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺣﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﰲ ﺷﺄ‪‬ﻢ ﰱ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﳊﺠﺮ‪( ÇÍÐÈ tû,Î#Î7»s)tG•B 9‘ã•ß™ 4’n?tã $ºRºuq÷zÎ) @e@Ïî ô`ÏiB NÏdÍ‘rß‰ß¹ ’Îû $tB $oYôãt“tRur ) :‬‬

‫ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﺏ ﺑﻐﺾ ﻭﻻ ﺣﻘﺪ ﻭﻻ ﺣﺴﺪ ﻭﻻ ﺣﺮﺹ ﻭﻻ ﺷﺢ ﻭﻻ ﺃﺛﺮﺓ ﻭﻻ‬ ‫ﺃﻧﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﻻ ﺭﻏﺒﺔ ﰲ ﺷﺮ ﻭﻻ ﴰﺎﺗﺔ ﰲ ﻣﺆﻣﻦ؛ ﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﶈﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻔﻘﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻄﻒ ﻭﺍﳊﻨﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺐ ﺍﳋﲑ ﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹﻳﺜﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻣﺪﺡ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻷﻧﺼﺎﺭ‪:‬‬ ‫‪٩) ( p× ¹‬ﺍﳊﺸﺮ( ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺇﺻﻼﺡ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻌﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫‪| $Á‬‬ ‫‪| z‬‬ ‫‪y N‬‬ ‫‪ö kÍ 5Í b‬‬ ‫‪t %.x qö 9s ru N‬‬ ‫¦ ‪ö kÍ‬‬ ‫‪Å ÿ‬‬ ‫’ ‪à R&r‬‬ ‫‪# ?n ã‬‬ ‫‪t c‬‬ ‫‪š‬‬ ‫) ‪r•ã OÏ s÷ ƒã ru‬‬

‫‪٥٦‬‬ ‫ﺻﻼﺡ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﺈﺻﻼﺡ ﺍﻷﻓﺮﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻼﺡ ﺍﻷﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺪﺧﻮﳍﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﺷﺔ ﺍﶈﻤﺪﻳﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻧﻨﻘﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺧﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻬﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﺛﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻷﻧﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﳕﻠﺆﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﳊﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﶈﻤﺪﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻷﺗﻘﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﻧﻘﻴﺎﺀ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺣﺪﺙ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻤﻦ ﺃﻳﻦ ﺗﺄﰐ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻛﻞ؟! ﺃﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﱰﺍﻋﺎﺕ؟! ﺃﻳﻦ ﺍﳋﻼﻓﺎﺕ؟! ﺃﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺣﻨﺎﺕ؟! ﻫﻞ ﳛﺪﺙ ﺳﺐ ﻭﺷﺘﻢ ﻭﻟﻌﻦ ﻭﺇﻳﺬﺍﺀ؟! ﻧﺎﻫﻴﻚ ﻋﻦ ﺿﺮﺏ ﺑﺂﻟﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻏﲑﻫﺎ! ﻫﻞ‬ ‫ﳛﺪﺙ ﻏﺪﺭ؟! ﻫﻞ ﳛﺪﺙ ﺿﻴﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺆﻣﻦ ﳌﺆﻣﻦ؟!ﺃﺑﺪﺍﹰ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﺒﻴﺐ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺃﹶﻻ ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﺔﹰ ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﹶﺤ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﹶﺢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻛﹸﻠﱡﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻓﹶﺴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺕ‪‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﺴ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻛﹸﻠﱡﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻻ ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘﹶﻠﹾﺐ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٥٧‬‬

‫ﺳﻨ‪‬ﺼﻠﺢ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻟﻸﺟﺴﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻴﺊ ﳍﺎ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﱐ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻴﻼﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺵ ﻭﺍﻷﺛﺎﺙ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﺿﺮﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﳊﻈﻮﻅ ﻭﺍﻷﻫﻮﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﳌﻠﺬﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﺏ ﱂ ﺗﺘﻄﻬﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ؟ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺣﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪:r‬‬

‫} ﻓﹶﻮ‪‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻻ ﺍﻟﹾﻔﹶﻘﹾﺮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺧ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻰ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻜ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺧ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻰ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻂﹶ‬ ‫‪ ٥٦‬ﻣﻦ أرد اﻟﺘﻮﺳﻊ ﻓﻰ ھﺬا اﻟﺒﺎب ﻓﻌﻠﯿﮫ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺑﻨﺎ) إﺻﻼح اﻷﻓﺮاد واﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻌﺎت ﻓﻰ اﻹﺳﻼم(‪ ،‬اﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﯿﺔ ‪،٢٠٠١‬‬ ‫دار اﻹﯾﻤﺎن واﻟﺤﯿﺎة ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﺎدىﺎﻟﻘﺎھﺮة‪،‬‬ ‫‪ ٥٧‬اﻟﺒﺨﺎري وﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ اﻟﻨﻌﻤﺎن ﺑﻦ ﺑﺸﯿﺮ ‪t‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺑ‪‬ﺴِﻄﹶﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻗﹶﺒ‪‬ﻠﹶﻜﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺘ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﻓﹶﺴ‪‬ﻮﻫ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫‪٥٨‬‬ ‫ﺗ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﻓﹶﺴ‪‬ﻮﻫ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻜﹶﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻠﹶﻜﹶﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪{ ‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻛﻞ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻛﻞ!!‬

‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﺏ ﺧﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺰﺕ ﳊﻀﺮﺓ ﻋﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﻮﺏ‪،‬‬ ‫‪) ( ÇÑÒÈ O‬ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮﺍﺀ(‬ ‫™ ‪5 Š=Î‬‬ ‫= ‪y‬‬ ‫) ‪5 =ù‬‬ ‫! ‪s /Î‬‬ ‫` ‪© #$ ’At &r‬‬ ‫‪ô Bt w‬‬ ‫ﻭﺃﺻﺒﺤﺖ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﻛﻼﻣﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ‪ž )Î ) :‬‬ ‫ﺳﺘﺠﺪ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺣﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻭﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺤﺪﻳﺚ‪:‬‬

‫} ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻷَﺧ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴِﻪ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٥٩‬‬

‫ﺳﺘﺠﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩﺍﹰ ﻭﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻧﺮﺍﻩ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻣﻔﻘﻮﺩﺍﹰ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ!!‬ ‫ﳌﺎﺫﺍ؟‬ ‫ﻷﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻓﺮﺩ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻧﻔﺴﻲ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ ﻻ ﺃﺳﺄﻟﻚ ﻏﲑﻫﺎ!!‬ ‫ﺣﱴ ﺯﻭﺟﺘﻪ ﻭﺃﻭﻻﺩﻩ ﻭﻭﺍﻟﺪﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻋﻤﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻮﺍﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺮﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻦ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻃﺎﺏ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﺗﻜﻔﱠﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺠﻌﻠﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﳝﺸﻲ ﰲ ﻫﺪﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﻋﺎﻩ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﷲ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺗﺮﺍﻗﺒﻪ ﺣﻨﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﳝﺸﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻫﻮﻧﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﲢﻦ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﰲ ﻣﻠﻜﻮﺕ ﺍﷲ‪:‬‬ ‫‪(#q9ä $%s c‬‬ ‫‪š‬‬ ‫‪q=è g‬‬ ‫‪Î »f‬‬ ‫‪y 9ø #$ N‬‬ ‫‪ã g‬‬ ‫‪ß 6t Û‬‬ ‫{‪s %‬‬ ‫‪s #Œs )Î ru $RZ qö d‬‬ ‫‪y Ú‬‬ ‫{ ‪Ç ‘ö‬‬ ‫‪F #$ ’?n ã‬‬ ‫‪t b‬‬ ‫‪t q±‬‬ ‫‪à J‬‬ ‫) ‪ô ƒt‬‬ ‫‪( ÇÏÌÈ $J‬‬ ‫™ ‪V »=n‬‬ ‫‪y‬‬

‫)اﻟﻔﺮﻗﺎن(‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻧﺄﰐ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﳉﺰﺋﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﻻ ﳜﻠﻮ ﳎﺘﻤﻊ ﻭﻻ ﻃﺎﺋﻔﺔ ﻭﻻ ﳏﻠﺔ ﻭﻻ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ‬ ‫ﺍﳉﺎﻫﻠﲔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻼﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ ﳓﻮ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﳉﺎﻫﻠﲔ؟ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﰲ ﻛﻼﻡ‬ ‫ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻨﺎ ﺃﺳﻮﺓ ﰲ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺍﻷﻣﲔ ‪ ،r‬ﰲ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﷲ‪:‬‬ ‫‪) ( ÇÊÒÒÈ ú‬اﻷﻋﺮاف(‬ ‫‪š‬‬ ‫‪ü=Î g‬‬ ‫` ‪Î »gp :ø #$‬‬ ‫‪Ç ã‬‬ ‫‪t Ú‬‬ ‫‪ó •Ì ã‬‬ ‫‪ô &r ru $‬‬ ‫‪Å •ó èã 9ø $$ /Î •ó Dß &ù ru qu ÿ‬‬ ‫‹ ‪ø èy 9ø #$‬‬ ‫{ ‪É‬‬ ‫) ‪è‬‬ ‫‪ ٥٨‬اﻟﺒﺨﺎري وﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻤﺮو ﺑﻦ ﻋﻮف اﻷﻧﺼﺎري ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ٥٩‬اﻟﺒﺨﺎري واﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي ﻋﻦ أﻧﺲ ‪t‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺛﻼﺙ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﺡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺗﺴﻠﺢ ﺑﻪ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﻛﻞ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﺡ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻧﺎﻥ ﰲ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺳﻼﺡ ﺍﻟﻌﻔﻮ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺢ‪ ،‬ﺃﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﻔﻮ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺢ؟! ﳓﻦ ﻧﺴﻤﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﰲ ﺃﺧﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻦ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ‬ ‫‪(N‬‬ ‫‪ö 3‬‬ ‫‪ä ‹ø =n æ‬‬ ‫“ ‪t‬‬ ‫‪3 ‰‬‬ ‫‪y Gt ã‬‬ ‫@ ‪ô #$ $Bt‬‬ ‫‪È V÷ J‬‬ ‫‪Ï /Î mÏ ‹ø =n ã‬‬ ‫‪t #( r‰‬‬ ‫‪ß Ft ã‬‬ ‫‪ô $$ ùs N‬‬ ‫‪ö 3‬‬ ‫‪ä ‹ø =n æ‬‬ ‫“ ‪t‬‬ ‫‪3 ‰‬‬ ‫‪y Gt ã‬‬ ‫` ‪ô #$‬‬ ‫‪Ç J‬‬ ‫ﻧﺰﻟﺖ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ‪y ùs ) :‬‬ ‫)‪١٩٤‬ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ( ﻭﻫﻞ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﺆﻣﻦ ﻳﻌﺘﺪﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺆﻣﻦ؟! ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺪﺍﺀ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻻ‬ ‫ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﺆﻣﻦ ﻳﻌﺘﺪﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺆﻣﻦ ﺃﺑﺪﺍﹰ‪:‬‬

‫} ﻛﹸﻞﱡ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻢﹺ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻢﹺ ﺣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﻡ‪ ‬ﺩ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﻟﹸﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻪ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٦٠‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍﹰ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺃﻋﺘﺪﻱ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ؟! ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﻪ ﺩﻭﻣﺎﹰ ﺍﻟﻌﻔﻮ‪ ،‬ﺍﲰﻌﻮﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺣﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪r‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺟ‪‬ﺎﺀَﻩ ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹲ ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻔﹸﻮﺍ ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﺨ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻡﹺ؟ ﻓﹶﺼ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪‬‬ ‫‪٦١‬‬ ‫ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻔﹸﻮﺍ ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﺨ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻡﹺ؟ ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ }:‬ﻛﹸﻞﱠ ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡﹴ ﺳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹰ {‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺳﺄﻋﻔﻮﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳋﺎﺩﻡ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺳﺒﻌﲔ ﻣﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻢ ﺃﻋﻔﻮﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺥ ﻭﻋﻦ ﺍﳉﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﻭﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻟﺪ ﻭﻋﻦ ﺍﻹﺑﻨﺔ ﻭﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻴﻖ ﻭﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻴﻞ؟!! ﻓﺎﻟﻌﻔﻮ ﻣﺪﺍﻩ ﻭﺍﺳﻊ ﻟﻴﺲ‬ ‫ﻟﻪ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻖ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﻌﻮ‪‬ﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻔﻮ‪.‬‬ ‫{ ‪ ( qu ÿø èy 9ø #$ ‹É‬ﺃﻯ ﲣﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ ﺣﱴ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻠﻜﺎﹰ ﻟﻚ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻋﺘﱪ ﻧﻔﺴﻚ‬ ‫) ‪è‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺨﺎﻃﺐ ‪‬ﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ ﺃﲨﻌﲔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻗﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﻳﻈﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻻ ﻳﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻔﻮ ﳚﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺗﻄﻤﻊ ﰲﱠ ﻭﻳﺰﻳﺪﻭﻥ ﰲ ﺇﻳﺬﺍﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻭﺍﷲ ﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳﻨﻄﻖ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳍﻮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ‪ r‬ﻟﻴﻤﺤﻮ ﻋﻨﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﺍﳋﺒﻴﺜﺔ‪:‬‬

‫} ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺯ‪‬ﺍﺩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﺑﹺﻌ‪‬ﻔﹾﻮﹴ ﺇﹺﻻ ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺍ {‬

‫‪٦٢‬‬

‫‪ ٦٠‬ﺳﻨﻦ اﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﺔ وأﺑﻲ داود ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ ھﺮﯾﺮة ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ٦١‬ﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي ﻋﻦ اﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ‪y‬‬ ‫‪ ٦٢‬ﺻﺤﯿﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ وﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ ھﺮﯾﺮة ‪t‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﱂ ﻳﺪﺭﻛﻪ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺄﰐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺃﺣﺪﻭﺛﺔ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﻌﻔﻮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﳕﻮﺫﺝ ﻟﻠﺼﻔﺢ ‪ ...‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻧﺒﻴﻨﺎ ‪ ،r‬ﻭﺍﳌﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﻞ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﻨﺎ ﻹﻳﺬﺍﺀ ﰲ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﻟﻺﻳﺬﺍﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻠﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﻋﺸﲑﺗﻪ ﰲ ﻣﻜﺔ؟! ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺻﺮﻳﻦ ﺃﲨﻌﲔ!!‬ ‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﲡﻤﻊ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺁﻻﻑ ﺭﺟﻞ ﰲ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪r‬‬ ‫ﺩﺧﻞ ﻟﻴﺰﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻌﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻗﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﺧﺎﻃﺒﻬﻢ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻳﺎ ﻣﻌﺸﺮ ﻗﺮﻳﺶ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻈﻨﻮﻥ ﺃﱐ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﺑﻜﻢ؟ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﺧﲑﺍﹰ ﺃﺥ ﻛﺮﱘ ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﺥ ﻛﺮﱘ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫‪٦٣‬‬

‫} ﺍﺫﹾﻫ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻧ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻄﱡﻠﹶﻘﹶﺎﺀُ { ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﰲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ‪ } :‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹶﻗﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﻛﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺃﹶﺧ‪‬ﻲ ﻳ‪‬ﻮﺳ‪‬ﻒ‪ ) :‬ﻻ ﺗ‪‬ﺜﹾﺮﹺﻳﺐ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻴ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﺮ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺍﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﲔ‪{ ( ‬‬

‫‪٦٤‬‬

‫ﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺍﹰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻳﺬﺍﺀﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻜﱠﻨﻪ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺫﻫﺐ ﺇﱃ ﺛﻘﻴﻒ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺋﻒ ﻭﺭﺟﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺰﻝ ﻣﻠﻚ ﺍﳉﺒﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺟﱪﻳﻞ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﻮ‪‬ﻝﹶ ﻗﹶﻮ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺚﹶ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻠﹶﻚ‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﹾﺠﹺﺒ‪‬ﺎﻝﹺ ﻟ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺄﹾﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺷ‪‬ﺌﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﺍﻧﹺﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﻠﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺠﹺﺒ‪‬ﺎﻝﹺ ﻓﹶﺴ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻟﻚ ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺷ‪‬ﺌﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﺷ‪ ‬ﹾﺌﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺃﹸﻃﹾﺒﹺﻖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻬﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻷَﺧ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦﹺ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ :r ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻮ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺮﹺﺝ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﻼﺑﹺﻬﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻻ‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮﹺﻙ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹰﺎ {‬

‫‪٦٥‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﻏﺰﻭﺓ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻭﰱ ﻏﺰﻭﺓ ﺃﺣﺪ ﳌﹼﺎ ﻛﹸﺴِﺮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴﻀﺔﹸ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪) r‬ﺧﻮﺫﺗﻪ( ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺭﺃﺳﻪ‪ ‬ﻭﺃﹸﺩ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﻭﺟﻬﻪ‪ ‬ﻭﻛﹸﺴِﺮ‪‬ﺕ ﺭ‪‬ﺑﺎﻋﻴﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭﺛﻠﻤﺖ ﺷﻔﺘﻪ ﻭﺭﻣﻰ ﺭﻣﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺘﻔﻪ ﻭﺩﺧﻠﺖ ﺣﻠﻘﺘﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻐﻔﺮ ﰱ ﻭﺟﻨﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻔﺔ ﻭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ ﺃﺳﺮﻉ ﺧﻮﻓﺎﹰ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ ٦٣‬ﺗﺎرﯾﺦ اﻟﻄﺒﺮي‬ ‫‪ ٦٤‬ﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ‬ ‫‪ ٦٥‬اﻟﺒﺨﺎري وﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ رﺿﻲ اﷲ ﻋﻨﮭﺎ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫}ﻭﺃﺧﺬ ﺷﻴﺌﺎﹰ ﻓﺠﻌﻞ ﻳﻨﺸﻒ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻣﻪ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻟﻮ ﻭﻗﻊ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻟﱰﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺍﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪ ٦٦{.‬ﻓﺘﻠﻘﺎﻩ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ‪ ،y‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ‬ ‫ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺍﺩﻉ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ‪ } r‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻫ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﻮ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻲ ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠﹶﻤ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ {‪ ،٦٧‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‬ ‫‪ }:r‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺚﹾ ﻟﹶﻌ‪‬ﺎﻧ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪ ‬ﹾﺜﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺔﹰ {‪ ،٦٨‬ﻭﻗﻴﻞ ﻗﺎﻝ ‪:r‬‬ ‫‪٦٩‬‬ ‫} ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻏﹾﻔ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻘﹶﻮ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻲ ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠﹶﻤ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ {‬

‫‪r‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻻ ﺗ‪‬ﻌﺪ ﻭﻻ ﺗ‪‬ﺤﺼﻰ‪ ،‬ﻳﻜﻔﻲ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﻧﺲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ‪:t‬‬ ‫ﺳﺒ‪‬ﺎﺑﺎﹰ {‬ ‫} ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻓﹶﺎﺣ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻟﹶﻌ‪‬ﺎﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ‪‬‬

‫‪٧٠‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻚ ﻭﺻﻮﺭﰐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﳌﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺣﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺳ‪‬ﺌﻠﺖ ﻋﻦ ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪:r‬‬ ‫} ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻦ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺎﺣ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻔﹶﺤ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﺻ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺎﺑ‪‬ﺎ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻷَﺳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﻕﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺰﹺﻱ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺴ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹶﺔ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹶﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻜ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻔﹸﻮ ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻔﹶﺢ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٧١‬‬

‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻛﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺴﺐ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻠﻌﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﳜﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﻟﻔﻈﺔ ﻧﺎﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻓﺎﺣﺸﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﳜﺪﺵ ﺣﻴﺎﺀ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﳜﺪﻉ ﺍﻷﻧﻈﺎﺭ ﺑﻔﻌﻠﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻦ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺷﺄﻧﻪ ﻭﻓﻴﻨﺎ ﲨﻴﻌﺎﹰ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﲔ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺎﺻﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻼﺣﻘﲔ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫‪) ( ÇËÍÈ ‰‬ﺍﳊﺞ(‪،‬‬ ‫‪Ï ‹J‬‬ ‫‪Ï tp :ø #$ Þ‬‬ ‫‪Å ºŽu À‬‬ ‫’ ‪Å‬‬ ‫‪4 <n )Î #( rÿ ‰‬‬ ‫‪ß d‬‬ ‫‪è ru A‬‬ ‫) ‪É qö‬‬ ‫‪s 9ø #$ Æ‬‬ ‫‪š‬‬ ‫= ‪BÏ‬‬ ‫‪É ‹hÍ Ü‬‬ ‫‪© 9#$ ’<n )Î #( rÿ ‰‬‬ ‫‪ß d‬‬ ‫ﺃﻫﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ‪è ru ) :‬‬ ‫ﻻ ﳜﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻟﺴﻨﺘﻬﻢ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺩﻋﺎ ﳍﻢ ﺣﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍ ﻓﹶﻐ‪‬ﻨﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻜﹶﺖ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺴ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻢ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٧٢‬‬

‫‪ ٦٦‬وﻻﺑﻦ ﻋﺎﺋﺬ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﯾﻖ اﻷوزاﻋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺢ اﻟﺒﺎري ﺷﺮح ﺻﺤﯿﺢ اﻟﺒﺨﺎري‬ ‫‪ ٦٧‬أﺧﺒﺎر أﺻﺒﮭﺎن ﻷﺑﻲ ﻧﻌﯿﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ اﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮد ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ٦٨‬ﺻﺤﯿﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ ھﺮﯾﺮة ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ٦٩‬اﻟﺒﺨﺎري وﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ اﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮد ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ٧٠‬ﺻﺤﯿﺢ اﻟﺒﺨﺎري وﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ‬ ‫‪ ٧١‬ﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي وﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ‬ ‫‪ ٧٢‬اﻟﺼﻤﺖ ﻻﺑﻦ أﺑﻲ اﻟﺪﻧﯿﺎ وﺷﻌﺐ اﻹﯾﻤﺎن ﻟﻠﺒﯿﮭﻘﻲ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻫﻢ ﳝﺸﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻨﻬﺎﺝ‪ ،‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﲣﺮﺝ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻳﻌﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻭﺍﻓﻘﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ ﻭﰲ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺣﺴﻨﺎﺗﻪ ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻬﺎ ﻭﺷﻜﺮ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﻘﻪ‬ ‫ﻟﻪ ﰲ ﻗﻮﳍﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻧﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺟﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻻﻏﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﻏﻴﺔ ﺣﻔﻈﻬﺎ ﻭﱂ ﻳﺘﻔﻮﻩ ‪‬ﺎ ﺧﻮﻓﺎﹰ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫= ‪) ( ÇÊÑÈ ‰Ó ŠGÏ ãt‬ﻕ( ﺃﻱ‬ ‫‪ë ‹%Ï ‘u mÏ ƒ÷ ‰‬‬ ‫‪y 9s w‬‬ ‫‪ž )Î A‬‬ ‫‪@ qö %s `BÏ á‬‬ ‫‪à ÿ‬‬ ‫ﻋﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،U‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺃﲨﻌﲔ‪Ï =ù ƒt $B¨ ) :‬‬ ‫ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺃﻭ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﻌﺘﻘﺪﻭﺍ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻴﺐ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺘﻴﺪ ﻣﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻟﻘﺎﻝ )ﺭﻗﻴﺐ ﻭﻋﺘﻴﺪ( ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻴﺐ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻴﺐ ﻋﺘﻴﺪ ﺃﻱ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ؛ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﺧﺎﺋﻨﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﲔ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﺨﻔﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺳﻴﺤﺎﺳﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﻖ ‪‬ﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﺧﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﻫﻲ ﺍﳋﻼﺹ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺃﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ‪ ،‬ﺃﺧﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺑﺸ‪‬ﺮ ‪‬ﺎ ﺣﱴ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﻮﻥ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻗﻴﻞ ﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮﻭ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺹ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻠﻢ ﲟﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ؛‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺭﺍﺓ ﻭﺍﻹﳒﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺭﺍﺓ ﻭﺍﻹﳒﻴﻞ؟ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ‪:t‬‬ ‫} ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻤ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺻ‪‬ﻮﻑ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺍﺓ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺒ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺾﹺ ﺻ‪‬ﻔﹶﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﹾﻘﹸﺮ‪‬ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﺳﻠﹾﻨ‪‬ﺎﻙ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﺎﻫ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍ ﻭ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﺬ‪‬ﻳﺮ‪‬ﺍ ﻭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺯ‪‬ﺍ ﻟ‪‬ﻸُﻣ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻟ‪‬ﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺭ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﺘ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻛﱢﻞﹶ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻔﹶﻆﱟ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻏﹶﻠ‪‬ﻴﻆ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﺳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺎﺏﹴ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻷَﺳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﻕﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻓﹶﻊ‪‬‬ ‫ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺴ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹶﺔ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹶﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻜ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻔﹸﻮ ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹾﺒﹺﻀ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﻴﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻠﱠﺔﹶ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﺑﹺﺄﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻻ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻔﹾﺘ‪‬ﺢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻪ ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺁﺫﹶﺍﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺻ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹸﻠﹸﻮﺑ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﻏﻠﹾﻔﹰﺎ {‬ ‫ﹸ‬

‫‪٧٣‬‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺃﻭﺻﺎﻑ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺃﺣﻮﺍﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻛﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻌﻠﻪ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﳕﻮﺫﺟﺎﹰ ﻟﻨﺎ ﲨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﳓﺘﺬﻱ ﺑﻪ ﰲ ﺃﺧﻼﻗﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻘﺘﺪﻱ ﺑﻪ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺳﻠﻮﻛﻴﺎﺗﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﺎ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﺼﻐﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺪﺭﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺧﻼﻕ ﻧﺒﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺳﻴﻤﺎ ﻭﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺧﻼﻕ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻢ ﻹﻛﺮﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﺍﳋﻼﻕ ‪ ،U‬ﻭﻷﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺐ‬ ‫‪ ٧٣‬ﺻﺤﯿﺢ اﻟﺒﺨﺎري وﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻓﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﰲ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﻓﺎﻕ‪ ،‬ﺳ‪‬ﺌﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ :r‬ﻣﺎ ﺃﺛﻘﻞ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻳﻮﺿﻊ ﰲ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻧﻨﺎ؟ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ‪ }:r‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺷ‪‬ﻲ‪‬ﺀٌ ﺃﹶﺛﹾﻘﹶﻞﹸ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﻴﺰ‪‬ﺍﻥ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻖﹴ‬ ‫‪٧٤‬‬ ‫ﺣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻦﹴ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﺾ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻔﹶﺎﺣ‪‬ﺶ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺒ‪‬ﺬ‪‬ﻱﺀَ {‬ ‫ﻭﺟﺎﺀﻩ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪ } :‬ﺃﹶﻱ‪ ‬ﺍﻹِﳝ‪‬ﺎﻥ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻓﹾﻀ‪‬ﻞﹸ؟‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﹾﺨ‪‬ﻠﹸﻖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻋ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﺩ‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﹾﺨ‪‬ﻠﹸﻖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻋ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺜﱠﺎﻟ‪‬ﺜﹶﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭﹺ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺍﺑﹺﻌ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶ ﹺﺈﻣ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﺃﹶﻗﹶﺎﻣ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻗﹾﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﻠﹾﻘﹶﻰ ﺃﹶﺧ‪‬ﺎﻙ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻃﹶﻠ‪‬ﻴﻖ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺯ‪‬ﺍﻝﹶ‬ ‫ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺨ‪‬ﻠﹸﻖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹶﺒ‪‬ﺢ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﹾﺨ‪‬ﻠﹸﻖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻮﺀَ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻄﹶﺎﻥ‪ ،٧٥{ ‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ‪:r‬‬ ‫} ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻠﹸﻎﹸ ﺑﹺﺤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺩ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﺋﻢﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﻘﹶﺎ ‪‬ﺋﻢﹺ "‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻇﹸﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪:‬‬ ‫‪٧٦‬‬ ‫ﺳﺒﹺﻴﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪{ ‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺎﻫ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ‪‬‬ ‫ﳌﺎﺫﺍ؟ ﻷﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻀﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺟﺎﺀ ‪‬ﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻟﺘ‪‬ﻈﻬﺮ ﲨﺎﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺇﱃ ﺧﻠﻖ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ﻓﻴﺪﺧﻠﻮﺍ ﰲ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﺃﻓﻮﺍﺟﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺎﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻳ‪‬ﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﻪ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺮﻳﺒﺎﹰ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻀﺮﺗﻪ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ‪:r‬‬ ‫ﺳﻨ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺧ‪‬ﻼﻗﹰﺎ {‬ ‫} ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻲ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻗﹾﺮ‪‬ﺑﹺﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬‬

‫‪٧٧‬‬

‫ﺃﺳﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﻭﺇﱃ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﻭﺇﱃ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﺭﻣﻮﺍ ﺑﺎﻷﺧﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﳝﺔ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﺎﹰ ﻭﺃﻇﻬﺮﻭﺍ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﱂ ﺃﲨﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺪﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻨﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺰﻣﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻐﺾ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻫﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹﺭﻫﺎﺏ‪،‬ﻭﺇﻣﺴﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﺡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺮﻭﻳﻊ ﺍﻵﻣﻨﲔ ‪ ...‬ﻫﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﰲ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ؟!‬ ‫ﻛﻼ ﻭﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﲢﺪﺙ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳓﻦ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬

‫} ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻓﹶﺘ‪‬ﺢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺎﺗ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺬﹸﻭﺍ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺟ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﻛﹶﺜ‪‬ﻴﻔﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺬﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪‬‬ ‫‪٧٨‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺟ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪ ‬ﺍﻷَﺭ‪‬ﺽﹺ {‬ ‫‪ ٧٤‬ﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي وأﺑﻲ داود ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ اﻟﺪرداء ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ٧٥‬اﻟﻤﻄﺎﻟﺐ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﯿﺔ ﻻﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ‪ ،‬واﺗﺤﺎف اﻟﺨﯿﺮة ﻟﻠﺒﻮﺻﯿﺮي‬ ‫‪ ٧٦‬اﻟﻤﻌﺠﻢ اﻷوﺳﻂ ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺮاﻧﻲ ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ ھﺮﯾﺮة ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ٧٧‬ﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي ﻋﻦ ﺟﺎﺑﺮ ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ٧٨‬ﺗﺎرﯾﺦ دﻣﺸﻖ ﻻﺑﻦ ﻋﺴﺎﻛﺮ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﻦ اﻟﺨﻄﺎب ‪t‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﱂ ﻳﻘﻞ‪ :‬ﻓﺎﲣﺬﻭﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﻓﺎﲣﺬﻭﺍ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ( ﻭﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﰲ‬ ‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﻗﻮﻝ ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﻘﲔ‪ :‬ﻟﻮ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻫﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﲣﻠﻘﻮﺍ ﺑﺄﺧﻼﻕ ﺳﻴﺪ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﲔ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﱠﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻘﻲ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺇﻻ ﻭﺩﺧﻞ ﰲ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﷲ ‪.U‬‬ ‫ﻟﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﻳﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻨﺎ ﺃﺧﻼﻗﺎﹰ ﻭﻓﻌﺎﻻﹰ ﺗ‪‬ﻨﺎﻗﺾ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻨﺎﻗﺾ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺣﺒﻴﺐ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﻭﻣﺼﻄﻔﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻳﻨﻈﺮﻭﻥ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﻳﺴﺎﺭﻋﻮﻥ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺟﺪ ﻷﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﳜﺘﻠﻔﻮﻥ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻮﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺠﻮﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﻭﻏﲑﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺧﺮﺟﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻓﻼ ﺻﺪﻕ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻭﻓﺎﺀ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻬﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻣﻮﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﺮﺍﺣﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﻌﺎﻃﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺷﻔﻘﺔ ‪ ...‬ﺃﻳﻦ ﻗﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﺡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻏﺰﺍ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﻡ؟! ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻧﻘﻒ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ‪ !!.‬ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﻻ ﺃﺩﻋﻮ ﺇﺧﻮﺍﱐ ﺇﱃ ﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﻭﺩﻋﻮﺓ ﻏﲑﻫﻢ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺩﻋﻮﺓ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﺪﺃ‬ ‫ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻚ ﰒ ﲟﻦ ﺗﻌﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﻜﻦ ﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻔﺴﻚ ﻭﻗﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻏﹸﺾ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺜﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﺒﻚ ﻭﻣﻌﺎﻳﺒﻚ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻨﺎﻗﺾ ﻭﲣﺎﻟﻒ ﺃﺧﻼﻕ ﺳﻴﺪ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﲔ ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺻﻠﺤﻬﺎ ﺃﻭﻻﹰ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺃﺻﻠﺤﺖ ﻧﻔﺴﻚ ﻓﺎﺑﺪﺃ ﲟﻦ ﺣﻮﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻠﻚ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺏ ﻓﺎﻷﻗﺮﺏ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﺴﺘﺠﺪ ﻟﺪﻋﻮﺗﻚ ﺣﺎﻻﹰ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻻﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﰱ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻒ‪:‬‬

‫} ﺍﺑﺪﺃﹾ ﺑﹺﻨ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴِﻚ‪ ‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ّ‬ﺑﹺﻤ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻴﻚ‪ ‬ﻭﰱ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﺑﹺﻤ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ {‬

‫‪٧٩‬‬

‫ﻧﺴﺄﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﺼﻠﺢ ﺃﺧﻼﻗﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﺬﻫﺐ ﻓﺴﺎﺩ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﻄﻬﺮ ﻗﻠﻮﺑﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻳﺮﺯﻗﻨﺎ ﺣ‪‬ﺴﻦ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺪﺍﺀ ‪‬ﺪﻯ ﻧﺒﻴﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﻖ ﺑﺄﺧﻼﻕ ﺣﺒﻴﺒﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﳚﻌﻠﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺴﺘﻤﻌﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻴﺘﺒﻌﻮﻥ ﺃﺣﺴﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺻﺤﺒﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‬

‫‪٨٠‬‬ ‫ﺣﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻓﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﻭﻣﻌﻀﻼﺕ ﻭﻣﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﳛﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﻖ ﺑﺄﺧﻼﻕ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،r‬ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﻟﻮ ﺻﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﰲﱠ ﻭﻓﻴﻚ ﰲ ﺳﻼﻡ ﺻﻔﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﻓﻮﺭﺍﹰ ﻭﳌﻊ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺑﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﻭﻣﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻈﻼﻡ ﻭﺳﻴﺪ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺻﺒﺤﺖ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻋﺒﺪ ﻟﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻡ ‪.U‬‬ ‫‪ ٧٩‬اﻟﻨَّﺴﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﯾﺚ ﺟﺎﺑﺮ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ اﷲ‪ ،‬وارواﯾﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﯿﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﺨﺎرى وﻛﺜﯿﺮ ﻏﯿﺮه‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٨٠‬اﻟﻤﻌﺎدي – اﻷﺣﺪ ‪ ١١‬ﻣﻦ رﺑﯿﻊ اﻷول ‪١٤٣٥‬ھـ ‪٢٠١٤/١/١٢‬م‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﺄﰐ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺲ؟‬

‫‪Ÿw N‬‬ ‫‪§ Oè O‬‬ ‫‪ó g‬‬ ‫‪ß Yo •÷ /t •t f‬‬ ‫© ‪y‬‬ ‫‪x $J‬‬ ‫‪y ŠùÏ 8‬‬ ‫‪x qJ‬‬ ‫‪ß 3‬‬ ‫‪jÅ s‬‬ ‫‪y ƒã Ó‬‬ ‫‪4 L® m‬‬ ‫‪y c‬‬ ‫‪š‬‬ ‫‪qYã BÏ s÷ ƒã w‬‬ ‫‪Ÿ 7‬‬ ‫‪y /nÎ ‘u ru x‬‬ ‫) ‪Ÿ ùs‬‬ ‫‪( ÇÏÎÈ $J‬‬ ‫¡ ‪V Š=Î‬‬ ‫‪ó @n #( qJ‬‬ ‫¡ ‪ß =kÏ‬‬ ‫‪| „ç ru M‬‬ ‫‪| Šø Ò‬‬ ‫‪Ÿ %s $J‬‬ ‫`‪£ BiÏ %‬‬ ‫‪[ •t m‬‬ ‫‪y N‬‬ ‫¡ ‪ö hÎ‬‬ ‫‪Å ÿ‬‬ ‫’ ‪à R&r‬‬ ‫‪þ ûÎ #( r‰‬‬ ‫† ‪ß gÅ‬‬ ‫‪s‬‬

‫)ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻋﺠﻴﺐ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺟﻌﻠﻪ ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺎﹰ ﻟﻜﻞ‬ ‫ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﳌﻦ ﱂ ﻳﻘﺮﺃ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﳌﻔﺴﺮﻳﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﺌﻮﻟﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﲟﺠﺮﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﻳﻘﺮﺃﻩ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﲝﻀﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﻳﻨﻔﺘﺢ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎﱐ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻮﺭﺍﹰ ﻣﻦ‪:‬‬ ‫) ‪) ( ÇËÈ bt #äu •ö )à 9ø #$ Nz =¯ æt ÇÊÈ `ß »Ho q÷ •§ 9#$‬ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ(‪ ،‬ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﱂ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻤﻮﺍ ﺇﻻ ﰲ‬ ‫‪¼mç Rt $Šu /t $Zu Šø =n ã‬‬ ‫‪t b‬‬ ‫‪¨ )Î N‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺓ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﻳﻘﺮﺃﻭﺍ ﺃﻱ ﺗﻔﺎﺳﲑ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺷﺄﻧﻪ‪§ Oè ) :‬‬ ‫‪) ( ÇÊÒÈ‬ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ( ﳓﻦ ﻧﺒﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻷﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﺏ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﻻ ﻳﻄﻴﺐ ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺄﻭﺻﺎﻑ ﺍﳊﺒﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺻﺐ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺳﺐ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻭﻻﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺸﻐﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺳﻠﻔﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻧﻘــﻞ ﻓــﺆادك ﺣﻴــﺚ ﺷــﺌﺖ ﻣــﻦ اﳍــﻮى‬ ‫ﻛـــﻢ ﻣﻨـــﺰل ﰲ اﻷرض ﻳﺄﻟﻔـــﻪ اﻟﻔﺘـــﻰ‬

‫ﻣـــــﺎ اﳊـــــﺐ إﻻ ﻟﻠﺤﺒﻴـــــﺐ اﻷول‬ ‫وﺣﻨﻴﻨــــــــﻪ أﺑــــــﺪ ًا ﻷول ﻣﻨـــــــﺰل‬

‫وﻏﺎﻳـــــﺔ ﺑﻐﻴﺘـــــﻲ ﻳﺒـــــﺪوا ﺣﺒﻴﺒـــــﻲ‬

‫ﺑﻌــــﲔ اﻟــــﺮوح ﻻ ﻳﺒــــﺪوا ﺧﻔﻴــــﺎ‬

‫ﺣﺐ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻫﻮ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﻭﻣﻨﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺷﻐﻠﺘﻪ ﲝﺐ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻓﺈﻧﻚ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﲣﺪﻋﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺗ‪‬ﺤﺮﻡ ﻭﻻ ﺗ‪‬ﻨﻌ‪‬ﻢ ﻭﻻ ﺗ‪‬ﻜﺮ‪‬ﻡ ﻭﻻ ﺗ‪‬ﻌﻈﱠﻢ ﻷﻧﻚ ﱂ ﺗﻌﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻏﺎﻳﺔ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ‬ ‫ﻫﻲ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺣﺒﻴﺐ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻣﺼﻄﻔﺎﻩ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻏﺎﻳﺔ ﺑﻐﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﻫﻲ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،r‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪:‬‬ ‫! ( )‪٧‬ﺍﳊﺠﺮﺍﺕ(‬ ‫‪« #$ A‬‬ ‫™‪t q‬‬ ‫‪ß ‘u N‬‬ ‫‪ö 3‬‬ ‫‪ä ŠùÏ b‬‬ ‫‪¨ &r #( qþ J‬‬ ‫‪ß =n æ‬‬ ‫) ‪÷ #$ ru‬‬ ‫™‪١٠١) ( ¼&ã !è q‬ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ(‪.‬‬ ‫‪ß ‘u N‬‬ ‫‪ö 6‬‬ ‫) ‪à ŠùÏ ru‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

   

r 

  

















 r           



٨١

{ ‫ﻢ‬‫ﺎ ﺍﻟﹾﻘﹶﺎﺳ‬‫ﺃﹶﻧ‬‫ﻲ ﻭ‬‫ﻄ‬‫ﻌ‬‫ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‬‫} ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‬

‫ﻳﻮﺳﻒ( ﺧﺰﺍﺋﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻫﻲ ﻃﻠﺒﺎﺕ‬٥٥) ( Ú Ç ‘ö { F #$ û È îÉ #! “t z y ’ 4 ?n ã t Ó t _Í =ù èy _ ô #$ ) :‫ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﻗﺎﻝ‬ ‫ ﻣﻦ‬،‫ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺰﺍﺋﻦ ﺍﷲ‬،‫ ﻟﻜﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺣﱴ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺰﺍﺋﻦ ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻮﺕ ﻓﻘﻂ‬،‫ﺍﳉﺴﻢ‬ :‫ ﻭﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺔ‬،‫ ﻭﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺳﻴﺔ‬،‫ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬،‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻹﳍﻴﺔ‬ :‫ ( )ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺀ( ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‬ÇËÉÈ #‘· qàÝ tø Cx • š /nÎ ‘u äâ $! Ü s ã t b t %.x $Bt ru 4 7 y /nÎ ‘u äÏ $! Ü s ã t ` ô BÏ äÏ w I sà »¯ d y ru äÏ w I sà »¯ d y ‰ ‘ J Ï Rœ x y .ä ) (‫)ﺹ‬

( ÇÌÒÈ > 5 $¡ | m Ï ŽÎ •ö ót /Î 7 ô ¡ Å Bø &r r÷ &r ` ô Yã Bø $$ ùs $Rt tä $! Ü s ã t #‹ x »d y )

‫ ﻟﻜﻦ‬،‫ﻌﺎﺗﺐ‬‫ﺤﺎﺳﺐ ﻭﻻ ﻳ‬‫ ﻻ ﻳ‬r ‫ﻫﻞ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﻣﲔ ﳐﺎﺯﻥ ﻻ ﳛﺎﺳﺐ؟! ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺆﺩﺑﺎﹰ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ‬،‫ﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻡ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺘﺼﺮﻑ ﺑﺄﻣﺮﻩ‬ ‫ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺧﺎﻃﺒﻪ ﺍﷲ‬ t ‫ " وَإِﻧﱠﻤَﺎ أَﻧَﺎ ﻗَﺎﺳِﻢٌ وَﯾُﻌْﻄِﻲ اﻟﻠﱠﮫُ " ﻋﻦ ﻣﻌﺎوﯾﺔ‬:‫ ﺻﺤﯿﺢ اﻟﺒﺨﺎري ورواه ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺑﺼﯿﻐﺔ‬٨١



{}



‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﺩﺏ ﻣﻊ ﺭﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﺘﺼﺮﻑ ﰲ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺻﻐﲑ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺒﲑ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺈﺫﻥ ﺻﺮﻳﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺑﻪ ‪.U‬‬

‫ﺍﺛﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻓﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﳘﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﲔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﳘﺎ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﳊﺴﻦ ﻭﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﳊﺴﲔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪:r‬‬ ‫ﺷﺒ‪‬ﺎﺏﹺ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪{ ‬‬ ‫} ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ ‪‬‬

‫‪٨٢‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﻞ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻋﺠﻮﺯ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ؟ ﻻ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﺳﻴﺪﺧﻠﻮﻥ ﲨﻴﻌﺎﹰ ﰲ ﺳﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍﹰ‬ ‫ﻓﻬﻤﺎ ﺳﻴﺪﺍ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﳊﺴﻦ ﺟﺪﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﺧﺪﳚﺔ ﺑﻨﺖ ﺧﻮﻳﻠﺪ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺘﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ‬ ‫ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﻣﻦ ﺭﺟﻞ ﺇﲰﻪ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﳒﺒﺖ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻭﻟﺪﺍﹰ ﺇﲰﻪ ﻫﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺗﺰﻭﺟﺖ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺪ ﺻﻐﲑﺍﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺮﺑ‪‬ﻰ ﰲ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺣﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﻣﻊ ﺃﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻳ‪‬ﺴﻤﻰ‬ ‫ﺭﺑﻴﺐ ﺣﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺪ ﳚﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﻣﺰﻳﺔ ﺇﳍﻴﺔ ﻳ‪‬ﻌﻄﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﻟﺒﻌﺾ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﳊﺴﻦ ‪:t‬‬

‫} ﺳ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﺔﹶ ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻴﻤ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻭ‪‬ﺻ‪‬ﺎﻓﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﻠﹾﻴ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ r ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬﹺﻲ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻒ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺷ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹰﺎ ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠﱠﻖ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ‬ ‫ﻃﻮ‪‬ﻝﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻓﹶﺨ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻔﹶﺨ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻸْﻷُ ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻸْﻟﹸﺆ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘﹶﻤ‪‬ﺮﹺ ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺔﹶ ﺍﻟﹾﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶ ﹾ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻮﻉﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻗﹾﺼ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺬﱠﺏﹺ‪ ،‬ﻋ‪‬ﻈ‪‬ﻴﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻬ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﺭ‪‬ﺟﹺﻞﹶ ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺮﹺ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﻥ‪ ‬ﺍﻧ‪‬ﻔﹶﺮ‪‬ﻗﹶﺖ‪‬‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﻴﺼ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﻕ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻻ ﻓﹶﻼ ﻳ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺎﻭﹺﺯ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﺃﹸﺫﹸﻧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻓﹾﺮ‪‬ﺓﹲ ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﺯﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻮ‪‬ﻥ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻏﻀ‪‬ﺐ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺳﻮ‪‬ﺍﺑﹺﻎﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻏﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮﹺ ﻗﹶﺮ‪‬ﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻕ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﹶ‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺳ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﺒﹺﲔﹺ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺯ‪‬ﺝ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﺟﹺﺐﹺ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺃﹶﻗﹾﻨ‪‬ﻰ ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻧﹺﲔﹺ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﻮﺭ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﻩ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺴِﺒ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﱂ ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺄﹶﻣ‪‬ﻠﹸﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻛﹶﺚﱠ ﺍﻟﻠﱢﺤ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺳ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺍﻟﹾﺨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻦﹺ‪ ،‬ﺿ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻴﻊ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻔﹶﻢﹺ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺐ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﻔﹾﻠﹶﱠﺞ‪ ‬ﺍﻷَﺳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺩ‪‬ﻗ‪‬ﻴﻖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﹶﺄﹶﻥﱠ‬ ‫ﺳﻜﹰﺎ ﺳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﺀَ‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻘﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺟﹺﻴﺪ‪ ‬ﺩ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺻ‪‬ﻔﹶﺎﺀِ ﺍﻟﹾﻔ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﹾﺨ‪‬ﻠﹾﻖﹺ‪ ،‬ﺑ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﹾﺒ‪‬ﻄﹾﻦﹺ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﻋ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﺾ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺭﹺ ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻴﺪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻜ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦﹺ‪ ،‬ﺿ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻜﹶﺮ‪‬ﺍﺩ‪‬ﻳﺲﹺ‪،‬‬ ‫‪ ٨٢‬ﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي وﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ ﺳﻌﯿﺪ اﻟﺨﺪري ‪t‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺭ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺩ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺻ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﺒ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺸ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺮﹴ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺮﹺﻱ ﻛﺎﻟﹾﺨ‪‬ﻂﱢ‪ ،‬ﻋ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺜﱠﺪ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﹾﺒ‪‬ﻄﹾﻦﹺ ﻣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻯ ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺬﱢﺭ‪‬ﺍﻋ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻜ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﻃﹶﻮﹺﻳﻞﹶ ﺍﻟﺰ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻦﹺ‪ ،‬ﺭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺍﺣ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻂﹶ ﺍﻟﹾﻘﹶﺼ‪‬ﺐﹺ‪ ،‬ﺷ‪‬ﺜﹾﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻜﹶﻔﱠﻴ‪‬ﻦﹺ‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘﹶﺪ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦﹺ‪ ،‬ﺳ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺍﻷَﻃﹾﺮ‪‬ﺍﻑ‪ ،‬ﺧ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺎﻥﹶ ﺍﻷَﺧ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦﹺ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﺴِﻴﺢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘﹶﺪ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻮ‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀُ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺯ‪‬ﺍﻝﹶ ﺯ‪‬ﺍﻝﹶ ﻗﹸﻠﹾﻌ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﻄﹸﻮ ﺗ‪‬ﻜﹶﻔﱢﻴ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺫﹶﺭﹺﻳﻊ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻰ ﻛﹶﺄﹶﻧ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻂﱡ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺐﹴ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺍﻟﹾﺘ‪‬ﻔﹶﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺘ‪‬ﻔﹶﺖ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻴﻌ‪‬ﺎ ﺧ‪‬ﺎﻓ‪‬ﺾ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻄﱠﺮ‪‬ﻑ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻧ‪‬ﻈﹶﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻷَﺭ‪‬ﺽﹺ ﺃﹶﻃﹾﻮ‪‬ﻝﹸ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﻈﹶﺮﹺﻩ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀِ‪ ،‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱡ ﻧ‪‬ﻈﹶﺮﹺﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻼﺣ‪‬ﻈﹶﺔﹸ ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻮﻕ‪‬‬ ‫ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺭ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻘ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺴ‪‬ﻼﻡﹺ "‪ ،‬ﻗﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ :‬ﺻ‪‬ﻒ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻘﹶﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ‬ ‫ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﺻ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺍﻷَﺣ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺩ‪‬ﺍﺋ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻔ‪‬ﻜﹾﺮ‪‬ﺓ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺍﺣ‪‬ﺔﹲ ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻜﹶﻠﱠﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﻃﻮﹺﻳﻞﹶ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻜﱠﺖ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﻔﹾﺘ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻜﹶﻼﻡ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺄﹶﺷ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍﻗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻜﹶﻠﱠﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻏﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮﹺ ﺣ‪‬ﺎﺟ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﹶ‬ ‫ﺑﹺﺠ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﻣ‪‬ﻊﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﻜﹶﻠ‪‬ﻢﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺼ‪‬ﻞﹲ ﻻ ﻓﹸﻀ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﺗ‪‬ﻘﹾﺼ‪‬ﲑ‪ ،‬ﺩ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺚﹲ ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺎﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﺎﻓ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻬﹺﲔﹺ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻈﱢﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﺩ‪‬ﻗﱠﺖ‪ ‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺬﹸﻡ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺷ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹰﺎ ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺬﹸﻡ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻭ‪‬ﺍﻗﹰﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﺗ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻮﻃ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﻖ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺮﹺﻓﹾﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺒﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻲ‪‬ﺀٌ ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴِﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻜﹶﻔﱢﻪ‪ ‬ﻛﹸﻠﱢﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﻠﹶﺒ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺗ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺙﹶ ﺍﺗ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺑﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺮﹺﺏ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺒ‪‬ﺎﻃ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺭ‪‬ﺍﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻰ ﺑ‪‬ﺎﻃ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﺑ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻴ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻏﹶﻀ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺽ‪‬‬ ‫ﻃﺮ‪‬ﻓﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱡ ﺿ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻜ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻢﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻔﹾﺘ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺜﹾﻞﹺ ﺣ‪‬ﺐ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﺎﺡ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻓﹶﺮﹺﺡ‪ ‬ﻏﹶﺾ‪ ‬ﹶ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﹾﻐ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﻡﹺ "‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻜﹶﺘ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺯﻣ‪‬ﺎﻧ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺛﹾﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻘﹶﻨﹺﻲ‬ ‫ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺴ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺳ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹾﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﺄﹶﻝﹶ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﺎﻩ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﺴِﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﺨﺮ‪‬ﺟﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺷ‪‬ﻜﹾﻠ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻉ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ :‬ﺳ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻮﻟﹸﻪ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴِﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺄﹾﺫﹸﻭﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻜﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻯ‬ ‫ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺰﹺﻟ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺃﹶ ﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻮﻟ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺛﹶﻼﺛﹶﺔﹶ ﺃﹶﺟ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺍﺀٍ‪ :‬ﺟ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺀٌ ﻟ‪‬ﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﺰﺀٌ ﻷَﻫ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﺰﺀٌ ﻟ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴِﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺟ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺀٌ ﺟ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺀَﻩ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱﹺ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺩ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺎﻟﹾﺨ‪‬ﺎﺻ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻼ ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺧ‪ ‬ﺮ‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻜﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﲑ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺟ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺀِ ﺍﻷُﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻳﺜﹶﺎﺭ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﻔﹶﻀ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺑﹺﺈﹺﺫﹾﻧﹺﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻗﹶﺪ‪‬ﺭﹺ ﻓﹶﻀ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻬﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻳﻦﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺫﹸﻭ ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﺎﺟ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺫﹸﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﺎﺟ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺫﹸﻭ ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﺋ‪‬ﺞﹺ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺎﻏﹶﻞﹸ ﺑﹺﻬﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﻠﹶﺤ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻷُﻣ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹶﺔ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﺧ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺎﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻲ ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻟ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻠﱢﻎﹺ ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﺎﻫ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻐ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﺐ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺳﻠﹾﻄﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺣ‪‬ﺎﺟ‪‬ﺔﹶ‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻮﻧﹺﻲ ﺣ‪‬ﺎﺟ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻴﻊ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﺑ‪‬ﻼﻏﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﻳ‪‬ﺎﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶ ﹺﺈﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻠﹶﻎﹶ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻏﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﻳ‪‬ﺎﻩ‪ ‬ﺛﹶﺒ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳ‪ ‬ﹾﺬﻛﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻻ‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻴﻊ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﺑ‪‬ﻼ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺫﹶﺍﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹾﺒ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻏﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺩ‪‬ﺍ ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻔﹾﺘ‪‬ﺮﹺﻗﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺇﹺﻻ ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻭ‪‬ﺍﻕﹴ ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ‬ ‫ﺨﺮ‪‬ﺟﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﻴ‪‬ﻒ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪‬؟ ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ‬ ‫ﺃﹶﺩ‪‬ﻟﱠﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺴ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹾﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻥﹸ ﻟ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺎﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻻ ﻣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻨﹺﻴﻬﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﻟﱢﻔﹸﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻔﹶﺮ‪‬ﻗﹸﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻔﱢﺮ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻜﹾﺮﹺﻡ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺮﹺﱘ‪ ‬ﻛﹸﻞﱢ ﻗﹶﻮ‪‬ﻡﹴ ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻟﱢﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻬﹺﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺬﱢﺭ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺮﹺﺱ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻏﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮﹺ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﻄﹾﻮﹺﻱ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻘﹸﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻔﹶﻘﱠﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺄﹶﻝﹸ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹶﻮ‪‬ﻳﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹶﺒ‪‬ﺢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘﹶﺒﹺﻴﺢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮﻫ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻝﹶ ﺍﻷَﻣ‪‬ﺮﹺ ﻏﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻒ‪ ‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻔﹸﻞﹸ ﻣ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺎﻓﹶﺔﹶ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻔﹸﻠﹸﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻴﻠﹸﻮﺍ ﻟ‪‬ﻜﹸﻞﱢ ﺣ‪‬ﺎﻝﹴ‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪ ‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹾﺼ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﻖ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺯ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻳﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱﹺ‪ ،‬ﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﺃﹶﻓﹾﻀ‪‬ﻠﹸﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻴﺤ‪‬ﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻈﹶﻤ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺰﹺﻟﹶﺔﹰ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﺳ‪‬ﺎﺓﹰ ﻭﻣ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﺍﺯ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺓﹲ "‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺴ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹾﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﺴِﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻻ‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻡ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻻ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺫ‪‬ﻛﹾﺮﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻃﱢﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻷَﻣ‪‬ﺎﻛ‪‬ﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻰ ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻳﻄﹶﺎﻧﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻧ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻰ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻗﹶﻮ‪‬ﻡﹴ ﺟ‪‬ﻠﹶﺲ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺚﹸ ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬﹺﻲ ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺄﹾﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺬﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻲ ﻛﹸﻞﱠ‬ ‫ﺟ‪‬ﻠﹶﺴ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻨ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻴﺒﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺴِﺐ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻴﺴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﺃﹶﻛﹾﺮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﺴ‪‬ﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺣ‪‬ﺎﺟ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﺎﺑ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺮﹺﻑ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺎﺟ‪‬ﺔﹰ ﻟﹶﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻻ ﺑﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻤ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻮﺭﹴ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘﹶﻮ‪‬ﻝﹺ ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻄﹸﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻘﹸﻪ‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺳﻮ‪‬ﺍﺀً‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﻠﹾ ﹴ‬ ‫ﻢ‬ ‫ﻓﹶﺼ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺻ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﻖ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﺀٍ ﻭ‪‬ﺻ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺮﹴ ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺎﻧ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻓﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻷَﺻ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﺗ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﺗ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺜﹶﻰ‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻠﹶﺘ‪‬ﺎﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻟ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻔﹶﺎﺿ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺘ‪‬ﻘﹾﻮ‪‬ﻯ ﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﺿ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻗﱢﺮ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﹾﻜﹶﺒﹺﲑ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﲑ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﺛ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ ﺫﹶﻭﹺﻱﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﺎﺟ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻔﹶﻈﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﹾﻐ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﺐ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪" :‬‬ ‫ﻛﹶﻴ‪‬ﻒ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﲑ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺟ‪‬ﻠﹶﺴ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﻪ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﺩ‪‬ﺍﺋ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺒﹺﺸ‪‬ﺮﹺ‬ ‫ﺳ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺍﻟﹾﺨ‪‬ﻠﹾﻖﹺ ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﺎﻧﹺﺐﹺ ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻔﹶﻆﱟ ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻏﹶﻠ‪‬ﻴﻆ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﺻ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺎﺏﹴ ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻓﹶﺤ‪‬ﺎﺵﹴ ﻭ‪‬ﻻ‬ ‫ﻏﹶﻴ‪‬ﺎﺏﹴ ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍﺡﹴ ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﺎﻓﹶﻞﹸ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬﹺﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻮﺋﹶﺲ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﻴﺐ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪‬‬ ‫ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺛﹶﻼﺙ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﺀِ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻹِﻛﹾﺜﹶﺎﺭﹺ ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻨﹺﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺛﹶﻼﺙ‪‬‬ ‫ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺬﹸﻡ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻄﹾﻠﹸﺐ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻜﹶﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻻ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺎ ﺛﹶﻮ‪‬ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ‬ ‫ﺗ‪‬ﻜﹶﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻃﹾﺮ‪‬ﻕ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﻠﹶﺴ‪‬ﺎﺅ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺄﹶﻧ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺀُﻭﺳ‪‬ﻬﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻄﱠﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺳ‪‬ﻜﹶﺖ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻜﹶﻠﱠﻤ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻭ‪‬ﻻ‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﺯ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻜﹶﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﻔﹾﺮ‪‬ﻍﹶ ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳﺜﹸﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳﺚﹸ‬ ‫ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻟ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬﹺﻢ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺒﹺﺮ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻠﹾﻐ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﺐﹺ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻔﹾﻮ‪‬ﺓ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹶﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻮﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ، ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻃﹶﺎﻟ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﺎﺟ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻄﹾﻠﹸﺒ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺭ‪‬ﺷ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹾﺒ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺍﻟﺜﱠﻨ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﺇﹺﻻ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻜﹶﺎﻓ‪‬ﺊ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹾﻄﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳﺜﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻮﺯ‪‬ﻩ‪‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹾﻄﹶﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻲﹴ ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﻗ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻡﹴ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ :‬ﻛﹶﻴ‪‬ﻒ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮﺕ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮﺕ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻊ‪ :‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﻠﹾﻢﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﺬﹶﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﻘﹾﺪ‪‬ﻳﺮﹺ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﻔﹶﻜﱡﺮﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﻘﹾﺪ‪‬ﻳﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻔ‪‬ﻲ ﺗ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻮﹺﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﻈﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻻﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﻉ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﺗ‪‬ﺬﹶﻛﱡﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺗ‪‬ﻔﹶﻜﱡﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻔ‪‬ﻴﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻘﹶﻰ ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻔﹾﻨ‪‬ﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﻠﹾﻢ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺮﹺ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻜﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻮﺻ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻲ‪‬ﺀٌ ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻔ‪ ‬ﺰﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﺬﹶﺭ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻊ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺃﹶﺧ‪‬ﺬﹸﻩ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺎﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻰ ﻟ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻘﹾﺘ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻯ ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻛﹸﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘﹶﺒﹺﻴﺢ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﻫ‪‬ﻰ ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺟ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺃﹾﻱ‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫‪٨٣‬‬

‫ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﻠﹶﺢ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻡ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺟ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺮﹺ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻵﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓ‪{ ‬‬ ‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﻮﻥ ﻛﻠﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﳌﺎﺫﺍ؟‬

‫ﻷﻥ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻦ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻮﻛﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،r‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ‬ ‫ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻬﻢ؟! ﺗ‪‬ﻌﻠﱠﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﱂ ﳜﱪ ﺑﻪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺣﱴ ﺃﺧﻮﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ‬ ‫‪١١٠) ( /ö 3‬ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻒ(‬ ‫‪ä =è W÷ BiÏ Ž× ³‬‬ ‫‪| 0o $O Rt &r $! J‬‬ ‫@ ‪y R¯ )Î‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﻱ ﻟﻠﻨﱯ ‪ ،r‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻒ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ‪ö %è ) :‬‬ ‫‪ ( /ö 3ä =è W÷ BiÏ Ž× ³‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻣﺜﻠﻜﻢ ﲨﻴﻌﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﻳ‪‬ﻔﺴﺮ‬ ‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ ﻳ‪‬ﺤﲑ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﲔ ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪| 0o $O Rt &r ) ،‬‬ ‫ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺷﻖ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺻﺪﺭﻩ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﺧﱪ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪:r‬‬ ‫} ﺯﹺﻧ‪‬ﻮﻩ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻌ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻮ‪ ‬ﺯﻧ‪‬ﻮﻧﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺯﹺﻧ‪‬ﻮﻩ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻤ‪‬ﺎﺋﹶﺔ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻮ‪ ‬ﺯﻧ‪‬ﻮﻧﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺯﹺﻧ‪‬ﻮﻩ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺄﹶﻟﹾﻒ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻮ‪‬ﺯ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻮﻧﹺﻲ ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺩ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻮﻩ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻮ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺯ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻮﻩ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺄﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻴﻌ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﹶﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻬﹺﻢ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٨٤‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﳝﺎﻥ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺑﻜﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺇﳝﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻚ ﺑﺈﳝﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪r‬؟!!‬ ‫ﻣﺜﻞ ﺇﳝﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﲔ ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪.‬‬

‫‪r‬‬ ‫ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻩ ﺑﺸﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻃﻦ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻧﻮﺭﺍﻧﻴﺔ ﺭﺑﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﳍﺎ ﻇﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻪ ﻇﻞ! ﺇﺫﺍﹰ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺑﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻈﻞ ﻧﻮﺭ‪:‬‬ ‫أﺑﺮزﺗـــــﻪ ﻳـــــﺪ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳـــــﺔ ﻛﻮﻧـــــ ًﺎ‬

‫وﻫــــﻮ ﻧــــﻮر ﰲ ﺻــــﻮرة آدﻣﻴــــﺔ‬

‫ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻵﺩﻣﻴﺔ ﻳﻘﻒ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﳊﺸﺮﺍﺕ ﻛﺎﻟﺬﺑﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ‪ r‬ﻣﺎ ﻭﻗﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺴﻤﻪ‬ ‫ﺫﺑﺎﺏ ﻗﻂ‪ ،‬ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﳉﺴﻤﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗ‪‬ﻨﺘﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ‪ r‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﺮ‪‬ﻗﻪ ﺃﻃﻴﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺭﻳﺢ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺴﻚ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺍﺷﺘﺪ ﻋﺮﻗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻜﺜﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻠﻮﻟﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﺃﻡ ﺳﻠﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﻡ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﻧﺲ‬ ‫ﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﻧﺲ ‪:t‬‬ ‫‪ ٨٣‬ﻣﻌﺠﻢ اﻟﻄﺒﺮاﻧﻲ وﺷﻌﺐ اﻹﯾﻤﺎن ﻟﻠﺒﯿﮭﻘﻲ ﻋﻦ ھﻨﺪ ﺑﻦ أﺑﻲ ھﺎﻟﺔ ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ٨٤‬اﻟﻤﻄﺎﻟﺐ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﯿﺔ ﻻﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ وﺗﺎرﯾﺦ اﻟﻄﺒﺮي ﻋﻦ ﺷﺪاد ﺑﻦ أوس ‪t‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫} ﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ r ‬ﻓﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎﻡ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻌ‪‬ﺮﹺﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺎﺀَﺕ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﻲ ﺑﹺﻘﹶﺎﺭ‪‬ﻭﺭ‪‬ﺓ‪‬‬ ‫)ﺯﺟﺎﺟﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺠ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠﹶﺖ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻕ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺎﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻘﹶﻆﹶ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ r ‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺳﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻢﹴ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﺗ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﲔ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹶﺖ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ ﻋ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻗﹸﻚ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠﹸﻪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻃ‪‬ﻴﺒﹺﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪‬‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹸﻡ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻃﹾﻴ‪‬ﺐﹺ ﺍﻟﻄﱢﻴﺐﹺ {‬

‫‪٨٥‬‬

‫ﻭﻋﻴﻨﻪ ﺗﺮﻯ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ!! ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺣﺪﺙ ﻭﳛﺪﺙ ﻷﻣﺘﻪ ﺃﱂ ﻳ‪‬ﺤﺪﺛﻨﺎ ﻋﻨﻪ؟ ﻭﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺤﺪﺙ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻮﺭ!!ﻭﻣﺎ ﺳﻴﺤﺪﺙ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻮﺭ!! ﻭﻣﺎ ﺳﻴﺤﺪﺙ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺳﻴﺤﺪﺙ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ!! ﻫﻞ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺷﻲﺀ ﱂ ﻳﺼﻔﻪ‪.‬؟؟‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍﹰ ﻳﺮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻔﻪ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻡ ﺇﱃ ﻓﺮﻳﻖ‪ ‬ﰲ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﻭﻓﺮﻳﻖ‪ ‬ﰲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻌﲑ‪ :‬ﻋﻦ ﺣﺬﻳﻔﺔ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﺎﻥ ‪:t‬‬ ‫} ﻗﹶﺎﻡ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹰﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮﻥﹸ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻣ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻗ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻡﹺ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺎﻋ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﻻ ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺙﹶ ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﻈﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﻈﹶﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﺴِﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﺴِﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٨٦‬‬

‫ﻛﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﱳ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳓﻦ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﻜﻠﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎﹰ ﻟﻸﺣﺒﺎﺏ‪ :‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﺮﺃ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻒ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻗﺮﺃ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭﺍﻧﻴﺔ ﳋﲑ ﺍﻟﱪﻳﺔ ﺃﺧﺒﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻋﺼﺮﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳓﻦ ﻓﻴﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﺟﻼﺀ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﺎﺀ ﻻ ﻳﺬﻛﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻷﻣﻮﻳﲔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺳﻴﲔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﻟﻪ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﺙ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻴﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺄﰐ ﺑﺄﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﻭﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ‬ ‫ﳛﺘﺎﺟﻮﻥ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻛﻞ ﲨﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻓﺌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺘﻪ ﰲ ﺃﻱ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﳍﻢ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﰲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻧﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪ r‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺇﱃ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺼﻴﺒﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺒﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﻧﻮﺿﺤﻪ‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻓﻘﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺨﱪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﲟﺎ ﳍﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺧﺒ‪‬ﺮﻫﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﲟﺎ ﺃﻭﺣﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﷲ ‪U‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﺃﺻﺪﻕ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻕ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ ٨٥‬ﺻﺤﯿﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ أﻧﺲ ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ٨٦‬ﺻﺤﯿﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ وﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ß‰ƒ‰‬‬ ‫© ‪Ï‬‬ ‫‪x ¼mç Hu >© ã‬‬ ‫‪t ÇÍÈ Ó‬‬ ‫‪4 r‬‬ ‫‪y qƒã Ó‬‬ ‫‪Ö r‬‬ ‫‪ó ru w‬‬ ‫‪ž )Î qu d‬‬ ‫‪è b‬‬ ‫“ ‪÷ )Î ÇÌÈ‬‬ ‫` ‪# qu lo ;ù #$‬‬ ‫‪Ç ã‬‬ ‫‪t ,‬‬ ‫‪ß Ü‬‬ ‫) ‪Ï Zƒt $Bt ru‬‬ ‫“ ‪( ÇÎÈ‬‬ ‫) ‪3 qu‬‬ ‫‪à 9ø #$‬‬

‫)ﺍﻟﻨﺠﻢ(‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﻮﻳﻞ ﻭﻻ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺼﲑ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻭﺳﻂ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺫﹸﻛﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴِﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﻣﺸﻰ ﻣﻊ ﻗﻮﻡ ﺇﻻ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻃﻮﳍﻢ ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻃﻮﳍﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺟﻠﺲ ﻣﻊ ﻗﻮﻡ ﺇﻻ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻋﻼﻫﻢ‬ ‫ﺃﻛﺘﺎﻓﺎﹰ ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻮﻫﻢ!! ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹶﻴ‪‬ﻒ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ؟! ﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻦ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻮﺿﺤﺎﹰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﻣﺜﻠﻬﻢ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﺮﺿﲔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ‪:‬‬ ‫) ‪) ( ÇÊÒÑÈ tbr çŽÅÇö7ãƒ Ÿw öNèdur y7ø‹s9Î) tbr ã•ÝàZtƒ öNßg1t•s? ur‬ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﻑ(‬

‫ﻻ ﻳﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﻜﻨﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺟﻌﻠﻪ ﻓﻴﻚ ﺍﳊﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻮﻡ ‪ ،U‬ﻻ ﻳﺮﻭﻥ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ‪:‬‬

‫) ‪† Î û Ó Å ´ ô J t ƒ ur u Q $ y è © Ü 9 $ # ã @ à 2 ù ' t ƒ É A q ß ™ § • 9 $ # # x ‹ » y d É A $ t B ( # q ä 9 $ s % ur‬‬ ‫‪٧) ( É- #uqó™F{ $#‬ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻗﺎﻥ( ) &‪٢٤) ( ÿ¼çmãèÎ7®K ¯R #Y‰ Ïn ºur $ ¨ZÏiB #ZŽ|³ o0r‬ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ(‬

‫ﻫﻮ ﻣﺜﻠﻨﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻨﺎ ﺷﻴﺌﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻧﺴﻤﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻡ!! ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ‪ r‬ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻻ ﻋﺪ‪ ‬ﳍﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﻻ ﺣﺪ‪ ‬ﳍﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﳝﻠﻚ ﻋﻴﻨﺎﹰ ﺗﻨﻈﺮ ﺧﻠﻒ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺟﺰ؟!!! ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﻣﻌﻪ ﻋﲔ ﺗﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﱃ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ!! ﻣﻦ ﺃﻳﻦ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﲔ؟ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﻮﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ‬ ‫ﺟﺪ‪‬ﻭﺍ ‪ ....‬ﻭﺍﺟﺘﻬﺪﻭ ‪ ....‬ﻭﺻﻠﺤﻮﺍ ‪ ....‬ﻭﺍﻧﺼﻠﺢ ﺣﺎﳍﻢ ‪ ....‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺷﺄ‪‬ﻢ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻛﹸﻨ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﻳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺘ‪‬ﻲ ﻳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﺶ‪‬‬ ‫‪٨٧‬‬

‫ﺑﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺭﹺﺟ‪‬ﻠﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺘ‪‬ﻲ ﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻲ ﺑﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎ { ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻚ ﺑﺴﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺍﺗ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﺍ ﻓ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﺳ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻈﹸﺮ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻨ‪‬ﻮﺭﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٨٨‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻦ ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﺑﻨﻮﺭ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪r‬؟‬ ‫‪ ٨٧‬ﺻﺤﯿﺢ اﻟﺒﺨﺎري واﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎن ﻋﻨﺄﺑﻲ ھﺮﯾﺮة ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ٨٨‬ﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ ﺳﻌﯿﺪ اﻟﺨﺪري ‪t‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﺑﺎﷲ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍﹰ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻩ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﺜﻠﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﰲ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻴﻪ‪:‬‬

‫وأﲨــــﻞ ﻣﻨــــﻚ ﱂ ﺗــــﺮ ﻗــــﻂ ﻋﻴﻨــــﻲ‬ ‫ﺧُ ﻠﻘـــﺖ ﻣـــﱪء ًا ﻣـــﻦ ﻛـــﻞ ﻋﻴـــﺐ‬

‫وأﻛﻤــــﻞ ﻣﻨــــﻚ ﱂ ﺗﻠــــﺪ اﻟﻨﺴــــﺎء‬ ‫ﻛﺄﻧــــﻚ ﻗــــﺪ ﺧُ ﻠﻘــــﺖ ﻛــــﲈ ﺗﺸــــﺎء‬

‫ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﻳﺮﻯ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻈﻠﻤﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺮﻯ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪r‬‬ ‫ﻳﺮﻯ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺜﺮﻳﺎ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻋﺸﺮ ﳒﻤﺎﹰ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻻ ﻳﻘﻌﺪ ﰲ ﺑﻴﺖ ﻣﻈﻠﻢ ﺣﱴ ﻳﻀﺎﺀ ﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺮﺍﺝ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﻌﺠﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻀﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﳉﺎﺭﻯ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺴﺘﺠﻤﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﰲ ﲡﺎﻭﻳﻒ ﻗﻠﻮﺑﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧ‪‬ﻌﻠﻘﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺣﻨﺎﻳﺎ ﺻﺪﻭﺭﻧﺎ ﺣﱴ‬ ‫ﻧﻘﺘﺪﻱ ﺑﻪ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺗﻨﺎ ﻭﺳﻜﻨﺎﺗﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻨﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ‪ ،U‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ؟‬ ‫ﲟﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،r‬ﻓﺎﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﺼﻠﻲ ﺻﻼﺓ ﻣﻀﺒﻮﻃﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎ؟ ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﱃ‬ ‫ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﺼﻠﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱡﻮﺍ ﻛﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻮﻧﹺﻲ ﺃﹸﺻ‪‬ﻠﱢﻲ {‬

‫‪٨٩‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍﹰ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻹﳍﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺸﺒﻪ ﺑﺮﺳﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ‪ .r‬ﻳﺘﺸﺒﻪ ﺑﻪ ﰲ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻩ؛ ﰲ ﻣﺸﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺟﻠﻮﺳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺃﻛﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺷﺮﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﻧﻮﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ‬ ‫ﳎﺎﻟﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﻣﺪﺧﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﳐﺮﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻠﺘﻪ ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﰒ ﻳﺮﺗﻘﻲ ﻓﻴﺘﺸﺒﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻃﻨﺎﹰ ﰲ ﺃﺧﻼﻗﻪ ﺍﳌﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻛﺮﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺗﻮﺍﺿﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺷﺠﺎﻋﺘﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﰲ ﻫﻴﺒﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﻋﻔﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﻟﻄﻔﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺷﻔﻘﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺣﻨﺎﻧﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺭﲪﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ‬ ‫ﺃﻧﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﻣﻮﺩﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺃﻛﺮﻣﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﻭﲢﻠﻰ ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﹸﻠﹸﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﺃﻛﺮﻣﻪ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﻓﺘﻔﻀﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﺟﻌﻠﻪ ﻳ‪‬ﺸﺒﻬﻪ ﺑﺎﻃﻨﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺧﺸﻴﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺧﻮﻓﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺇﻗﺒﺎﻟﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﻻﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺣﺒﻪ ﷲ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﰲ ﺯﻫﺪﻩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﻭﺭﻋﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺳﻜﻴﻨﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺗﻘﻠﺐ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﻹﳍﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﺸﺒﻪ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫‪ ٨٩‬ﺻﺤﯿﺢ اﻟﺒﺨﺎري واﻟﺪارﻗﻄﻨﻲ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺑﻦ اﻟﺤﻮﯾﺮث ‪t‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴ‪‬ﻜﺮﻣﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻳ‪‬ﻌﻄﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺧﺺ‪ ‬ﺎ ﺣﺒﻴﺒﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﻣﺼﻄﻔﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﰱ ﺍﻷﺛﺮ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻣﺎ ﺻ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﰲ ﺻﺪﺭﻱ ﺷﻲﺀ ﺇﻻ ﻭﺻﺒﺒﺘﻪ ﰲ ﺻﺪﺭ ﺃﰊ ﺑﻜﺮ {‬

‫‪٩٠‬‬

‫ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻳﺼﺐ‪ ‬ﰲ ﺻﺪﺭﻩ؟ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﳍﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻜﻤﺔ ‪ ...‬ﻳ‪‬ﻔﻴﺾ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﻪ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﷲ ‪.U‬‬ ‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﺍﺋﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﳍﻤﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺮﻳﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻧﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫† ‪× $tp‬‬ ‫‪b‬‬ ‫‪ø ‘u ru y‬‬ ‫‪Ó r÷ •t ùs ÇÑÑÈ û‬‬ ‫) §• ‪t ü/Î‬‬ ‫‪s J‬‬ ‫` ‪ß 9ø #$‬‬ ‫‪z BÏ b‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﲔ ﰲ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﲔ ﰱ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﺔ‪t %.x b)Î $! B¨ 'r ùs ) :‬‬ ‫‪ ( ÇÑÒÈ O5 ŠèÏ Rt M‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ) :‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﻥ ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻘﹶﺮ‪‬ﺑﹺﲔ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺍﺡ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﻥﹲ ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹸ ﻧ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻴﻢﹴ (‬ ‫_ ¨‪à Z‬‬ ‫‪y ru‬‬ ‫ﻳﺸﺮﺑﻮﻥ ﲬﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺪ ﺍﳊﺒﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻐﻴﺒﻮﻥ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲﺀ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﻭﺍﻻﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﺮ‪‬ﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺣﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﻴﺸﻮﻥ ﻣﻬﻴﻤﲔ ﰲ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪:‬‬ ‫) ‪Ÿ w t û ü Ï H s> » y è ø 9 $ # É b > u ‘ ¬ ! † Î A $ y J tB u r y “ $ u ‹ ø t x C ur ’ Å 5 Ý ¡ è S u r ’ Î A Ÿ x | ¹ ¨ b Î ) ö @ è %‬‬ ‫‪t û ü Ï H Í > ó ¡ ç R ù Q $ # ã A ¨ r r& O $ tR r& u r ß N ö • Ï B é & y 7 Ï 9 º x ‹ Î / u r ( ¼ ç m s 9 y 7 ƒ Î Ž Ÿ °‬‬

‫( ) ‪١٦٣ -١٦٢‬ﺍﻷﻧﻌﺎﻡ(‪.‬‬

‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﻐﲑ ﻓﻴﻨﺎ ﺳﻠﻮﻛﺎﹰ ﻭﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻘﺎﹰ ﻛﺮﳝﺎﹰ!!‬ ‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﲨ‪‬ﻠﻮﻙ ﺑﺎﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺃﻗﺒﻠﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺑﻜﹸﻤ‪‬ﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ ‪...‬‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻌﻠﻮ ‪‬ﻢ ‪‬ﻤﺘﻚ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﺎﻝ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺻﺤﺒﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‬

‫‪ ٩٠‬ورد ﻓﻰ ﺗﻔﺴﯿﺮ روح اﻟﺒﯿﺎن وﻓﻰ ﺗﻔﺴﯿﺮ اﻟﺮازى‪ ،‬إﻻ أﻧﻰ ﻟﻢ أﻗﻊ ﻟﮫ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺨﺮﯾﺞ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}‬‬

‫‪‬‬

  

 

r



r

r



r  

  







٩١r

r

 r

r

 

،‫ﻭﻧﺎﻫﻴﻚ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻡ ﺣﱴ ﺍﻷﺑﻄﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﺩﻳﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻣﻴﺎﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﺍﺩ‬ ‫ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‬،‫ ﻓﻌﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺣﻀﺮﺗﻪ ﺍﳌﻨﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺬ ﻳﺒﻜﻲ ﺧﻮﻓﺎﹰ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻮﺀ ﺍﳋﺎﲤﺔ‬،t ‫ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻋﻤﺮﻭ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺹ‬ r ‫ ﻳﺎ ﺃﺑﺘﺎﻩ ﻣﻢ ﲣﺎﻑ؟! ﻳﻜﻔﻴﻚ ﺃﻧﻚ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ‬:‫ﻟﻪ ﺍﺑﻨﻪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺑﺪﻳﻦ‬ ‫ ﻭﻣﺎ‬r ‫ ﻗﺪ ﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ‬،‫ ﻫﻴﻬﺎﺕ ﻫﻴﻬﺎﺕ‬:t ‫ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‬،‫ﻭﲤﺘﻌﺖ ﺑﺼﺤﺒﺘﻪ ﻭﺷﻬﺪﺕ ﲨﺎﻝ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ‬ .!!‫ﺍﺳﺘﻄﻌﺖ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻭﺃﺛﺒﺖ ﺑﺼﺮﻱ ﰲ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ ﺣﻴﺎﺀﺍﹰ ﻣﻨﻪ‬ :‫ﻘﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺷﺄﻧﻪ‬‫ ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻳ‬،‫ﻀﺮﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺍﳌﺜﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺀ‬‫ﻭﻱ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻳ‬‫ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺭ‬r ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ‬ ٩٢

{ ‫ﺎ‬‫ﺭﹺﻫ‬‫ﺪ‬‫ﻲ ﺧ‬‫ﺍﺀِ ﻓ‬‫ﺬﹾﺭ‬‫ ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‬‫ﻦ‬‫ﺎﺀً ﻣ‬‫ﻴ‬‫ ﺣ‬‫ﺪ‬‫ ﺃﹶﺷ‬r ‫ﺒﹺﻲ‬‫} ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﻨ‬

‫ ﻭﺣﺮﺻﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻄﻠﻊ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﺷﺄﻥ ﻣﻦ‬،‫ﺃﻱ ﻛﺎﻟﺒﻨﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﻜﺮ ﰲ ﺳﺘﺮﻫﺎ‬ ،‫ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﻓﻊ ﻧﻈﺮﻩ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‬r ‫ ﻟﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ‬،‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺣﻴﺎﺀﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺎﹰ‬.!!‫ﺎ‬‫ﺷﺌﻮ‬ .‫ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﰲ ﻣﺸﻴﻪ ﺃﻭ ﰲ ﺟﻠﻮﺳﻪ ﺃﻭ ﰲ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺣﻴﺎﺀﺍﹰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﺟﻞ ﻭﻋﻼ‬ ‫م‬٢٠١٤/٢/٦ ‫ھـ‬١٤٣٥ ‫ ﻣﻦ رﺑﯿﻊ اﻵﺧﺮ‬٦ ‫ اﻟﻤﻌﺎدي – اﻟﺨﻤﯿﺲ‬٩١ t ‫ اﻟﺒﺨﺎري وﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ ﺳﻌﯿﺪ اﻟﺨﺪري‬٩٢ 

{}r



‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﻭﻱ ﻋﻦ ﺣﻀﺮﺗﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﺜﺒﺖ ﺑﺼﺮﻩ ﰲ‬ ‫ﻭﺟﻪ ﻣ‪‬ﺤﺪﺛﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳ‪‬ﺤﺪﺛﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺃﺩﺑﻪ ﻭﺣﻴﺎﺀﻩ ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺭﰊ ﻭﺗﺴﻠﻴﻤﺎﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻢ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺑﻜﺮ ‪ t‬ﻣﺘﻌﺠﺒﺎﹰ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻘﺪ‬ ‫ﻃﻔﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻡ ﻓﻠﻢ ﺃﺭ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺃﺩﺑﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤ‪‬ﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬ ‫ﺃﺩﺑﻚ؟ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ‪:r‬‬ ‫} ﺃﺩ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻲ ﻓﺄﹶﺣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻦ ﺗ‪‬ﺄﺩ‪‬ﻳﹺﱯ {‬

‫‪٩٣‬‬

‫‪r‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﳒﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺼﻒ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻭﺭﺩ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺡ ﻧﻔﺮ ﻗﻠﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺭﻛﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﳓﻦ ﻧﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺻﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﻘﻰ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻴﻖ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎﺋﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﻋﺸﺮﻭﻥ ﺃﻟﻒ ﺻﺤﺎﰊ‪ ،‬ﱂ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﻌﺘﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺼﻔﻪ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺇﻻ ﺣﻮﺍﱄ ﲬﺴﺔ ﻋﺸﺮ‬ ‫ﺻﺤﺎﰊ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﱂ ﻳﻘﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ !!! ﺣﱴ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻃﱯ ‪t‬‬ ‫ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪:‬‬ ‫"ﱂ ﻳ‪‬ﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﻟﻨﺎ ﲤﺎﻡ ﺣ‪‬ﺴﻦ ﺣﺒﻴﺒﻪ ﻭﻣﺼﻄﻔﺎﻩ ‪ r‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻟﻮ‬ ‫ﻇﻬﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ ﲤﺎﻡ ﺣﺴﻨﻪ ﳌﺎ ﻃﺎﻗﺖ ﺃﻋﻴﻨﻨﺎ ﺭﺅﻳﺘﻪ ‪ "r‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﰎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻹﳍﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻞ ﺇﱃ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺻﲑﻱ ‪:t‬‬ ‫ﻓﻬـــﻮ اﻟـــﺬي ﺗـــﻢ ﻣﻌﻨـــﺎه وﺻـــﻮرﺗﻪ‬ ‫ـــﻖ وﰲ ﺧُ ُﻠـ ٍ‬ ‫ﻓــــﺎق اﻟﻨﺒﻴــــﲔ ﰲ ﺧَ ﻠـ ٍ‬ ‫ـــﻖ‬

‫ﺛـــﻢ اﺻـــﻄﻔﺎه ﺣﺒﻴﺒـــ ًﺎ ﺑـــﺎريء اﻟﻨﺴـــﻢ‬ ‫ﻓﻠــــﻢ ﻳــــﺪاﻧﻮه ﰲ ﻋﻠــــﻢ وﻻ ﻛــــﺮم‬

‫ﻭﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺣﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﻦ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ‪ t‬ﻭﻗﻒ ﳜﺎﻃﺒﻪ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪:‬‬

‫وأﲨــــﻞ ﻣﻨــــﻚ ﱂ ﺗــــﺮ ﻗــــﻂ ﻋﻴﻨــــﻲ‬ ‫ﺧُ ﻠﻘـــﺖ ﻣـــﱪء ًا ﻣـــﻦ ﻛـــﻞ ﻋﻴـــﺐ‬

‫وأﻛﻤــــﻞ ﻣﻨــــﻚ ﱂ ﺗﻠــــﺪ اﻟﻨﺴــــﺎء‬ ‫ﻛﺄﻧــــﻚ ﻗــــﺪ ﺧُ ﻠﻘــــﺖ ﻛــــﲈ ﺗﺸــــﺎء‬

‫‪ ٩٣‬أﺧﺮﺟﮫ اﻟﺴﻤﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ أدب اﻻﻣﻼء‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻫﺐ‪" :‬ﺍﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﲤﺎﻡ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ‪ r‬ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺟﻌﻞ‬ ‫ﺧﻠﻖ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻪ ﱂ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻗﺒﻠﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺁﺩﻣﻲ ﻣﺜﻠﻪ"‬

‫‪٣) ( /ö .ä ‘u qu ¹‬ﺍﻟﺘﻐﺎﺑﻦ( ﻓﺈﻥ ﺃﻛﻤﻞ‬ ‫` ‪ß‬‬ ‫¡ ‪z‬‬ ‫‪| m‬‬ ‫‪ô 'r ùs /ö .ä ‘u q§ ¹‬‬ ‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻭﻓﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﲨﻌﲔ‪| ru ) :‬‬ ‫ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻛﻤ‪‬ﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﷲ ﻭﲨ‪‬ﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺻﻮ‪‬ﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺳﻮ‪‬ﺍﻫﺎ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﺇﱃ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﻫﻲ‬ ‫ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻭﻣﻮﻻﻧﺎ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،r‬ﻭﺃﹸﻗﺮ‪‬ﺏ ﻟﻜﻢ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﺑﻦ‬ ‫ﻳﻌﻘﻮﺏ ﺑﻦ ﺍﺳﺤﻖ ﺑﻦ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪:r‬‬ ‫} ﺃﹸﻋ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮﺳ‪‬ﻒ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻄﹾﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻦﹺ {‬

‫‪٩٤‬‬

‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺃﹸﻋﻄﻲ ﺍﳊﹸﺴﻦ ﻛﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﹸﻋﻄﻲ ﺷﻄﺮ ﺍﳊﺴﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻫﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻤﺖ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺎﺀ ﻳﺘﺤﺪﺛﻦ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﳜﻀﻦ ﰲ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﲨﻌﺘﻬﻦ ﰲ ﺑﻴﺘﻬﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺃﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻨﻬﻦ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﹰ ﻭﻭﺿﻌﺖ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﻔﺎﺣﺎﹰ ﻭﺳﻜﻴﻨﺎﹰ ﺗ‪‬ﻘﻄﻊ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺡ ﻭﺗﺄﻛﻠﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻭﺯﻋﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻦ ﺍﻷﻃﺒﺎﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﻛﲔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺡ ﻭﺑﺪﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﻄﻌﻦ ﺃﺫﻧﺖ ﻟﻴﻮﺳﻒ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫‪z è÷ Ü‬‬ ‫`‬ ‫ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﲰﻊ ﻟﻮﺻﻒ ﺍﷲ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺸﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻳﺐ‪© %s ru ¼mç Rt Ž÷ 9y .ø &r ¼ÿ mç Zu ƒ÷ &r ‘u $H¬ >s ùs ) :‬‬

‫‪) ( ÇÌÊÈ O‬ﻳﻮﺳﻒ(‪.‬‬ ‫‪Ò ƒ•Ì .x 7‬‬ ‫‪Ô =n Bt w‬‬ ‫‹ !‪ž )Î #‬‬ ‫‪x »d‬‬ ‫‪y b‬‬ ‫‪÷ )Î #Ž· ³‬‬ ‫‹‪| 0o #‬‬ ‫‪x »d‬‬ ‫! ‪y $Bt‬‬ ‫· ¬‬ ‫‪| »m‬‬ ‫` ‪y‬‬ ‫` ‪z =ù %è ru‬‬ ‫‪£ kå ‰u ‰‬‬ ‫‪Ï ƒ÷ &r‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﻮﺓ ﳌﺎ ﺭﺃﻳﻦ ﲨﺎﻝ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﻗﻄﻌﻦ ﺃﻳﺪﻳﻬﻦ ﻭﱂ ﻳﺸﻌﺮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻡ ﻣﻨﻬﻦ‬ ‫ﻭﱂ ﻳﻼﺣﻈﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﺃﹸﻋﻄﻲ ﺷﻄﺮ ﺍﳊﺴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻚ ﺑﺼﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﳊﹸﺴﻦ ﻛﻠﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪r‬؟!!‪.‬ﻭﺭﲟﺎ ﻳﺴﺄﻝ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪ :‬ﻭﻟ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻢ ﳛﺪﺙ ﺫﻟﻚ ﳌﻦ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪r‬؟‬ ‫ﻓﻨﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺍﹰ ﺑﺎﳉﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺣﺪﺙ ﻣﺎﺣﺪﺙ ﻟﻠﻨﺴﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻼﰐ ﺭﺃﻳﻨﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﲨﺎﻟﻪ ﻣﺸﻮﺏ ﲜﻼﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻗﻴﻞ ﰲ ﻭﺻﻔﻪ‪" :‬ﻣﻦ ﺭﺁﻩ ﺑﺪﻳﻬﺔ ﻫﺎﺑﻪ"‬ ‫ﻓﻜﺎﻧﺖ ﺷﺪﺓ ﻫﻴﺒﺘﻪ ﲤﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﺖ ﰲ ﺭﺅﻳﺘﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﱂ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺼﻔﻪ ﺇﻻ ﻗﻠﺔ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺷﺬﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻠﻴﺔ ﺣﻀﺮﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬ ‫ﻭﺻﻒ ﻫﻴﺌﺘﻪ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻧﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻦ ﺃﰊ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ‪ ،t‬ﻭﺃﻡ ﻣﻌﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻧﺰﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ‬ ‫‪ r‬ﰲ ﺧﻴﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻫﺠﺮﺗﻪ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻭﺻﻔﺘﻪ ﻟﺰﻭﺟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻨﺪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﰊ ﻫﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﺧﺪﳚﺔ‬ ‫ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٩٤‬ﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ واﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﻋﻦ أﻧﺲ ‪t‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺃﲨﻌﲔ ‪ y‬ﻭﻫﺒﻬﻢ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﻣﻮﺍﻫﺐ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺎ ﰎ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺎ ﰎ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺎ ﰎ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻧﻘﻠﻪ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻮﳍﻢ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ ﺑﺎﷲ‪ ،‬ﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻫﺐ ﺍﻹﳍﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺧﺼﻬﻢ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻤﻮﻫﺒﺔ ﻫﻨﺪ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﰲ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﻲﺀ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺭﺁﻩ ﻭﺻﻔﹰﺎ‬ ‫ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻠﻴﺎﹰ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺎﹰ ﻻ ﻳﺘﺮﻙ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﻭﻻ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﻣﻮﻫﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،U‬ﻭﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﻫﺒﺘﻪ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻄﻨﺔ ﳌﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻔﻄﻦ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﻫﺒﺘﻪ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﰲ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﻞ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻴﺠﺬﺏ ﺑﺼﻮﺗﻪ ﻭﺗﻼﻭﺗﻪ ﺣﱴ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﳌﺸﺮﻛﲔ ﻛﺄﰊ ﺑﻜﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ ‪ ،t‬ﻭﻣﻌﻈﻤﻬﻢ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻮﻫﺒﺘﻪ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﳊﻔﻆ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪r‬‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻧﺰﻟﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﷲ ﻳﻘﺮﺃﻫﺎ ﺛﻼﺛﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﳛﻔﻆ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﻊ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﳛﻔﻈﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺁﺧﺮﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﳛﻔﻈﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﳌﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ‬ ‫ﺃﺣﺪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ! ﻣﻮﺍﻫﺐ ﺭﺑﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﲨ‪‬ﻠﻬﻢ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﳊﻖ ﻟﻴﺒﻠﻐﻮﺍ ﺭﺳﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﺇﱃ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﷲ‪) :‬‬ ‫¡‪) ( ÇÌÒÈ $7Y Š‬ﺍﻻﺣﺰﺍﺏ( ﺟﻢ‬ ‫‪Å m‬‬ ‫! ‪y‬‬ ‫’ ‪« $$ /Î‬‬ ‫! ‪4 "s .x ru 3‬‬ ‫‪© #$ w‬‬ ‫‪ž )Î #‰‬‬ ‫‪´ n‬‬ ‫‪t &r b‬‬ ‫‪t qö ±‬‬ ‫† ‪t ƒø‬‬ ‫‪s w‬‬ ‫‪Ÿ ru ¼mç Rt qö ±‬‬ ‫† ‪t ƒø‬‬ ‫! ‪s ru‬‬ ‫‪« #$ M‬‬ ‫™» ‪Ï »=n‬‬ ‫‪y ‘Í b‬‬ ‫‪t qóä =kÏ 7t ƒã ú‬‬ ‫‪š‬‬ ‫‪ï%‬‬ ‫‪Ï !© #$‬‬ ‫ﻏﻔﲑ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﺣﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻟﻔﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺷﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ؛ ﺣﱴ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺑﻮﺍ ﰲ ﺃﺣﻀﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﳊﺒﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﺼﻄﻔﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺃﰎ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﰲ ﺍﺷﺘﻴﺎﻕ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﺍﳊﺒﻴﺐ‬ ‫‪ ،r‬ﻭﻳﺒﺤﺜﻮﻥ ﻋﻤﻦ ﻳﺼﻒ ﳍﻢ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻘﻮﺍ ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺏ‬ ‫¡ ‪٢١) ( p× Zu‬ﺍﻷﺣﺰﺍﺏ(‪ ،‬ﻓﺬﻫﺐ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﳊﺴﻦ ‪t‬‬ ‫‪| m‬‬ ‫™ ‪y oî qu‬‬ ‫! ‪ó &é‬‬ ‫‪« #$ A‬‬ ‫™‪É q‬‬ ‫‪ß ‘u ’ûÎ N‬‬ ‫‪ö 3‬‬ ‫‪ä 9s b‬‬ ‫‪t %.x ‰‬‬ ‫) ‪ô‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ‪s 9© ) :U‬‬ ‫ﺇﱃ ﺧﺎﻟﻪ ﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺃﰊ ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﳛﻜﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺳ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﺔﹶ ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻴﻤ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻭ‪‬ﺻ‪‬ﺎﻓﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﻠﹾﻴ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪r ‬‬ ‫ﺷﺘ‪‬ﻬﹺﻲ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻒ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺷ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹰﺎ ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠﱠﻖ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻪ‪{ ‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶ ‪‬‬

‫‪٩٥‬‬

‫ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ ﻟﻴﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺗﻌﻠﻖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ ﰲ ﺃﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻔﺆﺍﺩ ﻭﻧﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺮﺀ ﺻﺪ‪‬ﻗﻪ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻡ ﻭﺟﺎﺀﻩ ﺍﳊﺒﻴﺐ ﺯﺍﺋﺮﺍﹰ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﺎﻣﻪ ‪ r‬ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ ٩٥‬ﻣﻌﺠﻢ اﻟﻄﺒﺮاﻧﻲ وﺷﻌﺐ اﻹﯾﻤﺎن ﻟﻠﺒﯿﮭﻘﻲ ﻋﻦ ھﻨﺪ ﺑﻦ أﺑﻲ ھﺎﻟﺔ ‪t‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫‪٩٦‬‬

‫} ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺁﻧﹺﻲ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﻡﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺁﻧﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻄﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺜﱠﻞﹸ ﺑﹺﻲ {‬

‫ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ‪ t‬ﺣﱴ ﻧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺲ ﰲ ﺍﳋﲑﺍﺕ ﻭﺭﻓﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻓﹶﻜﹶﺘ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺯﻣ‪‬ﺎﻧ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺛﹾﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻘﹶﻨﹺﻲ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺴ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﺳﺄﹶﻝﹶ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﺎﻩ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﺴِﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺟﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺷ‪‬ﻜﹾﻠ‪‬ﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﺳ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹾﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻉ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹰﺎ {‬

‫‪٩٧‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍﹰ ﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺃﰊ ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻡ ﻣﻌﺒﺪ؛ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﳍﻢ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺟﺎﻣﻊ‬ ‫ﺃﻭ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،r‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﺃﻭﺻﺎﻑ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻋﺪﺩﻫﻢ ﻻ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﳋﻤﺴﺔ ﻋﺸﺮ؛ ﻓﻜﺎﻧﺖ ﺟﺰﺀﺍﹰ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺣﻀﺮﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻭﺻﻔﺎﹰ ﻛﻠﻴﺎﹰ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺻﻔﺎﹰ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺎﹰ‬ ‫ﺃﻭ ﻭﺻﻔﺎﹰ ﺷﺎﻣﻼﹰ ﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪.r‬‬ ‫ﲨﻊ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ‪ t‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻭﺻﺎﻑ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻷﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺡ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ )ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﶈﻤﺪﻳﺔ( ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﳛﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ ﺷﺮﻭﺡ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ‬ ‫ﺃﻟﻔﺎﻇﻬﻢ ﺃﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺳﻬﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﺍﺭﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻟﻪ ﺷﺮﻭﺡ ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳋﻤﺴﲔ ﺷﺮﺡ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻮﻁ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺪﺭﻯ ﻭﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻌﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻪ ﺷﺮﻭﺡ ﻋﺼﺮﻳﺔ ﺷﺮﺣﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺻﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻌﻈﻤﻬﺎ ﺷﺮﻭﺡ‬ ‫ﻟﻐﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺸﺮﺡ ﻣﻌﺎﱐ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ‪ ،r‬ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﺳﺄﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻟﻸﺣﺒﺎﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺪﺭ ﺗﻴﺴﲑ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﳍﺎﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻣﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،r‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺭﺍﺀٍ ﻛﻤﻦ‬ ‫ﲰﻊ‪.‬‬

‫‪r‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳊﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺼﲑ‪ ،‬ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺼﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳ‪‬ﺴﻤ‪‬ﻰ ﰲ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ )ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ( ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻤﺮ ‪t‬‬ ‫ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪) :‬ﻣﺎ ﻣﺸﻰ ‪ r‬ﺑﲔ ﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﺇﻻ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻃﻮﳍﻢ ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻃﻮﳍﻢ( ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﻧﺲ ﺑﻦ‬ ‫‪ ٩٦‬ﺻﺤﯿﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ وﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ ھﺮﯾﺮة ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ٩٧‬ﻣﻌﺠﻢ اﻟﻄﺒﺮاﻧﻲ وﺷﻌﺐ اﻹﯾﻤﺎن ﻟﻠﺒﯿﮭﻘﻲ ﻋﻦ ھﻨﺪ ﺑﻦ أﺑﻲ ھﺎﻟﺔ ‪t‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ‪) :t‬ﻣﺎ ﺟﻠﺲ ‪ r‬ﻭﺳﻂ ﻗﻮﻡ ﺇﻻ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻋﻼﻫﻢ ﺃﻛﺘﺎﻓﺎﹰ ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻮﻫﻢ(‬

‫ﻭﻛﺄﻥ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﻌﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺄﻧﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺃﻣﻮﺭﻩ‬ ‫ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺭﰊ ﻭﺗﺴﻠﻴﻤﺎﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ ‪ r‬ﺃﺑﻴﺾ ﺑﻴﺎﺿﺎﹰ ﻣ‪‬ﺸﺮﺑﺎﹰ ﲝﻤﺮﺓ‪ ،٩٨‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ‪ r‬ﳊﻮﺭ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃ‪‬ﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳍﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺎﺽ ﳐﺘﻠﻂ‬ ‫ﲝﻤﺮﺓ‪.‬ﻭﺃﻧﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﰲ ﻟﻮﻥ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳ‪‬ﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ؟ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳚﺮﻱ ﲢﺖ ﺍﳉﻠﺪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳ‪‬ﺸﻜﻞ ﻟﻮﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻣﺮﺽ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﻫﺮﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﻡ ﻇﻬﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺃﺻﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻏﻀﺐ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻛﻔﻬﺮ ﳝﻴﻞ ﻟﻮﻧﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺩ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺰﺭﻗﺔ ‪ ...‬ﻓﺎﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺸﻜﻞ ﻟﻮﻥ ﻫﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳ‪‬ﺠﺮﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﲢﺖ ﺟﻠﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻋﺠﻴﺐ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ‪ U‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﳚﻌﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻡ ﳚﺮﻱ ﲟﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﺪﺍﻩ ﺇﻻ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﺎﺭ ﻟﻴﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﻟﻺﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﺣﱴ ﳜﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺩﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻣﺴﺘﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﺳ‪‬ﺌﻞ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﺀ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ‪:t‬‬ ‫} ﺃﹶﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ r ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺜﹾﻞﹶ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻒ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺑ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﻣ‪‬ﺜﹾﻞﹶ ﺍﻟﹾﻘﹶﻤ‪‬ﺮﹺ {‬

‫‪٩٩‬‬

‫ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻡ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺔ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﺿ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺠ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻈﹸﺮ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪r ‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﹾﻘﹶﻤ‪‬ﺮﹺ ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﻠﱠﺔﹲ ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﺀُ ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘﹶﻤ‪‬ﺮﹺ {‬

‫‪١٠٠‬‬

‫ﻭﻟﻴﻠﺔ ﺃﺿﺤﻴﺎﻥ ﻫﻲ ﻟﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺮ ﺍﳍﺠﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻋﻴﻨﻴﻪ ﺑﻴﺎﺿﻬﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﺸﺮﺏ ﲝﻤﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺪﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﲔ ﺳﻮﺩﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ‪ r‬ﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﲔ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻧﻨﻈﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﺤﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﻴﻮﻧﻨﺎ ﻻ ﻧﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻻ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻝ ﰲ ﺣﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪:r‬‬

‫‪ ٩٨‬ﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻦ أﺑﻲ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ٩٩‬ﺻﺤﯿﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ وﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي‬ ‫‪ ١٠٠‬ﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي واﻟﺪارﻣﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺟﺎﺑﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻤﺮة ‪t‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫‪١٠١‬‬

‫} ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻯ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﻈﱠﻠﹾﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀِ ﻛﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻯ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﻀ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺀِ {‬

‫ﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﳍﻴﺔ ﺗﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺣﺮﺝ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺣﺮﺝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،U‬ﺑﻞ ﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﲔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﺮﻯ ﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﺋﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺮﺍﺋﺮ‬ ‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺮﻯ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﻩ ﻭﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻓﺎﻕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺻﻠﱠﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﻡ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻳﻠﺘﻔﺖ‬ ‫ﺇﱃ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﺧﻠﻔﻪ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺨﻔﹶﻰ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻲ‪‬‬ ‫} ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹸﻼﻥﹸ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻻ ﺗ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪‬؟ ﺃﹶﻟﹶﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻯ ﻛﹶﻴ‪‬ﻒ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻠﱢﻲ؟ ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﻥﹶ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﺷﻲ‪‬ﺀٌ ﻣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﻷَﺭ‪‬ﻯ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹾﻔ‪‬ﻲ ﻛﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﻯ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ‪{ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪١٠٢‬‬

‫ﻭﰲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺴِﻨ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﺻ‪‬ﻼﺗ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺍﻛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹾﻔ‪‬ﻲ ﻛﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺍﻛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﻲ {‬

‫‪١٠٣‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺿﺎﻑ ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻌﲎ ﻣﻌﲎ ﺃﻋﻤﻖ ﻭﺃﻭﺛﻖ ﺷﻴﺨﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻼﻣﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ﺗﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﱂ ﻳﻌﲏ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﲟ‪‬ﻦ ﺧﻠﻔﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻒ ﺧﻠﻔﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻪ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﺋﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﺧﻠﻔﻪ ﺃﻱ ﻗﺒﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺪﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺭﺁﻩ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﺇﱃ ﻓﺮﻳﻖ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﻭﻓﺮﻳﻖ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﲑ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺭﺁﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻱ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺮﻯ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺒﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺣﺪ‪‬ﺙ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﺮﺳﻠﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻦ ﺃﳑﻬﻢ‪،‬‬ ‫¾ ‪É »tp‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪õ 'r /Î 7‬‬ ‫@ ‪y /• ‘u‬‬ ‫‪Ÿ èy ùs #‬‬ ‫‪y ‹ø .x •t ?s O‬‬ ‫ﻭﻋﻤﺎ ﺟﺮﻯ ﳍﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻤﺎ ﺣﺪﺙ ﳍﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻪ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ó 9s &r ) :‬‬ ‫@ ‪) ( ÇÊÈ‬ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻞ( ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮﺍﻭﻱ ﺭﲪﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪) :‬ﺃﱂ ﺗﺮ( ﺍﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ‬ ‫‪È ‹ÿ‬‬ ‫‪Ï 9ø #$‬‬ ‫™ ‪٤٥) ( $! Zu =Î‬ﺍﻟﺰﺧﺮﻑ(‬ ‫‪ß ‘• `BÏ 7‬‬ ‫™ ‪y =Î 6ö %s `BÏ $Yo =ù‬‬ ‫` ‪y ‘ö &r‬‬ ‫@ ‪ô Bt‬‬ ‫™ ‪ö «t‬‬ ‫ﺃﻧﻚ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻞ‪ó ru ) ،‬‬ ‫@ ‪٨٢) ( ps ƒt •ö )s 9ø #$‬ﻳﻮﺳﻒ( ﺍﺳﺄﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺄﻝ ﺣﱴ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺔ!!‪.‬‬ ‫™ ‪È «t‬‬ ‫) ‪ó ru‬‬

‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳ‪‬ﺤﺪﺙ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻴﺤﺪﺙ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﺇﱃ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻳ‪‬ﺤﺪﺙ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﱪﺯﺥ‬ ‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳ‪‬ﺤﺪﺙ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﺃﻫﻮﺍﳍﺎ ﻭﻣﻮﺍﻗﻔﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺼﻒ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﻭﻧﻌﻴﻤﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻫﻮﺍﳍﺎ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺃﻋﻄﺎﻩ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﻋﻴﻨﺎﹰ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻴﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻧﻈﺮ ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﱃ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ‬ ‫‪ ١٠١‬دﻻﺋﻞ اﻟﻨﺒﻮة ﻟﻠﺒﯿﮭﻘﻲ‬ ‫‪ ١٠٢‬ﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ وﺻﺤﯿﺢ اﺑﻦ ﺧﺰﯾﻤﺔ‬ ‫‪ ١٠٣‬ﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ ھﺮﯾﺮة ‪t‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺭﰊ ﻭﺗﺴﻠﻴﻤﺎﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺳﻬﻞ ﺍﳋﺪﻳﻦ‪ ،١٠٤‬ﺃﻱ ﻣﻨﺒﺴﻄﲔ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻨﺘﻔﺨﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﲨﺎﻝ ﻭﻛﻤﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﳊﻀﺮﺗﻪ ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺭﰊ ﻭﺗﺴﻠﻴﻤﺎﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﳏﺪﻭﺩﺏ ﺍﻷﻧﻒ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺃﺭﻧﺒﺘﻪ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳ‪‬ﻌﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳ‪‬ﺤﻤﺪ ﻭﻳ‪‬ﻤﺪﺡ ﻭﻳ‪‬ﺜﲎ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺿﻠﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻢ‪ ،١٠٥‬ﺃﻱ ﻭﺍﺳﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺘﻤﺪﺡ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﻷﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﺎﺣﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺭﻳﻘﻪ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺷﻔﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺩﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻴﻪ ﺣﺪ‪‬ﺙ ﻭﻻ ﺣﺮﺝ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﻳﺸﻔﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺭ‪‬ﻭﻱ ﺃﻧﻪ ‪ r‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﻭﻻﺩﺗﻪ ﺑﺄﻳﺎﻡ ﻭﱂ ﻳ‪‬ﺘﻢ ﺃﺳﺒﻮﻋﺎﹰ ﺃﺻﻴﺐ ﺑﺮﻣﺪ ﰲ ﻋﻴﻨﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺃﺣﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻤﻮﺍ ﺑﻘﺮﺏ ﻇﻬﻮﺭﻩ ﺟﺎﺀﻭﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﺰﻳﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻳﺮﺟﻮﻥ ﺭﺅﻳﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺳﻜﻦ ﺑﻌﺮﻓﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻜﻦ ﺑﺎﳌﺪﻳﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻜﻦ ﲞﻴﱪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻠﻬﻢ ﺟﺎﺀﻭﺍ‬ ‫ﲝﺴﺐ ﻣﺎ ﻭﺟﻬﺖ ﳍﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺭﺍﺓ ﻟﻴﺘﺤﻘﻘﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭﺻﺎﻑ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﻭﻳﺮﻭﺍ ﺣﻀﺮﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺤﻤﻠﻪ‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻩ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﺐ ﻭﺫﻫﺐ ﺑﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﰲ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻌﺎﰿ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺮﺍﺽ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺩﻭﺍﺅﻩ ﻣﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﺧﺬ ﻣﻦ ﺭﻳﻘﻪ ﻭﺿﻊ ﰲ ﻋﻴﻨﻴﻪ ﻳ‪‬ﺸﻔﻰ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺧﺬ ﻣﻦ ﺭﻳﻘﻪ ﻭﻭﺿﻊ ﰲ ﻋﻴﻨﻴﻪ ﻓﺸﻔﺎﻩ ﺍﷲ ‪.U‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺃﺣﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﲞﻴﱪ ﻭﻫﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﻔﺘﺤﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻌﺼﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻴﺶ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﻏﺮﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ‪:r‬‬ ‫} ﻷُﻋ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺍﻳ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻼ ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻟﹶﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻟﹸﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﺘ‪‬ﻄﹶﺎﻭ‪‬ﻟﹾﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺍﺩ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹸﺗ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺒ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻖ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨﹺﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﻓﹶﻊ‪‬‬

‫‪ ١٠٤‬اﻟﻄﺒﺮاﻧﻲ ﻋﻦ ھﻨﺪ ﺑﻦ أﺑﻲ ھﺎﻟﺔ ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ١٠٥‬اﻟﻄﺒﺮاﻧﻲ ﻋﻦ ھﻨﺪ ﺑﻦ أﺑﻲ ھﺎﻟﺔ ‪t‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫‪١٠٦‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺍﻳ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻔﹶﺘ‪‬ﺢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪{ ‬‬

‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﻖ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻠﺢ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺎﺀ ﻋﺬﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺣﺪﺙ ﻣﺮﺍﺭﺍﹰ ﻭﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭﺍﹰ ﰲ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﻳﻌﺠﺰ ﺍﳊﺼﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻛﺮﻫﺎ؛ ﺫﻛﺮ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﹸﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﲑﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺄﺗﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﻭﻣﻌﻬﻢ ﺃﻗﺪﺍﺡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺑﺌﺮﺍﹰ ﻣﺎﳊﺎﹰ ﻓﺎﺩﻋﻮﺍ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻥ ﳚﻌﻠﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﻋﺬﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺄﻣﺮ ‪ r‬ﺑﺸﻲﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺡ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻳﺸﺮﺏ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻭﻳﺘﻤﻀﻤﺾ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳ‪‬ﱰﻝ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺑﻌﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻀﻤﻀﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺧﺬﻩ ﻭﺿﻌﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺌﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺄﺧﺬﻭﻥ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻭﻳﻀﻌﻮﻧﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺌﺮ‬ ‫ﻓﻴﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺎﺀ ﻋﺬﺏ ﺑﺄﻣﺮ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،U‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﻋﻼﺀ ﺍﳊﻀﺮﻣﻲ ‪:t‬‬ ‫} ﺃﹸﺗ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ r ‬ﺑﹺﺪ‪‬ﻟﹾﻮﹴ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﺀٍ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺸ‪‬ﺮﹺﺏ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺞ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻟﹾﻮﹺ ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﹾﺒﹺﺌﹾﺮﹺ ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬‬ ‫ﺷ‪‬ﺮﹺﺏ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻟﹾﻮﹺ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺞ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﹾﺒﹺﺌﹾﺮﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻔﹶﺎﺡ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺜﹾﻞﹸ ﺭﹺﻳﺢﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻚ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪١٠٧‬‬

‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﺀ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺎﺯﺏ ‪ t‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻛﹸﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺒﹺﻴ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﺎﺋﹶﺔﹰ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺒﹺﻴ‪‬ﺔﹸ ﺑﹺﺌﹾﺮ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻨ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﻫ‪‬ﺎ ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ‬ ‫ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﹶﻄﹾﺮ‪‬ﺓﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺠ‪‬ﻠﹶﺲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ r ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺷ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﲑﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﺒﹺﺌﹾﺮﹺ ﻓﹶﺪ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﹺﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀٍ‬

‫ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺾ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺞ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﹾﺒﹺﺌﹾﺮﹺ ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﻜﹶ ﹾﺜﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻏﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻘﹶﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﻭﹺﻳﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬‬ ‫ﺻ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺎﺋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ {‬

‫‪١٠٨‬‬

‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻵﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﻮﻟﺖ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻭﻣﻜﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﺰﻳﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺭﻳﻘﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻒ ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺭﰊ ﻭﺗﺴﻠﻴﻤﺎﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻌﻠﻨﺎ ﻧﻌﺠﺐ ﲨﻴﻌﺎﹰ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺗﻌﻴﺶ ﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﳉﺰﻳﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃ‪‬ﺎﺭ ﻭﻻ ﺃﻣﻄﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺇﻻ ﻣﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻵﺑﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎﺀ ﺍﻵﺑﺎﺭ ﻗﻠﻴﻞ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﻜﻔﻴﻬﻢ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻬﺘﻤﻮﻥ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺒﺤﺜﻮﻥ ﻋﻦ ﺷﻲﺀ؟! ﻷﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﱪﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﳌﺎﺀ ﻫﺬﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺑﺸ‪‬ﺮﻧﺎ ﻭﺇﻳﺎﻫﻢ ﺑﺒﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ‪:r‬‬ ‫} ﻻ ﺗ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺎﻋ‪‬ﺔﹸ ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻮﺩ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺽ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺏﹺ ﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻭﺟ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﺍ {‬

‫‪١٠٩‬‬

‫‪ ١٠٦‬ﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ واﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻌﺪ ﺑﻦ أﺑﻲ وﻗﺎص ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ١٠٧‬ﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ وﺳﻨﻦ اﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﺔ‬ ‫‪ ١٠٨‬ﺻﺤﯿﺢ اﻟﺒﺨﺎري وﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ‬ ‫‪ ١٠٩‬ﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ وﺻﺤﯿﺢ اﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﻧﻌﻦ أﺑﻲ ھﺮﯾﺮة ‪t‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺳﺘﺮﺟﻊ ﺃﺭﺽ ﺍﳊﺠﺎﺯ ﺧﻀﺮﺍﺀ ﻭﺃ‪‬ﺎﺭ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺋﻖ ﺟﻨﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺧﻴﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺍﻗﺘﺮﺏ‬ ‫ﲢﻘﻴﻘﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﳌﺼﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻌﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﲔ‪.‬‬

‫} ﺟ‪‬ﺎﺀَﺕ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻧ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﺍﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺃﹶﺓﹲ ﺑ‪‬ﺬ‪‬ﻳﺌﹶﺔﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱢﺴ‪‬ﺎﻥ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺮﹺﻑ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪‬ﻳﺪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺄﹾﻛﹸﻠﹸﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺧ‪‬ﺬﹶ ﻗﹶﺪ‪‬ﻳﺪ‪‬ﺓﹰ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻟﹾﻘﹶﺎﻫ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻬ‪‬ﻮ‪‬‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﻛﹸﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹰ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺟ‪‬ﺎﻧﹺﺒﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹰ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺟ‪‬ﺎﻧﹺﺒﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻵﺧ‪‬ﺮﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻟﹶﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺃﹶﺓﹸ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻧ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻻ ﺗ‪‬ﻄﹾﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺑ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻟﹶﺖ‪ :‬ﻻ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﻻ ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ‬

‫ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻋ‪‬ﻄﹶﺎﻫ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺧ‪ ‬ﹶﺬﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻟﹾﻘﹶﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻝﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﻛﹸﻪ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﺑ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻠﹶﻌ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻠﹾﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺃﹶﺓ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻷَﻣ‪‬ﺮﹺ ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﻛﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﹾﺒ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍﺀِﺓ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﺬﱢﺭ‪‬ﺍﺑ‪‬ﺔ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪١١٠‬‬

‫ﻭ ﺃﺧﱪ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺑﻦ ﳏﻤﻮﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺟﺪﺗﻪ ﻋﻤﲑﺓ ﺑﻨﺖ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ﺣﺪﺛﺘﻪ‪ } :‬ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﺩﺧﻠﺖ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﻫﻲ ﻭﺃﺧﻮﺍ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﻫﻦ ﲬﺴﺔ ﻓﺒﺎﻳﻌﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﺟﺪﻧﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ‬ ‫ﻳﺄﻛﻞ ﻗﺪﻳﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻀﻎ ﳍﻦ ﻗﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻧﺎﻭﳍﻦ ﺇﻳﺎﻫﺎ ﻓﺎﻗﺘﺴﻤﻨﻬﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﻤﻀﻐﺖ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻨﻬﻦ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻓﻠﻘﲔ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﻣﺎ ﻭﺟﺪﻥ ﰲ‬ ‫‪١١١‬‬ ‫ﺃﻓﻮﺍﻫﻬﻦ ﺧﻠﻮﻗﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺍﺷﺘﻜﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻓﻮﺍﻫﻬﻦ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ { ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻣﻌﺠﻮﻥ ﺃﺳﻨﺎﻥ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻻ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻌﻄﺮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺣﱴ ﺳﻮﺍﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺃﻱ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻴﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻞ ﺍﻷﻋﺠﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺭﺟﻼﹰ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﺴﻤ‪‬ﻰ ﻋ‪‬ﺘﺒﺔ ﺑﻦ ﻓﺮﻗﺪ ‪ ،t‬ﺗﺰﻭﺝ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﻧﺴﺎﺀ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻨﻬﻦ ﲡﺘﻬﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺃﻓﺨﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻭﺳﻌﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺮ ﻟﺘﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﺣﺴﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﺯﻭﺟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻻ ﻳﻀﻊ ﻋﻄﺮﺍﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺧﲑﺍﹰ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﻌﻦ ﻭﻗﻠﻦ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﻋﺘﺒﺔ ﳓﻦ ﻧﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺃﻓﺨﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﻮﺭ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻧﻀﻌﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻧﺮﺍﻙ ﺗﻀﻊ ﻋﻄﺮﺍﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻻ ﻧﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺋﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻧﺸﻤﻬﺎ ﻣﻨﻚ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﻤﻢ ﺫﺍﻙ؟ ﲢﻜﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺯﻭﺟﺎﺗﻪ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﻡ ﻋﺎﺻﻢ ﻓﺘﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻛﹸﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻧﹺﺴ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺃﹶﺓﹲ ﺇﹺﻻ ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬﹺﺪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﱢﻴﺐﹺ‬

‫ﻟ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺃﹶﻃﹾﻴ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﺎﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺔﹸ ﺍﻟﻄﱢﻴﺐ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﺩ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺢ‪‬‬ ‫‪ ١١٠‬ﻣﻌﺠﻢ اﻟﻄﺒﺮاﻧﻲ ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ إﻣﺎﻣﺔ ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ١١١‬أﺧﺮﺟﮫ أﺑﻮ ﻧﻌﯿﻢ وأﺑﻮ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻤﯿﺮة ﺑﻨﺖ ﻣﺴﻌﻮد‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ اﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻃﹾﻴ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺭﹺﳛ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺝ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱﹺ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺷ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺭﹺﳛ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﺃﹶﻃﹾﻴ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭﹺﻳﺢﹺ ﻋ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﹶﻨ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬﹺﺪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﱢﻴﺐﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻷَﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻃﹾﻴ‪‬ﺐ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺭﹺﳛ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﺍﻙ‪‬؟‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺧ‪ ‬ﹶﺬﻧﹺﻲ ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻋ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺗ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﺸ‪‬ﻜﹶﻮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻧﹺﻲ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺘ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻟﹾﻘﹶﻴ‪‬ﺖ‪‬‬ ‫ﺛﹶﻮ‪‬ﺑﹺﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺟﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻨ‪‬ﻔﹶﺚﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻇﹶﻬ‪‬ﺮﹺﻱ ﻭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻄﹾﻨﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻌ‪‬ﻘﹶﺐ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ ﺍﻟﻄﱢﻴﺐ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺌ‪‬ﺬ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪١١٢‬‬

‫ﺑﻞ ﺇﻧﻪ ﺭﻳﻘﻪ ‪ r‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺷﻔﺎﺀ ﻭﻏﺬﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳊﺴﻦ ﻭﺍﳊﺴﲔ ﻭﳘﺎ ﺻﻐﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﺗﻐﻴﺐ ﺃﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺣﺎﺟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﳚﻮﻉ ﺃﺣﺪﳘﺎ ﻳﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﻟﺴﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﲔ ﺷﻔﺘﻴﻪ ﻓﻴﺒﻠﻊ ﻟﺴﺎﻧﻪ –‬ ‫ﻳﺮﺿﻊ ﻟﺴﺎﻧﻪ – ﻭﻳﺸﺒﻊ ﺑﺈﺫﻥ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،U‬ﻭﻻ ﳛﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ ﺭﺿﺎﻉ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ!! ﻭﺍﲰﻌﻤﻮﺍ ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻋﻦ ﺃﰊ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺍﳊﺴﻦ ﻣـﻊ ﺭﺳـﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠــﻪ ‪ r‬ﺍﺫ ﻋﻄـﺶ‬ ‫ﻓﺎﺷﺘﺪ ﻇﻤﺄﻩ ﻓﻄﻠﺐ ﻟـﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﻣﺎﺀﺍﹰ ﻓﻠﻢ ﳚـﺪ ﻓﺄﻋﻄـﺎﺀُ ﻟﺴـﺎﻧﻪ ﻓﻤﺼ‪‬ـﻪ‬

‫ﺣﱴ ﺭﻭﻱ‪ {.‬ﻭﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﳊﺴﻦ ﻭﺍﳊﺴﲔ ﻣﻌﺎﹰ‪ :‬ﻓﻌﻦ ﺃﰊ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ } :‬ﺃﺷـﻬﺪ ﳋﺮﺟﻨـﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﻊ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺣﱴ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﹸﻨﺎ ﺑﺒﻌﺾﹺ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﲰﻊ‪ ‬ﺭﺳﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻮﺕ‪ ‬ﺍﳊﹶﺴ‪‬ـﻦ‬

‫ﻭﺍﳊﹸﺴ‪‬ﲔ ﻭﳘﺎ ﻳﺒﻜﻴـﺎﻥ ﻭﳘـﺎ ﻣـﻊ ﺃﻣﻬﻤـﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺳـﺮﻉ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪ّ‬ـﻴ‪‬ﺮﹺ ﺣـﱴ ﺃﺗﺎﳘـﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﺴﻤﻌﺘﻪ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﺷﺄﻥ ﺍﺑﲏ‪ّ‬؟ ﻓﻘﺎﻟﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻌ‪‬ﻄﹶﺶ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻓﺄﺧﻠﻒ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻳﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺇﱃ ﺷ‪‬ﻨ‪ّ‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻳﺘﻮﺿﺄ ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﺎﺀٌ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻳﻮﻣﺌﺬ ﺇﻋﺬﺍﺭﺍﹰ ﻭﺍﻟﻨـﺎﺱ ﻳﺮﻳـﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﳌـﺎﺀ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﻨﺎﺩﻯ‪ :‬ﻫﻞ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ ﻣﻌﻪ ﻣﺎﺀ؟ ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﺒـﻖ ﺇﻻ ﺃﺣـﺪ ﺃﺧﻠـﻒ ﻳـﺪﻩ ﺇﱃ ﻛﹶﻼﻟـﻪ‪‬‬

‫ﻳﺒﺘﻐﻲ ﺍﳌﺎﺀَ ﰲ ﺷﻨ‪ّ‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻢ ﳚﺪ ﺃﺣﺪ‪ ‬ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻗﻄﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺭﺳـﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪ :‬ﻧـﺎﻭﻟﻴﲏ‬ ‫ﺃﺣﺪﳘﺎ ﻓﻨﺎﻭﻟﺘﻪ ﺇﻳﺎﻩ ﻣﻦ ﲢﺖ ﺍﳊ‪‬ﺬﹾﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺃﻳﺖ‪ ‬ﺑـﻴﺎﺽ ﺫ‪‬ﺭﺍﻋﻴﻬﺎ ﺣﲔ ﻧﺎﻭﻟﺘﻪ ﻓﺄﺧﺬﹶﻩ‪،‬‬

‫ﻓﻀﻤ‪ّ‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﱃ ﺻ‪‬ﺪﺭﹺﻩ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﻀﻐﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻜﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺩﻟﻊ ﻟﻪ ﻟﺴﺎﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﻓﺠﻌـﻞﹶ ﳝﺼ‪ّ‬ـﻪ‬ ‫ﺣﱴ ﻫ‪‬ﺪﺃ ﻭﺳ‪‬ﻜﹶﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻢ ﺃﲰﻊ ﻟﻪ ﺑ‪‬ﻜﺎﺀً‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻳﺒﻜﻲ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫـﻮ ﻣـﺎ ﻳﺴـﻜﺖ‪،‬‬ ‫‪ ١١٢‬ﻣﻌﺠﻢ اﻟﻄﺒﺮﻧﻲ ودﻻﺋﻞ اﻟﻨﺒﻮة ﻟﻠﺒﯿﮭﻘﻲ‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻧﺎﻭﻟﻴﲏ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻓﻨﺎﻭﻟﺘﻪ ﺇﻳﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻜﺘﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺃﲰﻊ‪ ‬ﳍﻤﺎ‬ ‫‪١١٣‬‬ ‫ﺻ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺗﺎﹰ {‬ ‫ﰒ ﺍﳊﺴﻦ ﻭﺍﳊﺴﻦ ﻭﺃﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﺭﺿﻊ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻭﺭﺩ ﺃﻧﻪ‪ } :‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫‪ r‬ﻳﻌﻈ‪ّ‬ﻤﻪ )ﺃﻯ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻋﺎﺷﻮﺭﺍﺀ( ﺣﱴ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻴﺪﻋﻮ ﺑﺼﺒﻴﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺻ‪‬ﺒﻴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻓﺎﻃﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﹶﺮﺍﺿﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺘﻔﻞﹸ ﰲ ﺃﻓﻮﺍﻫ‪‬ﻬﻢ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻷﻣﻬﺎ‪‬ﻢ‪ :‬ﻻ‬ ‫‪١١٤‬‬ ‫ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻮﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻠﹶّﻴ‪‬ﻞﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﻳﻘﻪ ﻳ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺰﹺﺋﻬﻢ {‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍﹰ ﺣﱴ ﺃﻭﺻﺎﻓﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺇﻋﺠﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺭﺑﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻳﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺪﺍﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻳﺒﻠﻎ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﺎﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﺧﻠﻘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻛﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺭﰊ ﻭﺗﺴﻠﻴﻤﺎﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﻣﺪﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﳏﺪﻭﺩﺏ ﺍﻷﻧﻒ‪ ،‬ﺿﻠﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﻮﺱ‬ ‫ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺒﲔ ﰲ ﻏﲑ ﻗﺮﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﲔ‪.‬‬

‫‪r‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻏﺰﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﺷﻌﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ ﺃﻭﺷﻌﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻣﺴﺘﺮﺳﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻮﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﳉﻌﻮﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻇﻞ ﺣﱴ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻴﻖ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﱂ‬ ‫ﻳﺒﻴﺾ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻌﺮﻩ ﺇﻻ ﺳﺒﻌﺔ ﻋﺸﺮ ﺷﻌﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺌﹸﻞ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻘﺪ ﻇﻬﺮ ﰲ ﺷﻌﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺐ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ‪:r‬‬ ‫} ﺷ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﻮﺩ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺧ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﺗ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ {‬

‫‪١١٥‬‬

‫‪١١٢) ( 7‬ﻫﻮﺩ( ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻪ‬ ‫> ‪y èy Bt‬‬ ‫‪z $?s `Bt ru N‬‬ ‫‪| •ö BÏ &é $! J‬‬ ‫‪y .x N‬‬ ‫) ‪ö‬‬ ‫™ ‪É Gt‬‬ ‫ﻷﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ó $$ ùs ) :‬‬ ‫ﺍﷲ‪) :‬ﻓﺎﺳﺘﻘﻢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻣﺮﺕ( ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻭﻗﻌﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻳ‪‬ﺴﻤﻊ ﻟﻪ ﻭﺟﻴﺐ ﻭﺣﻨﲔ‬ ‫‪ ١١٣‬ﺗﮭﺬﯾﺐ اﻟﻜﻤﺎل‪ ،‬واﻟﺸﺮﯾﻌﺔ ﻟﻶﺟﺮى ﻋﻦ أﺑﻰ ھﺮﯾﺮة‬ ‫‪ ١١٤‬ﻣﺠﻤﻊ اﻟﺰواﺋﺪ‪ ،‬رواه أﺑﻮ ﯾﻌﻠﻰ واﻟﻄﺒﺮاﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻜﺒﯿﺮ واﻷوﺳﻂ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻠﯿﻠﺔ ﻋﻦ أﻣﮭﺎ‬ ‫‪ ١١٥‬اﻷﺣﺎدﯾﺚ اﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎرة ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ اﷲ ﺑﻦ اﻟﻌﺒﺎس ‪y‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑ‪‬ﻌﺪ ﺃﻣﻴﺎﻝ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺻﻼﺗﻪ ﷲ ‪U‬؟!!‪.‬‬

‫‪#‰‬‬ ‫‪Y è÷ /ç w‬‬ ‫) ‪Ÿ &r‬‬

‫ﻭﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻓﲔ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺳﺮ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺭﺃﺳﻪ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪) ( ÇÏÑÈ Šy qJß Vs 9jÏ #‰Y è÷ /ç w‬ﻫﻮﺩ( ﻓﻜﻠﻤﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﻊ ﻭﻳﻘﺮﺃ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﳜﺎﻑ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫‪٦٠) ( Š7 $èy 9jÏ‬ﻫﻮﺩ( ) ‪Ÿ &r‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳊﺒﻴﺐ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻢ ‪ ،U‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺷﻴ‪‬ﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺧﻮﺍﺕ ﻫﻮﺩ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺳﻼﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﺮ ﻭﻏﲑﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻮﺍﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻌﻴﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،U‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻴ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﹾﻮ‪‬ﺍﻗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺔﹸ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻼﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺎﺀَﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﻛﹸﻮ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺕ‪{ ‬‬ ‫} ‪‬‬

‫‪١١٦‬‬

‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﻻ ﳛﻠﻖ ﺷﻌﺮ ﺭﺃﺳﻪ ﺇﻻ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﻟﻌﻤﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﳊﺞ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎﺷﺎﺑﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﳛﻠﻖ ﺷﻌﺮ ﺭﺃﺳﻪ ﳛﺘﺎﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺃﲨﻌﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﺰﺍﲪﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺮﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﻛﻞ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻔﻮﺯ ﲞﺼﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻌﺮﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺧﺎﻟﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻟﻴﺪ ‪ t‬ﰲ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﲑﻣﻮﻙ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻡ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻠﺒﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺳﻪ‬ ‫ﻗﻠﻨﺴﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﻗﻌﺖ ﰲ ﺻﻔﻮﻑ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺧﺬ ﻳﻘﺎﺗﻞ ﺑﺸﺪﺓ ﻭﺷﺮﺍﺳﺔ ﺣﱴ ﺣﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼﻣﻪ‬ ‫ﺻﺤﺒﻪ ﻭﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺧﺎﻟﺪ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪١٩٥) ( pÏ 3s =è kö J- 9#$ ’<n )Î /ö 3ä ƒ‰Ï ƒ÷ 'r /Î #( q)à =ù ?è wru ):‬ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ( ﻓﻠ‪‬ﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﺗ‪‬ﻠﻘﻲ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻚ ﰲ ﲨﻮﻉ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﻜﺎﺩ ﺗﺴﻠﻢ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ؟ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻛﹸﻨﺖ ﻗﺪ ﺭ‪‬ﺯﻗﺖ ﲞﺼﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ – ﺷﻌﺮ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﻣﺔ – ﻓﻮﺿﻌﺘﻬﺎ ﰲ ﻗﻠﻨﺴﻮﰐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻋﺘﻘﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻧﺼﺮ ﺭ‪‬ﺯﻗﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳋﺼﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﻭﻗﻌﺖ ﻣﲏ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻨﺴﻮﺓ ﻭﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳋﺼﻠﺔ ﺧﻔﺖ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻳﻀﻴﻊ ﻣﲏ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ!! ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻫﻲ ﺃﺭﺳﺦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺒﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﻌﱪ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺻﺮﻳﻦ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫وإذا اﳉﺒﺎل ﺗﺰﺣﺰﺣﺖ ﻋﻦ أرﺿـﻬﺎ‬ ‫وﺣـــﻲ اﻟﺴـــﲈء ﻣﻨـ ٌ‬ ‫ــﺰل ﺑﻘﻠﻮﺑﻨـــﺎ‬

‫وﺣﻘــﺎﺋﻖ اﻵﻳــﺎت ﻋﻨــﺎ ﺗُﻨﻘــﻞ‬

‫وإذا ﲡــــﲆ ﺑــــﺎﳉﲈل ﺣﺒﻴﺒﻨــــﺎ‬

‫ﻟﻸوﻟﻴــﺎ ﻓﻠﻨــﺎ اﻟﻄــﺮاز اﻷول‬

‫ﻗﻞ ﻟﻠﺤﺴﻮد اﺧﺴـﺄ ﻓﺈﻧـﻚ ﺟﺎﻫـﻞ‬

‫ﻋــﻦ ﺣﺒﻨــﺎ ﰲ اﷲ ﻻ ﻧﺘﺤــﻮل‬

‫ﺑﺠﻨﺎﺑﻨـــﺎ ﻳﺘﻮﺳـــﻞ اﳌﺘﻮﺳـــﻞ‬

‫‪ ١١٦‬ﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي واﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ اﷲ ﺑﻦ اﻟﻌﺒﺎس ‪y‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻭﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺷﻌﺮﺍﺕ ﳊﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﰲ ﻣﺴﺠﺪ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﳊﺴﲔ ‪ ،t‬ﻭﰲ ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ‬ ‫ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﻛﺘﺮﻛﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﳍﻨﺪ ﻭﺃﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﻛﻢ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮﺍﺕ؟ ﻫﻞ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺷﻌﺮ ﻳﻌﻴﺶ ﻛﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺪﺓ؟!‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳ‪‬ﺤﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﰲ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺩﻋﻮﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻳﺴﺪﻟﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺷﻌﻮﺭﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﺪﻝ ﻣﺜﻠﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﺭﺟﻊ ﰲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻳﻔﺮﻕ ﺷﻌﺮ ﺭﺃﺳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮ‬ ‫ﺳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﳌﻦ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﺣﺴﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺍﳓﺪﺭ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪r‬‬ ‫ﻏﺰﻳﺮ ﺷﻌﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻌﻔﻰ ﳊﻴﺘﻪ ﻭﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﺭﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﻣﻦ ﳊﻴﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻔﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﻭﻃﻮﳍﺎ‪،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﻜﺜﺮ ﺗﺴﺮﻳﺢ ﳊﻴﺘﻪ‪.‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻻ ﻳﻔﺎﺭﻗﻪ ﺳﻮﺍﻛﻪ ﻭﻣﺸﻄﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺳﺮﺡ ﳊﻴﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻫﺘﻢ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺲ‪ ‬ﳊﻴﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪r‬‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻏﺘﻢ ﺃﺧﺬ ﳊﻴﺘﻪ ﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻮﺿﺄ ﺧﻠﻞ ﳊﻴﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﻜﺜﺮ‬ ‫ﺩﻫﻦ ﺭﺃﺳﻪ ﻭﺗﺴﺮﻳﺢ ﳊﻴﺘﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﺘﻨﻮﺭ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻭﻳﻘﻠﻢ ﺃﻇﻔﺎﺭﻩ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﲬﺴﺔ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻳﻮﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪r‬‬ ‫ﻳﻘﻠﻢ ﺃﻇﻔﺎﺭﻩ ﻭﻳﻘﺺ ﺷﺎﺭﺑﻪ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﳉﻤﻌﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﻭﺡ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫‪١١٧‬‬

‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﺄﻣﺮ ﺑﺪﻓﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮ ﻭﺍﻷﻇﻔﺎﺭ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﺄﻣﺮ ﺑﺪﻓﻦ ﺳﺒﻌﺔ ﺃﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻈﻔﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻡ ﻭﺍﳊﻴﻀﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺸﻴﻤﺔ‪.‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻻ ﻳﺘﺮﻙ ﰲ ﺣﻀﺮ ﻭﻻ ﺳﻔﺮ‬ ‫ﻋﺪﺓ ﺃﺷﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ ﻭﺍﳌﺸﻂ ﻭﺍﳌﻜﺤﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﻙ ﻭﺯﻳﺖ ﻟﻠﺸﻌﺮ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺧ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺣ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺮﹴ ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﺳ‪‬ﻔﹶﺮﹴ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺁﺓﹸ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻜﹾﺤ‪‬ﻠﹶﺔﹸ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻂﹸ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﻙ‪.١١٨{ ‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ } :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻴﻞﹲ‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﻝﹶ {‪ .١١٩‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻻ ﳜﺮﺝ ﺇﱃ ﻟﻘﺎﺀ ﻗﻮﻡ ﺟﺎﺀﻭﺍ ﻟﺰﻳﺎﺭﺗﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﰲ‬ ‫‪ ١١٧‬ﯾﺘﻨﻮر أى ﯾﺴﺘﺨﺪة اﻟﻨﻮرة ﻹزاﻟﺔ اﻟﺸﻌﺮ اﻟﻤﺴﻨﻮن إزاﻟﺘﮫ ﻋﻦ اﻟﺠﺴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ١١٨‬ﻣﻌﺠﻢ اﻟﻄﺒﺮاﻧﻲ وﺷﻌﺐ اﻹﯾﻤﺎن ﻟﻠﺒﯿﮭﻘﻲ‬ ‫‪ ١١٩‬ﺻﺤﯿﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ وﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ اﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮد ‪t‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ‪ } :‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹾﻘ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺤ‪‬ﺴِﻦ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻘ‪‬ﻲ {‪ ،١٢٠‬ﻭﰲ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻧﻈﺮ ﰱ ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ‪ } :‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﺳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻯ ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹾﻘ‪‬ﻲ ﻓﹶﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪،‬‬

‫‪١٢١‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻮﺭ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻬﹺﻲ ﻓﹶﺤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠﹶﻨﹺﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﲔ‪. { ‬‬ ‫ﻭﺃﺧﱪﺕ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ‪ y‬ﺃﻧﻪ ‪:‬‬

‫} ﻛﺎﻥ ﻧﻔﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺭﺳـﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﻳﻨﺘﻈﺮﻭﻧـﻪ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﻟﺒـﺎﺏ ﻓﺨـﺮﺝ‬ ‫ﻳﺮﻳﺪﻫﻢ ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭ ﺭﻛﻮﺓ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﺎﺀ ﻓﺠﻌﻞ ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻭﻳﺴﻮ‪‬ﻱ ﺷﻌﺮﻩ ﻭﳊﻴﺘـﻪ‬ ‫ﻓﻘﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ﺗﻔﻌـﻞ ﻫـﺬﺍ! ﻗـﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺧـﺮﺝ ﺃﺣـﺪﻛﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺇﺧﻮﺍﻧـﻪ‬ ‫‪١٢٢‬‬

‫ﻓﻠﻴﻬﲕﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻝ {‬

‫ﻭﳌﺎ ﻛﺜﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻓﻮﺩ ﺟﺎﺀﻭﺍ ﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﺑ‪‬ﺤﻠﱠﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺻ‪‬ﻨﻌﺖ ﻟﺴﻴﻒ ﺑﻦ ﺫﻱ ﻳﺰﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻃﺮﺩ ﺍﳊﺒﺸﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻼﺩ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳊﻠﺔ ﰲ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻄﻌﺘﲔ ‪ -‬ﺃﻯ‬ ‫ﺑﻠﻐﺔ ﻋﺼﺮﻧﺎ ﺑﻨﻄﻠﻮﻥ ﻭﺟﺎﻛﺖ ‪ -‬ﺃﻭ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻭﳍﺎ ﺑﻄﺎﻧﺔ ﺗﻠﺒﺲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺷﺘﺮﺍﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪r‬‬ ‫ﺑﺴﺒﻊ ﻭﻋﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﲨﻼﹰ ﻟﻴﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﻓﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻌﺪﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﻳﺎﺕ ﺣﱴ ﺃﻥ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﻳﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺫﻛﺮﺕ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﺍﻫﺎ ﺑﺈﺛﻨﲔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﲔ ﲨﻼﹰ!!‬ ‫ﺣﱴ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺜﺎﻻﹰ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﳏﺎﺳﻦ ﺍﳋﻼﻝ ﻭﲨﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻨﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ ﻭﻣﻊ ﺍﳊﻖ ‪.U‬‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺻﻮﺗﻪ ﻓﻴﻪ ﲝ‪‬ﺔﹲ ﺧﻔﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻮﺗﻪ ﻏﲑ ﺟﺎﺵ ﺃﻱ ﻫﺎﺩﺉ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﲢﺪ‪‬ﺙ‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﺴﻤﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﺤﺪﺛﻪ‪ ،‬ﺫﺍﺕ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﱪﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻒ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺍﺟ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺣ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﻓﹶﺠ‪‬ﻠﹶﺲ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺑ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﻏﹶﻨ‪‬ﻢﹴ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘ‪‬ﻴﻞﹶ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ ١٢٠‬ﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ واﻟﺪﻋﻮات ﻟﻠﺒﯿﮭﻘﻲ‬ ‫‪ ١٢١‬ﻣﻌﺠﻢ اﻟﻄﺒﺮاﻧﻲ واﻟﺠﺎﻣﻊ ﻷﺧﻼق اﻻروي ﻋﻦ أﻧﺲ ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ١٢٢‬ﻣﻜﺤﻮل ﻋﻦ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ أدب اﻹﻣﻼء واﻹﺳﺘﻤﻼء‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺳﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﻟ‪‬ﻠﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱﹺ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺫﹶﺍﻙ‪ ‬ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺣ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﺟ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺑ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﻏﹶﻨ‪‬ﻢﹴ‪ ،‬‬ ‫ﺍﺟ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺠ‪‬ﻠﹶﺲ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﻜﹶﺎﻧﹺﻪ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪١٢٣‬‬

‫ﻭﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ‪ :‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﲢﺪﺙ ﻳ‪‬ﺴﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﺗﻖ ﰲ ﺧﺪﻭﺭﻫﻦ )ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺨﺒ‪‬ﺌﺎﺕ(‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﺴﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﻭﻫﻦ ﰲ ﺑﻴﻮ‪‬ﻦ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺃﺭﺟﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺪﻳﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺇﺫﺍﻋﺔ ﻭﻻ ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﳍﻴﺔ ﲡﻌﻞ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﻳﻮﺻﻞ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺧﲑ ﺍﻟﱪﻳﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺎ ﺷﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﱪﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﻣﺰﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﻪ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﺩﻭﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻮﺍﻩ ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺭﰊ ﻭﺗﺴﻠﻴﻤﺎﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ‬ ‫ﺃﻧﺲ ‪ t‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺚﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﺒﹺﻴ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﹶﻂﱡ ﺇﹺﻻ ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺜﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪ ‬ﹶ‬ ‫ﺚ‬ ‫ﺼﻮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻜ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ‬ ‫ﻧ‪‬ﺒﹺﻴ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ r ‬ﻓﹶﺒ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺜﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺾ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪١٢٤‬‬

‫} ﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺚ ﺍﷲ ﻧﺒﻴﺎﹰ ﺇﻻ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻧﺒﻴﻜﻢ ‪r‬‬ ‫ﺃﺣﺴﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﺟﻬﺎﹰ ﻭﺃﺣﺴﻨﻬﻢ ﺻﻮﺗﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﻳﺒﻠﻎ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻻ‬ ‫ﻳﺒﻠﻐﻪ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻏﲑﻩ {‬

‫‪١٢٥‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻷﻋﺠﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ‪ -‬ﳌﻦ ﺫﻫﺐ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ ﺇﱃ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻰ ﻭﺭﺁﻫﺎ ‪ -‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺣﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺩﺍﻉ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻪ ﻣﺎﺋﺔ ﺃﻟﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺫﻫﺒﻮﺍ ﺇﱃ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻰ ﺗﻔﺮﻗﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﳝﻴﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺳ‪‬ﻜﲎ ﺃﻋﺎﱄ‬ ‫ﺍﳉﺒﺎﻝ ﺇﱃ ﻭﻗﺘﻨﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﺑﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﻤﻲ ‪:t‬‬ ‫ﺳﻤ‪‬ﺎﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻛﹸﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻧ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫} ﺧ‪‬ﻄﹶﺒ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻤ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻰ ﻓﹶﻔﹸﺘ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹶ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﻭ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﺯﹺﻟ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ {‬

‫‪١٢٦‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻜﻞ ﲰﻌﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﻡ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺻﻮﺗﻪ ﻫﺎﺩﺉ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﻳ‪‬ﺒﻠﻎ ﺻﻮﺗﻪ ﳌﻦ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻷﻥ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﰲ ﺃﻣﺜﺎﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ ١٢٣‬ﻣﻌﺠﻢ اﻟﻄﺒﺮاﻧﻲ ودﻻﺋﻞ اﻟﻨﺒﻮة ﻟﻠﺒﯿﮭﻘﻲ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ رﺿﻲ اﷲ ﻋﻨﮭﺎ‬ ‫‪ ١٢٤‬اﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎت اﻟﻜﺒﺮى ﻻﺑﻦ ﺳﻌﺪ واﻟﺸﻤﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﻤﺤﻤﺪﯾﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺮﻣﺬي‬ ‫‪ ١٢٥‬اﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺢ اﻟﺒﺎري‬ ‫‪ ١٢٦‬ﺳﻨﻦ أﺑﻲ داود واﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫! ( )‪٦٤‬ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ(‬ ‫‪« #$ c‬‬ ‫‪Â‬‬ ‫‪Œø *Î /Î í‬‬ ‫‪t $Ü‬‬ ‫‪s ‹ã 9Ï w‬‬ ‫‪ž )Î A‬‬ ‫™‪@ q‬‬ ‫™ ‪ß ‘§ `BÏ $Zu =ù‬‬ ‫) ‪y ‘ö &r $! Bt ru‬‬

‫ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲﺀ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﻪ ﻭﺩﺍﻧﻴﻪ ﻣﺴﺨﺮ‪ ‬ﳊﻀﺮﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺄﻣﻮﺭ ﺑﻄﺎﻋﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﳊﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭﻩ ﻭﺍﺟﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﻟﻴ‪‬ﺒﻠﻎ ﺩﻋﻮﺓ ﺍﷲ ﺇﱃ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﺃﻡ ﻫﺎﱐﺀ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻛﹸﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻧ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﺀَﺓﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺟ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻑ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻴ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻜﹶﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺔ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻋ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﺸ‪‬ﻲ {‬

‫‪١٢٧‬‬

‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﺟﺎﺑﺮ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ‪ t‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺧ‪‬ﻄﹶﺐ‪ ‬ﺍﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﻩ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻼ ﺻ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺷ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺪ‪‬‬ ‫‪١٢٨‬‬ ‫ﻏﻀ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻛﹶﺄﹶﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺬ‪‬ﺭ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺻ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺎﻛﹸﻢ‪{ ‬‬ ‫ﹶ‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺃﹸﺫﻧﻪ ﻓﻜﺎﻧﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻛﻤﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺻﻨﻊ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﹸﺫﻥ ﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ‪...‬ﰲ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﺴﻤﻊ ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻧﺴﻤﻊ!!‬ ‫ﻳﺴﻤﻊ ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺴﻤﻊ ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺴﻤﻊ ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﱂ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻳﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻳﺴﻤﻊ ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻮﺵ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﳉﺒﺎﻝ!!‬ ‫ﻓﺎﻟﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﻜﻠﻤﻪ ﻭﻳ‪‬ﺤﺪﺛﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻄﲑ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺧﻄﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺻﻐﺎﺭﻩ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻳ‪‬ـﺮﻓﺮﻑ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ‪:t‬‬ ‫ﺳﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺳ‪‬ﻔﹶﺮﹴ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫} ﻛﹸﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺁَﻟ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﺑﹺﺸ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﺎ ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺧ‪ ‬ﹾﺬﻧ‪‬ﺎﻫ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺠ‪‬ﺎﺀَﺕ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹸ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺁَﻟ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺁَﻟ‪‬ﻪ‪‬‬ ‫‪ ١٢٧‬دﻻﺋﻞ اﻟﻨﺒﻮة ﻟﻠﺒﯿﮭﻘﻲ وﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ‬ ‫‪ ١٢٨‬ﺻﺤﯿﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ وﺳﻨﻦ اﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫‪١٢٩‬‬

‫ﺳﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺠ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻔﹶﺮ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻘﹸﻠﹾﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ :‬ﻧ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻦ‪.‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﻭﻫ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ {‬ ‫ﻭ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﳝﺸﻲ ﲜﻮﺍﺭ ﺣﺪﻳﻘﺔ ﻟ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹴ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻷَﻧ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺟ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻯ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪‬‬ ‫ﺴﺢ‪ ‬ﺫ‪‬ﻓﹾﺮ‪‬ﺍﻩ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺴ‪‬ﻜﹶﺖ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ r‬ﺣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺫﹶﺭ‪‬ﻓﹶﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﻩ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺗ‪‬ﺎﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ r ‬ﻓﹶﻤ‪ ‬‬ ‫} ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹺ )ﻟ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹸ؟( ﻓﹶﺠ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﻓﹶﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻷَﻧ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻓﹶﻼ ﺗ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺬ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺒ‪‬ﻬﹺﻴﻤ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺘ‪‬ﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﻠﱠﻜﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪‬‬ ‫‪١٣٠‬‬ ‫ﺇﹺﻳ‪‬ﺎﻫ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶ ﹺﺈﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻜﹶﻰ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻲ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺠﹺﻴﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻪ‪{ ‬‬ ‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﻭﺭﺩ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﻜﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷﻜﻮﻯ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ‪ ،r‬ﺣﱴ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺗﻌﺎﻭﻧﻪ ﰲ ﺩﻋﻮﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻦ ﺃﰊ‬ ‫ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ‪ t‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺟ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﺫ‪‬ﺋﹾﺐ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺍﻋ‪‬ﻲ ﻏﹶﻨ‪‬ﻢﹴ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺧ‪‬ﺬﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺷ‪‬ﺎﺓﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻄﹶﻠﹶﺒ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺍﻋ‪‬ﻲ‬ ‫ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺍﻧ‪‬ﺘ‪ ‬ﺰﻋ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺼ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺬﱢﺋﹾﺐ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺗ‪‬ﻞﱟ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻗﹾﻌ‪‬ﻰ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻘﹶﺮ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ـــﺪ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺭﹺﺯ‪‬ﻕﹴ ﺭ‪ ‬ﺯﻗﹶﻨﹺﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺧ‪‬ﺬﹾﺗ‪‬ـــﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻧ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ـــﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻲ؟‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹸ‪:‬ﺗ‪‬ﺎﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻟﹾﻴ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡﹺ ﺫ‪‬ﺋﹾﺐ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻜﹶﻠﱠﻢ‪ !‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﺬﱢﺋﹾﺐ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺐ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹲ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﻼﺕ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺒﹺﺮ‪‬ﻛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪‬‬ ‫ﻛﹶﺎﺋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻛﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻜﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﻳ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻮﺩ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺠ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪r ‬‬ ‫‪١٣١‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺧ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﻠﹶﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺼ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻗﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪{ r ‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺟﺎﺀﻩ ﻭﻣﻌﻪ ﺿﺐ – ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﺣﻒ – ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﺁﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻚ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻀ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺁﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪: r ‬‬ ‫} ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺿ‪‬ﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺘ‪‬ﻜﹶﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻀ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻠ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺎﻥ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺑﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺒﹺﲔﹴ ﻳ‪‬ﻔﹾﻬ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘﹶﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻴﻌ‪‬ﺎ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﺒ‪‬ﻴ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﻚ‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻤ‪‬ﲔ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺁﻟ‪‬ﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﺳﻠﱠﻢ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀِ ﻋ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺷ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻷَﺭ‪‬ﺽﹺ ﺳ‪‬ﻠﹾﻄﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ‬ ‫ﻭ‪ ‬‬ ‫‪ ١٢٩‬اﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ واﻟﻄﺒﺮاﻧﻲ‬ ‫‪ ١٣٠‬ﺳﻨﻦ أﺑﻲ داود وﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ اﷲ ﺑﻦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ١٣١‬ﺷﺮح اﻟﺴُﻨﱠﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺳﺒﹺﻴﻠﹸﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ ﻋ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺿ‪‬ﺐ‪‬؟‬ ‫ﺍﻟﹾﺒ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺮﹺ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻤ‪‬ﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﺎﺗ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻴ‪‬ﲔ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻓﹾﻠﹶﺢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻗﹶﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﺎﺏ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺬﱠﺑ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻷَﻋ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﺑﹺﻲ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻻ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻻ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻘﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻷَﺭ‪‬ﺽﹺ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﺾ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻲ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻷَﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺎﻋ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻲ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴِﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺁﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻚ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺮﹺﻱ ﻭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮﹺﻱ‪،‬‬ ‫‪١٣٢‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﺍﺧ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺﺟﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻱ ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻼﻧﹺﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻲ {‬ ‫ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻳﺴﻤﻊ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻛﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﱠﻤﻪ ﺑﺎﺭﺉ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ‪ ،U‬ﻭﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺪﻯ ﲰﺎﻉ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷُﺫﻥ‪ ،‬ﺫﺍﺕ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻛﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻊ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﳍﻢ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻃﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀُ ﻭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻖ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﺌ‪‬ﻂﱠ‬ ‫} ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﻯ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻻ ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﻥﹶ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻻ ﺗ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶ ﹶ‬ ‫‪١٣٣‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻊﹺ ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺎﺑﹺﻊ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻻ ﻭ‪‬ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣ‪‬ﻠﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺿ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﺎﺟﹺﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﻟ‪‬ﻠﱠﻪ‪{ ‬‬ ‫ﲰﻊ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﳌﻘﺼﻮﺩ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻣﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻐﻼﻑ ﺍﳉﻮﻱ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻮﺕ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪.‬ﻭﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺟﺎﻟﺴﺎﹰ ﺑﲔ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻓﺄﲰﻌﻬﻢ ﻭﺟﺒﺔ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﺃﻱ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺿﺨﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ ﺣ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺟ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺬﹸ ﺳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﻔﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺎﻵﻥﹶ ﺍﻧ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻰ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻗﹶﻌ‪‬ﺮﹺﻫ‪‬ﺎ {‬

‫‪١٣٤‬‬

‫ﻛﻴﻒ ﲰﻌﻮﻩ؟! ﻭﻛﻢ ﺗ‪‬ﻘﺪﺭ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ؟!ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﻠﺖ ﺍﻷُﺫﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺬﺑﺬﺑﺎﺕ؟! ﻭﻛﻴﻒ‬ ‫ﺣﻮﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ؟!!ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺭﻋﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﷲ ﲝﺒﻴﺐ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻣﺼﻄﻔﺎﻩ ‪.r‬‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻋﺮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﺭ‪ ،‬ﻋﺮﻳﺾ ﻣﺎ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻷﻛﺘﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨﻘﻪ ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻝ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻫﻮ ﻃﻮﻳﻞ ﺯﺍﺋﺪ‬ ‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﳊﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻫﻮ ﻗﺼﲑ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻏﻠﻴﻆ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺭ‪‬ﻭﻱ ﺃﺧﺒﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺻﺮﻉ ﻛﻞ ﺃﺑﻄﺎﻝ ﺍﳉﺰﻳﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺼﺎﺭﻋﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ١٣٢‬ﻣﻌﺠﻢ اﻟﻄﺒﺮاﻧﻲ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﻦ اﻟﺨﻄﺎب ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ١٣٣‬ﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي واﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﺔﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ ذر ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ١٣٤‬ﺻﺤﯿﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ وﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ ھﺮﯾﺮة ‪t‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺷﻬﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻗﺼﺔ ﺭﻛﺎﻧﺔ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﺟﻼ ﻣﺼﺎﺭﻋﺎ ﻳﻘﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻠﺪ ﺛﻮﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻘﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﻓﻼ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﺃﺷﺪﺍﺀ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺰﺣﺰﺣﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺎﻛﻢ ﻗﺼﺘﻪ‪:‬‬

‫} ﻗﺪ ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹲ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹸ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ :‬ﺭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﺔﹸ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻓﹾﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱﹺ ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮﹺﻛﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻰ ﻏﹶﻨ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹸ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﺿ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺨ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺝ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺖ‪‬‬ ‫ﺧﺪﳚﺔ ﺭ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺫﹶﺍﺕ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡﹴ ﻗ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻮ‪‬ﺍﺩ‪‬ﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﺔﹸ ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪‬‬ ‫‪ r‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻡ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﺔﹸ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﺗ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺁﻟ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻼﺕ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻯ ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻮ‬ ‫ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻬﹺﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺰﹺﻳﺰﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﻜ‪‬ﻴﻢﹺ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶﻮ‪‬ﻻ ﺭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﹶﻠﱠﻤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻜﹶﻼﻡ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺃﹶﻗﹾﺘ‪‬ﻠﹶﻚ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺳﺄﹶﻋ‪‬ﺮﹺﺽ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻫ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻲ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻜ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﺩ‪‬ﻉ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺰﹺﻳﺰ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﻜ‪‬ﻴﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺠﹺﻴﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﹾﻴ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺃﹸﺻ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺﻋ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻮ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺰﹺﻳﺰ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﻜ‪‬ﻴﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻴﻨ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻲ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺩ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻮ ﺍﻟﻼﺕ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻯ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻥﹾ‬ ‫ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻏﹶﻨ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺬ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪:r ‬‬ ‫ﻧ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﺷ‪‬ﺌﹾﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺎﺗ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺬﹾ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺪ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺎ ﻧ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺰﹺﻳﺰ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﻜ‪‬ﻴﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻴﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﺔﹸ ﺍﻟﻼﺕ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻯ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺎﺗ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺬﹶﻩ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻓﹶﺼ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻠﹶﺲ‪‬‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺻ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺭﹺﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﺔﹸ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﺴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﻓﹶﻌ‪‬ﻠﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﻌ‪‬ﻠﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺰﹺﻳﺰ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﻜ‪‬ﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﺬﹶﻟﹶﻨﹺﻲ ﺍﻟﻼﺕ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ ﻗﹶﺒ‪‬ﻠﹶﻚ‪.‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﺔﹸ‪ :‬ﻋ‪‬ﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻥﹾ‬ ‫ﺨﺘ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺂﺧ‪‬ﺬﹶﻩ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻓﹶﺼ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻠﹶﺲ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ‬ ‫ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻯ ﺗ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﻛﹶﺒﹺﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﺔﹸ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﺴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﻓﹶﻌ‪‬ﻠﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﻌ‪‬ﻠﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺰﹺﻳﺰ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﻜ‪‬ﻴﻢ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﺬﹶﻟﹶﻨﹺﻲ ﺍﻟﻼﺕ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻯ ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺒ‪‬ﻠﹶﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﺔﹸ‪ :‬ﻋ‪‬ﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻥﹾ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪‬‬ ‫ﺨﺘ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺧ‪‬ﺬﹶﻩ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﹸﻞﱡ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﺻ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻯ ﺗ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﻛﹶﻤ‪‬ﺜﹶﻞﹺ ﻓﹶﻌ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻝﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺼ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﺍﻟﺜﱠﺎﻟ‪‬ﺜﹶﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﺔﹸ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﺴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻌ‪‬ﻠﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﻌ‪‬ﻠﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺰﹺﻳﺰ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﻜ‪‬ﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺧ‪ ‬ﹶﺬﻟﹶﻨﹺﻲ ﺍﻟﻼﺕ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻯ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺪ‪‬ﻭﻧ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺛﹶﻼﺛ‪‬ﲔ‪‬‬ ‫ﺷ‪‬ﺎﺓﹰ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻏﹶﻨ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻲ ﻓﹶﺎﺧ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ :r ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹸﺭﹺﻳﺪ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻜ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺩ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻮﻙ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻹِﺳ‪‬ﻼﻡﹺ ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﺔﹸ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻔﹶﺲ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻚ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﲑ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻠﹶﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﺔﹸ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻻ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﻻ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﺁﻳ‪‬ﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ :r ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻬﹺﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶﺌ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺩ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻲ ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪‬‬ ‫ﺳﻤ‪‬ﺮﹴ ﺫﹶﺍﺕ‪ ‬ﻓﹸﺮ‪‬ﻭﻉﹴ‬ ‫ﺁﻳ‪‬ﺔﹰ ﻟﹶﺘ‪‬ﺠﹺﻴﺒ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺩ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻮﻙ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻧ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺮﹺﻳﺐ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺷ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹸ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹸﻀ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﻥﹲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺷ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻗﹾﺒﹺﻠ‪‬ﻲ ﺑﹺﺈﹺﺫﹾﻥ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻘﱠﺖ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺎﺛﹾﻨ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦﹺ‬ ‫ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻗﹾﺒ‪‬ﻠﹶﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻧﹺﺼ‪‬ﻒ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻘﱢﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹸﻀ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﻧﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﻓﹸﺮ‪‬ﻭﻋ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻛﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪r ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﺔﹸ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﻈ‪‬ﻴﻤ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﻠﹾﺘ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺟﹺﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪‬‬ ‫ﺑﹺﻘﹸﻀ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﻧﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﻓﹸﺮ‪‬ﻭﻋ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺍﻟﹾﺘ‪‬ﺄﹶﻣ‪‬ﺖ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ :r ‬ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻠﹶﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻟﹶﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﺭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﺔﹸ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﹺﻲ ﺇﹺﻻ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺃﹶﻛﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻈ‪‬ﻴﻤ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻜ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻛﹾﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻧﹺﺴ‪‬ﺎﺀُ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺻ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺟ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺐﹴ ﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻗﹶﻠﹾﺒﹺﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻜ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻧﹺﺴ‪‬ﺎﺀُ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺻ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ ﻗﹶﻂﱡ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﻗﹶﻠﹾﺒﹺﻲ ﺭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﺎﻋ‪‬ﺔﹰ ﻗﹶﻂﱡ ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻼ ﻭ‪‬ﻻ‬ ‫ﻏﻨ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ :r ‬ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﺣ‪‬ﺎﺟ‪‬ﺔﹲ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻏﹶﻨ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﺫﹾ‬ ‫ﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻜ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺩ‪‬ﻭﻧ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺎﺧ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﹶ‬ ‫‪١٣٥‬‬ ‫ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﻄﹶﻠﹶﻖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺍﺟﹺﻌ‪‬ﺎ { ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻜﺎﻧﺖ ﻗﻮﺗﻪ ‪ r‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،U‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﺟﻌﻞ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ‪ u‬ﻛﺄﹸﻣ‪‬ﺔ ﻓﻨﺒﻴﻨﺎ ‪r‬‬ ‫ﻣﺜﻞ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﺘﺎﻡ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺍﳌﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺧﺼ‪‬ﻪ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﳌﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻡ‪:‬‬ ‫‪١١٠) ( /ö 3ä =è W÷ BiÏ Ž× ³‬ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻒ( ﻛﻠﻜﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻭﺗﻴﻪ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻮﻥ‬ ‫‪| 0o $O Rt &r $! J‬‬ ‫@ ‪y R¯ )Î‬‬ ‫) ‪ö %è‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮﻭﻥ ﺃﹸﻭﰐ ‪ r‬ﻣﺜﻠﻪ ﺃﺿﻌﺎﻓﺎﹰ ﻣﻀﺎﻋﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺇﻛﺮﺍﻡ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫‪ I‬ﳊﺒﻴﺐ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻣﺼﻄﻔﺎﻩ ‪.r‬‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻄﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﻇﻬﺮﻩ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﰎ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺧﺎﰎ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺩﻡ ﻣﺘﺠﻤﻊ ﻓﻮﻗﻪ ﺷﻌﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﻜﺘﻮﺏ ‪‬ﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮﺍﺕ‪) :‬ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺷﺌﺖ‬ ‫ﻓﺈﻧﻚ ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺭ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺳﻠﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﺳﻲ ‪ t‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﺑﻮﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﺛﺮﻳﺎﺀ ﻓﺎﺭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﻌﺘﱪ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺳﻠﻤﺎﻥ ﱂ ﻳﺮﻗﻪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﺩﺧﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻫﺐ ﺇﱃ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺩﻳـﺮ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﻳﺮ ﺛﺎﻟﺚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺮﺍﻫﺐ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ‪ :‬ﳌﻦ ﺃﺫﻫﺐ ﺑﻌﺪﻙ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻱ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻤ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﹸﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱﹺ ﺁﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﺄﹾﺗ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻜ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻇﹶﻠﱠﻚ‪ ‬ﺯ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﻥﹸ ﻧ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻮﺙﹲ ﺑﹺﺪ‪‬ﻳﻦﹺ‬ ‫ﺇﹺﺑ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﻫ‪‬ﻴﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺝ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺄﹶﺭ‪‬ﺽﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺏﹺ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎﺟﹺﺮ‪‬ﺍ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺽﹴ ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻧ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﻞﹲ‪ ،‬ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﻣ‪‬ﺎﺕ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﺎ‬ ‫ﺗ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﻔﹶﻰ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺄﹾﻛﹸﻞﹸ ﺍﻟﹾﻬ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺄﹾﻛﹸﻞﹸ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻗﹶﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺘ‪‬ﻔﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﺎﺗ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻥﹾ ﺍﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻄﹶﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﻠﹾﺤ‪‬ﻖ‪‬‬ ‫‪ ١٣٥‬دﻻﺋﻞ اﻟﻨﺒﯿﻮة ﻟﻠﺒﯿﮭﻘﻲ وأﺑﻲ ﻧﻌﯿﻢ ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ إﻣﺎﻣﺔ ‪t‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺑﹺﺘ‪‬ﻠﹾﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺒﹺﻠﹶﺎﺩ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺎﻓﹾﻌ‪‬ﻞﹾ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺳﻠﻤﺎﻥ‪ :‬ﹸﺛﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﺕ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻏﹶﻴ‪‬ﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﻜﹶﺜﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻮﺭﹺﻳ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺷ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﻜﹸﺚﹶ‪،‬‬ ‫ﹸﺛﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻲ ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﻠﹾﺐﹴ ﺗ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﻧﹺﻲ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺽﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺏﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹸﻋ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻴﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻘﹶﺮ‪‬ﺍﺗ‪‬ﻲ‬ ‫ﻫ‪‬ﺬ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻏﹸﻨ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺬ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻧ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﻧﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻗﹶﺪ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﺑﹺﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺩ‪‬ﻱ ﺍﻟﹾﻘﹸﺮ‪‬ﻯ‪ ،‬ﻇﹶﻠﹶﻤ‪‬ﻮﻧﹺﻲ‬ ‫ﻓﹶﺒ‪‬ﺎﻋ‪‬ﻮﻧﹺﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹴ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻮﺩ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻜﹸﻨ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﻞﹶ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﹾﺒ‪‬ﻠﹶﺪ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﻭ‪‬ﺻ‪‬ﻒ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﺻ‪‬ﺎﺣ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻖ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴِﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺒ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﻗﹸﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻈﹶﺔﹶ ﻓﹶﺎﺑ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺎﻋ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺎﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹶﻨﹺﻲ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻮ‪‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﱠﺎ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻌ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻓﹾﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﹺﺼ‪‬ﻔﹶﺔ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﺎﺣ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻗﹶﻤ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺚﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻟﹶﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻗﹶﺎﻡ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻤ‪‬ﻜﱠﺔﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻗﹶﺎﻡ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﺑﹺﺬ‪‬ﻛﹾﺮﹴ ﻣ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﻕ‪ ،‬ﹸﺛﻢ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎﺟ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻮ‪‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﻟﹶﻔ‪‬ﻲ ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹾﺱﹺ ﻋ‪‬ﺬﹾﻕﹴ‬ ‫ﻟ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺾ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﺟ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﺲ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﺫﹾ ﺃﹶﻗﹾﺒ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﻒ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹸﻠﹶﺎﻥﹸ ﻗﹶﺎﺗ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﻗﹶﻴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺂﻥﹶ ﻟﹶﻤ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﺑﹺﻘﹸﺒ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹴ ﻗﹶﺪ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻬﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻜﱠﺔﹶ ﺍﻟﹾﻴ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺧ‪‬ﺬﹶﺗ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺀُ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻇﹶﻨ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﺄﹶﺳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻂﹸ‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺳ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻟﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﻠﹶﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺠ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻗﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﻟ‪‬ﺎﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﺫﹶﺍ ﺗ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ؟ ﻣ‪‬ﺎﺫﹶﺍ‬ ‫ﺗ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻐ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻜﹶﻤ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﻟﹶﻜﹾﻤ‪‬ﺔﹰ ﺷ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳﺪ‪‬ﺓﹰ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ! ﺃﹶﻗﹾﺒﹺﻞﹾ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﺷ‪‬ﻲ‪‬ﺀَ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺜﹾﹺﺒﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﺷ‪‬ﻲ‪‬ﺀٌ ﻗﹶﺪ‪‬‬ ‫ﺟ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺧ‪‬ﺬﹾﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﹸﺛﻢ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻫ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻘﹸﺒ‪‬ﺎﺀَ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺪ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻘﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻠﹶﻐ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹲ ﺻ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺏ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﻏﹸﺮ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﺎﺀُ ﺫﹶﻭ‪‬ﻭ ﺣ‪‬ﺎﺟ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ‬ ‫ﺷ‪‬ﻲ‪‬ﺀٌ ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﻟ‪‬ﻠﺼ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻗﹶﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﻖ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻏﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮﹺﻛﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺮ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻟ‪‬ﺄﹶﺻ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺑﹺﻪ‪ :‬ﻛﹸﻠﹸﻮﺍ ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺄﹾﻛﹸﻞﹾ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻘﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴِﻲ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺓﹲ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻓﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﹸﺛﻢ‪ ‬ﺟﹺﺌﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﺄﹾﻛﹸﻞﹸ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻗﹶﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺔﹲ ﺃﹶﻛﹾﺮ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻛﹶﻞﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻛﹶﻠﹸﻮﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻘﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴِﻲ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎﺗ‪‬ﺎﻥ‪ ‬ﺍﺛﹾﻨ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﹸﺛﻢ‪ ‬ﺟﹺﺌﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪‬‬ ‫‪ r‬ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺒ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﻴﻊﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﻐ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺒﹺﻊ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﺯ‪‬ﺓﹰ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺑﹺﻪ‪ ،‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹶﺘ‪‬ﺎﻥ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ‬ ‫ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺑﹺﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺴ‪‬ﻠﱠﻤ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻈﹸﺮ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻇﹶﻬ‪‬ﺮﹺﻩ‪ ،‬ﻫ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﻯ ﺍﻟﹾﺨ‪‬ﺎﺗ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﻭ‪‬ﺻ‪‬ﻒ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻲ‬ ‫ﺻ‪‬ﺎﺣ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ؟ ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺁﻧﹺﻲ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﺍﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻋ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻑ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺜﹾﺒﹺﺖ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺷ‪‬ﻲ‪‬ﺀٍ ﻭ‪‬ﺻ‪‬ﻒ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻲ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻟﹾﻘﹶﻰ ﺭﹺﺩ‪‬ﺍﺀَﻩ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻇﹶﻬ‪‬ﺮﹺﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻨ‪‬ﻈﹶﺮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﹾﺨ‪‬ﺎﺗ‪‬ﻢﹺ ﻓﹶﻌ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻓﹾﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﻜﹶﺒ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﻗﹶﺒ‪‬ﻠﹸﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻜ‪‬ﻲ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ :r ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻝﹾ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺘ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻟﹾﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺼ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳﺜ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻋ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﹸﺛﻢ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺳ‪‬ﻠﹾﻤ‪‬ﺎﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﻕ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻓﹶﺎﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﺑ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺭ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹸﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻟ‪‬ﻲ‬ ‫ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ :r ‬ﻛﹶﺎﺗ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺳ‪‬ﻠﹾﻤ‪‬ﺎﻥ‪ ُ،‬ﻓﹶﻜﹶﺎﺗ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﺎﺣ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺛﹶﻠﹶﺎﺙ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﺋﹶﺔ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﻠﹶﺔ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﺣ‪‬ﻴﹺﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺎﻟﹾﻘﻔﻴﺰ‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺑﹺﺄﹶﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﻭﻗ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻟ‪‬ﺄﹶﺻ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺑﹺﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻴﻨ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﺃﹶﺧ‪‬ﺎﻛﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻋ‪‬ﺎﻧ‪‬ﻮﻧﹺﻲ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﻨ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﻞﹺ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹸ‬ ‫ﺑﹺﺜﹶﻠﹶﺎﺛ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺑﹺﻌ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺑﹺﺨ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺑﹺﻌ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮﹴ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺑﹺﻘﹶﺪ‪‬ﺭﹺ‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺍﺟ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﺛﹶﻠﹶﺎﺙﹸ ﻣ‪‬ﺎﺋﹶﺔ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ :r ‬ﺍﺫﹾﻫ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺳ‪‬ﻠﹾﻤ‪‬ﺎﻥﹸ‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻔﹶﻘﱢﺮ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﻏﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺄﹾﺗ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﺃﹶﻛﹸﻮﻥﹸ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺿ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﹺﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ‪ َ،‬ﻓﹶﻔﹶﻘﱠﺮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﺎﻧ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺑﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ‬ ‫ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﻏﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺟﹺﺌﹾﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺧ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺨ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺝ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻲ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺠ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠﹾﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻧ‪‬ﻘﹶﺮ‪‬ﺏ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻮ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﻱ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﺑﹺﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻮ‪‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺲ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﹾﻤ‪‬ﺎﻥﹶ ﺑﹺﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺎﺗ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺔﹲ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺓﹲ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺩ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﻞﹶ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺎﻝﹸ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹸﺗ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﺑﹺﻤ‪‬ﺜﹾﻞﹺ ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺎﺟ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻫ‪‬ﺐﹴ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬ ‫ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺾﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﺎﺯﹺﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﻌ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺍﻟﹾﻔﹶﺎﺭﹺﺳ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻜﹶﺎﺗ‪‬ﺐ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺪ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻴﺖ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺧ‪‬ﺬﹾ ﻫ‪‬ﺬ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺩ‪‬‬ ‫ﺑﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺳ‪‬ﻠﹾﻤ‪‬ﺎﻥﹸ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻘﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻲ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺧ‪‬ﺬﹾﻫ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻥﱠ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ U ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻴﺆ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﻱ ﺑﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺧ‪‬ﺬﹾﺗ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﻮ‪‬ﺯ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺲ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﹾﻤ‪‬ﺎﻥﹶ ﺑﹺﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪‬‬ ‫ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﻭﻗ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻭ‪‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﻘﱠﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻘﹾﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺸ‪‬ﻬﹺﺪ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺨ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻕ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻔﹸﺘ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺪ‪.١٣٦‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺑﻨﺖ ﻋﻤﻴﺲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻴﻖ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﻫﺶ ﱂ ﻳ‪‬ﺼﺪﻕ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻟﺖ‪ :‬ﺃﺩﺧﻠﻮﱐ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺩﺧﻠﻮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺤﺴﺴﺖ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﳋﺎﰎ ﻓﻠﻢ ﲡﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺨﺮﺟﺖ ﻭﻗﺎﻟﺖ‪ :‬ﻣﺎﺕ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫‪ r‬ﻷﻥ ﺧﺎﰎ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﻗﺪ ﺭ‪‬ﻓﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﺧﺎﰎ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻬﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﻇﻬﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻣﺆﻳﺪ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﺓ ‪.U‬‬ ‫ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﻃﻮﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺒﻬﺞ ﻟﻠﻘﻠﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺮﻳﺢ ﻟﻠﻔﺆﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﻠﻮ ﻟﻠﺮﻭﺡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺄﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﻜﺮﻣﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﳊﺒﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﳚﻌﻞ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻀﺮﺗﻪ ﺃﻭﰱ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﳚﻌﻠﻪ ﻣﺸﺮﻗﺎﹰ ﺑﻨﻮﺭﻩ ﰲ ﻗﻠﻮﺑﻨﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻐﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﳚﻌﻠﻨﺎ ﺑﲔ ﻳﺪﻳﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﰲ ﻃﺎﻋﺘﻪ ﻭﺳ‪‬ﻨﺘﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﲢﺖ ﻟﻮﺍﺀ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺘﻪ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﺯﻗﻨﺎ ﺟﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﰲ ﺟﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﳚﻌﻠﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﺸﺒﻬﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺃﺣﻮﺍﳍﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘﺘﻔﻮﻥ ﺃﺛﺮﻩ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺣﺮﻛﺎ‪‬ﻢ ﻭﺳﻜﻨﺎ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺻﺤﺒﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‬ ‫‪ ١٣٦‬ﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ واﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪١٣٧r‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﺳﺆﺍﻝ‪ :‬ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﺃﹸﻋﻄﻲ ﺷﻄﺮ ﺍﳊﺴﻦ ﻓﻔﺘﻨﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺃﹸﻋﻄﻲ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻝ ﻛﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﱂ ﺗ‪‬ﻔﺘﱳ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ؟‬ ‫ﻛﻮﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﻓﹸﺘﻨﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﳏﻤﺪ ‪ r‬ﻓﹸﱳ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻷﺻﻌﺐ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﺎﻧﻈﺮ ﺇﱃ ﻛﻤ‪‬ﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻗﻄﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﻓﹸﺘﻨﻮﺍ ﺑﻪ ‪ ،r‬ﻭﻇﻠﻮﺍ ﻃﻮﺍﻝ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﺮﻫﻢ ﻛﺄ‪‬ﻢ ﺗﺎﺋﻬﲔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻮﻥ ﴰﱠﺔ ﺃﻭ ﳌﱠﺔ ﺃﻭ ﶈﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻛﻤﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺼﻄﻔﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺃﰎ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ – ﺣﱴ ﰲ ﻋﺼﺮﻩ – ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ‪ r‬ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻴﻖ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﺯﻳﺪ ‪ t‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺑﺎﻵﺫﺍﻥ ﻭﺣﻴﺎﹰ ﻣﻨﺎﻣﻴﺎﹰ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻟﻪ‬ ‫ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﺄﺗﺎﻩ ﺍﺑﻨﻪ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻳﺎ ﺃﺑﺖ ﻟﻘﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ e‬ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻴﻖ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ }:‬ﺍﻟﻠﹶّﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ّ‬ﺍﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ‬ ‫ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪ّ‬ﻰ ﻻ ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﻯ ﺷ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹰﺎ ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﺎﻋ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ – ‬ﻭﰱ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥﹾ ﺃﻟﻘﺎﻩ – ﻭﰱ‬ ‫ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ :‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪ّ‬ﻰ ﻻ ﺃﺭ‪‬ﻯ ﺷ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﺎﹰ ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺣﺒﻴﱮ ‪ ،١٣٨{ r‬ﻭﻗﻴﻞ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎﹰ ﺩﻋﺎ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﰒ ﻫﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺜﲑﻭﻥ ﺁﺧﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺛﻮﺑﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻤﻊ ﻟﺮﺍﻭﻯ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﺇﺫ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻭﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺛﻮﺑﺎﻥ ‪ t‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﳊﺐ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﱪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺣﱴ‬ ‫ﺗﻐﻴ‪‬ﺮ ﻟﻮﻧﻪ ﻭﳓﻞ ﺟﺴﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ :r‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻏﹶﻴ‪ّ‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻮ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻚ‪‬؟ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﰊ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﲏ ﺇﺫﺍ ﱂ ﺃﺭﻙ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺣﺸﺖ ﻭﺣﺸﺔ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﺣﱴ‬ ‫‪ ١٣٧‬اﻟﻤﻌﺎدي – اﻟﺨﻤﯿﺲ ‪ ٦‬ﻣﻦ رﺑﯿﻊ اﻵﺧﺮ ‪١٤٣٥‬ھـ ‪٢٠١٤/٢/٦‬م‬ ‫‪ ١٣٨‬ﺗﺤﻔﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﺘﺎج ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮح اﻟﻤﻨﮭﺎج وﻓﻰ ﺗﻔﺴﯿﺮ اﻟﻤﺤﺮر اﻟﻮﺟﯿﺰ ﺣﻜﺎه اﻟﻄﺒﺮى ﻋﻦ اﺑﻦ ﺟﺒﯿﺮ وﻗﺘﺎدة واﻟﺴﺪي‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫‪.١٣٩‬‬

‫ﺃﻟﻘﺎﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ﻭﺃﺧﺎﻑ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺃﺭﺍﻙ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ {‬ ‫ﺃﻯ ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻣﺮﺿﲏ!!‬

‫ﻭ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺑﻜﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ ‪ t‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺴﻜﻦ ﰲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺇﲰﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺢ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻮﺍﱄ ﺍﳌﺪﻳﻨﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫‪ ١٤٠‬ﻭﻫﻰ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﺮﻙ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻳﺬﻫﺐ ﺇﱃ ﺑﻴﺘﻪ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫)) ﺍﺷﺘﻘﺖ ﺇﱃ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،r‬ﺭﺩﻭﱐ ﺇﱃ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪(( .r‬‬ ‫ﻓﻜﺎﻧﺖ ﺃﺣﻮﺍﳍﻢ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻻ ﺗ‪‬ﻌﺪ ﻭﻻ ﺗ‪‬ﺤﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺣﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﻦ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ‪ t‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ‪:‬‬ ‫ﳌــــﺎ ﻧﻈــــﺮت إﱃ أﻧــــﻮاره ﺳــــﻄﻌﺖ‬

‫ﺧﻮﻓ ًﺎ ﻋﲆ ﺑﺼــﺮي ﻣـﻦ ﺣﺴـﻦ ﺻـﻮرﺗﻪ‬

‫وﺿﻌﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻴﻔﺘﻲ ﻛﻔـﻲ ﻋـﲆ ﺑﺼــﺮي‬ ‫ﻓﻠﺴــــﺖ أﻧﻈــــﺮه إﻻ ﻋــــﲆ ﻗــــﺪري‬

‫ﺧﺎﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،r‬ﻷﻥ ﻧﻮﺭﻩ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺻﲑﻱ ‪:t‬‬

‫ﻓــﺈن ﻓﻀــﻞ رﺳــﻮل اﷲ ﻟــﻴﺲ ﻟــﻪ ﺣــﺪ‬ ‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ‪:‬‬

‫ﻧـــــﺎﻃﻖ ﺑﻔـــــﻢ‬ ‫ﻓ ُﻴﻌـــــﺮب ﻋﻨـــــﻪ‬ ‫ٌ‬

‫ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻩ ﲨﺎﻻﹰ ﺣﺴﻴﺎﹰ ﺻﺮﻓﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻃﻨﻪ‬ ‫ﲨﺎﻻﹰ ﺻﺮﻓﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻇﺎﻫﺮﻩ ﲨﺎﻝﹲ ﻣﺸﻮﺏ‪ ‬ﲜﻼﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻗﻴﻞ ﰲ ﻭﺻﻔﻪ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺁﻩ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳﻬ‪‬ﺔﹰ ﻫ‪‬ﺎﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪.١٤١{ ‬‬

‫‪ ١٣٩‬ﺗﻔﺴﯿﺮ اﻟﺴﻤﺮﻗﻨﺪي ﻣﻦ رواﯾﺔ اﻟﻜﻠﺒﻰ‬ ‫‪ ١٤٠‬ﻣﺮﻗﺎة اﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﯿﺢ‬ ‫‪ ١٤١‬ﺟﺎﻣﻊ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي وﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻦ أﺑﻲ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ‪t‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺳﺆﺍﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺪ‪ ‬ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،r‬ﻓﻬﻞ‬ ‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺃﻡ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺍﳉﺴﺪ؟‬ ‫ﻻ ﺷﺄﻥ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﳉﺴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻴﻞ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺆﺍﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻦ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﻮﺭ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘ‪‬ﻤﺪ‪‬ﺕ ﻣﻨﻪ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﳊﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺟﱪﻳﻞ‬ ‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻮﺕ؛ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺳﺮﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺮﺍﺝ ﻭﻗﻒ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺳﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﱃ‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻧﺎ ﻟﻮ ﺗﻘﺪﻣﺖ ﻗﺪﺭ ﺃﳕﻠﺔ ﻻﺣﺘﺮﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ﻟﻮ ﺗﻘﺪﻣﺖ ﻻﺧﺘﺮﻗﺖ‪ .‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ؟ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ ﺍﻹﳍﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﰐ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻮﺕ ﻓﻠﻪ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻭﻗﻒ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻡ ﻭﱂ ﻳﱪﺣﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻌﲎ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺍﷲ ﻳﺘﺠﺰﺃ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﺒﻌﺾ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﻫﻴﺌﺘﻪ؟ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺷﻜﻠﻪ؟ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻏﻴﺒﻴﺎﺕ ﻻ ﺷﺄﻥ ﻟﻨﺎ ‪‬ﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺳﺆﺍﻝ‪ :‬ﻫﻞ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﺃﻭﻝ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﷲ؟‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﺃﻭﻝ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﻋﺎﱂ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ‪ } :r‬ﻛﹸﻨ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻴ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﹾﺨ‪‬ﻠﹾﻖﹺ ﻭ‪‬ﺁﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﹾﺒ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺚ‪ ،١٤٢{ ‬ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﺎﱐ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻭﻝ‬ ‫` ‪) ( ÇÑÊÈ‬ﺍﻟﺰﺧﺮﻑ(‬ ‫‪z ƒ‰‬‬ ‫‪Ï 6Î »èy 9ø #$ A‬‬ ‫‪ã r¨ &r $O Rt 'r ùs $‬‬ ‫` ‪Ó !s ru‬‬ ‫‪Ç »Hu q‬‬ ‫‪÷ •§ =9Ï b‬‬ ‫@ ‪t %.x b)Î‬‬ ‫ﺁﺩﻡ‪ö %è ) :‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ ﺍﳉﺴﻤﺎﱐ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ‬ ‫ﻓﻬﻮ ‪ r‬ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺑﺪﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﻻ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺸﻐﻠﻨﺎ ﻭﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻘﻒ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻧﺘﺤﺪﺙ‬ ‫ﺑﺸﺄ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻷ‪‬ﺎ ﺗﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﰲ ﻓﱳ ﻻ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺇﺛﺎﺭ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺘﺄﺩﺏ ﺑﺄﺩﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻧﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﻣﻊ ﻛﻞ ﻗﻮﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺘﺤﻤﻠﻪ ﻋﻘﻮﳍﻢ‪:‬‬

‫‪ ١٤٢‬ﻣﺴﻨﺪ اﻟﺸﺎﻣﯿﯿﻦ ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺮاﻧﻲ ودﻻﺋﻞ اﻟﻨﺒﻮة ﻷﺑﻲ ﻧﻌﯿﻢ ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ ھﺮﯾﺮة ‪t‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫‪١٤٣‬‬

‫} ﺇﻧ‪ّ‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﺷ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﻷَﻧ‪‬ﺒﹺـﻴ‪‬ﺎﺀِ ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻧ‪‬ﻜﹶﻠ‪ّ‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪ّ‬ﺎﺱ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻗﹶﺪ‪‬ﺭﹺ ﻋ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟ‪‬ﻬﹺﻢ‪. { ‬‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺳﺆﺍﻝ‪ :‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﳝﺮ ﺍﳍﻼﻝ ﻭﺍﳍﻼﻟﲔ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻮﻗﺪ ﰲ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ‬ ‫‪ r‬ﻧﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﻓﻘﲑ؟‬ ‫ﺃﺟﺒﻨﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﺷﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻨﺎ )ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﶈﻤﺪﻳﺔ( ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻮﻗﺪ ﰲ ﺑﻴﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﻧﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻬﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻬﺮﻳﻦ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻷﻧﺼﺎﺭ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﺘﻜﻔﻠﻮﻥ ﺑﻀﻴﻮﻓﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻳﺒﻌﺚ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺳﻌﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﺫ ‪ t‬ﲜﻔﻨﺔ ﺗ‪‬ﻄﻌﻢ ﺳﺒﻌﲔ ﺭﺟﻼﹰ ﺇﱃ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳ‪‬ﺮﺳﻞ ﻟﺒﻨﺎﹰ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳ‪‬ﺮﺳﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺟﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳ‪‬ﺮﺳﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﲑ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻴﺔ ﺗﺄﰐ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻷﻧﺼﺎﺭ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺩﻋﺎ ﳍﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﺭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻷَﻧ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﺍﻷَﻧ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﺀِ ﺍﻷَﻧ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ {‬

‫‪١٤٤‬‬

‫ﻷ‪‬ﻢ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﻌﻴﻨﲔ ﳊﻀﺮﺗﻪ ‪ r‬ﰲ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻔﺎﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻓﻘﲑﺍﹰ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻏﲎ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺳﺨﻴﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﻌﻄﻲ ﻭﻻ‬ ‫ﻳﺒﺨﻞ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﻌﻄﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻫﻞ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻓﻘﲑ ﻳ‪‬ﻌﻄﻲ ﺭﺟﻼﹰ ﻏﻨﻴﺎﹰ ﻏﻨﻤﺎﹰ ﺑﲔ ﺟﺒﻠﲔ؟! ﺃﻱ‬ ‫ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﲬﺴﻤﺎﺋﺔ ﺭﺃﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﻨﻢ!!‪.‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﺃﻏﲎ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺎﺀ ﺑﺎﷲ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﰲ‬ ‫ﻳﺪﻩ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻮﺯﻋﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﲑﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺜﻖ ﲤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﻣﻌﻪ ﻭﻳﺘﻮﻻﻩ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺘﺨﻠﻰ ﻋﻨﻪ‬ ‫ﻃﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﲔ ﻭﻻ ﺃﻗﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺭﻭﺝ ﻓﻜﺮﺓ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﻓﻘﲑ ﻭﻳ‪‬ﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮ ﻫﻢ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺃﻭﺭﺑﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺮﻭﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺩ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺷﺎﻋﻮﺍ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻘﲑ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺣﺒ‪‬ﺐ ﺇﱃ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳍﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺰﳝﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻏﲎ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺎﺀ ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺭﰊ ﻭﺗﺴﻠﻴﻤﺎﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺁﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺒﲔ ﻭﺻﺤﺎﺑﺘﻪ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺭﻛﲔ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ١٤٣‬اﻟﺪَّﯾﻠﻤﻲ ﺑﺴﻨﺪٍ ﺿﻌﯿﻒٍ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﯾﺚ اﺑﻦ ﻋﺒّﺎس‪ ،‬اﻟﺪرر اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺜﺮة‬ ‫‪ ١٤٤‬ﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ ﺳﻌﯿﺪ اﻟﺨﺪري ‪t‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺳﺆﺍﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﳌﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺮﺓ؟‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻤﻴﺎﹰ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺷﻌﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﲣﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﲔ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻧﺮﺍﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﺩ ﺍﻵﺩﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻧﻈﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺏ ﻭﺍﻷﻡ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﳊﻨﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻄﻒ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻔﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﲪﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺍﻷﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻡ ﻓﺘﺠﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺰﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﻀﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﻠﻈﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺴﻮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺪﺓ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺣ‪‬ﺮﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﺍﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﳌﺎﺫﺍ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺿﺎﻉ؟ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺬﺍﺀ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻧﻈﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻡ ﻟﻄﻔﻠﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﺮﺿﻌﻪ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺗﺄﺛﲑﺍﹰ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺒﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻠﱭ ﻳ‪‬ﻄﻌﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻈﺎﻡ ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﺍﺕ ﺗ‪‬ﻌﻄﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﺍﳊﻨﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻄﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻔﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺃﻓﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﲪﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﺮﺿﻊ ﺍﻷﻡ ﻃﻔﻠﻬﺎ ﲡﺪﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﺑ‪‬ﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻌﺮﻩ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺴﻤﻪ ‪ ...‬ﻛﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳ‪‬ﻜﺴﺒﻪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺒﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﻠﻮ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺇﱃ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﳑﻠﻮﺀ ﺑﺎﳊﻘﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺮﻩ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻐﺾ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘ‪‬ﺘﺮﺟﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺣﻘﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﻷﺣﺴﺎﺩ ﰲ ﻧﻈﺮﺍﺕ ﺣﺴﻴﺔ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ‪:‬‬ ‫¡ ‪y‬‬ ‫‪| m‬‬ ‫‪y #Œs )Î ‰‬‬ ‫™ >‬ ‫‪Å %n‬‬ ‫© ‪t •hÌ‬‬ ‫) ‪x `BÏ ru‬‬ ‫‪) ( ÇÎÈ ‰‬ﺍﻟﻔﻠﻖ(‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﻣﻠﻲﺀ ﺑﺎﳊﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﲪﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ ﻭﻧﻈﺮ ﱄ‪ ،‬ﻫﻞ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﺃﻡ ﻻ‬ ‫ﻳﺆﺛﺮ؟ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻧﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺳﻠﲔ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻣﺮﻧﺎ؟ ﺍﷲ ﰱ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ )‪١٠٤‬ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ(‪:‬‬ ‫‪( #( qèã J‬‬ ‫™ ‪y‬‬ ‫‪ó #$ ru $Rt •ö à‬‬ ‫‪Ý R#$ #( q9ä q%è ru $Zu ã‬‬ ‫)‪Ï º‘u #( q9ä q‬‬ ‫‪à ?s w‬‬ ‫‪Ÿ #( qYã Bt #äu ú‬‬ ‫‪š‬‬ ‫‪ï%‬‬ ‫‪Ï !© #$ $g‬‬ ‫) ‪y ƒ• 'r »¯ ƒt‬‬

‫ﻭﺳﺎﻕ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺭﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺀ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻘﻒ ﻟﻪ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﻃﺎﺋﻔﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﻓﻤﺮﺓ ﺗﻘﻒ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻛﻞ ﺣﻠﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﺗﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﺎﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻧﻈﺮﱐ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‬ ‫‪ :r‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺃﺧﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺟﱪﻳﻞ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺇﺑﻠﻴﺲ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮﱐ ﻳﺎ ﳏﻤﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺎ ﺃﺧﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺟﱪﻳﻞ؟ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺇﺑﻠﻴﺲ‪ ،‬ﺇﺑﻠﻴﺲ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﻧﻈﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪!!r‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺩﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺎﺭﻯ ‪ ...‬ﺍﻟﻜﻞ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮﻧﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ‬ ‫ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻈﺮﺓ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﻭﺗﺮﻓﻊ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﺍﺋﻢ ‪ t‬ﻭﺃﺭﺿﺎﻩ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻟـــﻮ ﻧﻈـــﺮة ﻣﻨـــﻪ ﻹﺑﻠـــﻴﺲ اﻧﻤﺤـــﺖ‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻟﻘﻲ ﺇﺑﻠﻴﺲ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪:‬‬

‫ﻋﻨــــﻪ اﻟﺸــــﻘﺎوة ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻄــــﺎ اﳌــــﺪارر‬

‫} ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺃﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺻﻄﻔﺎﻙ ﺍﷲ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻻﺗﻪ ﻭﻛﻠﻤﻚ ﺗﻜﻠﻴﻤﺎﹰ ﺇﺫ‬ ‫ﺗﺒﺖ ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺗﻮﺏ ﻓﺎﺷﻔﻊ ﱄ ﺇﱃ ﺭﰊ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻮﺏ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ‪ .‬ﻓﺪﻋﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺭﺑﻪ ﻓﻘﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻗﺪ ﻗﻀﻴﺖ ﺣﺎﺟﺘﻚ‪. ،‬ﻓﻠﻘﻲ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺇﺑﻠﻴﺲ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻗﺪ ﺃﻣﺮﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺠﺪ ﻟﻘﱪ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻭﻳﺘﺎﺏ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﺳﺘﻜﱪ ﻭﻏﻀﺐ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﱂ ﺃﺳﺠﺪ‬ ‫‪١٤٥‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺎﹰ ﺃﺃﺳﺠﺪ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻴﺘﺎ؟ {‬ ‫ﻓﺄﺭﺍﺩ ﺇﺑﻠﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻧﻈﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﱂ ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﻟﻪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﺓ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺗﻔﻌﻞ ﻟﻨﺎ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﺍﺋﻢ ‪:t‬‬ ‫ﻣــﻦ ﻧﻈــﺮة ﻳﺮﺗﻘــﻲ اﳌﻄﻠــﻮب ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻌــ ًﺎ‬

‫ﻗــــﺪس اﳉﻼﻟــــﺔ ﰲ ﺣــــﺎل اﳌﻨﺎﺟــــﺎة‬

‫ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺍﳋﻄﺎﺏ ‪ t‬ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻒ ﻭﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺘﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﻟﲑﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ‬ ‫ﲨﻴﻌﺎﹰ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺑﺰﻋﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺼﺎﺩﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪:r‬‬ ‫} ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ‬ﺍﻹِﺳ‪‬ﻼﻡ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﺨ‪‬ﻄﱠﺎﺏﹺ ﺧ‪‬ﺎﺻ‪‬ﺔﹰ {‬

‫‪١٤٦‬‬

‫ﺟﺎﺀﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻒ ﻟﻴﻘﺘﻞ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺩﺧﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﺳﻠﻢ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺳﻠﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺃﹶﻟﹶﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﻖ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﺣ‪‬ﻴﹺﻴﻨ‪‬ﺎ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ‪ :r‬ﺑ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴِﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﹺﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﻖ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﺣ‪‬ﻴﹺﻴﺘ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻋﻤﺮ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻘﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻔ‪‬ﻴﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻻﺧ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻔﹶﺎﺀُ؟‬ ‫‪ ١٤٥‬اﻟ ﺪر اﻟﻤﻨﺜ ﻮر أﺧﺮﺟ ﮫ اﺑ ﻦ أﺑ ﻲ اﻟ ﺪﻧﯿﺎ ﻓ ﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﯾ ﺪ اﻟﺸ ﯿﻄﺎن ﻋ ﻦ اﺑ ﻦ ﻋﻤ ﺮ‪ ،‬وﻛ ﺬا ﻓ ﻰ ﺗﻠﺒ ﯿﺲ إﺑﻠ ﯿﺲ واﻹﺣﯿ ﺎء‪ ،.‬وﺗﻤﺎﻣ ﮫ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻔﺎﺋﺪة‪ } :‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﺎل إﺑﻠﯿﺲ‪ :‬ﯾﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ إن ﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺣﻘﺎً ﺑﻤﺎ ﺷﻔﻌﺖ ﻟﻲ إﻟﻰ رﺑﻚ ﻓﺎذﻛﺮﻧﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺛﻼث ﻻ أھﻠﻜ ﻚ ﻓ ﯿﮭﻦ‪ .‬اذﻛﺮﻧ ﻲ ﺣ ﯿﻦ‬ ‫ﺗﻐﻀﺐ ﻓﺈﻧﻲ أﺟﺮي ﻣﻨﻚ ﻣﺠﺮى اﻟﺪم‪ ،‬واذﻛﺮﻧﻲ ﺣﯿﻦ ﺗﻠﻘﻰ اﻟﺰﺣﻒ ﻓﺈﻧﻲ آﺗﻲ اﺑﻦ آدم ﺣﯿﻦ ﯾﻠﻘﻰ اﻟﺰﺣﻒ‪ .‬ﻓﺎذﻛﺮه وﻟ ﺪه وزوﺟﺘ ﮫ‬ ‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﯾﻮﻟﻲ‪ ،‬وإﯾﺎك أن ﺗﺠﺎﻟﺲ اﻣﺮأة ﻟﯿﺴﺖ ﺑﺬات ﻣﺤﺮم ﻓﺈﻧﻲ رﺳﻮﻟﮭﺎ إﻟﯿﻚ ورﺳﻮﻟﻚ إﻟﯿﮭﺎ {‬ ‫‪ ١٤٦‬ﺳﻨﻦ اﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﺔ واﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺪرك ﻋﻦ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ رﺿﻲ اﷲ ﻋﻨﮭﺎ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺨﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﻩ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺻ‪‬ﻔﱠﻴ‪‬ﻦﹺ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺓﹸ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺜﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺎﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﻖ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﺘ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻵﺧ‪‬ﺮﹺ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺪ‪‬ﻳﺪ‪) ‬ﺃﻱ ﺻﻮﺕ(ﻛﹶﻜﹶﺪ‪‬ﻳﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻄﱠﺤ‪‬ﲔﹺ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹾﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺠﹺﺪ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻨ‪‬ﻈﹶﺮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻲ‪ ‬ﻗﹸﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺶ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺓﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺻ‪‬ﺎﺑ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺂﺑ‪‬ﺔﹲ ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺜﹾﻠﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﻧﹺﻲ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺌ‪‬ﺬ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻔﹶﺎﺭ‪‬ﻭﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﻕ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﻖ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﹾﺒ‪‬ﺎﻃ‪‬ﻞﹺ {‬

‫‪١٤٧‬‬

‫ﻓﺄﻋﻠﻦ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻋﺰ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺑﻌﻤﺮ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻧﻈﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،r‬ﻫﺬﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﺓ ﺣﻮﻟﺖ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺘﻞ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺇﱃ ﺭﺟﻞ ﺃﻋ ‪‬ﺰ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﷲ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻋﻠﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﺓ ﺟﻌﻠﺖ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻳﺬﻫﺐ ﲟﻔﺮﺩﻩ ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ ﺇﱃ ﻛﻔﺎﺭ ﻗﺮﻳﺶ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻋﺰﻭﺓ‬ ‫ﻭﺻﻨﺎﺩﻳﺪ ﻭﺃﺑﻄﺎﻝ ﻭﻣﻠﺘﻔﲔ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻌﺒﺔ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﳍﻢ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺜﻜﻠﻪ ﺃﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺗ‪‬ﺮﻣﻞ ﺯﻭﺟﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻳ‪‬ﻴﺘﻢ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻩ ﻓﻠﻴﺘﺒﻌﲏ ﺧﻠﻒ ﻫﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺩﻱ!! ﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ؟!‬ ‫ﻭﺧﺮﺝ ﻭﻣﻌﻪ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﻮﻥ ﺭﺟﻼﹰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻔﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﳚﺮﺅ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﻥ ﳜﺮﺝ ﺧﻠﻔﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﻫﺒﺔ ﺳﺒﺒﻬﺎ ﻧﻈﺮﺓ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪.r‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺑﻮﺍﻟﻌﺰﺍﺋﻢ ‪ t‬ﻭﺃﺭﺿﺎﻩ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻟﻮ ﻧﻈﺮة ﻗﺪﺳـﻴﺔ واﺟﻬـﺖ ﻣﺒﻌـﺪا‬ ‫واﺟــﻪ اﻟﺼــﺪﻳﻖ ﻧﻔﺴــﺎ ﻓــﺎرﺗﻘﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻫـﻮ اﻟﺼـﺪﻳﻖ ﻗﺒـﻞ ﺷـﻬﻮدﻫﺎ‬

‫أﺿــــﺤﻰ ﻣﻬﻨــــﻰ ﺑــــﺎﻟﻜﲈل‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻌــﻼ ﻣــﺘﺠﻤﻼ ﺣﻠــﻞ اﳉــﲈل‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻫـﻮ اﻟﻔـﺎروق ﺳـ ﱢﻠﻢ ﻟﻠﻤﻘـﺎل‬

‫ﻭﻛﻞ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻓﲔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻧﻈﺮﺓ ﺑﺼﻔﺎﺀ ﻭﺻﺪﻕ ﻭﻳﻘﲔ ﺗﺮﻓﻊ ﳘﻢ ﺍﳌﺮﻳﺪﻳﻦ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﲡﻌﻠﻬﻢ ﻳﺘﺤﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺮﺏ ﻭﻃﲔ ﺇﱃ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺷﻔﺎﻓﺔ ﰲ ﻣﻠﻜﻮﺕ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﲔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺻﺤﺒﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‬

‫‪ ١٤٧‬ﺣﻠﯿﺔ اﻷوﻟﯿﺎء ودﻻﺋﻞ اﻟﻨﺒﻮة ﻷﺑﻲ ﻧﻌﯿﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

r r

r r

r



r

 r

  







١٤٨r r

r

r

 r

‫ﻟﹶﻢ‬‫ ﻭ‬،‫ﻈﹶﺎﻓﹶﺔ‬‫ﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﻨ‬‫ ﻋ‬‫ﻼﻡ‬‫ﻰ ﺍﻹِﺳ‬‫ﻨ‬‫ ﺑ‬‫ ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‬‫ﻢ‬‫ﺘ‬‫ﻄﹶﻌ‬‫ﺘ‬‫ﺎ ﺍﺳ‬‫ﻈﱠﻔﹸﻮﺍ ﺑﹺﻜﹸﻞﱢ ﻣ‬‫ﻨ‬‫} ﺗ‬ ١٤٩

{ ‫ﻴﻒ‬‫ﻈ‬‫ﺔﹶ ﺇﹺﻻ ﻛﹸﻞﱡ ﻧ‬‫ﻨ‬‫ﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‬‫ﺧ‬‫ﺪ‬‫ﻳ‬

‫ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﺧﱪﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ‬،‫ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﻓﻮﺩ ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ‬r ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ‬ :‫ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‬‫ﺁﺓ‬‫ﺮ‬‫ﻲ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‬‫ ﻓ‬‫ﻈﹶﺮ‬‫ ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻧ‬r ‫ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‬‫ﺳ‬‫ ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺭ‬:‫ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‬ :‫ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‬،١٥٠{ ‫ﻲ‬‫ﻠﹸﻘ‬‫ ﺧ‬‫ﻦ‬‫ﺴ‬‫ﻲ ﻓﹶﺤ‬‫ﻠﹾﻘ‬‫ ﺧ‬‫ﺖ‬‫ﻨ‬‫ﺴ‬‫ﺎ ﺣ‬‫ ﻛﹶﻤ‬‫ﻢ‬‫} ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻬ‬ ١٥١

{ ‫ﺎﻝﹶ‬‫ﻤ‬‫ ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‬‫ﺐ‬‫ﺤ‬‫ﻴﻞﹲ ﻳ‬‫ﻤ‬‫ ﺟ‬‫} ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‬ ‫ﻋﻲ ﳏﺒﺔ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‬‫ ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﻗﻮﻝ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺣﱴ ﻧﻨﺘﺒﻪ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺪ‬،‫ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﺷﻌﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻣﺔ‬ ‫ ﻭﻗﺬﺍﺭﺓ ﰲ‬،‫ ﻭﻗﺬﺍﺭﺓ ﰲ ﻣﻼﺑﺴﻬﻢ‬،‫ﻢ‬‫ ﻭﻧﺮﻯ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻗﺬﺍﺭﺓ ﰲ ﺃﺑﺪﺍ‬،‫ﺪﻳﻪ‬ ‫ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﺴﻚ‬r ‫ﺠﺎﻓﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﳌﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬‫ ﻟﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻴﻘﲔ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﻣ‬،‫ﻢ‬‫ ﻭﻗﺬﺍﺭﺓ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻻ‬،‫ﻢ‬‫ﺑﻴﻮ‬ .r ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ‬ ‫م‬٢٠١٤/٣/٦ ‫ھـ‬١٤٣٥ ‫ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻤﺎد اﻷول‬٥ – ‫ اﻟﻤﻌﺎدي – اﻟﺨﻤﯿﺲ‬١٤٨ t ‫ اﻟﺘﺪوﯾﻦ ﻟﻠﺮاﻓﻌﻲ ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ ھﺮﯾﺮة‬١٤٩ ‫ اﻷﻧﻮار ﻓﻲ ﺷﻤﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﻟﻠﺤﺴﯿﻦ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮد‬١٥٠ t ‫ ﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ اﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮد‬١٥١ 

{}r



‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺃﻗﻮﻝ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﺘﻘﺮﺑﻮﻥ ﺇﱃ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺃ‪‬ﻢ ﳎﺎﺫﻳﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃ‪‬ﻢ ﺃﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃ‪‬ﻢ ﻣ‪‬ﺠﺎﺑﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻳ‪‬ﻨﺎﰲ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ‬ ‫ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﰲ ﻫﺪﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺻﺤﺒﻪ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺭﻛﲔ ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺗﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﺃﲨﻌﲔ‪.‬‬

‫‪r‬‬ ‫ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﻬﺘﻢ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺟﺴﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻳﻬﺘﻢ ﺑﻌﻴﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻜﺤﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺀ ﺍﶈﻘﻖ ﻟﻠﺸﻔﺎﺀ ﻷﻣﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﲔ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻜﺘﺤﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻟﻴﻠﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﺎﻡ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻷﻧﻪ ‪ r‬ﻫﺎﺩﻳﺎﹰ ﻣﻬﺪﻳﺎﹰ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻋﻠﱠﻤﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﻠﻴﺚ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺃﻣﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻭﹺﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻮﹺﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪١٥٢‬‬

‫ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﳝﺴﻚ ﺍﳌﺮﻭﺩ ﻭﻳﻀﻊ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻴ‪‬ﻤﲎ ﺛﻼﺙ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ ﺛﻼﺙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺩﺃﺑﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﳌﻜﺤﻠﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻔﺎﺭﻗﻪ ﰲ ﺳﻔﺮ ﻭﻻ ﺣﻀﺮ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺧ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺣ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺮﹴ ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﺳ‪‬ﻔﹶﺮﹴ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺁﺓﹸ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻜﹾﺤ‪‬ﻠﹶﺔﹸ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻂﹸ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﻙ‪{ ‬‬ ‫ﻭﰲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻛﹸﻬ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺳ‪‬ﻔﹶﺮﹴ ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﺣ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺮﹴ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘﹶﺎﺭ‪‬ﻭﺭ‪‬ﺓﹸ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻂﹸ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺁﺓﹸ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻜﹾﺤ‪‬ﻠﹶﺔﹸ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻘﹶﺼ‪‬ﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﻯ {‬

‫‪١٥٣‬‬

‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺼﻄﺤﺒﻬﺎ ﺩﻭﻣﺎﹰ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺃﺣﻮﺍﻟﻪ ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺭﰊ ﻭﺗﺴﻠﻴﻤﺎﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺄﻣﺮ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺤﻞ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺎﻟﹾﺈﹺﺛﹾﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶ ﹺﺈﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮ ﺍﻟﹾﺒ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺮ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪١٥٤‬‬

‫‪ ١٥٢‬ﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي وأﺑﻲ داود ﻋﻦ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻦ أﺑﻲ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ١٥٣‬ﺗﺎرﯾﺦ ﺑﻐﺪاد ﻟﻠﺨﻄﯿﺐ اﻟﺒﻐﺪادي‬ ‫‪ ١٥٤‬ﺳﻨﻦ اﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﺔ واﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﻋﻦ اﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ‪y‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻹﲦﺪ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻜﺤﻞ ﰲ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻧﻪ‬ ‫‪ r‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﻓﺨﺮ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺃﹶﻳ‪ّ‬ﻮﺏ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴ‪ّ‬ﺨ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻧﹺﻲ‪ }:ّ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺁﻧﹺﻲ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻮ ﻗ‪‬ﻼﺑ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﺷ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍ ﺭ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﻳﺌﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹶّ‬ ‫‪١٥٥‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻠﹶّﻪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻉ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻛﹸﻞﹺّ ﺭ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﻱﺀٍ ﺑ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻛﹶﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪. { ‬‬ ‫ﺃﻱ ﺷﻲﺀ ﺭﺩﻱﺀ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺑﺮﻛﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺩﻱﺀ ﻳ‪‬ﻤﺮﺽ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﺼﺤﺢ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱪﻛﺔ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎﹰ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻲﺀ ﺍﳉﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﺮﺍﻋﻲ ﺍﳉﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲﺀ‬ ‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺭﰊ ﻭﺗﺴﻠﻴﻤﺎﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻳﻀﺎﹰ ﺃﺫﹶﻛﱢﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺇﺧﻮﺍﱐ ﻷ‪‬ﻢ ﻳﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺘﺸﺪﻗﻮﻥ ﺑﺄ‪‬ﻢ ﻳﺴﺘﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﳊﺒﻴﺐ‬ ‫ﳝﺴﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺄﺭﺩﺉ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻮ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺰﻋﻤﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ!! ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻏﲑ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺜﻼﹰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﻙ ﻋﻮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺠﺮ ﺍﻷﺭﺍﻙ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﻱ ﺷﺠﺮ‬ ‫ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﻙ ﺇﱃ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﰎ ﺗﺒﺨﲑﻩ)ﺃﻯ ﺗﻌﻘﻴﻤﻪ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﻴﺎﹰ(‪ ،‬ﻭﰎ‬ ‫ﺗﺴﻮﻳﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﰎ ﻭﺿﻌﻪ ﰲ ﻏﻼﻑ‪ ،‬ﺃﻳﻬﻤﺎ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﻙ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳ‪‬ﻠﻘﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺻﻴﻒ؟! ﻻ‬ ‫ﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﳉﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪.r‬‬ ‫ﻭﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﺗﻐﲑﺕ ﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻇﻬﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺜﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻌﲎ ﺃﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺤﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ ﻭﺃﺣﺮ‪‬ﻡ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻮﺍﻩ ﻛﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﺘﺸﺪﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﳉﺎﻫﻠﲔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺴﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﺍﺀ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﺧﺒ‪‬ﺮ ﻋﻦ‬ ‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺗ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍﻭ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ U ‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻝﹾ ﺩ‪‬ﺍﺀً ﺇﹺﻻ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻝﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻔﹶﺎﺀً {‬

‫‪١٥٦‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﻖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺩ‪‬ﺍﺀً ﺇﹺﻻ ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﻖ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺩ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺀً‪ ،‬ﻋ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻓﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻓﹶﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻬﹺﻠﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﻬﹺﻠﹶﻪ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪١٥٧‬‬

‫ﻓﻬﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﺩﻭﻳﺔ ﻋﺮﻓﻬﺎ ﺃﻫﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﺗﻜﻦ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻓﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺑﻘﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﳌﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﳓﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﲔ ﻷ‪‬ﻤﺎ ﻋﻀﻮ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ‬ ‫‪ ١٥٥‬ﺳﯿﺮ أﻋﻼم اﻟﻨﺒﻼء‬ ‫‪ ١٥٦‬ﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي وﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ ﻋﻦ أﺳﺎﻣﺔ ﺑﻦ ﺷﺮﯾﻚ ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ١٥٧‬اﻟﻄﺒﺮاﻧﻲ واﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ ﺳﻌﯿﺪ اﻟﺨﺪري ‪t‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻟﻺﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺃﻛﺮﻣﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ‪ ،U‬ﺇﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻄﺮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﳌﺮﺍﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻨﻈﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻤﺸﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﻨﻈﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﻘﺮﺍﺀﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﻲ ﻭﺁﺧﺮ ﻟﻠﻘﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﻛﻤﺎ ﳛﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﰿ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺟﺮﻯ ﻟﻠﻌﲔ ﺃﻱ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻳﻌﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ‪ ‬ﺃﻥ ﺃﺳﺎﺭﻉ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﰿ ﻷﺟﻠﻮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮ ﻷﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺪﻳﻪ ‪ r‬ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬

‫‪r‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﻬﺘﻢ ﺑﺸﻌﺮﻩ ﻛﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺷﻌﺮ ﺭﺃﺳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷﻌﺮ ﳊﻴﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷﻌﺮ ﺷﺎﺭﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷﻌﺮ ﺟﺴﻤﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻛﻞ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻟﻪ ﻗﺴﻂ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺀﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻴﻢ ‪ ،r‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺷﻌﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺴﺒﲔ ﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹾﻴ‪‬ﻜﹾﺮﹺﻣ‪‬ﻪ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪١٥٨‬‬

‫ﻭﺇﻛﺮﺍﻣﻪ ﺑﺎﳌﺪﺍﻭﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﺴﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﶈﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺴﺮﳛﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳ‪‬ﺴﺮﺡ ﺷﻌﺮﻩ ﻷﻧﻪ‬ ‫‪ r‬ﳋﺼﻮﺻﻴﺘﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻷﻣﺮ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﱂ ﳛﻠﻖ ﺷﻌﺮﻩ ﺇﻻ ﰲ ﻣﻨﺴﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﻚ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻋﻤﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﰲ ﺣﺞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻢ ﳛﻠﻘﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﳓﻠﻖ ﳓﻦ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﻧﺘﺄﺳﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺔ ﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪.r‬‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻳ‪‬ﺴﺮ‪‬ﺣﻮﻥ ﺷﻌﻮﺭﻫﻢ ﻭﻳ‪‬ﱰﻟﻮ‪‬ﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻓﻔﻌﻞ ‪ r‬ﺫﻟﻚ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺩﻋﻮﺗﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺎﹰ ﳍﻢ ﺗﻠﻄﻔﺎﹰ ‪‬ﻢ ﻟﻴﺪﺧﻠﻮﺍ ﰲ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﻕ ﺷﻌﺮ ﺭﺃﺳﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳍﻴﺌﺔ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺮﺀ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺒﻌﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺒﻌﻪ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓﹰ‬ ‫ﻧﻈﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮ ﻭﺍﳊﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺴﺮﳛﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪.r‬‬ ‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎﹰ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﻳﺘﺮﻙ ﳊﻴﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻴﺔ ﺳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﺮﻳﻀﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺪ‪‬ﻋﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﺘﺸﺪﺩﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻨﺎ ﻟﻮ ﺟﻌﻠﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻓﺮﻳﻀﺔ ﻟﺸﺪ‪‬ﺩﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﺟﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﺳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺃﺟﺮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﱂ ﻳﻔﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺳﺆﺍﻝ ﻭﻻ ﺫﻧﺐ ﻭﻻ ﻋﻘﺎﺏ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭﻩ ﺃﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﺪﻟﲔ ﰲ ﻣﺬﺍﻫﺒﻬﻢ؛ ﺃﻥ ﺇﻋﻔﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻴﺔ ﺳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫‪.r‬‬ ‫‪ ١٥٨‬ﺳﻨﻦ أﺑﻲ داود واﻟﻄﺒﺮاﻧﻲ ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ ھﺮﯾﺮة ‪t‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳ‪‬ﺴﺮ‪‬ﺡ ﳊﻴﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺩﻭﻣﺎﹰ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺮﺁﺓ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺄﰐ ﺿﻴﻔﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎﹰ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﻣﻦ ﻃﻮﳍﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎﹰ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﻞ ﺍﳍﻴﺌﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺻﺎﳊﺔ ﻷﻣﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﺪ‪‬ﻋﻲ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﻭﻏﲑﻩ ﺧﻼﻑ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﻳﺼﺒﻎ ﳊﻴﺘﻪ ﻷﻧﻪ ‪ r‬ﱂ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻪ ﰲ ﳊﻴﺘﻪ ﺇﻻ ﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺸﺮﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺷﻌﺮﺓ ﺑﻴﻀﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﺃﺑﺎﺡ ﺍﳋﻀﺎﺏ – ﺍﻟﺼﺒﻎ – ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮ ﻷﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺑﻜﺮ ﻭﻏﲑﻩ ﳜﻀﺒﻮﻥ ﳊﻴﺘﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺷﻌﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﳜﻀﺒﻪ ﺑﺎﳊﻨﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺄﺗﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻰ ﻛﺎﻥ ﳛﺪﺙ ﻟﻪ ﺻﺪﺍﻉ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﳚﻌﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺭﺃﺳﻪ ﺍﳊﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻮﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳ‪‬ﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﺍﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺣﻀﺮﺗﻪ ‪.r‬‬ ‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺻﺒﻎ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮ ﺑﺄﻱ ﻟﻮﻥ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻭﻟﻮ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺩ ﻓﻼ ﺑﺄﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﻷﻧﻨﺎ ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻳ‪‬ﺤﺮ‪‬ﻡ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻠﺮﺟﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﳌﺎﺫﺍ ﺗ‪‬ﺤﺮﻡ ﻃﻴﺒﺎﺕ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺣﻞﱠ ﺍﷲ ‪U‬؟! ﻫﻮ ﺣﺮﺍﻡ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺇﺫﺍ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺮﺀ ﻣﻘﺒﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﺝ ﻭﺷﻌﺮﻩ ﻗﺪ ﺷﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺠﻌﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺳﻪ ﺻﺒﻐﺔ ﻟﻴﻐﺶ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺘﻘﺪﻡ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﳋﻄﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻪ ﺑﻐﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻓﻠﻴﺼﺒﻎ ﺷﻌﺮﻩ ﲟﺎ ﺷﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻦ ﺣﺮﺝ ﰲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺼﺒﻐﻦ ﺷﻌﺮﻫﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺄﻱ ﻟﻮﻥ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻃﻴﺐ ﺣﱴ ﻻ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮ ﺑﺴﻮﺀ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺗﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻴﺔ ﺳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﻭﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻓﺮﻳﻀﺔ ﳌﻦ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ‪:r‬‬ ‫} ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﻔﹸﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﺭﹺﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻔﹸﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻠﱢﺤ‪‬ﻰ {‬

‫‪١٥٩‬‬

‫ﻭﻟﺬﺍﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﺘﺮﻙ ﺷﺎﺭﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺄﻣﺮ ﺑﻘﺼﻪ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﲝﻠﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻘﺼﻪ ﻛﻞ ﲨﻌﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻘﺺ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺯﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻢ ﺣﱴ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ‪:r‬‬ ‫} ﻗﹸﺼ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﺭﹺﺏ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﻔﹶﺎﻩ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪١٦٠‬‬

‫ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻧﺮﻯ ﺃﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻴﺔ ﻗﺪ ﻛﺮ‪‬ﻫﻮﺍ ﺣﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺭﺏ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﻗﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺃﺓ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺃﻭﺟﺐ ﰲ ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺪ ﺣﺎﻟﻖ ﺷﺎﺭﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺛﻼﺛﲔ ﺟﻠﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﺃﺻﺒﺢ ﺷﺒﻴﻬﺎﹰ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﻯ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ‪ y‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ ١٥٩‬اﻟﺼﺤﯿﺤﯿﻦ اﻟﺒﺨﺎري وﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ اﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ‪y‬‬ ‫‪ ١٦٠‬ﻣﻌﺠﻢ اﻟﻄﺒﺮاﻧﻲ ﻋﻦ اﻟﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﯿﺮ ‪t‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫} ﻟﹶﻌ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻬﹺﲔ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺎﻝﹺ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﻨ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺎﺀِ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎﺕ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺎﺀِ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺎﻝﹺ {‬

‫‪١٦١‬‬

‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﻳ‪‬ﺼﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﻮﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﻠﻎ ﻣﻨﺎﻩ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﻪ ﳜﺎﻟﻒ ﻣﻨﻬﺞ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ ﻭﺍﻷﺋﻤﺔ ‪ y‬ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻭﺣﲔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﻳﻘﺺ ﺷﺎﺭﺑﻪ ﻛﻞ ﲨﻌﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﳉﻤﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺑﺎﺡ ﺍﻷﺋﻤﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺼﻨﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺼﺮ ﺍﳋﻤﻴﺲ ﺇﱃ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﳉﻤﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺠﻌﻞ ﺷﺎﺭﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻴﻬﺎﹰ ﻭﻻ ﻳﱰﻝ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺷﻲﺀ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻔﺘﲔ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺆﺩﺑﺎﹰ ﺑﺄﺩﺏ ﺍﻷﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪،r‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻨﻬﻰ ﻋﻦ ﻧﺘﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺐ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺷﺎﺏ‪ ‬ﺷﻴﺒﺔﹰ ﰲ ﺍﻹِﺳﻼﻡﹺ؛ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﻪ ﻧﻮﺭﺍﹰ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪١٦٢‬‬

‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﻠﻢ ﺃﻇﻔﺎﺭﻩ ﻛﻞ ﲬﺴﺔ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻣﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻪ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺒﺎﺑﺔ ﰒ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻳﺮﺟﻊ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻹ‪‬ﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺼﻨﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻴﻤﲔ ﺃﻭﻻﹰ ﰒ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺘﻴﺎﻣﻦ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺃﺣﻮﺍﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺧﱪﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ‪:y‬‬ ‫} ﻛﺎﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ‪ ّ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺐ‪ ّ‬ﺍﻟﺘ‪ّ‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﰲ ﻛﹸﻞﹺّ ﺷﻲﺀٍ ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪ّ‬ﻰ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘ‪ّ‬ﺮﺟ‪ّ‬ﻞﹺ ﻭﺍﻻﻧﺘﻌ‪‬ﺎﻝﹺ {‬

‫‪١٦٣‬‬

‫ﻭﱂ ﻳﺮﺩ ﰲ ﺧﱪ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻣﻔﻀﻞ ﻟﻘﺺ ﺍﻷﻇﺎﻓﺮ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ‪ r‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻘﺺ‬ ‫ﺃﻇﺎﻓﺮﻩ ﻛﻞ ﲬﺴﺔ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻣﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﳛﻠﻖ ﻋﺎﻧﺘﻪ ﻭﻣﺎ ﲢﺖ ﺇﺑﻄﻴﻪ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺓ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻭﻗﱠﺖ ﻷﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﻧﺲ ‪:t‬‬ ‫} ﻭ‪‬ﻗﱠﺖ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﺣ‪‬ﻠﹾﻖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺎﻧ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻘﹾﻠ‪‬ﻴﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻷَﻇﹾﻔﹶﺎﺭﹺ ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺺ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺﺏﹺ ﻭ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻒ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻹِﺑﹺﻂ‪ ‬ﻛﻞﱠ ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡﹴ ﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹰ {‬

‫‪١٦٤‬‬

‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﺧﲑﻛﻢ ﻣﻦ ﳝﺸﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳍﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻱ ﻟﺴﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ١٦١‬ﺻﺤﯿﺢ اﻟﺒﺨﺎري وﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي‬ ‫‪ ١٦٢‬رواه اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي‪ ،‬واﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ‪ .‬ﻋﻦ ﻛﻌﺐِ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺮَّة‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﻜﺎة اﻟﻤﺼﺎﺑﯿﺢ‬ ‫‪ ١٦٣‬ﻋﻦ ﻣﺴﺮوقٍ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔَ ﺻﺤﯿﺢ اﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎن‬ ‫‪ ١٦٤‬ﺻﺤﯿﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ وﺳﻨﻦ أﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي وأﺑﻲ داود‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪r‬‬

‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺣﺮﻳﺼﺎﹰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﻨﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﻨﺎﻥ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻳﺄﻣﺮﻫﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻮﺍﻙ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺳﺘ‪‬ﺎﻛﹸﻮﺍ {‬ ‫} ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺍﻛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺄﹾﺗ‪‬ﻮﻧﹺﻲ ﻗﹸﻠﹾﺤ‪‬ﺎ؟ ﺍ ‪‬‬

‫‪١٦٥‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﻠﺤﺎﹰ ﺃﻱ ﺃﺳﻨﺎﻧﻜﻢ ﻣﺼﻔﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻜﻮ‪‬ﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻀﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻣﺮﻏﺒﺎﹰ ﳍﻢ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻟﹶﻮ‪‬ﻻ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﻖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻲ ﻷَﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺴ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﻙ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻛﹸﻞﱢ ﺻ‪‬ﻼﺓ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪١٦٦‬‬

‫ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﰲ ﻓﻀﻠﻪ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻓﹶﻀ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻼﺓ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺴ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﻙ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻼﺓ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻐ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮﹺ ﺳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﻙ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﺿ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻔﹰﺎ {‬

‫‪١٦٧‬‬

‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪:‬ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﻘﻆ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﺩﺭ ﺇﱃ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﻙ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﻔﺎﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﻙ ﻟﻴﻼﹰ ﻭﻻ ‪‬ﺎﺭﺍﹰ ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺭﰊ ﻭﺗﺴﻠﻴﻤﺎﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﺃﺳﻨﺎﻧﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﳉﻮﺩﺓ ﺭﺍﺋﺤﺔ ﻓﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺣﺮﻳﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﳜﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻓﻮﺍﻩ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺋﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺒﺔ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﻇﻬﺮﺕ ﻣﻌﺎﺟﲔ ﺍﻷﺳﻨﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺮﺵ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﺳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﲪﻴﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻔﺮﺷﺎﺓ ﺗﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﻙ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻧﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﺴﺘﺎﻙ ﺑﻪ ﻭﳒﻌﻠﻪ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻟﻔﺮﺷﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﰲ ﻣﻌﺠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺳﻨﺎﻥ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻨﻈﻔﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻠﺮﺍﺋﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺒﺔ ﻛﺎﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ‬ ‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﻙ ﻟﻜﻦ ﻃﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺷﺌﺖ ﻓﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺷﺌﺖ ﻓﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻌﺠﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺳﻨﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺷﺌﺖ ﻓﺎﲨﻊ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﺫﺍﻙ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﲢﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳋﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﱰﻝ ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺎﺏ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻭﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻌﺎﺕ ﺣﱴ ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺮﻯ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻦ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺋﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ١٦٥‬ﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ واﻟﻄﺒﺮاﻧﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎس ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ١٦٦‬ﺻﺤﯿﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ وﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ ھﺮﯾﺮة ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ١٦٧‬ﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ واﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ رﺿﻲ اﷲ ﻋﻨﮭﺎ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻭﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺫﻟﻚ ﳌﻦ ﻳ‪‬ﻌﺎﱐ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻮﺀ ﺭﺍﺋﺤﺔ ﻓﻤﻪ ﻷﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺭﲟﺎ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺇﱃ‬ ‫ﺟﻮﻓﻪ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻷﺳﻨﺎﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﻄﺐ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺪﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﲞﺎﺥ ﻟﻠﻔﻢ‪ ،‬ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻓﻴ‪‬ﻌﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻢ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻀﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺥ ﰲ ﺭﻣﻀﺎﻥ ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻔﻄﺮ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻓﱴ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻤﻠﻜﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻮﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳋﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﱰﻝ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺎﺏ ﺇﱃ‬ ‫ﲨﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺴﺘﻮﺟﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺝ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻡ ﺧﱴ ﻻ‬ ‫ﻳﺸﻢ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺍﺋﺤﺔ ﻛﺮﻳﻬﺔ ﻳﺘﺄﺫﻯ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﺸﻢ ﻫﻲ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺭﺍﺋﺤﺔ ﻛﺮﻳﻬﺔ ﺗﺘﺄﺫﻯ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻣﺮ‬ ‫ﺳﻬﻞ ﻣﻴﺴﻮﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﻧﻈﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻢ ﻭﺍﻷﺳﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻀﻤﻀﺔ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺳﻮﺍﻙ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺠﻮﻥ ﻭﻏﲑﻩ‬ ‫ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ ﻟﻴﺘﺄﺳﻰ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪.r‬‬

‫‪r‬‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﰲ ﻫﻴﺌﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﺑﺸﺮ ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﻴﻞ ﰲ ﺷﺄﻧﻪ‪" :‬ﳏﻤﺪ ‪ r‬ﺑﺸﺮ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﺴﺎﺋﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ‪،‬ﻛﺎﻟﻴﺎﻗﻮﺕ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﺴﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﳊﺠﺮ" ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﺗﻮﻻﻩ ﻭﺃﳍﻤﻪ ﳌﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﳋﲑ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻜﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺍﷲ ﺟﻞ ﰲ ﻋﻼﻩ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳ‪‬ﺴﺮ ﻭﻳﻐﻀﺐ ﻭﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ ﻟﺸﺪﺓ ﺻﻔﺎﺀﻩ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺳ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻭﺟﻬﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻇﻬﺮﺕ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻏﻀﺐ ﻳﺘﻐﲑ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻀﺮﺏ‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﺮﻕ ﰲ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳊﺰﻥ ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺭﰊ ﻭﺗﺴﻠﻴﻤﺎﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﺃﻋﻄﺎﻧﺎ ﺭﻭﺷﺘﺔ ﻧﺒﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﺪﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻐﻀﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﺗﺴﻠﻢ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ‪ - r‬ﻛﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﱠﻤﻨﺎ – ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻗﻔﺎﹰ ﻭﻏﻀﺐ ﺟﻠﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺟﺎﻟﺴﺎﹰ ﻭﻏﻀﺐ ﺍﺿﻄﺠﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻀﻄﺠﻌﺎﹰ ﻭﻏﻀﺐ ﻗﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻗﻔﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺯﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻐﻀﺐ ﺧﺮﺝ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺯﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻐﻀﺐ‬ ‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﳊﺪ ﺗﻮﺿﺄ ﻭﺻﻠﱠﻰ ﺭﻛﻌﺘﲔ ﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﳌﻦ ﺣﻮﻟﻪ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﻀﺐ ﲨﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﺗﻄﻔﺄ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﺀ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫‪١٦٨‬‬

‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻏﻀﺐ ﺃﺣﺪﻛﻢ ﻓﻠﻴﺘﻮﺿﺄ {‬

‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻳ‪‬ﻄﻔﻲﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻮﺿﻮﺀ ﻳ‪‬ﻄﻔﻲﺀ ﻧﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﻀﺐ ﰲ ﺻﺪﺭ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻫﺪﻳﻪ ‪ r‬ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻐﻀﺐ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻗﻂ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﻐﻀﺐ ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻜﺖ ﺣﺮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫‪ ،U‬ﻳﻐﻀﺐ ﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻫﺘﻚ ﺷﺮﻉ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻳﻐﻀﺐ ﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺷﻴﺌﺎﹰ ﻳ‪‬ﻐﻀﺐ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻐﻀﺐ‬ ‫‪Ç ã‬‬ ‫`‬ ‫‪t Ú‬‬ ‫‪ó •Ì ã‬‬ ‫‪ô &r ru $‬‬ ‫‪Å •ó èã 9ø $$ /Î •ó Dß &ù ru qu ÿ‬‬ ‫‹ ‪ø èy 9ø #$‬‬ ‫{ ‪É‬‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﹸﺳﻲﺀ ﳊﻀﺮﺗﻪ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪è ) :U‬‬ ‫‪) ( ÇÊÒÒÈ ú‬ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﻑ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﳌﻦ ﻳﻐﻀﺐ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪š‬‬ ‫‪ü=Î g‬‬ ‫‪Î »gp :ø #$‬‬ ‫} ﺍﻟﻮﻳﻞ ﳌﻦ ﻳﻐﻀﺐ ﻭﻳﻨﺴﻰ ﻏﻀﺐ ﺍﷲ {‬

‫‪١٦٩‬‬

‫ﻓﻴﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﺄﺳﻰ ﲝﻀﺮﺗﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎﹰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﺍﳍﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺮﺷﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﳚﻌﻞ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻧﺎﹰ ﺃﻻ ﻳﻐﻀﺐ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻘﹶﺪ‪‬ﺭ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻻ ﻳﺸﺘﺪ‬ ‫ﻏﻀﺒﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻙ ﳊﺮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﺹ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﷲ ﺟﻞ ﰲ ﻋﻼﻩ‪.‬‬

‫‪r‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﺘﺒﺴﻢ ﻭﻳﻀﺤﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻀﺤﻚ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺴﻢ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﻐﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺮﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﳊﺒﻴﺐ ‪ }:r‬ﺗ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺧ‪‬ﻴﻚ‪‬‬ ‫ﺻ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻗﹶﺔﹲ {‪ ،١٧٠‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﰲ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺃﺣﻮﺍﻟﻪ‪.‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﻴﻞ‪ } :‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱡ ﺿ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻜ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻢ‪{‬‬ ‫‪ ١٧١‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻇﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﳓﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﻵﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻧﺸﺮ ﺃﺩﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺼﺎﱀ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﻭﺍﳊﻜﻮﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺣ‪‬ﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﺑﺎﺋﻦ‬ ‫ﲢﺘﺎﺝ ﺃﻭﻻﹰ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ‪ }:r‬ﺗ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺧ‪‬ﻴﻚ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻗﹶﺔﹲ {‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﺘﺒﺴﻢ ﻭﻫﻮ‬ ‫ﻳﻌﻆ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﺒﺴﻢ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﺒﺴﻢ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺟﺎﻟﺲ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﺒﺴﻢ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﳚﻌﻞ ﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﻤﺔ ﻹﺧﻮﺍﻧﻪ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺴﻤﺔ ﺗﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻔﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﺭ ﻭﻧﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ١٦٨‬ﻋﻦ ﻋﻄﯿﺔ رﺿﻰ اﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﮫ‪ ،‬اﻵﺣﺎد واﻟﻤﺜﺎﻧﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ١٦٩‬رواه اﻟﺪﯾﻠﻤﻲ ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ ھﺮﯾﺮة‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ١٧٠‬ﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي وﺻﺤﯿﺢ اﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎن ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ ذر ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ١٧١‬اﻟﻤﻌﺠﻢ اﻟﻜﺒﯿﺮ ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺮاﻧﻲ وﺷﻌﺐ اﻟﺒﯿﮭﻘﻲ ﻋﻦ ھﻨﺪ ﺑﻦ أﺑﻲ ھﺎﻟﺔ ‪t‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻀﺤﻚ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺴﻢ ﻣﻊ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺭﻗﻴﻖ ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺴﻤﻊ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺣﻮﻟﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻻ ﳛﺪﺙ ﻣﻨﻪ ‪ r‬ﺇﻻ ﳌﺎﻣﺎﹰ ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﻟﻺﺑﺎﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﺮﻭ‪‬ﺡ ﻋﻦ‬ ‫‪١٧٢‬‬ ‫ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﳍﻢ‪ } :‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﻷَﻣ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺡ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﺃﹶﻗﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺇﹺﻻ ﺣ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﺎ {‬

‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﺑﻦ ﺍﳊﺎﺭﺙ‪ } :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﺃﹶﻛﹾﺜﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪{ r ‬‬ ‫ﻭﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪ } :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺿ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r‬ﺇﹺﻻ ﺗ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ {‪.١٧٤‬‬

‫‪١٧٣‬‬

‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﻻ ﳛﺪﺙ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﺎﹰ ﺇﻻ ﺗﺒﺴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺿﺤﻚ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺴﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻏﲑ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻗﺘﺪﺍﺀﺍﹰ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮﺍﹰ ﻟﻪ ‪ ،r‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺟﻠﺴﻮﺍ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻛﺄﳕﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺅﻭﺳﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻄﲑ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺟﺮﻯ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻀﺤﻚ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻳﺪﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺿﺤﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻃﻴﺒﻬﻢ ﻧﻔﺴﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺭﺩ ﰲ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﺿﺤﻚ ﺣﱴ ﺑﺪﺕ ﻧﻮﺍﺟﺰﻩ )ﺃﻱ ﺃﺿﺮﺍﺳﻪ(‬ ‫ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﻮﺍﻟﻪ ‪ r‬ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﻗﺎﻝ ‪ r‬ﻷﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﻗﹶﺎﻡ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ ،‬ﺍﺋﹾﺬﹶﻥﹾ ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺰ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﻉﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺄﹾﺫﹶ ﹸﻥ‬ ‫ﺳﻨ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻠﹶﺔ‪ ‬ﺍﺛﹾﻨ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺫ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺍﻋ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺡ‪‬‬ ‫ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺬﹸﺭ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻼ ﻳ‪‬ﻠﹾﺘ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻃﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﻛﹸﻞﱢ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻜﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺭﻛﺎﻡ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺜﹶﺎﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﹾﺠﹺﺒ‪‬ﺎﻝﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﺑﹺﻲ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗ‪‬ﺠﹺﺪ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺇﹺﻻ ﻗﹸﺮ‪‬ﺷ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺﻳ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻀ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪{ r ‬‬

‫‪١٧٥‬‬

‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻳ‪‬ﺤﺪ‪‬ﺙ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﻷَﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺁﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ ﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻭﺟ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺁﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻮﻻ‪ ،‬ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹲ ﻳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﺝ‬ ‫ﺨﻴ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻸَﻯ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ ﻛﹶﺒ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ :‬ﺍﺫﹾﻫ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺎﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺄﹾﺗ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﻴ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺟﹺﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻸَﻯ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺍﺫﹾﻫ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺎﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺄﹾﺗ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻞﹸ‬ ‫ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻸَﻯ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺟﹺﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻸَﻯ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺍﺫﹾﻫ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺎﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ‬ ‫ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻥﱠ ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺜﹾﻞﹶ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺜﹶﺎﻟ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺜﹾﻞﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺜﹶﺎﻝﹺ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺗ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻘﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﺿ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ‬ ‫‪ ١٧٢‬ﻣﻌﺠﻢ اﻟﻄﺒﺮاﻧﻲ ﻋﻦ اﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ‪y‬‬ ‫‪ ١٧٣‬ﺟﺎﻣﻊ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي وﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺪاﷲ ﺑﻦ اﻟﺤﺎرث‪.t‬‬ ‫‪ ١٧٤‬ﺟﺎﻣﻊ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي واﻷﺣﺎدﯾﺚ اﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎرة‬ ‫‪ ١٧٥‬ﻣﻌﺠﻢ اﻟﻄﺒﺮاﻧﻲ ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ ھﺮﯾﺮة ‪t‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫‪١٧٦‬‬

‫ﺑ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﺟﹺﺬﹸﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺫﹶﺍﻙ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺩ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻰ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪ ‬ﹺﺰﻟﹶﺔﹰ {‬

‫ﺿﺤﻚ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻝ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﺮﻭ‪‬ﺡ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻦ‬ ‫ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺭﰊ ﻭﺗﺴﻠﻴﻤﺎﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺿﺤﻜﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻀﺤﻚ ﺑﺼﻮﺕ ﺇﻻ ﻗﻠﻴﻼﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳ‪‬ﺴﻤﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻮﻟﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻀﺤﻚ ﺑﺼﻮﺕ ﻋﺎﻝ ﻳ‪‬ﺴﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪ ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺴﻤ‪‬ﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻬﻘﻬﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺼﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،r‬ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺼﺎﻟﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻀﺤﻚ ﰲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﻳﺴﻤﻌﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﳝﺮﻭﻥ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺭﻉ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ‪ r‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺷﻌﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻀﺤﻚ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳊﺪ ﻳ‪‬ﺬﻫﺐ ﻫﻴﺒﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺀ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﺬﻫﺐ‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﺪﻳﻪ ‪ r‬ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺑﻜﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻨﺲ ﺿﺤﻜﻪ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺑﺸﻬﻴﻖ ﻭﺭﻓﻊ‬ ‫ﺻﻮﺕ ﻛﻤﺎ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺿﺤﻜﻪ ﺑﻘﻬﻘﻬﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺗﺪﻣﻊ ﻋﻴﻨﺎﻩ ﺣﱴ ﺗﻨﻬﻤﻼﻥ ﻭﻳﺴﻤﻊ ﻟﺼﺪﺭﻩ ﺃﺯﻳﺰ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻳﺒﻜﻲ ﺭﲪﺔ ﳌﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﻮﻓﺎﹰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻣﺘﻪ ﻭﺷﻔﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺧﺸﻴﺔ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﲰﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ‬ ‫ﰲ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻦ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻴﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻠﱢﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺻ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺭﹺﻩ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺯﹺﻳﺰ‪ – ‬ﺻﻮﺕ ‪ -‬ﻛﹶﺄﹶﺯﹺﻳﺰﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹺ –‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ ‪ -‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺒ‪‬ﻜﹶﺎﺀِ {‬

‫‪١٧٧‬‬

‫ﻓﻜﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﺪﻣﻊ ﻋﻴﻨﻪ ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺭﰊ ﻭﺗﺴﻠﻴﻤﺎﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﰲ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻳﺒﻜﻲ‬ ‫ﺷﻔﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻣﺘﻪ ﻭﺭﲪﺔ ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﻨﺎﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﻣﱵ ﺃﻣﱵ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﺍﻷﻣﲔ‬ ‫ﺟﱪﻳﻞ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺳﻨ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻴﻚ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻧ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻮﺅ‪‬ﻙ‪{ ‬‬ ‫} ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬‬

‫‪١٧٨‬‬

‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺒﻜﻲ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎﹰ ﺭﲪﺔ ﳌﻦ ﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻭﻱ ﻗﺮﺑﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﻈﻌﻮﻥ ‪ t‬ﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﻟﻪ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﶈﺒﺒﲔ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺭﰊ ﻭﺗﺴﻠﻴﻤﺎﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻃﻔﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻣﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،r‬ﺗﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ‪:y‬‬ ‫‪ ١٧٦‬اﻟﺼﺤﯿﺤﯿﻦ اﻟﺒﺨﺎري وﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ اﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮد ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ١٧٧‬ﺻﺤﯿﺢ اﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎن واﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺪرك‬ ‫‪ ١٧٨‬ﺻﺤﯿﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ واﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎن ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ اﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮو ‪y‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫} ﻗﹶﺒ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺜﹾﻤ‪‬ﺎﻥﹶ ﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻈﹾﻌ‪‬ﻮﻥ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻜﹶﺄﹶﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻈﹸﺮ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺩ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻮﻋ‪‬ﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﺗ‪‬ﺴِﻴﻞﹸ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺧ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻪ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪١٧٩‬‬

‫} ﻭﳌﺎ ﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﺑﻨﻪ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠﹶﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺬﹾﺭﹺﻓﹶﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻑ‪ :t ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪‬؟! ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻑ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺔﹲ {‬

‫‪١٨٠‬‬

‫‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻭﺭﺩ ﺃﻧﻪ‪ } :‬ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﹶﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹸ ﺍﻟﻨ‪ّ‬ﺒﹺﻲﹺّ ‪ r‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﻥﹶّ ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﻗﹸﺒﹺﺾ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺄﹾﺗ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹾﺮﹺﺉ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪ّ‬ﻼﹶﻡ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﹶّ ﷲِ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺧ‪‬ﺬﹶ ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻄﹶﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹸﻞﹲّ ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺄﹶﺟ‪‬ﻞﹴ‬ ‫ﺳﻠﹶﺖ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗ‪‬ﻘﹾﺴِﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻴﺄﹾﺗ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪ّ‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ؛ ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻡ‪‬‬ ‫ﺼﺒﹺﺮ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹾﺘ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺴِﺐ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺭ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪ّ‬ﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹾﺘ‪ ‬‬

‫ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﺓﹶ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﺫﹸ ﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻞﹴ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹸﺑ‪‬ﻲ‪ ّ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﻌ‪‬ﺐﹴ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺯ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺛﹶﺎﺑﹺﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺭﹺﺟ‪‬ﺎﻝﹲ؛‬ ‫ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﻓ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﷲِ ‪ r‬ﺍﻟﺼ‪ّ‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ّ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻘﹶﻌ‪‬ﻘﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺄﹶﻧ‪ّ‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺷ‪‬ﻦ‪ ،ّ‬ﻓﹶﻔﹶﺎﺿ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﻩ‪‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﷲِ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻫﺬﹶﺍ ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻫﺬ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺔﹲ ﺟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﷲُ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻗﹸﻠﹸﻮﺏﹺ‬ ‫‪١٨١‬‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪ّ‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﷲُ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪ّ‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀُ {‬ ‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪ y ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺍﺷ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻜﹶﻰ ﺳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺑﻦ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺩﺓ ﺷ‪‬ﻜﹾﻮ‪‬ﻯ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺗ‪‬ﺎﻩ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠ ‪‬ﻪ‬ ‫‪ r‬ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻮﺩ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻋ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﻗﱠﺎﺹﹴ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻏﹶﺸ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﻀ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻓﹶﺒ‪‬ﻜﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺑ‪‬ﻜﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻜﹶﻮ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻻ‬ ‫ﺗ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﱠ ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻼ ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺬﱢﺏﹺ ﺑﹺﺪ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻊﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﺑﹺﺤ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻥ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘﹶﻠﹾﺐﹺ‪،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻜ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬ ‫‪١٨٢‬‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺬﱢﺏ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻬ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻟ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺎﻧﹺﻪ‪{ ‬‬ ‫ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﺑﻜﺎﺀﻩ ‪ r‬ﺑﻐﲑ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻭﻻ ﻧﺸﻴﺞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﺗﻄﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻣﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻴﻨﻴﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﺭﰊ ﻭﺗﺴﻠﻴﻤﺎﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎﹰ ﻳﺒﻜﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺸﻴﺔ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ ‪ r‬ﻟﻨﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ ١٧٩‬ﺳﻨﻦ اﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﺔ وﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ‬ ‫‪ ١٨٠‬ﺻﺤﯿﺢ اﻟﺒﺨﺎري وﺳﻨﻦ أﺑﻲ داود ﻋﻦ أﻧﺲ ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ١٨١‬ﻋﻦ أﺳﺎﻣﺔ ﺑﻦ زﯾﺪ ‪:‬اﻟﻠﺆﻟﺆ واﻟﻤﺮﺟﺎن واﻟﺘﺎج اﻟﺠﺎﻣﻊ ﻟﻸﺻﻮل‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ١٨٢‬اﻟﺼﺤﯿﺤﯿﻦ اﻟﺒﺨﺎري وﻣﺴﻠﻢ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫} ﻋ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﻥ‪ ‬ﻻ ﺗ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪ :‬ﻋ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻜﹶﺖ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﺎﺗ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺱ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ‬ ‫ﺳﺒﹺﻴﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪{ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪١٨٣‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﻮ ‪ r‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﺃﻭﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺧﺸﻴﺔ ﷲ ‪ ،U‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﺒﻜﻲ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺃﻭ ﲰﺎﻋﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ‪ :t‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪:r ‬‬ ‫} ﺍﻗﹾﺮ‪‬ﺃﹾ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻲ‪ ،‬ﻗﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺃﹶﻗﹾﺮ‪‬ﺃﹸ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﻧ‪‬ﺰﹺﻝﹶ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻧ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺮ‪‬ﺃﹾﺕ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﺭ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺎﺀِ ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻫ‪‬ﺬ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﻵﻳ‪‬ﺔ‪ ) :‬ﻓﹶﻜﹶﻴ‪‬ﻒ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺟﹺﺌﹾﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻛﹸﻞﱢ ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪‬‬ ‫ﺷﻬﹺﻴﺪ‪‬ﺍ ( ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻵﻥﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺎﻟﹾﺘ‪‬ﻔﹶﺖ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﹺﺸ‪‬ﻬﹺﻴﺪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟﹺﺌﹾﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﹺﻚ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻫ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﻻﺀِ ‪‬‬ ‫‪١٨٤‬‬

‫ﻋ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﻩ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺬﹾﺭﹺﻓﹶﺎﻥ‪. { ‬‬ ‫ﻓﻜﺎﻧﺖ ﺩﻣﻮﻋﻪ ‪ r‬ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺩﻣﻮﻉ ﺗﻄﻔﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻴﻨﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻼ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻭﻻ ﺣﺲ ﻭﻻ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺭﰊ ﻭﺗﺴﻠﻴﻤﺎﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻟﻪ ﻋﻄﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﻄﺴﻪ ﻋﻠﱠﻤﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﺨﻔﺾ ﺻﻮﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﳚﻌﻞ ﻳﺪﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﺃﻭ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺛﻮﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺑﺄﺱ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻀﻊ ﻣﻨﺪﻳﻼﹰ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﺭﻗﻴﺎﹰ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﻤﺎﺷﺎﹰ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻜﺮﻩ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﻤﻊ ﺭﺟﻼﹰ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺠﺪ ﻳﺮﻓﻊ ﺻﻮﺗﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻄﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺼﻮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺎﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﻄﹶﺎﺱﹺ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﺜﹶﺎﺅ‪‬ﺏﹺ {‬ ‫} ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ U ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹾﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﻓﹾﻊ‪ ‬ﺍﻟ ‪‬‬

‫‪١٨٥‬‬

‫ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻳﻜﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﻄﺲ ﺑﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺠﺪ ﺃﻭ ﻏﲑﻩ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ‪r‬‬ ‫ﺣﺮﻳﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺩﺏ ﺍﳉﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻋﻠﱠﻤﻪ ﻟﻪ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،U‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻮﻻﻩ‪:‬‬ ‫‪( ÇÍÈ O‬‬ ‫‪5 Šà‬‬ ‫‪Ï ã‬‬ ‫‪t ,‬‬ ‫‪@ =è z‬‬ ‫’ ‪ä‬‬ ‫‪4 ?n èy 9s 7‬‬ ‫) ‪y R¯ )Î ru‬‬

‫)ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ(‪.‬‬

‫‪ ١٨٣‬ﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي واﻟﺒﯿﮭﻘﻲ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ اﷲ ﺑﻦ اﻟﻌﺒﺎس ‪y‬‬ ‫‪ ١٨٤‬اﻟﺼﺤﯿﺤﻦ اﻟﺒﺨﺎري وﻣﺴﻠﻢ‬ ‫‪ ١٨٥‬ﻋﻤﻞ اﻟﯿﻮم واﻟﻠﯿﻠﺔ ﻻﺑﻦ اﻟﺴﻨﻲ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ اﷲ ﺑﻦ اﻟﺰﺑﯿﺮ ‪t‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻋﻄﺲ ﲪﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻴﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻳﺮﲪﻚ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﻬﺪﻳﻜﻢ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻳﺼﻠﺢ‬

‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺎﺅﺏ ﻓﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺘﺜﺎﺋﺐ ﻗﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺣﻔﻈﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ ‪ }:r‬ﻣﺎ ﺗﺜﺎﺀﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﻗﻂ {‪ ١٨٦‬ﻭﰱ ﺍﻷﺛﺮ‪ } :‬ﻣﺎ ﺗﺜﺎﺀﺏ ﻧﱯ ﻗﻂ {‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﻜﺮﻫﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻏﲑﻩ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻳﻌﻠﱢﻢ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺎﺅﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻀﻌﻮﺍ ﻳﺪﻫﻢ ﻣﻘﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺷﻴﺌﺎﹰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻓﻮﺍﻫﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺄﻣﺮﻫﻢ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫‪١٨٧‬‬ ‫ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻴﺬﻭﺍ ﺑﺎﷲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ }:‬ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﺜﹶﺎﺅ‪‬ﺏ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻄﹶﺎﻥ‪{ ‬‬ ‫ﺍﺩﻓﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻣﺮﻩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺎﺅﺏ ﻷﻣﺘﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪r‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻧﺮﻯ ﺍﻷﻭﺻﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﲜﺴﺪﻩ ﳒﺪ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺑﺄﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺃﻋﻄﺎﻫﺎ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﳉﺴﻢ ﻛﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺑﺮﺯ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻓﺔ ﻭﺍﳍﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﺄﻣﺮ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻐﺘﺴﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺳﺒﻌﺔ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ ‪:r‬‬ ‫} ﺣ‪‬ﻖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻛﹸﻞﱢ ﻣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻢﹴ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺴِﻞﹶ ﻛﹸﻞﱠ ﺳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﺎﻡﹴ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﻃ‪‬ﻴﺒ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪١٨٨‬‬

‫ﻭﺟﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻞ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﳉﻤﻌﺔ ﺳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺳﻴﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻫﲑ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﻈﻴﻒ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻋ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻗﻪ – ﻛﻤﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎ ‪ -‬ﺃﻃﻴﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺭﻳﺢ ﺍﳌﺴﻚ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻻ ﳝﺲ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﹰ ﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺇﻻ ﻭﻣﻜﺚ ﺭﻳﺢ ﻃﻴﺒﺔ ﰲ ﻳﺪﻩ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻣﺸﻰ ﰲ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻋ‪‬ﺮﻑ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﺸﻰ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺍﺋﺤﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻓﺎﺣﺖ‬ ‫ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ١٨٦‬اﻟﺤ ﺪﯾﺚ أﺧﺮﺟ ﮫ اﺑ ﻦ أﺑ ﻲ ﺷ ﯿﺒﺔ واﻟﺒﺨ ﺎري ﻓ ﻲ »اﻟﺘ ﺎرﯾﺦ« ﻣ ﻦ ﻣﺮﺳ ﻞ ﯾﺰﯾ ﺪ ﺑ ﻦ اﻷﺻ ﻢ‪ ،‬واﻷﺛ ﺮ‪ :‬أﺧﺮﺟ ﮫ اﻟﺨﻄ ﺎﺑﻲ ﻣ ﻦ‬ ‫ﻃﺮﯾﻖ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺔ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪاﻟﻤﻠﻚ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺮوان‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺢ اﻟﺒﺎري ﺷﺮح ﺻﺤﯿﺢ اﻟﺒﺨﺎري‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ١٨٧‬اﻟﺼﺤﯿﺤﯿﻦ اﻟﺒﺨﺎري وﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ ھﺮﯾﺮة ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ١٨٨‬ﺻﺤﯿﺢ اﺑﻦ ﺧﺰﯾﻤﺔ واﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎن ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ ھﺮﯾﺮة ‪t‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﻠﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﻌﺘﲏ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﻴﺐ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻨﺎﺀ‪:‬‬

‫ ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻟﻪ ﻭﻋﺎﺀ ﻳﻀﻊ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻛﻞ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺨﻤﺔ‪.‬‬‫ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﻳﻀﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﳊﻴﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺴﺪﻩ‪.‬‬‫ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻳﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺮﺓ ﻳﻀﻊ ﺍﳌﺴﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺮﺓ ﻏﲑﳘﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻛﺎﻥ ‪r‬‬‫ﳛﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎﹰ‪.‬‬ ‫ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﳛﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻴﺐ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻷﺣﻴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺎﺏ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺴﺠﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ‬‫ﺍﳉﻤﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﰲ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻌﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﺭ‪‬ﻭﻱ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﻧﺲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ‪ t‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳ‪‬ﺌﻞ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ‪،‬‬‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ‪:y‬‬ ‫‪١٨٩‬‬

‫} ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ r ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻄﱢﻴﺐ‪. { ‬‬ ‫ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﺴﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭﺍﱐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻋﺮﻗﻪ ﺃﻃﻴﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻃﻴﺐ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺐ ﻟﻴ‪‬ﻌﻠﱢﻤﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺘﻄﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﳓﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻧﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻄﻰ ﺍﳊﺒﻴﺐ ‪.r‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﳛﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍﺋﺤﺔ ﺍﳊﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﻬﻤﺎ ﻛﺜﲑﺍﹰ ﻭﳛﺾ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻲ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺩ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺎﺀُ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﻄﱢﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﻗﹸﺮ‪‬ﺓﹸ ﻋ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻼﺓ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪١٩٠‬‬

‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﱴ ﺗﻘﻮﻝ‪" :‬ﺣﺒﺐ ﺇﱄ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻧﻴﺎﻛﻢ ﺛﻼﺙ" ﻓﻼ ﺃﺻﻞ ﳍﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻫﺐ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺷﻴﺦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﻟﻔﻆ ﺛﻼﺙ ﱂ ﻳﻘﻊ ﰲ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻃﺮﻗﻪ ﻭﺯﻳﺎﺩﺗﻪ ﺗﻔﺴﺪ ﺍﳌﻌﲎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﱄ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺍﻗﻲ ﰲ ﺃﻣﺎﻟﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻪ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻈﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺛﻼﺙ ﰲ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﻔﺴﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﲎ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﳛﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺐ ﻭﻳﻜﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺋﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻬﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ١٨٩‬ﺻﺤﯿﺢ اﻟﺒﺨﺎري وﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي‬ ‫‪ ١٩٠‬ﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ وﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ ﻋﻦ أﻧﺲ ‪t‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﺩﻣﻨﺎ ﺳﻨﺘﻄﻴﺐ‪:‬‬

‫ ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻭﺩ ﺳﻠﱯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪.‬‬‫ﻭﻧﺘﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻫﺪﺍﻧﺎ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻃﺒﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻌﻄﻮﺭ ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺤﻮﻝ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺿﻌﺖ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﻓﺈ‪‬ﺎ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﲡﻌﻞ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻊ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺿﻊ ﺃﻭﻻﹰ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﰒ ﺃﻣﺴﺢ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺷﺌﺖ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺟﺴﻤﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫ ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎﹰ ﺃﺣﺬﺭ ﺍﻷﺣﺒﺎﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺷﻪ ﻣﺜﻼﹰ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﻷﻥ‬‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺳﻠﱯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﳚﺐ ﻭﺿﻌﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺃﻭﻻﹰ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﻬﺬﻩ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺐ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻨﺢ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ ﻭﺃﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ‪ -‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺒﻴﻌﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﻠﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺟﺪ ‪ -‬ﺯﻳﺘﺎﹰ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺭﺩﻱﺀ‬‫)ﳎﻬﻮﻝ ﺍﳍﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ( ﻭﻳﻀﻌﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻗﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﻋﻄﺮ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﺴﻚ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﺎﳌﺴﻚ ﺃﺻﻼﹰ ﻻ ﺷﺄﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﻳﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺰﺍﻝ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﻮﺕ ﻓﻼ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ‬ ‫ﺃﺻﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺿﺎﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﺸﺘﺮﹺ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻀﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺴﻤﻚ ﺇﻻ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻀﻤﻨﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﺗﺄﻣﻨﻪ ﺓﺗﺮﺟﻮ ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺗﻪ! ﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ ﺃﺣﺬﺭ ﻭﺃﻧﺒﻪ‪..‬‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳍﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﳝﺔ؛‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺘﻬﺬﺏ ‪‬ﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻥ ﳓﺘﺬﻱ ﺣﺬﻭﻫﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻥ ﻧﺘﺄﺳﻰ ‪‬ﺎ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺃﺣﻮﺍﻟﻨﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺻﺤﺒﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

r r r

 r



r

r r r

 r 

r

  







١٩١r

 U

                       

 r              

tb%.x `J y 9jÏ p× Zu ¡ | m y oî qu ™ ó &é ! « #$ A É q™ ß ‘u ’ûÎ N ö 3 ä 9s b t %.x ‰ ô ) s 9© ) .(‫ ( )ﺍﻷﺣﺰﺍﺏ‬ÇËÊÈ #ŽZ •V Ï .x ! © #$ •t .x Œs ru •t z Å y F #$ Pt qö ‹u 9ø #$ ru ! © #$ #( q_ ã •ö ƒt : r ‫ﺪﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻹﻗﺘﺪﺍﺀ‬

‫ﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻓﲔ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻫﺎﺩ ﺣﱴ‬‫ﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ ﻭﻛﹸﻤ‬ ‫ﻫﻮ ﺃﰎ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ‬ .U ‫ﻳﻨﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﺟﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻭﺇﻛﺮﺍﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ‬ :‫ﻭﺳﻨﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﲨﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻔﺔ‬ ‫ ﻓﺴﻌﺪ‬،‫ ﰒ ﻻ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﱏ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ‬... ،‫ﺎ ﺭﻭﻳﺎﹰ‬ ‫ ﻭﻧﻔﻜﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬.... ،‫ﻧﺴﺘﺤﻀﺮﻫﺎ ﺟﻠﻴﺎﹰ‬ .‫ﻭﺍﷲ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺪﻱ ﺍﳊﺒﻴﺐ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺃﺣﻮﺍﻟﻪ‬

‫ ھـ‬١٤٣٥ ‫ ﺟﻤﺎد اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‬٣ ‫ ﻣﻮاﻓﻖ‬٢٠١٤/٤/٣ ‫ اﻟﻤﻌﺎدي – اﻟﺨﻤﯿﺲ‬١٩١



{}r



‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪r‬‬

‫ﺍﳍﹶﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻳﺪﻭﺭ ﺑﲔ ﻛﻼﻣﻪ ﻭﺻﻤﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﻪ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﰲ ﻗﻮﻡ‬ ‫ﱂ ﻳﻠﺤﻘﻮﺍ ﺣﻀﺮﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺧﺬﻭﺍ ﻳﺘﺤﺪﺛﻮﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻓﻘﺎﻟﺖ ﳍﻢ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺳﺮ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﻛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻜ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻜﹶﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻜﹶﻼﻡﹴ ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‬ ‫} ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺩ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﺼ‪‬ﻞﹲ ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻔﹶﻈﹸﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﻠﹶﺲ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪١٩٢‬‬

‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﰲ ﻛﻼﻣﻪ ‪ r‬ﺗﺮﺗﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻛﻼﻣﻪ ‪ r‬ﳛﻔﻈﻪ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﲰﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺇﺫﺍ‬ ‫ﺗﻜﻠﻢ ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺃﻋﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﺛﻼﺛﺎﹰ ﺣﱴ ﺗﻔﻬﻢ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺗﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻮﻡ ﻓﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﺛﻼﺛﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺟﻠﺲ ﻳﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﻳﻜﺜﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﻓﻊ ﻃﺮﻓﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﳛﺪﺙ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺜﺎﹰ ﻟﻮ ﻋﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩ ﻷﺣﺼﺎﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﻛﻼﻡ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻔﺼﻞ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﻞ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺣﱴ ﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ r ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺙﹸ ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳﺜﹰﺎ ﻟﹶﻮ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪ ‬ﻷَﺣ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺎﻩ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪١٩٣‬‬

‫ﻟﻠﺘﺄﱐ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﻬﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻭﻳﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﻖ ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻳﺘﺴﺮﻉ ﰲ ﻛﻼﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ‬ ‫ﻳﺴﺮﻉ ﰲ ﳍﺠﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻜﺜﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﺑﻌﻀﻪ ﺑﻐﲑ ﺣﺼﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺑﻴﻨﻪ ﻓﺼﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻜﺮﺭ ﻛﻼﻣﻪ ﻣﺮﺗﲔ ﺃﻭ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﰲ ﻭﺣﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻠﻮﺍ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﱰﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻮﺻﻲ ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﻣﻮﺭﻫﻢ‬ ‫ﻭﺃﺣﻮﺍﳍﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺗﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱄ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﳛﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺃﻭﻝ ﺗﻼﻭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،r‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﳛﻔﻈﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﳛﻔﻈﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﻴﻞ ﻳﺮﺗﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﻼﹰ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﺗﻴﻞ ﻭﺗﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﻭ ﺗﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﻭﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻫﻜﺬﺍ‬ ‫‪ ١٩٢‬ﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي وﺷﺮح اﻟﺴﻨﺔ‬ ‫‪ ١٩٣‬اﻟﺼﺤﯿﺤﯿﻦ اﻟﺒﺨﺎري وﻣﺴﻠﻢ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﰲ ﻧﻄﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺎﻟﻴﺘﻨﺎ ﳓﺘﺬﻱ ﺣﺬﺍﻩ ﻭﳓﺎﻭﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺘﺎﺑﻌﻪ ﰲ ﻣﻨﺤﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺭﺗﻀﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﻭﲨ‪‬ﻠﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺟﻞ ﰲ ﻋﻼﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺻﻤﺘﻪ ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺭﰊ ﻭﺗﺴﻠﻴﻤﺎﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺃﻏﻠﺐ ﺃﺣﻮﺍﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻤﺖ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﻴﻞ ﰲ ﺷﺄﻧﻪ‪ :‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﳜﺰﻥ ﻟﺴﺎﻧﻪ ﺇﻻ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﻨﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺑﻐﲑ ﺣﺎﺟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺍﻻ‬ ‫ﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﻜﻼﻡ ﻣﻮﺿﻌﺎﹰ ﻭﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻃﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻤﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻛﺜﲑ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻧﺰﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﻋﻤﻦ ﺗﻜﻠﻢ ﺑﻐﲑ ﲨﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻞ‬ ‫ﻛﻼﻡ ﻗﺒﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻜﲏ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﺤﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻑ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺇﱃ ﺫﻛﺮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪ r‬ﲰﺢ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻟﺔ ﻳﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻣﺮﺗﲔ ﻟﻴﻔﻬﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﷲ ﺑﲔ ﻛﻞ ﺧﻄﻮﺗﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺩ‪‬ﺏ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺭﻛﲔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻧﺴﺄﻝ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﻧﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪‬ﺠﻬﻢ ﺃﲨﻌﲔ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﳍﻢ ﻭﻟﻨﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺇﹺﺳ‪‬ﻼﻡﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺀِ ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻛﹸﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻨﹺﻴﻪ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪١٩٤‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﻟﻚ ﰲ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﷲ ‪:U‬‬ ‫ﺃﻻ ﻳﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﰲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻪ ﺷﺄﻥ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎﹰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺟﺪ ﻟﻠﻜﻼﻡ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻩ ﲢﺪﺙ ﻭﺇﻻ ﻟﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻤﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻤﺖ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻮﻳﻪ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﻟﻜﲔ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻗﲔ ﰲ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺑﻜﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ ‪ :t‬ﻛﻨﺎ ﻧﺘﻌﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻤﺖ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﳑﻦ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻤﺖ؟‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺣﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﳊﺒﻴﺐ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻢ ‪ ،r‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﳍﻢ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺟﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺃﻣﺮ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻨﻴﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻻﺗﻌﺠﺒﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻳﺼﻤﺖ ﻭﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺃﺩ‪‬ﺑﻪ ﻓﺄﺣﺴﻦ‬ ‫ﺗﺄﺩﻳﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﳍﻢ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﻜﹾﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﻠ‪‬ﻴﻞﹲ ﻓﹶﺎﻋ‪‬ﻠﹸﻪ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪١٩٥‬‬

‫‪ ١٩٤‬ﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي واﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﺔ ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ ھﺮﯾﺮة ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ١٩٥‬ﺷﻌﺐ اﻹﯾﻤﺎن ﻟﻠﺒﯿﮭﻘﻲ وﻣﺴﻨﺪ اﻟﺸﮭﺎب ﻋﻦ أﻧﺲ ‪t‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻭﳛﺜﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻮﻙ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬

‫} ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﻋ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺯ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻯ ﻭ‪‬ﻗ‪‬ﻠﱠﺔ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻖﹴ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺎﻗﹾﺘ‪‬ﺮﹺﺑ‪‬ﻮﺍ‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶ ﹺﺈﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻠﹶﻘﱠﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﻜﹾﻤ‪‬ﺔﹶ {‬

‫‪١٩٦‬‬

‫ﻭﰲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ } :‬ﻳ‪‬ﻠﹾﻘ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﻜﹾﻤ‪‬ﺔﹶ {‪ ١٩٧‬ﻳ‪‬ﻠﻘﱠﻦ ﺍﳊﻜﻤﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻜﻴﻢ ‪،U‬‬ ‫ﰒ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳ‪‬ﻠﻘ‪‬ﻲ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﻠﱠﻤﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻜﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻜﻴﻢ ﳌﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻮﺍ ﺣﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺼﻤﺖ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺇﻣﺎﻣﻨﺎ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﺍﺋﻢ ‪:t‬‬ ‫واﻟﺼﻤﺖ ﻣﻌﺮاج وﺟﻮﻋﻚ ﻃﻬﺮة‬

‫واﻟﺼﻤﺖ رﻓﺮف ﺣــﴬة اﻟﺘـﻮاب‬

‫ﻓﻴﺎﻟﻴﺘﻨﺎ ﻧﻜﻒ ﺃﻟﺴﻨﺘﻨﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻﻳﻨﻔﻌﻨﺎ ﰲ ﺩﻧﻴﺎﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻﻳﺮﻓﻌﻨﺎ ﰲ ﺁﺧﺮﺗﻨﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻧﻀﻊ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻧﺎﹰ ﻷﻗﻮﺍﻟﻨﺎ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻧﺒﻴﻨﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺳﻜﹶﺖ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺴ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻢ‪{ ‬‬ ‫} ﺭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺀًﺍ ﺗ‪‬ﻜﹶﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻐ‪‬ﻨﹺﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬‬

‫‪١٩٨‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﺸﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻨﻬﺎﺝ ﻓﺎﻧﻪ ﳛﻈﻰ ﲟﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﻜﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﻜﻴﻤﺎﹰ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﷲ ‪U‬‬ ‫ﻭﺑﲔ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻗﲔ‪.‬‬

‫‪r‬‬ ‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﳍﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻫﺪﻳﻪ ‪ r‬ﰲ ﻣﻠﺒﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻻ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻒ ﰲ ﻣﻠﺒﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳕﺎ‬ ‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﻴﻞ ﻳﻠﺒﺲ ﻣﺎ ﻭﺟﺪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﻣﺎ ﻭﺟﺪﻩ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺎﹰ ﻟﻪ ﻭﻟﻈﺮﻭﻓﻪ ﻭﳍﻴﺌﺘﻪ ﻭﻟﺪﻋﻮﺗﻪ ﻭﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭﻩ ﺑﲔ‬ ‫ﺃﻣﺘﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﳚﻌﻞ ﺛﻮﺑﲔ ﺧﺎﺻﺎﻥ ﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﺍﳉﻤﻌﺔ ﻟﺘﻌﻈﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﻭﻟﻺﺷﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﺸﺄ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻌﻞ ﺣﻠﺔ‬ ‫ﻛﺮﳝﺔ ﺧﺼﻴﺼﺎﹰ ﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﺪ ﺃﻫﺪﺍﻫﺎ ﻟﻪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻧ‪‬ﺴﺠﺖ ﻟﺴﻴﻒ ﺑﻦ ﺫﻱ ﻳﺰﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻦ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﱂ ﻳﻠﺒﺴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻴﻞ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﺍﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﺛﻨﲔ ﻭﻋﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﲨﻼﹰ!‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ١٩٦‬ﺣﻠﯿﺔ اﻷوﻟﯿﺎء ﻷﺑﻲ ﻧﻌﯿﻢ وﻣﻨﺘﻘﻰ اﻟﻌﺒﺪوي ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ ﺧﻼد ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ١٩٧‬ﺳﻨﻦ اﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﺔ واﻟﺒﯿﮭﻘﻲ ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ ﺧﻼد ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ١٩٨‬اﻟﺒﯿﮭﻘﻲ وﻣﺴﻨﺪ اﻟﺸﮭﺎب ﻋﻦ أﻧﺲ ‪t‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻏﲑ ﺃﻧﻪ ‪ r‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻫﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﺍﻋﻴﻪ ﰲ ﻣﻠﺒﺴﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻓﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ ﻃﹶﻴ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻄﱠﻴ‪‬ﺐ‪ ،‬ﻧ‪‬ﻈ‪‬ﻴﻒ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﻈﹶﺎﻓﹶﺔﹶ {‬

‫‪١٩٩‬‬

‫ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﳛﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻠﺒﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﳛﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻓﺔ ﺟﺴﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻒ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﳛﺮﺹ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺴﻜﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﳛﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺴﺠﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﳛﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺟﺪ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻷﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺗ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻈﱠﻔﹸﻮﺍ ﺑﹺﻜﹸﻞﱢ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻄﹶﻌ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻰ ﺍﻹِﺳ‪‬ﻼﻡ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﻈﹶﺎﻓﹶﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﺇﹺﻻ ﻛﹸﻞﱡ ﻧ‪‬ﻈ‪‬ﻴﻒ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٢٠٠‬‬

‫ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﻻﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺯﻱ ﺭﲪﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﰲ ﺗﻔﺴﲑﻩ ﺃﻧﻪ ‪ r‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻘﻒ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﺑﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﳝﺺ ﺩﻣﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻮﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻘﺘﺮﺏ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﻞ ﻭﻻ ﺣﺸﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﻟﺸﺪﺓ ﻧﻈﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﻭﺣﺮﺻﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻓﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻣﺔ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻼﻣﺲ ﺟﺴﺪﻩ ‪ r‬ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﺭﰊ ﻭﺗﺴﻠﻴﻤﺎﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻧﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺸﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎﻫﺎ ﻭﺃﺷﺒﺎﻫﻬﺎ ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺇﻻ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻻ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺪﺓ ﻧﻈﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺣﱴ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺣﻠﺔ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺣﺎﻟﻪ ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﻭﺗﺴﻠﻴﻤﺎﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺘﺎﺑﻌﻪ ﰲ ﺯﻱ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪... r‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭﻻﹰ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺯﻕ ﺣﻼﻝ ﺃﺣﻠﱠﻪ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ ‪:r‬‬ ‫ﺷﺘ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻯٰ ﺛﹶﻮ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﺎﹰ ﺑﹺﻌ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓ‪ ‬ﺩ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺍﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﺩ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﻡ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹾﺒ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﹶّﻪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻼﹶﺓﹰ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫} ﻣ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺩ‪‬ﺍﻡ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٢٠١‬‬

‫‪ ١٩٩‬اﻟﻤﻄﺎﻟﺐ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﯿﺔ ﻻﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ واﻟﺒﺰار ﻋﻦ ﺳﻌﺪ ﺑﻦ أﺑﻲ وﻗﺎص ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ٢٠٠‬اﻟﺘﺪوﯾﻦ ﻓﻲ أﺧﺒﺎر ﻗﺰوﯾﻦ ﻟﻠﺮاﻓﻌﻲ ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ ھﺮﯾﺮة ‪t‬‬ ‫‪) ٢٠١‬ﺣﻢ( ﻋﻦ اﺑﻦِ ﻋُﻤَﺮَ رﺿﻲَ اﻟﻠَّﮫُ ﻋﻨﮭُﻤَﺎ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﻣﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺎﻧﯿﺪ واﻟﻤﺮاﺳﯿﻞ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ‪:r‬‬

‫} ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻴﻞﹸ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻔﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺚﹶ ﺃﹶﻏﹾﺒ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀِ ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻄﹾﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﻡ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﻡ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻠﹾﺒ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﻡ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻏﹸﺬ‪‬ﻱ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺎﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﻡﹺ ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻧ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺎﺏ‪‬‬ ‫ﻟ‪‬ﺬﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٢٠٢‬‬

‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎﹰ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻠﺒﺲ ﺣﻼﻝ ﺃﺣﻠﱠﻪ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ‪‬ﻰ ‪ r‬ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﻋﻦ ﻟﺒﺲ‬ ‫ﺍﳊﺮﻳﺮ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻧﺔ ﺃﻭ ﰲ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺑﺎﺡ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺃﻣﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺃﻣﺴﻚ ‪ r‬ﺑﻴﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺣﺮﻳﺮﺍﹰ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺫﻫﺒﺎﹰ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﻳ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﻡ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺫﹸﻛﹸﻮﺭﹺ ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﻞﱞ ﻹِﻧ‪‬ﺎﺛ‪‬ﻬﹺﻢ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٢٠٣‬‬

‫ﻓﻴﺤﺮﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ ﻟﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺐ ﻭﺍﳊﺮﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺣﺮ‪‬ﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻵﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻘﺘﻨﻴﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺼﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺐ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺩﺧﻞ ﰲ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺘﻬﺎ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺐ ﻛﺎﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻻﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﻴﺪﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻱ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﺎ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺐ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺐ ﺧﺎﻟﺼﺎﹰ ﺃﻱ ﻋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ ٢٤‬ﺃﻭ ﳐﺘﻠﻄﺎﹰ ﻛﻌﻴﺎﺭ ‪ ٢١‬ﺃﻭ ‪١٨‬‬ ‫ﻭﺧﻼﻓﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺛﺎﻟﺜﺎﹰ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺜﻴﺎﺏ ﺳﺎﺗﺮﺓ ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻭﺿ‪‬ﺤﻬﺎ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻧﺒﻴﻪ ‪ r‬ﰲ‬ ‫ﺳﻨﺘﻪ ﺍﳌﺮﺿﻴﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍﺑﻌﺎﹰ‪ :‬ﺃﻻ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻟﻮﺍ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳝﻘﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻼﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﲡﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺻﺎﺣﺒﻬﺎ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻬﺎﺀ ﻭﺟﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﻣﺎ ﳛﺪﺙ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺷﻴﺎﺀ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻌﻠﻴﻨﺎ ‪‬ﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﲨﻌﲔ‪ ،‬ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﰲ ﻫﺪﻳﻪ ﻭﲰﺘﻪ ﳛﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﻴﺎﺏ ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﳛﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻴﺎﺏ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ ‪:r‬‬ ‫} ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺮ‪‬ﺍﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﺀَ ﺛﹶﻮ‪‬ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺭﹺﺿ‪‬ﺎﻩ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺎﻟﹾﻴ‪‬ﺴِﲑﹺ {‬

‫‪٢٠٤‬‬

‫‪ ٢٠٢‬ﺻﺤﯿﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ وﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ ھﺮﯾﺮة ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ٢٠٣‬ﺳﻨﻦ اﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﺔ واﻟﺒﯿﮭﻘﻲ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻦ أﺑﻲ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ٢٠٤‬اﻟﻤﻌﺠﻢ اﻟﻜﺒﯿﺮ ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺮاﻧﻲ واﻟﺤﻠﯿﺔ ﻷﺑﻲ ﻧﻌﯿﻢ ﻋﻦ اﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ‪y‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻭﺭﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﺭﺟﻼﹰ ﻭﺳﺦ ﺍﻟﺜﻴﺎﺏ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪:‬‬

‫} ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺠﹺﺪ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻘﱢﻲ ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﺛ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬؟ {‬

‫‪٢٠٥‬‬

‫ﻭﳚﻌﻞ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻼﺋﻤﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﻴﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﺸﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳍﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻷﺋﻤﻪ ﺍﳌﺮﺷﺪﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﱃ ﻳﻮﻣﻨﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺳﻔﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺭﻱ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺩ؛ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻕ ﺑﻦ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻲ ﺯﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﺴﲔ ‪ y‬ﻳﻠﺒﺲ ﺛﻴﺎﺑﺎﹰ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻮﻑ ﻃﻴﺒﺔ ‪ -‬ﺃﻱ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﻃﻴﺒﻪ ‪ -‬ﻓﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﻴﻪ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺑﻨﺖ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻣﺜﻠﻚ ﻳﻠﺒﺲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺜﻴﺎﺏ؟! ﻓﺎﺧﺬ‬ ‫ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻕ ‪ t‬ﻳﺪ ﺳﻔﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﺃﺩﺧﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﲔ ﻃﻴﺎﺕ ﺛﻮﺑﻪ ﺍﱃ ﻣﻼﺑﺴﻪ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻮﺟﺪﻩ ﻳﻀﻊ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺴﺪﻩ ﺻﻮﻓﺎﹰ ﺧﺸﻨﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻟﻮﻻ ﺃﻧﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺧﱪﺗﻚ‪ ،‬ﺟ‪‬ﻌﻠﹾﻨﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻣﺴﻜﺘﻪ ﺑﻴﺪﻙ ﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻌﻠﻨﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻟﺒﺴﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺍﹰ ﳋﻠﻖ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﳋﻠﻖ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﺃﺑﺪﻳﻨﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﷲ ‪ U‬ﺃﺧﻔﻴﻨﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻫﻞ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ‪ r‬ﺭﺃﻯ ﺭﺟﻼﹰ ﰲ ﻫﻴﺌﺔ ﺭﺛﺔ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‬ ‫‪:r‬‬ ‫} ﻫ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﻝﹲ؟‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻧ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻛﹸﻞﱢ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺎﻝﹺ ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺁﺗ‪‬ﺎﻧﹺﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻹِﺑﹺﻞﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﹾﺒ‪‬ﻘﹶﺮﹺ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﹾﺨ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻞﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﻗ‪‬ﻴﻖﹺ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺁﺗ‪‬ﺎﻙ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹾﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻧﹺﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺔﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺮ‪‬ﺍﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻚ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٢٠٦‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻨﺪﻙ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﻟ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺗﻘﺘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺴﻚ ﻭﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻫﻴﺌﺘﻚ ﲟﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺴﻜﲔ؟! ﻭﻛﺄﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﳊﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺫﱄ ‪ t‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺀﻩ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺰﻫﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﻋﺘﺮﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﻴﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻠﺒﺴﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﻣﺜﻠﻚ ﻳﻠﺒﺲ ﻫﺬﺍ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺛﻴﺎﰊ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺗﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﳊﻤﺪ ﷲ ﻭﺛﻴﺎﺑﻚ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺗﻘﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﺃﻋﻄﲏ ﺷﻴﺌﺎﹰ ﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﺷﺊ ﺟﻮﻫﺮﻱ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻘﻒ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺘﺮﻳﺚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻣﻼﺑﺲ ﺣﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ‬ ‫‪ r،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﻭﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﳛﺐ ﻟﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﻴﺺ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻤﻴﺺ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬ ‫ﻟﺒﺴﻪ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﺑﺎﺀﻧﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﻳﺐ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺼﻨﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺑﻼﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺪﻣﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ‬ ‫‪ ٢٠٥‬اﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺪرك ﻋﻦ ﺟﺎﺑﺮ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ اﷲ ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ٢٠٦‬ﻣﻌﺠﻢ اﻟﻄﺒﺮاﻧﻲ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺑﻦ ﻧﻀﻠﺔ ‪t‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﳚﻌﻠﻮﻧﻪ ﻃﻮﻳﻼﹰ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﺒﺘﲔ ﻭﻃﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻷﻛﻤﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻛﻢ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻎ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﻤﻴﺼﻪ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻜﻌﺒﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﺒﺲ ﻗﻤﻴﺼﻪ ﺑﺪﺃ ﲟﻴﺎﻣﻨﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺳﲑﺗﻪ ‪ r‬ﰲ ﻣﻠﺒﺴﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺃﰎ ﻭﺃﻧﻔﻊ ﻟﻠﺒﺪﻥ ﻭﺃﺧﻒ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻤﻴﺺ ﻳﺼﻠﻰ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺁﺑﺎﺋﻨﺎ ﻭﳝﺸﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺘﻤﺴﻚ ‪‬ﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺪﺍﺀ ﲞﲑ ﺍﻟﱪﻳﺔ ‪ ،r‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﻌﺠﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﻴﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﳋﻀﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻦ ﺃﰊ ﺟﺤﻴﻔﺔ ‪ t‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺝ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ r ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﻠﱠﺔﹲ ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﺀُ‪ ،‬ﻛﹶﺄﹶﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻈﹸﺮ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﺽﹺ ﺳ‪‬ﺎﻗﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٢٠٧‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍﹰ ﻻ ﻋﱪﺓ ﺑﺎﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﻠﺒﺲ ﻃﻴﺒﺎﹰ ﻭﻣﻜﺘﻤﻞ ﰲ ﺗﻐﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖ‬ ‫ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻼﺀ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺴﺘﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﺴﻨﺔ ﺳﻴﺪ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ‪.r‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﺘﺘﺒﻊ ﺍﳊﺮﻳﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﻴﺎﺏ ﻓﻴﱰﻋﻪ ﻭﻳﻜﺴﻮﻩ ﺑﻨﺎﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﻳﻠﺒﺲ‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﻭﺟﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻏﺎﻟﺐ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﺒﺲ ﻫﻮ ﻭﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺴﺞ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻄﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﲟﺎ ﻟﺒﺴﻮﺍ ﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺞ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻮﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﺳﺮﺍﻭﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺛﻴﺎﺑﻪ ‪ r‬ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﺸﻤﺮﺓ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻜﻌﺒﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺭﺁﱐ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﺃﺳﺒﻠﺖ ﺭﺩﺍﺋﻲ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻲ‪‬ﺀٍ ﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﺍﻷَﺭ‪‬ﺽ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺜﱢﻴ‪‬ﺎﺏﹺ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ {‬ ‫} ﻛﹸﻞﱡ ‪‬‬

‫‪٢٠٨‬‬

‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﺃﰊ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ‪ t‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﻔﹶﻞﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻜﹶﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻹِﺯ‪‬ﺍﺭﹺ ﻓﹶﻔ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ {‬

‫‪٢٠٩‬‬

‫ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﳏﻤﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺧﻴﻼﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﻋﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﺮﺧﻲ‬ ‫ﺇﺯﺍﺭﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺑﲔ ﻳﺪﻳﻪ ﻭﻳﺮﻓﻌﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺭﺍﺀﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺍﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺛﹶﻮ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﺎ ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﻩ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺎﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﻤ‪‬ﻴﺼ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﺭﹺﺩ‪‬ﺍﺀً‪ ،‬ﹸﺛﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ ٢٠٧‬ﺻﺤﯿﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ واﻟﺸﻤﺎﺋﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﺮﻣﺬي‬ ‫‪ ٢٠٨‬اﻟﻤﻌﺠﻢ اﻟﻜﺒﯿﺮ ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺮاﻧﻲ‬ ‫‪ ٢٠٩‬ﺻﺤﯿﺢ اﻟﺒﺨﺎري وﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫} ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺴ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻨﹺﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹸﻚ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺻ‪‬ﻨﹺﻊ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻮﺫﹸ‬ ‫ﺑﹺﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺷ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺻ‪‬ﻨﹺﻊ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٢١٠‬‬

‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﺒﺲ ﺛﻮﺑﺎﹰ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﹰﺍ ﲪﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺻﻠﻰ ﺭﻛﻌﺘﲔ ﻭﺃﻋﻄﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﱘ ﻟﻔﻘﲑ ﳛﺘﺎﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﺠﺪ ﺛﻮﺑﺎﹰ ﻟﺒﺴﻪ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﳉﻤﻌﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻪ ‪ r‬ﺑﺮﺩ )ﻋﺒﺎﺀﺓ( ﻳﻠﺒﺴﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻟﻪ ﺛﻮﺑﺎﻥ ﳉﻤﻌﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺛﻴﺎﺑﻪ ﰲ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳉﻤﻌﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺪﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻓﺪ ﻟﺒﺲ ﺃﺣﺴﻦ ﺛﻴﺎﺑﻪ ﻭﺃﻣﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻳﻨﻬﻰ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﻋﻦ ﻟﺒﺲ ﺍﻷﲪﺮ ﺍﳋﺎﻟﺺ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ‪:r‬‬ ‫} ﺍﻟﹾﺒ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺛ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﺑﹺﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺒ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﺽ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮﹺ ﺛ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﺑﹺﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﻔﱢﻨ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﺎﻛﹸﻢ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٢١١‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﻮﻥ ﺃﺧﺬﻭﺍ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ‪ r‬ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ‪ r‬ﰲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ‬ ‫ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻈﹸﺮ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺻ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺭﹺﻛﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﻟ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻜ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻈﹸﺮ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻗﹸﻠﹸﻮﺑﹺﻜﹸﻢ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٢١٢‬‬

‫ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺽ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺜﻴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﱴ ﺗﻜﺴﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫‪ U‬ﻛﺜﻮﺏ ﺍﶈﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻔﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻄﻒ ﻭﺍﳊﻨﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻫﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺭﻉ ﻭﺣﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻛﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﻭﻏﲑﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺛﻴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﱴ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪:‬‬ ‫‪( Ž× •ö z‬‬ ‫‪y 7‬‬ ‫“ ‪y 9Ï ºŒs‬‬ ‫) ‪3 qu‬‬ ‫¨ ‪ø G- 9#$‬‬ ‫) ‪â $7t 9Ï ru‬‬

‫)‪٢٦‬ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﻑ(‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎﹰ ﻳﻠﺒﺲ ﺍﳉﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎﹰ ﻳﻠﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﱪﺩﻩ ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺀﻩ‪ .. ،‬ﻛﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺻﻨﺎﻑ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،r‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻟﺒﺴﻬﺎ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺍﻗﺘﺪﻯ ﺑﺴﻨﺘﻪ ‪ ،r‬ﺍﳌﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻻ‬ ‫ﻧﺘﻌﺼﺐ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻈﻦ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﲑ ﻭﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺎﻟﻔﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﲑ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳍﺪﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ‪،‬‬ ‫‪ ٢١٠‬ﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي وأﺑﻲ داود ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ ﺳﻌﯿﺪ اﻟﺨﺪري ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ٢١١‬ﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي وأﺑﻲ داود واﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﺔ ﻋﻦ اﺑﻦ اﻟﻌﺒﺎس ‪y‬‬ ‫‪ ٢١٢‬ﺻﺤﯿﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ وﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ ھﺮﯾﺮة ‪t‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﻃﺎﻣﺔ ﻛﱪﻯ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻘﻊ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﲝﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺴﻚ ﺑﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ‪.r‬‬

‫ﻭﻭﺭﺩ ﺃﻧﻪ‪ } :‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻗﹶﺔﹲ – ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﻤﺎﺵ ‪ -‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺗ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺿ‪ ‬ﹶﺄ‬ ‫ﺗ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎ {‪ ٢١٣‬ﻭﰲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ } :‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺬﹰﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳﻼ ﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪‬‬ ‫‪٢١٤‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﹾﻮ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻮﺀِ {‬

‫‪r‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﺘﺨﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻪ ﺧﺎﰎ ﰲ ﺃﺻﺒﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﺎﰎ ﻏﲑ ﺧﺎﰎ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺨﺎﰎ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻩ ﺇﳕﺎ‬ ‫ﻫﻲ ﺷﻌﺮﺍﺕ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻩ ﰲ ﻇﻬﺮﻩ ﰲ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﳋﺎﰎ ﺻ‪‬ﻨﻊ ﻟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ‪ r‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﺘﺐ ﻟﻠﻤﻠﻮﻙ ﺣﻮﻟﻪ ﻳﺪﻋﻮﻫﻢ ﺍﱃ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺇﱃ ﻛﺴﺮﻯ ﻣﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻴﺼﺮ ﻣﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﺎﺷﻲ ﻣﻠﻚ ﺍﳊﺒﺸﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﱄ ﻏﲑﻫﻢ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﻘﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻥ ﺍﳌﻠﻮﻙ ﻻ ﺗﻘﺒﻞ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺎﹰ ﻏﲑ ﳐﺘﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻣﺮ ‪ r‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﺼﻨﻊ ﻟﻪ ﺧﺎﰎ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻓﻀﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻪ ﻓﺼﺎﹰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﻖ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﺄﺗﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺒﺸﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻣﺮ ‪ r‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﻘﺶ )ﻳ‪‬ﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻭ ﳛﻔﺮ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﺎﰎ ﳏﻤﺪ )ﺳﻄﺮ(‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ‬ ‫)ﺳﻄﺮ(‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻔﻆ ﺍﳉﻼﻟﻪ ﺳﻄﺮ ﻓﺘﻜﻮﻥ )ﳏﻤﺪ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ( ﻓﻌﻦ ﺃﻧﺲ ‪:t‬‬ ‫} ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ r ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻴﻨﹺﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻧ‪‬ﻘﹾﺸ‪‬ﻪ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٢١٥‬‬

‫ﻭﻭﺭﺩ ﺃﻧﻪ ‪ r‬ﻟﺒﺲ ﺍﳋﺎﰎ ﰲ ﳝﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﺍﻧﻪ ﻟﺒﺲ ﺍﳋﺎﰎ ﰲ ﻳﺴﺎﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻷﻣﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺳﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ‬ ‫ﺗﻀﻴﻘﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻜﻢ ﻭﺍﺳﻊ ﺭﲪﺔ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،U‬ﻓﺎﻟﺘﺨﺘﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻜﺮﻭﻫﺎﹰ ﻭﻻ ﺧﻼﻑ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻫﻮ ﺳﻨﺔ ﻟﻮﺭﻭﺩﻩ ﰲ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪}:‬‬ ‫ﺨﺘ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺﻩ‪.٢١٦{ ‬‬ ‫ﺃﹶﻥﹼ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ r ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﳛﻤﻞ ﺍﳋﺎﰎ ﰲ ﻳﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺫﺍ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺧﺘﻤﻪ ‪ r‬ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ ٢١٣‬اﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎت اﻟﻜﺒﺮى ﻻﺑﻦ ﺳﻌﺪ‬ ‫‪ ٢١٤‬ﻣﺴﻨﺪ اﻟﺮﺑﯿﻊ ﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﯿﺐ‬ ‫‪ ٢١٥‬ﺗﺎرﯾﺦ دﻣﺸﻖ ﻻﺑﻦ ﻋﺴﺎﻛﺮ‬ ‫‪ ٢١٦‬ﺳﻨﻦ أﺑﻲ داود واﻟﺠﺎﻣﻊ ﻷﺧﻼق اﻟﺮاوي ﻟﻠﺨﻄﯿﺐ اﻟﺒﻐﺪادي‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫‪٢١٧‬‬

‫} ﺍﳋﹶﺎﰎ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﻜ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺎﺏ ﺧ‪‬ﲑ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺔ {‬

‫ﻭﻇﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﺎﰎ ﰲ ﻳﺪﻩ ﺣﱴ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻴﻖ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺍﺗ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺬﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﺧ‪‬ﺎﺗ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺭﹺﻕﹴ ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ‬ ‫ﺑ‪‬ﻜﹾﺮﹴ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﹾﺜﻤ‪‬ﺎﻥﹶ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﹺﺌﹾﺮﹺ ﺃﹶﺭﹺﻳﺲ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﻘﹾﺸ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٢١٨‬‬

‫ﻓﻔﻲ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ ‪ t‬ﻳﺘﻮﺿﺄ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺌﺮ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺑﺌﺮ ﺃﺭﻳﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺭﻳﺲ ﺇﺳﻢ ﻟﺮﺟﻞ‬ ‫ﻳﻬﻮﺩﻱ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺣﻔﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺌﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﳋﺎﰎ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻣﺮ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﱰﺡ ﺍﻟﺒﺌﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺧﺬﻭﺍ‬ ‫ﻳﱰﺣﻮﻧﻪ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﻭﱂ ﳚﺪﻭﺍ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻱ ﺃﺛﺮ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺣﺪﺛﺖ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺟﻮﺭﻱ‪ :‬ﻭﰲ‬ ‫ﻭﻗﻮﻋﻪ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﳋﻼﻓﺔ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﻄﻮﻳﺎﹰ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﻮﺍﺻﻠﺖ ﺍﻟﻔﱳ ﻭﺗﻔﺮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﺣﺼﻞ ﺍﳍﺮﺝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ‪ :‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺧﺎﲤﻪ ‪ r‬ﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺧﺎﰎ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﺮﺍﺭ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻷﻥ ﺧﺎﰎ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﳌﺎ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺫﻫﺐ ﻣﻠﻜﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺎﲤﻪ ‪ r‬ﳌﺎ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺾ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬ ‫ﻭﺣﺼﻠﺖ ﺍﻟﻔﱳ ﺍﻟﱴ ﺃﻓﻀﺖ ﺇﱃ ﻗﺘﻠﻪ ﻭﺍﺗﺼﻠﺖ ﺇﱃ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﺎﰎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺳﺮ ﺇﳍﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻟﻸﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﻤﺄﻧﻴﻨﻪ ﻟﻠﺤ‪‬ﻜﱠﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻼﻡ ﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﺁﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻃﺎﳌﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳊﺎﻛﻢ ﺃﻭﺍﳋﻠﻴﻔﻪ ﳛﻤﻞ ﺧﺎﰎ ﺍﳊﺒﻴﺐ ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺳﻼﻣﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﺿﺎﻉ ﺍﳋﺎﰎ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﱳ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻻ ﺗﻌﺪ ﻭﻻ ﲢﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺷﺄﻥ ﺧﺎﰎ ﺍﳊﺒﻴﺐ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﳏﻤﺪ‬ ‫‪.r‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﺎﰎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺔ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ‪ r‬ﺣﺮ‪‬ﻡ ﻟﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺷﺒﺎﺑﻨﺎ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﲔ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻓﱴ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺩﺑﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﺝ ﻟﻮ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺐ ﻓﻼ ﺷﻲﺀ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺪﺑﻠﺔ ﻛﻐﲑﻫﺎ ﻓﻼ ﳛﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺐ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷُﻣ‪‬ﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﺒﺄ ﺧﲑ ﺍﻟﱪﻳﻪ ‪ ،r‬ﺣﱴ ﻭﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺐ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺎﹰ ﻓﻼ‬ ‫ﻧﻠﺒﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﳊﻜﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺔ ﻓﻘﻬﻬﺎ ﺃﻫﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﻄﺖ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻫﺐ‪،‬‬ ‫‪ ٢١٧‬أﺧﺮﺟﮫ اﻟﺰﺑﯿﺪي ﻓﻲ إﺗﺤﺎف اﻟﺴﺎدة اﻟﻤﺘﻘﯿﻦ واﻟﻌﺮاﻗﻲ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻐﻨﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺣﻤﻞ اﻷﺳﻔﺎر‬ ‫‪ ٢١٨‬اﻟﺼﺤﯿﺤﯿﻦ اﻟﺒﺨﺎري وﻣﺴﻠﻢ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻭﺃﺻﺒﺢ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳌﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻟﻨﻬﻀﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﻭﻋﻠﻮﻫﺎ ﺍﻹﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺭﺻﻴﺪﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺐ ﻓﺨﺺ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻫﺐ ﻭﺣﺮ‪‬ﻣﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺪﻱ ﺍﳊﺒﻴﺐ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺼﻄﻔﻰ ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺭﰊ ﻭﺗﺴﻠﻴﻤﺎﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﺃﻧﺲ ‪ }:t‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺍﻟﹾﺨ‪‬ﻼﺀَ ﻧ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻉ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﺎﺗ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻪ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٢١٩‬‬

‫ﻭﻟﻌﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻟﻔﻆ ﺍﳉﻼﻟﺔ )ﺍﷲ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳋﺎﰎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺟﺎﺀ ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺ ‪‬ﻲ ‪ r‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﺎﺗ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻪ‪ - ‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﺎﺱ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺻﻨﺎﻡ ﺗ‪‬ﺘﺨﺬ ﻣﻨﻪ ‪ -‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻟﹶﻪ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹶﺟﹺﺪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺭﹺﻳﺢ‪ ‬ﺍﻷَﺻ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﻡﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻄﹶﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﺎﺗ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﻯ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﻠﹾﻴ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻄﹶﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻱ‪‬‬ ‫ﺷﻲ‪‬ﺀٍ ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺬﹸﻩ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺍﺗ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺬﹾﻩ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺭﹺﻕﹴ – ﻓﻀﺔ ‪ -‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪ ‬ﹾﺜﻘﹶﺎﻻ {‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪٢٢٠‬‬

‫‪r‬‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﻠﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻳﻠﺒﺴﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻠﻮﺩ ﲟﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻮﻑ‬ ‫ﺃﻭ ﻭﺑﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻏﲑﻩ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﳊﺒﻴﺐ ‪ r‬ﺍﺳﱳ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻭﳌﻦ ﻗﺒﻠﻨﺎ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪﻧﺎ ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻠﺒﺲ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﺯﻳﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮ ﺃﻭﻏﲑﻩ ﻭﱂ ﻳﺒﻖ ﺇﻻ ﺍﳉﻠﺪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻵﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻟﻪ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻠﺒﺲ ﺑﺎﻟﻴﻤﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﰲ ﻧﺰﻋﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻤﺎﻝ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﻌﻦ ﺃﰊ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ‪ t‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺍﻧ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻠﹾﻴ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺃﹾ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﹾﻴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﲔﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻧ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻉ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻠﹾﻴ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺃﹾ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺸ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﻝﹺ‪ ،‬ﻟ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻜﹸﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﻴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻰ‬ ‫ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﻭ‪‬ﺁﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻉ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٢٢١‬‬

‫ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﲢﲑ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ ﰲ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﳋﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺠﺪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺟﺪﻭﺍ‬ ‫‪ ٢١٩‬ﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي وأﺑﻲ داود‬ ‫‪ ٢٢٠‬ﺳﻨﻦ أﺑﻲ داود واﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي ﻋﻦ ﺑﺮﯾﺪة ﺑﻦ اﻟﺤﺼﯿﺐ ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ٢٢١‬اﻟﺼﺤﯿﺤﯿﻦ اﻟﺒﺨﺎري وﻣﺴﻠﻢ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺣﻼﹰ ﻳﺮﺿﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺆﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﺃﻣﺮﻧﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺠﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﻴﻤﲎ ﻭﳔﺮﺝ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺫﺍ ﺧﺮﺝ ﺑﺎﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ ﻭﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻠﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﲏ ﻓﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻳﻔﻌﻞ؟ ﻓﻘﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﻳ‪‬ﺨﺮﺝ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ ﰒ ﻳﻀﻌﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻇﻬﺮ ﺍﳊﺬﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻳ‪‬ﺨﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﲎ ﻭﻳﺒﺪﺃ ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﺒﺲ ﺍﳊﺬﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﻗﺪ ﺃﺗﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻹﺛﻨﲔ ﻣﻌﺎﹰ ﻭﱂ ﳜﺎﻟﻒ ﻫﺪﻱ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،r‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮﻭﺍ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ‬ ‫ﰲ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﻘﻬﻢ ﺍﳌﻮﻓﻖ ﰲ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺳﻴﺪ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﲔ ‪. r‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﲝﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺣﺬﺍﺀﻩ ‪r‬‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺳﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻡ ﺳﲑ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ‪:y‬‬ ‫} ﺃﻥﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺍﺩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﺎﺟ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﻄﹶﻠﹶﻖ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﺍﺕ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡﹴ‬

‫ﻟ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺟ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﺄﹶ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺒﹺﺲ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻔﱠﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺠ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﻃﹶﺎﺋ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺧ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺧ‪‬ﺬﹶ ﺍﻟﹾﺨ‪‬ﻒ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻵﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺎﺭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻔﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻟﹾﻘﹶﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺨ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺝ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺩ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﺎﺑﹺﺢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪‬‬ ‫‪ :r‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺮ‪‬ﺍﻣ‪‬ﺔﹲ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻛﹾﺮ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ :r ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ‬ ‫ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻮﺫﹸ ﺑﹺﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺑ‪‬ﻄﹾﻨﹺﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ‬ ‫‪٢٢٢‬‬

‫ﺭﹺﺟ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻦﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻊﹴ {‬

‫ﻓﺴﻦ‪ ‬ﻟﻨﺎ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻠﺒﺲ ﺃﻱ ﺣﺬﺍﺀ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻨﻔﻀﻪ ﺃﻭﻻﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺷﻲﺀ‬ ‫ﻳﱰﻝ ﰒ ﺗﻠﺒﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻧﺒﻮﻳﺔ ﺇﳍﻴﻪ ﻋﻠﱠﻤﻬﺎ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺧﲑ ﺍﻟﱪﻳﻪ ‪ ،r‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺎﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﹾﻴ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡﹺ ﺍﻵﺧ‪‬ﺮﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻼ ﻳ‪‬ﻠﹾﺒ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻔﱠﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻔﹸﻀ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ {‬

‫‪٢٢٣‬‬

‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﺣﺴﻦ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻃﱯ‪:‬‬ ‫وﻧﻌــــﻞ ﺧﻀــــﻌﻨﺎ ﻫﻴﺒــــﺔ ﻟﺒﻬﺎءﻫــــﺎ‬ ‫ﻓﻀـــﻌﻬﺎ ﻋـــﲆ أﻋـــﲆ اﳌﻔـــﺎرق إﳖـــﺎ‬ ‫ﺑــﺄﲬﺺ ﺧــﲑ اﳋﻠــﻖ ﺣــﺎزت ﻣﺰﻳــﺔ‬ ‫ﺷـــﻔﺎء ﻟـــﺬي ﺳـــﻘﻢ رﺟـــﺎء ﻟﺒـــﺎﺋﺲ‬

‫وإﻧـــﺎ ﻣﺘـــﻰ ﻧﺨﻀـــﻊ ﳍـــﺎ أﺑـــﺪ ًا ﻧﻌـ ُ‬ ‫ــﻞ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﻧﻌــــﻞ‬ ‫ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺘﻬــــﺎ ﺗــــﺎج وﺻــــﻮرﲥﺎ‬ ‫ﻋــﲆ اﻟﺘــﺎج ﺣﺘــﻰ ﺑﺎﻫــﺖ اﳌﻔــﺮق اﻟﻨﻌـ ُـﻞ‬ ‫أﻣﺎن ﻟـﺬي ﺧـﻮف ﻛـﺬا ﳛﺴـﺐ اﻟﻔﻀـﻞ‬

‫‪ ٢٢٢‬ﻣﻌﺠﻢ اﻟﻄﺒﺮاﻧﻲ ودﻻﺋﻞ اﻟﻨﺒﻮة ﻷﺑﻲ ﻧﻌﯿﻢ‬ ‫‪ ٢٢٣‬اﻟﻤﻌﺠﻢ اﻟﻜﺒﯿﺮ وﻣﺴﻨﺪ اﻟﺸﺎﻣﯿﯿﻦ ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺮاﻧﻲ ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ إﻣﺎﻣﺔ ‪t‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺟﻠﺲ ﻳﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﳜﻠﻊ ﻧﻌﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪r‬‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﻠﺒﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺳﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎﹰ ﻳﻠﺒﺲ ﺷﻴﺌﺎﹰ ﲰﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﻗﻠﻨﺴﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ‬ ‫ﻃﺎﻗﻴﻪ ﻳﻀﻊ ﻓﻮﻗﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎﹰ ﻳﻠﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻣﺔ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻃﺎﻗﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﻳﻠﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﻴﺔ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎﹰ ﻳﻀﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻣﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎﹰ ﻳﺮﺧﻴﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺘﻔﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﺃﻧﻪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺳ‪‬ﺌﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ‪:U‬‬ ‫} ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺭﹺﻱ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﹶﻸُ ﺍﻷَﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻗﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﻻ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎ ﹶﻝ‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻮ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺘ‪‬ﻔﹶﻲ‪ ّ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪ّ‬ﻰ ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎ ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺛﹶﺪ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻲ‪ ّ‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﰲ ﻧ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺮﹺﻱ ﻓﹶﻌ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺖ‪‬‬ ‫‪٢٢٤‬‬

‫ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺴ‪ّ‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﻭﺍﺕ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻷَﺭ‪‬ﺽﹺ {‬

‫ﻓﺄﺭﺧﻰ ﺷﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﺎﻣﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﰲ ﻇﻬﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺗﱰﻳﻪ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﳊﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻜﻨﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻋﻦ‬ ‫‪) ( ÇÊÈ Žç •Á‬ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺭﻯ(‪.‬‬ ‫‪Å 7t 9ø #$ ì‬‬ ‫‪ß ŠJ‬‬ ‫¡ ‪Ï‬‬ ‫‪¡ 9#$‬‬

‫‪uqd‬‬ ‫† ‪è ru ( äÖ‬‬ ‫« ‪ï‬‬ ‫‪x ¾mÏ =Î W÷ J‬‬ ‫§ ‪Ï .x‬‬ ‫ﺫﺍﺗﻪ‪} Šø 9s ) :‬‬

‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎﹰ ﻳ‪‬ﺼﻠﻲ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻔﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺭﺩﺕ‬ ‫ﻋﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﺣﱴ ﻻ ﳓﺠﺐ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻﻳﺘﻤﺴﻚ ﺃﺣﺪﻧﺎ ﺑﺮﺃﻱ ﺃﻋﺠﺒﻪ ﻭﻳﻈﻦ ﺃﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﺣﺪﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏ ﻭﺃﻥ ﻏﲑﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳋﻄﺄ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﻭﺍﺳﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺳﻌﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻻﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻳﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﺒﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﳊﺒﻴﺐ‬ ‫‪ r‬ﺇﻥ ﺗﺎﺑﻌﻪ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺃﻱ ﺟﻨﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺒﻪ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣﺼﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﺍﻣﺮﺉ ﺃﻳﺎﹰ‬ ‫‪ ٢٢٤‬ﻋَﻦ اﺑﻦِ ﻋَﺒَّﺎسٍ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي وﺗﻤﺎﻣﮫ‪ :‬ﻗَﺎل‪ :‬ﻗَﺎلَ رَﺳُﻮلُ اﷲ‪ } :‬أَﺗَ ﺎﻧِﻲ اﻟﻠَّﯿْﻠَ ﺔَ رَﺑِّ ﻲ ﺗَﺒَ ﺎرَكَ وَﺗَﻌَ ﺎﻟَﻰ ﻓ ﻲ أَﺣْﺴَ ﻦِ ﺻُ ﻮرَةٍ ـ‬ ‫ﻗَﺎلَ أَﺣْﺴِﺒُﮫُ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤَﻨَﺎمِ ﻓَﻘَﺎلَ‪ .‬ـ اﻟﺤﺪﯾﺚ ‪ -‬ﻗَﺎلَ ﯾَﺎ ﻣُﺤَﻤَّﺪُ ھَﻞْ ﺗَﺪْرِي ﻓِﯿﻢَ ﯾَﺨْﺘَﺼِ ﻢُ اﻟﻤَ ﻸُ اﻷَﻋْﻠَ ﻰ؟ ﻗُﻠْ ﺖُ ﻧَﻌَ ﻢْ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻜَﻔَّ ﺎرَاتِ‪ ،‬واﻟﻜَﻔَّ ﺎرَا ُ‬ ‫ت‬ ‫اﻟﻤُﻜْﺚُ ﻓِﻲ اﻟﻤَﺴْﺠِﺪِ ﺑَﻌْﺪَ اﻟﺼَّﻠﻮات‪ ،‬واﻟﻤَﺸْﻲُ ﻋَﻠَﻰ اﻷَﻗْ ﺪَامِ إﻟ ﻰ اﻟﺠَﻤَﺎﻋَ ﺎتِ وإﺳْ ﺒَﺎغُ اﻟﻮُﺿُ ﻮءِ ﻓِ ﻲ اﻟﻤَﻜ ﺎرِهِ‪ ،‬وﻣَ ﻦْ ﻓَﻌَ ﻞَ ذَﻟِ ﻚَ ﻋَ ﺎشَ‬ ‫ﺑِﺨَﯿْﺮٍ وَﻣَﺎتَ ﺑِﺨَﯿْﺮٍ وَﻛَﺎنَ ﻣِﻦْ ﺧَﻄِﯿﺌَﺘِ ﮫِ ﻛَﯿَ ﻮْمِ وَﻟَﺪَﺗْ ﮫُ أُﻣُّ ﮫُ‪ ،‬وﻗَ ﺎلَ ﯾَ ﺎ ﻣُﺤَﻤَّ ﺪُ إذَا ﺻَ ﻠَّﯿْﺖَ ﻓَﻘُ ﻞْ اﻟﻠَّﮭُ ﻢَّ إﻧِّ ﻲ أَﺳْ ﺄَﻟُﻚَ ﻓِﻌْ ﻞَ اﻟﺨَﯿْ ﺮاتِ وﺗَ ﺮْكَ‬ ‫اﻟﻤُﻨْﻜَﺮَاتِ وﺣُﺐَّ اﻟﻤَﺴَﺎﻛِﯿﻦِ وإِذَا أَرَدْتَ ﺑِﻌِﺒَﺎدِكَ ﻓِﺘْﻨَﺔً ﻓَﺎﻗْﺒِﻀْ ﻨِﻲ إِﻟَﯿْ ﻚَ ﻏَﯿْ ﺮَ ﻣَﻔْﺘُ ﻮنٍ‪ .‬ﻗَ ﺎلَ واﻟ َّﺪرَﺟَﺎتُ إِﻓْﺸَ ﺎءُ اﻟﺴَّ ﻼَمِ وَإﻃْﻌَ ﺎمُ اﻟﻄّﻌَ ﺎمِ‬ ‫واﻟﺼَّﻼَةُ ﺑﺎﻟﻠّﯿْﻞِ واﻟﻨَّﺎسِ وﻧﯿَﺎمٌ {‪..‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﺒﻴﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻃﹸﺮ‪‬ﻗﻪ‪ ،‬ﳓﻦ ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺘﺎﺑﻌﻪ ﰲ ﺟﻬﺔ ﻭﻧﺴﺄﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻴﻨﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﺘﺎﺑﻌﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﻌﺠﺰ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﻟﻮ‬ ‫ﺍﺟﺘﻤﻌﻮﺍ ﲨﻴﻌﺎﹰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ‪ r‬ﺃﻛﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺑﺪﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺷﻜﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻛﺮﻳﻦ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺃﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﻳﻦ ﷲ ‪.U‬‬

‫‪r‬‬ ‫ﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻋﻈﻤﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﻭﺟﺪﻩ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﻣﻠﱠﻜﻪ ﰲ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﳉﺰﻳﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻼﺩ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﺎﺀﺗﻪ ﺍﳋﲑﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻓﺞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺮﻓﺾ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻮﺳﻊ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻗﺪﻭﺓ ﻷُﻣ‪‬ﺘﻪ ‪.r‬‬ ‫ﺩﺧﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺍﳋﻄﺎﺏ ‪ t‬ﻳﻮﻣﺎﹰ ﻓﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ r ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺍﻗ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﺗ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹾﺳ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭﹺﺳ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪ ‬ﹲﺓ‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺩ‪‬ﻡﹴ ‪‬ﻣﺤ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺓﹲ ﻟ‪‬ﻴﻔﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻷَﺭ‪‬ﺽﹺ ﺇﹺﻻ ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﲑ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺛﱠﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﲑ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺟ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻯ ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﺭﹺﻓﹶﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪:r ‬‬ ‫} ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻜ‪‬ﻴﻚ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻯ ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﻴ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻔﹾﺘ‪‬ﺮﹺﺷ‪‬ﺎﻥ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻳﺒ‪‬ﺎﺝ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﺮ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﺒﹺﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺻ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻷَﺭ‪‬ﺽﹺ ﺇﹺﻻ ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﲑ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﻭﹺﺳ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﺓﹲ ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺓﹲ ﻟ‪‬ﻴﻔﹰﺎ! ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹾﺳ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﻫ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺔﹲ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺭﹺﻳﺢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﹸﻭﻟﹶﺌ‪‬ﻚ‪‬‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻠﹶﺖ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻃﹶﻴ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺗ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٢٢٥‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ‪:r‬‬ ‫} ﻛﹶﻴ‪‬ﻒ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺻ‪‬ﺎﺣ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘﹶﺮ‪‬ﻥ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺘ‪‬ﻘﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘﹶﺮ‪‬ﻥﹶ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺍﻹِﺫﹾﻥﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬‬ ‫ﺑﹺﺎﻟﻨ‪‬ﻔﹾﺦﹺ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻔﹸﺦ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٢٢٦‬‬

‫ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺗﺎﺭﺓ ﻳﻨﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﺼﲑ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺎﺭﺓ ﻳﻨﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺎﺭﺓ ﻳﻨﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺮﺍﺵ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺃﺩﻡ ﺃﻱ ﺍﳉﻠﺪ ﺍﳋﺎﱄ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﻠﺪ ﳏﺸﻮ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻴﻒ ﻭﻭﺳﺎﺩﺗﻪ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ‪،‬‬ ‫‪ ٢٢٥‬اﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎت اﻟﻜﺒﺮى ﻻﺑﻦ ﺳﻌﺪ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ رﺿﻲ اﷲ ﻋﻨﮭﺎ‬ ‫‪ ٢٢٦‬ﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي وﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ ﺳﻌﯿﺪ اﻟﺨﺪري ‪t‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﺵ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺀﺓ ﺗﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻣﻌﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺯﻭﺟﺎﺗﻪ ﻳﻄﻮﻭ‪‬ﺎ ﻃﻴﺘﺎﻥ ﻭﻳﻔﺮﺷﻮ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺮﺍﺷﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫} ﺳ‪‬ﺌ‪‬ﻠﹶﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺔﹸ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﺵ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﹶّﻪ‪ r ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹶﺖ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﺩﻡ‬ ‫ﺣ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻴﻒ‪ .‬ﻭﺳ‪‬ﺌ‪‬ﻠﹶﺖ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﻔﹾﺼ‪‬ﺔﹸ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﺵ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﹶّﻪ‪ ‬ﺻﻠﻰ ‪r‬‬ ‫ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹶﺖ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺤﺎﹰ ﻧ‪ ‬ﹾﺜﻨﹺﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﺛﹶﻨ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﻡ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻤ‪ّ‬ﺎ ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺫﹶﺍﺕ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺔ‪ ‬ﻗﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻟﻮ‪ ‬ﺛﹶﻨ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺛﹶﻨ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﺕ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺃﻭ‪‬ﻃﹶﺄ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺜﹶﻨﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﻩ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺄﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻊﹺ ﺛﹶﻨ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻤ‪ّ‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﺃﺻ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺢ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺷ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻮﻧﹺﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﹶّﻴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺔﹶ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹶﺖ‪ :‬ﻗﹸﻠﹾﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﺷ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﻻﹶّ ﺃﻧ‪ّ‬ﺎ ﺛﹶﻨ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﻩ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺄﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻊ‬ ‫ﻪ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﹶﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻣﻨﻌ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ‬ ‫ﺛﹶﻨ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻗﹸﻠﹾﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ :‬ﻫ‪ ‬ﻮ ﺃﻭ‪‬ﻃﹶﺄ ﻟﹶﻚ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺭ‪‬ﺩ‪ّ‬ﻭ ‪‬ﻩ ﻟ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪ ‬‬ ‫‪٢٢٧‬‬

‫ﻃﺄﹶﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻼﹶﺗ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﹶّﻴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺔﹶ {‬ ‫ﻭ‪ ‬ﹾ‬

‫ﻳﻨﺒﻬﻨﺎ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺎ ﳓﻦ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻨﺸﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﺵ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﲑ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﻑ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻛﻴﻒ‬ ‫ﻳﻘﻮﻣﻮﻥ ﷲ؟ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻨﺎﺟﻮﻥ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻷﺳﺤﺎﺭ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ ‪:r‬‬ ‫} ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺰﹺﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀِ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﹸﻞﱠ ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺔ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﻲ ﺛﹸﻠﹸﺚﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻴ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﻷَﻭ‪ ‬ﹸ‬ ‫ﻝ‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﺍ ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻮﻧﹺﻲ ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺠﹺﻴﺐ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪‬؟ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﺍ ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹸﻨﹺﻲ‬

‫ﻓﹶﺄﹸﻋ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪‬؟ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﺍ ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻧﹺﻲ ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻏﹾﻔ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪‬؟ ﻓﹶﻼ ﻳ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺍﻝﹸ ﻛﹶﺬﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﻲﺀَ‬

‫ﺍﻟﹾﻔﹶﺠ‪‬ﺮ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٢٢٨‬‬

‫ﻓﻬﻞ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﺵ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﲑ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﱃ ﺫﻟﻚ؟! ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺪﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﻛﻼﻣﺎﹰ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﺘﺪﻯ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻭﻳ‪‬ﺮﲡﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ ﺃﲨﻌﲔ ﺳﻌﺪﺍﺀ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻫﺘﺪﻭﺍ ‪‬ﺪﻳﻪ ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺳﻼﻣﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻣﺘﻘﻠﻼﹰ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺘﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﻋﻄﺎﻩ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺧﺰﺍﺋﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﻓﺄﰉ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺄﺧﺬﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻦ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺃﹶﺓﹲ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻷَﻧ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺃﹶﺕ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﺵ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺀَﺓﹰ‪،‬‬ ‫‪ ٢٢٧‬ﻋَﻦْ ﻣُﺤَﻤَّﺪِ ﺑْﻦِ ﻋَﻠِﻲٍ‪ ،‬أﺧﺮﺟﮫ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﻤﺎﺋﻞ‬ ‫‪ ٢٢٨‬ﺻﺤﯿﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ وﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ ھﺮﯾﺮة ‪t‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻏﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ؟ ﻗﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﺵ‪ ‬ﻏﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻟﹶﺖ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﺵ‪ ‬ﹶ‬ ‫ﺳﺒﹺﻴﺒ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﺐﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺤ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺻ‪‬ﻮﻓﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﺑﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻟﹶﺖ‪ :‬ﻟ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻜﹸﻦ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻓ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﺵ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺟ‪‬ﺎﺀَ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﺋﺸ‪‬ﺔﹸ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻫ‪‬ﺬ‪‬ﻩ‪‬؟ ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺧ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺭ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﻳﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹶﺖ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺨ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺝ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻲ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﺠ‪‬ﺎﺀَ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺔﹸ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺁﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﻳﻪ‪‬؟ ﻗﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﻩ‪،‬‬

‫ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺔﹸ‪ ،‬ﺭ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﻟﹶﻮ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﺌﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﻷَﺟ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻯ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪‬‬ ‫‪٢٢٩‬‬

‫ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺬﱠﻫ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﹾﻔ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺔﹶ {‬

‫ﻓﻤﺎ ﻋﺎﺏ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﻣﻀﻄﺠﻌﺎﹰ ﻗﻂ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ ﻓﺮﺵ ﻟﻪ ﺍﺿﻄﺠﻊ ﻭﺇﻻ ﺍﺿﻄﺠﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﺘﻐﻄﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﺤﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻜﺄ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺩﻡ ﺣﺸﻮﻩ ﻟﻴﻒ‬ ‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﺳﻠﻔﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻭﻯ ﺃﻧﻪ ‪:r‬‬ ‫‪٢٣٠‬‬

‫} ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺐ‪ ّ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﺓﹲ ﻣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻮﻏﹶﺔﹲ ﻳ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻠﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ {‪.٢٣٠‬‬

‫‪r‬‬ ‫ﺃﻛﻠﻪ ‪ r‬ﳌﻦ ﻳﺘﺪﺑﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ ﳚﺪ ﻋﺠﺒﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﺑﻠﻎ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻮﺩﻩ ﻭﻛﺮﻣﻪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻭﺯ‪‬ﻉ‬ ‫ﰲ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺃﻟﻒ ﲨﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ! ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﺀ! ﻭﺃﻋﻄﻰ ﺭﺟﻼﹰ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﻏﻨﻤﺎﹰ ﺑﲔ ﺟﺒﻠﲔ! ﻭﺳﺎﻕ ﰲ ﻋﻤﺮﺗﻪ ﻣﺎﺋﺔ ﺑﺪﻧﺔ ﻓﻨﺤﺮﻫﺎ ﻭﺃﻃﻌﻤﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻛﲔ!‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﻝ ﻛﺄﰊ ﺑﻜﺮ ﻭﻋﻤﺮ ﻭﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﻃﻠﺤﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﻏﲑﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺬﳍﻢ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ﻭﺃﻣﻮﺍﳍﻢ ﺑﲔ ﻳﺪﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﺪﻗﺔ ﻓﺠﺎﺀ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺑﻜﺮ ﲜﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﺎﻟﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﻨﺼﻔﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲡﻬﻴﺰ ﺟﻴﺶ ﺍﻟﻌﺴﺮﺓ ﻓﺠﻬ‪‬ﺰﻩ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺄﻟﻒ ﺑﻐﲑ‪ ،‬ﺇﱃ ﻏﲑ ﺫﻟﻚ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﳊﺮﻳﺺ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺭﺑﻪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪) ( ÇÊËÑÈ O‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ(‪.‬‬ ‫‪Ò Šm‬‬ ‫‪Ï ‘§ $‬‬ ‫‪Ô räâ ‘u ú‬‬ ‫‪š‬‬ ‫‪üZÏ BÏ s÷ J‬‬ ‫‪ß 9ø $$ /Î N6‬‬ ‫‪à ‹ø =n æ‬‬ ‫‪t È‬‬ ‫‪ë ƒ•Ì m‬‬ ‫) ‪y‬‬

‫‪ ٢٢٩‬ﻣﻌﺠﻢ اﻟﻄﺒﺮاﻧﻲ واﻟﺒﯿﮭﻘﻲ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ رﺿﻲ اﷲ ﻋﻨﮭﺎ‬ ‫‪ : ٢٣٠‬اﺑﻦ ﺳﻌﺪ ﻋﻦ اﻟﻤﻐﯿﺮة رﺿَﻲ اﻟﻠَّﮫُ ﻋﻨﮫُ ﺟﺎﻣﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺎﻧﯿﺪ واﻟﻤﺮاﺳﯿﻞ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻳﻌﻠﱢﻤﻨﺎ ﺍﳍﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨﻦ ﺍﻹﳍﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﱘ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻳﺪ‪‬ﺧﺮ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺯﻭﺟﺔ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺯﻭﺟﺎﺗﻪ ﻗﻮﺗﺎﹰ ﻳﻜﻔﻴﻬﺎ ﳌﺪﺓ ﺳﻨﺔ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻨﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻛﹶﻔﹶﻰ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺀِ ﺇﹺﺛﹾﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﺕ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٢٣١‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﰒ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻀﻴﻊ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻌﻮﻟﻪ ﲝﺠﺔ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﲝﺠﺔ ﻃﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺠﺞ‬ ‫ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪.r‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﺃﻏﻨﺎﻡ ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺣﺮﻳﺼﺎﹰ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﺪﺩﻫﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺯﺍﺩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﺔ‬ ‫ﻳﺬﲝﻪ ﻟﻠﻀﻴﻔﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﺋﺢ ـ ﻳﻌﲏ ﺃﻏﻨﺎﻡ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺿ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻭﻟﱭ ـ ﻳﺄﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺒﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺩﺟﺎﺟﺎﹰ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﲢﻜﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺩﺏ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺟﺎﺝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﱴ ﻋﻦ ﻭﺣﺶ )ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﻯ( ﻛﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺁﻝ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﱮ ‪ r‬ﻓﺘﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻵﻝﹺ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﺶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻜﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺝ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﺍﺷ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻌ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﹾﺒ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺖ‪ -،‬ﻭﰱ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﺃﺳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﹶﻔﹾﺰ‪‬ﺍﹰ‪ -‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ ِ‪ r‬ﺳ‪‬ﻜﹶﻦ‪ -، ‬ﻭﰱ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺃﻗﹾﺮ‪‬ﺩ‪ -،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺮ‪‬ﺍﻫ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﺫ‪‬ﻱ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪{ r ‬‬

‫‪٢٣٢‬‬

‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺧﻴﻮﻻﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻪ ﲨﺎﻻﹰ ﻳﺮﻛﺒﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺑﻐﺎﻻﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻐﻞ ﺃﻫﺪﺉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻮﺏ ﻭﺍﳌﺸﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻪ ﲪﲑﺍﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﺴﻤ‪‬ﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺑﺈﺳﻢ‪ ،‬ﲰ‪‬ﻲ ﲪﺎﺭﺍﹰ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﹸﻤﺮ ﺑﺈﺳﻢ ﻳﻌﻔﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﲪﺎﺭﺍﹰ ﻣ‪‬ﻌﻠﱠﻤﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺭﺟﻼﹰ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﻓﻼﻧﺎﹰ؟ ﻓﻴﻤﺸﻲ ﺍﳊﻤﺎﺭ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺘﻪ ﻓﻴﻀﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺑﺮﺃﺳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ‪ r‬ﻳﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﻓﻴﻤﺘﻄﻲ ﺍﳊﻤﺎﺭ ﻭﻳﺮﺟﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪.r‬‬ ‫ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻫﺪﻳﻪ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺸﺒﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻃﻌﺎﻡ ﻗﻂ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺄﻛﻞ ﺇﱃ‬ ‫ﺣﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻇﻦ ﺃﻧﻜﻢ ﺗﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﺟﻴﺪﺍﹰ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺃﻣﺮﺍﺽ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺳﺒﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﻌﻠﱢﻢ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳍﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻨ‪‬ﻪ ﻷﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﺃ‪‬ﻢ ﳜﺮﺟﻮﻥ ﻣﺒﻜﺮﺍﹰ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺠﺮ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ ﳍﻢ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ ٢٣١‬ﺳﻨﻦ أﺑﻲ داود وﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ ﻋﻦ اﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮو ‪y‬‬ ‫‪ ٢٣٢‬ﻣﺴ ﻨﺪ أﺣﻤ ﺪ واﻟﻄﺒﺮاﻧ ﻲ‪ ،‬وﻓ ﻰ ﻋﻤ ﺪة اﻟﻘ ﺎري ‪:‬ﻛ ﺎﻧﻮا )أى أھ ﻞ اﻟﻤﺪﯾﻨ ﺔ ﻟ ﻢ أﻣ ﺎﻛﻦ ﻓ ﻰ ﺑﯿ ﻮﺗﮭﻢ( ﯾ ﺆوون ﻓﯿ ﮫ اﻟﻮﺣ ﻮش‬ ‫وﯾﺘﺨﺬوﻧﮭﺎ وﯾﻐﻠﻘﻮن دوﻧﮭﺎ اﻷﺑﻮاب‪ ،‬واﻟﻮﺣﺶ أﺣﺪ اﻟﻮﺣﻮش وھﻲ ﺣﯿﻮان اﻟﺒﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫‪٢٣٣‬‬

‫} ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺﻙ‪ ‬ﻷُﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻲ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺑ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮﺭﹺﻫ‪‬ﺎ {‬

‫ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﻈﻬﺮ ﻳﺄﻣﺮﻫﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻴﻠﻮﺍ ﺃﻱ ﻳﻨﺎﻣﻮﻥ ﻧﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻠﻮﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫‪٢٣٤‬‬ ‫ﺳﺘ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻴﻨ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﺑﹺﺮ‪‬ﻗﹶﺎﺩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻗ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻡﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻴ‪‬ﻞﹺ { ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻳﻀﺎﹰ‪:‬‬ ‫}ﺍ ‪‬‬ ‫‪٢٣٥‬‬

‫} ﻗ‪‬ﻴﻠﹸﻮﺍ ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻄﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﻴﻞﹸ {‬

‫ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻩ ‪ r‬ﻟﻠﺠﻮﻉ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﺂﻩ ﻧﺎﻓﻌﺎﹰ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻭﻟﺼﺤﺒﻪ‪.‬‬‫ ﻭﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺭﺍﹰ ﻟﻘﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻲﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ ‪:r‬‬‫} ﻋ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺽ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻲ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻲ ‪ U‬ﻟ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﺑ‪‬ﻄﹾﺤ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﻣ‪‬ﻜﱠﺔﹶ ﺫﹶﻫ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﺏ‬ ‫ﺷﺒ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺟ‪‬ﻮﻉ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ،‬ﺗ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺫﹶﻛﹶﺮ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻜ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶ ‪‬‬ ‫‪٢٣٦‬‬

‫ﺷ‪‬ﺒﹺﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺷ‪‬ﻜﹶﺮ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻚ‪{ ‬‬

‫ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻊ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺒﺴﻂ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﱪﻯ ﻛﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﺣﻜﺎﻩ ﻋﻨﻪ ﰲ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﻱ‪ :‬ﻷﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻌﻮﺯ ﻭﺿﻴﻖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺗﺎﺭﺓ ﻟﻺﻳﺜﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺎﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﻟﻜﺮﺍﻫﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻊ ﻭﻛﺜﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﻛﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻻﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﳑﺎ ﺁﺗﺎﻩ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﺇﻻ ﻗﻮﺕ ﻋﺎﻣﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻳﺴﺮ ﻣﺎ ﳚﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻌﲑ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻀﻊ ﺳﺎﺋﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﰲ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﷲ ‪.U‬‬ ‫} ﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺝ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ r ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺳ‪‬ﺎﻋ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺝ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻠﹾﻘﹶﺎﻩ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺗ‪‬ﺎﻩ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻮ‬ ‫ﺑ‪‬ﻜﹾﺮﹴ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺟ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﺑﹺﻚ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﺎ ﺑ‪‬ﻜﹾﺮﹴ؟ ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻟﹾﻘﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻈﹸﺮ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻬﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻴﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻠﹾﺒ‪‬ﺚﹾ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺟ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺟ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﺑﹺﻚ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪‬؟‬ ‫ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻮﻉ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ :r ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺾ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪‬‬ ‫‪ ٢٣٣‬ﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي وأﺑﻲ داود ﻋﻦ ﺻﺨﺮ اﻟﻐﺎﻣﺪي ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ٢٣٤‬اﻵداب ﻟﻠﺒﯿﮭﻘﻲ وﻣﺼﻨﻒ ﻋﺒﺪ اﻟﺮزاق‬ ‫‪ ٢٣٥‬ﻣﻌﺠﻢ اﻟﻄﺒﺮاﻧﻲ ﻋﻦ أﻧﺲ ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ٢٣٦‬ﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي وﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ إﻣﺎﻣﺔ ‪t‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻓﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﻄﹶﻠﹶﻘﹸﻮﺍ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺰﹺﻝﹺ ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﺍﻟﹾﻬ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺜﹶﻢﹺ ﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎﻥ‪ ‬ﺍﻷَﻧ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻼ ﻛﹶﺜ‪‬ﲑ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﻞﹺ‬

‫ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﺎﺀِ ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻦ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺠﹺﺪ‪‬ﻭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ ﻻﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﺎﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻚ‪‬؟ ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻟﹶﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﻧ‪‬ﻄﹶﻠﹶﻖ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺬ‪‬ﺏ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀَ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻠﹾﺒ‪‬ﺜﹸﻮﺍ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺟ‪‬ﺎﺀَ‬ ‫ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻮ ﺍﻟﹾﻬ‪‬ﻴ‪ ‬ﹶﺜﻢﹺ ﺑﹺﻘ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻳ‪ ‬ﺰﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻮ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﻳ‪‬ﻠﹾﺘ‪‬ﺰﹺﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ r ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻔﹶﺪ‪‬ﻳﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺄﹶﺑﹺﻴﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻧ‪‬ﻄﹶﻠﹶﻖ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻬﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳﻘﹶﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺒ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻂﹶ ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺴ‪‬ﺎﻃﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻧ‪‬ﻄﹶﻠﹶﻖ‪‬‬

‫ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻧ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﻠﹶﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺠ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﺑﹺﻘ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻮﹴ ﻓﹶﻮ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ :r ‬ﺃﹶﻓﹶﻼ ﺗ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻘﱠﻴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﻃﹶﺒﹺﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺨﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﻃﹶﺒﹺﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻭﺍ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺗ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﺷﺮﹺﺑ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀِ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ :r ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺮﹺﻩ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻛﹶﻠﹸﻮﺍ ﻭ‪ ‬‬

‫ﻪ ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﻡ ﺍﻟﹾﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻢ ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﺗ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﻦ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴِﻲ ﺑﹺﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻩ ﻣ‪ ‬‬ ‫‪٢٣٧‬‬

‫ﻇ‪‬ﻞﱞ ﺑ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﻃﹶﺐ‪ ‬ﻃﹶﻴ‪‬ﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﺀٌ ﺑ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺﺩ‪. { ‬‬ ‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﲡﺪﻩ ﰲ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﺃﺭﻋﺎﻫﺎ؟ ﺑﺸﻜﺮ ﺍﻹﻟﻪ‪:‬‬

‫‪ö 3‬‬ ‫‪ä J‬‬ ‫‪y »èy R÷ &r #( qö ã‬‬ ‫) ‪t ‘ö #$ ru #( q=è .ä‬‬ ‫‪٥٤) ( N‬ﻃﻪ(‬

‫إذا ﻛﻨــــﺖ ﰲ ﻧﻌﻤــــﺔ ﻓﺎرﻋﻬــــﺎ‬ ‫وﺣـــﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻴﻬـــﺎ ﺑﺸـــﻜﺮ اﻹﻟـــﻪ‬

‫ﻛﹸﻞ ﻭﺭﺍﻋﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻢ‪،‬‬

‫ﻓـــﺈن اﳌﻌـــﺎﴆ ﺗﺰﻳـــﻞ اﻟـــﻨﻌﻢ‬ ‫ﻓــــﺈن اﻹﻟــــﻪ ﺷــــﺪﻳﺪ اﻟــــﻨﻘﻢ‬

‫} ﻓﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﻄﹶﻠﹶﻖ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻮ ﺍﻟﹾﻬ‪‬ﻴ‪ ‬ﹶﺜﻢﹺ ﻟ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻃﹶﻌ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ :r ‬ﻻ ﺗ‪‬ﺬﹾﺑ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬ ‫‪٢٣٨‬‬

‫ﺫﹶﺍﺕ‪ ‬ﺩ‪‬ﺭ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺬﹶﺑ‪‬ﺢ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﻗﹰﺎ ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺗ‪‬ﺎﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻛﹶﻠﹸﻮﺍ { ‪.‬‬ ‫ﳌﺎﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﳚﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪r‬؟ ﺣﱴ ﻳ‪‬ﻌﻠﱢﻢ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﻭﺃﺣﺒﺎﺑﻪ ﻭﺃﺗﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﳉﻮﻉ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ؟ ﻧﻌﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﺣﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﻥ ﳝﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﲟﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺯﻫﺪ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺰﻫﺪ‬ ‫‪ ٢٣٧‬ﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ ھﺮﯾﺮة ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ٢٣٨‬ﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ ھﺮﯾﺮة ‪ ،t‬وﺗﻤﺎم اﻟﺤﺪﯾﺚ ﻟﻔﺎﺋﺪة ﻓﯿﮫ ﻋﻈﯿﻤﺔ‪ }:‬ﻓَﻘَﺎلَ اﻟﻨﱠﺒِﻲﱡ ‪ :r‬ھَﻞْ ﻟَﻚَ ﺧَﺎدِمٌ‪ ،‬ﻗَﺎلَ‪ :‬ﻻ‪ ،‬ﻗَ ﺎلَ‪ :‬ﻓَ ﺈِذَا‬ ‫أَﺗَﺎﻧَﺎ ﺳَﺒْﻲٌ ﻓَﺄْﺗِﻨَﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓَﺄُﺗِﻲَ اﻟﻨﱠﺒِﻲﱡ ‪ r‬ﺑِﺮَأْﺳَﯿْﻦِ ﻟَﯿْﺲَ ﻣَﻌَﮭُﻤَﺎ ﺛَﺎﻟِﺚٌ‪ ،‬ﻓَﺄَﺗَﺎهُ أَﺑُﻮ اﻟْﮭَﯿْ ﺜَﻢِ‪ ،‬ﻓَﻘَ ﺎلَ اﻟﻨﱠﺒِ ﻲﱡ ‪ :r‬اﺧْﺘَ ﺮْ ﻣِﻨْﮭُﻤَ ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓَﻘَ ﺎلَ‪ :‬ﯾَ ﺎ ﻧَﺒِ ﻲﱠ اﻟﻠﱠ ﮫِ‬ ‫اﺧْﺘَﺮْ ﻟِﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓَﻘَ ﺎلَ اﻟﻨﱠﺒِ ﻲﱡ ‪ :r‬إِنﱠ اﻟْﻤُﺴْﺘَﺸَ ﺎرَ ﻣُ ﺆْﺗَﻤَﻦٌ ﺧُ ﺬْ ھَ ﺬَا ﻓَ ﺈِﻧﱢﻲ رَأَﯾْﺘُ ﮫُ ﯾُﺼَ ﻠﱢﻲ وَاﺳْ ﺘَﻮْصِ ﺑِ ﮫِ ﻣَﻌْﺮُوﻓً ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓَ ﺎﻧْﻄَﻠَﻖَ أَﺑُ ﻮ اﻟْﮭَﯿْ ﺜَﻢِ إِﻟَ ﻰ‬ ‫اﻣْﺮَأَﺗِﮫِ ﻓَﺄَﺧْﺒَﺮَھَﺎ ﺑِﻘَﻮْلِ رَﺳُﻮلِ اﻟﻠﱠﮫِ ‪ r‬ﻓَﻘَﺎﻟَﺖِ اﻣْﺮَأَﺗُﮫُ‪ :‬ﻣَﺎ أَﻧْ ﺖَ ﺑِﺒَ ﺎﻟِﻎٍ ﻣَ ﺎ ﻗَ ﺎلَ ﻓِﯿ ﮫِ اﻟﻨﱠﺒِ ﻲﱡ ‪ r‬إِﻻ أَنْ ﺗَﻌْﺘِﻘَ ﮫُ‪ ،‬ﻗَ ﺎلَ‪ :‬ﻓَﮭُ ﻮَ ﻋَﺘِﯿ ﻖٌ‪ ،‬ﻓَﻘَ ﺎلَ‬ ‫اﻟﻨﱠﺒِ ﻲﱡ ‪ :r‬إِنﱠ اﻟﻠﱠ ﮫَ ﻟَ ﻢْ ﯾَﺒْﻌَ ﺚْ ﻧَﺒِﯿ‪ ‬ﺎ وَﻻ ﺧَﻠِﯿﻔَ ﺔً إِﻻ وَﻟَ ﮫُ ﺑِﻄَﺎﻧَﺘَ ﺎنِ‪ ،‬ﺑِﻄَﺎﻧَ ﺔٌ ﺗَ ﺄْﻣُﺮُهُ ﺑِ ﺎﻟْﻤَﻌْﺮُوفِ وَﺗَﻨْﮭَ ﺎهُ ﻋَ ﻦِ اﻟْﻤُﻨْﻜَ ﺮِ‪ ،‬وَﺑِﻄَﺎﻧَ ﺔٌ ﻻ ﺗَ ﺄْﻟُﻮهُ‬ ‫ﺧَﺒَﺎﻻ‪ ،‬وَﻣَﻦْ ﯾُﻮقَ ﺑِﻄَﺎﻧَﺔَ اﻟﺴﱡﻮءِ ﻓَﻘَﺪْ وُﻗِﻲَ {‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺯﻫﺪﺕ ﺑﻄﻨﻪ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﱪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﳚﻮﻉ ﻟﻴﻌﻠﱢﻤﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﻫﻮ ﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﰱ ﺍﻷﺛﺮ ﺍﳌﺸﻬﻮﺭ‪:‬‬ ‫‪٢٣٩‬‬

‫} ﻳﺎﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﺩ‪‬ﺍﻭﹺﻣ‪‬ﻲ ﻗﹶﺮ‪‬ﻉ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﺎﺏﹺ ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪ّ‬ﺔ‪‬؛ ﻗﺎﻟﺖ‪ :‬ﲟﺎﺫﺍ ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ ‪ :‬ﺑﹺﺎﳉﹸﻮﻉﹺ { ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﻴﻞ‪ " :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﻨﺔ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﺍﳊﻜﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺇﻣﺘﻸﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﺓ ﺧﺮﺟﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﳊﻜﻤﺔ "‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ t‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ " :‬ﻣﺎ ﺷﺒﻌﺖ ﺑﻄﻦ‪ ‬ﺇﻻ ﻫﻢ‪ ‬ﺻﺎﺣﺒﻬﺎ ﲟﻌﺼﻴﺔ " ﺇﺫﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﻡ ﺟﺮﻯ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﻳﲔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻷﻛﻞ ﻳ‪‬ﻔﻜﺮ ﰲ ﺃﻯ ﺷﻬﻮﺓ ﻳﻘﻀﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺃﻯ ﻫﻮﻯ‬ ‫ﻳﻨﻔﺬﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺩﺭ‪‬ﺏ ‪ r‬ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﻮﻉ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻗﻮﻝ ﻟﻜﻢ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﺎﹰ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺴﻤﻌﻮﻧﻪ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺪﺭﻛﻮﻥ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﲑﻭﻯ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻛﹸﺘ‪‬ﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﲑﺓ ﺃﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻀﻊ ﺍﳊﺠﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﻨﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﳉﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﺋﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻡ ﺣﺮﺭﻭﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ـ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﰲ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺘﻬﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﻜﺘﺐ ﺑﻐﲑ ﻧﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻮﺻﻞ ﺇﻣﺎﻡ‪ ‬ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻷﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺤﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻫﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻀﻊ ﺍﳊﹸﺠﺰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳊﹸﺠﺰ ﻳﻌﲏ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻁ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﳊﺰﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺮﺑﻄﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭﺳﺎﻃﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﳊﺠﺰ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﳊﺠﺮ‬ ‫ﻷﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻧﻘﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﺮﻭﻑ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ‪ r‬ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻳﻀﻊ ﺍﳊﺠﺮ‪ ،‬ﳌﺎﺫﺍ؟ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻴﺖ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻄﹾﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﻴﻨﹺﻲ {‬

‫‪٢٤٠‬‬

‫ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﻳﺮﺑﻂ ﺍﳊﺠﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﳉﻮﻉ؟!‬ ‫ﻟﻴﺲ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﺟﻮﻉ ﻷﻥ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﻳﻄﻌﻤﻪ ﻭﻳﺴﻘﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﺗﻮﻻﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﻻﻩ ﻣﻮﻻﻩ‬ ‫ﻛﻔﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻘﻮﺗﻪ ‪ I‬ﻏﹼﺬﱠﺍﻩ ﻭﳕﱠﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﳛﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ ﻏﺬﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ؟!‬ ‫ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﳊﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺫﱄ ‪ :t‬ﻭﺍﷲ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻛﻞ ‪ r‬ﺇﻻ ﻟﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﻌﻠﱢﻤﻨﺎ ﻛﻴﻒ‬ ‫ﻧﺄﻛﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺷﺮﺏ ‪ r‬ﺇﻻ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻟﻴﻌﻠﱢﻤﻨﺎ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻧﺸﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻧﺎﻡ ‪ r‬ﺇﻻ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻟﻴﻌﻠﱢﻤﻨﺎ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻧﻨﺎﻡ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻷﻧﻪ ‪ r‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻨﺎﻡ ﻋﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻨﺎﻡ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﺍﻵﺩﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ‬ ‫‪ ٢٣٩‬ورد ﻓﻰ اﻹﺣﯿﺎء‪ ،‬وﻟﻢ ﯾﺠﺪ اﻟﻌﺮاﻗﻰ ﻟﮫ أﺻﻼً‪ ،‬ﻓﮭﻮ أﺛﺮ اﺷﺘﮭﺮ ﺑﺄﻧﮫ ﺣﺪﯾﺚ وﻟﯿﺲ ﺑﻜﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬وﻛﺬا ﻓﻰ ﻛﺸﻒ اﻟﺨﻔﺎء‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٢٤٠‬اﻟﺒﺨﺎري وﻣﺴﻠﻢ وﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ رﺿﻲ اﷲ ﻋﻨﮭﺎ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺭﰊ ﻭﺗﺴﻠﻴﻤﺎﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﺄﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻭﺟﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﰲ ﺑﻴﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮ ﻭﺍﳌﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎﹰ ﻳﺄﻛﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮ ﻭﺍﳌﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎﹰ ﻳﺄﻛﻞ ﺧﺒﺰﺍﹰ ﺟﺎﻓﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎﹰ ﻳﺄﻛﻞ ﺍﳋﺒﺰ ﻭﻣﻌﻪ ﺇﺩﺍﻡ ‪ -‬ﻳﻌﲏ ﻏﹸﻤﻮﺱ ‪.-‬‬ ‫ﻭﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎﹰ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﺘﺤﻔﻪ ﺟﲑﺍﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﺼﺎﺭ ﺑﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻠﱭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎﹰ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺘﺤﻔﻪ ﻏﲑﻫﻢ‬ ‫ﺑﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺇﻥ ﺭﺟﻼﹰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﺼﺎﺭ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺳﻌﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﺫ ‪ t‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺮﺳﻞ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻳﻮﻡﹴ ﻭﻋﺎﺀﺍﹰ ﻣﻦ ﻃﻌﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﳛﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﻋﺎﺀ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺛﺮﻳﺪ ﻭﳊﻢ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺮﺳﻠﻪ ﺳﻌﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﺫ ﻷﺿﻴﺎﻑ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،r‬ﻏﲑ ﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻧﺼﺎﺭ ﻭﻏﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﳉﲑﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻏﲑ ﻣﺎ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﳑﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺄﺗﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ‪ r‬ﻋﻠﱠﻤﻬﻢ ﺃﻣﺮﺍﹰ ﻳﺎ ﻟﻴﺘﻨﺎ ﻧﻘﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻵﻥ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﻧﺲ ‪:t‬‬ ‫} ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻏﹶﺪ‪‬ﺍﺀٌ ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻋ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺎﺀٌ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺰﹴ ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺤ‪‬ﻢﹴ ﺇﹺﻻ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺿ‪‬ﻔﹶﻒ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٢٤١‬‬

‫ﻭﺿﻔﻒ ﺃﻱ ﺿﻴﻔﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻔﺎﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﻌﻄﻲ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺣﻘﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻜﺮﻣﻬﺎ ﰲ ﻭﺳﻂ‬ ‫ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻔﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺿﻴﻔﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﳉﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺘﺮﺑ‪‬ﻰ ﺍﻷﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺣﱴ ﻳﻨﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫‪( #( qþ ùè ŽÎ £‬‬ ‫‪ô @è w‬‬ ‫‪Ÿ ru #( q/ç Žu °‬‬ ‫‪õ #$ ru #( q=è 2‬‬ ‫ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ ‪ ،U‬ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﺃﻭﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺏ‪à ru ) :‬‬ ‫)‪٣١‬ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﻑ( ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﲢﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ ﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻪ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﺗﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬ ‫‪‬ﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ‪.U‬‬ ‫ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﺄﻛﻞ ﻃﻌﺎﻣﺎﹰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺟﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﱂ ﳚﺪ ﻃﻌﺎﻣﺎﹰ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻧﻮﻳﺖ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺘﻢ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻴﺔ ﺻﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻞ ﺗﺼ‪‬ﺢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺻﻴﺎﻡ ﺭﻣﻀﺎﻥ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺁﺫﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺠﺮ ﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪:r‬‬ ‫} ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊﹺ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻡ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺒ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺍﻟﹾﻔﹶﺠ‪‬ﺮﹺ ﻓﹶﻼ ﺻ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻡ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٢٤٢‬‬

‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺻﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﻓﻞ ﻓﻴﺠﻮﺯ ﰲ ﺃﻯ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ ﺃﱐ ﺃﻧﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﳚﻮﺯ ﳌﻦ ﺻﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻓﻠﺔ ﺃﻳﻀﺎﹰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻔﻄﺮ ﰲ ﺃﻯ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ‪:r‬‬ ‫‪ ٢٤١‬ﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ وﺻﺤﯿﺢ اﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎن‬ ‫‪ ٢٤٢‬ﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي وأﺑﻲ داود ﻋﻦ ﺣﻔﺼﺔ ﺑﻨﺖ ﻋﻤﺮ رﺿﻲ اﷲ ﻋﻨﮭﺎ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫‪٢٤٣‬‬

‫} ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻄﹶ ‪‬ﻮﻉ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﲑ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴِﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﺷ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﺻ‪‬ﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﺷ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﺃﹶﻓﹾﻄﹶﺮ‪{ ‬‬

‫ﻭﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ‪ r‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﻴﺪ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺑﻨﻮﻉ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﱂ ﻳﻘﻴﺪ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﻠﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻨﻮﻉ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﻴﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﺮﻙ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻛﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻷﺻﻨﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲣﻄﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻚ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﲑ ﺑﺎﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﺩﺍﻣﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻼﻝ ﻭﺃﺣﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ‪.I‬‬ ‫ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﺄﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺣﻀﺮ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺮﺩ ﻣﺎ ﻭﺟﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻻ ﻳﺘﻮﺭﻉ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻄﻌﻢ ﺣﻼﻝ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺇﻥ ﻭﺟﺪ ﲤﺮﺍ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺧﺒﺰ ﺃﻛﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻭﺟﺪ ﳊﻤﺎﹰ ﻣﺸﻮﻳ‪‬ﺎﹰ ﺃﻛﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻭﺟﺪ ﺧﺒﺰ ﺑﺮ‪ ‬ﺃﻛﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﺷﻌﲑ ﺃﻛﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻭﺟﺪ ﺣﻠﻮﻯ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺴﻼﹰ ﺃﻛﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻭﺟﺪ ﻟﺒﻨﺎﹰ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺧﺒﺰ ﺃﻛﻠﻪ ﻭﺍﻛﺘﻔﻰ ﺑﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺇﻥ ﻭﺟﺪ ﺑﻄﱢﻴﺨﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺭﻃﺒﺎﹰ ﺃﻛﻠﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻛﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻛﻞ ‪ r‬ﳊﻢ ﲪﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺶ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻛﻞ ‪ r‬ﳊﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﺄﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻛﻞ‬ ‫‪ r‬ﳊﻢ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻝ ﺳﻔﺮﺍﹰ ﻭﺣﻀﺮﺍﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻛﻞ ‪ r‬ﳊﻢ ﺍﻷﺭﻧﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻛﻞ ‪ r‬ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻛﻞ‬ ‫‪ r‬ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﺪ )ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻢ ﺍﳉﺎﻑ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻢ ﱂ ﳜﻔﺾ ﺭﺃﺳﻪ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﻞ ﻳﺮﻓﻌﻪ‬ ‫ﺇﱃ ﻓﻴﻪ ﰒ ﻳﻨﻬﺸﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﺷﺎﹰ‪ .٢٤٤‬ﻭﺃﻛﻞ ‪ r‬ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻢ ﺍﳌﺸﻮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻢ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻮﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻛﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻢ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻮﺥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺠﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺗﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺷﻲﺀٌ ﻣﺎﺩﺍﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻼﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎﺩﺍﻣﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳ‪‬ﺼﻨ‪‬ﻊ ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻼﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﳛﺐ ﺗﻄﻴﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ ﲟﺎ ﺗﻴﺴﺮ ﻭﺳﻬﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻻ ﻳﻨﺎﰲ ﺍﻟﺰﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺭﺟﻞ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻫﻮ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺮﻯ ‪ t‬ﺩﻋﺎ ﲨﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻌﺎﻡ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻓﹶﻘﹸﺪ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻃﹶﻌ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹸﺪ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻃﹶﻌ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﺤ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺩ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺎﺝﹴ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﹾﻘﹶﻮ‪‬ﻡﹺ ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹲ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ‬ ‫ﺗ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻢﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺄﹶﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻟﹰﻰ ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻥﹸ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻮ ﻣ‪‬ﻮﺳ‪‬ﻰ‪ :‬ﺍﺩ‪‬ﻥﹸ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﺖ‪‬‬ ‫‪٢٤٥‬‬ ‫ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺄﹾﻛﹸﻞﹸ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪{ ‬‬ ‫ﻭﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻌﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺍﻕ ﻻ ﻳﺄﻛﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺍﻧﺐ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻭﺭﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﺃﻛﻞ‬

‫‪ ٢٤٣‬ﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ واﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺪرك ﻋﻦ أم ھﺎﻧﻲء رﺿﻲ اﷲ ﻋﻨﮭﺎ‬ ‫‪ ٢٤٤‬ﻧﮭﺎﯾ ﺔ اﻷرب ﻓ ﻲ ﻓﻨ ﻮن اﻷدب‪ :‬ﻃﻌ ﺎم اﻟﯿ ﺪ اﻟﺜﺮﯾ ﺪ‪ ،‬وﻃﻌ ﺎم اﻟﯿ ﺪﯾﻦ اﻟﺸ ﻮاء ﻷﻧ ﮫ ﯾ ﻨﮭﺶ ﻧﮭﺸ ﺎً‪.‬أھ ـ ) أى ﯾﻤﺴ ﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﯿ ﺪﯾﻦ‬ ‫وﯾﻘﻀﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻢ ﻷﻧﮭﻢ ﻛﺎﻧﻮا ﯾﻨﻀﺠﻮن اﻟﻠﺤﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻮاء ﺷﺎة ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ أو ﻗﻄﻌﺎ ﻛﺒﯿﺮة‪ ،‬و اﻟﻤﺮق ﻛﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﯿﻤﺴﻜﻮا اﻟﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﯿﺪﯾﻦ ﻣﻌ ﺎ أو‬ ‫ﺑﻮاﺣﺪة أﺣﯿﺎﻧﺎ ﺛﻢ ﯾﻘﻀﻤﻮن ﻣﻨﮫ ﺑﺄﻓﻮاھﻢ ﻓﮭﺬا ھﻮ اﻟﻨﮭﺶ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻄﻊ اﻟﻠﺤﻢ اﻟﺼﻐﯿﺮة ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻋﻨﺪ )ﺗﻘﺪﯾﺪ( ﺗﺠﻔﯿﻒ اﻟﻠﺤﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٢٤٥‬ﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ واﻟﺪارﻣﻲ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ اﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻗﯿﺲ ‪t‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﳊﻢ ﺍﻷﺭﺍﻧﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻛﻞ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺄﻛﻞ ﳊﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﺟﺎﺝ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﲑ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺼﺎﺩ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻻ ﻳﺸﺘﺮﻳﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺼﻴﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﳛﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺼﺎﺩ ﻟﻪ ﻓﻴﺆﺗﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻴﺄﻛﻠﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﺃﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺻﻨﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻧﺮﺍﻫﺎ ﺣﻮﻟﻨﺎ ﻭﺃﺣﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻒ ﻟﻨﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻷﻧﻪ ‪ r‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺭﻉ ﻭﺍﳌﺸﺮ‪‬ﻉ ﻟﻨﺎ ‪‬ﺪﻳﻪ ﻭﺣﺎﻟﻪ ﻭﻓﻌﺎﻟﻪ ﻷﻣﺘﻪ ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺭﰊ ﻭﺗﺴﻠﻴﻤﺎﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻋﺎﻑ‪ ‬ﻃﻌﺎﻣﺎﹰ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﺟﺪﱐ ﺃﻋﺎﻓﱡﻪ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﳛﺮﻣﻪ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻻ ﳚﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺔ ﳍﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺃﺣﻞﱠ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﳉﺮﺍﺩ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻨﺎ‪ }:‬ﺃﹸﺣ‪‬ﻠﱠﺖ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﻮﺕ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﺩ‪ ،٢٤٦{ ‬ﻟﻜﻨﻪ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﺪ‪‬ﻡ ﻟﻪ ﺍﳉﺮﺍﺩ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ }:‬ﻻ ﺁﻛﹸﻠﹸﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﺃﹸﺣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،٢٤٧{ ‬ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻐﲑ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺼﺪﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻧﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﻻ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻫﺎﺫﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﺟﺪﱐ ﺃﻋﺎﻓﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﻮﻣﻪ ﻳﺄﻛﻠﻮﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﺣﻒ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺴﻤﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺐ‪ ‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻌﻴﺶ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺒﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺤﺮﺍﺀ ﻛﺎﻟﺴﺤﺎﱃ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻪ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ } :‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻦ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺄﹶﺭ‪‬ﺽﹺ ﻗﹶﻮ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺟﹺﺪ‪‬ﻧﹺﻲ ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﺎﻓﹸﻪ‪ ،٢٤٨{ ‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪: r‬‬ ‫ﺳﺒ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟ ﱠﺬﻛﹶﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻷُﻧ‪‬ﺜﹶﻴ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﹾﻐ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺓﹶ‪،‬‬ ‫} ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹾﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﺎﺓ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺜﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﺔﹶ {‪.٢٤٩‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﻻ ﻳﺄﻛﻞ ﺍﳉﺮﺍﺩ ﻭﻻ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺘﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﻌﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻀﺐ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻝ ﻭﻻ ﳛﺮﻣﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻻ ﻳﺄﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﻮﻡ ﻭﻻ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﻞ ﻭﻻ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﺙ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺗﺄﺗﻴﻪ ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻜﻠﻢ ﺟﱪﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺫﻡ ‪ r‬ﻃﻌﺎﻣﺎﹰ ﻗﻂ ﺇﻥ ﺍﺷﺘﻬﺎﻩ ﺃﻛﻠﻪ ﻭﺇﻻ ﺗﺮﻛﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﺃﻡ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ‪:y‬‬ ‫} ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻰﺀْ ﺟ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻑ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲﹺّ ‪ r‬ﺷ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻌﺎﹰ ﻗﹶﻂﹸّ {} ﻭﺇﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺃﻫﻠﻪ‬ ‫ﻻ ﻳﺴﺄﳍﻢ ﻃﻌﺎﻣﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺘﺸﻬﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺃﻃﻌﻤﻮﻩ ﺃﻛﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﻃﻌﻤﻮﻩ ﻗﺒﻞ‬ ‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﺳﻘﻮﻩ ﺷﺮﺏ{} ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺭﲟﺎ ﻗﺎﻡ ﻓﺄﺧﺬ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺄﻛﻞ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻪ‬

‫‪ ٢٤٦‬ﺳﻨﻦ اﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﺔ وﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ ﻋﻦ اﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮو ‪y‬‬ ‫‪ ٢٤٧‬ﺳﻨﻦ أﺑﻲ داود واﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻠﻤﺎن ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ٢٤٨‬اﻟﺼﺤﯿﺤﯿﻦ اﻟﺒﺨﺎري وﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺧﺎﻟﺪ ﺑﻦ اﻟﻮﻟﯿﺪ ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ٢٤٩‬ﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﺒﯿﮭﻘﻲ وﻣﺼﻨﻒ ﻋﺒﺪ اﻟﺮزاق‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫‪٢٥٠‬‬

‫ﺃﻭ ﻳﺸﺮﺏ {‬

‫ﻭﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﺖ‪ :‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺠﹺﻲﺀُ ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻫ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻏﹶﺪ‪‬ﺍﺀٌ؟ ﻓﹶﻨ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻻ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﺻ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺗ‪‬ﺎﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶ ‪‬ﺪ‬ ‫ﺃﹸﻫ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺣ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺲ‪ – ‬ﲤﺮﻣﻊ ﲰﻦ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻘﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﱭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ ﻓﻴﺪﻟﻚ ﺍﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﺣﱴ‬ ‫ﺷﻲ‪‬ﺀٌ؟ ﻗﹸﻠﹾﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ :‬ﻧ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﹸﻫ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺣ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺲ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ‬ ‫ﳜﺘﻠﻂ ‪ -‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻛﹸﻢ‪ ‬‬ ‫‪٢٥١‬‬

‫ﺼﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻛﹶﻞﹶ {‬ ‫ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﺭﹺﻳﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪:r ‬‬

‫ﺳﺄﹶﻝﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺔﹲ ﺃﹶﻡ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻗﹶﺔﹲ ؟ ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻥﹾ ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺔﹲ ﻣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪،‬‬ ‫} ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺃﹸﺗ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺸ‪‬ﻲ‪‬ﺀِ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﺻ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻗﹶﺔﹲ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻷَﺻ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺑﹺﻪ‪ :‬ﺧ‪‬ﺬﹸﻭﺍ {‪.٢٥٢‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﳛﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﺭﺍﻉ )ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺮﻓﻖ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ‪ y‬ﻋﻠﻠﺖ ﺫﻟﻚ‬ ‫ﻓﻘﺎﻟﺖ‪ :‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ‪ r‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻻ ﻳﺄﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻢ ﻛﺜﲑﺍﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﻀﺞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﺭﺍﻉ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺣﺬﺭﺍﹰ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺃﻣﻮﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺃﻫﺪﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﺑﺸﺎﺓ ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﻧﻪ ﳛﺐ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﺭﺍﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪﻣﺖ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﺭﺍﻉ ﻣﺴﻤﻮﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﳍﻢ ‪:r‬‬ ‫} ﺍﺭ‪‬ﻓﹶﻌ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻥﱠ ﻫ‪‬ﺬ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺬﱢﺭ‪‬ﺍﻉ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺒﹺﺮ‪‬ﻧﹺﻲ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻮﻣ‪‬ﺔﹲ {‬

‫‪٢٥٣‬‬

‫ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﱂ ﻳﺄﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺮﻭﻱ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺃﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺻﺤﺘﻬﺎ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﻟﻠﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‬ ‫ﻷ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﺧﱪﺗﻪ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﺴﻤﻮﻣﺔ ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﺄﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺭﰊ ﻭﺗﺴﻠﻴﻤﺎﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎﹰ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﺍﳊﺬﺭ ‪ -‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻘﺘﻀﺎﻩ ‪ -‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻗﺪ‪‬ﻡ ﻟﻪ ﺃﺣﺪ‪ ‬ﻃﻌﺎﻣﺎﹰ ﻫﺪﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﺄﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺣﱴ‬ ‫‪٧١) ( N‬ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ(‪.‬‬ ‫‪ö 2‬‬ ‫‹ ‪à ‘u‬‬ ‫‪õ m‬‬ ‫‹‪Ï #( r‬‬ ‫{ ‪ä‬‬ ‫ﻳﺄﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺃﻭﻻﹰ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ‪è ):‬‬ ‫‪ ٢٥٠‬ﻃﺒﻘﺎت اﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﯿﺔ اﻟﻜﺒﺮى وﻧﻮر اﻟﯿﻘﯿﻦ‪ .‬وﻏﯿﺮھﺎ وھﻰ ﺟﻤﻠﺔ أﺣﺎدﯾﺚ واردة ﻋﻦ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ رﺿﻰ اﷲ ﻋﻨﮭﻤﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٢٥١‬ﺻﺤﯿﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ وﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ واﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﺔ‬ ‫‪ ٢٥٢‬ﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ واﻟﺒﯿﮭﻘﻲ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻌﺎوﯾﺔ اﻟﻘﺸﯿﺮي ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ٢٥٣‬اﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎت اﻟﻜﺒﺮى ﻻﺑﻦ ﺳﻌﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺟﺎﺑﺮ ‪t‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺃﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﺧﺒﺰ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﲑ‪ :‬ﻭﺃﺭﺟﻌﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺃﺭﺟﻌﺘﻨﺎ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﺍﺽ ﺇﱃ ﺧﺒﺰ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﲑ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﲑ ﺍﻟﻨﺬﻳﺮ ‪ ،r‬ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﺄﻛﻞ ﺧﺒﺰ ﺑ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺃﻭ ﻗﻤﺢ ﺇﻻ ﻗﻠﻴﻼﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺧﺒﺰﻩ ﻫﻮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻌﲑ ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺭﰊ ﻭﺗﺴﻠﻴﻤﺎﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ }:‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻛﹶﺔ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻄﱠﻌ‪‬ﺎﻡﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﻮ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻮﺀَ ﻗﹶﺒ‪‬ﻠﹶﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﹾﻮ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻮﺀَ‬ ‫‪٢٥٤‬‬ ‫ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪{ ‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺿﻮﺀ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻏﺴﻞ ﺍﻟﻴﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﺀ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﳚﻠﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﳚﻠﺲ‬ ‫‪ r‬ﺯﻫﺪﺍﹰ ﻭﻭﺭﻋﺎﹰ ﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﻋﺼﺮﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻋﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﳌﻨﻀﺪﺓ ﺍﻵﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺄﻛﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﺴﻤﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻔﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻘﺪ‪‬ﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻳﻌﺘﱪﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﻫﻲ ﺍﳌﻨﻀﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺷﻲﺀٌ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﰲ ﻓﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺸﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺪﺭ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻭ‪‬ﺟﺪﻧﺎ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺯﺍﺩ ﺍﳋﲑ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﺃﺑﺪﺍﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻧﺰﻳﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﺮ ﻟﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ ‪ ،U‬ﻓﻜﻠﻤﺎ ﺯﺍﺩﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﳋﲑﺍﺕ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺯﺩﻧﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﺮ ﻟﻮﺍﻫﺐ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳋﲑﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﱪﻛﺎﺕ ‪.U‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﳚﻠﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮﺓ ﻭﳝﻨﻊ ﺍﻷﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﺋﻢ‪ ‬ﺳﻮﺍﺀﺍﹰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻇﻬﺮﻩ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺑﻄﻨﻪ ﺇﻻ ﻟﻠﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﻳﻌﲏ ﻣﺮﺽ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻻ ﳚﻮﺯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻇﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎﹰ ﻳﺘﻨﺎﰲ ﻣﻊ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺔ ﲢﺘﺎﺝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺄﻛﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺟﺎﻟﺲ‪،،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﱠﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﱯ‪ } :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻏﹸﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﺳ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹸﻞﹾ ﺑﹺﻴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻴﻨﹺﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹸﻞﹾ ﻣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻴﻚ‪ ،٢٥٥{ ‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ ﻛﻠﻪ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﻓﻼ ﺃﻣﺪ ﻳﺪﻱ ﻷﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻮ ﺟﺎﻟﺲ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺁﻛﻞ‬ ‫ﳑﺎ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻔﺎﻛﻬﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﺍﺕ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ‪ r‬ﺑﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﰱ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﺔ‪) :‬‬ ‫‪.( ÇËÉÈ c‬‬ ‫‪š‬‬ ‫‚ ¨• ‪rŽç‬‬ ‫‪y Gt ƒt $J‬‬ ‫‪£ BiÏ p7 g‬‬ ‫‪y 3‬‬ ‫‪Å »ùs ru‬‬

‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺄﻛﻞ ﳑﺎ ﻳﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﻬﺔ ﻳﺘﺨﲑ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻯ ﰲ‬

‫‪ ٢٥٤‬اﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺪرك وﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي ﻋﻦ ﺳﻠﻤﺎن ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ٢٥٥‬اﻟﺼﺤﯿﺤﯿﻦ اﻟﺒﺨﺎري وﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﻦ أﺑﻲ ﺳﻠﻤﺔ ‪t‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻇﻦ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﺣﻜﻤﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻯ ﻗﺪ ﳛﻤﻞ ﺟﺮﺍﺛﻴﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻢ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﳉﺮﺍﺛﻴﻢ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻭ‪‬ﺿﻊ ﰲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻖ ﻳﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﳉﺮﺍﺛﻴﻢ ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﰲ ﲨﻊ ﻳﺄﻣﺮﻫﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻳﺒﺪﺃﻭﺍ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﻛﺒﲑﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﳍﻢ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻓﹶﺎﺟ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻃﹶﻌ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ،٢٥٦{ ‬ﻭﻳﻨﻬﺎﻫﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ‬ ‫ﺭﺟﻞﹲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻣﺴﻚ ﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪ } :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻄﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻞﱡ‬ ‫‪٢٥٧‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻄﱠﻌ‪‬ﺎﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺬﹾﻛﹶﺮﹺ ﺍﺳ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪.{ ‬‬ ‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﲨﻊ ﻻ ﻧﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﲑ ﺍﻟﻨﺬﻳﺮ ‪،r‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺿﻌﺖ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺑﹺﺴ‪‬ﻢﹺ ﺍﷲ {} ﺍﺟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠﹾﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻧﹺﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺔﹰ ﻣ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮﺭ‪‬ﺓﹰ ﺗ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺑﹺﻬﺎ ﻧﹺﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪ّ‬ﺔ‪.٢٥٨{ ‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻗﹸﺮ‪‬ﺏ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻃﹶﻌ‪‬ﺎﻡ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ }:‬ﺑﹺﺴ‪‬ﻢﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﻍﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻃﹶﻌ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻏﻨ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻗﹾﻨ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ‬ ‫ﺳﻘﹶﻴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶ ﹾ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻃﹾﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻭ‪ ‬‬ ‫‪٢٥٩‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻄﹶﻴ‪‬ﺖ‪{ ‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺭﻓﻌﺖ ﻣﺎﺋﺪﺗﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ } :‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﻛﹶﺜ‪‬ﲑ‪‬ﺍ ﻃﹶﻴ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻛﹰﺎ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫‪٢٦٠‬‬ ‫ﻏﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻜﹾﻔ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻣ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﻉﹴ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻰ ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ {‬ ‫ﹶ‬ ‫ﺳﻘﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻓﺮﻍ ﻣﻦ ﻃﻌﺎﻣﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ } :‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﺃﹶﻃﹾﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪ ‬‬ ‫‪٢٦١‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﲔ‪.{ ‬‬ ‫ﻃﻌ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻘﹶﻰ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻛﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺷﺮﺏ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ } :‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﺃﹶ ﹾ‬ ‫‪٢٦٢‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻏﹶﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺎ {‬ ‫‪ ٢٥٦‬ﺳﻨﻦ أﺑﻲ داود واﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﺔ ﻋﻦ وﺣﺸﻲ ﺑﻦ ﺣﺮب ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ٢٥٧‬ﺳﻨﻦ أﺑﻲ داود وﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺣﺬﯾﻔﺔ ﺑﻦ اﻟﯿﻤﺎن ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ٢٥٨‬اﻹﺣﯿ ﺎء وﻧ ﻮر اﻟﯿﻘ ﯿﻦ وﻃﺒﻘ ﺎت اﻟﺸ ﺎﻓﻌﯿﺔ اﻟﻜﺒ ﺮى‪ .‬وﺣ ﺪﯾﺚ اﻟﺘﺴ ﻤﯿﺔ ﻣﻌﻠ ﻮم‪ ،‬أﻣ ﺎ } إﺟﻌﻠﮭ ﺎ ﻧﻌﻤ ﺔ ﻣﺸ ﻜﻮرة ‪ {.‬ﻓﻠ ﻢ ﯾﻘ ﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﻌﺮاﻗﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺨﺮﯾﺠﮭﺎ ‪ ،‬وﻗﺎل اﻟﺮﻣﮭﺮﻣﺰى ﻓﻰ )اﻟﻤﺤﺪث اﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﺑﯿﻦ اﻟﺮاوي واﻟﻮاﻋﻲ ( ﻣﻦ ﻛﻼم اﻟﺤﺴﯿﻦ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٢٥٩‬ﻣﺴﻨﺪ اﻹﻣﺎم أﺣﻤﺪ‬ ‫‪ ٢٦٠‬ﻋﻤﻞ اﻟﯿﻮم واﻟﻠﯿﻠﺔ ﻻﺑﻦ اﻟﺴﻨﻲ واﻟﺒﺨﺎري وﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ إﻣﺎﻣﺔ ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ٢٦١‬ﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي وأﺑﻲ داود ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ ﺳﻌﯿﺪ اﻟﺨﺪري ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ٢٦٢‬ﺳﻨﻦ أﺑﻲ داود وﺻﺤﯿﺢ اﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎن ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ أﯾﻮب اﻷﻧﺼﺎري ‪t‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﺃﰊ ﺃﻳﻮﺏ ‪ t‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ } :‬ﻛﹸﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﱯ‪ r ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺮ‪‬ﺏ ﻃﹶﻌ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬‬ ‫ﻃﻌ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻈﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﺮ‪‬ﻛﹶﺔﹰ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻝﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻛﹶﻠﹾﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﺃﹶﻗﹶﻞﱠ ﺑﺮ‪‬ﻛﹶﺔﹰ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺁﺧ‪‬ﺮﹺﻩ‪ ،‬ﻗﹸﻠﹾﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ :‬ﻛﹶﻴ‪‬ﻒ‪‬‬ ‫ﹶ‬

‫ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻷَﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺫﹶﻛﹶﺮ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﺳ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ U ‬ﺣ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻛﹶﻠﹾﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺑﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬ ‫‪٢٦٣‬‬

‫ﺃﹶﻛﹶﻞﹶ ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻛﹶﻞﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻄﹶﺎﻥﹸ {‬

‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ‪y‬ﻗﺎﻟﺖ‪ }:‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ r ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺄﹾﻛﹸﻞﹸ ﺍﻟﻄﱠﻌ‪‬ﺎﻡ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬ ‫ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺑﹺﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺠ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﺑﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻛﹶﻠﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻠﹸﻘﹾﻤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ :r ‬ﻟﹶﻮ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻰ‬ ‫ﻟﹶﻜﹶﻔﹶﺎﻛﹸﻢ‪ ،٢٦٤{ ‬ﻭﻗﺎﻟﺖ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ‪:r‬‬ ‫} ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺃﹶﻛﹶﻞﹶ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻃﹶﻌ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﻠﹾﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻞﹾ ﺑﹺﺴ‪‬ﻢﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻥﹾ ﻧ‪‬ﺴِﻲ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻟ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻠﹾﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻞﹾ‬ ‫‪٢٦٥‬‬

‫ﺑﹺﺴ‪‬ﻢﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻟ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺁﺧ‪‬ﺮﹺﻩ‪{ ‬‬

‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻛﻞ ﻣﻊ ﻗﻮﻡ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺁﺧﺮﻫﻢ ﺃﻛﻼﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻭﻱ ﻋﻨﻪ ‪ r‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ } :‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺓﹸ ﻓﹶﻼ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻡ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹲ ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻓﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺓﹸ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻓﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﺷ‪‬ﺒﹺﻊ‪‬‬ ‫ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﻔﹾﺮ‪‬ﻍﹶ ﺍﻟﹾﻘﹶﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹾﻴ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺬ‪‬ﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺠﹺﻞﹸ ﺟ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻴﺴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹾﺒﹺﺾ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻰ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﱠﻌ‪‬ﺎﻡﹺ ﺣ‪‬ﺎﺟ‪‬ﺔﹲ {‪ ،٢٦٦‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪ } :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻰ ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﺄﹾﻛﹸﻞﹶ‬ ‫‪٢٦٧‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷَﻛﹾﻠﹶﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺏ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ {‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻛﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻗﻮﻡ ﱂ ﳜﺮﺝ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﳍﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺﻙ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪ ‬ﺯﻗﹾﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻏﹾﻔ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪.٢٦٨{ ‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﺻﺎﺋﻤﲔ‪ } :‬ﺃﹶﻓﹾﻄﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻛﹶﻞﹶ ﻃﹶﻌ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪‬‬ ‫‪ ٢٦٣‬ﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪوﺷﺮح اﻟﺴﻨﺔ‬ ‫‪ ٢٦٤‬ﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي واﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﺔ‬ ‫‪ ٢٦٥‬ﺳﻨﻦ ﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي وأﺑﻲ داود‬ ‫‪ ٢٦٦‬ﺳﻨﻦ اﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ اﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ٢٦٧‬ﺻﺤﯿﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ وﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي ﻋﻦ أﻧﺲ ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ٢٦٨‬ﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي وأﺑﻲ داود ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ اﷲ ﺑﻦ ﺑﺴﺮ ‪t‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻷَﺑ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﺭ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻼﺋ‪‬ﻜﹶﺔﹸ {‬

‫‪٢٦٩‬‬

‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻭﻯ ‪ t‬ﻳﺪﻋﻮﺍ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻷﻛﻞ ﻷﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫" ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ ﻫﻨ‪‬ﻲ ﺁﻛﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﻠﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺎﺫﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻃﺮﺡ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﱪﻛﺔ ﻓﻴﻪ " ﻓﻼ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺪﻋﻮ ﺑﻪ ﻷﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﺪﻋﻮ ﷲ ‪ ،U‬ﺍﳌﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺪﻋﻮ ﻟﺼﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ ﺑﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﺟﺎﻣﻊ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻻ ﻳﻨﻔﺦ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺄﻛﻠﻪ ﺣﱴ ﻳﱪﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻭﺭﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺃﻥﱠ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻰ ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻄﱠﻌ‪‬ﺎﻡﹺ ﺍﻟﹾـﺤ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺩ‪ ،٢٧٠ {‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ‪:r‬‬ ‫‪٢٧١‬‬ ‫} ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﺮﹺﺩ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻄﱠﻌ‪‬ﺎﻡ‪،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪ ‬ﻻ ﺑ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻛﹶﺔﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪{ ‬‬ ‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﻋﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻋﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺰﻓﲑ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳜﺮﺝ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺦ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﻛﻠﻪ ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﺑﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻧﻔﺨﻨﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ ﻟﻴﱪﺩ ﻣﻸﻧﺎﻩ ﺟﺮﺍﺛﻴﻢ ﻭﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﺑﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﺃﻣﺮﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﺃﻥ ﻧﺘﺮﻛﻪ ﺣﱴ ﻳﱪﺩ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﻳﱪﺩ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎﹰ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻛﻠﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ ﺣﺎﺭﺍﹰ ﺳﺎﺧﻨﺎﹰ ﺃﺿﺮ‪ ‬ﺑﺎﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﳍﻀﻤﻲ ﻛﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﻨﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪ r‬ﻻ ﻳﻨﻔﺦ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺄﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ ﺣﺎﺭﺍﹰ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ ﳊﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﻣﺮ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﰱ ﺍﻷﺛﺮ‪ } :‬ﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻮﺯ‪‬ﻉ ـ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﻕ ـ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ {‪ ،‬ﳌﺎﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ؟ ﻷﻧﻨﺎ ﻟﻮ ﺗﺮﻛﻨﺎ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻳﺄﻛﻞ ﻛﺎﻟﺒﻮﻓﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻔﺘﻮﺡ ﻓﻴﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻲ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ ﻗﻠﻴﻼﹰ ﻓﻼ ﻳﻨﺎﻝ ﻧﺼﻴﺒﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻢ ﻣﺜﻼﹰ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺄﻛﻞ ﺑﺒﻂﺀ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺴﱴ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺄﻛﻞ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺃﻣﺮﻧﺎ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻧﻮﺯ‪‬ﻉ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﻧ‪‬ﺪﺭﺏ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻧﺎ ﻭﺑﻨﺎﺗﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﹰ ﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺳﻴﺪ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﲔ ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ ‪.r‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﲰﻌﺖ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﺘﺸﺪﺩﻳﻦ ﺃﻓﱴ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﱘ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﻮﺡ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﺇﻫﺪﺍﺭ ﻟﻠﻄﻌﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﱂ ﻳﺼﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺮﱘ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﱘ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻧﺺ‪ ‬ﰲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﰲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،r‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ ﻳ‪‬ﻠﻘﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻴﺪﺧﻞ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﻔﺮﻭﺽ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺋﺪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﻄﺎﻋﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻨﺎﺩﻕ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑﺓ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻔﻘﻮﻥ‬ ‫‪ ٢٦٩‬ﺳﻨﻦ أﺑﻲ داود وﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪﻋﻦ أﻧﺲ ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ٢٧٠‬ﻣﻌﺠﻢ اﺑﻦ اﻷﻋﺮاﺑﻲ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻌﺎوﯾﺔ ﺑﻦ ﺣﺪﯾﺞ ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ٢٧١‬اﻟﻤﻄﺎﻟﺐ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﯿﺔ ﻻﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻣﻊ ﺑﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ ﻳﻘﻮﻣﻮﻥ ﲝﻔﻈﻪ ﻭﻳﻌﻄﻮﻧﻪ ﻟﺒﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ ﻳﻮﺯﻋﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺍﺀ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺎﻛﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻗﻀﻴﺔ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺘﺒﻘﻲ ﺫﻫﺐ ﳌﻮﺿﻌﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﺃﺣﺮ‪‬ﻡ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲﺀ ‪‬ﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺿﺎﻉ ﻛﺜﲑﺍﹰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻋﻘﱠﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﰲ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻨﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺣﻼﻝ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﺣﺮﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﻠﻞ ﻭﳛﺮ‪‬ﻡ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ ،r‬ﻭﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺄﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﻻ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﱘ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ‬ ‫ﻓﻘﻂ ﻳﺮﺩﺩ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﳊﻼﻝ ﻭﺍﳊﺮﻣﺔ ﷲ ‪ U‬ﻭﻟﻠﻨﱯ ‪.r‬‬ ‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﺭﲟﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﻮﺡ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﻮﻓﲑ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬ ‫ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﰲ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺃﺻﻮﻟﻪ ـ ﺍﻟﱪﻭﺗﻮﻛﻮﻝ ـ ﳌﺎ ﻳﺄﻛﻠﻪ ﲝﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻔﻴﺾ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺷﻴﺌﺎﹰ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﻫﻮ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻨﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻓﻬﻲ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﱪﻭﺗﻮﻛﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﻟﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﺷﺄﻥﹲ ‪‬ﺎ ﻷﻧﻨﺎ ﳓﻜﻢ ﲝﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﰎﹼ ‪‬ﺎ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﱪﻭﺗﻮﻛﻮﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻔﻴﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎﹰ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺭﺃﻯ ﻃﻌﺎﻣﺎﹰ ﻛﺜﲑﺍﹰ ﳛﺪﺙ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﺯﻫﺪ‪ ‬ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺃﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﱪﻭﺗﻮﻛﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺟﺪ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻪ ﻃﻌﺎﻣﺎﹰ ﻗﻠﻴﻼﹰ ﺗ‪‬ﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻴﺔ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﻳﺄﻣﺮ ﺑﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻧﺼﻴﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺄﻛﻞ ﻭﻧﺸﻜﺮ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻢ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﻧﻌﻢ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪r‬‬ ‫ﺗﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺷﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪:r‬‬ ‫} ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﺏﹺ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﻠﹾﻮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺒ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺﺩ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٢٧٢‬‬

‫ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎﹰ ﻳﺸﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎﹰ ﻳﺸﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﱭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎﹰ ﻳﺸﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺴﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻠﱭ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎﹰ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺸﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺴﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻣﻦ ﺩﺃﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻭﺭﺩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻱ ﻛﻞ‬ ‫ﻳﻮﻡ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺠﺮ ﻳﺄﰐ ﺑﻜﻮﺏ ﻣﺎﺀ ﻭﻳﻀﻊ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻠﻌﻘﺔ ﻋﺴﻞ ﻭﻳﺸﺮﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ‬ ‫‪ ٢٧٢‬ﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي وﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻭﻣﻌﻪ ﻣﻠﻌﻘﺔ ﻋﺴﻞ ﳓﻞ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺜﻠﺠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ ﺳﺘﱰﻝ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺪﺓ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻓﻼ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺜﻠﺠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻴﺎﻩ ﻋﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﳝﺺ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻷﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺷ‪‬ﺮﹺﺏ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻠﹾﻴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺺ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﹾﻜ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺐ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٢٧٣‬‬

‫ﻓﺎﻟﻜﺒﺎﺩ ﺃﻯ ﻭﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺪ ﻟﻪ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﻗﻮﻳﺔ ﺑﻌﺐ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ –ﺃﻯ ﺷﺮﺑﻪ ﺩﻓﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ -‬ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺜﻠﺠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺪ ﰲ ﻋﺼﺮﻧﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻌﻮﺩ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺣﺪﻧﺎ ﻳﻌﺮﻕ ﻋﺮﻗﺎﹰ‬ ‫ﻏﺰﻳﺮﺍﹰ ﻭﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺼﱪ ﺣﱴ ﻳﻬﺪﺃ ﺟﺴﻤﻪ ﻭﻳﺸﺮﺏ ﻣﺎﺀﺍﹰ ﻣﺜﻠﺠﺎﹰ ﻭﺟﺴﻤﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺆﺛﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﳋﻔﺾ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺟﻰﺀ ﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺧﺎﻟﻒ‬ ‫ﻫﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ ‪.r‬‬ ‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﺄﻣﺮ ﲟﺺ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺺ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺃﻯ ﻳﺸﺮﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﳌﺼﺎﺻﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﻠﻄﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﻼﺙ ﺩﻓﻌﺎﺕ ﻭﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺑﺘﺪﺍﺋﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﺑﺴﻢ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﺍﳊﻤﺪ ﷲ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻨﻔﺲ ﰲ ﺍﻹﻧﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻦ ﺃﻧﺲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ‪t‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻔﱠﺲ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﺏﹺ ﺛﹶﻼﺛﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﻯ ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺃﹸ‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺃﹸ {‪ ،٢٧٤‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺷﺮﺏ ﺗﻨﻔﺲ ﻣﺮﺗﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﲟﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺸﺮﺏ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ٢٧٥‬ﺣﱴ ﻳﻔﺮﻍ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻹﻧ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺃﹶﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﻔﹾﻌ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺑﹺﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ } : r‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺃﹶﺩ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻰ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺛﹶﻼﺙﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﺕ‪ ،٢٧٦{ ‬ﻭﺭﲟﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‪ } :‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﺟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺬﹾﺑ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹸﺮ‪‬ﺍﺗ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﹺﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠﹸﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹸﺟ‪‬ﺎﺟ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﹺﺬﹸﻧ‪‬ﻮﺑﹺﻨ‪‬ﺎ {‪ }.٢٧٧‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﻲ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀَ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺬﹾﺏ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺌﹾﺮﹺ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻘﹾﻴ‪‬ﺎ{ ‪ ،٢٧٨‬ﻭﰲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ‪ } :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺬﹶﺏ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀُ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻮﺕ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻘﹾﻴ‪‬ﺎ‬

‫‪ ٢٧٣‬ﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﺒﯿﮭﻘﻲ واﻟﺠﺎﻣﻊ ﻟﻤﻌﻤﺮ ﺑﻦ راﺷﺪ‬ ‫‪ ٢٧٤‬ﺻﺤﯿﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ وﺳﻨﻦ أﺑﻲ داود‬ ‫‪ ٢٧٥‬ﺗﻨﻔﺲ ﻣﺮﺗﯿﻦ ﻟﻠﺤﺪﯾﺚ }ﻛَ ﺎنَ إِذَا ﺷَ ﺮِبَ ﺗَ ﻨَﻔَّﺲَ ﻣَ ﺮَّﺗَﯿْﻦِ« )ت ھ ـ( ﻋ ﻦ اﺑ ﻦِ ‪ ،y‬زﺑ ﻨﻔﺲ واﺣ ﺪ ﻟﻠﺤ ﺪﯾﺚ }إِذَا ﺷَ ﺮِبَ أَﺣَ ﺪُﻛُﻢْ‬ ‫ﻓَﻠْﯿَﺸْﺮَبْ ﺑَﻨَﻔَﺲٍ وَاﺣِﺪٍ« )ك( ﻋﻦ أَﺑِﻲ ﻗَﺘَﺎدَة رﺿ ﻲَ اﻟﻠَّ ﮫُ ﻋﻨ ﮫ )ز(‪ ،‬وﺑ ﻨﻔﺲ واﺣ ﺪ ﯾﺤﻤ ﻞ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﻋ ﺪم اﻟﺘ ﻨﻔﺲ ﻓ ﻰ اﻹﻧ ﺎء وﻹﺑﺎﺣ ﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺸﺮب ﻓىﺒﻨﻔﺲ واﺣﺪ أو ﻧﻔﺴﯿﻦ ﺧﺎرج اﻹﻧﺎء واﻟﻮﺳﻌﺔ رﺣﻤﺔ ﻟﻸﻣﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٢٧٦‬ﻣﻌﺠﻢ اﻟﻄﺒﺮاﻧﻲ ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ ھﺮﯾﺮة ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ٢٧٧‬ﺷﻌﺐ اﻹﯾﻤﺎن ﻟﻠﺒﯿﮭﻘﻲ وﺣﻠﯿﺔ اﻷوﻟﯿﺎء ﻷﺑﻲ ﻧﻌﯿﻢ‬ ‫‪ ٢٧٨‬ﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺑﻲ ﯾﻌﻠﻲ اﻟﻤﻮﺻﻠﻲ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ رﺿﻲ اﷲ ﻋﻨﮭﺎ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫{‪.٢٧٩‬‬

‫ﻭﰱ ﺯﺍﺩ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩ ﻻﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ‪" :‬ﻭﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﻳﺸﺮﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻌﺎﻣﻪ‬ ‫ﻟﺌﻼ ﻳﻔﺴﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺳﻴﻤﺎ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺣﺎﺭﺍﹰ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﺩﺍﹰ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺭﺩﻱﺀ ﺟﺪﺍﹰ "‪.‬‬ ‫‪٢٨٠‬‬

‫ﻭ} ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪‬ﺡ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍﻥ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﺮﹺﻩ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﺎﻟﻠﹶّﻴ‪‬ﻞﹺ { ‪،‬‬ ‫} ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﻣﻄﻬﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺨﺎﺭ ﻳﺘﻮﺿﺄ ﻭﻳﺸﺮﺏ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‬ ‫ﻳﺮﺳﻠﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻋﻘﻠﻮﺍ ﻓﻴﺪﺧﻠﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ‪ r‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﺪﻓﻌﻮﻥ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ‬ ‫ﻭﺟﺪﻭﺍ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻄﻬﺮﺓ ﻣﺎﺀﺍﹰ ﺷﺮﺑﻮﺍ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻭﻣﺴﺤﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﻫﻬﻢ ﻭﺃﺟﺴﺎﻣﻬﻢ ﻳﺒﺘﻐﻮﻥ‬ ‫‪٢٨١‬‬

‫ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﱪﻛﺔ {‬

‫‪ ،‬ﻭ } ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﹶّﻰ ﺍﻟﹾﻐ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍﺓﹶ ﺟ‪‬ﺎﺀَﻩ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺂﻧﹺﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫‪٢٨٢‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀُ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻰٰ ﺑﹺ ﹺﺈﻧ‪‬ﺎﺀٍ ﺇﹺﻻﹶّ ﻏﹶﻤ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪ ،‬ﻭ} ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺚﹸ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻄﹶﺎﻫ‪‬ﺮﹺ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﺗ‪ٰ ‬‬ ‫ﻰ‬ ‫‪٢٨٣‬‬

‫ﺑﹺﺎﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀِ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻮ ﺑ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻛﹶﺔﹶ ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﲔ‪{‬‬

‫ﻟﻪ ‪ r‬ﺍﳊﻠﻮ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺩ {‬

‫‪ } ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﺣﺐ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺏ‬

‫‪٢٨٤‬‬

‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺪﻓﻊ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺳﺆﺭﻩ ) ﻣﺎ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﺍﺑﻪ( ﺇﱃ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳝﻴﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻳﺴﺎﺭﻩ ﺃﺟﻞﱠ ﺭﺗﺒﺔ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﺬﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳝﻴﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺗ‪‬ﻌﻄﻰ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺃﺣﺒﺒﺖ ﺁﺛﺮﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺩﺧﻠﺖ ﻣﻊ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﺃﻧﺎ ﻭﺧﺎﻟﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻴﻤﻮﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺠﺎﺀﺗﻨﺎ ﺑﺈﻧﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻟﱭ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﺸﺮﺏ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳝﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﺧﺎﻟﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﴰﺎﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ‪:r‬‬ ‫} ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﺔﹸ ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﺷ‪‬ﺌﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﺁﺛﹶﺮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺧ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﹸﻨ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻷُﻭﺛ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺴ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﺭﹺﻙ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻲ‬ ‫ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻗﺎﻝ ‪ :r‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻃﹾﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻃﹶﻌ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﻠﹾﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻞﹾ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺﻙ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻃﹾﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍ‬ ‫ﺳﻘﹶﺎﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﺒ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﻠﹾﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻞﹾ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺﻙ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺯﹺﺩ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻲ‪‬ﺀٌ‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬‬

‫‪ ٢٧٩‬ﺳﻨﻦ أﺑﻲ داود وﺻﺤﯿﺢ اﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎن ﻋﻦ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ رﺿﻲ اﷲ ﻋﻨﮭﺎ‬ ‫‪) ٢٨٠‬د ن ك( ﻋﻦ أُﻣﯿﻤﺔَ ﺑﻨﺖ رﻗﯿﻘﺔ رﺿَﻲ اﻟﻠَّﮫُ ﻋﻨﮭَﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٢٨١‬إﺣﯿﺎء ﻋﻠﻮم اﻟﺪﯾﻦ وﻃﺒﻘﺎت اﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﯿﺔ اﻟﻜﺒﺮى‬ ‫‪) ٢٨٢‬ﺣﻢ م ( ﻋﻦ أﻧﺲ‬ ‫‪) ٢٨٣‬ﻃﺲ ﺣﻞ( ﻋﻦ اﺑﻦِ ﻋُﻤَﺮَ‬ ‫‪ ٢٨٤‬ﻋﻦ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻰ اﻟﻜﺒﺮى‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫‪٢٨٥‬‬

‫ﻳ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺰﹺﺉ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻜﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﻄﱠﻌ‪‬ﺎﻡﹺ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﺏﹺ ﻏﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﺒ‪‬ﻦﹺ {‬

‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﺸﺮﺏ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺍﹰ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﺎﺩﺗﻪ ‪ ،r‬ﻭﻋﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ‪ y‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪:r‬‬ ‫} ﺷ‪‬ﺮﹺﺏ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺯ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﺋ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،٢٨٦{ ‬ﻭﻋﻦ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ‪ y‬ﻗﺎﻟﺖ‪ } :‬ﺷ‪‬ﺮﹺﺏ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪r ‬‬ ‫ﺳﻘﹶﺎﻩ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﺀِ‬ ‫ﻗﹶﺎﺋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺎﻋ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ{‪ ،٢٨٧‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ } :r‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺍﺩ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻒ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺑﹺﺘ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻔﹶﺔ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﺯ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻡ‪ ،٢٨٨{ ‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﳛﻤﻞ ﻣﺎﺀ ﺯﻣﺰﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻻ ﻳﺸﺮﺏ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ ﲟﺎ ﻳﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﰲ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻨﺎ ﺳﺎﻋﺘﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﰱ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﻳﺆﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ‪ } :‬ﻻ ﲡﻌﻠﻮﺍ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺯﺍﺩﻛﻢ ﻣﺎﺀﺍﹰ {‪ ،‬ﻻ ﲡﻌﻞ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻫﻮ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﻭﺗﺴﺘﻌﺪ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﺓ ﳍﻀﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ ﻭﺗﻔﺮﺯ ﻋﺼﺎﺭﺍ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﳍﺎﺿﻤﺔ ﺇﻥ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺮﺍﺀ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻜﺮﻳﺎﺱ ﺃﻭ ﻏﲑﻩ ﲝﺴﺐ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻛﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻧﺰﻝ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻷﻛﻞ ﻭﻗﺪﻯ ﺑﺪﺃ ﺍﳍﻀﻢ ! ﺧﻔﱠﻒ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺃﺻﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﲟﺮﺽ ﺳﻮﺀ‬ ‫ﺍﳍﻀﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﳜﺎﻟﻒ ﻫﺪﻯ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪.r‬‬ ‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺏ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺩ‪‬ﻋﻲ ﻳﻠﱯ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺩ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻠﹾﻴ‪‬ﺠﹺﺐ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٢٨٩‬‬

‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﻠﱯ ﺣﱴ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻣﺮﺍﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﺼﺎﺭ ﺗﺪﻋﻮﻩ ﻫﻮ ﻭﺭﻓﺎﻗﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺻﻼﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﳉﻤﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺃﺳﺒﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺼﻨﻌﻪ ﳍﻢ ﺭﲟﺎ ﻛﺜﲑ‪ ‬ﻣﻨﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻪ ﺍﻵﻥ‪ ،‬ﻃﻌﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﲰﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻖ‪ ،‬ﳓﻦ ﺃﻛﻠﻨﺎﻩ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺯﻣﻦ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺷﺒﺎﺑﻨﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻪ ﺍﻵﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻧﺒﺎﺕ ﻋﺸﱯ ﳜﺮﺝ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻋﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﺪﻋﻮﻫﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺮﺃﺓ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﳊﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﺷﻲﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﳚﻴﺒﻬﺎ‬ ‫‪ ٢٨٥‬ﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ وﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي‬ ‫‪ ٢٨٦‬ﺻﺤﯿﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ وﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي‬ ‫‪ ٢٨٧‬ﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ واﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ‬ ‫‪ ٢٨٨‬ﺣﻠﯿﺔ اﻷوﻟﯿﺎء ﻷﺑﻲ ﻧﻌﯿﻢ‬ ‫‪ ٢٨٩‬ﺳﻨﻦ أﺑﻲ داود وﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺟﺎﺑﺮ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ اﷲ ‪t‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ r‬ﻭﻳﺬﻫﺐ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﲑﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻦ ﺳ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪:‬‬

‫} ﻛﹸﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻧ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻠﱢﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮﻥﹸ ﺍﻟﹾﻘﹶﺎﺋ‪‬ﻠﹶﺔﹸ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺎﻧ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﺖ‬ ‫ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺃﹶﺓﹲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻜﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺳ‪‬ﻠﹾﻘﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻜﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺔ‪‬‬ ‫ﺗ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺰﹺﻉ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﺻ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﹾﻖﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺘ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠﹸﻪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻗ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺭﹴ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺒ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺔﹰ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﲑﹴ‬

‫ﺳﻬ‪‬ﻞﹲ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻜﹸﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻧ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺮﹺﻑ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﻦ‬ ‫ﻓﹶﺘ‪‬ﻄﹾﺤ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮﻥﹸ ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﹾﻖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﻗﹶﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺻ‪‬ﻼﺓ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻨ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻠﱢﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺘ‪‬ﻘﹶﺮ‪‬ﺏ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻄﱠﻌ‪‬ﺎﻡ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻨ‪‬ﻠﹾﻌ‪‬ﻘﹸﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪:‬‬ ‫‪٢٩٠‬‬

‫ﻓﹶﻜﹸﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻧ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻄﹶﻌ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪{ ‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬

‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﰲ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﻜﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺩﺧﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻨﺖ ﻋﻤﻪ ﺃﻡ ﻫﺎﻧﺊ ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﲜﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻌﺒﺔ‬

‫ﻃﻌ‪‬ﺎﻡﹴ ﻧ‪‬ﺄﹾﻛﹸﻠﹸﻪ‪‬؟ ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻟﹶﺖ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﺇﹺﻻ ﻛ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎﺑﹺﺴ‪‬ﺔﹲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ‬ ‫} ﻫ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﹶ‬ ‫ﺳﺘ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺃﹸﻗﹶﺪ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﻠﹸﻤ‪‬ﻲ ﺑﹺﻬﹺﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻜﹶﺴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﺎﺀٍ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺎﺀَﺕ‪‬‬ ‫ﻷَ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺑﹺﻤ‪‬ﻠﹾﺢﹴ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﺩ‪‬ﺍﻡﹴ؟ ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻟﹶﺖ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﻻ ﺷ‪‬ﻲ‪‬ﺀٌ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻞﱟ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻃﻌ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻛﹶﻞﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ U ‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺼﺒ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﻠﹸﻤ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻹﺩ‪‬ﺍﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺨ‪‬ﻞﱡ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹸﻡ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎﻧﹺﺊ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹾﻔﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻞﱞ {‬ ‫ﻧﹺﻌ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍ ِ‬

‫‪٢٩١‬‬

‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺫﻫﺐ ﺇﱃ ﺩﻋﻮﺓ ﻭﺗﺒﻌﻪ ﺃﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﺼﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﺎﻓﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ ﺍﺗ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻥﹾ ﺷ‪‬ﺌﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﺄﹾﺫﹶﻥﹶ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﺷ‪ ‬ﹾﺌﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻊ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٢٩٢‬‬

‫ﻳﺸﺘﺮﻁ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹲ ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻃﹶﻌ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻫ‪‬ﻜﹶﺬﹶﺍ ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺄﹶ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ :r ‬ﻫ‪‬ﻜﹶﺬﹶﺍ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻋ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻻ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻋ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺽ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،r ‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺄﹶ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺜﱠﺎﻧﹺﻴ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪،‬‬ ‫‪ ٢٩٠‬ﺻﺤﯿﺢ اﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎن‬ ‫‪ ٢٩١‬ﻣﻌﺠﻢ اﻟﻄﺒﺮاﻧﻲ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ اﷲ ﺑﻦ اﻟﻌﺒﺎس ‪y‬‬ ‫‪ ٢٩٢‬ﺻﺤﯿﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ واﻟﺒﯿﮭﻘﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺟﺎﺑﺮ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ اﷲ ‪t‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺄﹶ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،r ‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻋ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺽ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،r ‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺄﹶ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺜﱠﺎﻟ‪‬ﺜﹶﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‬

‫ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ :r ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬ‪‬ﻩ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻧ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﻄﹶﻠﹶﻖ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺔﹸ‬ ‫ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻛﹶﻼ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻃﹶﻌ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﻪ‪.٢٩٣{ ‬‬ ‫ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻳﺸﺘﺮﻁ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻭﻻﹰ ﺣﱴ ﻻ ﻳﻀﻌﻪ ﰲ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﳊﺮﺝ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﻻ ﻳﺄﻛﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ ﺇﱃ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﻛﺜﺮﺕ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻷﻳﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﻜﺮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺿﻴﺎﻓﻪ ﻭﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻷﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺍﺭﺍﹰ‪.‬‬

‫‪r‬‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﻨﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻨﺒﻪ ﺍﻷﳝﻦ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺍﹰ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻀﻄﺠﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﲎ‬ ‫ﻭﻳﻀﻌﻬﺎ ﲢﺖ ﺧﺪﻩ ﰒ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻗ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍﺑ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻙ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٢٩٤‬‬

‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫}ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻯ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻓ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﺷ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻛﹸﻞﱠ ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺔ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﻔﱠﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻨ‪‬ﻔﹶ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺚ‬ ‫ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬﹺﻤ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺮ‪‬ﺃﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬﹺﻤ‪‬ﺎ‪ :‬ﻗﹸﻞﹾ ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪ ‬ﻗﹸﻞﹾ ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻮﺫﹸ ﺑﹺﺮ‪‬ﺏ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻔﹶﻠﹶﻖﹺ ﻭ‪ ‬ﻗﹸﻞﹾ ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻮﺫﹸ ﺑﹺﺮ‪‬ﺏ‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱﹺ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻬﹺﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻄﹶﺎﻉ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺃﹸ ﺑﹺﻬﹺﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹾﺳ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﺃﹶﻗﹾﺒ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺛﹶﻼﺙﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﺕ‪.٢٩٥{ ‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﺄﻣﺮ ﻧﺴﺎﺀﻩ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺍﺩﺕ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﻫﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻨﺎﻡ ﺃﻥ ﲢﻤﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺛﻼﺛﺎﹰ ﻭﺛﻼﺛﲔ ﻭﺗﺴﺒﺢ‬ ‫ﺛﻼﺛﺎ ﻭﺛﻼﺛﲔ ﻭﺗﻜﱪ ﺛﻼﺛﺎ ﻭﺛﻼﺛﲔ‪ ،٢٩٦‬ﻭﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻡ ﻭﻳﻨﺎﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺃﺩﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻡ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺩﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎﻫﺎ ﻭﻏﲑﻫﺎ ﲨﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ‬ ‫‪ ٢٩٣‬ﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﺪارﻣﻲ ﻋﻦ أﻧﺲ ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ٢٩٤‬ﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ وﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ ﻋﻦ اﻟﺒﺮاء ﺑﻦ ﻋﺎزب ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ٢٩٥‬ﺻﺤﯿﺢ اﻟﺒﺨﺎري وﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي‬ ‫‪ ٢٩٦‬ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ اﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻻﺑﻦ اﺳﺤﻖ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫)ﺃﺫﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺑﺮﺍﺭ( ﻭﰱ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ )ﺟﺎﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺫﻛﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻷﻭﺭﺍﺩ( ﻓﻔﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﺩﻋﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﺎﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺩﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ‬ ‫‪ r‬ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻃﻦ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎﻫﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﱂ ﻧﺬﻛﺮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻨﺎﻡ ‪ ،r‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺗ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﻡ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﻡ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﻠﹾﺒﹺﻲ {‬

‫‪٢٩٧‬‬

‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻨﺎﻡ ‪ r‬ﰲ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺴﺘﻴﻘﻆ ﰲ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻡ ﻓﻴﺴﺘﺎﻙ‬ ‫ﻭﻳﺘﻮﺿﺄ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻳﻨﺎﻡ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ ﺍﶈﺘﺎﺝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﳝﻨﻊ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ ﺍﶈﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻻ ﻳﺮﻗﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻴﻞ ﻭﻻ ‪‬ﺎﺭ ﻓﻴﺴﺘﻴﻘﻆ ﺇﻻ ﺗﺴﻮ‪‬ﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻨﺎﻡ ﺇﻻ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﻙ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭﺃﺳﻪ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﻘﻆ ﺑﺪﺃ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻮﺍﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﺴﺘﺎﻙ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﺮﺍﺭﺍﹰ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻳﻨﺎﻡ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺚ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﻟﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺪﺍﹰ ﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺠﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻷﻥ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺠﺮ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﷲ ‪:U‬‬ ‫¶ ‪( ÇÐÑÈ #ŠY qkå‬‬ ‫‪ô Bt c‬‬ ‫‪š‬‬ ‫‪%.x •Ì f‬‬ ‫‪ô ÿ‬‬ ‫‪x 9ø #$ tb#äu •ö %è b‬‬ ‫‪¨ )Î ( •Ì f‬‬ ‫‪ô ÿ‬‬ ‫‪x 9ø #$ b‬‬ ‫) ‪t #äu •ö %è ru‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻘﻠﺐ ﰲ ﻓﺮﺍﺷﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻏﻔ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻫ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻧﹺﻲ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺒﹺﻴﻞﹶ ﺍﻷَﻗﹾﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪{ ‬‬ ‫} ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ ‬ﺍ ﹾ‬

‫)ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺀ(‬

‫‪٢٩٨‬‬

‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﻘﻆ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻣﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺎﺗ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻮﺭ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٢٩٩‬‬

‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﻨﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﺵ ﺗﺎﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﻠﺪ ﺗﺎﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﺼﲑ ﺗﺎﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺗﺎﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﺍﺷﻪ ﺃﺩﻣﺎﹰ ﺣﺸﻮﻩ ﻟﻴﻒ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﺎﻡ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺟ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺐ ﻏﺴﻞ ﻓﺮﺟﻪ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺿﺄ ﻟﻠﺼﻼﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻳﺄﻛﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺸﺮﺏ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺟ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺐ ﻏﺴﻞ ﻳﺪﻳﻪ ﰒ ﻳﺄﻛﻞ ﻭﻳﺸﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺗﻨﺎﻡ ﻋﻴﻨﺎﻩ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻨﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﻗﻠﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﻨﺎﻡ ﺣﱴ ﻳﻨﻔﺦ ﰒ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻓﻴﺼﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻏﲑ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻮﺿﺄ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺻﺤﺒﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‬ ‫‪ ٢٩٧‬ﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ وﺻﺤﯿﺢ اﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎن ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ ھﺮﯾﺮة ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ٢٩٨‬ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮ ﻗﯿﺎم اﻟﻠﯿﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﺮوزي وﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ ﻋﻦ أم ﺳﻠﻤﺔ رﺿﻲ اﷲ ﻋﻨﮭﺎ‬ ‫‪ ٢٩٩‬ﺻﺤﯿﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ وﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ ﻋﻦ اﻟﺒﺮاء ﺑﻦ ﻋﺎزب ‪t‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

r  r

r



r r r r r r

t r r r r r

  





٣٠٠

 r



 





‫ ﻭﺳﺎﺩﺍﺗﻨﺎ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﲔ ﻭﺍﳌﻘﺮﺑﲔ ﰲ‬،‫ﻭﳑﺎ ﻳﺪﻋﻮﺍ ﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺐ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻠﻔﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ‬ ‫ﺗﺸﺒﻬﻬﻢ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻜﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺪﺭﻫﻢ ﺑﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﲔ ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ‬ ،‫ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ‬r ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﳌﻘﺮﺑﻮﻥ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻴﻘﲔ ﺃﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‬.r ‫ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻩ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻌﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺪﺍﺀ‬U ‫ ﻭﺟﻌﻞ ﺍﷲ‬،‫ﻭﺑﺎﻃﻨﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺭﺑﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻧﻮﺭﺍﻧﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﰲ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺗﻪ ﻭﺳﻜﻨﺎﺗﻪ ﻭﻗﻴﺎﻣﻪ ﻭﻗﻌﻮﺩﻩ ﻭﺟﻠﻮﺳﻪ ﻭﻧﻮﻣﻪ ﻭﺃﻛﻠﻪ ﻭﺷﺮﺑﻪ ﻭﻏﲑﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ‬ .r ‫ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳛﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺸﺒﻪ ﲝﺒﻴﺐ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻣﺼﻄﻔﺎﻩ‬

r ‫ﻢ‬‫ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻟﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻨﲔ ﺃﲨﻌﲔ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ؛ ﺣﱴ ﰲ ﺣﺮﻛﺎ‬U ‫ﻭﺟﻌﻠﻪ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ؛ ﺣﱴ ﰲ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻣﺸﺎﻋﺮﻫﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﻫﻬﻢ؛ ﺣﱴ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻋﻨﺪ‬ ‫ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻋﺮ ﻭﺟﻌﻠﻬﻢ ﻳﻘﺘﺪﻭﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻨﺒﻴﻬﻢ‬U ‫ﺪ ﺍﷲ‬‫ ﻓﻮﺣ‬،‫ﺭﺿﺎﻫﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺳﺨﻄﻬﻢ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻀﺒﻬﻢ‬ :t ‫ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻛﻌﺐ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ‬r ‫ ﻓﻜﺎﻥ‬،r ‫م‬٢٠١٤/٥/١ ‫ھـ‬١٤٣٥ ‫ ﻣﻦ رﺟﺐ‬٢ ‫ اﻟﻤﻌﺎدي – اﻟﺨﻤﯿﺲ‬٣٠٠



{}r



‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫} ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺳ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺄﹶﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺩ‪‬ﺍﺭ‪‬ﺓﹸ ﺍﻟﻘﹶﻤ‪‬ﺮ {‬

‫‪٣٠١‬‬

‫ﺃﻱ ﺍﳍﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮﻣﻦ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺳﺮﻭﺭﻩ ﻭﺍﻧﺒﺴﺎﻃﻪ ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺭﰊ ﻭﺗﺴﻠﻴﻤﺎﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻏﻀﺐ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﻀﺐ ﰲ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻦ ﺃﻡ ﺳﻠﻤﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻏﹶﻀ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺍﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻪ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٣٠٢‬‬

‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﳋﺪﺭﻱ ‪ t‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪َ } :‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻛﹶﺮﹺﻩ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻓﹾﻨ‪‬ﺎﻩ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ‬ ‫‪٣٠٣‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻬﹺﻪ‪{ ‬‬ ‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﻀﺐ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻻﻧﺒﺴﺎﻁ ﻋﻦ‬ ‫ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻧﻪ ﺣﺒﻴﺐ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻣﺼﻄﻔﺎﻩ ‪ ،r‬ﻭﺣﱴ ﻧﻌﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻴﻘﲔ ﻣﺎ ﻣﺒﻌﺚ ﻏﻀﺒﻪ ‪r‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻧ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻘﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴِﻪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺷ‪‬ﻲ‪‬ﺀٍ ﻗﹶﻂﱡ ﺇﹺﻻ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺔﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻟ‪‬ﻠﱠﻪ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٣٠٤‬‬

‫ﻓﻤﺜﻼﹰ‪ :‬ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﻮﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﻐﻨﺎﺋﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺠﺎﺀﻩ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻋﺪﻝ ﻳﺎﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ‪:r‬‬ ‫} ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻠﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻝﹸ ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻝﹾ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﺴِﺮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻝﹾ {‬

‫‪٣٠٥‬‬

‫ﻭﱂ ﻳﺰﺩ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻔﻆ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﻳﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻏﲑﻩ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﺩ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺇﺳﺎﺀﺗﻪ‬ ‫ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ؛ ﻷﻧﻪ ‪ r‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻐﻀﺐ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﻏﻀﺒﻪ ﻟﺮﺑﻪ ‪.U‬‬ ‫ﻛﻴﻒ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﻀﺐ ﰲ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ ‪r‬؟ ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻣﻘﻮﺱ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺟﺐ‪ ،‬ﻏﲑ ﺃ‪‬ﻤﺎ ﻏﲑ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺻﻠﲔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻋﺮﻕ ﻳﻀﺮﺏ ﺑﺸﺪﺓ ﻭﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺷﺘﺪ ﻏﻀﺒﻪ ‪ ،r‬ﻭﳛﻤﺮ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﳓﻦ ﻧﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻏﻀﺐ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﺗ‪‬ﺘﺮﺟﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻐﻀﺐ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺗﻔﻌﻠﻬﺎ‬ ‫‪ ٣٠١‬اﻟﻤﻌﺠﻢ اﻟﻜﺒﯿﺮ ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺮاﻧﻲ‬ ‫‪ ٣٠٢‬ﻣﻌﺠﻢ اﻟﻄﺒﺮاﻧﻲ واﻷﻧﻮار ﻓﻲ ﺷﻤﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﻨﺒﻲ اﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎر‬ ‫‪ ٣٠٣‬ﺻﺤﯿﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ وﺳﻨﻦ اﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﺔ‬ ‫‪ ٣٠٤‬اﻟﺼﺤﯿﺤﯿﻦ اﻟﺒﺨﺎري وﻣﺴﻠﻢ‬ ‫‪ ٣٠٥‬اﻟﺼﺤﯿﺤﯿﻦ اﻟﺒﺨﺎري وﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ ﺳﻌﯿﺪ اﻟﺨﺪري ‪t‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺭﺡ ﻭﺍﻷﻋﻀﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘﺮﺟﻢ ﻏﻀﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳ‪‬ﻨﻔﺲ ﻋﻨﻪ؟‬

‫ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺷﺘﺪ ﻭﺟ‪‬ﺪﻩ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺲ ﳊﻴﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎﹰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺷﺘﺪ ﻭﺟ‪‬ﺪﻩ ﻣﺴﺢ ﺑﻴﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺳﻪ ﻭﳊﻴﺘﻪ ﻭﺗﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﺪﺍﺀ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺣﺴﱯ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻧﻌﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﻛﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴ‪‬ﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺷﺪﺓ‬ ‫ﻏﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴ‪‬ﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﳌﺜﻠﻰ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻔﻴﺲ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﻀﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﻳﻘﺘﺪﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﲔ ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻐﻀﺐ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،U‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺷﻴﺌﺎﹰ ﰲ ﻏﻀﺒﻪ‬ ‫ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺭﰊ ﻭﺗﺴﻠﻴﻤﺎﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﻞ ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻔﻌﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ؟ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻣﻠﻜﻨﺎ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻨﺎ ﻓﻨﺤﻦ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﺑﺘﻮﻓﻴﻘﻪ ﻭﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﻘﺪﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻓﻠﺖ ﺯﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻨﺎ ﻓﺤﺪ‪‬ﺙ ﻭﻻ ﺣﺮﺝ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ!‪.‬‬

‫‪r‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻜﻠﻢ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺮﺩ ﻛﺴﺮﺩﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺑﺘﺆﺩﺓ ﻭﺗﺮﺗﻴﻞ ﻭﺗﻔﺼﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﺤﺪ‪‬ﺙ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﺎﹰ ﻟﻮ ﻋﺪ‪‬ﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩ ﻟﻌﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ‪: y‬‬ ‫ﺳﺮ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﻛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻜ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻜﹶﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻜﹶﻼﻡﹴ ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪‬‬ ‫} ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺩ‪ ‬‬

‫ﻓﹶﺼ‪‬ﻞﹲ ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻔﹶﻈﹸﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﻠﹶﺲ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،٣٠٦{ ‬ﻭﰲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ } :‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ ‪ r‬ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺙﹸ‬ ‫‪٣٠٧‬‬ ‫ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳﺜﹰﺎ ﻟﹶﻮ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪ ‬ﻷَﺣ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺎﻩ‪{ ‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﻜﺮﺭ ﻛﻼﻣﻪ ﺛﻼﺛﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳ‪‬ﻜﺮﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻟﻘﺎﻩ ﺛﻼﺛﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳ‪‬ﻜﺮﺭ ﻛﻞ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﻟﻪ ﺛﻼﺛﺎﹰ‬ ‫ﻟﺘ‪‬ﻔﻬﻢ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺭﰊ ﻭﺗﺴﻠﻴﻤﺎﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻦ ﺃﻧﺲ ‪ t‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺳﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﺛﹶﻼﺛﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺗ‪‬ﻜﹶﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻜﹶﻠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎ ﺛﹶﻼﺛﹰﺎ {‬ ‫} ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ ‪ r‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ‪‬‬

‫‪٣٠٨‬‬

‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﺘﺒﺴﻢ ﰲ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺃﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ‪ } :t‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪r‬ﻛﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﺒﺴﻢ {‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ‪ y‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ } :‬ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺗ‪‬ﻜﹶﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺋ‪‬ﻲ‪‬‬ ‫‪ ٣٠٦‬ﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي واﻟﺼﺤﯿﺤﯿﻦ اﻟﺒﺨﺎري وﻣﺴﻠﻢ‬ ‫‪ ٣٠٧‬اﻟﺼﺤﯿﺤﯿﻦ اﻟﺒﺨﺎري وﻣﺴﻠﻢ‬ ‫‪ ٣٠٨‬ﺻﺤﯿﺢ اﻟﺒﺨﺎري وﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻛﹶﺎﻟﻨ‪‬ﻮﺭﹺ ﻳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺝ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺛﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎﻳ‪‬ﺎﻩ‪.٣٠٩{ ‬‬

‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﺮﻓﻊ ﺑﺼﺮﻩ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺣﺪ‪‬ﺙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﻄﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻤﺖ ﻭﻳﻘﻠﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺑﻐﲑ ﺣﺎﺟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﻜﲏ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻳﺴﺘﻘﺒﺢ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻜﻠﻢ ﻳ‪‬ﺤﺮﻙ‬ ‫ﻳﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺗﻌﺠﺐ ﻗﻠﺒﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﲢﺪﺙ ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻦ ﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺃﰊ ﻫﺎﻟﺔ ‪ t‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻜﹶﻔﱢﻪ‪ ‬ﻛﹸﻠﱢﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﻠﹶﺒ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺗ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺙﹶ‬ ‫ﺍﺗ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺑﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺮﹺﺏ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺒ‪‬ﺎﻃ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺭ‪‬ﺍﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻰ ﺑ‪‬ﺎﻃ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﺑ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻴ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻯ {‪.٣١٠‬‬

‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺯﺍﺩ ﻋﺠﺒﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻳ‪‬ﺴﺒﺢ ﺍﷲ )ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻥ ﺍﷲ( ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﰲ ﻋﺎﱂ ﺍﳌﹸﻠﻚ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﰲ ﻋﺎﱂ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻦ ﺃﻡ ﺳﻠﻤﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﺳﺘﻴﻘﻆ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺳﺒ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﺫﹶﺍ ﺃﹸﻧ‪‬ﺰﹺﻝﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺨ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺍﺋ‪‬ﻦﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﺫﹶﺍ ﺃﹸﻧ‪‬ﺰﹺﻝﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻔ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻦﹺ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮﻗ‪ ‬ﹸ‬ ‫ﻆ‬ ‫} ‪‬‬ ‫ﺻ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﺣ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺮﹺ ‪-‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﺪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﺯﻭ‪‬ﺍﺟ‪‬ﻪ‪ - ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻠﱢﲔ‪ ،‬ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺎﺳ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺﻳ‪‬ﺔﹲ‬ ‫‪٣١١‬‬ ‫ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻵﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓ‪{ ‬‬ ‫ﺧﻮﻓﺎﹰ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﱳ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺭﺁﻫﺎ ﰲ ﻧﻮﻣﻪ ‪.r‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﳛﺮﻙ ﺭﺃﺳﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻀﺮﺏ ﻳﺪﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺨﺬﻩ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺠﺐ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﻌﻦ ﻋﻠﻲ ‪ :t‬ﺃﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﻃﺮﻗﻪ ﻭﻓﺎﻃﻤﺔ ﺑﻨﺖ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺃﹶﻻ ﺗ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻠﱢﻴ‪‬ﺎﻥ‪‬؟‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻔﹸﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﹺﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺷ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺜﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪ ‬ﹶﺜﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻑ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﻗﹸﻠﹾﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺟﹺﻊ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻲ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻝﱟ‬ ‫‪٣١٢‬‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺮﹺﺏ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺨ‪‬ﺬﹶﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺍﻹِﻧ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺎﻥﹸ ﺃﹶﻛﹾﺜﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻲ‪‬ﺀٍ ﺟ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻻ {‬ ‫ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺛﲔ – ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﺍﺋﻢ ‪ - t‬ﻛﻞ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺿﺮ‪‬ﺍﺑﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺨﺬﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺸﺒﻬﺎﹰ ﺑﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﺣﱴ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻟﻮ ﱂ‬ ‫‪ } ٣٠٩‬ﻛﺎن ﯾﺘﺒﺴﻢ { أﺧﺒﺎر أﺻﺒﮭﺎن ﻋﻦ اﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮد‪ ،‬و }إذا ﺗﻜﻠﻢ { ﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﺪارﻣﻲ وﻣﻌﺠﻢ اﻟﻄﺒﺮاﻧﻲ ﻋﻦ اﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎس ‪.y‬‬ ‫‪ ٣١٠‬ﻣﻌﺠﻢ اﻟﻄﺒﺮاﻧﻲ واﻟﺸﻤﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﻤﺤﻤﺪﯾﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺮﻣﺬي‬ ‫‪ ٣١١‬ﺻﺤﯿﺢ اﻟﺒﺨﺎري وﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي‬ ‫‪ ٣١٢‬اﻟﺼﺤﯿﺤﯿﻦ اﻟﺒﺨﺎري وﻣﺴﻠﻢ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻳﺮﺽ‪ ‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺸﺒﻪ ﲝﺒﻴﺐ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻣﺼﻄﻔﺎﻩ ﰲ ﺃﻱ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ؛ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻟﺸﺮ ﻭﺳﻮﺀ ﰲ‬

‫ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﻳﻨﻜﺶ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺑﻌﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻦ ﻋﻠﻲ ‪ t‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ } :‬ﻛﹸﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪r ‬‬ ‫ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺟ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﺯ‪‬ﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺠ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻜﹸﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻷَﺭ‪‬ﺽ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻌ‪‬ﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻻ ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﻓﹸﺮﹺﻍﹶ‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻘﹾﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻓﹶﻼ ﻧ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻜ‪‬ﻞﹸ‪.‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺍﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﺍ ﻓﹶﻜﹸﻞﱞ ﻣ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ‬

‫ﺧ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻖ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٣١٣‬‬

‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎﹰ ﳝﺴﺢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﻓﻌﻦ ﺃﰊ ﻗﺘﺎﺩﺓ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﲰﻌﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﱮ ‪ r‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺬﹶﺏ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻲ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻠﹾﻴ‪‬ﻠﹾﺘ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ " ﻓﹶﺠ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺢ‪ ‬ﺍﻷَﺭ‪‬ﺽ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪.٣١٤{ ‬‬

‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﺸﲑ ﺑﺈﺻﺒﻌﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻦ ﺃﻧﺲ ‪ t‬ﺃﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺜﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺎﻋ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﻛﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎﺗ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦﹺ {‪ ٣١٥‬ﻭﰲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ } ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪ ‬ﹾﺜﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺎﻋ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﻛﹶﻬ‪ ‬ﺬﻩ‪‬‬

‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎﺗ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺮ‪‬ﻥﹶ ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺑ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﹾﻮ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻄﹶﻰ {‬

‫‪٣١٦‬‬

‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎﹰ ﻳﺸﺒﻚ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﻌﻪ ﻓﻌﻦ ﺃﰊ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ‪ t‬ﺃﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻠﹾﻤ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻛﹶﺎﻟﹾﺒ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻥ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺷ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺎﺑﹺﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٣١٧‬‬

‫ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳍﹶﺪ‪‬ﻯ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎﻩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺩﻗﺔ ﺗﺸﺒﻬﻬﻢ ﲝﺒﻴﺐ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ﻭﻣﺼﻄﻔﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻟﻮ ﺗﺮﻛﻨﺎﻩ؟ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺗ‪‬ﺼﻐﺮﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﲑ ﺷﻴﺌﺎﹰ ﻟﻌﻞ ﺭﺿﺎ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﲢﻘﺮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺻﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻧﻮﺏ ﺷﻴﺌﺎﹰ ﻟﻌﻞ ﻏﻀﺐ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﻓﻴﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻘﻞ ﰲ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻣﻊ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،U‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﻟﻪ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﻳ‪‬ﺒﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺒﺘﺪﻳﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﺃﺳﺮﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﻭﻻ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺇﻻ ﺫﺍﺋﻘﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻋﺎﺭﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻧﺴﺄﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﺃﻥ ﻧﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺃﲨﻌﲔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٣١٣‬اﻟﺼﺤﯿﺤﯿﻦ اﻟﺒﺨﺎري وﻣﺴﻠﻢ‬ ‫‪ ٣١٤‬ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ اﻟﺴﻨﻦ واﻵﺛﺎر ﻟﻠﺒﯿﮭﻘﻲ وﻣﺴﻨﺪ اﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲ‬ ‫‪ ٣١٥‬اﻟﺼﺤﯿﺤﯿﻦ اﻟﺒﺨﺎري وﻣﺴﻠﻢ‬ ‫‪ ٣١٦‬ﺻﺤﯿﺢ اﻟﺒﺨﺎري وﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ‬ ‫‪ ٣١٧‬اﻟﺼﺤﯿﺤﯿﻦ اﻟﺒﺨﺎري وﻣﺴﻠﻢ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﺴﺘﻌﲔ ﺑﺄﺻﺎﺑﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬

‫} ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺎﻓ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺍﻟﹾﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻴﻢﹺ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﻜﹶﺬﹶﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺴ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺑ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﹾﻮ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻄﹶﻰ {‬

‫‪٣١٨‬‬

‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻀﺮﺏ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻘﺼﺎﺀ ﻣﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﳛﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺎﺟﺴﺘﲑ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﻛﺘﻮﺭﺍﻩ ﻟﻜﺜﺮ‪‬ﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫‪) ( ÇÍÌÈ b‬ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻜﺒﻮﺕ(‬ ‫‪t qJ‬‬ ‫‪ß =Î »èy 9ø #$ w‬‬ ‫‪ž )Î $! g‬‬ ‫) ‪y =è‬‬ ‫¨ ( ‪É è÷ ƒt $Bt ru‬‬ ‫‪Ä $Z¨ =9Ï $g‬‬ ‫‪y /ç ŽÎ Ø‬‬ ‫@ ‪ô Sn‬‬ ‫{ ‪ã »Vs Bø‬‬ ‫• ‪F #$‬‬ ‫) ‪š =ù ?Ï ru‬‬

‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﲨﻠﺘﻬﺎ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ‪:r‬‬

‫} ﻣ‪‬ﺜﹶﻞﹸ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﻛﺎﻟﻨ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻠﹶﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﺃﹶﻛﹶﻠﹶﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻛﹶﻠﹶﺖ‪ ‬ﻃﹶﻴ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﻭ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻃﹶﻴ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫‪٣١٩‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻋ‪‬ﻮﺩ‪ ‬ﻫﺶﹴ ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻜﹾﺴِﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪{ ‬‬ ‫ﺃﻳﻦ ﺗﻘﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻠﺔ؟ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺣﲔ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻫﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺭﻭﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺋﺢ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎﺫﺍ‬ ‫¨ ( )‪٦٩‬ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻞ( ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻦ ﻻ ﻳﻘﻒ ﺇﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪Ä $Z¨ =9jÏ äÖ $! ÿ‬‬ ‫© ‪x‬‬ ‫‪Ï mÏ ŠùÏ ¼mç Rç ºqu 9ø &r #‬‬ ‫> ’‪ì =Î Ft ƒø C‬‬ ‫‪Ò #Žu °‬‬ ‫ﳜﺮﺝ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ؟ ) ‪Ÿ‬‬ ‫ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻟﺲ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﳎﻠﺲ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻭ ﳎﻠﺲ ﺣﻜﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﳎﻠﺲ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﳎﻠﺲ ﺫﻛﺮ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﳎﻠﺲ‬ ‫ﺻﻠﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﳜﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺇﻻ ﻣﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺮﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺮﺿﻲ ﺧﺎﻟﻘﻪ ﻭﺑﺎﺭﻳﻪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪٢٤) ( A‬ﺍﳊﺞ(‬ ‫) ‪É qö‬‬ ‫‪s 9ø #$ Æ‬‬ ‫‪š‬‬ ‫= ‪BÏ‬‬ ‫‪É ‹hÍ Ü‬‬ ‫‪© 9#$ ’<n )Î #( rÿ ‰‬‬ ‫‪ß d‬‬ ‫) ‪è ru‬‬

‫ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻦ ﻟﻮ ﻭﻗﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﻗﻀﻴﺔ ﻻ ﻳﻜﺴﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﻞ ﳚﱪﻫﺎ ﻭﳚﱪ ﺃﻫﻠﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﲔ ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﺍﳌﺘﻮﻟﲔ ﺷﺌﻮ‪‬ﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻯ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﰲ ﺑﺸﺮﻳﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﲨﻌﲔ ﺃﻥ ﳓﺎﻭﻝ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﻧﺘﺄﺳﻰ ‪‬ﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺪﺭﻧﺎ ﺣﱴ ﻳﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﲟﺎ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ‬ ‫ﺃﲨﻌﲔ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫‪ ٣١٨‬ﺻﺤﯿﺢ اﻟﺒﺨﺎري وﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي ﻋﻦ ﺳﮭﻞ اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺪي ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ٣١٩‬ﺷﻌﺐ اﻹﯾﻤﺎن ﻟﻠﺒﯿﮭﻘﻲ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ اﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮو ‪y‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﳊﺒﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﺼﻄﻔﻰ ﺑﻠﻎ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻠﻎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭﺑﻪ ﺑﺄﺩﺑﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺣﻀﺮﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻗﻴﻞ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﷲ ﺑﺎﻷﺩﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻣﺪﺡ ﺍﷲ ﺣﺒﻴﺒﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﻣﺼﻄﻔﺎﻩ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﷲ ﻣﺪﺣﻪ ﲝﺴﻦ ﲰﺘﻪ ﻭﺃﺩﺑﻪ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻮﻻﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﲨﺎﻻﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﲨﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﲨﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺮﺳﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪( ÇÊÐÈ Ó‬‬ ‫‪4 öx Û‬‬ ‫‪s $Bt ru Žç Ç‬‬ ‫‪| 7t 9ø #$ ø‬‬ ‫) ‪s #—y $Bt‬‬

‫)ﺍﻟﻨﺠﻢ(‬

‫ﱂ ﻳﻠﺘﻔﺖ ﺇﱃ ﺷﻲﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﱴ ﻻ ﻧﻈﻦ ﺃﻧﻪ ﱂ ﻳﺮ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪:U‬‬

‫“ ‪( ÇÊÑÈ‬‬ ‫‪# Žu 9ö 3‬‬ ‫‪ä 9ø #$ mÏ /nÎ ‘u M‬‬ ‫` ‪Ï »ƒt #äu‬‬ ‫“ ‪ô BÏ‬‬ ‫‪3 &r ‘u ‰‬‬ ‫) ‪ô‬‬ ‫) ‪s 9s‬‬

‫)ﺍﻟﻨﺠﻢ(‬

‫ﺭﺃﻯ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﱪﻯ ﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﱂ ﺗﺸﻐﻠﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﺎﻝ ‪.U‬‬

‫ﻓﺒ‪‬ﺤﺴﻦ ﺃﺩﺑﻪ ‪ r‬ﺭ‪‬ﻓﻊ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻪ ﻭﻗﺪﺭﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺳﻠﲔ ﻭﺍﳌﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺮﺑﲔ‬ ‫ﻭﻏﲑﻫﻢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭﺑﻪ ‪.U‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻤﺴﻚ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻷﺣﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﺮﺿﲔ ﻟﻔﻀﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﺍﻟﻮﻫﺎﺏ ﺣ‪‬ﺴﻦ ﺍﻷﺩﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﺣ‪‬ﺴﻦ ﺍﻷﺩﺏ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﲨﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻧﺖ ﺗﺰﻋﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺑﺎﻃﻨﻚ ﲨﺎﻝ ﻭﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﻓﻴﻪ ﺧﻮﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺧﺸﻴﺔ ﷲ!!!‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺪﻟﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ؟‬ ‫ﺣ‪‬ﺴﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﺩﺑﻚ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﻊ ﺍﷲ ﺑﲔ ﻳﺪﻱ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻴﺪ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﺠﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﻷﺩﺏ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺣﺒﻴﺐ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻣﺼﻄﻔﺎﻩ ‪.r‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻵﺩﺍﺏ ﻟﺴﻌﺘﻬﺎ ﻻ ﻧﺴﺘﻌﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﲜﻤﻠﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﻧﺸﲑ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳊﺒﻴﺐ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺷﺄ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﺸﲑ ﺃﻭﻻﹰ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺩﺑﻪ ‪ r‬ﰲ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺌﺬﺍﻥ‪.‬‬

‫‪r‬‬ ‫ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ‪ r‬ﻳﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺑﺎﺏ ﻣﱰﻝ ﺑﻮﺟﻬﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﺒﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﻻ‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻳﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﻻ ﻳﻘﻊ ﻧﻈﺮﻩ ﻓﺠﺄﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺤﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﺑﺴﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺎﺯﱐ ‪ t‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﻰ ﺑ‪‬ﺎﺏ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﻮ‪‬ﻡﹴ ﻣ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺠﹺﺪ‪‬ﺍﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻘﹾﺒﹺﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﺒ‪‬ﺎﺏ‪‬‬

‫ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻜ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻡ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻴﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﺷ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﻻ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺄﹾﺫ‪‬ﻥﹸ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻥﹾ ﺃﹸﺫ‪‬ﻥﹶ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻻ ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﹾﻘﹶﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪‬‬ ‫‪٣٢٠‬‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻦ‪ ‬ﻷَﺑ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﺑﹺﻬﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻮﺭ‪{ ‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﺄﻣﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﻌﻠﱢﻤﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺤﺴﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺌﺬﺍﻥ ﺑﺄﺩﺏ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺌﺬﺍﻥ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺄﹾﺫﹶﻥﹶ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺑﲏ ﻋﺎﻣﺮ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ r ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺃﻟ‪‬ﺞ‪‬؟‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ‪ r‬ﻟ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻡﹺ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺍﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺝ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ ﻓﹶﻌ‪‬ﻠﱢﻤ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻻﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺌﹾﺬﹶﺍﻥﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹸﻞﹾ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻗﹸﻞﹾ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﻡ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺃﹶﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻞﹸ؟ ﻓﹶﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪‬‬ ‫‪٣٢١‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹸ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻼﻡ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺃﹶﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻞﹸ؟ ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺫ‪‬ﻥﹶ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ r ‬ﻓﹶﺪ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻞﹶ {‬

‫ﻻ ﻛﻼﻡ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻌﻠﱠﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻧﺘﻬﺎﻭﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ﲨﻴﻌﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﳔﺸﻰ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﻻ ﳔﺸﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ‪ U‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻣﺮﻧﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻮﺟ‪‬ﻪ ﺇﺧﻮﺍﻧﻨﺎ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺧﲑﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻦ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﺑﺮ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ‪ t‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ r ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺩ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻦﹴ ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺪ‪‬ﻗﹶﻘﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺒ‪‬ﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫‪٣٢٢‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﹶﺄﹶﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺮﹺﻫ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ {‬ ‫ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﺇﲰﻚ ﻛﺎﻣﻼﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻇﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﺩﺏ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﲨﻴﻌﺎﹰ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮ ﺍﺗﺼﻠﺖ ﺑﺮﺟﻞ ﻭﻟﻮ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﻌﺮﻓﻪ ﻭﻳﻌﺮﻓﻚ‪ ،‬ﺭﲟﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﺎﺋﻤﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻻ‬ ‫ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻪ ﺑﺘﺒﲔ ﺻﻮﺗﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﳌﻦ ﻳﺘﺼﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﺎ ﻓﻼﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﱏ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﻌﻚ ﻓﻼﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﻼﱐ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻠﺪﺓ ﻛﺬﺍ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺣﱴ ﻳ‪‬ﻌﻠﱢﻤﻨﺎ ‪ r‬ﻛﺮﺍﻫﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﻮﻑ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻫﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺛﻘﺐ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ؛ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﻧﺲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ‪:t‬‬ ‫‪ ٣٢٠‬ﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﺒﯿﮭﻘﻲ وﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ‬ ‫‪ ٣٢١‬ﺳﻨﻦ أﺑﻲ داود وﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ‬ ‫‪ ٣٢٢‬ﺻﺤﯿﺢ اﻟﺒﺨﺎري وﺳﻨﻦ أﺑﻲ داود‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫} ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﺑﹺﻴ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﻰ ﺑ‪‬ﺎﺏ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻟﹾﻘﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺎﺻ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﺍﻟﹾﺒ‪‬ﺎﺏﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺒ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻪ‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ r ‬ﻓﹶﺘ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﺎﻩ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳﺪ‪‬ﺓ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻮﺩ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻔﹾﻘﹶﺄﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺑ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﻧ‪‬ﻘﹶﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻟﹶﻪ‪‬‬ ‫‪٣٢٣‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ :r ‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻮ‪ ‬ﺛﹶﺒ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻔﹶﻘﹶﺄﹾﺕ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻚ‪{ ‬‬ ‫ﳌﺎﺫﺍ ﺗﺘﺠﺴﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ‬

‫¡‪١٢) ( #( q‬ﺍﳊﺠﺮﺍﺕ(!‬ ‫¡ ‪Ý‬‬ ‫‪¡ gp B‬‬ ‫‪r w‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪Ÿ ru ) :‬‬

‫ﳌﺎﺫﺍ ﺗﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﱃ ﻋﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻏﲑﻙ؟!‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﺄﺫﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﺃﻧﺎ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳ‪‬ﻜﺮﺭﻫﺎ ﺛﻼﺙ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺑﲔ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻳﺼﻤﺖ ﻟﻴﺴﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﱂ ﻳﺴﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺙ ﻳﺮﺟﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺃﺩﺏ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺌﺬﺍﻥ ﺷﺮﺣﺎﹰ ﻟﻠﺜﻼﺙ‪ :‬ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻳﺴﺘﻨﺼﺘﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﺪﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‬ ‫ﻳﺄﺫﻧﻮﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻻ ﻳﺄﺫﻧﻮﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﻧﺼﺎﺭ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺃﺭﳛﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﳌﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﳏﺒﺔ ﺻﺎﺩﻗﺔ ﳋﲑ ﺍﻟﱪﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻗﻴﺲ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻌﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﺫ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺯ‪‬ﺍﺭ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺰﹺﻟ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻼﻡ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪ ‬ﹸ‬ ‫ﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺩ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﺍ ﺧ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻗﹶﻴ‪‬ﺲ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻘﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻻ ﺗ‪‬ﺄﹾﺫﹶﻥﹸ ﻟ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪r ‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺫﹶﺭ‪‬ﻩ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹾﺜ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻼﻡﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ :r ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻼﻡ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺔﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺩ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﺍ ﺧ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ :r ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻼﻡ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺔﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻗﻀﻴﻨﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺗ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪،‬‬

‫ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﻛﹸﻨ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻴﻤ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺩ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﺍ ﺧ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎ ﻟ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻜﹾ ‪‬ﺜﺮ‪‬‬ ‫‪٣٢٤‬‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻼﻡﹺ {‬

‫‪r‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺳﻠﱠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻳﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﰒ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻟﺒﻴﻚ ‪ -‬ﺃﻱ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻟﻚ – ﻭﻛﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪ ٣٢٣‬ﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ واﻟﺒﯿﮭﻘﻲ‬ ‫‪ ٣٢٤‬ﺳﻨﻦ أﺑﻲ داود وﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺳﻼﻣﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻼﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﻭﺭﲪﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺑﺮﻛﺎﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﳌﱠﺎ ﺟﺎﺀﻩ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﺳﺒﺐ‬ ‫ﻛﻞ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺏ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺳﺒﺒﻪ ﺗﻐﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻭﺳﻴﻄﺮ‪‬ﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺎ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻢ ﻣﻌﺪﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﺄﺗﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ‪ r‬ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﺭﺍﻋﻨﺎﹰ ﻳﺎ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺃﻱ ﺃﻧﺖ ﺃﺭﻋﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻈﻦ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺃ‪‬ﻢ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ‪ :‬ﺭﺍﻋﻨﺎ ﺃﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻴﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﻣﺜﻠﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﳍﻢ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪١٠٤) :‬ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ(‬ ‫‪( #( qèã J‬‬ ‫™ ‪y‬‬ ‫‪ó #$ ru $Rt •ö à‬‬ ‫‪Ý R#$ #( q9ä q%è ru $Zu ã‬‬ ‫)‪Ï º‘u #( q9ä q‬‬ ‫‪à ?s w‬‬ ‫‪Ÿ #( qYã Bt #äu ú‬‬ ‫‪š‬‬ ‫‪ï%‬‬ ‫‪Ï !© #$ $g‬‬ ‫) ‪y ƒ• 'r »¯ ƒt‬‬

‫ﻻ ﺗﻜﻮﻧﻮﺍ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻫﺎﺀ ﻭﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﳌﻜﺮ ﻭﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻦ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ‬ ‫ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻂﹲ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻴ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻮﺩ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺎﻡ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻚ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻔﹶﻬﹺﻤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﻘﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ :‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺎﻡ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻌ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹸ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪‬‬ ‫‪ :r‬ﻣ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻼ ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺔﹸ‪ ،‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴﻚ‪ ‬ﺑﺎﻟﺮﹺﻓﹾﻖ ﻭﺇﹺﻳ‪‬ﺎﻛ‪‬ﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﹸﺤ‪‬ﺶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ :r ‬ﺃﻭﱂ ﺗﺴﻤﻌﻲ ﻣﺎ ﻗﻠﺖ‪ ،‬ﺃﻧﺎ ﺭﺩﺩﺕ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻓﻴﺴﺘﺠﺎﺏ ﱄ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﺠﺎﺏ ﳍﻢ ﰲ {‬

‫‪٣٢٥‬‬

‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳ‪‬ﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﻴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳ‪‬ﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﲨﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻤﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﻴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺴﻠﻴﻤﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﻭﻯ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻧﺲ ‪:t‬‬ ‫} ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﺴﻠﱠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺙﹶ ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ‬ ‫ﺻ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻥ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺴ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻬﹺﻢ‪.٣٢٦{ ‬‬ ‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺑﻨﺖ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻗﺎﻟﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ r ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻧﹺﺴ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺴ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ {‬

‫‪٣٢٧‬‬

‫ﻭﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ ٣٢٥‬اﻟﺼﺤﯿﺤﯿﻦ اﻟﺒﺨﺎري وﻣﺴﻠﻢ‬ ‫‪ ٣٢٦‬ﺻﺤﯿﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ وﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي‬ ‫‪ ٣٢٧‬ﺳﻨﻦ أﺑﻲ داود واﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫} ﺃﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺠﹺﺪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺔﹲ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺎﺀِ ﻗﹸﻌ‪‬ﻮﺩ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻟﹾﻮ‪‬ﻯ‬ ‫‪٣٢٨‬‬ ‫ﺑﹺﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ – ‬ﺃﺷﺎﺭ – ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺘ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻴﻢﹺ {‬

‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎﹰ ﻳﺸﲑ ﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﳌﻦ ﻳﺒﻌﺪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺒﻠﻐﻪ ﺻﻮﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻋﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪.r‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎﹰ ﻳﺘﺮﻙ ﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻟﻠﻌﺘﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﳓﻦ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﻗﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺧ‪‬ﻠﱢﻔﻮﺍ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺃﻋﻠﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ‪ r‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺑﻼﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻡ ﻟﻐﺰﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﰲ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﳊﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﻗﺖ ﺟﲏ ﳏﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﲣﻠﻒ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻗﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺷﻬﺮﻫﻢ ﻛﻌﺐ‬ ‫ﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻋﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﲣﻠﻒ ﺁﺧﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﻘﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪﻣﺎ ﺭﺟﻊ ﺟﺎﺀﻭﺍ ﻳﻌﺘﺬﺭﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺬﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﻘﻮﻥ ﻭﺗﺮﻛﻬﻢ ‪ r‬ﻭﱂ ﻳﻌﺒﺄ ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻗﲔ ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻢ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﱂ ﺃﻛﻦ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﳑﺎ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻓﻴﻪ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺃﻃﻴﺐ ﻋﻴﺶ ﻭﺃﺭﻏﺪ ﻣﺎﻝ ﻭﺃﺣﺴﻦ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ ‪ :r‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺻﺪﻗﻮﺍ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﻓﺄﻣﺮﻫﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻷﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ‪ :‬ﻻ‬ ‫ﺗﻜﻠﻤﻮﻫﻢ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺴﻠﻤﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺮﺩﻭﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻭﻻ ﲣﺪﻣﻬﻢ ﻧﺴﺎﺀﻫﻢ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺄﺗﻴﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﷲ ‪.U‬‬ ‫ﳌﺎﺫﺍ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪r‬؟ ﺣﱴ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﳊﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ‪:‬‬ ‫‪óOg‬‬ ‫‪Î Šø =n æ‬‬ ‫‪t M‬‬ ‫‪ô %s $Ê‬‬ ‫‪| ru M‬‬ ‫‪ô 6t m‬‬ ‫‪ã ‘u $J‬‬ ‫‪y /Î Ú‬‬ ‫{ ‪Þ ‘ö‬‬ ‫‪F #$ N‬‬ ‫‪ã kÍ Žö =n ã‬‬ ‫‪t M‬‬ ‫‪ô %s $Ê‬‬ ‫‪| #Œs )Î Ó‬‬ ‫‪# L¨ m‬‬ ‫) ‪y‬‬

‫‪4 #( qþ /ç qFç ‹u 9Ï O‬‬ ‫‪ó g‬‬ ‫‪Î Šø =n æ‬‬ ‫> ‪t‬‬ ‫‪z $?s O‬‬ ‫‪¢ Oè mÏ ‹ø 9s )Î w‬‬ ‫! ‪H )Î‬‬ ‫` ‪« #$‬‬ ‫‪z BÏ 'r f‬‬ ‫‪y =ù Bt w‬‬ ‫‪ž b&r #( qþ Z‘ ß‬‬ ‫‪s ru O‬‬ ‫‪ó g‬‬ ‫¡ ‪ß‬‬ ‫‪Ý ÿ‬‬ ‫‪à R&r‬‬ ‫(‬

‫)‪١١٨‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ(‬

‫ﻟﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﻟﻮ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﻭﺍ ﻣﻌﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻣﻌﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻠﻦ ﳛﺴﻮﺍ ﺑﺬﻧﺒﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻦ ﻳﻨﺪﻣﻮﺍ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻌﻠﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ ﰲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳊﺒﻴﺐ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺮﻛﻮﻫﻢ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺮﺟﻌﻮﺍ ﺇﱃ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﻫﺠﺮ ﺃﺧﻲ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﻗﻊ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﺼﻴﺔ ﻟﻴﺸﻌﺮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺃﺫﻧﺐ ﻓﲑﺟﻊ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻮﺏ‬ ‫‪ ٣٢٨‬ﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻟﻴﺘﻮﺏ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻮﻻﻩ ‪.U‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﺪﻕ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻌﺐ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺴﲑ ﻳﻮﻣﺎﹰ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ‬ ‫ﻓﻨﺎﺩﻯ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﺎ ﻣﻌﻲ ﻟﻚ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺧﺬﻫﺎ ﻓﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﺑﻠﻐﲏ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻧﺒﻴﻚ ﻗﻼﻙ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺇﱃﱠ ﲡﺪ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﻓﲑ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻳﻀﺎﹰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺀ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻧﺎ‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻳﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺀ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻄﻤﻊ ﰲﱠ ﻣﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻡ؟! ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻕ!‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﺄﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﺃﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻠﻘﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﺛﻨﲔ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻦ‬ ‫ﻓﺎﻋﺘﻜﻔﻮﺍ ﰲ ﺑﻴﻮ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﺣﺪﳘﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﳜﺪﻡ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻓﺄﺳﺘﺄﺫﻧﻮﺍ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﲣﺪﻣﻪ ﺯﻭﺟﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺑﺸﺮﻁ ﺃﻻ ﻳﻘﺮ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﻛﻌﺐ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﻳﻠﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺴﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻛﻨﺖ ﺁﺗ‪‬ﻲ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻓﹶﺄﹸﺳ‪‬ﻠﱢﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻗﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴِﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﺣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻔﹶﺘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺮ‪‬ﺩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﻡﹺ ﺃﹶﻡ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﺎ؟‪ ٣٢٩‬ﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺷﺮﻁ ﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻳﺴﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻟﻜﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺗﺄﺩﻳﺐ ﻭ‪‬ﺬﻳﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺒﻴﺐ ‪.r‬‬ ‫ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺃﻣﺮﺍﹰ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻭﱂ ﻳﻌﺠﺒﻪ ﱂ ﻳﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻦ ﺃﰊ‬ ‫ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﳋﺪﺭﻯ ‪ t‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺃﹶﻗﹾﺒ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹲ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺒ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺩ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﺎﺗ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻫ‪‬ﺐﹴ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺔﹲ ﺣ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻑ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻭﻧ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺸ‪‬ﻜﹶﺎ ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪‬‬ ‫ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻟﹶﺖ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﻌ‪‬ﻞﱠ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻛﹶﺮﹺﻩ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﺎﺗ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻟﹾﻘ‪‬ﻬﹺﻤ‪‬ﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻟﹾﻘﹶﺎﻫ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻏﹶﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺩ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫‪٣٣٠‬‬ ‫ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺁﻧﹺﻔﹰﺎ ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻋ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻲ؟ ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹲ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﺎﺭﹴ {‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺪﺓ ﻟﻄﻔﻪ ﻭﺃﺩﺑﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺩﺧﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺎﺋﻢ ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﺴﺘﻴﻘﻆ ﻳ‪‬ﻠﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻴﻘﻆ ﲝﻴﺚ ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺴﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺋﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺑﺼﻮﺕ ﺧﺎﻓﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺑ‪‬ﻠﱢﻎ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻭﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺭﺟﻼﹰ‬ ‫ﺃﺗﻰ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ ٣٢٩‬اﻟﺼﺤﯿﺤﯿﻦ اﻟﺒﺨﺎري وﻣﺴﻠﻢ‬ ‫‪ ٣٣٠‬ﻣﻌﺠﻢ اﻟﻄﺒﺮاﻧﻲ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫} ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺃﹶﰊ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹾﺮ‪‬ﺃﹸ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﱯ‪ " :r ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺃﹶﺑﻴﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻼﻡ‪{ ‬‬ ‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻯ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻧﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭﻩ ﻟﻪ ﻭﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﷲ ‪:U‬‬ ‫‪٤٤) ( N‬ﺍﻷﺣﺰﺍﺏ(‬ ‫™ ‪Ö »=n‬‬ ‫) ‪y ¼mç Rt qö‬‬ ‫‪s =ù ƒt Pt qö ƒt N‬‬ ‫‪ö g‬‬ ‫‪ß Gç Š¨ tÏ B‬‬ ‫) ‪r‬‬

‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﻏﲑ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﺒﻌﺪ ﺗﻘﺪﱘ ﺳﻼﻡ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻷﺣﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﺍﳋﲑ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﺴﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﺍﳋﲑ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻫﻼ ﻭﺳﻬﻼﹰ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﺮﺣﺒﺎﹰ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺳﻼﻡ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻴﻤﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫! ( )‪٨‬ﺍ‪‬ﺎﺩﻟﺔ( ﻧﺒﺪﺃ ﺃﻭﻻﹰ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﰒ ﻗﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺷﺌﺖ‬ ‫‪ª #$ mÏ /Î 7‬‬ ‫† ‪y ŠhÍ tp‬‬ ‫‪ä O‬‬ ‫‪ó 9s $J‬‬ ‫‪y /Î 8‬‬ ‫‪x qö ‹§ m‬‬ ‫‪y 8‬‬ ‫` !‪x räâ %‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﻘﲔ‪y #Œs )Î ru ) :‬‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﻭ ﰲ ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ ﺃﻭ ﰲ ﺃﻱ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﳌﻦ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﺰﻳﺪ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪r‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺁﺩﺍﺑﻪ ‪ r‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻰ ﲟﺴﻠﻢ ﺻﺎﻓﺤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ‪:r‬‬ ‫} ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻟﹶﻘ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺧ‪‬ﺎﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺧ‪‬ﺬﹶ ﺑﹺﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺗ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺫﹸﻧ‪‬ﻮﺑ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﺗ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺕ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻮ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﻕ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻴ‪‬ﺎﺑﹺﺴ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡﹺ ﺭﹺﻳﺢﹴ ﻋ‪‬ﺎﺻ‪‬ﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻻ ﻏﹸﻔ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻮ‪‬‬ ‫ﻛﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺫﹸﻧ‪‬ﻮﺑ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪ ‬ﹾﺜﻞﹶ ﺯ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺒ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺮﹺ {‬

‫‪٣٣١‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﺭﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺭﺟﻼﹰ ﻣﻦ ﻋﱰﺓ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻷﰊ ﺫﺭ ‪ t‬ﺣ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺚﹸ ﺳ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﺎﻡﹺ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ‬ ‫ﺳﺄﹶﻟﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳﺚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳﺚ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺫﺭ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺃﹸﺭﹺﻳﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺃﹶ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺇﹺﺫﹰﺍ ﺃﹸﺧ‪‬ﺒﹺﺮ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻻ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻗﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺴِﺮ‪:،‬‬ ‫} ﻫ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺎﻓ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻟﹶﻘ‪‬ﻴﺘ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻮﻩ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﹶﻘ‪‬ﻴﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﻗﹶﻂﱡ ﺇﹺﻻ ﺻ‪‬ﺎﻓﹶﺤ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺚﹶ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻲ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﺍﺕ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡﹴ ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻛﹸﻦ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺟﹺﺌﹾﺖ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺳﺮﹺﻳﺮﹺﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺎﻟﹾﺘ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ –ﺍﻋﺘﻨﻘﲏ‪-‬‬ ‫ﺃﹸﺧ‪‬ﺒﹺﺮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﻟ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺗ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ‪‬‬ ‫‪ ٣٣١‬اﻟﻤﻌﺠﻢ اﻟﻜﺒﯿﺮ ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺮاﻧﻲ واﻟﺒﯿﮭﻘﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻠﻤﺎن ‪t‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫‪٣٣٢‬‬

‫ﻓﹶﻜﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻠﹾﻚ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺟ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺩ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺟ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺩ‪{"‬‬

‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺄﰐ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻔﺮ ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻳﻌﺎﻧﻘﻪ ‪ ،r‬ﻭﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎﹰ ﻳﻌﺎﻧﻘﻪ ﻭﻳ‪‬ﻘﺒ‪‬ﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﺀ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺑﻦ‬ ‫ﺃﰊ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻼﺩ ﺍﳊﺒﺸﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﻗﺖ ﳎﻴﺌﻪ ﺗﺼﺎﺩﻑ ﻣﻊ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺧﻴﱪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪r‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺮﻋﺎﹰ ﻭﺍﺣﺘﻀﻨﻪ ﻭﻗﺒ‪‬ﻠﻪ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ‪:r‬‬ ‫} ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺩ‪‬ﺭﹺﻱ ﺑﹺﺄﹶﻳ‪‬ﻬﹺﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻓﹾﺮ‪‬ﺡ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻔﹶﺘ‪‬ﺢﹺ ﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻡ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻘﹸﺪ‪‬ﻭﻡﹺ ﺟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻔﹶﺮﹴ {‬

‫‪٣٣٣‬‬

‫ﺟﻌﻞ ﳎﻲﺀ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺧﻴﱪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻧﻈﺮ ﺇﱃ ﻭﻗﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ! ﺣ‪‬ﺴﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻫﻮ ﺳﺮ ﻫ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﺍﳊﺒﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﺼﻄﻔﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺃﰎ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺣﱴ ﻣﻊ ﺍﺑﻨﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻓﺎﻃﻤﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺗﺘﻪ ﰲ ﻣﱰﻟﻪ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻭﳛﺘﻀﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﻳ‪‬ﻘﺒﻠﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﻳ‪‬ﺠﻠﺴﻬﺎ ﲜﻮﺍﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺫﻫﺐ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻳﺰﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻭﲢﺘﻀﻨﻪ ﻭﺗ‪‬ﻘﺒﻠﻪ ﻭﺗ‪‬ﺠﻠﺴﻪ ﲜﻮﺍﺭﻫﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﻌﻦ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻛﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻓﺎﻃﻤﺔ ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ r ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻡ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺒ‪‬ﻠﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺟ‪‬ﻠﹶﺴ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﺴِﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ r ‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻣ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﺴِﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺒ‪‬ﻠﹶﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫‪٣٣٤‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺟ‪‬ﻠﹶﺴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﺴِﻬ‪‬ﺎ {‬ ‫ﺍﻹﺣﺘﺮﺍﻡ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺣﱴ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻹﺑﻨﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺑﺎﺀ ‪....‬‬ ‫ﻟﻴ‪‬ﻌﻠﱢﻤﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻫﻮ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻷﺩﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳊﺒﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﺼﻄﻔﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺃﰎ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪r‬‬ ‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺁﺩﺍﺏ ﺟﻠﻮﺳﻪ ‪ r‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﺃﻭﻻﹰ‪ :‬ﳚﻠﺲ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺍ‪‬ﻠﺲ‪ ،‬ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﻓﻴﺠﻠﺲ ﰲ‬ ‫‪ ٣٣٢‬ﺳﻨﻦ أﺑﻲ داود وﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ‬ ‫‪ ٣٣٣‬اﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺪرك واﻟﻤﻄﺎﻟﺐ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﯿﺔ ﻻﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺟﺎﺑﺮ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ اﷲ ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ٣٣٤‬اﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺪرك واﻟﺒﯿﮭﻘﻲ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﳋﺎﱄ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺩﺍﻭﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻣﻮﺍ ﻟﻪ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﳍﻢ‪:‬‬

‫} ﻻ ﺗ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻣ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻛﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻷَﻋ‪‬ﺎﺟﹺﻢ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻈﱢﻢ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺎ {‬

‫‪٣٣٥‬‬

‫ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﺴ‪‬ﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﲔ ﻓﻘﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ ﻳﻘﻮﻣﻮﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﻠﻮﻙ ﺧﻮﻓﹰﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ‪ r‬ﻃﻠﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺘﻪ ﺃﻻ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﻟﻪ ﺧﻮﻓﺎﹰ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺗﻮﻗﲑﺍﹰ ﻟﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺃﺩﺑﺎﹰ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻣﺎﹰ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺒﺠﻴﻼﹰ ﻟﻪ ‪ ،r‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳋﻮﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﻫﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺣﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﻦ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ‪:t‬‬ ‫ﻋــــﲆ ﻓــــﺮض‬ ‫ﻗﻴــــﺎﻣﻲ ﻟﻠﺤﺒﻴــــﺐ‬ ‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﻋﺠﺒــــﺖ ﳌــــﻦ ﻟــــﻪ ﻋﻘــــﻞ وﻓﻬــــﻢ‬

‫وﺗـــﺮك اﻟﻔـــﺮض ﻣـــﺎ ﻫـــﻮ ﻣﺴـــﺘﻘﻴﻢ‬

‫ﻳـــــﺮى ﻫـــــﺬا اﳉـــــﲈل وﻻ ﻳﻘـــــﻮم‬

‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﺄﻣﺮ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﺃﻥ ﳚﻠﺴﻮﺍ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ‪‬ﻢ ﺍ‪‬ﻠﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻮﻃﱢﻦ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻟﺲ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺃﻱ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﳏﺪﺩ ﻟﻔﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻛﺮ‪‬ﻩ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺗﻮﻃﻨﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺣﱴ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺟﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﳚﻮﺯ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺠﺪ ﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺑﻌﻴﻨﻪ ﻟﻴﺠﻠﺲ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻳ‪‬ﺼﻠﱢﻲ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ‬ ‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﷲ ﻭﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﳌﻦ ﺟﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﺀ ﳚﻠﺲ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺍ‪‬ﻠﺲ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ‬ ‫‪ r‬ﻋﻠﱠﻤﻨﺎ ﺍﻷﺩﺏ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺮﺑﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻴﻮﻑ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺃﰊ ﻫﺎﻟﺔ ‪ t‬ﰲ‬ ‫ﻭﺻﻔﻪ ﻟﻠﺮﺳﻮﻝ ‪:r‬‬ ‫} ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹾﺮﹺﻡ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺮﹺﱘ‪ ‬ﻛﹸﻞﱢ ﻗﹶﻮﻡﹴ {‬

‫‪٣٣٦‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻛﺮﱘ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﻡ ﳚﺐ ﺇﻛﺮﺍﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﺮﺍﻋﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﺀﻩ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺟﺮﻳﺮ‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺷﻴﺦ ﻗﺒﻴﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﻈﺮ ﺟﺮﻳﺮ ﻓﻠﻢ ﳚﺪ ﻣﻮﺿﻌﺎﹰ ﰲ ﳎﻠﺲ‬ ‫ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،r‬ﻓﺠﻠﺲ ﻗﺮﻳﺒﺎﹰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺒﻴﺐ ‪ r‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻣﺴﻚ ﺑﻌﺒﺎﺀﺗﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺬﻓﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻟﻴﺠﻠﺲ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺫﺍ ﺃﺩﺏ ﻭﻭﻗﺎﺭ ﻓﺄﺧﺬﻫﺎ ﻭﻣﺴﺢ ‪‬ﺎ ﻋﻴﻨﻴﻪ ﻭﺭﻓﺾ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﳚﻠﺲ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﺩﺏ ﻳﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪ ﺃﺩﺏ ﻷ‪‬ﻢ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﲨﻴﻌﺎﹰ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺃﺩﺏ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﺄﻣﺮﻫﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﻜﺮﻣﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺑﺎﺀ ﻭﻳﺆﺛﺮﻭ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﻧﺲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ‪:t‬‬ ‫‪ ٣٣٥‬ﺳﻨﻦ أﺑﻲ داود وﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ إﻣﺎﻣﺔ ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ٣٣٦‬ﻣﻌﺠﻢ اﻟﻄﺒﺮاﻧﻲ واﻟﺒﯿﮭﻘﻲ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫} ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﺟ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺠﹺﺪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻃﹶﺎﻑ‪ ‬ﺑﹺ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻪ‬ ‫ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﺫﹾ ﺃﹶﻗﹾﺒ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻃﹶﺎﻟ‪‬ﺐﹴ ‪ ،t‬ﻓﹶﻮ‪‬ﻗﹶﻒ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺴ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﻈﹶﺮ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺒﹺﻬ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻨ‪‬ﻈﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻮﻩ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺑﹺﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻊ‪‬‬ ‫ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻮ ﺑ‪‬ﻜﹾﺮﹴ ﺟ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﲔﹺ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻓﹶﺘ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺡ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﺴِﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻨﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻦﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺠ‪‬ﻠﹶﺲ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ r ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﺑ‪‬ﻜﹾﺮﹴ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺲ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻭﺭ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻗﹾﺒ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﺑ‪‬ﻜﹾﺮﹴ‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﺜﻨﻴﺎﹰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺮﹺﻑ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻔﹶﻀ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﻷَﻫ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﻔﹶﻀ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺫﹶﻭ‪‬ﻭ‬ ‫‪٣٣٧‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﹾﻔﹶﻀ‪‬ﻞﹺ {‬ ‫ﻭﻭﺭﺩ ﻋﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﺟﻠﺲ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻣﺘﺮﺑﻌﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻓﺼﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺮﺓ ﻣﺘﻮﺭﻛﺎﹰ ﻛﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﳚﻠﺲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ ﳚﻠﺲ ﻣﺘﻮﺭﻛﺎﹰ ﻛﺠﻠﺴﺘﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎﹰ ﻛﺎﻥ ﳚﻠﺲ ﳏﺘﺒﻴﺎﹰ ﺃﻱ‬ ‫ﻳﻀﻊ ﻳﺪﻳﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﻛﺒﺘﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺛﻮﺑﺎﹰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﻛﺒﺘﻴﻪ ‪ ...‬ﻛﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳉﻠﺴﺎﺕ ﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎﹰ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺘﻜﺊ ﺑﻮﺳﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻦ ﳝﻴﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎﹰ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺘﻜﺊ ﺑﻮﺳﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻳﺴﺎﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎﹰ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺘﻜﺊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺮﺩﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎ‪‬ﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﺳﻊ ﻭﻻ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻀﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻨﺎ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﻧﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ ،r‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻘﻌﺪ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺇﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﷲ ‪.U‬‬

‫‪r‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﻭﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﻌﻠﻤﻬﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﻌﻮﺩ ﻳﺘﺮﻙ ﺷﻴﺌﺎﹰ ﰲ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﺄﻥ ﻳﺘﺮﻙ ﺣﺬﺍﺀﻩ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻤﺎﻣﺘﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻣﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﺃﻧﻪ ‪ r‬ﺳﻴﻌﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻻ ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺍ‪‬ﻠﺲ ﺇﻻ ﺩﻋﺎ ﻷﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻏﻠﺐ ﺩﻋﺎﺀﻩ ﰲ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﺍ‪‬ﻠﺲ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻗﹾﺴِﻢ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﺻ‪‬ﻴﻚ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻃﹶﺎﻋ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻠﱢﻐ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻴ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﲔﹺ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻥﹸ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫‪ ٣٣٧‬ﻣﺴﻨﺪ اﻟﺸﮭﺎب وﻣﻌﺠﻢ اﺑﻦ اﻷﻋﺮاﺑﻲ ﻋﻦ أﻧﺲ ‪t‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺳﻤ‪‬ﺎﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺﻧ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹸﻮ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠﹾﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻮ‪‬ﺍﺭﹺﺙﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﹺﺄﹶ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻇﻠﹶﻤ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻧ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﺍﻧ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﺗ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﻣ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻴﺒ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﺛﹶﺄﹾﺭ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﹶ‬ ‫ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺩ‪‬ﻳﻨﹺﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﺗ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻛﹾﺜﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻠﹶﻎﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹾﻤ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﺗ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻠﱢﻂﹾ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫‪٣٣٨‬‬ ‫ﺑﺬﻧﻮﺑﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻻ ﳜﺎﻓﻚ ﻭ ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ {‬ ‫ﺳﺒ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﻧ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺃﻳﻀﺎﹰ ﻻ ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻠﻮﺱ ﰲ ﺃﻱ ﳎﻠﺲ ﺇﻻ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ }:‬‬

‫ﻭ‪‬ﺑﹺﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻙ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻻ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻻ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﻮﺏ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻚ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٣٣٩‬‬

‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺑﺪﺃ ‪‬ﻦ ﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻗﻠﺘﻬﺎ؟ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ‪:r‬‬ ‫ﺨﻄﹶﺎﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﺲﹺ {‬ ‫} ﻛﹶﻠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺕ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﱠﻤ‪‬ﻨﹺﻴﻬﹺﻦ‪ ‬ﺟﹺﺒ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﻞﹸ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻼﻡ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﻔﱠﺎﺭ‪‬ﺍﺕ‪ ‬ﻟ‪ ‬‬

‫‪٣٤٠‬‬

‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺍﺭﺗﻜﺐ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳋﻄﺎﻳﺎ ﰲ ﺍ‪‬ﻠﺲ ﰒ ﻗﺎﳍﻦ ﰲ ﺧﺘﺎﻡ ﺍ‪‬ﻠﺲ ﻏﻔﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﻟﻪ ﻛﻞ ﺫﻧﺐ ﺍﺭﺗﻜﺒﻪ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍ‪‬ﻠﺲ‪.‬‬

‫‪r‬‬ ‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﺸﻴﻪ ‪ r‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﳝﺸﻲ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎﹰ ﻭﺃﺑﺪﺍﹰ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺎﹰ ﰲ ﻣﺸﻴﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﳎﺘﻤﻌﺎﹰ ﲜﺴﻤﻪ ﻛﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﻧﺴﻤﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﳌﺸﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻋﺼﺮﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻳﺮﺍﻩ ﻳﺮﻯ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺟﺎﺩﺍﹰ ﻻ ﻛﺴﻼﻧﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﺑﻮ‬ ‫ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ‪ t‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻉ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻛﹶﺄﹶﻧ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻷَﺭ‪‬ﺽ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻄﹾﻮ‪‬ﻯ ﻟﹶﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫‪٣٤١‬‬ ‫ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﹶﻨ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻬﹺﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻔﹸﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻐ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻜﹾﺘ‪‬ﺮﹺﺙ‪{ ‬‬ ‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪:‬‬

‫‪ ٣٣٨‬ﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي واﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ ﻋﻦ اﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ‪y‬‬ ‫‪ ٣٣٩‬ﺳﻨﻦ أﺑﻲ داود واﻟﺪارﻣﻲ ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ ﺑﺮزة اﻷﺳﻠﻤﻲ ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ٣٤٠‬ﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ وﻣﺼﻨﻒ اﺑﻦ أﺑﻲ ﺷﯿﺒﺔ‬ ‫‪ ٣٤١‬ﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي وﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫} ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ r ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻰ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺴ‪‬ﻞﹲ {‬

‫‪٣٤٢‬‬

‫ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳ‪‬ﻌﻠﱢﻤﻬﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﳝﺸﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳍﻴﺌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﻌﻠﱠﻢ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻣﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺍﳋﻄﺎﺏ ‪ t‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺳ‪‬ﺌﻠﺖ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺭ‪‬ﺅﻳﺖ ﺗﺒﻜﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﻟ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺗﺒﻜﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻤﺮ؟ ﻗﺎﻟﺖ‪ :‬ﻋﻤﺮ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺳﻼﻣﻪ ﻓﺘﺤﺎﹰ‬ ‫ﻭﻫﺠﺮﺗﻪ ﻧﺼﺮﺍﹰ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻷﻧﻪ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺃﺳﻠﻢ ﲢﻮﻟﺖ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻫﺎﺟﺮ ﺃﺧﺬ ﻣﻌﻪ‬ ‫ﺃﺭﺑﻌﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺎﻛﲔ ﻋﻠﻨﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﺭﺟﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﲰﻊ – ﺟﻬﻮﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ – ﻭﺇﺫﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﻰ ﺃﺳﺮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺿﺮﺏ ﺃﻭﺟﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺗﻌﻠﱠﻤﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺒﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﺼﻄﻔﻲ ‪.r‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﰲ ﺃﺩﺑﻪ ﰲ ﻣﺸﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻋﻠﱠﻤﻪ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺖ ﻳﻠﺘﻔﺖ ﲨﻴﻌﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﻳﻠﺘﻔﺖ ﺑﻜﻠﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﳝﺸﻮﻥ ﺧﻠﻔﻪ ﻭﻫﻢ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺩﺑﺮ ﺃﺩﺑﺮ ﲨﻴﻌﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻦ ﺟﺎﺑﺮ ﺑﻦ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ‪ t‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺃﹶﻥﹼ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻠﹾﺘ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠﱠﻖ‪ ‬ﺭﹺﺩ‪‬ﺍﺅ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺸ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓ‪ ‬ﺃﹶ ﹺﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﻲ‪‬ﺀِ ﻓﹶﻼ ﻳ‪‬ﻠﹾﺘ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻓﹶﻌ‪‬ﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻷَﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪ ‬ﺰﺣ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻗﹶﺪ‪‬‬ ‫‪٣٤٣‬‬ ‫ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﹾﺘ‪‬ﻔﹶﺎﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪{ r ‬‬ ‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﻋﻠﻲ ‪ t‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪َ r‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺍﻟﹾﺘ‪‬ﻔﹶﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺘ‪‬ﻔﹶﺖ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻴﻌ‪‬ﺎ {‬

‫‪٣٤٤‬‬

‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﺃﰊ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ‪ t‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹾﺒﹺﻞﹸ ﺟ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻴﻌ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺑﹺﺮ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻴﻌ‪‬ﺎ {‬

‫‪٣٤٥‬‬

‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎﹰ ﳝﺸﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﻌﻼﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎﹰ ﳝﺸﻲ ﺣﺎﻓﻴﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻦ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﻦ ﺍﳊﺼﲔ ‪ t‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ ٣٤٢‬ﻣﺴﻨﺪ اﻹﻣﺎم أﺣﻤﺪ‪ ،‬ﻋﻦ اﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎس رﺿﻰ اﷲ ﻋﻨﮭﻤﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٣٤٣‬ﻣﻌﺠﻢ اﻟﻄﺒﺮاﻧﻲ واﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎت اﻟﻜﺒﺮى ﻻﺑﻦ ﺳﻌﺪ‬ ‫‪ ٣٤٤‬ﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ واﻟﺒﯿﮭﻘﻲ‬ ‫‪ ٣٤٥‬ﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ واﻟﻄﺒﺮاﻧﻲ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫} ﺃﹶﻥﹼ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ r ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻲ ﺣ‪‬ﺎﻓ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﺎﻋ‪‬ﻼﹰ {‬

‫‪٣٤٦‬‬

‫ﻭﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎﹰ ﰲ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺭﻙ ﻛﺎﻥ ﳝﺸﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻘﺮﻯ ﺃﻱ ﻳﺮﺟﻊ ﺑﻈﻬﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻛﻞ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﳌﺸﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻼ ﻧ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺮ ﻭﺍﺳﻊ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﷲ ‪ .U‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻣﺸﻰ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎﹰ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ‬ ‫ﺑﺄﻳﺪﻳﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺩﺑﻪ ‪ r‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺤﺐ ﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺪﻩ ﺣﱴ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺣﻈﻪ ﻭﻳﺴﺤﺐ ﻳﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎﹰ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺄﻣﺮ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﺃﻥ ﳝﺸﻮﺍ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﳝﺸﻲ ﺧﻠﻔﻬﻢ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻻ ﺗ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹾﻔ‪‬ﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﱡﻮﺍ ﻇﹶﻬ‪‬ﺮﹺﻱ ﻟ‪‬ﻠﹾﻤ‪‬ﻼﺋ‪‬ﻜﹶﺔ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٣٤٧‬‬

‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﺟﺎﺑﺮ ‪ t‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ r ‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻰ ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻛﹸﻮﺍ ﻇﹶﻬ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻠﹾﻤ‪‬ﻼﺋ‪‬ﻜﹶﺔ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٣٤٨‬‬

‫ﻭﺭﻭﻯ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪:r‬‬ ‫} ﺍﻣ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﱡﻮﺍ ﻇﹶﻬ‪‬ﺮﹺﻱ ﻟ‪‬ﻠﹾﻤ‪‬ﻼﺋ‪‬ﻜﹶﺔ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٣٤٩‬‬

‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﺑﺮﻳﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﺳﻠﻤﻲ ‪ t‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﺍﺕ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡﹴ ﻟ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺟ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨ‪‬ﱯ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻼﺓ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻼﻡ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻲ ﺑﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬ ‫‪٣٥٠‬‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺧ‪‬ﺬﹶ ﺑﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﻓﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﻄﹶﻠﹶﻘﹾﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻧ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻲ ﺟ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻴﻌ‪‬ﺎ {‬ ‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﺃﰊ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ‪ t‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻟﹶﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺟ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺧ‪‬ﺬﹶ ﺑﹺﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻗﹶﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٣٥١‬‬

‫ﻭﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺻﺤﺒﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‬

‫‪ ٣٤٦‬ﻣﺴﻨﺪ اﻟﺒﺰار وﻛﺸﻒ اﻷﺳﺘﺎر‬ ‫‪ ٣٤٧‬اﺗﺤﺎف اﻟﺨﯿﺮة ﻟﻠﺒﻮﺻﯿﺮي ﻋﻦ ﺟﺎﺑﺮ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ اﷲ ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ٣٤٨‬ﺳﻨﻦ اﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﺔ وﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ‬ ‫‪ ٣٤٩‬ﺑﻐﯿﺔ اﻟﺒﺎﺣﺚ ﻟﻠﮭﯿﺜﻤﻲ‬ ‫‪ ٣٥٠‬ﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ وﺻﺤﯿﺢ اﺑﻦ ﺧﺰﯾﻤﺔ‬ ‫‪ ٣٥١‬اﻟﺼﺤﯿﺤﯿﻦ اﻟﺒﺨﺎري وﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪t‬‬

‫‪٣٥٢‬‬

‫‪r‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﺴﲔ ‪ :t‬ﻓﺴﺄﻟﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ‪ – t‬ﻋﻦ ﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،r‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻮﻟﹸﻪ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴِﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﺄﹾﺫﹸﻭﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻜﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻯ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺰﹺﻟ‪‬ﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺟ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺃﹶ ﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻮﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺛﹶﻼﺛﹶﺔﹶ ﺃﹶﺟ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺍﺀٍ‪ :‬ﺟ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺀًﺍ ﻟ‪‬ﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺀًﺍ ﻷَﻫ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺀًﺍ ﻟ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴِﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺃﹶ‬ ‫ﺟ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺃﹶﻩ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺩ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﹾﺨ‪‬ﺎﺻ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﲑﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺟ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺀِ ﺍﻷُﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻳﺜﹶﺎﺭ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﻔﹶﻀ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺑﹺﺈﹺﺫﹾﻧﹺﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ‬ ‫ﺷ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺳ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﻗﹶﺪ‪‬ﺭﹺ ﻓﹶﻀ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻬﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻳﻦﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺫﹸﻭ ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﺎﺟ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺫﹸﻭ ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﺎﺟ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺫﹸﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﺋ‪‬ﺞﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺎﻏﹶﻞﹸ ﺑﹺﻬﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻠﹸﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻷَﻣ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹶﺘ‪‬ﻬﹺﻢ‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﺧ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺎﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻲ ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ :‬ﻟ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻠﱢﻎﹺ ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﺎﻫ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻐ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﺐ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺳﻠﹾﻄﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺣ‪‬ﺎﺟ‪‬ﺔﹶ‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻮﻧﹺﻲ ﺣ‪‬ﺎﺟ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻴﻊ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﺑ‪‬ﻼﻏ‪‬ﻲ ﺣ‪‬ﺎﺟ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻠﹶﻎﹶ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻏﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﻳ‪‬ﺎﻩ‪ ‬ﺛﹶﺒ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺬﹾﻛﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻻ‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻴﻊ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﺑ‪‬ﻼ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹾﺒ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻏﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮﹺﻩ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﺭ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺩ‪‬ﺍ ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻔﹶﺮ‪‬ﻗﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺇﹺﻻ ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺫﹸﻭ‪‬ﺍﻕﹴ‪،‬‬ ‫‪٣٥٣‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﺃﹶﺩ‪‬ﻟﱠﺔﹰ {‬ ‫} ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻮﻟﹸﻪ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴِﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﺄﹾﺫﹸﻭﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ { ‬ﻷﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻻ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺴﻜﻦ ﰲ ﺃﻱ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺈﺫﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،U‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﳍﻮﻯ ﻧﻔﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻟﺸﻬﻮﺓ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻻ ﳊﻆ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻣﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺑﺪﺍﺀ ﺷﺮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻉ ﺍﷲ ﺗﺘﺄﺳﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺃﻣﺘﻪ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫} ﻓﹶﻜﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻯ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺰﹺﻟ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﺟ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺃﹶ ﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻮﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺛﹶﻼﺛﹶﺔﹶ ﺃﹶﺟ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺍﺀٍ‪ :‬ﺟ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺀًﺍ ﻟ‪‬ﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺀًﺍ‬ ‫‪ ٣٥٢‬اﻟﻤﻌﺎدي – اﻟﺨﻤﯿﺲ ‪ ٢‬ﻣﻦ رﺟﺐ ‪١٤٣٥‬ھـ ‪٢٠١٤/٥/١‬م‬ ‫‪ ٣٥٣‬ﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي واﻟﻄﺒﺮاﻧﻲ واﻟﺒﯿﮭﻘﻲ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻷَﻫ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺀًﺍ ﻟ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴِﻪ‪ { ‬ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺩﺧﻞ ﻣﱰﻟﻪ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﺴﻢ ﻭﻗﺘﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺛﻼﺙ‪ ،‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺟﺰﺀ ﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻃﺎﻋﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﻟﻠﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺫﻛﺮ ﷲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺒﻴﺢ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﺲ‬ ‫‪ ...‬ﺃﻱ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﻐﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺟﺰﺀ ﻷﻫﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﺃﻣﺮﻳﻦ‪ :‬ﻗﻀﺎﺀ ﺣﻮﺍﺋﺠﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻭﺭ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻭﻣﺆﺍﻧﺴﺘﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺛﻨﲔ ﻣﻌﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﻘﻀﻲ ﳍﻢ ﻣﺼﺎﳊﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻛﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪ r‬ﻳﺪ‪‬ﺧﺮ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺯﻭﺟﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻊ ﻗﻮ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻜﻔﻴﻬﺎ ﳌﺪﺓ ﺳﻨﺔ ﺣﱴ ﺗﻄﻤﺌﻦ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ‬ ‫ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻻ ﻳﺪ‪‬ﺧﺮ ﻃﻌﺎﻣﺎﹰ ﺃﻭ ﺷﻴﺌﺎﹰ ﻟﻐﺪ ﳊﹸﺴﻦ ﺗﻮﻛﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﻻﻩ ‪ ،U‬ﺣﱴ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺗﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﻚ ﲝﺎﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﲟﺎ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻢ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ﺷﻲﺀ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺗﻨ‪‬ﺰﻝ ﳍﻢ ﻭﻋﺎﻣﻠﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺪﺭﻫﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﳚﺘﻤﻊ ﻣﻊ ﻧﺴﺎﺀﻩ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺑﺔ ﻳﺄﺗﻨﺲ ‪‬ﻢ‬ ‫ﻭﻳ‪‬ﺴﺮ ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﳛﻜﻲ ﳍﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﺍﺕ ﻟﻴﻠﺔ ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺙﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻧﹺﺴ‪‬ﺎﺀَﻩ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳﺜﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻟﹶﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺃﹶﺓﹲ‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻦ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳﺚﹸ ﻛﺄﻧﻪ ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳﺚﹶ ﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﻓﹶﺔﹶ؟ ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﻓﹶﺔﹸ؟ ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﻓﹶﺔﹶ ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻼ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺬﹾﺭ‪‬ﺓﹶ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺠﹺﻦ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﺎﻫ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﻜﹶﺚﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬﹺﻦ‪ ‬ﺩ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍ ﻃﹶﻮﹺﻳﻼ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﻭﻩ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻹِﻧ‪‬ﺲﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻜﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺙﹸ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻯ‬ ‫‪٣٥٤‬‬ ‫ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻷَﻋ‪‬ﺎﺟﹺﻴﺐﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ‪ :‬ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳﺚﹸ ﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﻓﹶﺔﹶ {‬ ‫ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺟﺰﺀ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﳜﻠﻮ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺘﻮﺣﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﱰﻻﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻴﻮﺿﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﱰﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻷ‪‬ﺎ ﲢﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ ﺧﻠﻮ ﺑﺎﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫} ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺃﹶ ﺟ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺃﹶﻩ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺩ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﹾﺨ‪‬ﺎﺻ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪‬‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹰﺎ { ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻳﺜﺎﺭ ﺟﻌﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺑﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﻛﺎﻥ‬

‫ﰲ ﺑﻴﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻴﻒ؟ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﺭﻗﻰ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﰲ ﺍﳌﱰﻟﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻷﺛﺮﻳﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﺪﺧﻠﻬﻢ ﻟﻴ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠﱢﻤﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﺣﱴ ﻳ‪‬ﻌﻠﱢﻤﻮﺍ ﻏﲑﻫﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﺩﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﺩﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ ﻷﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﺪﻳﺪ ﰲ ﺃﻱ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﻣﻜﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﳋﺎﺻﺔ‬ ‫‪ ٣٥٤‬ﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ واﻟﻄﺒﺮاﻧﻲ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ رﺿﻲ اﷲ ﻋﻨﮭﺎ‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺘﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻤﻮﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻤﻪ ﻏﲑﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻳ‪‬ﻌﻠﱢﻤﻮﻥ ﻭﻳﻨﻘﻠﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺇﱃ ﻏﲑﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻻ‬ ‫ﺃﺳﺎﺀﻭﺍ ﻭﺍﺣﺘﺎﺟﻮﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻹﺻﻼﺡ ﻭﺍﻷﺩﺏ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﺮﺩ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺪﺧﺮ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﺷﻴﺌﺎﹰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻷﺳﺮﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺍﻹﳍﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﻓﺎﺿﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﻗﺎﻝ ‪:r‬‬ ‫} ﻣﺎ ﺻ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﰲ ﺻﺪﺭﻱ ﺷﻲﺀ ﺇﻻ ﻭﺻﺒﺒﺘﻪ ﰲ ﺻﺪﺭ ﺃﰊ ﺑﻜﺮ {‬

‫‪٣٥٥‬‬

‫ﱂ ﻳﻜﺘﻢ ﺷﻲﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪:U‬‬

‫‪( ÇËÍÈ û‬‬ ‫‪& üYÏ Ò‬‬ ‫= ‪Ÿ /Î‬‬ ‫‪É ‹ø ót 9ø #$ ’?n ã‬‬ ‫‪t qu d‬‬ ‫) ‪è $Bt ru‬‬

‫)ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﺮ(‬

‫ﺣﱴ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺐ ﻻ ﻳﺒﺨﻞ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺷﻲﺀ ﺳﻴﺤﺪﺙ ﺇﱃ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﺇﻻ ﻭﺃﺧﱪﻧﺎ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫‪ ،r‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺷﻲﺀ ﰲ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ﺇﻻ ﻭﺣﺪ‪‬ﺛﻨﺎ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻏﻴﺐ‪.‬‬ ‫} ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﲑ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺟ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺀِ ﺍﻷُﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻳﺜﹶﺎﺭ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﻔﹶﻀ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺑﹺﺈﹺﺫﹾﻧﹺﻪ‪ { ‬ﻭﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻞ ﻫﻢ‬ ‫ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺭﻉ ﻭﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻼﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﻑ‪.‬‬ ‫} ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻗﹶﺪ‪‬ﺭﹺ ﻓﹶﻀ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻬﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻳﻦﹺ { ﺍﻷﻭﺭﻉ ﻭﺍﻷﺧﺸﻰ ﰒ ﺍﻷﺧﺸﻰ ﰒ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺧﺸﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺒﻴ‪‬ﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﳍﻢ ﺣﱴ ﻻ ﳛﺪﺙ ﺗﻨﺎﺣﺮ ﻭﺗﻨﺎﺯﻉ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺪﻳﺮﻫﺎ‬ ‫‪ r‬ﺑﻠﻤﺢ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻛﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﲑﺓ ﺍﻹﳍﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﻋﻄﺎﻫﺎ ﻟﻪ ﺍﷲ ‪.U‬‬ ‫} ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺫﹸﻭ ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﺎﺟ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺫﹸﻭ ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﺎﺟ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺫﹸﻭ ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﺋ‪‬ﺞﹺ { ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺳﺆﺍﻝ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺳﺆﺍﻟﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺆﺍﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻨﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﺫﻭ ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺫﻭ ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺘﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺫﻭ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺋﺞ‪.‬‬ ‫} ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺎﻏﹶﻞﹸ ﺑﹺﻬﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻠﹸﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻷَﻣ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹶﺘ‪‬ﻬﹺﻢ ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪‬‬

‫{ ﻳﺘﺸﺎﻏﻞ ‪‬ﻢ ﰲ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺻﺪﻭﺭﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻧﺸﻐﺎﳍﻢ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺼﻠﺤﻬﻢ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﻳ‪‬ﺼﻠﺢ ‪‬ﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻟﻴﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻣﻌﻬﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻏﻞ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬ ‫‪ ٣٥٥‬ﺗﻔﺴﯿﺮ روح اﻟﺒﯿﺎن وﺗﻔﺴﯿﺮ اﻟﺮازى وﻓﻰ ﺳﻔﯿﻨﺔ اﻟﻨﺠﺎ واﻟﺤﺎوى ﻟﻠﻔﺘﺎوى وﻟﻢ ﯾﺮد ﺗﺨﺮﯾﺠﮫ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻤﻴﻤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎ ﺷﺎﺑﻪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻻ‬ ‫ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺸﺘﻐﻞ ﺳﺎﻟﻚ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﳛﺪﺙ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﲟﺎ ﻳﺮﻳﺪﻭﻥ ﰲ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻴﻌﻄﻴﻪ ﳍﻢ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﻌﻠﱢﻤﻮﺍ ﻏﲑﻫﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻬﻮ ‪ r‬ﻳﺸﻐﻠﻬﻢ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺼﻠﺤﻬﻢ ﻭﻳﻨﻔﻌﻬﻢ ﻭﻳﺼﻠﺢ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﻭﻳﻨﻔﻌﻬﺎ ﺇﻣﺎ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻳﻔﺘﺢ ﳍﻢ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﻟﻴﻔﻴﺾ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻷﺟﻮﺑﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺒﺘﺪﺃﻫﻢ ﺑﺎﻹﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻳﻨﻔﻌﻬﻢ ﻭﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﳍﻢ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻮﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺍﻋﻆ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺻﻴﺔ ﲟﺎ ﻳﺼﻠﺢ ﺷﺄ‪‬ﻢ ﻭﻳﺴﻌﺪﻫﻢ ﰲ ﺩﻳﻨﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﻭﺩﻧﻴﺎﻫﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﺘﺮﻙ ﺟﺰﺀﺍﹰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﻓﺎﺭﻏﺎ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻳﻨﻔﻊ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﻭﻳﺼﻠﺢ ﺃﻣﺮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﺮﻙ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﰲ ﻓﺮﺍﻍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻭﺑﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﺸﻐﻠﻬﻢ ﲟﺎ ﻳﺼﻠﺤﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﻭﻳﻨﻔﻌﻬﻢ ﻭﻳﺼﻠﺢ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﻭﻳﻨﻔﻌﻬﺎ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪) ( ÇÑÈ =î‬ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺮﺍﺡ(‬ ‫‪x ‘ö $$ ùs 7‬‬ ‫’ ‪y /nÎ ‘u‬‬ ‫= ‪4 <n )Î ru ÇÐÈ‬‬ ‫‪ó Á‬‬ ‫‪| R$$ ùs M‬‬ ‫‪| î‬‬ ‫) ‪ø •t ùs #Œs *Î ùs‬‬

‫ﺃﻱ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻓﺮﻏﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻓﺎﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻐﲑﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻏﺒﺎﺀ ﰲ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﻼﻡ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺟﺪ ﻭﻋﻤﻞ ﻻ ﻫﺰﻝ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻛﺴﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫} ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﺧ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺎﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻲ ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ :‬ﻟ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻠﱢﻎﹺ ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﺎﻫ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻐ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻮﻧﹺﻲ‬ ‫ﺣ‪‬ﺎﺟ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻴﻊ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﺑ‪‬ﻼﻏ‪‬ﻲ ﺣ‪‬ﺎﺟ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪{ ‬‬

‫ﺃﻧﺘﻢ ﻣﻨﺪﻭﺑﻮﻥ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻞ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻣﻨﺪﻭﺏ ﻋﻦ ﻗﻮﻣﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻠﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ‬ ‫ﺍ‪‬ﻲﺀ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻃﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﻗﻮﻣﻪ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﺮﺩﻭﺩ ﻟﲑﻳﺢ ﺻﺪﻭﺭﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﱴ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻋﻨﺖ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻋﻮﺓ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،U‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﺒﻮﻱ ﻭﺿﻌﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ‪ ،r‬ﻭﳚﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﻤﻴﻊ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﳜﻀﻊ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﻠﹾﻄﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺣ‪‬ﺎﺟ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻴﻊ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﺑ‪‬ﻼﻏﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﻳ‪‬ﺎﻩ‪ ‬ﺛﹶﺒ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪‬‬ ‫} ﻓﹶ ﹺﺈﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻠﹶﻎﹶ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪{ ‬‬ ‫ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﰲ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪:‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪†ûÎ ru $‹u R÷ ‰‬‬ ‫‪‘ 9#$ oÍ q4 Šu tp :ø #$ ’ûÎ M‬‬ ‫‪Ï /Î $V¨ 9#$ A‬‬ ‫) ‪É qö‬‬ ‫‪s 9ø $$ /Î #( qZã Bt #äu ú‬‬ ‫‪š‬‬ ‫‪ï%‬‬ ‫! ‪Ï !© #$‬‬ ‫‪ª #$ M‬‬ ‫) ‪à 6mÎ Vs ƒã‬‬ ‫‪( oÍ •t z‬‬ ‫‪Å y‬‬ ‫‪F #$‬‬

‫)‪٢٧‬ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ(‪.‬‬

‫} ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺬﹾﻛﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻻ ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹾﺒ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻏﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮﹺﻩ‪{ ‬‬

‫ﻻ ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﳓﻦ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺒﲔ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻧﺴﲑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻨﻬﺎﺝ‪.‬‬ ‫} ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺩ‪‬ﺍ ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻔﹶﺮ‪‬ﻗﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺇﹺﻻ ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺫﹸﻭ‪‬ﺍﻕﹴ {‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﹰ ﺃﻱ ﻃﻼﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺩﺑﻪ ‪ r‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺟﺎﺀﻩ ﺿﻴﻒ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺪﻡ ﻟﻪ ﺷﻴﺌﹰﺎ‬ ‫ﻳﺄﻛﻠﻪ ﻛﺘﻤﺮ ﺃﻭﻋﺠﻮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺸﺮﺏ ﻟﱭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺬﻭﻗﻮﻥ ﺍﻹﺛﻨﲔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺬﻭﻗﻮﻥ ﻃﻌﺎﻣﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺬﻭﻗﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﹰ‬ ‫ﺇﳍﻴﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻮﺭﺍﹰ ﺭﺑﺎﻧﻴﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﲰﺘﺎﹰ ﻭﻫﺪﻳﺎﹰ ﻧﺒﻮﻳﺎﹰ‪.‬‬ ‫} ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﺃﹶﺩ‪‬ﻟﱠﺔﹰ {‬

‫ﺃﻱ ﺩﻋﺎﺓ ﺃﺩﻻﺀ‪ ،‬ﻷ‪‬ﻢ ﺩﺧﻠﻮﺍ ‪‬ﺬﻩ ﺍﳍﻴﺌﺔ ﻓﺨﺮﺟﻮﺍ ‪‬ﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍﹰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﻳ‪‬ﻌﻠﱢﻤﻨﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫ﺃﺩﺏ ﺍﳉﻠﻮﺱ ﰲ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪.r‬‬

‫ ﻭﻳﻨﺴﺤﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﺩﺏ ﺍﳉﻠﻮﺱ ﰲ ﺑﻴﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺭﺛﺔ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‬‫‪.r‬‬ ‫ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﷲ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺑﻴﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺓ‬‫ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻓﲔ‪.‬‬ ‫ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻷﺩﺏ ﰲ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻨﻮﺑﻮﻥ ﻋﻤﻦ ﻭﺭﺍﺀﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﳍﻢ ﺇﺧﻮﺍﻥ‬‫ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻮﻫﻢ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺭﺟﺎﺀﻫﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻵﺩﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﰲ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪.r‬‬

‫‪r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‬

‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﺴﲔ ‪ :t‬ﻓﹶﺴ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﰉ – ﻋﻠﻴﺎﹰ ‪ – t‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺟﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﻴ‪‬ﻒ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪‬؟‬

‫} ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻥﹸ ﻟ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺎﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻻ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻨﹺﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﻟﱢﻔﹸﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻔﱢﺮ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹾﺮﹺﻡ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺮﹺﱘ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﹾﻘﹶﻮ‪‬ﻡﹺ ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻟﱢﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻬﹺﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺬﱢﺭ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺮﹺﺱ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻏﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮﹺ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﻄﹾﻮﹺﻱ ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬‬ ‫ﺑﹺﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻘﹶﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻔﹶﻘﱠﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺄﹶﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹶﻮ‪‬ﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹶﺒ‪‬ﺢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘﹶﺒﹺﻴﺢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮﻫ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻝﹶ ﺍﻷَﻣ‪‬ﺮﹺ ﻏﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻒ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻔﹶﻞﹸ ﻣ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺎﻓﹶﺔﹶ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻔﹶﻠﹸﻮﺍ ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻴﻠﹸﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻟ‪‬ﻜﹸﻞﱢ ﺣ‪‬ﺎﻝﹴ ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹶﺼ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﻖ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺎﻭﹺﺯ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻳﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱﹺ ﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻓﹾﻀ‪‬ﻠﹸﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻴﺤ‪‬ﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻈﹶﻤ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺰﹺﻟﹶﺔﹰ‬ ‫‪٣٥٦‬‬ ‫ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﺍﺳ‪‬ﺎﺓﹰ ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﺍﺯ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺓﹰ {‬

‫} ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻥﹸ ﻟ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺎﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻻ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻨﹺﻴﻪ‪ { ‬ﻗﺎﻝ ‪:r‬‬ ‫} ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺇﹺﺳ‪‬ﻼﻡﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺀِ ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻛﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻨﹺﻴﻪ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٣٥٧‬‬

‫ﱂ ﻳﻘﻞ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﺎﻝ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﰲ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻨﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﻨﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﻱ ﻳﻬﻤﻪ ﻭﻳﻨﻔﻌﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺭﺟﺐ ﰲ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪ " :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺇﹺﺳ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﻡﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺀِ ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻛﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﹶﺎ‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻨﹺﻴﻪ‪ :" ‬ﻣﻌﲎ ﻳﻌﻨﻴﻪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻘﺼﺪﻩ ﻭﻣﻄﻠﻮﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﺷﺪﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻲﺀ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻋﻨﺎﻩ ﻳﻌﻨﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻫﺘﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻃﻠﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺘﺮﻙ ﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﻟﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﲝﻜﻢ ﺍﳍﻮﻯ ﻭﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﺑﻞ ﲝﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ ﻭﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﺃﻧﺲ ‪ t‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺗ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻓﱢﻲ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹲ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺏﹺ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ ،r‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺎﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪:r ‬‬ ‫ﺨﻞﹶ ﺑﹺﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻘﹸﺼ‪‬ﻪ‪{ ‬‬ ‫} ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﺗ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺭﹺﻱ ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻌ‪‬ﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻜﹶﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻨﹺﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﺑ‪ ‬‬

‫‪٣٥٨‬‬

‫‪ ٣٥٦‬ﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي واﻟﻄﺒﺮاﻧﻲ واﻟﺒﯿﮭﻘﻲ‬ ‫‪ ٣٥٧‬ﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي واﻟﺒﯿﮭﻘﻲ‬ ‫‪ ٣٥٨‬ﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي واﻟﺒﯿﮭﻘﻲ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻨﻴﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﳜﺘﺺ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻛﺄﻥ ﻳﺘﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﲔ ﺍﺛﻨﲔ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻤﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺃﻣﺮ ﳜﺼﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻃﻠﺒﺎ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻳﺘﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﻊ ﲨﺎﻋﺔ ﻳ‪‬ﺴﺮ‪‬ﻭﻥ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﺎﹰ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻚ ﺷﺄﻥ ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺩﺏ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﳌﺴﻠﻢ ﺷﺄﻧﻪ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺑﺮﺑﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻻ ﻳﻨﺸﻐﻞ ﲞﻠﻖ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺷﺄﻥ ﻻ ﺃﺳﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻠﻐﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺃﹸﺩﺭﻛﻪ ﳌﺎﺫﺍ ﺃﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﻓﻴﻪ؟! ﻭﳓﻦ‬ ‫ﻧﺮﻯ ﺃﻥ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻊ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﻛﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺣﺰﺍﺏ ﻭﻏﲑ ﺫﻟﻚ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﺷﺄﻧﻨﺎ ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ؟!‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻮﻧﺖ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻚ ﺭﺃﻳﺎﹰ ﻻ ﺗ‪‬ﺠﱪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻏﲑﻙ ﻭﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﺑﻨﻚ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺮﺍﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﺪﺩ‬ ‫ﻭﺍ‪‬ﺎﺩﻻﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻼﻥ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻼﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﳑﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻮ ﺳﺄﻟﺖ ﺃﺣﺪﺃﹰ ﻋﻦ ﳑﻴﺰﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﺻﺤﺎﰊ ﻣﻦ ﺻﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﻟﻌﺠﺰ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻄﺎﻉ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﲝﺮﻑ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ!!‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻼ ﺷﺄﻥ ﻟﻨﺎ ﲟﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻻ ﺗ‪‬ﺴﻤﻦ ﻭﻻ ﺗ‪‬ﻐﲏ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺳﻨﺘﻔﻮﻩ‬ ‫‪‬ﺎ ﺳﻴﺤﺎﺳﺒﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﷲ‪:‬‬ ‫‪( ÇÊÑÈ ‰‬‬ ‫‪Ó ŠGÏ ã‬‬ ‫= ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ë ‹%Ï ‘u mÏ ƒ÷ ‰‬‬ ‫‪y 9s w‬‬ ‫‪ž )Î A‬‬ ‫‪@ qö %s `BÏ á‬‬ ‫‪à ÿ‬‬ ‫) ¨‪Ï =ù ƒt $B‬‬

‫)ﻕ(‬

‫ﻭﺧﲑ ﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺸﻐﻞ ﻧﻔﺴﻚ ﺑﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،U‬ﺑﺪﻻﹰ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻬﺎﺗﺮﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﳌﺘﺎﻫﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺪﺍﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺪﺙ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻯ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،r‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻻ ﻳﺘﺪﺧﻞ ﺇﻻ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﻨﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻸﺳﻒ ﳒﺪ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﺪﺧﻞ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻨﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺮﻯ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺍﳋﺒﲑ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﻓﻴﺘﺪﺧﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ!!‪.‬‬ ‫} ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﻟﱢﻔﹸﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻔﱢﺮ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ { ‬ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻨﺎ ‪:r‬‬ ‫} ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹾﻒ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺄﹾﻟﹸﻮﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺄﹾﻟﹶﻒ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٣٥٩‬‬

‫ﻭﰲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺄﹾﻟﹶﻒ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﻟﹶﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻤ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺄﹾﻟﹶﻒ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﻟﹶﻒ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٣٦٠‬‬

‫‪ ٣٥٩‬ﻣﺴﻨﺪ اﻟﺸﮭﺎب ﻋﻦ ﺟﺎﺑﺮ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ اﷲ ‪t‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺄﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺄﻟﻔﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻣﻌﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳ‪‬ﺤﺒﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﺗﺘﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺧﲑ ﻓﻴﻤﻦ ﻻ ﻳﺄﻟﻒ ﻭﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺆﻟﻒ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺒﻌﺪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻻ ﺧﲑ ﻓﻴﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﳋﲑ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳ‪‬ﺤﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫} ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹾﺮﹺﻡ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺮﹺﱘ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘﹶﻮ‪‬ﻡﹺ ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻟﱢﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻬﹺﻢ‪{ ‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺮﱘ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ ‪ r‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻧﻪ ﻳﻜﺮﻡ ﻛﺮﱘ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ ﲟﺎ ﻳﻨﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﱘ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﳊﻔﺎﻭﺓ ﻭﳚﻌﻠﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻭﺃﻣﲑﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﺪﺑ‪‬ﺮﺍ ﻷﻣﻮﺭﻫﻢ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﲤﺎﻡ ﺣﺴﻦ ﻧﻈﺮﻩ ‪ r‬ﻭﺣﻜﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﺪﺑﲑﻩ ﻭﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﻪ ﻭﺍﻋﻄﺎﺀﻩ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺗﺐ ﺣﻘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﺇﻛﺮﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑ ﻭﺗﻮﻗﲑﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺮﲪﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻐﲑ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ‪:r‬‬ ‫ﲑﻧ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﲑ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺮﹺﻑ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺣ‪‬ﻘﱠﻪ‪{ ‬‬ ‫} ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺠﹺﻞﱠ ﻛﹶﺒﹺ ‪‬‬

‫‪٣٦١‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺿﺎﻋﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﰲ ﳎﺘﻤﻌﻨﺎ ﺣﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻷﻥ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺇﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺩﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺱ ‪ ،t‬ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﻟﻪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺃﻳﻜﻤﺎ ﺃﻛﱪ ﺃﻧﺖ ﺃﻡ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ‪r‬؟ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ‪:t‬‬ ‫ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﲏ ﻭﻟﻜﲏ ﻭ‪‬ﻟﺪﺕ ﻗﺒﻠﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻴﻞ ﺃﺳﻦ‪ ‬ﻣﻨﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺁﺩﺍﺏ ﻏﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻷﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺴﻤﻊ ﳊﺪﻳﺜﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﺩﺏ ﻏﺮﻳﺐ ﻭﻋﺠﻴﺐ‬ ‫ﻻ ﻳﻨﻄﻖ ﺑﻪ ﺇﻻ ﻗﻠﺐ ﻣﻠﻲﺀ ﲝﺐ ﺍﳊﺒﻴﺐ ‪.r‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮﻟﱢﻲ ﻛﺮﱘ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺍﻡ ﺃﻛﺮﻣﻬﻢ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺃﻋﻘﻠﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻋﻠﻤﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ‬ ‫ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺭﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺃﻱ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻋﺎﺻﺮﻧﺎﻩ ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫} ﻭ‪‬ﳛ‪‬ﺬﹶﺭ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺮﹺﺱ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻏﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮﹺ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﻄﹾﻮﹺﻱ ﻋ‪‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻭﻻﹶ ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻘﹶﻪ‪{ ‬‬ ‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﳑﺎ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﻋﻘﻠﻪ ﻭﺳﻌﺔ ﻓﻜﺮﻩ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻧﻪ ‪ r‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﳛﺬﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ‬ ‫‪ ٣٦٠‬ﻣﻌﺠﻢ اﻟﻄﺒﺮاﻧﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺟﺎﺑﺮ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ اﷲ ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ٣٦١‬اﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺪرك وﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺎدة ﺑﻦ اﻟﺼﺎﻣﺖ ‪t‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻫﻢ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻮﺍ ﻋﻬﺪ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﱂ ﳜﱪﻫﻢ ﻭﱂ ﳚﺮ‪‬ﻢ ﰲ ﻣﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﻭﳛﺘﺮﺱ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻻ‬ ‫ﻳﻄﻮﻯ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﺑﺸﺮﻩ ﻭﺣﺴﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﺘﻪ ﻭﻃﻼﻗﺔ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ ‪.r‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻳ‪‬ﺤﺬﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎﹰ ﻃﻴﺒﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﻀﺤﻚ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﻘﲔ ﻭﻃﻼﺏ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺴﺘﻐﻠﻮﻥ ﺳﺬﺍﺟﺘﻬﻢ ﻭﺣﺒﻬﻢ ﻟﻠﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﻳ‪‬ﺪﺧﻠﻮﻥ ﳍﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﻴ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻄ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺬ‪‬ﺭ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٣٦٢‬‬

‫ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻦ ﻋﺎﻗﻞ ﻭﻟﺒﻴﺐ ﻭﺣﺬﺭ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻀﺤﻚ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﺴﲔ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﺴﻦ ﻳﺘﺼﺪﻗﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﺋﺔ ﺃﻟﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺎﻛﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺴﺎﻭﻡ ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ‬ ‫ﻭﻳﺘﺠﺎﺩﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺑﻨﺖ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻧﺖ ﺗﺘﺼﺪﻕ ﺑﺎﻷﻟﻮﻑ ﻭﺗﺴﺎﻭﻡ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﻫﻢ؟! ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺣﱴ ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﺎﻝ ﺧﺪﻋﻨﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺑﻨﺖ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪.!r‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﳛﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﺎﺳﺔ ﻭﺍﳊﺬﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘ‪‬ﻘﻲ ﺍﷲ ﳚﺪ ﻧﻮﺭﺍﹰ ﰲ ﻓﺆﺍﺩﻩ ﻳﻨﻈﺮ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻴﻪ ‪:r‬‬ ‫} ﺍﺗ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﺍ ﻓ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﺳ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻈﹸﺮ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻨ‪‬ﻮﺭﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٣٦٣‬‬

‫ﻓﻴﻌﺮﻑ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻪ ﰲ ﳊﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﰲ ﻓﻠﺘﺎﺕ ﻟﺴﺎﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﰲ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻴﻊ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﰲ‬ ‫ﻫﻴﺌﺘﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ‪ ...‬ﻳﻌﻄﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﻧﻮﺭ ﻛﺎﺷﻒ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻏﲑ ﺻﺎﺩﻕ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﺘﺒﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﳚﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻜﺬﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺷﺄﻥ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻦ ﰲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻻ ﻳﻄﻮﻱ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺑﹺﺸﺮﻩ ﻭﻻ ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻘﻪ ﺣﱴ ﻭﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﻘﲔ ﻟﻴﺘﺄﻟﻔﻬﻢ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺟﺎﺀ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺯﻋﻴﻢ ﻗﺒﻴﻠﺔ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻣ‪‬ﻄﺎﻉ ﰲ ﻗﻮﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ‬ ‫ﲰﻮﻩ ﺍﻷﲪﻖ ﺍﳌﹸﻄﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺳﺘﺄﺫﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺁﻩ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺑﹺﺌﹾﺲ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺧ‪‬ﻮ ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﲑ‪‬ﺓ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺑﹺﺌﹾﺲ‪ ‬ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﲑ‪‬ﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺟ‪‬ﻠﹶﺲ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻄﹶﻠﱠﻖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪r ‬‬ ‫ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻬﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻧ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻂﹶ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻧ‪‬ﻄﹶﻠﹶﻖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹸ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹶﺖ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺔﹸ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫‪ ٣٦٢‬ﻣﺴﻨﺪ اﻟﺸﮭﺎب ﻋﻦ أﻧﺲ ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ٣٦٣‬ﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي واﻟﻄﺒﺮاﻧﻲ ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ ﺳﻌﯿﺪ اﻟﺨﺪري ‪t‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺣ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﻗﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ :‬ﻛﹶﺬﹶﺍ ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺬﹶﺍ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻄﹶﻠﱠﻘﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻬﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻧ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻄﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺔﹸ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻋ‪‬ﻬﹺﺪ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﻓﹶﺤ‪‬ﺎﺷ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺷ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱﹺ ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪‬‬ ‫‪٣٦٤‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺰﹺﻟﹶﺔﹰ ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻛﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ‪ ‬ﺍﺗ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﺀَ ﺷ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪{ ‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﻗﺒﻴﻠﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻗﺪ ﳝﻨﻌﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺄﻟﻔﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺸﺮﺡ ﺍﷲ ﺻﺪﻭﺭﻫﻢ ﻟﻺﺳﻼﻡ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺘﺮﻛﻮﻧﻪ ﻭﻳﺘﺨﻠﻮ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺩﺑﻪ ‪ r‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻴﻪ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ U ‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻧﹺﻲ ﺑﹺﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍﺭ‪‬ﺍﺓ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱﹺ ﻛﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻧﹺﻲ ﺑﹺﺈﹺﻗﹶﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻔﹶﺮ‪‬ﺍﺋ‪‬ﺾﹺ {‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ ‪ r‬ﺃﻳﻀﺎﹰ‪ } :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍﺭ‪‬ﺓﹸ ﺍﻟﻨ‪ّ‬ﺎﺱﹺ ﺻ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻗﹶﺔﹲ {‪.٣٦٥‬‬ ‫ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﺪﺍﺭﺍﺓ ﻭﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﻟﻒ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﳌﺪﺍﺭﺍﺓ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺧﺎﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ‬ ‫ﺃﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻧﺎﹰ ﺑﺎﳊﺴﲎ ﺍﺗﻘﺎﺀ ﺷﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﳑﻦ ﻭﺭﺍﺀﻩ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﳑﻦ ﺣﻮﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﱄ ﺃﻭﳌﻦ‬ ‫ﺣﻮﱄ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﻟﻒ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺩﺩ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﺏ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﺒﺐ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺭﻏﺒﺔ ﰲ ﻧﻮﺍﻝ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻔﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺭﺍﺀﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺧﺼﻠﺔ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺮﺕ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫} ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻔﹶﻘﱠﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪{ ‬‬

‫ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻣﻦ ﻫﺪﻳﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﱂ ﳚﺪ ﺭﺟﻼﹰ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺠﺪ ﳌﺪﺓ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﻳﺴﺄﻝ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﻳﻀﺎﹰ ﻋﺎﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻏﺎﺋﺒﺎﹰ ﺩﻋﺎ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﳏﺘﺎﺟﺎﹰ ﻭﺍﺳﺎﻩ ‪ ....‬ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻘﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﳓﻦ ﲢﺎﺑﺒﻨﺎ ﰲ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺘﻔﻘﺪ ﺑﻌﻀﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻔﻘﺪ ﺃﺻﺒﺢ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺳﻬﻼﹰ ﻭﻣﻴﺴﻮﺭﺍﹰ ﺣﱴ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻮ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻘﺪ ﻟﻠﻤﺼﻠﺤﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﻺﺧﻮﺓ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪( Žu •ö Ü‬‬ ‫‪© 9#$ ‰‬‬ ‫) ‪y‬‬ ‫‪¤ ÿ‬‬ ‫‪x ?s ru ) :U‬‬

‫ﻓﺎﻟﺘﻔﻘﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺧﻼﻕ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ‪ u‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫)‪٢٠‬ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻞ(‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﻮﺭ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺧﺎﺿﻌﺔ ﻟﻪ ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻳﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻧﱯ ﻭﺣﻮﻟﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﺎﻁ‬ ‫ﲬﺴﻤﺎﺋﺔ ﺃﻟﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﻧﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﲬﺴﻤﺎﺋﺔ ﺃﻟﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻦ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻮﺵ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻴﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻈﺮ ﻓﻠﻢ ﳚﺪ‬ ‫‪ ٣٦٤‬اﻟﺼﺤﯿﺤﯿﻦ اﻟﺒﺨﺎري وﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ رﺿﻲ اﷲ ﻋﻨﮭﺎ‬ ‫‪ } ٣٦٥‬إن اﷲ { أﻣﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺮدوﯾﺔ وأﺑﻲ ﻣﻄﯿﻊ اﻟﻤﺼﺮي ﻋﻦ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ‪ ،y‬و }ﻣﺪارة اﻟﻨﺎس { )ﺣﺐ ﻃﺐ ھﺐ ( ﻋﻦ ﺟﺎﺑﺮٍ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪٢٠) ( ‰y dè ‰ô gß 9ø #$ “‘u &r w‬ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻞ(‪.‬‬ ‫† ‪I‬‬ ‫ﻫﺪﻫﺪﺍﹰ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍﹰ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪~ <Í $Bt ):‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻳﺐ ﻭﺍﳌﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﳛﺘﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﲨﻴﻌﺎﹰ ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻷﲪﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻔﻘﺪ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺑﻴﺘﻚ؛‬ ‫ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻙ ﻭﺑﻨﺎﺗﻚ ﻭﺯﻭﺟﺘﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻞ ﺑﻜﺜﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻏﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﺘﺤﺠﺞ ﺑﺄﻧﻚ ﻭﻓﺮﺕ ﳍﻢ ﻛﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻔﻘﺪ ﺃﺣﻮﺍﳍﻢ ﺗﺎﺭﺓ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺍﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻔﻬﻢ ﺣﱴ ﺗﺘﺤﺴﺲ ﺟﻠﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺃﺧﺒﺎﺭﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﱘ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻋﻠﱠﻤﻨﺎ ﺇﻳﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺍﻟﺮﺀﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻴﻢ‬ ‫‪.r‬‬ ‫ﻭﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻔﻘﺪ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺑﻴﺘﻪ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻮﱃ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺔ؟!‬ ‫ﻓﺎﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻔﻘﺪ ﻛﻞ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﻭﻟﱠﺎﻩ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻣﺮﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻮ ﺃﺻﺒﺤﺖ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﺍﹰ ﰲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻻ‬ ‫ﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺗﻔﻘﺪ ﻛﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺛﻘﱵ ﰲ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺗﻔﻘﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﻳﻈﻞ‬ ‫ﺣﺮﻳﺼﺎﹰ‪.‬‬ ‫} ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺄﹶﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱﹺ {‬

‫ﻟﻴﺲ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻋﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﻭﺍﻷﺧﺒﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻋﻦ ﻃﻌﺎﻣﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻦ‬ ‫ﺃﺳﻮﺍﻗﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻦ ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻠﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﻳﻘﻀﻲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺃﻳﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫} ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹶﻮ‪‬ﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹶﺒ‪‬ﺢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘﹶﺒﹺﻴﺢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮﻫ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪{ ‬‬

‫ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﳎﺎﻣﻼﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺬﻱ ﺿﻴ‪‬ﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻣﻼﺕ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻏﲑ ﺳﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﻻ ﺭﺷﻴﺪ ﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﺼﻔﻪ ﻟﺼﺎﺣﺒﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻳﻪ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ‬ ‫ﻭﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺿﻴ‪‬ﻊ ﳎﺘﻤﻌﻨﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﱂ ﻳ‪‬ﻌﻠﱢﻤﻨﺎ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﱠﻤﻪ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﺒﺪﺃ‬ ‫ﺃﻭﻻﹰ ﺑﺎﳌﺪﺡ ﲟﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻲﺀ ﻣﻦ ﳏﺎﺳﻦ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻧﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﳊﻖ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻗﹸﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﻖ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍ {‪٣٦٦‬ﻗﻞ ﺍﳊﻖ ﻭﻟﻮﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺴﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٣٦٦‬ﺻﺤﯿﺢ اﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎن وﻣﺴﻨﺪ اﻟﺸﮭﺎب ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ ذر ‪t‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫} ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻝﹶ ﺍﻷَﻣ‪‬ﺮﹺ ﻏﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻒ‪{ ‬‬

‫ﳝﺸﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻏﲑ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻟﻪ ‪ r‬ﻭﺃﻗﻮﺍﻟﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻋﺘﺪﺍﻝ ﳏﻔﻮﻅ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﻣﺘﺨﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﻀﺎﹰ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻘﻠﻪ ﻭﺍﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺃﻣﺮﻩ ‪ ،r‬ﻓﺎﻟﻮﺳﻄﻴﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪:‬‬ ‫‪١٤٣) ( $Ü‬ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ(‪.‬‬ ‫™ ‪V‬‬ ‫‪y ru pZ B¨ &é N‬‬ ‫‪ö 3‬‬ ‫_ ‪ä »Yo =ù èy‬‬ ‫‪y 7‬‬ ‫‹‪y 9Ï º‬‬ ‫) ‪x .x ru‬‬

‫} ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻔﹶﻞﹸ ﻣ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺎﻓﹶﺔﹶ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻔﹶﻠﹸﻮﺍ ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻴﻠﹸﻮﺍ {‬

‫ﻻ ﻳﻐﻔﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺯﺭﻧﺎ ﺃﺧﺎﹰ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻭﳔﻮﺽ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﳜﻮﺽ ﻣﻌﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤ‪‬ﻦ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻨﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ؟! ﻻ ﺃﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺻﺎﻳﺎ ﺷﻴﺨﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻲ‬ ‫ﺳﻼﻣﺔ ‪" :t‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺟﺎﻟﺴﺖ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﹰ ﻓﻼ ﺗﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﻣﻌﻪ ﰲ ﺃﻣﻮﺭﻩ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﻭﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﺩﻧﻴﺎﻩ ﺇﻻ‬

‫ﻟﺪﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﺩﺓ؛ ﰒ ﺍﻫﺒﻄﺎ ﺃﻧﺖ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺍﺩﻱ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ"‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﰲ ﺁﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻧﻀﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻧ‪‬ﺪﺧﻞ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻨﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺳ‪‬ﺌﻞ ﺃﹶﻱ‪ ‬ﺍﻷَﺻ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺏﹺ ﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬؟ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ‪:r‬‬ ‫} ﺻ‪‬ﺎﺣ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺫﹶﻛﹶﺮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﺎﻧ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻧ‪‬ﺴِﻴﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻛﱠﺮ‪‬ﻙ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٣٦٧‬‬

‫ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻻ ﻳﻐﻔﻞ ‪ r‬ﻋﻤﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﺗﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺬﻛﲑﻫﻢ ﻭﺍﺭﺷﺎﺩﻫﻢ ﻭﻧﺼﻴﺤﺘﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﻭﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﻬﻢ ﳐﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻐﻔﻠﻮﺍ ﻓﻴﺰﻟﻮﺍ ﺃﻭ ﳝﻴﻠﻮﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺴﻞ ﻭﻳﺒﻄﺌﻮﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻬﻮ ‪r‬‬ ‫ﻳﺸﺪ ﻋﺰﻣﻪ ﻭﻳﺘﻌﻬﺪﻫﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺬﻛﲑ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺼﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫} ﻟ‪‬ﻜﹸﻞﱢ ﺣ‪‬ﺎﻝﹴ ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪ { ‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻋﺎﻧﺔ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﱪﻳﺔ ‪ U‬ﳊﻀﺮﺗﻪ ‪،r‬‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺭﺯﻗﻪ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺣﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﻢ‪ ‬ﻭﺟ‪‬ﻬﻬﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻻﻗﻮﺍ ﻣﺸﻘﺔ ﻭﺟ‪‬ﻬﻬﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺼﱪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻻﻗﻮﺍ ﻋﺪﻭﺍﹰ ﻭﺟ‪‬ﻬﻬﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﷲ ﻭﺑﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﺡ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺭﺑﺎﻃﺔ ﺍﳉﺄﺵ ﻭﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﺏ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍﹰ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻋﺘﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻮﻣﺎﹰ ﺃﻏﻨﺎﻫﻢ ﺍﷲ ﻳﻮﺟ‪‬ﻬﻬﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺷﻜﺮ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ‬ ‫‪ ٣٦٧‬اﻹﺧﻮان ﻻﺑﻦ أﺑﻲ اﻟﺪﻧﯿﺎ‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻭﺟﺪ ﻗﻮﻣﺎﹰ ﺗﺮﻛﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻳﻮﺟ‪‬ﻬﻬﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪.‬‬

‫} ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹶﺼ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﻖ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺎﻭﹺﺯ‪‬ﻩ‪{ ‬‬

‫ﻫﻮ ﺍﳊﻖ ﰲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﻭﻓﻌﻠﻪ ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻊ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻫﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻊ ﺃﻣﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎﹰ ﻭﺃﺑﺪﺍﹰ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳊﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻨﻄﻖ ﺑﺎﳊﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﳊﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻔﺼﻞ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﺎﳊﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺍﳊﻖ ﻗﺪﺭ ﺃﳕﻠﺔ ﻭﻻ ﻃﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﲔ ﺃﺑﺪ ﺍﻵﺑﺪﻳﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻬﻮ ‪ r‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﻖ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻻ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﻁ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻂ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻘﺼﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳊﻖ ﻭﻻ ﳎﺎﻭﺯﺓ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺤﻖ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﰲ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺃﻣﻮﺭﻩ ﻭﻗﻀﺎﻳﺎﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫} ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻳﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱﹺ ﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪{ ‬‬

‫ﻳﻨﺘﻘﻲ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺻﺤﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ ‪:r‬‬ ‫} ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺀُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺩ‪‬ﻳﻦﹺ ﺧ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻴﻠ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹾﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻈﹸﺮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﻞﹾ {‬

‫‪٣٦٨‬‬

‫} ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻓﹾﻀ‪‬ﻠﹸﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻴﺤ‪‬ﺔﹰ {‬

‫ﺃﻓﻀﻠﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻮ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎﹰ ﻳﻨﺼﺢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳ‪‬ﻮﺟ‪‬ﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳ‪‬ﻘﻮ‪‬ﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺭﺳﻠﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪:‬‬

‫‪Ç`ã‬‬ ‫‪t b‬‬ ‫‪t qö g‬‬ ‫‪y Z÷ ƒt ru $‬‬ ‫‪Å r•ã è÷ Rp Qù $$ /Î b‬‬ ‫‪t r•ã Bã 'ù ƒt ru ŽÎ •ö ƒs :ø #$ ’<n )Î b‬‬ ‫‪t qã‬‬ ‫‪ã ‰‬‬ ‫‪ô ƒt p× B¨ &é N‬‬ ‫‪ö 3‬‬ ‫‪ä YBiÏ `3‬‬ ‫) ‪ä Ft 9ø ru‬‬ ‫‪( ÇÊÉÍÈ c‬‬ ‫‪š‬‬ ‫‪qs‬‬ ‫‪ß =Î ÿ‬‬ ‫‪ø J‬‬ ‫‪ß 9ø #$ N‬‬ ‫‪ã d‬‬ ‫‪è 7‬‬ ‫‪y ´Í »¯ 9s r' &é ru 4 •Ì 3‬‬ ‫‪s YJ‬‬ ‫‪ß 9ø #$‬‬

‫)ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ(‪.‬‬

‫} ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻈﹶﻤ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺰﹺﻟﹶﺔﹰ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﺍﺳ‪‬ﺎﺓﹰ ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﺍﺯ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺓﹰ {‬

‫ﺃﻋﻈﻤﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻮﺍﺳﻲ ﺇﺧﻮﺍﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﺍﺳﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺍﺀ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﻔﺎﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻮﺍﺳﻲ ﺍﳌﺮﺿﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨﻔﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻮﺍﺳﻲ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻫﺎﺏ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ ﻭﺗﻌﺰﻳﺘﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻮﺍﺳﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﲟﺎ ﻳﻠﻴﻖ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎﹰ ﻳﻠﺘﻒ ﺑﺈﺧﻮﺍﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﳛﺎﻭﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎﹰ ﻣﻌﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻭﻳﻮﺍﺳﻴﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﻭﻳﻌﺎﻭ‪‬ﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٣٦٨‬ﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ واﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺪرك ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ ھﺮﯾﺮة ‪t‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪r‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﺃﺣﻮﺟﻨﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺩﺏ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻟﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻛﺎﻥ ‪‬ﺎ ‪ r‬ﳚﺎﻟﺲ ﻭﻳﺆﺍﻧﺲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺣﻮﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﻫ‪‬ﻠﻪ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺟﺪﻩ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﺐ ﻳ‪‬ﻔﺮ‪‬ﺵ ﻟﻪ ﻓﺮﺍﺵ‬ ‫ﲜﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻌﺒﺔ ﳚﻠﺲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺄﰐ ﺑﻨﻮﻩ ﻓﻴﺠﻠﺴﻮﻥ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﺵ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻊ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ‪-‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺎﺀﺍﹰ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻭﻫﻴﺒﺔ ﻟﻪ ‪ -‬ﺃﻥ ﳚﻠﺲ ﲜﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﺵ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﻳﺄﰐ ﻭﳝﺸﻲ ﺣﱴ‬ ‫ﳚﻠﺲ ﺇﱃ ﺟﻮﺍﺭ ﺟﺪﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺮﺍﺷﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺭﺍﺩ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻣﻪ ﻳﻮﻣﺎﹰ ﺃﻥ ﳝﻨﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺟﺪﻩ‪ :‬ﺩﻋﻮﻩ‬ ‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﺇﺑﲏ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺆﻧﺲ ﻣﻠﻜﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﻳﺆﻧﺲ ﺍﳌﻠﻮﻙ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺷﻴﺦ ﻗﺒﻴﻠﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺒﲑ ﻋﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻵﺩﺍﺏ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺣﻮﺟﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺟﹺﻠﺴﺎﺗﻨﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﻀﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺟﻠﺴﺎﺗﻨﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻫﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﻭﺫﻭﻳﻨﺎ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻮﺗﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﺟﻠﺴﺔ ﳒﻠﺴﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺭﺽ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﳓﻦ ﰲ ﺃﻣﺲ‪ ‬ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫‪‬ﺘﺪﻱ ﻭﻧﻘﺘﺪﻱ ﺑﻨﺒﻴﻨﺎ ‪ r‬ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﺴﲔ ﻓﺴﺄﻟﺘﻪ – ﺃﻱ ﻋﻠﻴﺎﹰ ‪ – t‬ﻋﻦ ﳎﻠﺴﻪ ‪ r‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﻛﺎﻥ؟ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻡ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻻ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺫ‪‬ﻛﹾﺮﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻃﱢﻦ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷَﻣ‪‬ﺎﻛ‪‬ﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻰ ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻳﻄﹶﺎﻧﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺍﻧ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻰ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻗﹶﻮ‪‬ﻡﹴ ﺟ‪‬ﻠﹶﺲ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺚﹸ ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬﹺﻲ ﺑﹺﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺄﹾﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺬﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻲ ﻛﹸﻞﱠ ﺟ‪‬ﻠﹶﺴ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻨ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻴﺒﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺴِﺐ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻴﺴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﱠ‬

‫ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﺃﹶﻛﹾﺮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﺴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﻓﺎﻭﺿﻪ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺣ‪‬ﺎﺟ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﺎﺑ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻫ‪ ‬ﻮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺮﹺﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺎﺟ‪‬ﺔﹰ ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳﺮ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻻ ﺑﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻤ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻮﺭﹴ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘﹶﻮ‪‬ﻝﹺ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻊ‪‬‬ ‫ﺳﻮ‪‬ﺍﺀً‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻄﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻘﹸﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺼ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺻ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﻖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﺲ‪ :‬ﻋﻠﻢﹴ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﺀٍ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺻﺒ‪‬ﺮﹴ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺎﻧ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻓﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻷَﺻ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﺗ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬ ‫ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﺗ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺜﹶﻰ ﻓﹶﻠﹶﺘ‪‬ﺎﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻔﹶﺎﺿ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻟ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺘ‪‬ﻘﹾﻮ‪‬ﻯ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﺿ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﲔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻗﱢﺮ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﹾﻜﹶﺒﹺﲑ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﲑ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﺛ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ ﺫﹶﺍ ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﺎﺟ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺤﻔﻈﻮﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﹾﻐ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﺐ‪.{ ‬‬ ‫} ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻡ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻻ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺫ‪‬ﻛﹾﺮﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪{ ‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﺻﻔﺘﻪ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻟﺖ ﻋﻨﻪ ‪:r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫} ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ r ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺬﹾﻛﹸﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻛﹸﻞﱢ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻧﹺﻪ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٣٦٩‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻗﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻓﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺘﻤﻜﻨﻮﻥ ﻭﺻﻔﻬﻢ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪r‬‬ ‫ﺣﲔ ﺳ‪‬ﺌﻞ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻱ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﻠﹶﺴ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬؟ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ‪:r‬‬ ‫} ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻛﱠﺮ‪‬ﻛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺎﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪ ‬ﺅﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺯ‪‬ﺍﺩ‪‬ﻛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹾﻤ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻘﹸﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺫﹶﻛﱠﺮ‪‬ﻛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺎﻵﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓ‪‬‬ ‫‪٣٧٠‬‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹾﻤ‪‬ﻪ‪{ ‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺮﺍﻩ ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﺫﺍﻛﺮ ﷲ ﻻ ﻳﻐﻔﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻮﻻﻩ ﻃﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﲔ ﻭﻻ ﺃﻗﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻛﱪ‬ ‫ﺫﻧﺐ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺑﺎﷲ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻐﻔﻠﺔ ﻭﻟﻮ ﳊﻈﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻡ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺪﻭﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ‬ ‫ﺫﻧﺒﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﺍﺋﻢ ‪:t‬‬ ‫ﻫﻔـــــﻮة اﻟﻌـــــﺎرﻓﲔ أﻛـــــﱪ ذﻧـــــﺐ‬

‫ﻓﺎﺑــــﺬل اﻟــــﻨﻔﺲ ﲤُ ــــﻨﺤﻦ رﺿــــﻮاﲏ‬

‫ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻷﲬﻴﻤﻲ ‪ t‬ﺯﺍﺋﺮﺍﹰ ﻟﻠﺴﻴﺪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﺋﻲ ‪ t‬ﰲ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺿﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺼﲑﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭﺍﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﻗﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺃﻭﺻﲏ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺟﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻴﻢ ﻭﻫﻮ ﰲ ﺑﺮﺯﺧﻪ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺑ‪‬ﲏ‬ ‫ﻻ ﺗﻐﻔﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﷲ ﻃﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﲔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻧﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺮﻯ ﰲ ﺭﻭﺿﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﲏ ﺃﻗﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ‬ ‫ﺣﺴﺮﺗﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻓﺮﻃﺖ ﰲ ﺟﻨﺐ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻛﻞ ﳊﻈﺔ ﲤﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﰲ ﻏﻔﻠﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﷲ ﺳﻴﻨﺪﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﻔﹶﺲ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﻟﻴﻠﻘﻰ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،U‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﳎﺎﻟﺲ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻗﲔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻓﲔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﻜﲔ ﻫﻮ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﷲ ‪U‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫} ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻃﱢﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻷَﻣ‪‬ﺎﻛ‪‬ﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻰ ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻳﻄﹶﺎﻧﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺍﻧ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻰ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻗﹶﻮ‪‬ﻡﹴ ﺟ‪‬ﻠﹶﺲ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺚﹸ ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬﹺﻲ ﺑﹺﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺄﹾﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺑﹺ ﹶﺬﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪{ ‬‬

‫ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺟﺪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﺘﺨﺬ ﻟﻪ ﳎﻠﺴﺎﹰ ﳏﺪﺩﺍﹰ‪ ،‬ﻛﺄﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﲜﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﻨﱪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﲜﻮﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﺋﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻐﻀﺐ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺟﺎﻟﺴﺎﹰ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺭﲟﺎ ﳜﺮﺝ ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺣﺪ‬ ‫‪ ٣٦٩‬ﺻﺤﯿﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ وﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي‬ ‫‪ ٣٧٠‬اﻷﺣﺎدﯾﺚ اﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎرة وﺷﻌﺐ اﻟﺒﯿﮭﻘﻲ ﻋﻦ اﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎس ‪y‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻹﻋﺘﺪﺍﻝ ﻭﳛﺎﻭﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻴﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻠﺲ ﰲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ‪‬ﻰ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪.r‬‬

‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﳎﺎﻟﺲ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﳎﻠﺲ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻭ ﳎﻠﺲ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺃﻭ ﳎﻠﺲ ﻓﻜﺮ؛ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‬ ‫‪) ( ÇÊ ÊÈ b‬ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﺔ(‬ ‫) §• ‪t q/ç‬‬ ‫‪s J‬‬ ‫‪ß 9ø #$ 7‬‬ ‫‪y ´Í »¯ 9s r' &é ÇÊÉÈ b‬‬ ‫)‪t q‬‬ ‫¡» ‪à 7Î‬‬ ‫‪¡ 9#$ b‬‬ ‫)‪t q‬‬ ‫¡» ‪à 7Î‬‬ ‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﲔ‪¡ 9#$ ru ):‬‬

‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻠﺲ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺴﻨﺔ ﺳﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﻭﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺧﻞ ﳎﻠﺴﹰﺎ ﻓﻮﺟﺪ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺟﺔ ﳚﻠﺲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﱂ ﳚﺪ ﳚﻠﺲ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺍ‪‬ﻠﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻬﻢ ‪.r‬‬

‫ﻟﻮ ﻭﺟﺪ ﻓﺮﺟﺔ ﻓﻼ ﺑﺄﺱ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺇﺫﺍ ﱂ ﳚﺪ ﻓﻠﻴﺠﻠﺲ ﰲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻮﻑ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺑﻌﺾ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﻜﺮﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻓﻼ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻳ‪‬ﻔﺴﺢ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﻴﻢ ﺷﺨﺼﺎﹰ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻓﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﻹﻳﺜﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺯﺍﺩﺕ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻖ ‪ U‬ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻻ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺪﺭﻩ ﻭﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﻴﻢ ﺷﺨﺼﺎﹰ ﻟﻴﺠﻠﺲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻷﺩﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﶈﻤﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻋﻠﱠﻤﻪ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺣﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪.r‬‬ ‫} ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻲ ﻛﹸﻞﱠ ﺟ‪‬ﻠﹶﺴ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻨ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻴﺒﹺﻪ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺴِﺐ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻴﺴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﺃﹶﻛﹾﺮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪{ ‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳍﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﺴﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﰲ ﳎﻠﺲ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺣﻆ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻧﻈﺮﺍﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺍﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﻬﻰ‪‬ﺀ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﳉﺎﻟﺴﲔ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺃﻓﻀﻠﻬﻢ ﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮﻫﻢ ﺣﻈﻮﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺳﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴﲔ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺳﻠﲔ ‪ ،r‬ﳛﻜﻲ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻤﺮﻭ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺹ ‪ t‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺑﻌﺜﻪ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻣﲑﺍﹰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﻴﺶ ﻭﻓﻴﻬﻢ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺑﻜﺮ ﻭﻋﻤﺮ‬ ‫ﳌﺼﻠﺤﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻘﺘﻀﻴﻪ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺟﻠﺲ ﳛﺪﺛﻪ ﻭﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﻗﻴﻞ } ﻭﺃﲪﺪ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫‪ r‬ﺃﻣﺮﻩ {‪ ٣٧١‬ﳌﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺗﺼﺮﻓﻪ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﻴﺶ ﻟﻘﻠﺔ ﻋﺪﺩﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﻭﻗﻊ ﰲ‬ ‫ﻧﻔﺲ ﻋﻤﺮﻭ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﻡ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﰲ ﺍﳌﱰﻟﺔ – ﻭﺍﲰﻌﻮﺍ ﻟﺮﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﻋﻤﺮﻭ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻟﹶﻤ‪ّ‬ﺎ ﻗﹶﺪ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻏﹶﺰ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﺓ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﺍﺕ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪ّ‬ﻼﹶﺳ‪‬ﻞﹺ ـ ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹸﻨ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻇﹸﻦ‪ ّ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺐ‪ ّ‬ﺇﹺﻟٰﻰ‬ ‫ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﹶّﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﲏ ـ ﻓﹶﻘﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﹶّﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻱ‪ ّ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪ّ‬ﺎﺱﹺ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺐ‪ ّ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ‪ :‬ﻋ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺔﹸ‪ ،‬ﻗﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ ٣٧١‬ﻋ ﻦ ﻋﻤ ﺮو ﺑ ﻦ اﻟﻌ ﺎص أن رﺳ ﻮل اﷲ ‪ r‬ﺑﻌﺜ ﮫ إﻟ ﻰ دار اﻟﺴﻼﺳ ﻞ ﻓﺴ ﺄﻟﮫ أﺻ ﺤﺎﺑﮫ أن ﯾ ﺄذن ﻟﮭ ﻢ أن ﯾﻮﻗ ﺪوا ﻧ ﺎرا ﻟ ﯿﻼ‬ ‫ﻓﻤﻨﻌﮭﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻠﻤﻮا أﺑﺎ ﺑﻜﺮ أن ﯾﻜﻠﻤﮫ ﻓﻲ ذﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎل‪ :‬ﻗﺪ أرﺳﻠﻮا إﻟﻲ ﻻ ﯾﻮﻗﺪ أﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﮭﻢ ﻧ ﺎرا إﻻ أﻟﻘﯿﺘ ﮫ ﻓﯿﮭ ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻘ ﻮا اﻟﻌ ﺪو ﻓﮭ ﺰﻣﮭﻢ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﺄرادوا أن ﯾﺘﺒﻌﻮھﻢ ﻓﻤﻨﻌﮭﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ اﻧﺼﺮف ذﻟﻚ اﻟﺠﯿﺶ ﻟﻠﻨﺒﻲ ‪ r‬ﺷﻜﻮه إﻟﯿﮫ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎل‪ :‬ﯾﺎ رﺳ ﻮل اﷲ! إﻧ ﻲ ﻛﺮھ ﺖ أن آذن ﻟﮭ ﻢ أن‬ ‫ﯾﻮﻗﺪوا ﻧﺎرا ﻓﯿﺮى ﻋﺪوھﻢ ﻗﻠﺘﮭﻢ‪ ،‬وﻛﺮھﺖ أن ﯾﺘﺒﻌﻮھﻢ ﻓﯿﻜﻮن ﻟﮭﻢ ﻣﺪد ﻓﯿﻌﻄﻔﻮا ﻋﻠﯿﮭﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎل‪ :‬ﻓﺄﺣﻤﺪ رﺳ ﻮل اﷲ ‪ r‬أﻣ ﺮه‪ ،‬ﻗ ﺎل‪:‬‬ ‫ﻓﻘﺎل‪ :‬ﯾﺎ رﺳﻮل اﷲ ﻣﻦ أﺣﺐ اﻟﻨﺎس إﻟﯿﻚ؟ ﻗﺎل‪ :‬ﻟﻢ؟ ﻗﺎل‪ :‬ﻷﺣﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﺐ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎل‪ :‬ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎل‪ :‬ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﺮﺟ ﺎل؟ ﻗ ﺎل‪ :‬أﺑ ﻮ ﺑﻜ ﺮ‪) .‬ع‪،‬‬ ‫ﻛﺮ(‪ .‬ﻛﻨﺰ اﻟﻌﻤﺎل‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺇﹺﱐ ﻟﹶﺴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹸﻚ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻨﺴ‪‬ﺎﺀِ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻮﻫ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﺫﹶﻥﹾ‪ ،‬ﻗﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻱ‪ ّ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪ّ‬ﺎﺱﹺ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺐ‪ ّ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ‬ ‫ﺑ‪‬ﻜﹾﺮﹴ ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺣ‪‬ﻔﹾﺼ‪‬ﺔﹸ‪ ،‬ﻗﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﺴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹸﻚ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻨﺴ‪‬ﺎﺀِ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻮﻫ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﺫﹶﻥﹾ‪ ،‬ﻗﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻠﹶّﻪ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻳ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻲ‪ ّ‬؟ ﻓﹶﺎﻟﹾﺘ‪‬ﻔﹶﺖ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟٰﻰ ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺑﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﹶّ ﻫٰﺬﹶﺍ ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹸﻨﹺﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪ّ‬ﻔﹾﺲﹺ {‪.‬ﻭﰱ‬

‫ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ‪ } :‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻋﻤﺮ ‪ .‬ﻓﹶﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪) ‬ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ (r‬ﺭﹺﺟ‪‬ﺎﻻﹰ – )ﺃﻱ ﻓﺬﻛﺮ ‪ r‬ﺭﺟﺎﻻﹰ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ‬ ‫ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻪ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺃﺑﻮﻋﺒﻴﺪﺓ ( ﻓﹶﺴ‪‬ﻜﹶﺖ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺎﻓﹶﺔﹶ ﺃﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠﹶﻨﹺﻲ ﰲ ﺁﺧ‪‬ﺮﹺﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪{.‬‬

‫‪٣٧٢‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﺴ‪‬ﻜﹶﺖ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺎﻓﹶﺔﹶ ﺃﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠﹶﻨﹺﻲ ﰲ ﺁﺧ‪‬ﺮﹺﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪{.‬‬

‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﺩﺗﻪ ﻭﺷﻔﻘﺘﻪ ﻭﻋﻄﻔﻪ ﻭﺣﻨﺎﻧﺘﻪ ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺭﰊ ﻭﺗﺴﻠﻴﻤﺎﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻛﺜﲑﺍﹰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻮﺯﻉ ﺍﳊﻨﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻄﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﱪ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻔﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻨﻴﻪ ﺣﱴ ﻻ ﻳﻠﺤﻆ ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳ‪‬ﺤﺒﻪ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺳﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻭﻟﲔ ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻮﺯﻉ ﺍﳊﻨﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻄﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻔﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﲪﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷُﻣﺔ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻻ ﻳﻠﺤﻆ ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻢ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻘﺎﹰ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻣﻴﻼﹰ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺃﻱ ﺃﺛﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ‪ r‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ‬ ‫‪) ( ÇÊÉÐÈ ú‬ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ(‪.‬‬ ‫‪š‬‬ ‫‪üJ‬‬ ‫‪Ï =n »èy =ù 9jÏ pZ Ht q‬‬ ‫‪ô ‘y w‬‬ ‫• ‪ž )Î‬‬ ‫™ ‪š »Yo =ù‬‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﺭﺑﻪ‪y ‘ö &r $! Bt ru ):‬‬

‫ﻭﺃﻣﺮﻧﺎ ‪ r‬ﰲ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺎ ﰲ ﳎﻠﺲ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻨﺎﺟﻰ ﺍﺛﻨﺎﻥ ﻭﻳﺘﺮﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‬ ‫ﲟﻔﺮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ }:‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻛﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﺛﹶﻼﺛﹶﺔﹲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻼ ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﺟ‪‬ﻰ ﺍﺛﹾﻨ‪‬ﺎﻥ‪ ‬ﺩ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﺜﱠﺎﻟ‪‬ﺚ‪،٣٧٣{ ‬‬ ‫ﻭﰲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ‪ }:‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻥﱠ ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪ ‬ﹺﺰﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،٣٧٤{ ‬ﻧﺘﻨﺎﺟﻰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺎ ﻣﻨﻔﺮﺩﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﰲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺎ ﰲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻋﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﰲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺧﺎﺹ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺣﺮﺻﺎﹰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺃﺣﺮﺹ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﳛﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺭﺳﻮﻟﻨﺎ ‪ r‬ﰲ ﳎﺎﻟﺴﻪ ﺳﻼﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ ‪:r‬‬ ‫} ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺑ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻻﺀَ ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻲ ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﺑﹺﻜﹶﺜﹾﺮ‪‬ﺓ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻼﺗ‪‬ﻬﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﺻ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﻬﹺﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻜ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬ ‫ﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﻫ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﹺﺴ‪‬ﻼﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻭﺭﹺﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺎﻭ‪‬ﺓ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻔﹸﺴِﻬﹺﻢ‪،٣٧٥{ ‬‬

‫ﻓﺄﻱ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻳﺆﺫﻱ ﺍﳉﺎﻟﺴﲔ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺘﱰﻩ ﻋﻦ ﻓﻌﻠﻪ ﺳﻴﺪ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﲔ ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ ‪.r‬‬ ‫‪ ٣٧٢‬ﻋﻦ ﻋﻤﺮو ﺑﻦ اﻟﻌﺎص ‪ ،‬اﻟﺮواﯾﺔ اﻷوﻟﻰ رواه اﺑﻦ اﻟﻨَّﺠَّﺎرِ واﻟﺜﺎﻧﯿﺔ )ﻣﺘﻔﻖ ﻋﻠﯿﮫ(‬ ‫‪ ٣٧٣‬اﻟﺼﺤﯿﺤﯿﻦ اﻟﺒﺨﺎري وﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ اﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ‪y‬‬ ‫‪ ٣٧٤‬ﺳﻨﻦ أﺑﻲ داود ﻋﻦ اﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ‪y‬‬ ‫‪ ٣٧٥‬ﺷﻌﺐ اﻟﺒﯿﮭﻘﻲ واﻷوﻟﯿﺎء ﻻﺑﻦ أﺑﻲ اﻟﺪﻧﯿﺎ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫} ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﺴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﻓﺎﻭﺿﻪ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺣ‪‬ﺎﺟ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﺎﺑ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺮﹺﻑ‪{ ‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺩﺃﺏ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،r‬ﻻ ﻳﻌﺠﻞ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺘﻌﺠﻞ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻳﺘﺄﱏ ﻭﻳﺼﱪ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﺎﺩﺛﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻔﺎﻭﺿﻪ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺯﺍﺩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳊﺪ ﻓﻴﺴﺘﺄﺫﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪.r‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻧﺰﻝ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﳊﺒﻴﺒﻪ‬

‫‪šcqã‬‬ ‫‪ã ‰‬‬ ‫‪ô ƒt tûï%‬‬ ‫¡‪Ï !© #$ yìBt y7‬‬ ‫‪| ÿ‬‬ ‫‪ø Rt ÷Ž9É ¹‬‬ ‫ﻭﻣﺼﻄﻔﺎﻩ‪ô #$ ru ):‬‬

‫‪( $‹u R÷ ‰‬‬ ‫‪‘ 9#$ Íoq4 Šu s‬‬ ‫‪y 9ø #$ ps Yo ƒ—Î ‰‬‬ ‫‪ß ƒ•Ì ?è N‬‬ ‫‪ö kå ]÷ ã‬‬ ‫‪t 8‬‬ ‫‪x $Zu Šø ã‬‬ ‫‪t ‰‬‬ ‫‪ß è÷ ?s w‬‬ ‫‪Ÿ ru ( ¼mç g‬‬ ‫_ ‪y‬‬ ‫‪ô ru b‬‬ ‫‪t r‰‬‬ ‫‪ß ƒ•Ì ƒã Ó‬‬ ‫´ ‪cÄ‬‬ ‫‪Å èy 9ø #$ ru oÍ r4 ‰‬‬ ‫‪y ót 9ø $$ /Î Nhæ /- ‘u‬‬

‫‪) ( ÇËÑÈ $Û‬ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻒ(‬ ‫‪W •ã ùè ¼nç •ã Bø &r c‬‬ ‫‪š‬‬ ‫‪%.x ru mç 1qu d‬‬ ‫‪y ì‬‬ ‫‪y 7t ?¨ #$ ru $Rt •Ì .ø ŒÏ `ã‬‬ ‫‪t ¼mç 7t =ù %s $Zu =ù ÿ‬‬ ‫‪x î‬‬ ‫` ‪ø &r‬‬ ‫‪ô Bt ì‬‬ ‫‪ô Ü‬‬ ‫‪Ï ?è w‬‬ ‫‪Ÿ ru‬‬

‫ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ‪ :t‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﺰﻭﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﳚﻠﺲ ﻣﻌﻨﺎ ﺃﻫﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻨﺼﺮﻑ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺘﺮﻛﻨﺎ ﺣﱴ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺫ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﻚ ﻓﺎﻧﺼﺮﻑ ﺭﺍﺷﺪﺍﹰ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺻﺎﻓﺢ ﺭﺟﻼﹰ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻳﺴﺤﺐ ﻳﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻳﻈﻞ ﳝﺪﻫﺎ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺴﺤﺐ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‬ ‫ﻳﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺟﻠﺲ ﻣﻊ ﻗﻮﻡ ﰲ ﺃﻱ ﺷﺄﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺼﻠﺤﺔ ‪ -‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻝ‬ ‫– ﻳﺘﺮﻛﻬﻢ ﺣﱴ ﻳ‪‬ﻜﻤﻠﻮﻥ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺴﺘﻮﻓﻮﻥ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ‪ r‬ﺍﻟﺮﲪﺔ ﺍﳌﻬﺪﺍﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻌﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺴﺪﺍﺓ ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺭﰊ ﻭﺗﺴﻠﻴﻤﺎﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫} ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺎﺟ‪‬ﺔﹰ ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳﺮ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻻ ﺑﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻤ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻮﺭﹴ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘﹶﻮ‪‬ﻝﹺ {‬

‫ﺇﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﻌﻄﻴﻪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺔ ﻭﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻮ ‪ r‬ﰲ ﺃﻣﺲ‪ ‬ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺔ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺜﻼﹰ ‪ ..‬ﺭﺃﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﺼﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﰲ ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺑﺮﺩﺓ – ﻋﺒﺎﺀﺓ – ﻳﺘﺪﺛﺮ ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻨﻌﺖ ﻟﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺀﺓ ﻭﺃﻫﺪ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﲰﻌﻤﻮﺍ ﻟﺴ‪‬ﻬﻞﹶ ﺑﻦ‪ ‬ﺳﻌﺪ‪ ‬ﺭﺿﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ‬ﻳﺮﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺟﺎﺀﺕ‪ ‬ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓﹲ ﺑﺒ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺩﺓ‪ ‬ﻗﺎﻟﺖ‪ :‬ﻳﺎﺭﺳﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﷲِ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﱐ ﻧ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺠﺖ‪ ‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺑﻴﺪﻱ ﺃﻛﹾﺴﻮﻛﹶﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﺄﺧ‪‬ﺬﹶﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ‪ r ّ‬ﳏﺘﺎﺟﺎﹰ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺨ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺝ‪ ‬ﺇﻟﻴﻨﺎ ﻭﺇ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﺯﺍﺭ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺭﺟﻞﹲ ﻣﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡﹺ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻳﺎﺭﺳﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻛﺴ‪‬ﻨﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ‪ .‬ﻓﺠﻠﺲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨﱯ‪ r ّ‬ﰲ ﺍ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﺲﹺ‪ ،‬ﰒﹶّ ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻓﻄﻮ‪‬ﺍﻫﺎ ﰒﹶّ‬ ‫ﺃﺭﺳﻞﹶ ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ‪ :‬ﻣﺎﺃﺣﺴﻨﺖ‪ ،‬ﺳﺄﻟﺘ‪‬ﻬﺎ ﺇﻳ‪‬ﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﻋﻠﻤﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﻧﻪ‪ ‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺩ‪ّ‬‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺋﻼﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺟ‪‬ﻞﹸ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﷲ ﻣﺎﺳﺄﻟﺘ‪‬ﻬﺎ ﺇﻻﹼ ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻥﹶ ﻛﻔﹶﲏ ﻳﻮﻡ‪ ‬ﺃﻣﻮﺕ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺳ‪‬ﻬﻞ‪ :‬ﻓﻜﺎﻧﺖ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫‪٣٧٦‬‬

‫ﻛﻔﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪{ ‬‬

‫ﻭﺇﻥ ﱂ ﳚﺪ ﻳﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻘﻮﻝ ﻳﺴﲑ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻓﻆ ﻭﻻ ﻏﻠﻴﻆ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻗﻮﻻﹰ ﻫﺠﺮﺍ ﻭﻻ‬ ‫ﻓﺎﺣﺸﺎﹰ ﻭﻻ ﺑﺬﻳﺌﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﻋﺼﻤﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﺧﻠﱠﻘﻪ ﺑﺎﳋﹸﻠﹸﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﱘ ﻭﺍﳍﺪﻱ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺭﰊ ﻭﺗﺴﻠﻴﻤﺎﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺍﳊﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺭﺟﻼﹰ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻳﺴﺄﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ‪:r‬‬ ‫ﺷﻲ‪‬ﺀٌ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻜ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﺑ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻲ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺟ‪‬ﺎﺀَﻧﹺﻲ ﺷ‪‬ﻲ‪‬ﺀٌ ﻗﹶﻀ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎ ﹶﻝ‬ ‫} ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻄﹶﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﹶﻠﱠﻔﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻻ ﺗ‪‬ﻘﹾﺪ‪‬ﺭ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻜﹶﺮﹺﻩ‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ r ‬ﻗﹶﻮ‪‬ﻝﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹲ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻷَﻧ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﻖ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﺗ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﻒ‪ ‬ﻣ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﻦ‬ ‫ﺫ‪‬ﻱ ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺵﹺ ﺇﹺﻗﹾﻼﻻﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺘ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻑ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺒﹺﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻬﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻘﹶﻮ‪‬ﻝﹺ‬ ‫‪٣٧٧‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷَﻧ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺﻱ‪.‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺑﹺﻬ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺕ‪{ ‬‬ ‫ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺣﺎﻟﻪ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺩﺃﺑﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﷲ ﺃﲨﻌﲔ‪.‬‬ ‫} ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻄﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻘﹸﻪ‪ {‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ ‪ } :r‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻻ ﺗ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ‬ ‫‪٣٧٨‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺄﹶﻣ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﻟ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹾﻴ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻂﹸ ﺍﻟﹾﻮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺨ‪‬ﻠﹸﻖﹺ {‬

‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﰊ‪:‬‬ ‫أ ُﺑﻨــــﻲ إن اﻟــــﱪ ﳾء ﻫــــﲔ‬

‫وﺟــﻪ ﻃﻠﻴــﻖ وﻛــﻼم ﻟــﲔ‬

‫ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻳﻜﻠﻔﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻮﺱ؟ ﻳ‪‬ﻜﻠﻔﻚ ﺇﻓﺴﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﻫﺎﺏ ‪‬ﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺲ!‬ ‫ﻭﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻳ‪‬ﻀﻔﻴﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻭﺭ؟‬

‫ﺍﻧﺸﺮﺍﺡ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﺭ ﻭ‪‬ﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﻭﺻﺤﺔ ﻭﻋﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﻛﺪ ﺃﻃﺒﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﺍﻥ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺿﺤﻚ ﲢﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻀﻼﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﺔ ﺭﻭﺣﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﺟﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﻧﻔﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻺﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺘﺪﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺪﻧﺎ‬ ‫ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﰲ ﺑﺴﻄﻪ ﻭﰲ ﺃﺧﻼﻗﻪ ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺭﰊ ﻭﺗﺴﻠﻴﻤﺎﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٣٧٦‬ﺻﺤﯿﺢ اﻟﺒﺨﺎري ﻋﻦ ﺳﮭﻞ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻌﺪ‬ ‫‪ ٣٧٧‬اﻷﺣﺎدﯾﺚ اﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎرة وﻣﺴﻨﺪ اﻟﺒﺰار ﻋﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﻦ اﻟﺨﻄﺎب ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ٣٧٨‬اﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺪرك واﻟﺒﯿﮭﻘﻲ ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ ھﺮﯾﺮة ‪t‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫} ﻓﹶﺼ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺻ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﻖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﺀً {‬

‫ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻔﺮﻕ ﺣﱴ ﺑﲔ ﺍﺑﻨﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﺀﺗﻪ ﺍﺑﻨﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻓﺎﻃﻤﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻜ‪‬ﻲ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﹾﺨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻟﹶﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻘﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺠﹺﻠﹶﺖ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻰ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻃﹾﺤ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﺠﹺﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹰ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ‪ :r‬ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺯ‪‬ﻗﹾﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹰﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺄﹾﺗ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﺄﹶﺩ‪‬ﻟﱡﻚ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮﹴ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻟﹶﺰﹺﻣ‪‬ﺖ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺴ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺛﹶﻠﹶﺎﺛﹰﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﺛﹶﻠﹶﺎﺛ‪‬ﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺒ‪‬ﺮﹺﻱ ﺛﹶﻼﺛﹰﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﺛﹶﻠﹶﺎﺛ‪‬ﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﺛﹶﻼﺛ‪‬ﲔ‪،‬‬ ‫‪٣٧٩‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﺬﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﺋﹶﺔﹲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻬ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺨ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻡﹺ {‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺒﻴﺐ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻢ ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺭﰊ ﻭﺗﺴﻠﻴﻤﺎﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻖ‬ ‫ﺍﳊﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳊﻖ ﺃﺣﻖ ﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﺘﺒﻊ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫} ﻣ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﺲ‪ :‬ﻋﻠﻢﹴ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﺀٍ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺻﺒ‪‬ﺮﹴ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺎﻧ‪‬ﺔ‪{ ‬‬

‫ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺪﺍﺭ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﺗﻼﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺁﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‬ ‫ﺃﳍﻤﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺑﻪ ‪ U‬ﰲ ﺷﺮﻳﻌﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺷﺮﺡ ﳊﻜﻢ ﺷﺮﻋﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﺬﻛﲑ ﺑﻘﺼﺺ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﲔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭ ﺩﺭﺱ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﺮ ﰲ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﻮ ﳎﻠﺲ ﻋﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺷﺄﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍ‪‬ﻠﺲ‪:‬‬

‫‪(N‬‬ ‫‪ö 3‬‬ ‫‪ä 1•t z‬‬ ‫’ ‪÷ &é‬‬ ‫‪þ ûÎ N‬‬ ‫‪ö 2‬‬ ‫‪à qã‬‬ ‫‪ã ‰‬‬ ‫^ ‪ô ƒt‬‬ ‫™‪Û q‬‬ ‫) ‪ß •§ 9#$ ru‬‬

‫)‪١٥٣‬ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ(‬

‫ﳎﺎﻟﺲ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ‪ r‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ﻭﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗ‪‬ﺬﻛﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ‬ ‫ﺷﻬﻮﺍ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺃﻫﻮﺍﺀﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻧﺰﻭﺍ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺪﻭﺭ ﰲ ﺷﺄ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺃﻫﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻟﺲ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻟﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﷲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻨﺘﻘﻠﻮﻥ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﻴﺤﻈﻮﺍ ﺑﻠﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ﺟﻞ ﰲ ﻋﻼﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﳎﻠﺴﻪ ﳎﻠﺲ ﺣﻴﺎﺀ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ ٣٧٩‬ﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ واﻟﻄﺒﺮاﻧﻲ ﻋﻦ أم ﺳﻠﻤﺔ رﺿﻲ اﷲ ﻋﻨﮭﺎ‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻻ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻋﻮﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻓﻠﺘﺎﺕ ﻻ ﺗﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺃﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﲣﺪﺵ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻻ ﺗﻨﻜﻴﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳉﺎﻟﺴﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻟﺲ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﺣﻴﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﻴﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺒﻴﺐ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﻭﻣﺼﻄﻔﺎﻩ ‪ ،r‬ﻭﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﳎﺎﻟﺲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺩﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﳍﺎ ﲢﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﱪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻲ ‪ t‬ﻭﻛﺮ‪‬ﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ‪ :‬ﻟﻜﻞ ﺷﻲﺀ ﺩﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﺩﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﱪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻋﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻲ ‪ t‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺼﺒ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻹِﳝ‪‬ﺎﻥ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻤ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺰﹺﻟﹶﺔ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺃﹾﺱﹺ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺪ‪{ ‬‬ ‫} ﺍﻟ ‪‬‬

‫‪٣٨٠‬‬

‫ﻓﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻋﺰ ﺑﻀﺎﻋﺔ ﻳﺘﻘﺮﺏ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻮﻻﻩ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﳛﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ‬ ‫ﺻﱪ ﻭﺗﺼﱪ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺼــــﻞ اﻟﻌﻠــــﻢ ﺑﻌــــﺰم ﺻــــﺎدق‬ ‫ﱢ‬ ‫ﻭﺍ‪‬ﺎﻟﺲ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ‪:r‬‬

‫ﻻ ﺗﻜـــﻦ ﰲ اﻟﻌﻠـــﻢ ﻛﺴـــﻼن ﻣﻠـــﻮل‬

‫} ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺎﻷَﻣ‪‬ﺎﻧ‪‬ﺔ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٣٨١‬‬

‫ﳚﻠﺴﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺍ‪‬ﻠﺲ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﻣﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍ‪‬ﻠﺲ‪ :‬ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﲨﻴﻌﺎﹰ ﻛﺄ‪‬ﻢ ﱂ ﳚﻠﺴﻮﺍ ﻛﺘﻤﺎﻧﺎﹰ ﳌﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻤﻌﻮﺍ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﰲ ﺍ‪‬ﻠﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻨﺸﺮﻭﻥ ﺇﻻ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﺑﻨﺸﺮﻩ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺸﺮﻉ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﲟﺎ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻓﻌﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﳓﻮ ﻣﻮﻻﻩ ﺟﻞ ﰲ‬ ‫ﻋﻼﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ ﺩﻭﻣﺎﹰ ﰲ ﳎﺎﻟﺴﻬﻢ‪ :‬ﳓﻦ ﻗﻮﻡ ﳒﻠﺲ ﻣﻊ ﺍﷲ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺍ‪‬ﻠﺲ ﻓﻜﺄﻧﻨﺎ ﱂ ﳒﻠﺲ‪ ،‬ﺣﻔﻈﺎﹰ ﻟﻠﺴﺮ ﻭﻛﺘﻤﺎﻧﺎﹰ ﻟﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺳ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻡ –ﺣﱴ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ – ﺗﻌﺠﺐ ﺇﱃ‬ ‫ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻘﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﰲ ﻛﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺳﺮﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺑﺮﺍﺭ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﳛﻔﻆ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺳﺮﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﳚﻌﻠﻪ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﺧﺰﺍﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻷﺳﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻧﺖ‬ ‫ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻟﺲ ﺑﺎﻷﻣﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺬﺍﻉ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺸﺎﻉ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺷﻲﺀ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٣٨٠‬اﻹﻟﻤﺎع إﻟﻰ ﻋﻠﻢ أﺻﻮل اﻟﺮواﯾﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﯿﺎض‬ ‫‪ ٣٨١‬ﻣﺴﻨﺪ اﻟﺸﮭﺎب ﻋﻦ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻦ أﺑﻲ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ‪t‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫} ﻻ ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻓﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻷَﺻ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﺕ‪ { ‬ﻷ‪‬ﻢ ﻋﻤﻠﻮﺍ ﺑﻘﻮﻝ‬

‫ﺍﷲ‪٢) :‬ﺍﳊﺠﺮﺍﺕ(‬

‫‪(Ó‬‬ ‫‪cÄ <É Y¨ 9#$ N‬‬ ‫‪Ï qö ¹‬‬ ‫ |‬‫‪s qö ùs N‬‬ ‫‪ö 3‬‬ ‫‪ä ?s ºqu ¹‬‬ ‫‪ô &r #( qþ èã ùs •ö ?s w‬‬ ‫‪Ÿ #( qZã Bt #äu û‬‬ ‫‪t ï%‬‬ ‫) ‪Ï !© #$ $kp ‰š 'r »¯ ƒt‬‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻨﺎﺯﻋﻮﻥ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ‪ r‬ﰲ ﺃﻱ ﺃﻣﺮ‪ ،‬ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ‪:r‬‬

‫} ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﺯ‪‬ﻉ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٣٨٢‬‬

‫ﻻ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺗﻨﺎﺯﻉ ﺑﲔ ﺷﺨﺼﲔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﲔ ﻓﺌﺘﲔ ﰲ ﳎﻠﺲ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ ،r‬ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻳﻨﻮﺏ ﻋﻦ ﺣﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺭﰊ ﻭﺗﺴﻠﻴﻤﺎﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻞ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﺇﻻ ﳘﺴﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻧﺰﻟﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻤﺮ‬ ‫‪ t‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺟﻬﻮﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺇﻻ ﻣﺴﺎﺭﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﺴﺘﺒﲔ ﻛﻼﻣﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺗﺄﺩﺑﺎﹰ ﺑﺎﻷﺩﺏ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺩ‪‬ﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺟﻞ ﰲ ﻋﻼﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫} ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﺗ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻡ‪ { ‬ﻻ ﺗ‪‬ﻨﺘﻬﻚ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﳊﺮﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﺽ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺎﻟﺐ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﳌﺨﺎﺯﻱ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﺎﻝ ﻓﻼﻥ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻓﻼﻥ ﺃﺻﺎﺏ ﻛﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻓﻼﻥ ﺣﺎﻟﻪ ﻛﺬﺍ‪.‬‬ ‫} ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﺗ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺜﹶﻰ ﻓﹶﻠﹶﺘ‪‬ﺎﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ { ‬ﺃﻱ ﻻ ﺗ‪‬ﺸﺎﻉ ﻓﻠﺘﺎﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﻟﻮ ﺟﺮﺕ ﰲ ﺍ‪‬ﻠﺲ ﻓﻠﺘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺟﻞ ﰲ‬ ‫ﻛﻠﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻓﻠﺘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺟﻞ ﰲ ﺗﺼﺮﻑ ﻳﺴﺘﺮﻭﻧﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺸﻴﻌﻮ‪‬ﺎ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ‪ r‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﻌﻠﱢﻤﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﳍﻢ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺳﺘ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﹾﺂﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓ‪{ ‬‬ ‫} ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬‬

‫‪٣٨٣‬‬

‫} ﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻔﹶﺎﺿ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻟ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺘ‪‬ﻘﹾﻮ‪‬ﻯ { ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺿﻞ ﻭﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﺑﲔ‬ ‫ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻟﺲ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪:U‬‬ ‫‪(N‬‬ ‫‪ö 3‬‬ ‫)‪ä 9‬‬ ‫! ‪s ?ø &r‬‬ ‫‪« #$ ‰‬‬ ‫‪y Yã‬‬ ‫‪Ï /ö 3‬‬ ‫‪ä Bt •t 2‬‬ ‫‪ò &r b‬‬ ‫) ‪¨ )Î‬‬

‫)‪١٣‬ﺍﳊﺠﺮﺍﺕ(‬

‫ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻷﻣﻮﺍﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳉﺎﻩ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺋﻼﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻧﺴﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻯ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻔﺎﺿﻠﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ‪‬ﺞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺓ‬ ‫‪ ٣٨٢‬اﻟﺼﺤﯿﺤﯿﻦ اﻟﺒﺨﺎري وﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ اﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎس ‪y‬‬ ‫‪ ٣٨٣‬ﺳﻨﻦ اﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﺔ وﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ ھﺮﯾﺮة ‪t‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ ﺃﲨﻌﲔ ﺇﱃ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ‪.‬‬

‫} ﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﺿ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﲔ‪{ ‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺧﻠﺔ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،r‬ﻣﺎ ﺯﺍﺩ ﺍﷲ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﹰ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﺇﻻ ﺭﻓﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺿﻊ‬ ‫ﻟﲔ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺐ ﻹﺧﻮﺍﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻜ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺧﻄﺮ ﻣﺮﺽ ﳛﺠﺐ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻹﳍﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﻓﻴﻪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪( mÏ ŠóÉ =Î »6t /Î Nd‬‬ ‫‪è $B¨ Ž× 9ö 2‬‬ ‫‪Å‬‬ ‫‪ž )Î N‬‬ ‫‪w‬‬ ‫‪ö d‬‬ ‫‪Ï ‘Í r‰‬‬ ‫‪ß ¹‬‬ ‫) ‪ß ’ûÎ b)Î‬‬

‫)‪٥٦‬ﻏﺎﻓﺮ(‬

‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜ‪‬ﱪ ﻻ ﻳﺒﻠﻎ ﺷﻴﺌﺎﹰ ﳑﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،U‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺃﻥ ﳛﻈﻰ ﺑﻔﺘﺢ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ﻭﻋﻄﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﷲ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺿﻌﺎﹰ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ﺃﲨﻌﲔ‪ .‬ﺑﻞ ﺇﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻮﺟ‪‬ﻪ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻓﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺮﻳﺪﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺽ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻢ‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﺰﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻜ‪‬ﱪ ﻭﺍﻟﻌ‪‬ﺠﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺼﲑ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺿﻌﺎﹰ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪‬ﺞ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻧﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪.r‬‬ ‫} ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻗﱢﺮ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﹾﻜﹶﺒﹺﲑ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﲑ‪{ ‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﲑﺍﻟﻨﺬﻳﺮ ‪:r‬‬ ‫} ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺠﹺﻞﱠ ﻛﹶﺒﹺﲑ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﲑ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺮﹺﻑ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺣ‪‬ﻘﱠﻪ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٣٨٤‬‬

‫ﻭﺃﻱ ﳎﺘﻤﻊ ﺍﺧﺘﻠﻔﺖ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﺟﺎﻫﺘﻪ ﻭﻧﻀﺎﺭﺗﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﺣﻀﺎﺭﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺣﻀﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﺗ‪‬ﻘﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻘ‪‬ﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺟﺎﺀ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻭﳍﺎ ﺗﻮﻗﲑ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻄﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑ ﻭﺭﲪﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻜﻔﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ‪:r‬‬ ‫ﺷﺒ‪‬ﺎﺏ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺷ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻮﺥ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﻛﱠﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻃﹾﻔﹶﺎﻝﹲ ﺭ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻊ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶﺼ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪‬‬ ‫} ﻟﹶﻮ‪‬ﻻ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍﺏ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎ {‬

‫‪٣٨٥‬‬

‫ﺭﲪﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺗﺄﰐ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﻮﺥ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻻ‬ ‫‪ ٣٨٤‬ﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ واﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺪرك ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺎدة ﺑﻦ اﻟﺼﺎﻣﺖ ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ٣٨٥‬ﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﺒﯿﮭﻘﻲ واﻟﻄﺒﺮاﻧﻲ ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ ھﺮﯾﺮة ‪t‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺗﻐﻔﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﻃﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﲔ ﻭﻻ ﺃﻗﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺒ‪‬ﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﺍﻟﺸﺒﺎﺏ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪:‬‬

‫} ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻛﹾﺮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﺎﺏ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺎ ﻟ‪‬ﺴِﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻻ ﻗﹶﻴ‪‬ﺾ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹾﺮﹺﻣ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٣٨٦‬‬

‫ﺃﻱ ﻛﺎﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳﻦ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍﻥﹸ {‬

‫‪٣٨٧‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﺎﺏ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻮﺥ ﻳﺪﺧﺮﻩ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﳍﻢ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﲑﻭﻥ ﺷﻴﻮﺧﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻮﺟ‪‬ﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﺎﺏ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ‪‬ﻢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺍﻋﺘﻨﻮﺍ ﻫﻢ ﲟﻦ ﻗﺒﻠﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻮﺥ‪) :‬ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ(‬ ‫‪( ÇËÌÈ x‬‬ ‫‪W ƒ‰‬‬ ‫! ‪Ï 7ö ?s‬‬ ‫¡ ¨‪« #$ pÏ Z‬‬ ‫‪Ý 9Ï ‰‬‬ ‫‪y gÅ B‬‬ ‫@ ( ‪r `9s ru‬‬ ‫‪ã 6ö %s `BÏ M‬‬ ‫‪ô =n z‬‬ ‫‪y ‰‬‬ ‫! ‪ô %s ÓLÉ 9© #$‬‬ ‫™ ¨‪« #$ ps Z‬‬ ‫) ‪ß‬‬ ‫} ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﺛ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ ﺫﹶﺍ ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﺎﺟ‪‬ﺔ‪{ ‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪﻫﻢ ﺇﻳﺜﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻬﻢ ﻳﺄﺗﻮﻥ ﺇﱃ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﻭﳍﻢ ﻣﺼﺎﱀ ﲡﻮﻝ ﰲ ﺻﺪﻭﺭﻫﻢ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻟﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻳ‪‬ﺆﺛﺮ ﺃﺧﺎﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﳚﻌﻠﻪ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﻌﺮﺽ ﺣﺎﺟﺘﻪ ﻗﺒﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺘﻢ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﻣﺪﺡ ﺍﻷﻧﺼﺎﺭ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫‪( p× ¹‬‬ ‫‪| $Á‬‬ ‫‪| z‬‬ ‫‪y N‬‬ ‫‪ö kÍ 5Í b‬‬ ‫‪t %.x qö 9s ru N‬‬ ‫¦ ‪ö kÍ‬‬ ‫‪Å ÿ‬‬ ‫’ ‪à R&r‬‬ ‫‪# ?n ã‬‬ ‫‪t c‬‬ ‫‪š‬‬ ‫) ‪r•ã OÏ s÷ ƒã ru‬‬

‫)‪٩‬ﺍﳊﺸﺮ(‪.‬‬

‫} ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺤﻔﻈﻮﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﹾﻐ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﺐ‪{ ‬‬

‫ﳛﻔﻈﻮﻥ ﻟﻪ ﻏﺮﺑﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﺪﻣﻮﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻮﺍﺳﻮﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﳚﻌﻠﻮﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﺎﻫﺔ ﰲ ﺍ‪‬ﻠﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳ‪‬ﻘﺪﻣﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﻟﻪ ﻭﺍﺟﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﺎﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻬﺘﻤﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻹﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺸﻌﺮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﰲ ﺑﻠﺪﻩ ﻭﰲ ﻭﻃﻨﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻠﻜﻢ ﺳﲑﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﰲ ﳎﻠﺴﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪r‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﺴﲔ ‪ :t‬ﺳﺄﻟﺖ ﺃﰉ – ﻋﻠﻴﺎﹰ ‪ – t‬ﻋﻦ ﺳﲑﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﱮ ﰱ ﺟﻠﺴﺎﺋﻪ؟ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ ٣٨٦‬ﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي وﻣﺴﻨﺪ اﻟﺸﮭﺎب ﻋﻦ أﻧﺲ ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ٣٨٧‬اﻟﻤﻄﺎﻟﺐ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﯿﺔ ﻻﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ ھﺮﯾﺮة ‪t‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫} ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﺩ‪‬ﺍﺋ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺒﹺﺸ‪‬ﺮﹺ‪ ،‬ﺳ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺍﻟﹾﺨ‪‬ﻠﹸﻖﹺ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﺎﻧﹺﺐﹺ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﺲ‪‬‬

‫ﻏﻠ‪‬ﻴﻆ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﺻ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺎﺏﹴ ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻓﹶﺤ‪‬ﺎﺵﹴ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻋ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﺏﹴ ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻣ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺎﺡﹴ – ﻭﰱ ﻧﺴﺨﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﹺﻔﹶﻆﱟ ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪ :‬ﻭﻻ ﻣﺪﺍﺡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻣﺰﺍﺡ– ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﺎﻓﹶﻞﹸ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﻳﹺﺲ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺍﺟﹺﻴﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﻹﻛﹾﺜﹶﺎﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻨﹺﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻙ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺛﹶﻼﺙ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﺀِ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺛﹶﻼﺙ‪ :‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺬﹸﻡ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻴﺒ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻄﹾﻠﹸﺐ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺭﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻜﹶﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻻ‬

‫ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺎ ﺛﹶﻮ‪‬ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺗ‪‬ﻜﹶﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻃﹾﺮ‪‬ﻕ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﻠﹶﺴ‪‬ﺎﺅ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﻛﹶﺄﹶﻧ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺀُﻭﺳ‪‬ﻬﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻄﱠﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶ ﹺﺈﺫﹶﺍ‬ ‫ﺳ‪‬ﻜﹶﺖ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻜﹶﻠﱠﻤ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﺯ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳﺚﹶ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻜﹶﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﻔﹾﺮ‪‬ﻍﹶ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳﺜﹸﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳﺚﹸ ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻟ‪‬ﻬﹺﻢ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺐ‪‬‬

‫ﺼﺒﹺﺮ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻠﹾﻐ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﺐﹺ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻔﹾﻮ‪‬ﺓ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹶﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻟﻴﺴﺘﺠﻠﺒﻮ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻃﹶﺎﻟ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺎﺟ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻳﻄﹾﻠﹸﺒ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺭ‪‬ﻓ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹾﺒ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺍﻟ ﱠﺜﻨ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﺇﹺﻻ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻜﹶﺎﻓ‪‬ﺊ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹾﻄﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳﺜﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻮﺯ‪‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹾﻄﹶﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻲﹴ ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﻗ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻡﹴ {‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﳊﺴﲔ ‪ t‬ﻭﺃﺭﺿﺎﻩ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﺷﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﲝﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺭﻛﺰ ﰲ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻪ ﻣﻊ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻩ ﻋﻦ ﳎﺎﻟﺲ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،r‬ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍ‪‬ﻠﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﻳﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺃﻫﻞ‬ ‫ﺍ‪‬ﻠﺲ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ؟ ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍ‪‬ﻠﺲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ؟ ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻫﻢ ﻣﺆﺩﺑﲔ ﻭﻣﻬﺬﺑﲔ‬ ‫ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻟﺲ؟ ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﳌﻦ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،U‬ﺃﻥ ﳚﻠﺲ ﰲ ﻣﻘﻌﺪ‬ ‫ﺻﺪﻕ‪:‬‬ ‫‪¤‘‰‬‬ ‫) ‪Ï Gt‬‬ ‫‪ø B• 7‬‬ ‫‪7 ‹=Î Bt ‰‬‬ ‫‪y Yã‬‬ ‫ ‪Ï‬‬‫‪A ‰‬‬ ‫‪ô ¹‬‬ ‫‪Ï ‰‬‬ ‫) ‪Ï èy‬‬ ‫‪ø Bt ’ûÎ ÇÎÍÈ •9 kp Xt ru M‬‬ ‫_ ¨‪; »Z‬‬ ‫‪y ’ûÎ û‬‬ ‫)‪t ü‬‬ ‫‪É F- Rç Qù #$ b‬‬ ‫) ‪¨ )Î‬‬ ‫‪( ÇÎÎÈ‬‬

‫)ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ(‬

‫ﻭﻣﻘﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻕ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺇﻣﺎﻣﻨﺎ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﺍﺋﻢ ‪ t‬ﻭﺃﺭﺿﺎﻩ‪" :‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﺼﺪﻕ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﰲ ﻧﻴﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﰲ ﺇﺭﺍﺩﺗﻪ ﻭﰲ ﺟﻠﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﲔ ﻳﺪﻱ ﺍﳌﺮﺷﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻝ ﺑﺎﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ" ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻘﻌﺪ ﺻﺪﻕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻮ ﻭﺭﻓﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﳚﻠﺲ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﺪﻕ ﻭﺻﺪ‪‬ﻕ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻋﻲ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﷲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﳚﻠﺲ ﻣﻌﻪ ﷲ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻟﻌﻠﺔ ﻭﻻ ﻟﻐﺮﺽ ﻭﻻ ﳌﻨﻔﻌﺔ ﻭﻻ ﳌﺼﻠﺤﺔ ﻋﺎﺟﻠﺔ ﻭﻻ ﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﺯﺍﺋﻠﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫´ ‪cÄ‬‬ ‫‪Ó‬‬ ‫‪Å èy 9ø #$ ru oÍ r4 ‰‬‬ ‫‪y ót 9ø $$ /Î Nhæ /- ‘u c‬‬ ‫‪š‬‬ ‫‪qã‬‬ ‫‪ã ‰‬‬ ‫‪ô ƒt û‬‬ ‫‪t ï%‬‬ ‫‪Ï !© #$ ì‬‬ ‫‪y Bt 7‬‬ ‫¡ ‪y‬‬ ‫‪| ÿ‬‬ ‫‪ø Rt Ž÷ 9É ¹‬‬ ‫ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﳚﻠﺲ ﻣﻌﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺒﻐﻲ ﺇﻻ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﷲ‪ô #$ ru ) :‬‬ ‫_ ‪٢٨) ( ¼mç gy‬ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻒ( ﻃﹸﻼﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ô ru b‬‬ ‫‪t r‰‬‬ ‫‪ß ƒ•Ì ƒã‬‬ ‫ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺃﻫﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﳍﻢ ﺍﻵﺩﺍﺏ ﰲ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺍﳊﺒﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺣﺒﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﲨﻠﺘﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺣﺒﺎﺏ ﻳﺘﺠﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﻷﺩﺏ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳌﺮﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﺨﻠﻰ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻵﺩﺍﺏ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺣﺒﺎﺏ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺴﻜﲔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﺃﻭﻻﹰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺩﺏ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺣﺒﺎﺏ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺟﺎﻟﺴﺖ ﺃﻱ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﺒﺎﺏ ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺃﲣﺬ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﻗﺪﻭﰐ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻛﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﺳﻬﻞ ﺍﳋﹸﻠﹸﻖ‪ ،‬ﻟﲔ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺐ‪ ،‬ﺃﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻣﻮﺱ ﺗﻌﺎﻣﻠﻲ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﺴﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻷﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻔﻈﺎﻇﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﻠﻈﺔ ﻭﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﹸﺤﺶ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻣﺪﺣﺖ ﺃﻣﺪﺡ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺪﺡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳ‪‬ﺜﲏ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺸﻜﺮ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻛﻴﻒ؟‬ ‫ﺃﹸﺫﻛﱢﺮﻩ ﺑﻔﻀﻞ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻭﻻﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻗﻮﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﺭﻯ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻣﺘﻔﻀﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﻭﺃﻋﻄﺎﻙ ﻛﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻣﺘﻮﻟﻴﻚ ﺑﻌﻨﺎﻳﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﳊﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺫﱄ ‪ t‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻣﺪﺣﻮﻩ ﻗﺎﻝ ﳍﻢ‪:‬‬ ‫"ﺃﻧﺘﻢ ﺗ‪‬ﺜﻨﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻔﻀﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ‪ "‬ﻳﺮﻯ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻢ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫! ( )‪٥٣‬ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻞ(‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺷﻜﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﷲ ﻷﻧﻪ‬ ‫` ‪« #$‬‬ ‫‪z J‬‬ ‫‪Ï ùs p7 J‬‬ ‫‪y è÷ RoÏ `BiÏ N3‬‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ‪ä /Î $Bt ru ):U‬‬ ‫ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻓﻀﺎﻝ ﻭﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﻳﺎ ﺟﻞ ﰲ ﻋﻼﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫} ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﺩ‪‬ﺍﺋ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺒﹺﺸ‪‬ﺮﹺ {‬

‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺘﺒﺴﻢ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺇﻻ ﺗﺒﺴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺮﻯ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﹰ ﺇﻻ ﺗﺒﺴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫} ﺳ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺍﻟﹾﺨ‪‬ﻠﹸﻖﹺ {‬

‫ﻟﲔ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺟﻔﺎﺀ ﻭﻻ ﻏﻠﻈﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺣﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺳﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﻭﻟﻴﻮﻧﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﻣﺮﻭﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻴﻊ ﻭﺍﻷﺩﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻳﻊ‪.‬‬ ‫} ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﺎﻧﹺﺐﹺ {‬

‫ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻛﻞ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻌﻪ ﻭﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﲞﻴﻞ ﻭﻻ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎﹰ‬ ‫ﻳﻠﲔ ﻷﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﳍﻢ‪:‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫‪٣٨٨‬‬

‫} ﻭ ﻟﻴﻨ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﺇﺧ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﻧﹺﻜﹸﻢ‪{،‬‬

‫ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﺄﺗﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻐﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑ ﻓﻴﺄﺧﺬ ﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﻓﻼ ﻳﺴﺄﻟﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﺸﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﳝﺸﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﻭﺭﺍﺀﻩ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺮﻳﺪﻩ!!!‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻱ!! ﻻ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺍﳊﺒﻴﺐ ‪ : r‬ﺇﱃ ﺃﻳﻦ ﺗﺬﻫﺐ؟ ﺃﻭ ﺣﱴ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﺖ؟ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﺖ؟ ﻭﻋﻦ ﺃﻧﺲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ‪ t‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱﹺ ﻟﹸﻄﹾﻔﹰﺎ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻪ‬ ‫‪ r‬ﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻨﹺﻊ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻏﹶﺪ‪‬ﺍﺓ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺﺩ‪‬ﺓ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﺻ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﺄﹾﺗ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺎﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀِ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﺴِﻞﹶ ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺫ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺍﻋ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺳ‪‬ﺄﹶﻝﹶ ﺳ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﻞﹲ ﻗﹶﻂﱡ ﺃﹶﺫ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻻ ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻰ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺮﹺﻑ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺮﹺﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﻭ‪‬ﻝﹶ ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﻂﱡ ﺇﹺﻻ ﺁﺗ‪‬ﺎﻩ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻳ‪‬ﺎﻫ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪‬‬ ‫‪٣٨٩‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪{ ‬‬

‫ﻛﺄﻧﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﹺﻲ ﺑﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺫﺩﻕ ﰲ ﻣﺪﺡ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺯﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﺴﲔ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻣــﺎ ﻗــﺎل ﻻ ﻗــﻂ إﻻ ﰲ ﺗﺸـ ﱡـﻬﺪه‬

‫اﻟﺘﺸﻬﺪ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻻءه ﻧﻌﻢ‬ ‫ﻟﻮﻻ ﱡ‬

‫} ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻔﹶﻆﱟ ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻏﹶﻠ‪‬ﻴﻆ‪{ ‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻈﺎﻇﺔ ﺍﳋﺸﻮﻧﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻔﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻏﻠﻴﻆ ﰲ ﻛﻼﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﰲ ﺳﻠﻮﻛﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﰲ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻠﺘﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫} ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﺻ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺎﺏﹴ {‬

‫ﺃﻱ ﻻ ﻳﺮﻓﻊ ﺻﻮﺗﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻫﺎﺩﻱﺀ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺣﱴ ﰲ ﺧ‪‬ﻄﹶﺒﹺﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻨﱪﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺟﻬﻮﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫} ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻓﹶﺤ‪‬ﺎﺵﹴ {‬

‫ﻻ ﳜﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺴﺎﻧﻪ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻓﺎﺣﺸﺔ ﻗﻂ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﻨﻄﻖ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺣﻔﻆ ﻟﺴﺎﻧﻪ ﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﻨﻄﻖ ﺑﻪ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺤﺒﻪ ﻣﻮﻻﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻦ‪ ،‬ﺃﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﳌﻦ ﻳﻘﺮﺃ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫‪ ٣٨٨‬ﻋﻦ أﺑﻰ أﻣﺎﻣﺔ رواه أﺣﻤﺪ ﺑﺈﺳﻨﺎد ﻻ ﺑﺄس ﺑﮫ واﻟﻄﺒﺮاﻧﻲ‪ ،‬اﻟﺘﺮﻏﯿﺐ واﻟﺘﺮھﯿﺐ‬ ‫‪ ٣٨٩‬اﻟﻤﻄﺎﻟﺐ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﯿﺔ ﻻﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ وﺣﻠﯿﺔ اﻷوﻟﯿﺎء ﻷﺑﻲ ﻧﻌﯿﻢ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﻄﻖ ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻠﺴﺎﻥ ﻗﻮﻻﹰ ﻳ‪‬ﻐﻀﺐ ﺍﷲ؟! ﺃﻭ ﻗﻮﻻﹰ ﻳ‪‬ﺜﲑ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﷲ؟! ﺍﺟﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﻗﻔﺎﹰ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳ‪‬ﺮﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺤﻀﺮ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎﹰ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﰲ ﻣ‪‬ﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪:‬‬ ‫‪) ( ÇÊÑÈ ‰‬ﻕ(‬ ‫‪Ó ŠGÏ ã‬‬ ‫= ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ë ‹%Ï ‘u mÏ ƒ÷ ‰‬‬ ‫‪y 9s w‬‬ ‫‪ž )Î A‬‬ ‫‪@ qö %s `BÏ á‬‬ ‫‪à ÿ‬‬ ‫) ¨‪Ï =ù ƒt $B‬‬ ‫} ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻋ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﺏﹴ {‬

‫ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻳﻌﻴﺐ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﹰ ﺃﻳﺎﹰ ﻛﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻠﺘﻤﺲ ﻷﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻷﻋﺬﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻜﺮﻩ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻳﺴﺘﻤﻊ ﻋﻴﺒﺎﹰ ﰲ ﺣﻖ ﺭﺟﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻣﺮﺍﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻟﻴ‪‬ﺪﺭﺏ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ ﻭﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﳊﺮﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﳊﺮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﳓﻔﻈﻬﺎ ﺣﺮﻣﺔ ﺇﺧﻮﺍﻧﻨﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺒﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻒ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻳﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺇﱃ ﻣﺮﱘ ﺍ‪‬ﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺬﻓﻬﺎ ﲝﺠﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘﺬﻓﻬﺎ ﺑﻜﻼﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺴﺎﻧﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪" :‬ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ ﺑﻐﲑ ﺧﻄﻴﺌﺔ ﻓﻠﻴﻘﺬﻓﻬﺎ"‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺮﺗﻜﺐ ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎﺀ ﳌﺎﺫﺍ ﻳﺮﻣﻲ ﻏﲑﻩ ﺑﺎﻷﺧﻄﺎﺀ؟! ﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻋﻴﺐ؟!‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﺽ ‪ t‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺻﺤﺮﺍﺀ ﻣﻜﺔ ﻭﺗﺎﻩ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﲬﺴﺔ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻋﺎﻣﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺫﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﻳﻮﻡ ﺃﺧﺬ ﻳﺮﺩﺩ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻣــﻦ ذا اﻟــﺬي ﻣــﺎ ﺳــﺎء ﻗــﻂ؟!‬

‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻓﺴﻤﻌﺖ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﺎﹰ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬

‫ﳏﻤــــﺪ اﳍــــﺎدي اﻟــــﺬي‬

‫وﻣـــﻦ ﻟـــﻪ اﳊﺴـــﻨﻰ ﻓﻘـــﻂ؟!‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴــــﻪ ﺟﱪﻳــــﻞ ﻗــــﺪ ﻫــــﺒﻂ‬

‫ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻏﲑﻩ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻹﺩﺭﻳﺴﻲ ‪ t‬ﻷﺣﺒﺎﺑﻪ‪:‬‬ ‫"ﺳﲑﻭﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ ﻋﺮﺟﺎﹰ ﻭﻣﻜﺎﺳﲑ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻟﺔ" ﳓﻦ ﳕﺸﻲ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻛﻠﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻠﻨﺎ ﻣﻜﺴﻮﺭﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻠﻨﺎ ﺫﻧﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻠﻨﺎ ﻋﻴﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺧﺎﻝﹴ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻧﻌﻴﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﲑﻧﺎ؟! ﺇﺫﺍﹰ ﻧﻠﺘﻤﺲ ﳍﻢ ﺍﻷﻋﺬﺍﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺩﻣﻨﺎ ﻧﺮﺗﻜﺐ ﺍﻷﻭﺯﺍﺭ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻧﺴﺄﻝ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻭﳍﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﺮﻧﺎ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺴﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ‪r‬‬ ‫ﻻ ﻳﻌﻴﺐ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﹰ ﻗﻂ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫} ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻣ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺎﺡﹴ – ﻭﰱ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ‪ -‬ﻭﻻ ﻣﺪﺍﺡ ﻭﻻ ﻣﺰﺍﺡ {‬

‫ﺃﻱ ﻻ ﳝﺪﺡ ﺃﺣﺪﹰﺍ ﲟﺎ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻨﻬﻰ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺭﺟﻼﹰ ﳝﺪﺡ‬ ‫ﺭﺟﻼﹰ ﲟﺎ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻠﹶﻜﹾﺘ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﻄﹶﻌ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻇﹶﻬ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹺ {‬

‫‪٣٩٠‬‬

‫ﻷﻧﻚ ﺳﺘﻐﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺩﺕ ﺃﻥ ﲤﺪﺣﻪ ﻓﺒﺎﻹﻋﺘﺪﺍﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﺆﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺃﺣﻮﺍﻟﻪ ﺗﺪﻭﺭ‬ ‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻹﻋﺘﺪﺍﻝ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺪﺡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﱰﻟﻖ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎﹰ ﻭﺃﺑﺪﺍﹰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻣﺪﺡ ﺃﺧﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﳝﺪﺣﻪ ﻣﺪﺣﺎﹰ ﻳ‪‬ﺰﻛﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﳚﻌﻠﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺮﻛﻦ ﻭﻳﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻲ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻷﻣﻞ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﳚﻌﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺪﺡ ﺩﺍﻓﻌﺎﹰ ﻟﻪ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺒﺘﻐﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺮﱘ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻣﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﷲ ‪.U‬‬ ‫} ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﺎﻓﹶﻞﹸ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬﹺﻲ {‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺭﺃﻯ ﰲ ﺍ‪‬ﻠﺲ ﻣﻨﻈﺮﺍﹰ ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻌﺠﺒﻪ ﻳﺘﻐﺎﻓﻞ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻭﻳﺘﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺮﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﲰﻊ‬ ‫ﻛﻼﻣﺎﹰ ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻌﺠﺒﻪ ﻳﺘﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺴﻤﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍﻣﻦ ﲨﻴﻞ ﺃﺩﺑﻪ ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺭﰊ ﻭﺗﺴﻠﻴﻤﺎﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﻠﻨﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ‪ r‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻣﺸﻰ ﻻ ﻳﻠﺘﻔﺖ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺭﺍﺀﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺗﺒﺎﺭﻙ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻀﺮﺗﻪ ﻓﻜﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﺄﻣﻨﻮﻧﻪ ﻭﻫﻢ ﳝﺸﻮﻥ ﻭﺭﺍﺀﻩ‪ ،‬ﻷ‪‬ﻢ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻠﺘﻔﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﳓﻦ ﺃﺣﻮﺝ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﰲ ﺑﻴﻮﺗﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﻭﻗﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﻭﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻣﻊ ﺻﻐﺎﺭﻩ‬ ‫ﺳﻴ‪‬ﺼﺎﺏ ﲟﺎ ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻌﺪ ﻭﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺤﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻭﳍﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺗﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺮﺍﺽ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻭﻗﻒ ﻣﻊ ﻛﻞ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﻭﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻣﻊ ﺯﻭﺟﻪ ﻓﻠﻦ ﺗﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﳍﻢ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴﺘﺤﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺷﺪ ﻭﺟﺬﺏ ﻭﺧﻼﻓﺎﺕ ﻻ ﺗﻨﺘﻬﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺑﺪ ﻟﻺﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻐﺾ ﻃﺮﻓﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻐﺎﻓﻞ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺸﺘﻬﻴﻪ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺯﻭﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺀﻩ‪ ،‬ﺷﺮﻁ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﰲ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺼﻴﺔ ﷲ ‪ ،U‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻻ ﺗﺴﺒﺐ ﻟﻺﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺳﺨﻂ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ‬ ‫ﻏﻀﺐ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﳐﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﺷﺮﻉ ﺍﷲ ‪.U‬‬ ‫ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﺘﻐﺎﻓﻞ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺸﺘﻬﻲ ﺑﺎﳊﻜﻤﺔ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻜﻴﺎﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻨﺠﺢ ﺭﺟﻞ ﰲ‬ ‫‪ ٣٩٠‬اﻟﺼﺤﯿﺤﯿﻦ اﻟﺒﺨﺎري وﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ‪t‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺑﻴﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻗﺎﺋﺪ ﰲ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﺎﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﺗﻐﺎﻓﻞ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺸﺘﻬﻲ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ‬ ‫ﺃﻱ ﻗﺎﺋﺪ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﳛﺎﺳﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﲑ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻄﻤﲑ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﺠﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﻻ ﻋﺪ‪ ‬ﳍﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﻻ ﺣﺪ‪ ‬ﳍﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻐﺎﻓﻞ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺸﺘﻬﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻖ ﺇﳍﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫‪$d‬‬ ‫‪y •Ì g‬‬ ‫‪ô ß‬‬ ‫’ ‪s‬‬ ‫‪4 ?n ã‬‬ ‫‚ ‪t‬‬ ‫¡ ‪š •t ?s $Bt #( q7ç‬‬ ‫‪| 2‬‬ ‫‪Ÿ‬‬ ‫‪$J‬‬ ‫¨ ‪y /Î‬‬ ‫! ‪} $Y¨ 9#$‬‬ ‫‹ ‪ª #$‬‬ ‫‪ä z‬‬ ‫) ‪Å #sx ƒã qö 9s ru‬‬ ‫‪( p7 /- #! Šy `BÏ‬‬

‫)‪٤٥‬ﻓﺎﻃﺮ(‬

‫ﻳﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺜﻮﺑﻮﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺮﺷﺎﺩ ﻭﻳﺮﺟﻌﻮﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘ‪‬ﺒﻌﻮﺍ ﻫ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻯ‬ ‫ﺧﲑ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪.r‬‬ ‫ﺨﻴ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪{ ‬‬ ‫} ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﻳﹺﺲ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺍﺟﹺﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻳ‪ ‬‬

‫ﺃﻱ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻳﺮﲡﻲ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻻ ﻳﻴﺌﺲ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﰲ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﻋﺼﺮﻩ ﻭﺇﱃ ﻳﻮﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﰲ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ﻭﰲ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻣــﺎ ﺳــﺎﻣﻨﻲ اﻟــﺪﻫﺮ ﺿـﻴ ًﲈ واﺳــﺘﺠﺮت ﺑــﻪ‬ ‫وﻣــــﻦ ﺗﻜــــﻦ ﺑﺮﺳــــﻮل اﷲ ﻧُﴫﺗـــــﻪ‬

‫إﻻ وﺟـــﺪت ﺟـــﻮار ًا ﻣﻨـــﻪ ﱂ ُﻳﻀـــﻢ‬ ‫إن ﺗﻠﻘــــﻪ اﻷُﺳــــﺪ ﰲ آﺟﺎﻣﻬــــﺎ ﲡــــﻢ‬

‫ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻳﻨﺎﺩﻱ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﻭﻳ‪‬ﺨﻴﺐ ﺭﺟﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮ ﻧﺎﺩﻳﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﰲ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻠﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﻗﻠﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﺘﺠﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،U‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ‪ r‬ﻣﺎ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﱂ ﻳ‪‬ﺼﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻦ ﺇﻻ ﻭﺃﺟﺪ ﺃﱂ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪﻱ {‬ ‫ﺃﻱ ﺃﱂ ﻷﻱ ﻣﺆﻣﻦ ﰲ ﺃﻱ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮ ‪ r‬ﻻ ﳜﻴﺐ ﺭﺟﺎﺀ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﺑﺪﺍﹰ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺣﺒﺎﺏ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﻷﻋﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﺎ ﺧﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻼﺯﻡ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﻓﺪﻭﻣﺎﹰ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺡ ﻟﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﺃﻧﺎ ﻻ ﺃﻗﻮﻝ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺩﺍﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻓﹸﺘﺢ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺃﻗﻮﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻭﻣﱴ ﺳ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺣﱴ ﻳ‪‬ﻔﺘﺢ؟! ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺡ ﺃﺑﺪﺍﹰ‪:‬‬ ‫وأﻧــــــﺖ ﺑــــــﺎب اﷲ أي اﻣــــــﺮيء‬

‫أﺗـــــﺎه ﻣـــــﻦ ﻏـــــﲑك ﻻ ﻳـــــﺪﺧﻞ‬

‫ﻫﻮ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻼ ﻳ‪‬ﺨﻴﺐ ﺭﺍﺟﻴﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﻻ ﰲ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ﻭﻻ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ‪:r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪( ÇÊËÑÈ O‬‬ ‫‪Ò Šm‬‬ ‫‪Ï ‘§ $‬‬ ‫‪Ô räâ ‘u ú‬‬ ‫‪š‬‬ ‫‪üZÏ BÏ s÷ J‬‬ ‫‪ß 9ø $$ /Î N6‬‬ ‫‪à ‹ø =n æ‬‬ ‫‪t È‬‬ ‫‪ë ƒ•Ì m‬‬ ‫) ‪y‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫)ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ(‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺣﺮﻳﺺ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ؟!‪.‬‬

‫} ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺛﹶﻼﺙ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﺀِ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻹِﻛﹾﺜﹶﺎﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻨﹺﻴﻪ‪{ ‬‬

‫ﻟﻨﺎ ‪:r‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺘﺮﻛﻪ ﰲ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻟﺲ؟ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺀ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻫﺬﺑﻨﺎ ﻭﺃﺩﺑﻨﺎ ‪ r‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‬

‫} ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﺯﻋ‪‬ﻴﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺒ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﺾﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﺀَ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﺎ {‬

‫‪٣٩١‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﺸﺄ ﰲ ﻋﺼﺮﻧﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺿ‪‬ﻞﱠ ﻗﹶﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻯ ﻛﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻻ ﺃﹸﻭﺗ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻝﹶ {‬

‫‪٣٩٢‬‬

‫ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﻣﺎﻣﻨﺎ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﺍﺋﻢ ‪ t‬ﰲ ﺃﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ‪" :‬ﻭﻣﺪﺍﻣﻬﻢ ﻳ‪‬ﺠﻠﻰ ﺑﻐﲑ‬ ‫ﺟﺪﺍﻝ" ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺟﺪﺍﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﺃﻳﻀﺎﹰ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺗﻨﺎﺯﻉ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﻭﺍﳉﻨﺎﻥ‪) :‬ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ(‬ ‫‪Ÿw N‬‬ ‫‪§ Oè O‬‬ ‫‪ó g‬‬ ‫‪ß Yo •÷ /t •t f‬‬ ‫© ‪y‬‬ ‫‪x $J‬‬ ‫‪y ŠùÏ 8‬‬ ‫‪x qJ‬‬ ‫‪ß 3‬‬ ‫‪jÅ s‬‬ ‫‪y ƒã Ó‬‬ ‫‪4 L® m‬‬ ‫‪y c‬‬ ‫‪š‬‬ ‫‪qYã BÏ s÷ ƒã w‬‬ ‫‪Ÿ 7‬‬ ‫‪y /nÎ ‘u ru x‬‬ ‫) ‪Ÿ ùs‬‬ ‫‪( ÇÏÎÈ $J‬‬ ‫¡ ‪V Š=Î‬‬ ‫‪ó @n #( qJ‬‬ ‫¡ ‪ß =kÏ‬‬ ‫‪| „ç ru M‬‬ ‫‪| Šø Ò‬‬ ‫‪Ÿ %s $J‬‬ ‫`‪£ BiÏ %‬‬ ‫‪[ •t m‬‬ ‫‪y N‬‬ ‫¡ ‪ö hÎ‬‬ ‫‪Å ÿ‬‬ ‫’ ‪à R&r‬‬ ‫‪þ ûÎ #( r‰‬‬ ‫† ‪ß gÅ‬‬ ‫‪s‬‬ ‫} ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺛﹶﻼﺙ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﺀِ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻹِﻛﹾﺜﹶﺎﺭﹺ {‬

‫ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻧﺰ‪‬ﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺒ‪‬ﺐ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ‪ r‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﻋ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺯ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗ‪‬ﻠﱠﺔﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻖﹴ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺎﻗﹾﺘ‪‬ﺮﹺﺑ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪‬‬ ‫‪٣٩٣‬‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﻠﹾﻘ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﻜﹾﻤ‪‬ﺔﹶ {‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻦ ﻗﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺇﻻ ﻧﺰﺭﺍﹰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪:‬‬

‫‪ ٣٩١‬ﺳﻨﻦ أﺑﻲ داود واﻟﺒﯿﮭﻘﻲ ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ إﻣﺎﻣﺔ ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ٣٩٢‬ﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي واﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﺔ ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ إﻣﺎﻣﺔ ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ٣٩٣‬ﺳﻨﻦ اﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﺔ واﻟﺒﯿﮭﻘﻲ ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ ﺧﻼد ‪t‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻹﻛﹾﺒ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻨﹺﻴﻪ‪{ ‬‬ ‫} ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺛﹶﻼﺙ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﺀِ ﻭ‪‬ﺍ ِ‬

‫‪٣٩٤‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻹﻛﺒﺎﺭ ﻳﻌﲏ ﺍﻟﻜ‪‬ﱪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ ‪:r‬‬ ‫} ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻗﹶﻠﹾﺒﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺜﹾﻘﹶﺎﻝﹸ ﺫﹶﺭ‪‬ﺓ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻛ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺮﹴ {‬

‫‪٣٩٥‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺇﻣﺎﻣﻨﺎ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﺍﺋﻢ ‪:t‬‬ ‫أﻻ ﻣـــﻦ ﻳﻜـــﻦ ﰲ ﻗﻠﺒـــﻪ ﺑﻌـــﺾ ذرة‬

‫ﻣــﻦ اﻟﻜِــﱪ واﻷﺣﻘــﺎد ﻣــﺎ ﻫــﻮ ذاﺋــﻖ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﺮﻡ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻭﻕ ﻣﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻜ‪‬ﱪ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻴﺎﺫ ﺑﺎﷲ‪.‬‬

‫} ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺛﹶﻼﺙ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﺀِ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻹِﻛﹾﺜﹶﺎﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻨﹺﻴﻪ‪ { ‬ﻗﺎﻝ ‪:r‬‬ ‫} ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺇﹺﺳ‪‬ﻼﻡﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺀِ ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻛﹸﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻨﹺﻴﻪ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٣٩٦‬‬

‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻚ ﲝ‪‬ﺴﻦ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ؟ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻚ ﲝ‪‬ﺴﻦ ﺍﻹﺣﺴﺎﻥ؟ ﻣﻦ ﺣ‪‬ﺴﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﺷﻐﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﲞﺎﻟﻘﻪ ﻭﺑﺎﺭﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺣ‪‬ﺴﻦ ﺍﻹﺣﺴﺎﻥ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﺷﺘﻐﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﻋﻦ ﺧﺎﻟﻘﻪ ﻭﺑﺎﺭﻳﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫} ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺛﹶﻼﺙ‪ :‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺬﹸﻡ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ {‬

‫ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎﹰ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻦ ﻳﺮﻯ ﺣﺴﻨﺎﺕ ﺇﺧﻮﺍﻧﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻨﻈﺮ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻟﺮﺿﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫وﻋــﲔ اﻟﺮﺿــﺎ ﻋــﻦ ﻛــﻞ ﻋﻴــﺐ ﻛﻠﻴﻠــﺔ‬

‫اﻟﺴــﺨﻂ ﺗُﺒــﺪي اﳌﺴــﺎوﻳﺎ‬ ‫وﻟﻜــﻦ ﻋــﲔ ُ‬

‫ﻣﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺮﱘ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺒﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺃﰎ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻭﻣﻌﻪ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻳﲔ‬ ‫ﺑﻜﻠﺐ ﻣﻴﺖ ﲣﺮﺝ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺭﺍﺋﺤﺔ ﻣﻨﺘﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﱳ ﺭﺍﺋﺤﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﺃﲨﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﺽ‬ ‫ﺃﺳﻨﺎﻧﻪ! ﻫﻢ ﻳﻨﻈﺮﻭﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺷﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺧﲑ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻧﻈﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﺥ ﻷﺧﻴﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺥ ﺇﱃ ﺧﲑ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﳛﺎﻭﻝ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻏﲑ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﻮﻣﻪ ﺑﻠﲔ ﻭﺭﲪﺔ ﻭﻣﻮﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﻭﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺆﺫﻱ ﺃﺧﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﳊﺒﻴﺐ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻢ ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺭﰊ ﻭﺗﺴﻠﻴﻤﺎﺗﻪ‬ ‫‪ ٣٩٤‬ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ اﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻷﺑﻲ ﻧﻌﯿﻢ ﻋﻦ ھﻨﺪ ﺑﻦ أﺑﻲ ھﺎﻟﺔ ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ٣٩٥‬ﺻﺤﯿﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ وﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ اﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮد ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ٣٩٦‬ﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي واﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﺔ ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ ھﺮﯾﺮة ‪t‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬

‫} ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻴﺒ‪‬ﻪ‪{ ‬‬

‫ﻻ ﻳﻌﻴﺐ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﹰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ ﺃﻳﺎﹰ ﻛﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﻴﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﻌﺔ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻌﻴﺐ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻧﻊ ‪ ،U‬ﻭﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﱂ ﻳﺼﻨﻊ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻋﺒﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﲑ ﻓﺈﻧﻚ ﻋﺒﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪٣) ( /ö .ä ‘u qu ¹‬ﺍﻟﺘﻐﺎﺑﻦ( ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻋﺒﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻢ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻋﺒﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻫﺐ‬ ‫` ‪ß‬‬ ‫¡ ‪z‬‬ ‫‪| m‬‬ ‫‪ô 'r ùs /ö .ä ‘u q§ ¹‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﹸﺼﻮﺭ‪| ru ) :‬‬ ‫‪ ،U‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻋﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺴﻚ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻃﹸﻮﺑ‪‬ﻰ ﻟ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻠﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻮﺏﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱﹺ {‬

‫‪٣٩٧‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﻞ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻦ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺣﱴ ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﱃ ﻋﻴﺐ ﻏﲑﻩ؟! ﻻ ﺷﺄﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻦ ‪‬ﺬﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫} ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻄﹾﻠﹸﺐ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺭﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪{ ‬‬

‫ﻻ ﻳﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺟﺮﳝﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻳﺒﺤﺜﻮﻥ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﺭﺓ ﻟﻴﻜﺸﻔﻮﻫﺎ‪ .... ،‬ﺍﻷﺥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﻴﻪ ‪ ....‬ﻭﺻﻔﻪ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﻗﺮﺁﻧﻪ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ‬ ‫•‪( Ó‬‬ ‫™ ‪Å &r on äu qö‬‬ ‫“ ‪y‬‬ ‫> ‪y ‘Í ºru 'é ùs‬‬ ‫‹‪É #•{ óä 9ø #$ #‬‬ ‫‪x »d‬‬ ‫@ ‪y‬‬ ‫‪Ÿ W÷ BÏ b‬‬ ‫‪t q.ä &r b‬‬ ‫‪÷ &r N‬‬ ‫‪ß “÷ f‬‬ ‫‪y ã‬‬ ‫‪t &r Ó‬‬ ‫‪# Lt =n ƒ÷ qu »ƒt A‬‬ ‫ﺷﺮ‪ ‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺍﺏ‪t $%s ) :‬‬

‫)‪٣١‬ﺍﳌﺎﺋﺪﺓ(‪.‬‬

‫وﺳــــﱰ ًا ﻟﻌــــﻮرات اﻷﺣﺒــــﺔ ﻛﻠﻬــــﻢ‬

‫وﻋﻔــﻮا ﻋــﻦ اﻟــﺰﻻت ﻓــﺎﻟﻌﻔﻮ أرﻓــﻖ‬

‫ﺳﺄﻟﻮﺍ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺩﺍﺀ ‪ t‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺃﺥ ﻗﺪ ﺯﻝﹼ‪ :‬ﻓﻼﻥ ﺃﺧﺎﻙ ﺯﻝﹼ ﰲ ﻛﺬﺍ ﻓﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﺃﻧﺖ‬ ‫ﺻﺎﻧﻊ؟ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﳍﻢ ‪ :t‬ﺃﺭﺃﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻥ ﻭﻗﻊ ﺃﺧﺎﻛﻢ ﰲ ﺑﺌﺮ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺃﻧﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻮﻥ؟ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﳕﺪ ﺃﻳﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﻟﻨﻨﻘﺬﻩ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺃﺧﺎﻛﻢ ﺇﻥ ﻭﻗﻊ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺬﻧﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﺍﺋﻢ ‪:t‬‬ ‫"ﻛﻦ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺧﻴﻚ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺮﻳﺒﺎﹰ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺑﻠﻴﺲ" ﻻ ﺗﺘﺮﻛﻪ ﻟﻠﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻳﺼﻄﺎﺩﻩ ﻭﻳﻨﺴﺞ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺧﻴﻮﻃﻪ ﻭﺣﺒﺎﺋﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻗﺘﺮﺏ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻟﺘﺮﺩﻩ ﺇﱃ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﲡﻌﻠﻪ ﻳﻘﻊ ﰲ ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﺮ ﻋﺪﻭ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٣٩٧‬ﺷﻌﺐ اﻟﺒﯿﮭﻘﻲ وﻣﺴﻨﺪ اﻟﺸﮭﺎب ﻋﻦ أﻧﺲ ‪t‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫} ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻜﹶﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻻ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺎ ﺛﹶﻮ‪‬ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪{ ‬‬

‫ﻳ‪‬ﻔﻜﺮ ﰒ ﻳﻨﻄﻖ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﻨﻄﻖ ﰒ ﻳ‪‬ﻔﻜﺮ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻨﻄﻖ ﰒ ﻳ‪‬ﻔﻜﺮ ﻳﻘﻊ ﰲ ﺃﺧﻄﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻳﻠﻮﻡ‬ ‫ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻭﻳﻌﺘﺬﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﲟﻈﻬﺮ ﻏﲑ ﲪﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻳﺔ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺮ ﻭﻗﺪ‪‬ﺭ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻟﻚ ﻓﺄﻣﻀﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﻓﺄﺧﻔﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ‪" :‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪ‪ ‬ﻛﻼﻣﻪ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﻗﻞﱠ ﻛﻼﻣﻪ"‪.‬‬ ‫} ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺗ‪‬ﻜﹶﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻃﹾﺮ‪‬ﻕ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﻠﹶﺴ‪‬ﺎﺅ‪‬ﻩ‪{ ‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﺻﻒ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻭﺻﺎﻑ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﻪ ﻫﻴﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳍﻴﺒﺔ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ‬ ‫ﺗﻜﻠﻢ ﺃﻃﺮﻕ ﺟﻠﺴﺎﺅﻩ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻟﻪ ﻫﻴﺒﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻮﺱ‪ ،‬ﻳﺴﺘﻤﻌﻮﻥ ﺑﺂﺫﺍﻥ ﻗﻠﻮ‪‬ﻢ‪:‬‬ ‫) ‪) ( ÇÊËÈ p× ‹u ãÏ ºru b× Œè &é $! kp Žu èÏ ?s ru‬ﺍﳊﺎﻗﺔ( ﻭﻳﻮﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﻻ ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫} ﻛﹶﺄﹶﻧ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺀُﻭﺳ‪‬ﻬﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻄﱠﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪{ ‬‬

‫ﻫﻴﺌﺘﻬﻢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﲰﺎﻉ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻪ ‪ r‬ﻛﻤﻦ ﻭﻗﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺳﻪ ﻃﺎﺋﺮ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺼﻄﺎﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺑﻞ ﻳﺴﻜﻦ ﲤﺎﻣﺎﹰ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺻﻄﻴﺎﺩ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﻭﻻ ﳘﻬﻤﺔ ﻭﻻ‬ ‫ﳘﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﻜﺘﻤﻮﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻏ‪‬ﲎ ﳍﻢ ﻋﻨﻪ ﰲ ﳎﻠﺴﻪ ‪ r‬ﺗﺄﺩﺑﺎﹰ ﻣﻊ ﺣﻀﺮﺗﻪ ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺭﰊ‬ ‫ﻭﺗﺴﻠﻴﻤﺎﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺇﻣﺎﻣﻬﻢ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻗﻴﻞ ﰲ ﻭﺻﻔﻪ‪" :‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺟﻠﺲ ﺑﲔ‬ ‫ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﻻ ﳝﺪ ﺭﺟﻠﻴﻪ ﰲ ﻭﺳﻄﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﳝﺪ ﺭﺟﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻢ ﻳﻀﻢ ﺭﺟﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﺨﺮﺝ ﺷﻴﺌﺎﹰ ﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻔﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹸﺫﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺟﺎﻟﺲ ﺑﲔ ﺇﺧﻮﺍﻧﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ‪" :‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﳛﻔﻆ ﺃﻃﺮﺍﻓﻪ" ﻭﻗﺪ ﻋﻠﱠﻤﻬﻢ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻌﻠﻤﻮﺍ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬ ‫} ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺳ‪‬ﻜﹶﺖ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻜﹶﻠﱠﻤ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﺯ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳﺚﹶ {‬

‫ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﳘﺴﺎﹰ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺼﺘ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﻔﹾﺮ‪‬ﻍﹶ {‬ ‫} ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻜﹶﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪ ‬‬

‫ﺃﺩ‪‬ﻢ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻤﻌﻮﺍ ﳌﻦ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺣﱴ ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻳﻦ ﺫﺍﻙ ﰲ ﳎﺎﻟﺲ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﺍﻵﻥ؟! ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﺩﺏ ﻋﻠﱠﻤﻬﻢ ﺇﻳﺎﻩ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪.r‬‬ ‫} ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳﺜﹸﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳﺚﹸ ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻟ‪‬ﻬﹺﻢ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﲟﻌﲎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺍﺩﻭﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻤﻮﺍ ﻳ‪‬ﺮﺍﻋﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻓﺎﻷﻭﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻛﱪ‬ ‫ﻓﺎﻷﻛﱪ ﲝﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺗﻘﻰ ﻓﺎﻷﺗﻘﻰ ﲝﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻬﻢ ﺗﻘﺪﱘ ﺫﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﱘ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ‬ ‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻛﺮﱘ ﺑﲔ ﻳﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ‪.r‬‬ ‫} ﻳ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪{ ‬‬

‫ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺩﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱄ ﻳﺘﱰﻝ ﳍﻢ ﻭﻳﻌﺎﻣﻠﻬﻢ ﻛﺄﻧﻪ ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻢ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻀﺤﻚ ﳑﺎ ﻳﻀﺤﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻭﻳﺘﻌﺠﺐ ﳑﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﺠﺒﻮﻥ ﻣﻨﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺯ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺛﹶﺎﺑﹺﺖ‪ ، ‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ ﻟﹶﻪ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ّ‬ﺛﹾﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻳﺚﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﷲِ ‪ ، r‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﺫﹶﺍ ﺃﹸﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ّ‬ﺛﹸﻜﹸﻢ‪‬؟ "ﻛﹸﻨ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻜﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ‬ ‫ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻧ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻝﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺚﹶ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻲ‪ ،ّ‬ﻓﹶﻜﹶﺘ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻜﹸﻨ‪ّ‬ﺎ ﺇﺫﹶﺍ ﺫﹶﻛﹶﺮ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺪ‪ّ‬ﻧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺫﹶﻛﹶﺮ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺫﹶﻛﹶﺮ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻵﺧ‪‬ــﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ‪ ،‬ﺫﹶﻛﹶــﺮ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺫﹶﻛﹶــﺮ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﹶّـــﻌ‪‬ﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺫﹶﻛﹶــﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫‪٣٩٨‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻜﹸﻞﹸّ ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ ﺃﹸﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ّ‬ﺛﹸﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪ّ‬ﺒﹺﻲﹺّ ‪.{ r‬‬

‫ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺧﻔﻴﻔﺔ ﻳﺸﺎﺭﻛﻬﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻷُﻧﺲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﱰﻝ ﻟﻴﺄﻟﻔﻮﻩ‪ ..‬ﻻ ﳚﻮﺯ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ‬ ‫ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﻛﻠﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺴﺒﺐ ﻣﻠﻼﹰ ‪ ..‬ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ‪ r‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺘﱰﻝ ﳍﻢ ﻭﻳﺄﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﻭﻳﺄﻧﺲ‬ ‫‪‬ﻢ ﻓﻴﺸﺎﺭﻛﻬﻢ ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ‪.‬‬ ‫} ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺒﹺﺮ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻠﹾﻐ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﺐﹺ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻔﹾﻮ‪‬ﺓ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹶﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪{ ‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻏﺮﻳﺐ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﻬﺪ ﺑﺎﻹﺳﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻳﺼﱪ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﲢﻜﻲ‬ ‫ﻛﹸﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﲑﺓ ﻭﻗﺎﺋﻊ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻳﺐ ﱂ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﺑﻌﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﻳﺘﻬﺬﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﺄﺩﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺄﻣﺮ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﻬﺬﺑﻮﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺆﺩﺑﻮﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳ‪‬ﻌﻠﻤﻮﻧﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫} ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻟﻴﺴﺘﺠﻠﺒﻮ‪‬ﻢ {‬

‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﻟﺸﺪﺓ ﺃﺩ‪‬ﻢ ﻳﻜﻔﻮﻥ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﺣﻴﺎﺀﺍﹰ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻀﺮﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﺄﺗﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺮﺑﺎﺀ ﻓﻴﺴﺄﻟﻮﺍ ﺣﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﻟﻴﺴﺘﻔﻴﺪﻭﺍ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺑﺎﺀ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٣٩٨‬أﺧﺮﺟﮫ اﻟﺘِّﺮْﻣِﺬِي‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ"اﻟﺸَّﻤﺎﺋﻞ" ﻋﻦ زﯾﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ‪،‬اﻟﻤﺴﻨﺪ اﻟﺠﺎﻣﻊ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫} ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻃﹶﺎﻟ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺎﺟ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻳﻄﹾﻠﹸﺒ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺭ‪‬ﻓ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻭﻩ‪{ ‬‬

‫ﻳﺸﺠﻌﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻀﺎﺀ ﻣﺼﺎﱀ ﺇﺧﻮﺍ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻌﺎﻭﻧﺘﻪ ﻭﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺗﻪ ﻟﻴﺒﻠﻎ ﻫﺬﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺼﻠﺤﺔ ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻨﻔﻌﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫} ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹾﺒ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺍﻟﺜﱠﻨ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﺇﹺﻻ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻜﹶﺎﻓ‪‬ﺊ‪{ ‬‬

‫ﺃﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ‪ ،‬ﺇﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻧﺎﹰ ﺁﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﻭﺛﺒﺖ ﺇﳝﺎﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺴﺘﻤﻊ ﳌﺪﳛﻪ ﻭﺛﻨﺎﺀﻩ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻋﺮﻑ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺻﺎﺩﻕ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺴﻤﻊ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺎﻓﻘﲔ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺷﺄ‪‬ﻢ‪:‬‬ ‫‪( o× ‰‬‬ ‫¡ ¨‪y Z‬‬ ‫= •‪| B‬‬ ‫‪Ò ±‬‬ ‫‪à z‬‬ ‫‪ä N‬‬ ‫‪ö kå X¨ (r .x ( N‬‬ ‫) ‪ö lÏ ;Î qö‬‬ ‫‪s 9Ï ì‬‬ ‫‪ô J‬‬ ‫¡ ‪y‬‬ ‫)‪ó @n #( q9ä q‬‬ ‫) ‪à ƒt b)Î ru‬‬

‫)‪٤‬ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﻘﻮﻥ(‬

‫ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻤﻊ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ ‪ r‬ﻭﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺸﺠﻌﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ‪.‬ﻭﺇﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﰲﺀ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻧﹰﺎ‬ ‫ﺃﺳﺪﻯ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺸﻜﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻭﻳﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ ‪.U‬‬ ‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﻻ ﻳﺴﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮ ﻭﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ ﻻ ﲡﻌﻞ ﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻳﺪﺍ ﻓﻴﺤﺒﻪ ﻗﻠﱯ {‬

‫‪٣٩٩‬‬

‫} ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹾﻄﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳﺜﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻮﺯ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹾﻄﹶﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻲﹴ ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﻗ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻡﹴ {‬

‫ﻻ ﻳﻘﻄﻊ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺘﺰﻳﺪ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳊﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻮﻗﻔﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻳﺴﺘﺄﺫﻥ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻡ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﰲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ } :‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹾﻄﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳﺜﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻮﺭ { ﺃﻱ ﻳﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺍﳊﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻹﰒ‬ ‫ﻓﻴﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﰲ ﻏﻴﺒﺔ ﺃﻭﳕﻴﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺴﺘﺄﺫﻥ ‪ r‬ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺁﺩﺍﺏ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻟﺲ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻧ‪‬ﻄﺒﻘﻬﺎ ﰲ ﳎﺎﻟﺴﻨﺎ ﺃﲨﻌﲔ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﳎﺎﻟﺴﻨﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺟﺪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﰲ ﺑﻴﻮﺗﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﰲ ﻣﺼﺎﳊﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﰲ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻫﻮﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ ‪،U‬‬ ‫ﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺟﻞ ﰲ ﻋﻼﻩ‪:‬‬

‫‪( ÇÏÑÈ û‬‬ ‫‪t üHÏ >Í »à‬‬ ‫‪© 9#$ Q‬‬ ‫) ‪Ï qö‬‬ ‫‪s 9ø #$ ì‬‬ ‫“ ‪y Bt‬‬ ‫‪3 •t 2‬‬ ‫‹ ‪ò‬‬ ‫‪jÉ 9#$ ‰‬‬ ‫‪y è÷ /t ‰‬‬ ‫) ‪ô èã‬‬ ‫‪ø ?s x‬‬ ‫) ‪Ÿ ùs‬‬

‫)ﺍﻷﻧﻌﺎﻡ(‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٣٩٩‬رواه أﺑﻮ ﻣﻨﺼﻮر اﻟﺪﯾﻠﻤﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﻨﺪ اﻟﻔﺮدوس‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﯾﺚ ﻣﻌﺎذ ﺑﻦ ﺟﺒﻞ‪ ،‬ﺗﺨﺮﯾﺞ أﺣﺎدﯾﺚ اﻹﺣﯿﺎء اﻟﻌﺮاﻗﻲ‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪r‬‬

‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﺴﲔ ‪ :t‬ﻓﺴﺄﻟﺖ ﺃﰊ ﻋﻠﻴﺎﹰ ‪ :t‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺳﻜﻮﺗﻪ ‪r‬؟ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻊﹴ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﻠﹾﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﺬﹶﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﻘﹾﺪ‪‬ﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﻔﻜ‪‬ﲑ‪ - ‬ﻭﰱ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ‪ -‬ﺍﳊﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳊﺬﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﻘﹾﺪ‪‬ﻳﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻔ‪‬ﻲ ﺗ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻮﹺﻳ‪‬ﺔﹸ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﻈﹶﺮﹺ‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟ‪‬ﺎﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﻉﹺ ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺗﺬﻛﺮﻩ – ﺃﻭ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻔﻜﺮﻩ‪ :-‬ﻓﹶﻔ‪‬ﻴﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻘﹶﻰ ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻔﹾﻨ‪‬ﻰ‬

‫ﻭ ﺟ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﻠﹾﻢ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﱪﹺ ﻓﹶﻜﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻐﻀ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺷﻲﺀ ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺴﺘ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻩ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﲨﻊ ﻟﻪ ﺍﳊﺬﺭ ﰱ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﺧﺬﻩ ﺑﺎﳊﺴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﳍﻢ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﲨﻊ ﳍﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ‪.{ r‬‬ ‫ﻭﰱ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﱪﺍﱏ – ﻛﻤﺎ ﰱ ) ﻣ‪‬ﺠﻤ‪‬ﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﺋﺪ ( – ﻭﲨﻊ ﻟﻪ ﺍﳊﺬﺭ ‪ r‬ﰱ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺃﹶﺧ‪‬ﺬﹸﻩ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺎﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻟ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻘﹾﺘ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻯ ﺑﹺﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻛﹸﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻘﹶﺒﹺﻴﺢ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻰ ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺟ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺃﹾﻱ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﻠﹶﺢ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻡ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺟ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺮﹺ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻵﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓ‪.{ ‬‬ ‫} ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻊﹴ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﻠﹾﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﺬﹶﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﻘﹾﺪ‪‬ﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﻔﻜ‪‬ﲑ‪{ ‬‬ ‫ﻭﰱ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ‪ } :‬ﺍﳊﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳊﺬﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﺮ {‬

‫ﺣﱴ ﺳﻜﻮﺕ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻪ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻪ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻟﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﱪﻳﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪zOŠd‬‬ ‫‪Ï º•t /ö )Î b‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﳊﻠﻢ‪¨ )Î ) :‬‬

‫ﳓﻦ ﻧﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ‪ r‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻐﻔﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﻮﺻﻒ‬ ‫‪) ( ÇÊÍÈ OÒ Š=Î m‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ( ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺣﻠﻴﻤﺎﹰ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺪﻋﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺇﱃ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫{ ¨‪y nî ºr‬‬ ‫‪V‬‬

‫ﻭﺃﻭﻝ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻋﻲ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ ﺍﳊﻠﻢ ﻣﻊ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺄﺧﺬﻫﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻭﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺆﺩﺓ ﻭﺑﺎﳍﻮﺍﺩﺓ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻠﲔ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﳛﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳊﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﺣﱴ ﻻ ﻳﺘﺮﻛﻮﻧﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻔﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻨﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ‪.r‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﳊﺬﺭ ﻣﺒﲏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ‪:‬‬

‫ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻻ ﳝﺸﻲ ﰲ ﺃﻣﻮﺭﻩ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋﻴﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻳ‪‬ﺮﺗﺐ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺒﺎﹰ ﺟﻴﺪﺍﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴ‪‬ﺮﺗﺐ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺃﻣﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺎﻓﻌﻪ ﻭﻣﻀﺎﺭﻩ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺳﻴﺄﰐ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﲑ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺳﻴﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺗﻔﻜﲑ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻬﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺠﺒﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﳊﻜﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺃﻱ ﺃﻣﺮﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻟﻺﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﻠﺒﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ‬ ‫ﻭﺟﻮﻫﻪ ﺣﱴ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳋﻄﺔ ﳏﻜﻤﺔ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﻫﻮ ﲡﻬﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ‪‬ﺎ ﳛﺼﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﻠﻎ ﻓﻴﻪ‬ ‫‪ r‬ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﻰ‪ ،.‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﺮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻧﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﻏﺎﺭ ﺣﺮﺍﺀ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻳﺘﻔﻜﺮ‬ ‫‪ r‬ﰲ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻔﻜﺮ ﰲ ﺁﻻﺀ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻔﻜﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ‪‬ﺎ ﻳﺸﺪ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ ﺷﺪﺍﹰ‬ ‫ﺇﱃ ﺣﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺮﺳﺦ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﰲ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻗﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺗﺒﺎﻋﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪:‬‬

‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﺸﻐﻞ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،r‬ﺷﺮﺣﻬﺎ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺷﺮﺣﺎﹰ ﺑﺴﻴﻄﺎﹰ‬ ‫} ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﻘﹾﺪ‪‬ﻳﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻔ‪‬ﻲ ﺗ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻮﹺﻳ‪‬ﺔﹸ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﻈﹶﺮﹺ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻻﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﻉﹺ ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱﹺ {‬

‫ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮﻩ ﺃﻱ ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺸﺎﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﺸﻮﺭﺓ ﻷﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴ‪‬ﺪﺭ‪‬ﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﰲ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﻛﻞ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺎ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﺩﻳﻨﻬﻢ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫} ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺗﺬﻛﺮﻩ – ﺃﻭ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻔﻜﺮﻩ‪ -‬ﻓﹶﻔ‪‬ﻴﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻘﹶﻰ ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻔﹾﻨ‪‬ﻰ {‬

‫ﺃﻱ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺇﱃ ﺯﻭﺍﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ﻫﻲ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻓﻊ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻟﻺﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻟﻺﲡﺎﻩ ﺇﱃ ﺣﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ‪.U‬‬ ‫} ﻭﺟ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﻠﹾﻢ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﱪﹺ ﻓﹶﻜﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻐﻀ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺷﻲﺀ ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺴﺘ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻩ‪{ ‬‬ ‫ﻭﰲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ‪ } :‬ﻭﺟ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﻠﹾﻢ‪ ‬ﻭﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﱪﹺ {‬

‫ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻳ‪‬ﺨﺮﺟﻪ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺸﺎﻋﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻳ‪‬ﻐﻀﺒﻪ ﲝﻴﺚ ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻻ‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﺴﺘﺤﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻐﻀﺐ ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻜﺖ ﺣﺮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،U‬ﻓﻬﻨﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺘﻪ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺷﻲﺀ‪.‬‬

‫} ﻭﲨﻊ ﻟﻪ ﺍﳊﺬﺭ ﰱ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﺧﺬﻩ ﺑﺎﳊﺴﻦ {‬

‫ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﻠﺐ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﻫﻬﺎ ﻓﻴﺄﺧﺬ ﺑﺄﺣﺴﻦ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ‪.‬‬ ‫} ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﳍﻢ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﲨﻊ ﳍﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ‪{ r‬‬

‫ﻭﰱ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﱪﺍﱐ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻭﲨﻊ ﻟﻪ ﺍﳊﺬﺭ ‪ r‬ﰱ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺧ‪‬ﺬﹸﻩ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺎﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻟ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻘﹾﺘ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻯ ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻛﹸﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻘﹶﺒﹺﻴﺢ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻰ‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺟ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺃﹾﻱ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﻠﹶﺢ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻡ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺟ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺮﹺ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎ‬

‫ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﹾﺂﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓ‪.{ ‬‬

‫‪‬ﺬﺍ ﻧﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﻓﻴﻨﺎ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻋﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪.r‬‬ ‫ﻭﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺻﺤﺒﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬





r r

r r

r r

  







٤٠٠r

 r           

r



r

:U ‫ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﰲ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ‬r ‫ﻦ ﳊﺒﻴﺒﻪ‬‫ ﺑﻴ‬U ‫ﻭﺍﷲ‬

(‫)ﺍﳊﺠﺮ‬

( ÇÒÐÈ b t q9ä q) à ƒt $J y /Î 8 x ‘â ‰ ô ¹ | , ß ŠÒ Å ƒt 7 y R¯ &r O Þ =n è÷ Rt ‰ ô ) s 9s ru )

‫ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﺍﺽ‬،‫ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﺝ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ؟ ﻭﻛﻠﻨﺎ ﻧﺸﻜﻮ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺿﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻭﺭ‬ :‫ ﺃﺟﺎﺏ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﺓ‬،‫ﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﳌﻀﺎﺋﻖ ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻖ ﺃﲨﻌﲔ‬‫ﻭﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗ‬ .(‫)ﺍﳊﺠﺮ‬

( ÇÒÑÈ û t ï‰ Ï f É »¡ ¡ 9#$ ` z BiÏ `.ä ru 7 y /nÎ ‘u ‰ Ï J ô tp 2 ¿ x ô 7mÎ ¡ | ùs )

‫ﺇﺫﺍﹰ ﻋﻼﺝ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻖ ﻭﺍﳍﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺮﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺪﺍﺋﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺒﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺠﻮﺩ ﷲ‬ ‫ ﻭﺍﺷﻜﺮ ﺍﷲ‬،‫ ﻭﺍﲪﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻄﺎﻳﺎﻩ‬،‫ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺮﻯ ﻏﲑﻩ ﻓﻌﺎﻻﹰ‬U ‫ ( ﺃﻱ ﻧﺰﻩ ﺍﷲ‬x ô 7mÎ ¡ | ùs ) ،U .U ‫ﺑﺎﻹﻛﺜﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻮﺩ ﷲ‬ ‫ ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺑﺎﷲ ﻓﺎﲪﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ‬،‫ﻧﺰﻩ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺮﻯ ﺷﺮﻳﻜﺎﹰ ﻟﻪ ﰲ ﻓﻌﻠﻪ‬ ‫ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻭﻫﺒﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻀﻠﻪ ﻭﺧﲑﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻡ ﻓﻜﻦ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ‬U ‫ ﰒ ﺍﺷﻜﺮ ﺍﷲ‬،‫ﲨﻴﻊ ﻋﻄﺎﻳﺎﻩ‬ .‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺟﺪﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻡ‬ (‫ ( )ﺍﳊﺠﺮ‬ÇÒÒÈ ú Ú ü) É ‹u 9ø #$ 7 y ‹u ?Ï 'ù ƒt Ó 4 L® m y 7 y /- ‘u ‰ ô 6ç ã ô #$ ru ) ‫ﻣﺪﺗﻪ؟‬

‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺀ ﻛﻢ‬

‫م‬٢٠١٤/٧/٣ ‫ھـ‬١٤٣٥ ‫ ﻣﻦ رﻣﻀﺎن‬٥ ‫ اﻟﻤﻌﺎدي – اﻟﺨﻤﯿﺲ‬٤٠٠



{}r



‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺀ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺄﺗﻴﻚ ﺍﻟﻴﻘﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻘﲔ ﺇﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻘﻒ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻐﻮﻱ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺍﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺣﺎﻻﺗﻚ ﺣﱴ ﺗﻠﻘﻰ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،U‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ‪r‬‬ ‫ﻋﺮ‪‬ﻓﻪ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ‪ r‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻦ ﻣﻈﻌﻮﻥ ‪ t‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺣﺒﻴﺒﺎﹰ ﻟﺪﻳﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻴﻪ ‪ }:r‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪– ‬ﺃﻱ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ‪ -‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﺎﺀَﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻴ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﻷَﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻮ ﺍﻟﹾﺨ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬‬

‫ﻟﻪ {‪ ،٤٠١‬ﻓﺄﺭﺍﺩ ‪ r‬ﺑﺎﻟﻴﻘﲔ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ‪ r‬ﻣﺘﺤﺪﺛﺎﹰ ﻋﻦ ﺫﺍﺗﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻣﺮﻩ ﺭﺑﻪ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻲ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺃﹶﺟ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺎﻝﹶ ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻛﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺘ‪‬ﺎﺟﹺﺮﹺﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻜ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻰ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻲ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ‬ ‫ﺳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹸﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺎﺟﹺﺪ‪‬ﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﺄﹾﺗ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻴ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﲔ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٤٠٢‬‬

‫ﻭﺇﻣﺎ ﺑﻠﺴﺎﻥ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻓﺎﻥ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻓﺎﻟﻴﻘﲔ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﻭﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﻭﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻣﺎﺗﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﻋﻦ ﺷﻬﻮﺍ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﺣﻈﻮﻇﻬﺎ ﻭﻟﺬﺍ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﺃﻫﻮﺍﺋﻬﺎ ﻋﺎﺵ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﰲ ﻋﺎﱂ ﺍﻟﻴﻘﲔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻋﺎﱂ ﺍﻟﻴﻘﲔ ﺃﻱ ﻋﺎﱂ ﺍﳊﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻻ ﺗﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻈﻦ ﻭﻻ ﺍﻟﻮﻫﻢ ﻭﻻ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﻻ ﺍﻟﺸﻚ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﱂ ﺍﻟﻴﻘﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﱂ ﺍﻹﳍﻴﺔ ﻛﻌﺎﱂ ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻮﺕ ﻭﻋﺎﱂ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﱂ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺳﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪( ÇÐÎÈ tûüYÏ %Ï qJ‬‬ ‫‪ß 9ø #$ z`BÏ tbq3‬‬ ‫{ ‪ä ‹u 9Ï ru ÇÚ‘ö‬‬ ‫‪F #$ ru ÏNºqu »J‬‬ ‫¡ ‪y‬‬ ‫‪¡ 9#$ |Nq3‬‬ ‫‪ä =n Bt zOŠd‬‬ ‫‹‪Ï º•t /ö )Î ü“•Ì Rç š•9Ï º‬‬ ‫) ‪x .x ru‬‬

‫)ﺍﻷﻧﻌﺎﻡ(‪ ،.‬ﻓﺎﻟﻴﻘﲔ ﳌﻦ ﻏﺎﺑﺖ ﻋﲔ ﺣﺴﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻌﲔ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺎﻃﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺒﺪﻋﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﱃ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻠﻘﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻴﻘﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻪ ‪:r‬‬ ‫} ﻟﻮﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺎﻃﲔ ﳛﻮﻣﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺑﲏ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻟﻨﻈﺮﻭﺍ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻠﻜﻮﺕ‬ ‫‪٤٠٣‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ {‬

‫‪ ٤٠١‬ﺻﺤﯿﺢ اﻟﺒﺨﺎري وﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ ﻋﻦ أم اﻟﻌﻼء ﺑﻨﺖ اﻟﺤﺎرث ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ٤٠٢‬ﺣﻠﯿﺔ اﻷوﻟﯿﺎء ﻷﺑﻲ ﻧﻌﯿﻢ وأﺧﻼق اﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﻷﺑﻲ اﻟﺸﯿﺦ اﻷﺻﺒﮭﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫‪ ٤٠٣‬أﺧﺮﺟﮫ أﺣﻤﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﯾﺚ أﺑﻲ ھﺮﯾﺮة‪ ،‬ﺗﺨﺮﯾﺞ أﺣﺎدﯾﺚ اﻹﺣﯿﺎء اﻟﻌﺮاﻗﻲ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺰﻟﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺬﻟﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،U‬ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻤﻞ‬ ‫ﳚﻌﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﺀ ﻳﺘﻘﺮﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﺰﻟﻒ ﺑﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﺬﻟﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ‬ ‫ﺗﺴﺘﻠﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﳌﻦ ﻳﺆﺩﻳﻬﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺎﹰ ﰲ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻮﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﻣﺘﺤﻠﻴﺎﹰ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻹﻓﺘﻘﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﳊﺎﺟﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺳﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻏ‪‬ﲎ ﺍﻟﻐ‪‬ﲏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﱃ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺎﺡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﱃ ﺇﻋﺰﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﱃ ﻋﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﻢ ‪ ... U‬ﻳﺸﻌﺮ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺃﻧﻔﺎﺳﻪ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﳛﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،U‬ﺣﱴ ﰲ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺀﻩ‬ ‫ﻭﺣﻮﺍﺳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻻ ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺴﻜﻦ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺈﺫﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻠﺸﻲﺀ ﻛﻦ ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﲨﻌﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻡ ﷲ ‪ ،U‬ﻷﻥ ﻛﻞ‬ ‫‪t qg‬‬ ‫‪b‬‬ ‫) ‪ß‬‬ ‫‪s ÿ‬‬ ‫‪ø ?s w‬‬ ‫‪ž `3‬‬ ‫‪Å »9s ru ¾nÍ ‰‬‬ ‫‪Ï K÷ tp 2‬‬ ‫‪¿ x‬‬ ‫¡ ‪ß 7mÎ‬‬ ‫‪| „ç w‬‬ ‫‪ž )Î ä> Ó‬‬ ‫« ‪ó‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻡ‪x `BiÏ b)Î ru ) :‬‬

‫‪٤٤) ( N‬ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺀ(‬ ‫‪ö g‬‬ ‫‪ß s‬‬ ‫¡ ‪y ‹6Î‬‬ ‫‪ó @n‬‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺒﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺑﺎﳊﺎﺟﺔ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻔﺎﻗﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻋﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﱃ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﷲ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺇﱃ ﻣﻌﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺗﻮﻓﻴﻖ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺭﻋﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،U‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﻮﻫﺮ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﰲ ﺃﻱ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﲢﻘﻖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﻮﻫﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻴﻘﲔ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻟﺔ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺻﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﳌﺮﺀ‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ﻭﱂ ﻳﺸﻌﺮ ﰲ ﺭﻛﻌﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﰲ ﳊﻈﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﳛﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻮﻻﻩ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻓﻘﲑ ﺇﱃ‬ ‫ﻋﻄﺎﻳﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﺃﻱ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺃﻱ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺈﺫﻥ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﱂ ﻳﺸﻌﺮ‬ ‫‪‬ﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﱐ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺧﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﺸﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ‪:‬‬

‫‪)( ÇËÈ b‬ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ(‬ ‫‪t qèã ±‬‬ ‫‪Ï »z‬‬ ‫‪y N‬‬ ‫‪ö kÍ EÍ x‬‬ ‫‪Ÿ ¹‬‬ ‫‪| ’ûÎ N‬‬ ‫‪ö d‬‬ ‫‪è û‬‬ ‫‪t ï%‬‬ ‫‪Ï !© #$ ÇÊÈ b‬‬ ‫‪t qZã BÏ s÷ J‬‬ ‫‪ß 9ø #$ x‬‬ ‫‪y =n ùø &r ‰‬‬ ‫) ‪ô %s‬‬

‫ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﳊﺒﻴﺐ ‪ r‬ﰲ ﺳﺠﻮﺩﻩ‪ } :‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺑﹺﻚ‪ ‬ﺁﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺖ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﻠﹶﻤ‪‬ﺖ‪ ،‬ﺳ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻬﹺﻲ ﻟ‪‬ﻠﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﻘﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺻ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺷ‪‬ﻖ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﺗ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻙ‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺨ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﲔ‪.٤٠٤{ ‬‬

‫ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ ‪ r‬ﺃﻳﻀﹰﺎ ﰲ ﺳﺠﻮﺩﻩ‪ } :‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﺩ‪‬ﻱ ﻭ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﻲ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺑﹺﻚ‪ ‬ﺁﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻓﹸﺆ‪‬ﺍﺩ‪‬ﻱ {‪.٤٠٥‬‬ ‫ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺗﺬﻟﻞ ﻭﺇﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﷲ ‪ U‬ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺒﻮﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﲢﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﷲ ‪ ،U‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﷲ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻌﺼﻰ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ‬ ‫ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﻌﻮﻝ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻛﻮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﻪ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﺑﺎﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺳﻠﲔ‬ ‫‪p8 f‬‬ ‫‪¤ m‬‬ ‫! ‪ã‬‬ ‫‪« #$ ’?n ã‬‬ ‫¨ ‪t‬‬ ‫‪Ä $Z¨ =9Ï b‬‬ ‫‪t q3‬‬ ‫‪ä ƒt x‬‬ ‫‪ž ¥y 9Ï û‬‬ ‫‹ ‪t ï‘Í‬‬ ‫‪É YBã ru û‬‬ ‫‪t ïŽÎ ³‬‬ ‫‪eÅ 6t B• x‬‬ ‫™ ‪W‬‬ ‫ﻟﻴﻘﻴﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳊﺠﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﳊﺠﺔ‪ß ‘• ) :‬‬ ‫@ ( )‪١٦٥‬ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ(‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﺗ‪‬ﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﺠﺞ‪.‬‬ ‫™ ‪È‬‬ ‫‪ß •” 9#$ ‰‬‬ ‫‪y è÷ /t‬‬

‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻤﺬﻟﻠﺔ ﻭﻣﺴﺨﺮﺓ ﻭﻣ‪‬ﻘﺮﺓ ﻭﻣﻌﺘﺮﻓﺔ ﺑﻌﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻗﺪﺭﺗﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻠﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺗ‪‬ﺴﺒﺢ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﻭﲢﻤﺪﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻭﻻﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻄﺎﻳﺎ ﲨﺔ ﻻ ﳛﻴﻂ ﺑﺄﺣﺪﻫﺎ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻋﻠﱠﻤﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﻻﻩ ﺟﻞ ﰲ ﻋﻼﻩ‪.‬‬

‫‪r‬‬ ‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﻣﻨﻬﺠﺎﹰ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﺑﺪﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻨﻬﺞ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﺂﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﲟﺎ ﻋﻠﱠﻤﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﻻﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﺑﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﻗﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺣﻘﻬﻢ‪:‬‬ ‫‪c'r /Î Nlç ;m ºqu Bø &r ru O‬‬ ‫‪ó g‬‬ ‫¡ ‪ß‬‬ ‫‪| ÿ‬‬ ‫‪à R&r ú‬‬ ‫‪š‬‬ ‫‪üZÏ BÏ s÷ J‬‬ ‫‪ß 9ø #$ Æ‬‬ ‫‪š‬‬ ‫“ ‪BÏ‬‬ ‫© ‪3 Žu It‬‬ ‫! ‪ô #$‬‬ ‫‪© #$ b‬‬ ‫) ‪¨ )Î‬‬

‫‪#‰‬‬ ‫‪´ ã‬‬ ‫‪ô ru ( c‬‬ ‫‪š‬‬ ‫) ‪q=è Ft‬‬ ‫‪ø ƒã ru b‬‬ ‫) ‪t q=è Gç‬‬ ‫! ‪ø Šu ùs‬‬ ‫@ ‪« #$‬‬ ‫™ ‪È ‹6Î‬‬ ‫‪y ’ûÎ c‬‬ ‫‪š‬‬ ‫)» ‪q=è GÏ‬‬ ‫‪s ƒã 4 ps Y¨ f‬‬ ‫‪y 9ø #$ O‬‬ ‫‪Þ g‬‬ ‫‪ß 9s‬‬

‫‪¾nÍ ‰‬‬ ‫‪Ï g‬‬ ‫† ‪ô èy /Î‬‬ ‫` ‪4 ûn r÷ &r‬‬ ‫‪ô Bt ru 4 b‬‬ ‫) ‪É #äu •ö‬‬ ‫@ ‪à 9ø #$ ru‬‬ ‫}‪È ‹gÅ U‬‬ ‫)‪M #$ ru pÏ 1‘u qö G- 9#$ †ûÎ $‬‬ ‫‪y m‬‬ ‫‪y mÏ ‹ø =n ã‬‬ ‫‪t‬‬

‫‪ã—qö ÿ‬‬ ‫‪x 9ø #$ qu d‬‬ ‫• ‪è‬‬ ‫‪š 9Ï ºŒs ru 4 ¾mÏ /Î Lêä è÷ ƒt $/t “%‬‬ ‫‪Ï !© #$ N‬‬ ‫‪ã 3‬‬ ‫‪ä èÏ ‹ø ;u /Î #( rŽç ³‬‬ ‫™ ‪Å 6ö Ft‬‬ ‫! ‪ó $$ ùs 4‬‬ ‫‪« #$ Æ‬‬ ‫‪š‬‬ ‫‪BÏ‬‬

‫‪) ( c‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ(‪.‬‬ ‫‪š‬‬ ‫‪r‰‬‬ ‫‪ß 7Î »èy 9ø #$ c‬‬ ‫‪š‬‬ ‫‪q6ç ³Í »¯ F- 9#$ ÇÊ Ê È O‬‬ ‫‪Þ Šà‬‬ ‫‪Ï èy 9ø #$‬‬

‫‪ ٤٠٤‬ﺻﺤﯿﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ وﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي ﻋﻦ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻦ أﺑﻲ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ٤٠٥‬اﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺪرك واﻟﺒﺰار ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ اﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮد ‪t‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻼ ﲟﻘﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺃﻭﻝ ﺻﻔﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺋﺒﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﳎﻤ ﹰ‬ ‫‪) ( ÇËËËÈ ú‬ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ(‬ ‫‪š‬‬ ‫‪ï•Ì g‬‬ ‫‪dÎ Ü‬‬ ‫‪s Ft J‬‬ ‫= ‪ß 9ø #$‬‬ ‫† ‪• tÏ‬‬ ‫‪ä ru û‬‬ ‫= ‪t ü/Î ºq§ G- 9#$‬‬ ‫† ‪• tÏ‬‬ ‫! ‪ä‬‬ ‫‪© #$ b‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺑﲔ ﺣﱴ ﻳ‪‬ﺤﺒﻪ ﺍﷲ ‪¨ )Î ):U‬‬ ‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﺟ‪‬ﻌﻠﺖ ﺍﻟﻄﻬﺎﺭﺓ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﺇﻻ ﺗﺬﻛﲑﺍﹰ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺀ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻟﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﺎﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﺎﺟﻲ ﺍﷲ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﺃﻭ ﰲ ﺗﻼﻭﺓ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻭ ﰲ ﺫﻛﺮ ﷲ‬ ‫ﺃﻭ ﺗﺴﺒﻴﺢ ﺃﻭ ﲢﻤﻴﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺲ ﷲ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺃﻭﻻﹰ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺡ ﷲ ‪ U‬ﺣﱴ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﹸﺣﻴﻂ ﺑﺈﻃﺎﺭ ﳏﺒﺔ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻛﻞ ﺃﻭﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﻳﺌﻮﺏ ﺇﱃ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﻻﻩ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻳﺪﻱ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﺟﻊ ﺇﱃ ﻃﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺇﱃ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﷲ ﺑﺄﻱ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺳﻨ‪‬ﻬﺎ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﻗﺒﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﷲ ‪ ،U‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﺴﻦ ﺳﻠﻔﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﲨﻌﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻲ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺟﻠﺴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﷲ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻼﻭﺓ‬ ‫ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺫﻛﺮ ﷲ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﺪﺃﻫﺎ ﺃﻭﻻﹰ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻐﻔﺎﺭ ﷲ ‪ U‬ﰒ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﻨﺎﺟﻲ ﺍﷲ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻳ‪‬ﻘﺒﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﺴﻨﻮﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺭﺩ ﺃﻭﻻﹰ ﲟﺎﺋﺔ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺍﺳﺘﻐﻔﺎﺭ ﷲ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﺫﻛﺮ ﷲ ‪.U‬‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﳝﺘﺜﻞ ﳌﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻗﻮﻡ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻫﺞ ﻭﺃﻗﻮﺍﻫﺎ ﻭﺃﻓﻀﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻭﺃﻫﺪﺍﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻋﺪﳍﺎ ﰲ ﺁﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻕ ﻭﺃﻛﻤﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﺑﲔ ﻃﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﺏ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻭﺃﻗﺮ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺑﺪ ﲟﺸﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﻭﺃﺗﻰ ﺑﻌﻈﺎﺋﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻻ ﻳﻘﺮﺑﻪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺯﻟﻔﻰ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﺮﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﶈﻤﺪﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﱴ‬ ‫ﺳﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺃﻭﻻﻫﺎ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺑﺪ ﷲ ﺑﺂﺩﺍﺀ‬ ‫ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻛﻠﱠﻔﻪ ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﻮﻻﻩ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺸﻐﻠﻪ ﺣﻖ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﺣﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﳛﻤﻠﻪ ﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﳘﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺘﻔﺮﻍ ﻷﺩﺍﺀ ﺣﻖ ﺍﷲ ﰒ ﻳﺘﺮﻙ ﺣﻖ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭﺣﻖ ﺍﻷﻭﻻﺩ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﺐ ﺍﳊﻼﻝ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻕ ﷲ ‪ ،U‬ﻓﺎﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺃﺭﺍﺩﻭﺍ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻔﺮﻏﻮﺍ ﻟﻄﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺬﻫﺒﻮﺍ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻮﺕ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺯ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺝﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ r ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﺓ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪:r ‬‬ ‫} ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹸﺧ‪‬ﺒﹺﺮ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﻛﹶﺄﹶﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻟﱡﻮﻫ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ r ‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﻏﹸﻔ‪‬ﺮ‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﻘﹶﺪ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻧ‪‬ﺒﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﺄﹶﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹸﺻ‪‬ﻠﱢﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻴ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺁﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﻮﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﺃﹸﻓﹾﻄ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺁﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺰﹺﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﻓﹶﻠﹶﺎ ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﺝ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﺠ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻬﹺﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻳﻦ‪ ‬ﻗﹸﻠﹾﺘ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺬﹶﺍ ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺬﹶﺍ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ‬ ‫ﻷَﺧ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺎﻛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻜ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﻮﻡ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹸﻓﹾﻄ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹸﺻ‪‬ﻠﱢﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﻗﹸﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﺝ‪‬‬ ‫‪٤٠٦‬‬ ‫ﺳﻨ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻲ ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻲ {‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺎﺀَ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﻏ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﻭﻧﻮﻯ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻦ ﻣﻈﻌﻮﻥ – ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺣﺒﻴﺒﺎﹰ ﺇﱃ ﺣﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ – ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ‪‬ﺬﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺫﻛﺮﻫﺎ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﰲ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﲝﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﻳ‪‬ﺨﺎﻃﺒﻪ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻏﺒ‪‬ﺔﹰ ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻲ؟ ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻜ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺘ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﻚ‬ ‫} ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﺜﹾﻤ‪‬ﺎﻥﹸ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺭ‪ ‬ﹾ‬ ‫ﺃﹶﻃﹾﻠﹸﺐ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎﻡ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹸﺻ‪‬ﻠﱢﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﻮﻡ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹸﻓﹾﻄ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻜ‪‬ﺢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺎﺀَ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺎﺗ‪‬ﻖﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﺜﹾﻤ‪‬ﺎﻥﹸ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻥﱠ ﻷَﻫ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﻟ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﻟ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴِﻚ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻚ‪‬‬ ‫ﺣ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻓﹾﻄ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺻ‪‬ﻞﱢ ﻭ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻢ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٤٠٧‬‬

‫ﻟﻮ ﺟﺎﺀﻙ ﺿﻴﻒ ﰲ ‪‬ﺎﺭ ﺭﻣﻀﺎﻥ ﻫﻞ ﺗﺘﺮﻛﻪ ﻭﺗﻘﺮﺃ ﻭﺭﺩﻙ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ؟! ﻻ ﻳﺼﺢ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻒ ﻟﻪ ﺣﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻌﻮﺿﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ‪ r‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﻟ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﺭﹺﻙ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﺎ {‬

‫‪٤٠٨‬‬

‫ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺰﻭﺭﻙ ﻟﻪ ﺣﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺸﺮﻁ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﰲ ﻣﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﳊﺒﻴﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﻌﻄﻲ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﺣﻖ ﺣﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﻌﻄﻲ ﺣﻖ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳ‪‬ﻌﻄﻲ ﺣﻖ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳ‪‬ﻌﻄﻲ ﺣﻖ ﺍﻷﻭﻻﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻥ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺣﻖ ﺍﳉﲑﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﻖ ﺍﻷﻫﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﻖ ﺍﻷﻗﺎﺭﺏ ‪ ...‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﳊﻘﻮﻕ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ‪:‬‬

‫_‪©!#$ #( q‬‬ ‫‪ã •ö ƒt b‬‬ ‫‪t %.x `J‬‬ ‫¡ ‪y 9jÏ p× Zu‬‬ ‫‪| m‬‬ ‫™ ‪y oî qu‬‬ ‫! ‪ó &é‬‬ ‫‪« #$ A‬‬ ‫™‪É q‬‬ ‫‪ß ‘u ’ûÎ N‬‬ ‫‪ö 3‬‬ ‫‪ä 9s b‬‬ ‫‪t %.x ‰‬‬ ‫) ‪ô‬‬ ‫) ©‪s 9‬‬ ‫‪) ( ÇËÊÈ #ŽZ •VÏ .‬ﺍﻷﺣﺰﺍﺏ(‪.‬‬ ‫! ‪x‬‬ ‫‪© #$ •t .x Œs ru •t z‬‬ ‫‪Å y‬‬ ‫‪F #$ Pt qö ‹u 9ø #$ ru‬‬ ‫‪ ٤٠٦‬ﺻﺤﯿﺢ اﻟﺒﺨﺎري واﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎن ﻋﻦ أﻧﺲ ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ٤٠٧‬ﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ وﺳﻨﻦ أﺑﻲ داود ﻋﻦ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ رﺿﻲ اﷲ ﻋﻨﮭﺎ‬ ‫‪ ٤٠٨‬اﻟﺼﺤﯿﺤﯿﻦ اﻟﺒﺨﺎري وﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ اﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮو ‪y‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺨﲑ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺑﺪ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻣﻨﻬﺠﺎﹰ ﻳ‪‬ﻄﻴﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺤﻤﻞ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻃﺎﻗﺘﻪ ﻓﻼ‬ ‫ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﻜﻤﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺗﻪ ﻭﻳﻨﻘﻄﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﻴﻞ ﰲ ﺷﺄﻧﻪ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹸﻪ‪ ‬ﺩ‪‬ﳝ‪‬ﺔﹰ {‬

‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪:‬‬

‫‪٤٠٩‬‬

‫ﺃﻱ ﻳﺪﺍﻭﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺃﻯ ‪ r‬ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﻳﻔﺮﺿﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻻﹰ ﺷﺎﻗﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‬

‫} ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﺬﹸﻭﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻷَﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﻝﹺ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻴﻘﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﱡ ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺗ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﱡﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ‬ ‫‪٤١٠‬‬ ‫ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺍﻷَﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﻝﹺ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺩ‪‬ﺍﻡ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﻗﹶﻞﱠ {‬ ‫ﺣﱴ ﺃﻧﻪ ‪ r‬ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻨﻬﺎﺝ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻀﻊ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻨﻬﺠﺎﹰ ﻳﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻠﻪ ﺣﱴ‬ ‫ﻳﻜﱪ ﺳﻨﻪ ﻭﻳﻮﻫﻦ ﺟﺴﺪﻩ ﻭﻳﻠﻘﻰ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮﻭ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺹ ﺟﻠﺪﺍﹰ ﻭﻓﺘﻴﺎﹰ‬ ‫ﰲ ﻃﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺟﻞ ﻭﻋﻼ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺼﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﳜﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻛﻞ‬ ‫ﻳﻮﻡ ﻭﻟﻴﻠﺔ ﻣﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺘﻔﺮﻍ ﻟﻄﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺭﺍﺩ ﺃﺑﻮﻩ ﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﻬﺪ‪‬ﺉ ﻣﻦ ﺭﻭﻋﻪ ﰲ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﷲ ﻓﺰﻭ‪‬ﺟﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﺘﺮﻙ ﺯﻭﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻤﺮﻭ ﻳﺘﻌﻬﺪﻫﺎ ﻓﺴﺄﳍﺎ ﻣﺮﺓ‪ :‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻌﻚ؟ ﻗﺎﻟﺖ‪ :‬ﻧﹺﻌﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﱂ ﻳﻄﺄ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻓﺮﺍﺷﺎﹰ ﻭﱂ ﻳﻔﺘﺶ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻛﻨﻔﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﻣﻌﻪ ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﺬﻫﺐ ﺇﱃ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﻓﺄﺧﱪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻟﻘﲏ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ‪ r‬ﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺃﹶﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﺧ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻴ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻮﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬؟ ﻗﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ :‬ﺑ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﻔﹾﻌ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﻗﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺻ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻓﹾﻄ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻥﱠ ﻟ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﻟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨﹺﻚ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﻟ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﺭﹺﻙ‪‬‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﻟ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟﹺﻚ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻰ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﻄﹸﻮﻝﹶ ﺑﹺﻚ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬ ‫ﺣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺒﹺﻚ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻮﻡ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻛﹸﻞﱢ ﺷ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺮﹴ ﺛﹶﻼﺛﹶﺔﹶ ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﺎﻡﹴ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻥﱠ ﺑﹺﻜﹸﻞﱢ ﺣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺜﹶﺎﻟ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﻓﹶﺬﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻛﹸﻠﱡﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺸ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ ﻭﱂ ﺃﻗﺒﻞ ﺭﺧﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪r‬‬

‫ﻓﹶﺸ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺩ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹸﻃ‪‬ﻴﻖ‪ ‬ﻏﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺼ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻛﹸﻞﱢ ﺟ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺛﹶﻠﹶﺎﺛﹶ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺔ‬ ‫ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﺎﻡﹴ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺸ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺸ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺩ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻲ‪ ،‬ﻗﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ :‬ﺃﹸﻃ‪‬ﻴﻖ‪ ‬ﻏﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺼ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪‬‬ ‫‪ ٤٠٩‬اﻟﺼﺤﯿﺤﯿﻦ اﻟﺒﺨﺎري وﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ رﺿﻲ اﷲ ﻋﻨﮭﺎ‬ ‫‪ ٤١٠‬ﺻﺤﯿﺢ اﻟﺒﺨﺎري ﻋﻦ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ رﺿﻲ اﷲ ﻋﻨﮭﺎ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺩ‪‬ﺍﻭ‪‬ﺩ‪ ،‬ﻗﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺻ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺩ‪‬ﺍﻭ‪‬ﺩ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻧﹺﺼ‪‬ﻒ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺮﹺ {‬

‫‪٤١١‬‬

‫ﻭﺻﺪﻕ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳﻨﻄﻖ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳍﻮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻓﻄﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﺑﻌﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺻﺒﺢ ﺭﺟﻼﹰ ﻛﺒﲑﹰﺍ‬ ‫ﻭﻛﻬﻼﹰ ﻭﺷﻴﺨﺎﹰ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﻟﻴﺘﲏ ﺃﻃﻌﺖ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺃﺧﺬﺕ‬ ‫ﺑﻨﺼﻴﺤﺘﻪ!!‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎﹰ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺮﻯ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﰲ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻹﻗﺒﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻟﻪ ﺷﺮﻩ ﻛﺸﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﻭﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻜﺜﺮ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﳍﺎ ﺷﺮﻩ ﻭﳍﺎ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﻛﺴﻞ ﻭﻣﻠﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺨﲑ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺣﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﻞ ﻭﺍﳌﻠﻞ ﻭﺗﻮﻗﻒ ‪ -‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﳛﺪﺙ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ‪ -‬ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﹸﺻﻴﺐ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻷﻣﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﳉﺴﻤﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻔﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﳉﺴﻤﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻔﺴﻴﺔ ﺳﺒﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﻳ‪‬ﺪﱘ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﻳﺼﻒ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﺐ – ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺴﻴﺔ – ﺃﺩﻭﻳﺔ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﳛﺬﺭﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺞ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﻓﺘﺢ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻭﱂ ﻳﺮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﻴﺔ ﲢﺪﺙ ﻟﻪ‬ ‫ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﺑﺎﻃﻨﻴﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌﻜﺮ ﺻﻔﻮ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻌﻜﺮ‬ ‫ﺻﻔﺎﺀ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻌﻜﺮ ﻋﻼﻗﺎﺗﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻗﺎﻝ ‪:r‬‬ ‫} ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻳﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﲔ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻭ‪‬ﻏ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺮﹺﻓﹾﻖﹴ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﺗ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﺾ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴِﻚ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻓﺈﹺﻥﱠ‬ ‫‪٤١٢‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻻ ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﹶﻄﹶﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻇﹶﻬ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻘﹶﻰ {‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻨﺒﺖ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻀﺮﺏ ﺩﺍﺑﺘﻪ ﺣﱴ ﺗﺴﺒﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﺗﻘﻒ ﺃﻭ ﲤﻮﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺛﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺴﺒﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻈﻞ ﻫﻮ ﻻ ﺃﺭﺿﺎﹰ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻭﻗﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻇﻬﺮﺍﹰ ﺃﺑﻘﻰ ﻷﻧﻪ ﱂ‬ ‫ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﻜﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻗﺎﻝ ‪:r‬‬ ‫} ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻳﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻳﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻻ ﻏﹶﻠﹶﺒ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺎﺭﹺﺑ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻭﺍ‬ ‫‪٤١٣‬‬ ‫ﺳﺘ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻴﻨ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﹾﻐ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﺓ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺷ‪‬ﻲ‪‬ﺀٍ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﺔ‪{ ‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺍ ‪‬‬ ‫‪ ٤١١‬ﺻﺤﯿﺢ اﻟﺒﺨﺎري ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ اﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮو ‪y‬‬ ‫‪ ٤١٢‬ﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﺒﯿﮭﻘﻲ وﻣﺴﻨﺪ اﻟﺸﮭﺎب ﻋﻦ ﺟﺎﺑﺮ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ اﷲ ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ٤١٣‬ﺻﺤﯿﺢ اﻟﺒﺨﺎري وﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ ھﺮﯾﺮة ‪t‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺃﻱ ﺍﺟﻌﻞ ﻟﻚ ﻭﻗﺖ ﰲ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﻗﺖ ﰲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﻗﺖ ﰲ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻧﺴﻖ ﻧﻔﺴﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﺫﹾﻛﹸﺮ‪‬ﻧﹺﻲ ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻔﹶﺠ‪‬ﺮﹺ ﻭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺮﹺ ﺳ‪‬ﺎﻋ‪‬ﺔﹲ ﺃﹶﻛﹾﻔ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ {‬

‫‪٤١٤‬‬

‫ﻓﺎﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻜﻠﻒ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻃﺎﻗﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻳﺎﻙ ﰒ ﺇﻳﺎﻙ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻔﻌﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ﺗﺸﻌﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺴﻞ ﻭﺍﳌﻠﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻻ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﰲ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻗﻂ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻒ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻝ ‪:r‬‬ ‫} ﺃﹶﻻ ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﺑ‪‬ﺮﹺﺉ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﻜﹶﻠﱡﻒ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٤١٥‬‬

‫ﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ r ‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻞﹲ ﻣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻭﺩ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻞﹸ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ ﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻞﹲ ﻟ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻓﹶﺘ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠﱠﻘﹶﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ :r ‬ﻻ‬ ‫‪٤١٦‬‬ ‫ﺣ‪‬ﻠﱡﻮﻩ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻞﱢ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺎﻃﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻓﹶﺘ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻠﹾﻴ‪‬ﺮﻗﺪ {‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ‪:r‬‬ ‫} ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻧ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻠﱢﻲ ﻓﹶﻠﹾﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻗﹸﺪ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﺬﹾﻫ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻥﱠ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻛﹸﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﺎﻋ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺭﹺﻱ ﻟﹶﻌ‪‬ﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴ‪‬ﻪ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٤١٧‬‬

‫ﻓﺎﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﲢﺘﺎﺝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻹﻗﺒﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻭﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،U‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،r‬ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺟﻌﻞ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﻳ‪‬ﻄﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ؟ ﺣﺒ‪‬ﺐ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺧﺬ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻓﻖ ﰲ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﳛﲔ ﻣﻮﻋﺪﻫﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺃﹶﺭﹺﺣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﹺﻼﻝﹸ {‬

‫‪٤١٨‬‬

‫‪ ٤١٤‬ﺣﻠﯿﺔ اﻷوﻟﯿﺎء ﻷﺑﻲ ﻧﻌﯿﻢ ‪،‬واﻟﺰھﺪ ﻟﻺﻣﺎم أﺣﻤﺪ ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ ھﺮﯾﺮة ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ٤١٥‬ﺗﺎرﯾﺦ دﻣﺸﻖ ﻻﺑﻦ ﻋﺴﺎﻛﺮ ﻋﻦ اﻟﺰﺑﯿﺮ ﺑﻦ أﺑﻲ ھﺎﻟﺔ ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ٤١٦‬اﻟﺼﺤﯿﺤﯿﻦ اﻟﺒﺨﺎري وﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ أﻧﺲ ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ٤١٧‬اﻟﺼﺤﯿﺤﯿﻦ اﻟﺒﺨﺎري وﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ رﺿﻲ اﷲ ﻋﻨﮭﺎ‬ ‫‪ ٤١٨‬ﻣﻌﺠﻢ اﻟﻄﺒﺮاﻧﻲ وﺳﻨﻦ أﺑﻲ داود‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻟﻴﺲ ﺃﺭﺣﻨﺎ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺃﺭﺣﻨﺎ ‪‬ﺎ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ ‪:r‬‬ ‫} ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠﹶﺖ‪ ‬ﻗﹸﺮ‪‬ﺓﹸ ﻋ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻼﺓ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٤١٩‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﲔ ﺃﻱ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﲎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ؛ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﻨﺎﺟﻲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﷲ ﺟﻞ ﻭﻋﻼ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻷﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻗﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺣﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﷲ ﺟﻞ ﰲ ﻋﻼﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺏ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺰﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺑﻦ ﺃﺩﻫﻢ‬ ‫‪ t‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺗﻪ‪" :‬ﳓﻦ ﰲ ﻟﺬﺓ ﻟﻮ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﳌﻠﻮﻙ ﻣﺎ ﳓﻦ ﻓﻴﻪ ﳉﺎﻟﺪﻭﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﻮﻓﻬﻢ"‬ ‫ﻟﺬﺓ ﻃﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻧﻌﻴﻢ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﷲ ‪.U‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺗﻪ‪" :‬ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﻛﺎﳊﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻟﻜﺎﻧﺖ ﺷﻴﺌﺎﹰ ﻃﻴﺒﺎﹰ" ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻼﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘﻤﺘﻊ ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﷲ ﺟﻞ ﻭﻋﻼ؛ ﻷﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﺃﺧﺬ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻓﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺆﺩﺓ ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﳌﻠﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻱ ﻟﺴﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﱮ ‪.r‬‬

‫‪r‬‬ ‫ﻧﺄﺧﺬ ﻣﺜﺎﻻﹰ ﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﻟﻴﺘﻀﺢ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻨﻬﺠﻪ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺷﺮﻧﺎ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﰲ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺗﻪ ﳌﻮﻻﻩ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺫﻫﺐ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﶈﻘﻘﲔ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻓﺮﻳﻀﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻟﻪ‪:‬‬

‫‪( ÇËÈ x‬‬ ‫‪W ‹=Î %s w‬‬ ‫@ ‪ž )Î‬‬ ‫‪Ÿ ‹ø 9© #$ O‬‬ ‫@ ‪É %è ÇÊÈ‬‬ ‫‪ã BiÏ “¨ J‬‬ ‫) ‪ß 9ø #$ $kp ‰š 'r »¯ ƒt‬‬

‫)ﺍﳌﺰﻣﻞ(‬

‫ﻭﻧﺎﻓﻠﺔ ﻷﻣﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻧﺺ ﺁﺧﺮ ﰲ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺀ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪:‬‬

‫)‪$BY $‬‬ ‫‪s Bt 7‬‬ ‫‪y /• ‘u 7‬‬ ‫‪y Ws èy 7ö ƒt b&r Ó‬‬ ‫‪# ¤‬‬ ‫‪| ã‬‬ ‫‪t 7‬‬ ‫‪y 9© '\ #s ùÏ $Rt ¾mÏ /Î ‰‬‬ ‫‪ô f‬‬ ‫‪¤ g‬‬ ‫@ ‪y Ft ùs‬‬ ‫` ‪È ‹ø 9© #$‬‬ ‫) ‪z BÏ ru‬‬ ‫‪( ÇÐÒÈ #ŠY qJ‬‬ ‫‪ß tø C¤‬‬

‫ﻫﻞ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺗﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﲔ؟ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺗﻌﺎﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﻓﻞ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺑﻴ‪‬ﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫‪ ٤١٩‬ﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ وﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ ﻋﻦ أﻧﺲ ‪t‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ r‬ﰲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻟﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﺗ‪‬ﺴﺘﻜﻤﻞ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﺋﺾ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ ‪:r‬‬

‫} ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻝﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺳ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻼﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻥﹾ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﹸﺤ‪‬ﺖ‪‬‬

‫ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻓﹾﻠﹶﺢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﻓﹶﺴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﺎﺏ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﺴِﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻥ‪ ‬ﺍﻧ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻘﹶﺺ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺮﹺﻳﻀ‪‬ﺘ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﻪ‬ ‫ﺷﻲ‪‬ﺀٌ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺏ‪ :U ‬ﺍﻧ‪‬ﻈﹸﺮ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﻫ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﻟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻄﹶﻮ‪‬ﻉﹴ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻜﹶﻤ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺑﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻧ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻘﹶﺺ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪٤٢٠‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﹾﻔﹶﺮﹺﻳﻀ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮﻥﹸ ﺳ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪{ ‬‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍﹰ ﻧﻮﺍﻓﻠﻨﺎ ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﻓﺮﺍﺋﺾ ﻷﻧﻨﺎ ﺳﻨ‪‬ﻜﻤﻞ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﺋﺾ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺣﺪﺙ ﺧﺮﻕ‬ ‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻠﺒﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺠﺌﺖ ﻟﻪ ﺑﺮﻗﻌﺔ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺟﻌﻠﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻌﺔ ﺃﺻﺒﺤﺖ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﻓﻞ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺳﺘ‪‬ﻜﻤﻠﺖ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﺋﺾ ﺃﺻﺒﺤﺖ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﱴ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﺎﻓﻠﺔ؟ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﻓﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﺋﺾ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﺎ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻮﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﺋﺾ‬ ‫ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﻓﻞ؟! ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺇﻻ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،r‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺍﷲ‪'\ #s ùÏ $Rt ) :‬‬ ‫‪ ( 7‬ﻷﻧﻚ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻜﻤﻠﺖ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﺋﺾ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻏﲑﻙ ﻳﺴﺘﻜﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻮﺍﻓﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﺋﺾ‪:‬‬ ‫©‪y 9‬‬ ‫ﺼﻠﱢﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺮﹺﻑ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﹸﺘ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻻ ﻧﹺﺼ‪‬ﻔﹸﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻠﹸﺜﹸﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫} ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﻟﹶﻴ‪ ‬‬ ‫‪٤٢١‬‬ ‫ﺧ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻤ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮﹺﻫ‪‬ﺎ {‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻳﻦ ﻳﺄﺗﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ؟ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﻓﻞ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺍﻧ‪‬ﻈﹸﺮ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﻫ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﻟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻄﹶﻮ‪‬ﻉﹴ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻜﹶﻤ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺑﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻧ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻘﹶﺺ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻔﹶﺮﹺﻳﻀ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪‬‬ ‫‪٤٢٢‬‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮﻥﹸ ﺳ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪{ ‬‬ ‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﲣﺼﻴﺼﻪ ‪ r‬ﻟﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺠﺪ ﻧﺎﻓﻠﺔ ﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻄﻮﻋﺎﺗﻪ ‪ r‬ﻫﻲ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻟﺼﺔ ﻟﻪ ﰲ ﺭﻓﻌﺔ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺗﻪ ﻭﻛﺜﺮﺓ ﺣﺴﻨﺎﺗﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻮ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻪ ﻟﻜﻮﻧﻪ ﻻ ﺫﻧﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺘﻬﺠﺪ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺣﻘﻪ ﻫﻮ ﻧﺎﻓﻠﺔ ﻟﻪ ﺧﺎﻟﺼﺔ ﲞﻼﻑ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﻓﺈﻥ ﳍﻢ ﺫﻧﻮﺑﺎﹰ ﻭﻫﻲ ﲢﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ ﻛﻔﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﳍﻢ‬ ‫ﺗﻘﺼﲑﺍﺕ ﻭﻫﻲ ﲢﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻜﻤﻼﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻄﻮﻋﺎ‪‬ﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺮﺍﺋﻀﻬﻢ ﳛﺘﺎﺟﻮ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﺘﻜﻔﲑ‬ ‫‪ ٤٢٠‬ﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي واﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ ھﺮﯾﺮة ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ٤٢١‬ﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺑﻲ ﯾﻌﻠﻲ اﻟﻤﻮﺻﻠﻲ واﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻤﺎر ﺑﻦ ﯾﺎﺳﺮ ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ٤٢٢‬ﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي واﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ ھﺮﯾﺮة ‪t‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺫﻧﻮ‪‬ﻢ ﺃﻭ ﻟﺘﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺼﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺮﺍﺋﻀﻬﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﺼﺎﺣﺐ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻞ ﺍﻷﻛﻤﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻀﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻫﻮ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﳏﻤﺪ ‪ r‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻋﻄﺎﻩ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺗﺒﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﻠﺔ ﻭﺭﺗ‪‬ﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﶈﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﲢﻤﺪﻩ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳋﻼﺋﻖ ﻛﻠﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮﻭﻥ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﻔﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ‪ y‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﲑ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﺜﹰﺎ ﻛﹸﻞﱡ ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﺒﹺﻴ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹸﻼﻥﹸ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﺷ‪‬ﻔﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹸﻼﻥﹸ‪ ،‬ﺍﺷ‪‬ﻔﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺗ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﻔﹶﺎﻋ‪‬ﺔﹸ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ r ‬ﻓﹶﺬﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺜﹸﻪ‪‬‬ ‫‪٤٢٣‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻮﺩ‪{ ‬‬ ‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﳌﻜﻲ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﻗﻮﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﺏ ﻟﻄﺎﻟﱯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﶈﺒﻮﺏ‪" :‬ﺇﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻟﻪ ﺻﻴﺎﻡ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺭﻣﻀﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﰲ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﺮﻩ ﻛﻠﻪ" ﱂﹶ؟ ﻷﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺧﺮﻗﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺬﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻤﻴﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺧﺮﻗﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﻴﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ‪:r‬‬ ‫} ﺍﻟﹾﻐ‪‬ﻴﺒ‪‬ﺔﹸ ﺗ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺮﹺﻕ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺼ‪ّ‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻻﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻔﹶﺎﺭ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻗ‪ّ‬ﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪.٤٢٤ { ‬‬ ‫‪Ÿ@2‬‬ ‫‪à 'ù ƒt b&r O‬‬ ‫‪ó 2‬‬ ‫‪à ‰‬‬ ‫‪ß n‬‬ ‫= ‪t &r‬‬ ‫† ‪• tÏ‬‬ ‫ﺃﺧﻴﻪ‪ä &r ) :‬‬

‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻣﺘﻨﻊ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺏ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﺃﻛﻞ ﳊﻢ‬ ‫‪١٢) ( $G\ Šø Bt mÏ Šz‬ﺍﳊﺠﺮﺍﺕ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻤﺮ ‪ t‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻨﱪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪Å &r N‬‬ ‫‪z s‬‬ ‫‪ó 9s‬‬

‫" ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻟﻴﺸﻴﺐ ﻋﺎﺭﺿﺎﻩ ﰲ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﻛﻤﻞ ﷲ ﺻﻼﺓ‪ ،‬ﻗﻴﻞ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﺫﻟﻚ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺧﺸﻮﻋﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﻮﺍﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﻭﺇﻗﺒﺎﻟﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ "‪.٤٢٥‬‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍﹰ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﻟﻪ ﻧﺎﻓﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﳓﻦ ﻧ‪‬ﻜﻤﻞ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﺋﺾ‪.‬‬

‫‪r‬‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﳝﺘﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺎﺀ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﺠﺮ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﳓﻦ ﲨﻴﻌﺎﹰ ﻧﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﰲ ﺭﻣﻀﺎﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺣﱴ ﳜﺘﺎﺭ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺆﻣﻦ‬ ‫‪ ٤٢٣‬ﺻﺤﯿﺢ اﻟﺒﺨﺎري‬ ‫‪ ٤٢٤‬اﻟﺒﯿﮭﻘﻰ ﻓﻰ اﻟﺸﻌﺐ ﻋﻦ أﺑﻰ ھﺮﯾﺮة‪ ،‬وﺗﻤﺎﻣﮫ } ﻓَﻤَﻦْ اﺳْﺘَﻄَﺎعَ ﻣِﻨْﻜُﻢْ أَنْ ﯾَﺠِﻲءَ ﺑِﺼَﻮْمٍ ﻣُﺮَﻗَّﻊٍ ﻓَﻠْﯿَﻔْﻌَﻞْ {‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٤٢٥‬اﻹﺣﯿﺎء وﺗﻌﺮﯾﻒ اﻷﺣﯿﺎء ﺑﻔﻀﺎﺋﻞ اﻹﺣﯿﺎء ورﺑﯿﻊ اﻷﺑﺮار وﻧﺼﻮص اﻷﺧﺒﺎر‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻗﻮﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﲤﺎﻡ ﻳﻘﻈﺘﻪ ﻭﺣﻀﻮﺭﻩ ﻣﻊ ﺣﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺃﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻷﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻮﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻻ ﺃﻓﻀﻠﻴﺔ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻘﻮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻯ ﻻ‬ ‫‪(N‬‬ ‫‪ö 3‬‬ ‫)‪ä 9‬‬ ‫! ‪s ?ø &r‬‬ ‫‪« #$ ‰‬‬ ‫‪y Yã‬‬ ‫‪Ï /ö 3‬‬ ‫‪ä Bt •t 2‬‬ ‫ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻬﺎ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﺏ ‪ò &r b)Î ):U‬‬ ‫)ﺍﳊﺠﺮﺍﺕ(‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﰲ ﻏﲑ ﺭﻣﻀﺎﻥ ﻳﻨﺎﻡ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻋﻨﻪ ‪:r‬‬ ‫} ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺎﺀَ‪ ،‬ﺭ‪‬ﻛﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﻛﹶﻌ‪‬ﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺴ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺓ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﺎﻡ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻠﱢﻲ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻼﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺎﻟﻠﱠﻴ‪‬ﻞﹺ {‪.٤٢٦‬‬

‫ﻻ ﻳﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺎﺀ ﺇﻻ ﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻣﺮ‬ ‫ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﳛﺘﺎﺟﻪ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ ﻣﻨﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﰒ ﻳﻨﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﺼﻠﻲ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻛﺼﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺠﺪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻧﺼﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺭﻣﻀﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺫﺍﻥ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﺣﱴ ﺃﺫﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺢ ﰒ ﻧﻘﺴﻢ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺛﻨﲔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﱂ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﻋﻨﻪ ‪ r‬ﺻﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﳏﺪﺩﺓ ﺑﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻨﻮﻉ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﻭﺭﺩ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﲦﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺭﺩ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺭﺩ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺇﺛﻨﺘﺎ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﺃﻧﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺇﺛﻨﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺭﺩ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ‪ ...‬ﳌﺎﺫﺍ؟‬ ‫ﺭﻓﻘﺎﹰ ﺑﺄﻣﺘﻪ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﻛﻞ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻴﺴﺮ ﻟﻪ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻌﻪ‪:‬‬ ‫™ ‪١٦) ( L÷ êä è÷ Üs Ft‬ﺍﻟﺘﻐﺎﺑﻦ( ﻭﺍﳌﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻮﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫! ‪ó #$ $Bt‬‬ ‫)‪© #$ #( q‬‬ ‫) ‪à ?¨ $$ ùs‬‬

‫ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﻘﻆ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﻳﺘﻮﺿﺄ ﰒ ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﻳﻘﺮﺃ ﺃﻭﺍﺧﺮ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺁﻝ‬ ‫= ‪ ( ÇÊÒÉÈ‬ﺇﱃ ﺁﺧﺮ‬ ‫{ ‪É »6t 9ø‬‬ ‫{ '‪F #$ ’<Í r‬‬ ‫‪[T M‬‬ ‫‪; »ƒt y‬‬ ‫@ ‪U ‘Í $kp ]¨ 9#$ ru‬‬ ‫‪È Šø 9© #$ #‬‬ ‫‪É »=n FÏ z‬‬ ‫‪÷ #$ ru Ú‬‬ ‫{ ‪Ç ‘ö‬‬ ‫‪F #$ ru N‬‬ ‫‪Ï ºqu »J‬‬ ‫¡ ‪y‬‬ ‫‪¡ 9#$ ,‬‬ ‫‪È =ù z‬‬ ‫‪y ’ûÎ c‬‬ ‫‪ž‬‬ ‫ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ‪)Î ) :‬‬ ‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﰒ ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺘﺎﺡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﺩﻋﻴﺔ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﻣﺜﻞ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﻴ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﺕ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻷَﺭ‪‬ﺽﹺ ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬﹺﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻚ‪‬‬ ‫‪ ٤٢٦‬ﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ واﻟﻄﺒﺮاﻧﻲ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ اﷲ ﺑﻦ اﻟﺰﺑﯿﺮ ‪t‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺖ ﻧ‪‬ﻮﺭ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻠﹾﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﺕ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻷَﺭ‪‬ﺽﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬﹺﻦ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﺕ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻷَﺭ‪‬ﺽﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﺅ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﻮ‪‬ﻟﹸﻚ‪‬‬ ‫ﺣ‪‬ﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹸ ﺣ‪‬ﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻴ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﺣ‪‬ﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ r ‬ﺣ‪‬ﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺎﻋ‪‬ﺔﹸ ﺣ‪‬ﻖ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﻠﹶﻤ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺑﹺﻚ‪ ‬ﺁﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻛﱠﻠﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺑﹺﻚ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﺎﺻ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺖ‪‬‬ ‫ﻏﻔ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﹶﺪ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻨ‪‬ﺖ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺎﻛﹶﻤ‪‬ﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺎ ﹾ‬ ‫ﻙ{‬ ‫ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻘﹶﺪ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻻ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻻ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﻻ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻏﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬‬

‫‪٤٢٧‬‬

‫ﺃﺩﻋﻴﺔ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍﹰ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﺴﺘﻔﺘﺢ ﺑﺮﻛﻌﺘﲔ ﺧﻔﻴﻔﺘﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳊﺒﻴﺐ ‪ r‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﳍﻴﺔ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﺮﻛﻌﺘﲔ ﺧﻔﻴﻔﺘﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺪﺓ ﺃﻭﻻﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺪﻯ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﺍﳊﻜﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻢ ﷲ ‪.U‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺤﺴﻦ ﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺮﺃ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺑﺂﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﲢﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﺂﺧﺮ ﺁﻳﺘﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ‪:r‬‬ ‫‪٤٢٨‬‬

‫} ﺍﻵﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺎﻥ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺁﺧ‪‬ﺮﹺ ﺳ‪‬ﻮﺭ‪‬ﺓ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺒ‪‬ﻘﹶﺮ‪‬ﺓ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺮ‪‬ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺔ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﻔﹶﺘ‪‬ﺎﻩ‪{ ‬‬ ‫ﻗﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﻛﻔﺘﺎﻩ ﻋﻦ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻠﺔ؛ ﻓﻜﺄﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﻣﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﻛﻔﺘﺎﻩ ﻛﻞ ﺷﺮ ﻭﻛﻞ ﻫﻢ ﻭﻛﻞ ﺃﻣﺮ ﳜﺸﺎﻩ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻠﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻬﻢ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﺗﻜﻔﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﺴﻨﻮﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬

‫‪r‬‬ ‫ﺗﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﺻﻔﺔ ﺻﻼﺗﻪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ ٤٢٧‬اﻟﺼﺤﯿﺤﯿﻦ اﻟﺒﺨﺎري وﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ اﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎس ‪y‬‬ ‫‪ ٤٢٨‬اﻟﺼﺤﯿﺤﯿﻦ اﻟﺒﺨﺎري وﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ ﻣﺴﻌﻮد اﻷﻧﺼﺎري ‪t‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫} ﻳ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻠﱢﻲ ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﻼ ﺗ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻨﹺﻬﹺﻦ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻃﹸﻮﻟ‪‬ﻬﹺﻦ‪ ‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻠﱢﻲ ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﻼ ﺗ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬ ‫ﺣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻨﹺﻬﹺﻦ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻃﹸﻮﻟ‪‬ﻬﹺﻦ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٤٢٩‬‬

‫ﲰﺔ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺇﻃﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻼﻭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻃﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻮﻉ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺇﻃﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻹﻛﺜﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻷ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﲔ ﻳﺪﻱ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻨﺎﺟﺎﺓ ﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ‬ ‫ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺮﺃ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻔﻈﻪ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺮﺃ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺼﺤﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳊﻤﺪ ﷲ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﻳﺴﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﺼﺤﻒ ﻟﻠﺘﻬﺠﺪ ﻧﻀﻌﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﻭﻧﻘﺮﺃ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﺼﺤﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﱐ‬ ‫ﻳﻮﺿﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺃﻳﻀﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺼﺤﻒ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻏﲑ ﺣﺎﻓﻆ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻬﻢ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺍﻷَﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﻝﹺ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ ﺃﹶﺩ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﻗﹶﻞﱠ {‬

‫‪٤٣٠‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﻬﻢ ﺍﳌﺪﺍﻭﻣﺔ ﻭﻟﻮ ﺭﻛﻌﺘﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﳍﻴﺔ ﺫﻛﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﰲ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺣﺰﺍﺏ‪:‬‬

‫‪ÏM»Yo BÏ s÷ J‬‬ ‫‪ß 9ø #$ ru ú‬‬ ‫‪š‬‬ ‫‪üZÏ BÏ s÷ J‬‬ ‫‪ß 9ø #$ ru M‬‬ ‫‪Ï »J‬‬ ‫¡ ‪y =Î‬‬ ‫‪ó J‬‬ ‫‪ß 9ø #$ ru ú‬‬ ‫‪š‬‬ ‫‪üJ‬‬ ‫¡ ‪Ï =Î‬‬ ‫‪ó J‬‬ ‫‪ß 9ø #$ b‬‬ ‫) ‪¨ )Î‬‬

‫)» ‪tûüGÏ ZÏ‬‬ ‫‪s 9ø #$ ru‬‬

‫)» ‪ÏM»Ft ZÏ‬‬ ‫‪s 9ø #$ ru‬‬

‫‪tûü%Ï ‰‬‬ ‫‪Ï »Á‬‬ ‫‪¢ 9#$ ru‬‬

‫‪ÏM»%s ‰‬‬ ‫‪Ï »Á‬‬ ‫‪¢ 9#$ ru‬‬

‫‪tûïŽÎ 9É »Á‬‬ ‫‪¢ 9#$ ru‬‬

‫‪ÏM»%s ‰‬‬ ‫‪dÏ Á‬‬ ‫‪| Ft J‬‬ ‫‪ß 9ø #$ ru û‬‬ ‫‪t ü%Ï ‰‬‬ ‫‪dÏ Á‬‬ ‫‪| Ft J‬‬ ‫‪ß 9ø #$ ru M‬‬ ‫‪Ï »èy ±‬‬ ‫‚» ‪Ï‬‬ ‫‪y 9ø #$ ru û‬‬ ‫‪t üèÏ ±‬‬ ‫‚» ‪Ï‬‬ ‫‪y 9ø #$ ru N‬‬ ‫‪Ï ºŽu 9É »Á‬‬ ‫‪¢ 9#$ ru‬‬

‫‪ÏM»à‬‬ ‫‪s ÿ‬‬ ‫‪Ï »s‬‬ ‫‪y 9ø #$ ru N‬‬ ‫‪ö g‬‬ ‫_ ‪ß‬‬ ‫‪y r•ã ùè ú‬‬ ‫‪š‬‬ ‫‪üà‬‬ ‫‪Ï ÿ‬‬ ‫‪Ï »tp :ø #$ ru M‬‬ ‫‪Ï »J‬‬ ‫‪y ´Í »¯ Á‬‬ ‫‪¢ 9#$ ru û‬‬ ‫‪t üJ‬‬ ‫‪Ï ´Í »¯ Á‬‬ ‫‪¢ 9#$ ru‬‬

‫_ ·•‪#‬‬ ‫‪ô &r ru oZ •t ÿ‬‬ ‫! ‪Ï óø B¨ Mlç ;m‬‬ ‫‪ª #$ ‰‬‬ ‫‪£ ã‬‬ ‫‪t &r N‬‬ ‫‪Ï º•t 2‬‬ ‫‪Å º%‬‬ ‫! ‪© !#$ ru #ŽZ •VÏ .x‬‬ ‫‪© #$ ú‬‬ ‫‪š‬‬ ‫‪ï•Ì 2‬‬ ‫‪Å º%‬‬ ‫‪© !#$ ru‬‬ ‫‪( ÇÌÎÈ $J‬‬ ‫‪V ‹à‬‬ ‫‪Ï ã‬‬ ‫‪t‬‬

‫ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ )ﻭﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻛﺜﲑﺍﹰ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺍﺕ( ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻴﻪ ‪:r‬‬

‫ﺳﺘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻘﹶﻆﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻴ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﻘﹶﻆﹶ ﺍﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺼ‪‬ﻠﱠﻴ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﻛﹾﻌ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺟ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻴﻌ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﹸﺘ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬ ‫} ﻣ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍ ‪‬‬ ‫‪٤٣١‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﱠﺍﻛ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺜ‪‬ﲑ‪‬ﺍ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﺬﱠﺍﻛ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﺕ‪{ ‬‬ ‫‪ ٤٢٩‬اﻟﺼﺤﯿﺤﯿﻦ اﻟﺒﺨﺎري وﻣﺴﻠﻢ‬ ‫‪ ٤٣٠‬اﻟﺼﺤﯿﺤﯿﻦ اﻟﺒﺨﺎري وﻣﺴﻠﻢ‬ ‫‪ ٤٣١‬ﺳﻨﻦ أﺑﻲ داود واﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﺔ ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ ﺳﻌﯿﺪ اﻟﺨﺪري ‪t‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﻻ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﻋﺪﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﺪﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻭﻱ ‪ t‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﳌﺮﻳﺪﻳﻪ‪" :‬ﺭﻛﻌﺘﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺟﻮﻑ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﺧﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻟﻒ ﺭﻛﻌﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ" ﺍﳌﻬﻢ ﺍﳌﺪﺍﻭﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻦ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ‬ ‫ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﻧ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻡ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻴ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺗ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻔﹶﻄﱠﺮ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻟﹶﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺔﹸ‪ :‬ﻟ‪‬ﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﺗ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﻏﹶﻔﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﻘﹶﺪ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻧ‪‬ﺒﹺﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﺄﹶﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ‪:r‬‬ ‫} ﺃﹶﻓﹶﻼ ﺃﹸﺣ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺃﹶﻛﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﺷ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮﺭ‪‬ﺍ {‬

‫‪٤٣٢‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﲔ ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﺮ ﻓﺘﺤﻬﻢ ﺍﳌﺪﺍﻭﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﻳﺮﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺪﺍﻭﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺩﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ ﺍﳌﻌﻨﻴﲔ ﺑﻘﻮﻝ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﲔ‪) :‬ﻳﻮﻧﺲ(‬

‫‪( ÇÏËÈ c‬‬ ‫‪š‬‬ ‫† ‪qRç “t tø‬‬ ‫‪s N‬‬ ‫‪ö d‬‬ ‫‪è w‬‬ ‫‪Ÿ ru O‬‬ ‫‪ó g‬‬ ‫‪Î Šø =n æ‬‬ ‫’ ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ê qö z‬‬ ‫‪y w‬‬ ‫! ‪Ÿ‬‬ ‫‪« #$ äu $! Šu 9Ï r÷ &r c‬‬ ‫‪ž‬‬ ‫‪)Î w‬‬ ‫) ‪I &r‬‬ ‫ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺪﺍﻭﻡ‪.‬‬

‫} ﺃﹶﺧ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﺺ‪ ‬ﺩ‪‬ﻳﻨ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹾﻔ‪‬ﻴﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘﹶﻠ‪‬ﻴﻞﹸ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹺ {‬

‫‪٤٣٣‬‬

‫ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﺪﱘ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﻭﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺰﹺﻳﺪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺎﻥﹶ ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻏﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮﹺﻩ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺇﹺﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻯ ﻋ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ‬ ‫‪٤٣٤‬‬ ‫ﺭ‪‬ﻛﹾﻌ‪‬ﺔﹰ ْ {‬ ‫ﺗﻘﺼﺪ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺠﺪ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﻳ‪‬ﺼﻠﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﻋﺸﺮ ﺭﻛﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬ ‫ﻋﻦ ﺯﻭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﻏﲑ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺣﱴ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺳﻌﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪،r‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﺍﳌﺮﺀ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ‪:r‬‬ ‫} ﻻ ﻭﹺﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﻥ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺔ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٤٣٥‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ‪:r‬‬ ‫‪ ٤٣٢‬اﻟﺼﺤﯿﺤﯿﻦ اﻟﺒﺨﺎري وﻣﺴﻠﻢ‬ ‫‪ ٤٣٣‬ﺷﻌﺐ اﻟﺒﯿﮭﻘﻲ واﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺪرك ﻋﻦ ﻣﻌﺎذ ﺑﻦ ﺟﺒﻞ ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ٤٣٤‬اﻟﺼﺤﯿﺤﯿﻦ اﻟﺒﺨﺎري وﻣﺴﻠﻢ‬ ‫‪ ٤٣٥‬ﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي وأﺑﻲ داود ﻋﻦ ﻃﻠﻖ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻠﻲ ‪t‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫} ﺍﺟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﺍ ﺁﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻼﺗ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺎﻟﻠﱠﻴ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﻭﹺﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍ {‬

‫‪٤٣٦‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﳊﺪﻳﺜﲔ‪:‬‬ ‫ ﲟﻌﲎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻌﻮﺩﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﻓﺄﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻔﻌﻞ‬‫ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ ‪.t‬‬ ‫ ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﲣﺸﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﻓﺨﺬ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺰﳝﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﻭﻕ ﻋﻤﺮ ‪،t‬‬‫ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﺼﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﻟﻠﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﻓﺼﻞﱢ ﺭﻛﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺗﺼﲑ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ‬ ‫ﺷﻔﻌﺎﹰ ﰒ ﺻﻞﱢ ﻣﺎ ﺷﺌﺖ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻢ ﺑﺮﻛﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﺂﺧﺮ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ ﻭﺗﺮ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﳊﻜﻤﺔ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﱪﻳﺔ ‪.U‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺤﺴﻦ ‪ r‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺣﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﻮﻥ ﺃﲨﻌﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺠﺮ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻐﻔﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ‪:‬‬ ‫‪( ÇÊÐÈ ‘Í $s‬‬ ‫™ ‪y‬‬ ‫{ ‪ó‬‬ ‫‪F $$ /Î ú‬‬ ‫‪š‬‬ ‫‪ï•Ì ÿ‬‬ ‫¡ ‪Ï óø Gt‬‬ ‫‪ó J‬‬ ‫) ‪ß 9ø #$ ru‬‬

‫)ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ(‬

‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻐﻔﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺫﻫﺐ ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻳﻌﻘﻮﺏ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻭﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪:‬‬ ‫‪( $! Zu /t qRç Œè $Zu 9s •ö ÿ‬‬ ‫™ ‪Ï óø Gt‬‬ ‫) ‪ó #$ $Rt $/t 'r »¯ ƒt‬‬

‫)‪٩٧‬ﻳﻮﺳﻒ(‬

‫’(‬ ‫‪þ 1nÎ ‘u N‬‬ ‫‪ö 3‬‬ ‫‪ä 9s •ã ÿ‬‬ ‫™ ‪Ï óø Gt‬‬ ‫’ ‪ó &r‬‬ ‫™ ‪š qô‬‬ ‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﳍﻢ‪y ) :‬‬

‫)‪٩٨‬ﻳﻮﺳﻒ(‬

‫ﻓﺴ‪‬ﺌﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪:‬‬

‫ﺳﺘ‪‬ﻄﹶﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻡ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺛﹸﻠﹸﺚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻴ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﻵﺧ‪‬ﺮﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫} ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺔﹸ ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻥ‪ ‬ﺍ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺳ‪‬ﺎﻋ‪‬ﺔﹲ ﻣ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻮﺩ‪‬ﺓﹲ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺎﺀُ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺃﹶﺧ‪‬ﻲ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﺏ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻨﹺﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻑ‪‬‬ ‫‪٤٣٧‬‬ ‫ﺳﺘ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺗ‪‬ﺄﹾﺗ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺔﹸ ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺔ‪{ ‬‬ ‫ﺃﹶ ‪‬‬ ‫‪ ٤٣٦‬اﻟﺼﺤﯿﺤﯿﻦ اﻟﺒﺨﺎري وﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ اﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ‪y‬‬ ‫‪ ٤٣٧‬ﺟﺎﻣﻊ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي ﻋﻦ اﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎس ‪y‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺮ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻴﻪ ‪:r‬‬

‫} ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻬﹺﻞﹸ ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺫﹶﻫ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺛﹸﻠﹸﺚﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻴ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﻷَﻭ‪‬ﻝﹸ‪ ،‬ﻧ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻝﹶ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀِ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻫ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﺮﹴ؟ ﻫ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﺐﹴ؟ ﻫ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﺋﻞﹴ؟ ﻫ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺩ‪‬ﺍﻉﹴ؟ ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻔﹶﺠﹺﺮ‪‬‬ ‫‪٤٣٨‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﹾﻔﹶﺠ‪‬ﺮ‪{ ‬‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍﹰ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺠﺮ‪:‬‬ ‫ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﺴﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻀﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘﻀﻴﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻐﻔﺎﺭ ﷲ‬‫ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺣﱴ ﲢﲔ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺠﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺣﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﺣﱴ ﻧﻮﺿﺢ ﻣﻨﻬﺠﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ‬ ‫ﺃﻡ ﺳﻠﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﺯﻳﻨﺐ ﻭﻏﲑﻫﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺯﻭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﰲ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺣﺎﻻﺗﻪ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺠﹺﺪ‪ ،‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺷ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﻝﹶ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ‬ ‫‪٤٣٩‬‬ ‫ﻓ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﺷ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻥﹾ ﻛﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺎﺟ‪‬ﺔﹲ ﻗﹶﻀ‪‬ﺎﻫ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﻡ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﻬ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹶﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪{ ‬‬ ‫ ﻳﻌﻄﻲ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺫﻱ ﺣﻖ ﺣﻘﻪ‪.‬‬‫ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻢ ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻄﺎﹰ‪.‬‬‫‪ -‬ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻕ ﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﺃﻫﻠﻬﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ‪.r‬‬

‫‪ ٤٣٨‬ﺻﺤﯿﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ وﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ ﺳﻌﯿﺪ اﻟﺨﺪري ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ٤٣٩‬ﺷﺮح ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻲ اﻵﺛﺎر ﻟﻠﻄﺤﺎوي ﻋﻦ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ رﺿﻲ اﷲ ﻋﻨﮭﺎ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪r‬‬

‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻴﺌﺔ ﺻﻼﺗﻪ ‪ r‬ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭﳍﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺃﻧﻪ ‪ r‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺻﻼﺗﻪ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺎﹰ‪ ،.‬ﻓﻌﻦ ﺣﻔﺼﺔ ﺃﻡ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ – ‬ﻧﺎﻓﻠﺘﻪ ‪ -‬ﻗﹶﺎﻋ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻗﹶﺒ‪‬ﻞﹶ‬ ‫ﺳﺒ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻋ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹾﺮ‪‬ﺃﹸ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺴ‪‬ﻮﺭ‪‬ﺓ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻠﹸﻬ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﻓﹶﺎﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻌ‪‬ﺎﻡﹴ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻜﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻠﱢﻲ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ‪‬‬ ‫‪٤٤٠‬‬ ‫ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺗ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺃﹶﻃﹾﻮ‪‬ﻝﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻃﹾﻮ‪‬ﻝﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ {‬ ‫ﻭﺛﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺃﻧﻪ ‪ r‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺼﻠﻲ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺍﹰ ﻭﻳﺮﻛﻊ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺍﹰ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ‪:y‬‬ ‫ﻃﻮﹺﻳﻼ ﻗﹶﺎﻋ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻗﹶﺮ‪‬ﺃﹶ ﻗﹶﺎ ‪‬ﺋﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﻛﹶﻊ‪‬‬ ‫ﻃﻮﹺﻳﻼ ﻗﹶﺎﺋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻼ ﹶ‬ ‫} ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻠﱢﻲ ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻼ ﹶ‬ ‫‪٤٤١‬‬ ‫ﻗﹶﺎﺋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻗﹶﺮ‪‬ﺃﹶ ﻗﹶﺎﻋ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﺭ‪‬ﻛﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻋ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ {‬ ‫ﻭﺛﺎﻟﺜﻬﺎ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺃﻧﻪ ‪ r‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻘﺮﺃ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺍﹰ ﻓﺈﺫ ﺑﻘﻲ ﻳﺴﲑ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺗﻪ ﻗﺎﻡ ﻓﺮﻛﻊ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻋﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‬ ‫} ﺃﹶﻥﹼ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻠﱢﻲ – ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﻠﺔ ‪ -‬ﺟ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹾﺮ‪‬ﺃﹸ ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﺲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ‬ ‫ﺑ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﺀَﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪‬ﺭ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮﻥﹸ ﺛﹶﻼﺛ‪‬ﲔ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﺁﻳ‪‬ﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻡ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺮ‪‬ﺃﹶ ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﺋ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﻛﹶﻊ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺪ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻔﹾﻌ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﻛﹾﻌ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺜﱠﺎﻧﹺﻴ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺜﹾﻞﹶ ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٤٤٢‬‬

‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﺮﺷﺪ ﻟﻠﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺪﺍﻭﻣﺔ‪:‬ﻁ‬ ‫‪ ٤٤٠‬ﺻﺤﯿﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ وﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي‬ ‫‪ ٤٤١‬ﺻﺤﯿﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ وﺳﻨﻦ أﺑﻲ داود‬ ‫‪ ٤٤٢‬ﺻﺤﯿﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ وﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻓﻤﻦ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻋﻦ ﺣﺰﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﻓﻠﻴﺄﰐ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺑﲔ ﺻﻼﺗﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺠﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻈﻬﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ ‪:r‬‬

‫ﺷﻲ‪‬ﺀٍ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺮ‪‬ﺃﹶﻩ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻼﺓ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻔﹶﺠ‪‬ﺮﹺ ﻭ‪‬ﺻ‪‬ﻼﺓ‪‬‬ ‫} ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﺎﻡ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺣ‪ ‬ﺰﺑﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻈﱡﻬ‪‬ﺮﹺ‪ ،‬ﻛﹸﺘ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺄﹶﻧ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﹶﺮ‪‬ﺃﹶﻩ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻴ‪‬ﻞﹺ {‬

‫‪٤٤٣‬‬

‫‪r‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺃﻳﻀﺎﹰ ﻳ‪‬ﺼﻠﻲ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﺤﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﳏﺪﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻣﻌﲔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﺼﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﺑﺜﻠﺚ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻈﻬﺮ ﺑﺜﻠﺚ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎﹰ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﺼﻠﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺠﺮ ﰒ ﳝﻜﺚ ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﷲ ﺣﱴ ﺗﻄﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﺑﺜﻠﺚ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺇﱃ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ ‪ r‬ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﻟﹾﻐ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍﺓﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺟ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﻋ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺬﹾﻛﹸﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺗ‪‬ﻄﹾﻠﹸﻊ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﻛﹾﻌ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻛﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺄﹶﺟ‪‬ﺮﹺ ﺣ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٤٤٤‬‬

‫} ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺚﹶ ‪ r‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺜﹰﺎ ﻗ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﻧ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻐ‪‬ﻨﹺﻤ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻏﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﺋﻢ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺜ‪‬ﲑ‪‬ﺓﹰ ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻮﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹲ ﻣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺝ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺜﹰﺎ ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻉ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺔﹰ ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺎ‬ ‫ﺃﹶﻓﹾﻀ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﻏﹶﻨﹺﻴﻤ‪‬ﺔﹰ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ ﺍﻟﹾﺒ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ :r ‬ﺃﹶﻻ ﺃﹶﺩ‪‬ﻟﱡﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻗﹶﻮ‪‬ﻡﹴ‬

‫ﺃﹶﻓﹾﻀ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﻏﹶﻨﹺﻴﻤ‪‬ﺔﹰ ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻉ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻬﹺﺪ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﺻ‪‬ﻼﺓﹶ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺢﹺ ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﻠﹶﺴ‪‬ﻮﺍ‬ ‫ﻳ‪ ‬ﹾﺬﻛﹸﺮ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻃﹶﻠﹶﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻬﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺄﹸﻭﻟﹶﺌ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻉ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺔﹰ‬ ‫‪٤٤٥‬‬

‫ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻓﹾﻀ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﻏﹶﻨﹺﻴﻤ‪‬ﺔﹰ {‬

‫ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﻨﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﺴﻤﻮ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻐﻨﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺩﺓ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻻ ﺗﺄﰐ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺿﺮﺏ ﺑﺮﻣﺢ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺗﺄﰐ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﺴﺎﻥ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻃﺎﻋﺔ ﷲ ‪ U‬ﺑﺎﻷﺑﺪﺍﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٤٤٣‬ﺻﺤﯿﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ وﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي ﻏﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﻨﺎﻟﺨﻄﺎب ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ٤٤٤‬ﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي ﻋﻦ أﻧﺲ ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ٤٤٥‬ﺟﺎﻣﻊ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي ﻋﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﻦ اﻟﺨﻄﺎب ‪t‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﻨﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﳍﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻤﺄﻧﻴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳋﺸﻮﻉ ﻭﺍﳋﻀﻮﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺿﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﻭﺣﻼﻭﺓ ﻃﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﷲ ‪ ...‬ﻭﻏﲑﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﻨﺎﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻔﻴﻀﻬﺎ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﳛﺮﺻﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻭﻗﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎﹰ ﻳﺼﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﺤﻰ ﺭﻛﻌﺘﲔ‪.‬‬‫ ﻭﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎﹰ ﻳﺼﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﺭﻛﻌﺎﺕ‪.‬‬‫ ﻭﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎﹰ ﻳﺼﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺳﺖ ﺭﻛﻌﺎﺕ‪.‬‬‫ ﻭﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎﹰ ﻳﺼﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﲦﺎﱐ ﺭﻛﻌﺎﺕ‪.‬‬‫ ﻭﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎﹰ ﻳﺼﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﺛﲏ ﻋﺸﺮ ﺭﻛﻌﺔ‪.‬‬‫ ﻛﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻋﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،r‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪:‬‬‫} ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻀ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻰ ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﻛﹶﻌ‪‬ﺎﺕ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٤٤٦‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﺃﻡ ﻫﺎﱐﺀ ﺑﻨﺖ ﺃﰊ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﺑﻨﺖ ﻋﻢ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻟﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺘ‪‬ﺢﹺ ﻣ‪‬ﻜﱠﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﺩ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﺑﹺﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀٍ ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﻡ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎﻧﹺﺊ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹸﻡ‪‬‬ ‫‪٤٤٧‬‬ ‫ﺳ‪‬ﻠﹶﻤ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺎﻏﹾﺘ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﻭ‪‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﻟﻀ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻰ ﺛﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎﻥ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﻛﹶﻌ‪‬ﺎﺕ‪{ ‬‬ ‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﻧﺲ ‪ y‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪:r‬‬ ‫} ﻣﻦ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻀ‪ّ‬ﺤﻰ ﺛ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﻋﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺭﻛﻌﺔﹰ ﺑ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻪ ﻗﺼﺮﺍﹰ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ‬ ‫‪٤٤٨‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺫﻫﺐ {‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍﹰ ﻻ ﺣﺪ ﻷﻗﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺣﺪ ﻟﻠﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺷﺄ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻞ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﰲ ﺷﺄ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪:‬‬ ‫‪١٦) ( L÷ êä è‬ﺍﻟﺘﻐﺎﺑﻦ(‬ ‫‪÷Ü‬‬ ‫™ ‪s Ft‬‬ ‫! ‪ó #$ $Bt‬‬ ‫)‪© #$ #( q‬‬ ‫) ‪à ?¨ $$ ùs‬‬

‫‪ ٤٤٦‬ﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ‬ ‫‪ ٤٤٧‬اﻟﻤﻌﺠﻢ اﻟﻜﺒﯿﺮ ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺮاﻧﻲ‬ ‫‪ ٤٤٨‬ﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي واﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﺔ ﻋﻦ أﻧﺲ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ‪:r‬‬

‫} ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﺎﺑ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹸ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻀ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻯ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻳﻦ‪‬‬ ‫‪٤٤٩‬‬ ‫ﻛﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﳝ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺻ‪‬ﻼﺓ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻀ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻰ؟ ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ ﺑ‪‬ﺎﺑ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺎﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﻩ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪{ ‬‬

‫ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ ‪:r‬‬ ‫} ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻼﻩ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺮﹺﻑ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻼﺓ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺢﹺ ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺢ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﻛﹾﻌ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻲﹺ‬ ‫‪٤٥٠‬‬ ‫ﻏﻔ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻄﹶﺎﻳ‪‬ﺎﻩ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﻛﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻛﹾﺜﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺯ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺒ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺮﹺ {‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻀ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻰ ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﺇﹺﻻ ﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﹸ‬ ‫ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻵﺩﺍﺏ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﳛﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﻓﻞ ﷲ ‪.U‬‬‫ ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻡ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻨﺎ‪) :‬ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻡ ﺷﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻭﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ(‪.‬‬‫ ﻭﺍﳊﺞ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎﻩ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻨﺎ‪) :‬ﺯﺍﺩ ﺍﳊﺎﺝ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺘﻤﺮ(‪.‬‬‫ ﻭﺍﻷﺫﻛﺎﺭ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎﻫﺎ ﰲ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺒﻨﺎ ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ‪) :‬ﺃﺫﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺑﺮﺍﺭ(‬‫ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎﻩ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻨﺎ‪) :‬ﻣﻔﺎﺗﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺝ( ﻭﲨﻌﻨﺎ ﺍﻷﺫﻛﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻷﺩﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻭﺭﺍﺩ ﰱ‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻨﺎ )ﺟﺎﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺫﻛﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺩ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺄﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻣﻨﺎ ﺻﻴﺎﻣﻨﺎ ﻭﻗﻴﺎﻣﻨﺎ ﻭﺭﻛﻮﻋﻨﺎ ﻭﺳﺠﻮﺩﻧﺎ ﻭﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻨﺎ ﻭﳚﻌﻠﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ‬ ‫ﻭﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺻﺤﺒﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‬

‫‪ ٤٤٩‬ﻣﻌﺠﻢ اﻟﻄﺒﺮاﻧﻲ ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ ھﺮﯾﺮة ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ٤٥٠‬ﺳﻨﻦ أﺑﻲ داود وﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻌﺎذ ﺑﻦ أﻧﺲ ‪t‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬



r  



  







٤٥١r

   r        





tr              

r

٤٥٢

{ ‫ﻼﻕﹺ‬‫ﻜﹶﺎﺭﹺﻡﹺ ﺍﻷَﺧ‬‫ﻧﹺﻲ ﺑﹺﻤ‬‫ﺮ‬‫ ﺃﹶﻣ‬‫ ﺛﹸﻢ‬،‫ﺑﹺﻲ‬‫ ﺃﹶﺩ‬‫ﻦ‬‫ﺴ‬‫ﺃﹶﺣ‬‫ﻨﹺﻲ ﻭ‬‫ﺑ‬‫ ﺃﹶﺩ‬‫} ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‬

‫ﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ‬‫ ﻭﺑﻴ‬،‫ﻞ ﰲ ﻗﺮﺁﻧﻪ ﺍﻷﺩﺏ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﺒﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ ﻟﻴﻨﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﻗﺮﺑﻪ ﻭﺭﺿﺎﻩ‬‫ ﻓﺼ‬U ‫ﻓﺎﷲ‬ ‫ ﻭﺻﺎﺭ‬،‫ﺄ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‬‫ ﻭﻧﺸ‬،‫ ﻓﻘﺎﻡ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‬،‫ﳊﺒﻴﺒﻪ ﻭﻣﺼﻄﻔﺎﻩ ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺭﰊ ﻭﺗﺴﻠﻴﻤﺎﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬ :‫ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﺛﲎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻣﺪﺣﻪ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‬U ‫ ﻭﳌﱠﺎ ﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﷲ‬،‫ﻣﺜﺎﻻﹰ ﻛﺮﳝﺎﹰ ﻃﻴﺒﺎﹰ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ‬ (‫)ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ‬

( ÇÍÈ O 5 Šà Ï ã t , @ =è z ä ’ 4 ?n èy 9s 7 y R¯ )Î ru )

‫ ﻭﺻﲑﻭﺭﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺩﺏ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭﻩ‬،‫ﻣﺪﺣﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺃﺛﲎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﳊﹸﺴﻦ ﺗﺄﺩﺑﻪ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﲝﺮﻛﺎﺗﻪ ﻭﺳﻜﻨﺎﺗﻪ ﻭﺃﻗﻮﺍﻟﻪ‬r ‫ ﻓﺼﺎﺭ‬،‫ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺮﺑﲔ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﷲ‬U ‫ﺍﷲ‬ .U ‫ﻭﺃﻓﻌﺎﻟﻪ ﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ ﻟﻴﺘﺨﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ‬،‫ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺑﺎﳌﻈﺎﻫﺮ‬I ‫ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﷲ‬،‫ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺮﻙ‬U ‫ﻓﻬﻮ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫م‬٢٠١٤/٩/٤ ‫ھـ‬١٤٣٥ ‫ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻮال‬٩ ‫ اﻟﻤﻌﺎدي – اﻟﺨﻤﯿﺲ‬٤٥١ t ‫ أدب اﻹﻣﻼء واﻻﺳﺘﻤﻼء ﻻﺑﻦ اﻟﺴﻤﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ اﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮد‬٤٥٢ 

{}r



‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﻘﺮﺑﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺑﺄﻭﺻﺎﻓﻪ ﺍﶈﺒﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻨﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺼﻠﻮﺍ ﺇﱃ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﷲ ‪.U‬‬ ‫ﻭﺑﻴ‪‬ﻦ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﻷﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﺻﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻭﺻﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳋﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺑﺜﱠﻬﺎ ﰲ‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺣﺒﻴﺐ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻣﺼﻄﻔﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻋﺰ ﺷﺄﻧﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪:‬‬ ‫‪٤) ( O5 ŠàÏ ãt ,@ =è z‬ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ( )ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻖﹺ( ﻣﻀﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭ )ﻋ‪‬ﻈ‪‬ﻴﻢ( ﻣﻀﺎﻑ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻧﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻖ‬ ‫’ ‪ä‬‬ ‫‪4 ?n èy 9s 7‬‬ ‫) ‪y R¯ )Î ru‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﻫﻮ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،U‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻧﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺧﻼﻕ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺻﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺧﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﰲ‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﷲ ﻫﻲ ﺃﺧﻼﻕ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﺟﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﻧﱪﺍﺳﺎﹰ ﻟﻠﺼﺎﺩﻗﲔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺎ ﻳﺒﻠﻐﻮﺍ‬ ‫ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﻗﺮﺑﻪ ﻭﺭﺿﺎﻩ ﺟﻞ ﰲ ﻋﻼﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﻗﺎﻝ ‪ r‬ﳏﺒﺒﺎﹰ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻨﻬﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣ‪‬ﻠﻤﻌﺎﹰ‬ ‫ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺇﻥ ﻟﻠـﻪ ﻣﺎﺋﺔ ﻭﺑﻀﻌﺔ ﻋﺸﺮ ﺧﻠﻘﺎﹰ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺗﻰ ﺑﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ {‪ ،٤٥٣‬ﻗﻴﻞ‪:‬‬ ‫" ﻭﻳﺘﻌﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﻖ ﺑﺄﺧﻼﻕ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺄﲰﺎﺋﻪ ﻭﺻﻔﺎﺗﻪ "‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻘﲔ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻬﺪﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ ﻫﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺑﺰ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﻭﺍﻧﻔﺮﺩﻭﺍ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﻖ ﺑﺄﺧﻼﻕ ﺳﻴﺪ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﲔ ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ ‪.r‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﰲ ﺩﻭﺍﻭﻳﻦ ﺍﳌﻘﺮﺑﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺳ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ‪ ،‬ﲡﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﲔ‪:‬‬ ‫ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺯﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﺴﲔ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻠﻲ ‪ y‬ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﻧﻔﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺎﺩﻩ ﺃﻥ‬‫ﳝﺘﺤﻨﻮﺍ ﲨﺎﻝ ﺃﺧﻼﻗﻪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻓﺄﻭﻋﺰﻭﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺭﺟﻞ ﺳﻔﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺒﻌﻪ ﻭﳝﺸﻲ ﻭﺭﺍﺀﻩ ﻳﺴﺒﻪ ﻭﻳﺸﺘﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺸﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻭﺭﺍﺀﻩ‬ ‫ﻳﺴﺒﻪ ﻭﻳﺸﺘﻤﻪ ﺣﱴ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻣﱰﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺑﺎﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺯﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﻳﻠﺘﻔﺖ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﻘﻲ ﻋﻨﺪﻙ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻓﻬﺎﺗﻪ ﺣﱴ ﻻ ﻳﺴﻤﻌﻚ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻓﻴ‪‬ﺴﻤﻌﻮﻧﻚ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﹸﺧﺰﻱ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳊﺎﻗﺪﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﳊﺎﺳﺪﻭﻥ ﻳﺘ‪‬ﺒﻌﻮﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ ٤٥٣‬اﻷول ﻓﻰ اﻹﺣﯿﺎءو ﺗﻌﺮﯾﻒ اﻷﺣﯿﺎء ﺑﻔﻀ ﺎﺋﻞ اﻹﺣﯿ ﺎء واﻟﺜ ﺎﻧﻰ ﺗﺤﻔ ﺔ اﻷﺣ ﻮذي ﺷ ﺮح ﺳ ﻨﻦ اﻟﺘﺮﻣ ﺬي وﻋ ﻮن اﻟﻤﻌﺒ ﻮد ﻓ ﻰ‬ ‫ﺷﺮح ﺳﻨﻦ أﺑﻰ داود‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ؟! ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ‪:t‬‬

‫ﳜـﺎﻃﺒﻨﻲ اﻟﺴــﻔﻴﻪ ﺑﻜــﻞ ﻗــﺒﺢ‬

‫ﻳﺰﻳــﺪ ﺳــﻔﺎﻫﺔ ﻓﺄزﻳــﺪ ﺣﻠــ ًﲈ‬

‫ﻓـــﺄﻛﺮه أن أﻛـــﻮن ﻟـــﻪ ﳎﻴﺒـــﺎ‬

‫ﻛﻌـــﻮد زاده اﻹﺣـــﺮاق ﻃﻴﺒـــﺎ‬

‫ ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺃﺧﻼﻕ ﺍﳊﺴﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺃﺧﻼﻕ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺱ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻢ ﺍﳊﺴﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ‬‫ﺃﺧﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺍﻷﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻋﻠﱠﻤﻪ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﻣﺎ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ ﺗﺒﻊ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺱ ﻭﺁﺫﺍﻩ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻗﺮﻳﺒﺎﹰ ﻣﻦ ﻣﱰﻟﻪ ﻧﺎﺩﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ‬‫ﺧﺎﺩﻣﻪ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻳﺒﺪﻭﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻟﻪ ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﻓﺎﻗﻀﻲ ﻟﻪ ﺣﺎﺟﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻋﻄﻲ ﻟﻪ ﻛﺬﺍ – ﻣﺒﻠﻐﺎﹰ ﺿﺨﻤﺎﹰ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺎﻝ – ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺃﺧﻲ ﺧﺬ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻌﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻔﻲ ﲝﺎﺟﺘﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﺎ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻋﻄﻴﻨﺎﻙ ﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻌﻠﺖ ﻣﻌﻨﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻇﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳋﺰﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻇﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻝ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﰲ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺇﻣﺎﻣﻬﻢ ‪ r‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﺗ‪‬ﺰﹺﻳﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺓﹸ ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻻ ﺣ‪‬ﻠﹾﻤ‪‬ﺎ {‪.٤٥٤‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ ﻻ ﻳﺴﻌﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﺇﻥ ﺟﻠﺴﻨﺎ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻄﻠﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺠﺮ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻴﺪﺍ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻀﻤﺎﺭﻫﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺎﻕ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺭ‪‬ﻢ ‪.U‬‬ ‫ﻭﺇﻳﺎﻙ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻀﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺎﻕ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺍﺕ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻀﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺎﻕ ﻫﻮ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺧﻼﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺳﻴﺪ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺳﻠﲔ ‪ ،r‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﻫﻲ ﻣﻨﺒﻌﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﺻﻠﻬﺎ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﷲ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺣﻘﻴﻘﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﻖ ﺑﺄﺧﻼﻕ ﺍﷲ ﺟﻞ ﰲ ﻋﻼﻩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٤٥٤‬ﺻﺤﯿﺢ اﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎن واﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺪرك‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪r‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﻭﺻﻒ ﻧﺒﻴﻪ ﻭﺃﺧﻼﻗﻪ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﱂ ﻳ‪‬ﺒﻖ ﻭﺻﻔﺎﹰ ﻟﻮﺍﺻﻒ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﳓﺘﺎﺟﻪ ﺃﻥ ﳓﺎﻭﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺄﺧﺬ ﻣﻠﻤﺤﺎﹰ ﰲ ﺁﻳﺔ ﻭﺻﻔﻬﺎ ‪‬ﺎ ﺭﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻓﻬﻤﺎﹰ ﰲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﺃﺛﲎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻦ ﻧﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻦ ﻧﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﰲ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻛﻞﹲ‬ ‫ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺪﺭﻩ ﲟﺎ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺪﺭﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺎﺻﺮﻭﻥ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﻢ ﺇﱃ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﲝﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻹﳍﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ‬ ‫ﺃﻓﺎﺿﻬﺎ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺳﻴﺪ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺳﻠﲔ ﺇﻻ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﻣﻦ ﳏﻴﻂ ﺍﷲ ‪U‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﳛﻴﻂ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻮﻥ ﻭﻻ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﺣﺪ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﺎ ﺑﻠﻐﺖ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻴﺪﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎ ﻗﻠﺘﻪ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﱂ ﻳﻘﻠﻪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﲔ ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ!!‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﺽ ‪ t‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺘﻐﲎ ﺩﻭﻣﺎﹰ ﰲ ﺣﺐ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﻻﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺎﺟﺎﺓ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﻣﺎﺕ ﺭﺁﻩ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﺣﺒﺎﺑﻪ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻡ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﻟ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﱂ ﲤﺪﺡ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪r‬‬ ‫ﰲ ﻧﻈﻤﻚ؟ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻈﻢ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮ ﺍﳊﻜﻤﻲ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪:r‬‬ ‫} ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺮﹺ ﻟﹶﺤ‪‬ﻜﹾﻤ‪‬ﺔﹰ {‪.٤٥٥‬‬ ‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﺽ ﻭﻫﻮ ﰲ ﻋﺎﱂ ﺍﻟﱪﺯﺥ‪:‬‬ ‫أرى ﻛـــﻞ ﻣـــﺪحٍ ﰲ اﻟﻨﺒـــﻲِ ﻣﻘــــ ﱠﴫا‬

‫إذا اﷲُ أﺛﻨــــﻰ ﺑﺎﻟــــﺬي ﻫــــﻮ أﻫﻠــــﻪ‬

‫وإن ﺑــــﺎﻟﻎ ا ُﳌﺜﻨ ِــــﻲ ﻋﻠﻴــــﻪ وأﻛﺜــــﺮا‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴــﻪ ﻓــﲈ ﻣﻘــﺪار ﻣــﺎ ﲤــﺪح اﻟــﻮرى؟!‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺃﺛﲎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ‪U‬؟!‬

‫ﺣﺎﺷﺎ ﷲ ‪ ،I‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﺍﺋﻢ ‪ t‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﻋﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪r‬‬ ‫ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﺑﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺪﺭﻱ ﲟﺎ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﷲ ﺻﺪﺭﻱ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﻛﻤﺎﻻﺕ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﻱ ﺍﳌﻨﲑ ﺍﳌﻤﻨﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻫﺎﺏ ﻓﻔﻮﻕ ﺍﻹﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ‪،‬‬ ‫‪ ٤٥٥‬ﺳﻨﻦ اﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﺔ واﻟﺒﯿﮭﻘﻲ ﻋﻦ أُﺑﻲ ﺑﻦ ﻛﻌﺐ اﻷﻧﺼﺎري ‪t‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺣﱴ ﺃﺑﲔ ﻗﺪﺭ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،r‬ﰒ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻋـــﲆ ﻗـــﺪري أﺻـــﻮغ ﻟـــﻚ اﳌـــﺪﳛﺎ‬

‫وﻣـــــﺪﺣﻚ ﺻـــــﺎﻏﻪ رﰊ ﴏﳛـــــﺎ‬

‫وﻟﻜﻨـــــﻲ أﺣﺒـــــﻚ ﻣـــــﻞء ﻗﻠﺒـــــﻲ‬

‫ﻓﺘــــﻰ ﺟﺮﳛــــﺎ‬ ‫ﻓﺄﺳــــﻌﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺻــــﺎل‬ ‫ً‬

‫وﻣـــﻦ أﻧـــﺎ ﻳـــﺎ إﻣـــﺎم اﻟﺮﺳـــﻞ ﺣﺘـــﻰ‬

‫أوﰲ ﻗـــــﺪرك اﻟﺴـــــﺎﻣﻲ ﴍوﺣـــــﺎ‬

‫ﻓﻼ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﲔ ﻭﻻ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺇﱃ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻮﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻗﺪﺭ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺪ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﲔ ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ ‪ ،r‬ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﻧﻄﻮﻑ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﹰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﻪ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺤﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺧﻼﻕ ﺳﻴﺪ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ‪.r‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺄﺩﻳﺐ ﺍﷲ ﳊﺒﻴﺒﻪ ‪ ،r‬ﻣﺮﺓ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‬

‫ﻟﻪ‪) :‬ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﻑ(‬

‫‪š•Z¨ î‬‬ ‫‪x ”u \ƒt $B¨ )Î ru ÇÊÒÒÈ ú‬‬ ‫‪š‬‬ ‫‪ü=Î g‬‬ ‫` ‪Î »gp :ø #$‬‬ ‫‪Ç ã‬‬ ‫‪t Ú‬‬ ‫‪ó •Ì ã‬‬ ‫‪ô &r ru $‬‬ ‫‪Å •ó èã 9ø $$ /Î •ó Dß &ù ru qu ÿ‬‬ ‫‹ ‪ø èy 9ø #$‬‬ ‫{ ‪É‬‬ ‫) ‪è‬‬ ‫‪( ÇËÉÉÈ O‬‬ ‫‪í Š=Î æ‬‬ ‫‪t ì‬‬ ‫‪ì ‹J‬‬ ‫™ ‪Ï‬‬ ‫! ‪y ¼mç R¯ )Î 4‬‬ ‫‹ ‪« $$ /Î‬‬ ‫™ ‪õ èÏ Gt‬‬ ‫‪ó $$ ùs ø‬‬ ‫` ‪Ø “÷ Rt‬‬ ‫‪Ç »Ü‬‬ ‫‪s ‹ø ±‬‬ ‫` ‪¤ 9#$‬‬ ‫‪z BÏ‬‬

‫@ ( )‪٨٥‬‬ ‫‪Ÿ ŠJ‬‬ ‫‪Ï gp :ø #$ x‬‬ ‫‪y ÿ‬‬ ‫‪ø Á‬‬ ‫‪¢ 9#$ x‬‬ ‫‪Ë ÿ‬‬ ‫‪x ¹‬‬ ‫ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ô $$ ùs ) :‬‬

‫‪١٣)( x‬ﺍﳌﺎﺋﺪﺓ( ﻭﻣﺮﺓ‬ ‫‪ô ÿ‬‬ ‫‪x ¹‬‬ ‫‪ô #$ ru N‬‬ ‫‪ö kå ]÷ ã‬‬ ‫‪t #‬‬ ‫‪ß ã‬‬ ‫ﻭﻣﺮﺓ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ô $$ ùs ) :‬‬ ‫ﺍﳊﺠﺮ( ﻛﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻬﺎﺕ – ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﻛﺜﺮﻫﺎ ﰲ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﷲ – ﺗﺪﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻳﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻣﻨﺤﻬﺎ ﺍﷲ ﳊﺒﻴﺒﻪ ﻭﻣﺼﻄﻔﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﻔﻘﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﻼﻕ ﺍﻹﳍﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﺤﺔ ﺫﺍﺗﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﱪﻳﺔ ﳌﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﳋﺼﻮﺻﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﲢﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﺱ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻣﻨﺎﻫﺞ ﻟﻺﺗﺒﺎﻉ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﺣﺐ ﺻﺎﺩﻕ ﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺧﻼﺹ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺪ ﰲ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺴ‪‬ﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺗ‪‬ﻔﺎﺽ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻨﺢ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﻴﺔ ﻭﺳﻴﺪ ﻃﺎﺋﻔﺘﻬﻢ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﳉﻨﻴﺪ ‪" :t‬ﺇﳕﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﳊﺒﻴﺒﻪ‬ ‫‪ ( O5 ŠàÏ ãt ,@ =è z‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻪ ﳘﺔ ﺇﻻ ﰲ ﺍﷲ" ﻓﺴﺮ ﺑﻠﻮﻍ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﺔ ﺃﻧﻪ ﱂ‬ ‫’ ‪ä‬‬ ‫‪4 ?n èy 9s 7‬‬ ‫ﻭﻣﺼﻄﻔﺎﻩ‪y R¯ )Î ru ) :‬‬ ‫ﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻪ ﳘﺔ ﺇﻻ ﰲ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻧﻴﺔ ﺇﻻ ﰲ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺇﻻ ﰲ ﺭﺿﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺮﺟﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻧﲔ ﺳﻮﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺴﻜﻦ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﺇﻻ ﻃﻠﺒﺎﹰ ﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ‬ ‫ﺃﻓﺎﺽ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻭﺻﺎﻓﻪ ﺍﻹﳍﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺼﺎﻟﻪ ‪ I‬ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺇﻻ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﺟﻞ ﰲ ﻋﻼﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﺨﻠﻖ ‪‬ﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺧﻼﻕ ﻳﺮﺟﻮﺍ ﺷﻴﺌﺎﹰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻓﻬﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﺗﺼﻨﻊ ﻭﺗﻜﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ ‪:r‬‬ ‫} ﺃﹶﻻ ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﺑ‪‬ﺮﹺﺉ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﻜﹶﻠﱡﻒ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٤٥٦‬‬

‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺼﻨﻊ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﳊﻠﻢ ﻟﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﰲ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﱂ ﻳﻨﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﻇﻬﺮ ﻣﻜﻨﻮﻥ ﻣﺎ ﰲ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﳊﺒﻴﺐ ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻟﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻣﻨﺢ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮﻭ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺹ ‪t‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺷﻲ‪‬ﺀٍ ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﺃﹸﺭﹺﻳﺪ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﻔﹾﻈﹶﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ‬ ‫} ﻛﹸﻨ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻛﹾﺘ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻛﹸﻞﱠ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺷﻲ‪‬ﺀٍ ﺗ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﺑ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻜﹶﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ‬ ‫ﻗﹸﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺶ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﻜﹾﺘ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻛﹸﻞﱠ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﹾﻐ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺐﹺ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﺎ؟ ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻜﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﻜ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺎﺏﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶ ﹶﺬﻛﹶﺮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺄﹶ‬ ‫ﺑﹺﺄﹸﺻ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺍﻛﹾﺘ‪‬ﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻮ‪‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴِﻲ ﺑﹺﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺝ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻻ ﺣ‪‬ﻖ‪‬‬ ‫{‬

‫‪٤٥٧‬‬

‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺼﻨ‪‬ﻊ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻏﻀﺐ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﳛﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﹸﻠﹸﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ‬ ‫ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ‪) :‬ﺍﻏﻀﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺗﻌﺮﻓﻪ( ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﺼﻨﻊ ﺃﻡ ﻣﻨﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻏﻀﺐ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﺎ ﰲ‬ ‫ﻣﻜﻨﻮﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻜﻨﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻦ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺣﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻩ ﻛﺒﺎﻃﻨﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺑﺎﻃﻨﻪ ﺧﲑ ﻣﻦ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳊﺒﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﳋﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺩﺧﻠﻮﺍ ﰲ ﺯﻣﺮﺓ ﺍﳊﺒﻴﺐ ‪ ،r‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﻣﻨﺤﺔ ﺇﳍﻴﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫ﲣﻠــــﻖ ﺑــــﺄﺧﻼق اﻹﻟــــﻪ وﺣــــﺎﻓﻈﻦ‬

‫ﻋــﲆ ﻣــﻨﻬﺞ اﳌﺨﺘــﺎر ﰲ اﻟ ُﻌﻘــﺪ ﺗُﻨﺴــﻖ‬

‫ﻓــــﺎق اﻟﻨﺒﻴــــﲔ ﰲ ﺧﻠــــﻖ وﰲ ﺧُ ُﻠــــﻖ‬

‫ﻓﻠــــﻢ ﻳــــﺪاﻧﻮه ﰲ ﻋﻠــــﻢ وﻻ ﻛــــﺮم‬

‫ﻳﻜﻔﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﻣﺎ ﻣﺪﺣﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺃﺛﲎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻌﺪ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﲨﻊ ﻟﻪ ﻛﻞ ﺃﺧﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴﲔ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺳﻠﲔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﲔ ﻭﺯﺍﺩﻩ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‪:‬‬

‫‪ ٤٥٦‬ﺗﺎرﯾﺦ دﻣﺸﻖ ﻻﺑﻦ ﻋﺴﺎﻛﺮ‪ ،‬واﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻮاﺋﺪ اﻟﺒﺤﯿﺮي ﻋﻦ اﻟﺰﺑﯿﺮ ﺑﻦ أﺑﻲ ھﺎﻟﺔ ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ٤٥٧‬ﺳﻨﻦ أﺑﻲ داود واﻟﺪارﻣﻲ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﷲ ﻣﺪﺡ ﺃﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﺻﻔﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺭﺳﻞ ﺍﷲ ﲡﺪ ﺍﳌﺪﺡ ﻛﻠﻪ ﰲ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﻯ ﲣﻠﻘﻬﻢ ﺑﺄﺧﻼﻕ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺪﺡ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ‪) ( ÇÌÐÈ ’# û® ru “%Ï !© #$ Oz ŠdÏ º•t /ö )Î ru ) :‬ﺍﻟﻨﺠﻢ( ﻭﺇﲰﺎﻋﻴﻞ‬ ‫‪Šy ¼rã #Šy $Rt ‰‬‬ ‫‪y 7ö ã‬‬ ‫‪٥٤) ( ‰‬ﻣﺮﱘ( ﻭﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ‪t •ö .ä Œø #$ ru ) :‬‬ ‫‪Ï ã‬‬ ‫ ‪ô qu 9ø #$‬‬‫‪s ŠÏ $¹‬‬ ‫‪| b‬‬ ‫@ ‪t %.x ¼mç R¯ )Î 4‬‬ ‫‪Ÿ ŠèÏ »ÿo œ‬‬ ‫= ‪ô )Î‬‬ ‫‪É »Gt 3‬‬ ‫ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ‪Å 9ø #$ ’ûÎ •ö .ä Œø #$ ru ) :‬‬ ‫© ‪) ( ÇÌÈ #‘Y q3ä‬ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺀ( ﻛﻞ ﺃﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫‪x #‰‬‬ ‫‪Y 6ö ã‬‬ ‫‪t c‬‬ ‫‪š‬‬ ‫> ‪) ( ÇÊÐÈ‬ﺹ( ﻭﻧﻮﺡ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ‪%.x ¼mç R¯ )Î ) :‬‬ ‫‪ë #r¨ &r ¼ÿ mç R¯ )Î ( ‰‬‬ ‫{ ÷‪Ï ƒ‬‬ ‫‪F #$ #Œs‬‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺤﻬﻢ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻔﺔ ﻛﺮﳝﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭﺻﺎﻑ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﲨﻊ ﻛﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻭﺻﺎﻑ ﻭﺯﺍﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﳊﺒﻴﺒﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﻣﺼﻄﻔﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻋﻈﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﻋﻈﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻞ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻭﺻﺎﻑ ﻣﻨﺤﻬﺎ‬ ‫‪) ( ÇÍÈ O5 ŠàÏ ãt ,@ =è z‬ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ( ﺃﻱ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫’ ‪ä‬‬ ‫‪4 ?n èy 9s 7‬‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ‪ r‬ﻓﻮﻕ ﻛﻞ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﺎﺀ‪y R¯ )Î ru ) :‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺫﻭ ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻖ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺳﻠﲔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﲔ ﻷﻥ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﲨﻊ ﻟﻪ ﻭﺯﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪) :‬ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ(‬ ‫‪( ÇÊ ÊÌÈ $J‬‬ ‫‪V Šà‬‬ ‫‪Ï ã‬‬ ‫‪t 7‬‬ ‫‪y ‹ø =n ã‬‬ ‫! ‪t‬‬ ‫@ ‪« #$‬‬ ‫‪ã Ò‬‬ ‫‪ô ùs c‬‬ ‫‪š‬‬ ‫‪%.x ru 4 N‬‬ ‫‪ã =n è÷ ?s `3‬‬ ‫‪ä ?s N‬‬ ‫• ‪ö 9s $Bt‬‬ ‫‪š J‬‬ ‫‪y =© ã‬‬ ‫) ‪t ru‬‬

‫ﻋﻠﻤﻚ ﻣﺎ ﱂ ﺗﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺳﻠﲔ ﻭﻋﻠﻮﻣﻬﻢ ﻭﺃﺳﺮﺍﺭﻫﻢ ﻭﺣﻘﺎﺋﻘﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎ‪‬ﻢ ﻭﻗﺮ‪‬ﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺎﹰ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍﹰ ﺍﻷﺧﻼﻕ ﺍﳌﺼﻄﻔﻮﻳﺔ ﻣﻨﺤﺔ ﺇﳍﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺻﺪﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻔﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻹﺧﻼﺹ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺪ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻜﻨﺔ ﻟﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﱪﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﻜﺜﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﺫﻛﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﻭﻻ ﺍﻟﻘﻌﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻔﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻹﺧﻼﺹ ﻟﻨﻮﺭ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺟﻞ ﰲ ﻋﻼﻩ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ‪:r‬‬ ‫} ﻃﹸﻮﺑ‪‬ﻰ ﻟ‪‬ﻠﹾﻤ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﲔ‪ ،‬ﺃﹸﻭﻟﹶﺌ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺎﺑﹺﻴﺢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻰ ﺗ‪‬ﻨﺠ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻛﹸﻞﱡ ﻓ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪‬‬ ‫‪٤٥٨‬‬ ‫ﻇﹶﻠﹾﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀَ {‬ ‫ﻭﰲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﻟ‪‬ﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺿ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹾﻘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻴﹺﻴﻬﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﺎﻓ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺗ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻓﱠﺎﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺟ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﹸﻭﻟﹶﺌ‪‬ﻚ‪‬‬ ‫‪ ٤٥٨‬ﺷﻌﺐ اﻹﯾﻤﺎن ﻟﻠﺒﯿﮭﻘﻲ وﺣﻠﯿﺔ اﻷوﻟﯿﺎء ﻷﺑﻲ ﻧﻌﯿﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺛﻮﺑﺎن ‪t‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻳﻦ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻬﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻔ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﻘ‪‬ﻄﹶﻊﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻴ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻈﹾﻠ‪‬ﻢﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﺎﻓ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺔ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٤٥٩‬‬

‫ﻷ‪‬ﻢ ﺃﺧﻠﺼﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺪ ﷲ ‪:U‬‬

‫‪ãNg‬‬ ‫‪ß Y÷ BÏ 8‬‬ ‫‪x Šy $7t ã‬‬ ‫‪Ï w‬‬ ‫‪ž )Î ÇÑËÈ û‬‬ ‫‪t üèÏ Hu d‬‬ ‫‪ø &r N‬‬ ‫‪ö g‬‬ ‫‪ß Z¨ ƒt qÈ î‬‬ ‫{ ‪ø‬‬ ‫‪_ 7‬‬ ‫‪y ?Ï “¨ èÏ 6Î ùs A‬‬ ‫) ‪t $%s‬‬ ‫‪) ( ÇÑÌÈ ú‬ﺹ(‬ ‫‪š‬‬ ‫‪üÁ‬‬ ‫‪Å =n Ü‬‬ ‫‪ø J‬‬ ‫‪ß 9ø #$‬‬

‫ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﰲ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻋﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻷ‪‬ﻢ ﺃﺧﻠﺼﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺪ ﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﷲ ‪.U‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﲔ ﺃﻳﻀﺎﹰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻠﻮﻍ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ؟‬

‫) ‪É==ù‬‬ ‫‪s 9ø #$ á‬‬ ‫‪x ‹=Î î‬‬ ‫‪x $à‬‬ ‫‪ˆ ùs M‬‬ ‫‪| Y.ä qö 9s ru ( N‬‬ ‫‪ö g‬‬ ‫‪ß 9s M‬‬ ‫! ‪| Z9Ï‬‬ ‫` ‪« #$‬‬ ‫‪z BiÏ p7 J‬‬ ‫‪y m‬‬ ‫‪ô ‘u $J‬‬ ‫) ‪y 6Î ùs‬‬ ‫‪١٥٩) ( 7‬ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ(‬ ‫‪y 9Ï qö m‬‬ ‫` ‪y‬‬ ‫‪ô BÏ #( qÒ‬‬ ‫‪‘ ÿ‬‬ ‫‪x Rw‬‬ ‫]‬

‫ﺟﺎﻫﺪ ﻧﻔﺴﻚ ﻟﺘﻤﻸ ﻗﻠﺒﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﲪﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺃﻗﻮﻝ ﳋﻠﻖ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﻜﻞ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﻮﺭ ﰲ ﺃﻛﻨﺎ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻮﺵ ﰲ ﻏﺎﺑﺎ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﻙ ﰲ ﲝﺎﺭﻫﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺣﱴ ﺍﳌﺆﺫﻳﺎﺕ ﻓﻠﻬﻢ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺭﲪﺔ ﺍﳊﺒﻴﺐ ﺣﺪﺛﺘﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﲑ ﰲ ﺷﺄ‪‬ﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺙ ﻟﻪ ﺣﻜﻢ ﻣﻮﺭﺛﻪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻓﻼ ﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﻚ ﺭﲪﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺟﻬﺎﺩﻙ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﻈﺎﻇﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﻠﻈﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺴﻮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﺟﺮ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻣﺮ ﳛﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ ﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻌﻪ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﺃﻛﺎﺩﳝﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻛﹸﺘﺐ ﰲ ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺩﺭﺱ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺻﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﺩ ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺔ ﻛﻠﻬﻢ ﻛﺎﻟﻮﺣﻮﺵ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺮﺳﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﻠﻈﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺴﻮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻈﺎﻇﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻜﻔﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺪﻓﻦ ﺇﺑﻨﺘﻪ ﺣﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﺴﺘﻐﻴﺚ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺴﺄﻝ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺷﺄ‪‬ﺎ! ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺻﻨﻊ ‪‬ﻢ؟‬ ‫ﻫﺬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺩ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻗﻖ ﻣﺸﺎﻋﺮﻫﻢ ﻭﺃﺣﺎﺳﻴﺴﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻄﻒ ﻗﻠﻮ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻄﱠﻒ ﺃﺣﻮﺍﳍﻢ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺣﱴ ﺻﺎﺭﻭﺍ ﻛﻤﺎ ﲢﻜﻲ ﻛﹸﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺴِﲑ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﺭﲪﺎﺀ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﺀ ﺑﻜﻞ ﻣﺎ ﲢﺖ ﺃﺩﱘ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻇﻬﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺤﺎﺀ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٤٥٩‬ﻣﻌﺠﻢ اﻟﻄﺒﺮاﻧﻲ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ اﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ‪y‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺮﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺑﻠﻐﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻨﺼﺐ ﻓﺴﻄﺎﻃﻪ – ﺧﻴﻤﺘﻪ – ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺴﻄﺎﻁ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺄﰐ ﳝﺎﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﻓﺘﺼﻨﻊ ﳍﺎ ﻋﺸﺎﹰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺴﻄﺎﻃﻪ ﻭﺗﺒﻴﺾ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺑﻠﻐﻪ ﻋﻴﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺀ ﻳﺘﺠﻬﺰﻭﻥ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﺳﻜﻨﺪﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﳉﻴﺶ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺣﻴﻞ ﳌﻼﻗﺎﺓ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺀ ﰲ ﺍﻹﺳﻜﻨﺪﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺧﱪﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻮﻟﻪ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﳝﺎﻣﺔ ﺑﺎﺿﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻴﻤﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﳍﻢ‪ :‬ﺩﻋﻮﺍ ﺍﳋﻴﻤﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﺮﻭﻋﻮﻫﺎ ﺣﱴ ﻻ‬ ‫ﻳﻨﻜﺴﺮ ﺑﻴﻀﻬﺎ ﺣﱴ ﻧﺮﺟﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺮﻛﺘﻨﺎ!!‬ ‫ﺃﻳﻦ ﺗﻌﻠﻤﻮﺍ ﺫﻟﻚ؟ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻛﺴﺒﻬﻢ ﺫﻟﻚ؟‬ ‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺍﻟﺸﻔﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﻮﻑ ﺍﻟﺮﺀﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻴﻢ ‪ ،r‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺗﺖ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﺎﻣﺔ ﺗﺮﻓﺮﻑ‬ ‫ﺑﺄﺟﻨﺤﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﲢﺪﺛﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻬﺎ ﺇﻻ ﻫﻮ ﲟﺎ ﻋﻠﱠﻤﻪ ﺭﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺠ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻮ‪‬ﻟﹶﺪ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺪ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ {‬

‫‪٤٦٠‬‬

‫ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺗﺬﻫﺐ ﺇﱃ ﺣﻀﺮﺗﻪ ﻭﺗﻀﻊ ﻓﻤﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺫﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﺸﻜﻮ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺷﻜﺎ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﲨﻞ ﰲ ﺃﺫﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ‪:r‬‬ ‫} ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹺ؟ ﻓﹶﺠ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﺷ‪‬ﺎﺏ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻷَﻧ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻻ ﺗ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﱠ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻪ‬ ‫ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺬ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺒ‪‬ﻬﹺﻴﻤ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺘ‪‬ﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﻠﱠﻜﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻳ‪‬ﺎﻫ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻜﹶﺎﻙ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻲ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺯ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺠﹺﻴﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪‬‬ ‫‪٤٦١‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻪ‪{ ‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻭﺭ‪‬ﺛﻬﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳋﻼﻝ؟‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪!r‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﲢﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺍﻉ ﻟﻠﻐﻨﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺭﺍﻉ ﻟﻸﻣﻢ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻄﺎﻉ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﺩ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻮﺱ‬ ‫ﺍﳉﺎﳓﺔ ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﳉﺎﳏﺔ ﻭﻳﱰﻉ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻐﻞ ﻭﺍﳊﻘﺪ ﻭﺍﳊﺴﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﻠﻈﺔ ﻭﳚﻌﻠﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺗﻠﲔ ﰲ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﷲ؛ ﺣﱴ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺪﻣﻮﻉ ﲤﻸ ﺍ‪‬ﻠﺲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳚﻠﺴﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﻟﻴﺴﺘﻤﻌﻮﻥ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺏ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﻬﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻣﻮﻉ ﺳﺤﺎﹰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﻫﻬﻢ ﻟﺮﻗﺔ ﻗﻠﻮ‪‬ﻢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﲰﺎﻉ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻪ ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺭﰊ ﻭﺗﺴﻠﻴﻤﺎﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٤٦٠‬ﺳﻨﻦ أﺑﻲ داود وﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ اﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮد ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ٤٦١‬ﺳﻨﻦ أﺑﻲ داود وﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ اﷲ ﺑﻦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ‪t‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻭﺑﻴ‪‬ﻦ ‪ r‬ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻠﱠﻎ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺘﻪ ﻣﻨﺬ ﻋﺼﺮﻩ ﻭﺃﻭﺍﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﺇﱃ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ‪:r‬‬ ‫} ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺜﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﻷُﺗ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﺢ‪ ‬ﺍﻷَﺧ‪‬ﻼﻕﹺ {‬

‫‪٤٦٢‬‬

‫ﻭﰲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺜﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﻷُﺗ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻜﹶﺎﺭﹺﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻷَﺧ‪‬ﻼﻕﹺ {‬

‫‪٤٦٣‬‬

‫ﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻓﻴﻨﺎ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﲤﺎﻡ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺃﻧﻪ ﲟﺠﺮﺩ ﺍﻧﺘﺴﺎﺑﻪ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻤﺎﺋﻪ‬ ‫ﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﲔ ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ ‪ r‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻀﺮﺗﻪ ﰲ ﺃﺧﻼﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﳝﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺑﻴﺘﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺯﻭﺟﻪ ﻭﺃﻭﻻﺩﻩ ﻭﺧﺪﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻭﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺑﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺟﲑﺍﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺭﻓﻘﺎﺀﻩ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺠﺪ ‪،‬ﻭﻣﻊ‬ ‫ﺯﻣﻼﺀﻩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ‪ ...‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،r‬ﻭﰱ ﺍﻷﺛﺮ ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺍﻟﻮﻟﺪ‪ ‬ﺳﺮ‪ ‬ﺃﺑﻴﻪ {‬

‫‪٤٦٤‬‬

‫ﻟ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻳﻨﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﻟﺪ ﻣﲑﺍﺛﺎﹰ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺑﻴﻪ؟ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﺍﻩ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻳﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻓﻼﻥ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﺃﺷﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺒﻬﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻟﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﻧﺴﺠﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻮﻟﺪ ﻭﺃﺑﻴﻪ ﺗﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻮﻟﺪ ﻳﺘﺸﺒﻪ ﺑﺄﺑﻴﻪ ﺣﱴ ﰲ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺗﻪ ﻭﺳﻜﻨﺎﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﰲ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻪ‬ ‫‪،‬ﺣﱴ ﰲ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺃﻣﻮﺭﻩ ‪ ...‬ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺃﺣﻮﺍﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻖ ﺍﳌﲑﺍﺙ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﰲ‬

‫ﺷﺄﻧﻪ‪٦) :‬ﺍﻷﺣﺰﺍﺏ(‬

‫‪(N‬‬ ‫‪ö kå Jç »g‬‬ ‫_ ‪y B¨ &é ¼ÿ mç‬‬ ‫‪ã ºru —ø &r ru ( N‬‬ ‫¦ ‪ö kÍ‬‬ ‫‪Å ÿ‬‬ ‫` ‪à R&r‬‬ ‫‪ô BÏ ú‬‬ ‫‪š‬‬ ‫‪üZÏ BÏ s÷ J‬‬ ‫’ ‪ß 9ø $$ /Î‬‬ ‫‪4 <n r÷ &r Ó‬‬ ‫) ‪• <É Z¨ 9#$‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍﹰ ﻫﻮ ﺃﺑﻮﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﺙ ﰲ ﻣﲑﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ‪ r‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻴﻪ ‪:r‬‬

‫‪ ٤٦٢‬ﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ واﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺪرك ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ ھﺮﯾﺮة ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ٤٦٣‬ﻣﺴﻨﺪ اﻟﺸﮭﺎب وﻛﺸﻒ اﻷﺳﺘﺎر ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ ھﺮﯾﺮة ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ٤٦٤‬اﺷﺘﮭﺮ ﺑﯿﻦ اﻟﻨﺎس ﺑﺄﻧﮫ ﺣﺪﯾﺚ وﻟﯿﺲ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬اﻟﻤﻘﺎﺻﺪ اﻟﺤﺴﻨﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﺨﺎوى‪ ،‬واﻟﻶﺋﻰ اﻟﻤﻨﺜﻮرة ﻓﻰ اﻷﺣﺎدﯾﺚ اﻟﻤﺸﮭﻮرة‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫} ﺇﻥﹶّ ﺍﻷﻧ‪‬ﺒﹺﻴ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺭﹺّﺛﹸﻮﺍ ﺩ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺍﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﺩ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﺎﻧﹺﲑ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﻧ‪ّ‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪ّ‬ﺛﹸﻮﺍ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌ‪‬ﻠﹾﻢ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٤٦٥‬‬

‫ﻓﻼ ﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺧﻼﻕ ﺣﻀﺮﺗﻪ‪ :‬ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻪ ﺍﳌﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻮﺭﺗﻪ ﺍﻻﺧﻼﻗﻴﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺻﻮﺭﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭﺍﻧﻴﺔ! ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺮﺍﻩ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺃﺷﺒﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﰲ ﺃﺧﻼﻗﻪ ﻭﺃﺣﻮﺍﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺳﺮ ﻣﲑﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﹴﻢ‪ ‬ﻭﺭﺛﻮﺍ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﰲ ﺗﺮﻛﺘﻪ ﺍﻹﳍﻴﺔ؟‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺨﻠﻖ ﺑﺄﺧﻼﻗﻪ ‪ r‬ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻛﻠﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻛﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻛﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺩﻫﻢ‬ ‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﻖ ‪‬ﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺧﻼﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﳌﻦ ﻳﺪﺭﺑﻮ‪‬ﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺩ‪ " :‬ﻟﻴﺴﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻣﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻄﲑ ﰲ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﻮﺭ ﺗﻔﻌﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺃﻥ ﲤﺸﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﻙ‬ ‫ﺗﻔﻌﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻄﻊ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻕ ﻭﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﰲ ﳊﻈﺔ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺎﻃﲔ ﺗﻔﻌﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻣﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺧﻠﻘﺎﹰ ﺳﻴﺌﺎﹰ ﻓﻴﻚ ﲞ‪‬ﻠﹸﻖ ﺣﺴﻦ"‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻣﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺗ‪‬ﻜﺮﻡ ﻧﻔﺴﻚ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺃﺧﻼﻗﻚ ﺑﺄﺧﻼﻕ ﺍﳊﺒﻴﺐ ‪ ،r‬ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺧﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﳝﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﺭﺳﻞ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﺎ ﺍﳊﺒﻴﺐ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﱂ ﺃﲨﻊ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻱ ﺍﺟﻌﻞ ﻧﻔﺴﻚ – ﺑﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ – ﻣﻨﺪﻭﺏ ﻣﺒﻴﻌﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﺪﻭﺏ ﺍﳌﺒﻴﻌﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻖ ﻃﻴﺐ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺪﻋﺎﻳﺔ ﺟﻴﺪﺓ ﻟﺸﺮﻛﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻨﺸﺮ ﻣﺒﻴﻌﺎ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻮﺳﻊ ﻋﻤﻼﺀﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺇﺫﺍ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺳﻴﺌﺔ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺷﺎﺫﺓ ﻟﺸﺮﻛﺘﻪ!!!‬ ‫ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﻫﻲ ﺍﳌﺼﻴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺣﻠﺖ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻌﺎﱂ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻛﺜﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﺎﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻈﻠﻤﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺸﺪﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﲑ ﻫﺪﻯ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﲑ ﺍﻟﱪﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻧﺸﺮﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﺬﺑﺢ ﻭﺳﻔﻚ ﺍﻟﺪﻣﺎﺀ ﺑﺈﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ!!‬ ‫ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺷﻮﻫﻮﺍ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺃﲨﻊ!!‬ ‫ﻭﻫﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺟﺎﺀﻧﺎ ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﺃﻣﺮﻧﺎ ‪‬ﺎ ﺳﻴﺪ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﲔ ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ ‪r‬؟ ﻻ‪،‬‬ ‫‪ ٤٦٥‬رواه أﺑ ﻮ اﻟ ﺪرداء‪ ،‬ﺗﻔﺴ ﯿﺮ اﻟﺴ ﻤﺮﻗﻨﺪي‪ ،‬وﯾﺆﯾ ﺪ اﻟﺤ ﺪﯾﺚ } إﻧ ﺎ ﻣﻌﺎﺷ ﺮ اﻷﻧﺒﯿ ﺎء ﻻ ﻧ ﻮرث‪ ،‬ﻣ ﺎ ﺗﺮﻛﻨ ﺎه ﺻ ﺪﻗﺔ{ أﺧﺮﺟ ﮫ‬ ‫اﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻰ ﻋﻦ أﺑﻰ اﻟﺰﻧﺎد وروى ﻋﻦ أﺑﻰ ﺑﻜﺮ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎت وﻗﯿﻞ اﻟﺼﺪﻗﺔ ﻓﻰ اﻟﻌﻠﻢ اﻟﺬى ﺗﺮﻛﻮه أو اﻟﻤﺎل واﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻓﺎﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﺧﱪﻧﺎ ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﻣﺎﻣﻨﺎ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﺍﺋﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪:‬‬

‫"ﺁﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﺍﺋﻢ ﺃﻃﺒﺎﺀ ﺭﲪﺎﺀ ﳍﻢ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻣﻊ ﺍﷲ ﳚﺬﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺮ‬ ‫ﻓﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﳌﺆﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻄﻴﻊ؟!"‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻟﻸﺳﻒ ﳒﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻳ‪‬ﻨﻔﺮ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻨﺎﻝ ﺳﺨﻂ ﺍﶈﻴﻄﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺳﻴﺌﺔ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻳﺬﻫﺐ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺸﻮﻩ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﲔ ﺇﱃ ﺳﻴﺪ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﲔ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ ‪ ،r‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﻓﻴﻨﺎ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻃﻴﺒﺔ ﳊﺒﻴﺐ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻣﺼﻄﻔﺎﻩ‪،‬ﻛﻴﻒ؟‬ ‫ﲨ‪‬ﻞ ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻘﻚ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﺘﺠﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﲨ‪‬ﻞ ﻗﻠﺒﻚ‪ ،‬ﻃﻬﺮﻩ ﻭﻧﻈﻔﻪ ﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺟﻌﻠﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻻﹰ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﲝﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﷲ!!‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﳉﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺍﻷﺣﺒﺎﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻭﺿﻌﻮﻫﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﲑ ﰲ ﻃﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﳘﻚ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻴﻔﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﻚ ﻟﻮ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﻜﻔﻴﻚ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲﺀ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻲ ‪:t‬‬ ‫أﺗــﺮﴇ ﺑﺼـــﺮاف وﻟــﻮ ﻛــﺎن ﻛــﺎﻓﺮ ًا‬

‫ﺿـــﻤﻴﻨ ًﺎ وﻻ ﺗـــﺮﴇ ﺑﺮﺑـــﻚ ﺿـــﺎﻣﻨ ًﺎ‬

‫ﺗﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺃﻧﻚ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻑ ﻛﺬﺍ ﻭﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻬﻮﺩﻳﺎﹰ ﺃﻭ ﻏﲑﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﻄﻤﺌﻦ‬ ‫ﺇﱃ ﻭﻋﺪ ﺍﷲ!! ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺪﻭﺏ ﻋﻦ ﺣﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﷲ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫"ﻛﻦ ﺃﻭﺛﻖ ﲟﺎ ﰲ ﻳﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻨﻪ ﲟﺎ ﰲ ﻳﺪ ﻧﻔﺴﻚ" ﺭﲟﺎ ﻣﺎ ﰲ ﻳﺪﻙ ﻳﺘﺮﻛﻚ‬ ‫ﻭﻳﺬﻫﺐ ﻟﻐﲑﻙ"‬ ‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻀﻤﻮﻥ ﻭﻣﺄﻣﻮﻥ!!‬ ‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻚ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﺏ!!!‬ ‫ﻭﺍﳉﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻭﺿﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻃﻤﺴﺖ ﻛﻞ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﺏ!!‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻓﺘﺠﻌﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻻ ﻳﺮﻯ ﺑﻨﻮﺭ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻤﻊ ﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻨﺘﺼﺢ ﺑﻜﻼﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻧﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻛﻞ ﳘﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﲑﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﳝﺸﻲ ﻣﻌﻬﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺨﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻷﺧﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻓﻌﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻭﻻﹰ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺑﻄﻬﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻋﺎﺋﻬﻢ‪:‬‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ ﺍﺟﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺃﻳﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻭﻻ ﲡﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﰲ ﻗﻠﻮﺑﻨﺎ"‬ ‫ﻭﳓﻦ ﻛﺄﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ ﺍﺟﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺃﻳﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻭﰲ ﻗﻠﻮﺑﻨﺎ!!‬ ‫ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ‪:r‬‬

‫} ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ :U ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻲ ﻻ ﺃﹶﺟ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﺧ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻦﹺ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺟ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﺎﻓﹶﻨﹺﻲ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺟ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪‬‬ ‫‪٤٦٦‬‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻱ {‬ ‫_ ‪( ¾mÏ ùÏ qö‬‬ ‫‪y ’ûÎ ú‬‬ ‫‪É‬‬ ‫@ ‪ü÷ 7t =ù %s `BiÏ‬‬ ‫_ ‪9‬‬ ‫! ‪ã •t 9Ï‬‬ ‫@ ‪ª #$‬‬ ‫_ ‪Ÿ èy‬‬ ‫) ¨‪y $B‬‬

‫)‪٤‬ﺍﻷﺣﺰﺍﺏ(‬

‫ﺭﺟﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻛﺎﺑﺮ ﺍﳌﺸﻬﻮﺭﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﳉﻴﻼﱐ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻋﻈﻢ‬ ‫ﻗﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻑ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﻛﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫"ﺯﻳﺪ ﱄ – ﻭ‪‬ﻟﺪ ﱄ – ﺇﺛﲎ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻭﻟﺪﺍﹰ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﺯﻳﺪ ﱄ ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻢ ﺇﻻ ﻭﻛﱪﺕ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﺗﻜﺒﲑﺍﺕ"‬ ‫ﺃﻱ ﻻ ﺗﺸﻐﻠﲏ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻚ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﺷﻐﻠﲏ ﺑﻚ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳜﺘﺎﺭﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﻟﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﻻ ﻳﺸﺘﻐﻞ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﺑﻐﲑ ﻣﻮﻻﻩ ﻃﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﲔ ﻭﻻ ﺃﻗﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﻞ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ ٤٦٦‬ﻣﺴﻨﺪ اﻟﺸﺎﻣﯿﯿﻦ ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺮاﻧﻲ‪ ،‬وﺣﻠﯿﺔ اﻷوﻟﯿﺎء ﻷﺑﻲ ﻧﻌﯿﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺷﺪاد ﺑﻦ أوس ‪t‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺭﺯﻗﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﻟﺪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﲦﺎﻧﲔ ﻋﺎﻣﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﺸﻐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺃﻣﺮﻩ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﻌﺪﻩ ﻋﻨﻪ‪،‬‬‫ﻭﻳﺘﺮﻛﻪ ﰲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﺎﺀ ﻭﻻ ﻃﻌﺎﻡ ﻭﻻ ﺑﺸﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻠﻎ ﻭﺃﺻﺒﺢ ﺷﺎﺏ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﻭﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﺸﻐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺃﻣﺮﻩ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺬﲝﻪ‪ ،‬ﳌﺎﺫﺍ؟ ﻷﻥ ﺍﷲ‬‫ﻳﻐﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺸﺘﻐﻞ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻷﺣﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﺎﺭ ‪.U‬‬

‫ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﻷﻭﻻﺩﻧﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺍﺟﺒﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﳏﻞ ﺍﳍﺒﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺮﺏ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻔﺤﺎﺕ؛ ﺧﺎﺹ ﲞﺎﻟﻖ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﷲ ‪:U‬‬ ‫ﻻ ﺗُﻌﻠـــــﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻠـــــﺐ ﻏـــــﲑ إﻟـــــﻪ‬

‫ﻗـــــﺪ ﲡـــــﲆ ﰲ اﻟﻌـــــﺎﳌﲔ ﻋـــــﻼه‬

‫ﺇﻳﺎﻙ ﺃﻥ ﺗ‪‬ﻌﻠﻖ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﻏﲑ ﺍﷲ ﻃﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﲔ ﻭﻻ ﺃﻗﻞ‪:‬‬

‫ﻣﱴ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺫﻛﺮﺕ ﺍﷲ؟‬ ‫ﺫﻛﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺭﻓﻌﺔ ) ‪) ( Nö .ä •ö .ä Œø &r ’þ TÎ r•ã .ä Œø $$ ùs‬ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ(؟‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻈﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻧﺴﻴﺖ ﻏﲑﻩ‪:‬‬

‫اذﻛــــــﺮ اﷲ إن ﻧﺴــــــﻴﺖ ﺳــــــﻮاه‬

‫ﻗـــــﻞ ﺑﻘﻠـــــﺐ ﰲ اﻟـــــﺬﻛﺮ ﻳـــــﺎ اﷲ‬

‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺫﻛﺮﺕ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﺑﺎﳌﺎﻝ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻮﻟﺪ ﻭﺑﺎﳌﻨﺼﺐ ﻭﺑﻐﲑﻩ‪:‬‬

‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﺃﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ‪:U‬‬ ‫ﻏﻨ‪‬ﻰ ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻛﹶﺎﺀِ ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻙ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻼ ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻲ ﻏﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮﹺﻱ ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻛﹾﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪‬‬ ‫} ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶ ﹾ‬ ‫‪٤٦٧‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺷ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻛﹶﻪ‪{ ‬‬ ‫ﻭﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺻﺤﺒﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‬

‫‪ ٤٦٧‬ﺻﺤﯿﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ وﺳﻨﻦ اﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﺔ ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ ھﺮﯾﺮة ‪t‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬



r 

r

rr r

rr r





r



rr

rrr

r

r

rr r U

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪٤٦٨r‬‬

‫‪        r  ‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﺮﻳﻦ ﺇﱃ ﺣﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻡ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﺒﲎ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﱪﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻳﺘﺠﻠﻰ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺃﺧﻼﻗﻪ ‪ r‬ﺍﻟﱵ ‪‬ﺧﺺ‪ ‬ﺎ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴﲔ ﻭﺍﳌﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺮﺑﲔ ﻭﺍﳋﻠﻖ ﺃﲨﻌﲔ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻓــــﺎق اﻟﻨﺒﻴــــﲔ ﰲ ﺧﻠــــﻖ وﰲ ﺧُ ُﻠــــﻖ‬

‫ﻓﻠــــﻢ ﻳــــﺪاﻧﻮه ﰲ ﻋﻠــــﻢ وﻻ ﻛــــﺮم‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﱐ ﺃﺿﻊ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻭﺿﺢ ﱄ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﺎﻫﺞ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ ﻟﻸﺣﺒﺔ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻳﺰﻧﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﻟﻴﻌﺮﻓﻮﻥ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﺘﻬﻢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺰﻧﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻏﲑﻫﻢ ﻟﻴﻌﻠﻤﻮﺍ ﺣﺎﻟﻪ ﻭﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،U‬ﻫﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﻖ ﺑﺄﺧﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪.r‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﲨﻴﻌﺎﹰ ﻳﻬﺘﻤﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﱃ ﻃﻬﺎﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﺏ ﻭﺧﻠﻮﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻮﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﳊﻈﻮﻅ ﻭﺍﻷﻫﻮﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﳋﹶﻠﹾﻖ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻛﺜﲑ ﻏﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﲝﺴﺐ ﺍﳍﻮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﳌﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻕ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎﹰ ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺧ‪‬ﻠﻘﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻳﺰﻧﻪ ﲞ‪‬ﻠﻖ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،r‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺑﺖ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﺧﻼﻕ ﺍﳊﺒﻴﺐ ﻓﻠﻴﻌﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻢ‬ ‫‪ ٤٦٨‬اﻟﻤﻌﺎدي – اﻟﺨﻤﯿﺲ ‪ ٨‬ﻣﻦ ذي اﻟﺤﺠﺔ ‪١٤٣٥‬ھـ ‪٢٠١٤/١٠/٢‬م‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻴﻘﲔ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺻﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻪ ﰲ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﺘﻌﺼﺐ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﻻ ﻳﺘﻌﺼﺐ ﻟﻠﺤﺒﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺻﻨﻌﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﺃﻣﺮﻧﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺘﺄﺳﻰ ﺑﻪ ‪r‬؟! ﻓﻴﺰﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﲨﻠﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺯﻳﻦ ﻣﺎ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻋﻦ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﳊﺒﻴﺐ ﻭﺃﺧﻼﻗﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺭﻛﲔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻟﱰﻥ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻨﺎ ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﺭﺿﺎﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ‬ ‫ﺗﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻦ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺎﺣ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻔﹶﺤ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﺻ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺎﺑ‪‬ﺎ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻷَﺳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﻕﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺰﹺﻱ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺴ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹶﺔ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹶﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻜ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻔﹸﻮ ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻔﹶﺢ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٤٦٩‬‬

‫ﻭﺃﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺰﺑﻴﺪﻱ ﰲ ﺍﲢﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﲔ ﻭﺍﳌﺘﻘﻲ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﻱ ﰲ ﻛﱰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻨﻪ ‪:r‬‬ ‫"ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﻌﻄﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻠﺲ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻧﺼﻴﺒﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﻛﺄﻥ ﳎﻠﺴﻪ ﻭﲰﻌﻪ ﻭﺣﺪﻳﺜﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻄﻴﻒ ﳏﺎﺳﻨﻪ ﻭﺗﻮﺟﻬﻪ ﻟﻠﺠﺎﻟﺲ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﳎﻠﺴﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﳎﻠﺲ ﺣﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺗﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﻭﺃﻣﺎﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪:‬‬ ‫) ‪É==ù‬‬ ‫‪s 9ø #$ á‬‬ ‫‪x ‹=Î î‬‬ ‫‪x $à‬‬ ‫‪ˆ ùs M‬‬ ‫‪| Y.ä qö 9s ru ( N‬‬ ‫‪ö g‬‬ ‫‪ß 9s M‬‬ ‫! ‪| Z9Ï‬‬ ‫` ‪« #$‬‬ ‫‪z BiÏ p7 J‬‬ ‫‪y m‬‬ ‫‪ô ‘u $J‬‬ ‫} ‪y 6Î ùs‬‬ ‫‪{7‬‬ ‫‪y 9Ï qö m‬‬ ‫` ‪y‬‬ ‫‪ô BÏ #( qÒ‬‬ ‫‪‘ ÿ‬‬ ‫‪x Rw‬‬ ‫]‬

‫)‪ ١٥٩‬ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ(‬

‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻻ ﻳﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﹰ ﰲ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ ﺑﺸﻲﺀ ﻳﻜﺮﻫﻪ"‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻲ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻈﺎﻇﺔ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻋﺎﳉﻬﺎ ﻷﻧﻪ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ‪ r‬ﻓﻈﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻏﻠﻴﻆ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺻﺨﺎﺏ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺍﻕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺻﻮﺗﻪ ﻋﺎﻝ ﺑﻞ ﻫﺎﺩﻱﺀ ﻭﺭﺯﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺻﻮﺗﻪ ﻋﺎﻝﹴ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻫﻞ ﺻﻮﺗﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱄ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻡ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻫﻮﺍﻙ؟‬ ‫ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻧﻔﺴﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻻ ﳚﺰﻱ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ‪ r‬ﻳﻌﻔﻮ‬ ‫ﻭﻳﺼﻔﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﱂ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﳛﻤﻞ ﺿﻐﺎﺋﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﳛﻤﻞ ﺣﻘﺪﺍﹰ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﻔﻌ‪‬ﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺄﻥ ﳜﺮﺟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﺇﱃ ﺣﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٤٦٩‬أﺧﺮﺟﮫ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﻤﺎﺋﻞ وﺻﺤﯿﺤﮫ اﻟﺠﺎﻣﻊ وأﺣﻤﺪ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺰھﺪ واﺑﻦ أﺑﻲ ﺷﯿﺒﮫ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺼﻨﻔﮫ واﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎن‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻳ‪‬ﺨﺰ‪‬ﻥ ﰲ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﳋﲑ ﻛﻞ ﺍﳋﲑ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻠﺸﺮ ﻭﻻ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻗﺘﺮﺏ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻻﺫ ﺑﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺻﺪﺭﻩ ﺃﻭ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺟﻌﻞ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺳﻠﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ‬ ‫ﻳﺪﺧﻠﻪ ﺳﻮﺀ ﺍﻟﻈﻦ ﺑﺄﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻨﺪﻱ ﺳﻮﺀ ﻇﻦ ﺃﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳋﺼﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﳑﻦ‬ ‫ﻭﺭﺛﺘﻬﺎ؟ ﻭﲟﻦ ﺃﺗﺄﺳﻰ ﰲ ﻓﻌﻠﻬﺎ؟‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ‪ r‬ﻳﺘﻐﻴﻆ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻐﺘﺎﻅ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻗﻂ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻭﺻﺎﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻌﻮﺕ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻧﻌﺘﻪ‬ ‫‪‬ﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻗﻴﻞ ﻟﺴﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮﻭ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺍﻃﻠﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺭﺍﺓ ﻭﺍﻹﳒﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ :‬ﰈ ﻭ‪‬ﺻﻒ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪r‬‬ ‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺭﺍﺓ ﻭﺍﻹﳒﻴﻞ؟ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ‪:t‬‬ ‫} ﺃﹶﺟ‪‬ﻞﹾ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻤ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺻ‪‬ﻮﻑ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺍﺓ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺼ‪‬ﻔﹶﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﹾﻘﹸﺮ‪‬ﺁﻥ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺄﹶﻳ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﺳﻠﹾﻨ‪‬ﺎﻙ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﺎﻫ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍ ﻭ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﺬ‪‬ﻳﺮ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺯ‪‬ﺍ ﻟ‪‬ﻸُﻣ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﲔ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻟ‪‬ﻲ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺭ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻛﱢﻞﹶ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶﺴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻔﹶﻆﱟ ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻏﹶﻠ‪‬ﻴﻆ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﺻ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺎﺏﹴ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻷَﺳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﻕﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻓﹶﻊ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹶﺔﹶ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺴ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹶﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻜ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻔﹸﻮ ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹾﺒﹺﻀ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﷲ ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﻴﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻠﱠﺔﹶ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺎﺀَ‪ ،‬ﺑﹺﺄﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻻ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻔﹾﺘ‪‬ﺢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺁﺫﹶﺍﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺻ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹸﻠﹸﻮﺑ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﻏﻠﹾﻔﹰﺎ {‬ ‫ﹸ‬

‫‪٤٧٠‬‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻓﲔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻗﲔ ﻭﻃﺎﻟﱯ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻀﺮﺓ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﲔ‪ ،‬ﻫﻲ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺯﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﳍﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﻨﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫_‪©!#$ #( q‬‬ ‫‪ã •ö ƒt b‬‬ ‫‪t %.x `J‬‬ ‫¡ ‪y 9jÏ p× Zu‬‬ ‫‪| m‬‬ ‫™ ‪y oî qu‬‬ ‫! ‪ó &é‬‬ ‫‪« #$ A‬‬ ‫™‪É q‬‬ ‫‪ß ‘u ’ûÎ N‬‬ ‫‪ö 3‬‬ ‫‪ä 9s b‬‬ ‫‪t %.x ‰‬‬ ‫) ‪ô‬‬ ‫) ©‪s 9‬‬ ‫! ‪( ÇËÊÈ #ŽZ •VÏ .x‬‬ ‫‪© #$ •t .x Œs ru •t z‬‬ ‫‪Å y‬‬ ‫‪F #$ Pt qö ‹u 9ø #$ ru‬‬

‫)ﺍﻷﺣﺰﺍﺏ(‬

‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٤٧٠‬ﺻﺤﯿﺢ اﻟﺒﺨﺎري وﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺑﺪﺍﺕ ﳚﺎﻫﺪﻭﻥ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﺴﻨﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻨﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺕ ﳚﺎﻫﺪﻭﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﻖ ﺑﺄﺧﻼﻕ ﺣﻀﺮﺗﻪ ﻟﻴﺼﻠﻮﺍ ﺇﱃ ﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﲔ‬ ‫ﰲ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺟﻬﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺃﺳﲎ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻠﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﲑﺍﺛﺎﹰ ﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﳌﺮﺳﻠﲔ ‪،r‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻼﺏ ﺃﻫﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻴﺸﻮﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺃﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺣﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﰲ‬ ‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﺸﺒﻬﻮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻪ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺃﺣﻮﺍﻟﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ‪ ،‬ﻋﺴﻰ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﻘﻠﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺘﺸﺒﻪ ﺑﻪ ﰲ ﺑﺎﻃﻨﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳊﻖ ‪ ،U‬ﻭﺳﻨﺬﻛﺮ ﻫﻨﺎ ﳕﺎﺫﺝ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻹﳍﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪r‬‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻛﺮﱘ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻮﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀﻩ ﺃﻭ ﻷﻭﻻﺩﻩ ﺃﻭ ﳉﲑﺍﻧﻪ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻖ ﺃﲨﻌﲔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺣﻠﻮ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺷﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﻟﺴﻪ ﻭﺧﺎﻟﻄﻪ ﻭﺭﺁﻩ ﻭﻟﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭﻝ‬ ‫ﻭﻫﻠﺔ ﺃﺣﺒﻪ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺁﻩ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳﻬ‪‬ﺔﹰ ﻫ‪‬ﺎﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻄﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺮﹺﻓﹶﺔﹰ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻪ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٤٧١‬‬

‫ﺃﺣﺒﻪ ﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﻣﻌﺎﺷﺮﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﳉﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﺧﻼﻗﻪ ‪ ،r‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﻛﺮﱘ ﻣﻌﺎﺷﺮﺗﻪ ‪ r‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺘﺄﻟﻒ‬ ‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻄﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﻓﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﺭﲪﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻭﺳﻌﺖ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲﺀ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﰲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺟﻠﺲ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺣﺪ‬ ‫ﳛﺪﺛﻪ ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻨﻬﻲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺣﻈﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﳛﺲ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ‪ r‬ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻬﺎﻡ ﻏﲑﻩ‬ ‫ﻓﻴﺴﺘﺄﺫﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻋﻦ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ‪ y‬ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﺳ‪‬ﺌﻠﺖ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ‪ r‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺧﻼ ﰲ ﺑﻴﺘﻪ؟ ﻓﻘﺎﻟﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺃﹶﻟﹾﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱﹺ‪ ،‬ﺑ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺿ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﻛﹰﺎ {‬

‫‪٤٧٢‬‬

‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﺟﺎﺑﺮ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ‪ t‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺋ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﺍ ﺭﹺﺟ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺑﹺﻪ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٤٧٣‬‬

‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻘﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﳚﻠﺴﻮﻥ ﰲ ﻣﺴﺠﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ‪ r‬ﳊﻔﻆ‬ ‫‪ ٤٧١‬ﺟﺎﻣﻊ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي ﻋﻦ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻦ أﺑﻲ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ٤٧٢‬ﻣﺴﻨﺪ اﺳﺤﻖ ﻻﺑﻦ راھﻮﯾﺔ وﺗﺎرﯾﺦ دﻣﺸﻖ ﻻﺑﻦ ﻋﺴﺎﻛﺮ‬ ‫‪ ٤٧٣‬ﺣﻠﯿﺔ اﻷوﻟﯿﺎء ﻷﺑﻲ ﻧﻌﯿﻢ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﳚﻠﺴﻮﻥ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎﹰ ﻳﺘﻮﺍﺭﻭﻥ ﰲ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺪﺓ ﻋﺮﻱ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﻟﻴﺴﺘﺮﻭﺍ ﻋﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻧﺸﻐﻠﻮﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺪﻋﻮﺓ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺘﺤﺼﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،r‬ﻋﻦ ﺃﰊ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ‪ t‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺟ‪‬ﻠﹶﺴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺎﺑ‪‬ﺔ‪– ‬ﺃﻱ ﲨﺎﻋﺔ ‪ -‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺿ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻔﹶﺎﺀِ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎﺟﹺﺮﹺﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ‬

‫ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺒ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺾﹴ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻱﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺎﺭﹺﺉ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹾﺮ‪‬ﺃﹸ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﺫﹾ ﺟ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪r ‬‬ ‫ﺳﻜﹶﺖ‪‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻡ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﹶﺎﻡ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ - r ‬ﺃﻱ ﻭﻗﻒ ﻣﺸﺮﻓﺎﹰ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ‪ -‬‬ ‫ﺼﻨ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ؟ ﻗﹸﻠﹾﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﹾﻘﹶﺎﺭﹺﺉ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺴ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﹸﻨ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺗ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻗﹶﺎﺭﹺﺉ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹾﺮ‪‬ﺃﹸ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻜﹸﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻧ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻛ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺎﺏﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ :r ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﺟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺒﹺﺮ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴِﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺠ‪‬ﻠﹶﺲ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻄﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻟ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻝﹶ ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴِﻪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺑﹺﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﻜﹶﺬﹶﺍ –‬ ‫ﺃﻱ ﺃﺷﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ ‪ -‬ﻓﹶﺘ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻠﱠﻘﹸﻮﺍ ﻭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺯ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻮﻫ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪r ‬‬ ‫ﻏﻴ‪‬ﺮﹺﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ :r ‬ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﻴﻚ‪– ‬‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻑ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺃﻱ ﻓﻘﺮﺍﺀ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎﺟﹺﺮﹺﻳﻦ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺎﻟﻨ‪‬ﻮﺭﹺ ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﺎﻡ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﻗﹶﺒ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺃﹶﻏﹾﻨﹺﻴ‪‬ﺎﺀِ‬ ‫‪٤٧٤‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱﹺ ﺑﹺﻨﹺﺼ‪‬ﻒ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡﹴ ﻭ‪‬ﺫﹶﺍﻙ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﺋﹶﺔ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪{ ‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺟﻠﺲ ﻣﻌﻬﻢ ﻻ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺄﺫﻧﻮﺍ ﻟﻪ ﻷﺩﺍﺀ ﻣﺼﺎﳊﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻣﺸﻰ‬ ‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﻭﻃﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﻥ ﳚﺎﻟﺴﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﺟﻠﺲ ﰲ ﺃﻱ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﺟﻠﺲ ﻣﻌﻚ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺣﱴ ﺭ‪‬ﻭﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺷﻲﺀ ﺃﻱ ﻏﲑ ﺳﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻭﻗﺎﻟﺖ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﻟ‪‬ﻲ‬ ‫ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺎﺟ‪‬ﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹸﻡ‪ ‬ﻓﹸﻼﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧ‪‬ﻈﹸﺮﹺﻱ ﺃﹶﻱ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻜﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﺌﹾﺖ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺃﹶﻗﹾﻀ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺎﺟ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺨ‪‬ﻼ ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫‪٤٧٥‬‬ ‫ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺾﹺ ﺍﻟﻄﱡﺮ‪‬ﻕﹺ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﻏﹶﺖ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺎﺟ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ {‬ ‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺮﱘ ﻣﻌﺎﺷﺮﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﲨﻴﻞ ﺃﺩﺑﻪ ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺭﰊ ﻭﺗﺴﻠﻴﻤﺎﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ‬ ‫‪ ٤٧٤‬ﺳﻨﻦ أﺑﻲ داود ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ ﺳﻌﯿﺪ اﻟﺨﺪري ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ٤٧٥‬ﺻﺤﯿﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ وﺳﻨﻦ أﺑﻲ داود ﻋﻦ أﻧﺲ ‪t‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺟﺎﺀﻩ ﺟﻠﻴﺲ ﻳ‪‬ﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺣﺎﺏ ﻟﻪ ﻭﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺄﰐ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳ‪‬ﺮﺣﺐ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻭﺭﺩ ﺃﻧﻪ ‪:r‬‬

‫} ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺟ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻗﹾﺒ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻮﻩ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﺎﻋ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻮ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺾ‪ ‬ﺛﹶﻮ‪‬ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻗﹾﺒ‪‬ﻠﹶﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﺎﻋ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻮ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺷ‪‬ﻖ‪ ‬ﺛﹶﻮ‪‬ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﺎﻧﹺﺒﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻵﺧ‪‬ﺮﹺ ﻓﹶﺠ‪‬ﻠﹶﺴ‪‬ﺖ‪‬‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻗﹾﺒ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺃﹶﺧ‪‬ﻮﻩ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﺎﻋ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻡ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺟ‪‬ﻠﹶﺴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻪ‪‬‬ ‫‪٤٧٦‬‬ ‫{‬ ‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻛﺮ‪‬ﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺟ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺄﹾﺫ‪‬ﻥﹸ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ r ‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ " :‬ﺍﺋﹾﺬﹶﻧ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﻄﱠﻴ‪‬ﺐﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻄﹶﻴ‪‬ﺐﹺ‬ ‫{‬

‫‪٤٧٧‬‬

‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺃﹶﻗﹾﺒ‪‬ﻠﹶﺖ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺎﻃ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺔﹸ ﺗ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﺊﹸ ﻣ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹰﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺁﻫ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﹺﺎﺑ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺟ‪‬ﻠﹶﺴ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻴﻨﹺﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬ ‫‪٤٧٨‬‬ ‫ﺷ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﻪ‪{ ‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪:‬‬

‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻓﹾﺪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘﹶﻴ‪‬ﺲﹺ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪r ‬‬ ‫} ﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﹾﻮ‪‬ﻓﹾﺪ‪ ،‬ﻏﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺍﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻧ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍﻣ‪‬ﻰ {‬

‫‪٤٧٩‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ‪ r‬ﻟﻌﻜﺮﻣﺔ ﺑﻦ ﺃﰊ ﺟﻬﻞ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻣﻬﺎﺟﺮﺍﹰ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺮ‪‬ﺍﻛ‪‬ﺐﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎﺟﹺﺮﹺ {‬

‫‪٤٨٠‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﺃﻡ ﻫﺎﻧﺊ‪ :‬ﺫﹶﻫ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺎﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻔﹶﺘ‪‬ﺢﹺ ﻓﹶﻮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺴِﻞﹸ ﻭ‪‬ﻓﹶﺎﻃ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺔﹸ ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪‬‬ ‫‪ ٤٧٦‬ﺳﻨﻦ ﺑﻲ داود ودﻻﺋﻞ اﻟﻨﺒﻮة ﻟﻠﺒﯿﮭﻘﻲ‬ ‫‪ ٤٧٧‬ﺟﺎﻣﻊ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي واﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﺔ‬ ‫‪ ٤٧٨‬اﻟﺼﺤﯿﺤﯿﻦ اﻟﺒﺨﺎري وﻣﺴﻠﻢ‬ ‫‪ ٤٧٩‬ﺻﺤﯿﺢ اﺑﻦ ﺧﺰﯾﻤﺔ‬ ‫‪ ٤٨٠‬ﺟﺎﻣﻊ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي واﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺪرك‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺗ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺴ‪‬ﻠﱠﻤ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪:‬‬

‫} ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬ‪‬ﻩ‪‬؟ ﻓﹶﻘﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹸﻡ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎﻧﹺﺊ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻨ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻃﹶﺎﻟ‪‬ﺐﹴ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﹺﺄﹸﻡ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎﻧﹺﺊ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٤٨١‬‬

‫ﺣﱴ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻋﻦ ﺃﰊ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ‪:t‬‬ ‫} ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺄﹾﺧ‪‬ﺬﹸ ﺑﹺﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺰﹺﻉ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﹸﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻦ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻯ ﺭ‪‬ﻛﹾﺒ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﻛﹾﺒ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺﺟ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﻛﹾﺒ‪‬ﺔ‪‬‬ ‫ﺟ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻴﺴِﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺎﻓ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻻ ﺃﹶﻗﹾﺒ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻬﹺﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺮﹺﻓﹾﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪‬‬ ‫‪٤٨٢‬‬ ‫ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﻔﹾﺮ‪‬ﻍﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﻼﻣ‪‬ﻪ‪{ ‬‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﺮﺣﺐ ﺑﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺄﺗﻴﻪ ﺗﺮﺣﻴﺒﺎﹰ ﳚﻌﻠﻪ ﻳﻔﺮﺡ ﲟﺠﺎﻟﺴﺔ ﺣﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﻭﻳﺄﻧﺲ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺣﱴ ﻗﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﳜﺺ ﻛﻞ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺄﻧﺴﻪ ﻭﻟﻄﻔﻪ ﺣﱴ ﻳﻈﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺭﺟﻞ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺃﺣﺐ ﺍﳉﺎﻟﺴﲔ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﳌﺎ ﻳﺮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻗﺒﺎﻟﻪ ﻭﻟﻄﻔﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺭﰊ ﻭﺗﺴﻠﻴﻤﺎﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺣﱴ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻤﺮﻭ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺹ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺳﻠﻢ ﻣﺘﺄﺧﺮﺍﹰ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﻜﺔ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹾﺒﹺﻞﹸ ﺑﹺﻮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻬﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳﺜ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘﹶﻮ‪‬ﻡﹺ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﱠﻔﹸﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺬﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻜﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹾﺒﹺﻞﹸ ﺑﹺﻮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻬﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳﺜ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻲ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻇﹶﻨ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﹾﻘﹶﻮ‪‬ﻡﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻮ ﺑ‪‬ﻜﹾﺮﹴ؟ ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻮ ﺑ‪‬ﻜﹾﺮﹴ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ‬

‫ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪‬؟ ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶ ‪‬ﻭ‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﺜﹾﻤ‪‬ﺎﻥﹸ؟ ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻋ‪‬ﺜﹾﻤ‪‬ﺎﻥﹸ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺳ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻓﹶﺼ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻗﹶﻨﹺﻲ ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻮ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﻟﹶﻢ‪‬‬ ‫‪٤٨٣‬‬ ‫ﺳﺄﹶﻟﹾﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪{ ‬‬ ‫ﺃﹶﻛﹸﻦ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﻇﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻄﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﻭﻗﺮﺑﻪ ﻭﺃﻧﺴﻪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺻﺎﺭ ﺧﲑﺍﹰ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺃﻭﻝ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺻﺪ‪‬ﻗﻮﺍ ﲝﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﻭﺃﻋﺎﻧﻮﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺑﻼﻍ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﺩﻋﻮﺓ ﺍﷲ ‪U‬‬

‫‪ ٤٨١‬اﻟﺼﺤﯿﺤﯿﻦ اﻟﺒﺨﺎري وﻣﺴﻠﻢ‬ ‫‪ ٤٨٢‬اﻟﻤﻌﺠﻢ اﻷوﺳﻂ ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺮاﻧﻲ وﻛﺸﻒ اﻷﺳﺘﺎر‬ ‫‪ ٤٨٣‬اﻟﺸﻤﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﻤﺤﻤﺪﯾﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺮﻣﺬي‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫‪٤٨٤‬‬ ‫} ﺗ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﱠﻔﹸﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ‪{ ‬‬

‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺑﻌﺚ ﺑﻌﺜﺎﹰ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ } :‬ﺗ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﱠﻔﹸﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ‪ { ‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻻ ﻳﺘﺮﻓﻊ ﰲ ﳎﻠﺴﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺣﱴ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺄﰐ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻓﻼ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻪ ﻣﻦ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺴﺄﻝ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﻳﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ؟ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﻳﺸﲑﻭﻥ ﺇﱃ ﺣﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﻛﺜﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻓﻮﺩ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﳚﻠﺲ ﳎﻠﺴﺎﹰ ﺭﻓﻴﻌﺎﹰ ﻟﻴﻌﺮﻓﻪ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻳﺐ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺍﻓﹾﻌ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺑ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﻟﹶﻜﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺒ‪‬ﻨﻮﺍ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺩ‪‬ﻛﺎﻧﺎﹰ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﻃ‪‬ﲔ ﻳ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﺲ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴﻬﺎ {‬

‫‪٤٨٥‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻳ‪‬ﺠﻠﺲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﳌﺼﻄﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ‪ r‬ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺧﻮﺍﻧﻪ ﺑﺸﻲﺀ ﺃﺑﺪﺍﹰ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﻟﻄﻔﻪ ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺭﰊ ﻭﺗﺴﻠﻴﻤﺎﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪r‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﻟﻄﻔﻪ ‪ r‬ﻭﻛﺮﱘ ﻣﻌﺎﺷﺮﺗﻪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﳚﺎﻟﺲ ﻧﺴﺎﺀﻩ ﻭﳛﺎﺩﺛﻬﻦ ﻭﻳﻼﻃﻔﻬﻦ‬ ‫ﻭﳝﺎﺯﺣﻬﻦ ﻭﻳﻌﺎﻣﻠﻬﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺩ ﻭﺍﻹﺣﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ‪:r‬‬ ‫} ﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻷَﻫ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻷَﻫ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻲ {‬

‫‪٤٨٦‬‬

‫ﻭﺯﺍﺩ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺴﺎﻛﺮ ﰲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺘﻪ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻛﹾﺮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﺇﹺﻻ ﻛﹶﺮﹺﱘ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﺎﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻻ ﻟﹶﺌ‪‬ﻴﻢ‪{ ‬‬ ‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﺖ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪:r‬‬ ‫} ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻛﹾﻤ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨﹺﲔ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﳝ‪‬ﺎﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻘﹰﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻟﹾﻄﹶﻔﹸﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺄﹶﻫ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻪ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٤٨٧‬‬

‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ‪ y‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ‪ } :r‬ﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻠﻨ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺎﺀِ {‪ ،٤٨٨‬ﻭﻋﻦ ﺃﰊ‬ ‫‪ ٤٨٤‬اﻟﻤﻄﺎﻟﺐ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﯿﺔ ﻻﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ وﻣﺠﻤﻊ اﻟﺰواﺋﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٤٨٥‬أﺧﺮﺟﮫ اﻟﺰﺑﯿﺪي ﻓﻲ اﺗﺤﺎف اﻟﺴﺎدة اﻟﻤﺘﻘﯿﻦ واﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻓ ﺘﺢ اﻟﺒ ﺎري واﻟﻌﺮاﻗ ﻰ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻤﻐﻨ ﻲ ﻋ ﻦ ﺣﻤ ﻞ اﻷﺳ ﻔﺎر‪ ،‬وﻓ ﻲ‬ ‫اﻟﺮواﯾ ﺔ اﻷﺧ ﺮى ﻣ ﻦ ﺳ ﻨﻦ أﺑ ﻲ داود واﻟﻨﺴ ﺎﺋﻲ ﻋ ﻦ أﺑ ﻲ ذر ﻗ ﺎل‪} :‬ﻛ ﺎن رﺳ ﻮل اﷲ ‪ r‬ﯾﺠﻠ ﺲ ﺑ ﯿﻦ ﻇﮭ ﺮي أﺻ ﺤﺎﺑﮫ ﻓﯿﺠ ﻲء‬ ‫اﻟﻐﺮﯾﺐ ﻓﻼ ﯾﺪري أﯾﮭﻢ ھﻮ ﺣﺘﻰ ﯾﺴﺄل‪ ،‬ﻓﻄﻠﺒﻨﺎ إﻟﻰ رﺳ ﻮل اﷲ ‪ r‬أن ﻧﺠﻌ ﻞ ﻟ ﮫ ﻣﺠﻠﺴ ﺎ ﯾﻌﺮﻓ ﮫ اﻟﻐﺮﯾ ﺐ إذا أﺗ ﺎه‪ ،‬ﻗ ﺎل‪ :‬ﻓﺒﻨﯿﻨ ﺎ ﻟ ﮫ‬ ‫دﻛﺎﻧﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻃﯿﻦ ﻓﺠﻠﺲ ﻋﻠﯿﮫ وﻛﻨﺎ ﻧﺠﻠﺲ ﺑﺠﻨﺒﺘﯿﮫ{‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٤٨٦‬ﺟﺎﻣﻊ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي واﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ رﺿﻲ اﷲ ﻋﻨﮭﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٤٨٧‬ﺟﺎﻣﻊ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي وﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٤٨٨‬اﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺪرك‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ‪ t‬ﺃﻧﻪ ‪ }: r‬ﺃﹶﻛﹾﻤ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨﹺﲔ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﳝ‪‬ﺎﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻘﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻛﹸﻢ‪‬‬ ‫‪٤٨٩‬‬ ‫ﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻨﹺﺴ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪{ ‬‬ ‫ﺣﱴ ﺣﻜﺖ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﺟﻠﺲ ﻣﻌﻬﻢ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻟﻴﻠﺔ ﻭﺣﺪﺛﻬﻢ ﻋﻦ‬ ‫ﲨﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﻌﻮﺍ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺗﻔﻘﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ ﻋﻦ‬ ‫ﺯﻭﺟﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﺼﻔﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺮﺍﻩ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻜﺬﺏ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺪ‪‬ﺛﻬﻢ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻧﺴﺎﺀ ﺗﺼﻒ ﻛﻞ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺯﻭﺟﻬﺎ ﲟﺎ ﺭﺃﺗﻪ ﻭﻋﺎﻳﻨﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﳋﺘﺎﻡ ﺣﻜﻰ ﳍﻦ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻓﻀﻠﻬﻦ ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ ﺇﲰﻬﺎ ﺃﻡ‬ ‫ﺯﺭﻉ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺧﺬﺕ ﺗﺼﻒ ﺯﻭﺟﻬﺎ ﺑﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﳏﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻜﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺎﺕ ﻛﻠﻬﻦ ﻳ‪‬ﻌﱭ ﺃﺯﻭﺍﺟﻬﻦ‬ ‫ﻭﻳ‪‬ﻈﻬﺮﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻮﺏ ﺇﻻ ﻫﺬﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺧﺬﺕ ﺗﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﻋﻦ ﳏﺎﺳﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻦ ﺃﻭﺻﺎﻓﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺮﳝﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ‪:r‬‬ ‫} ﻛﹸﻨ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺄﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﺯ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﻉﹴ ﻷُﻡ‪ ‬ﺯ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﻉﹴ {‪٤٩٠‬ﻭﺟﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﳍﻴﺜﻢ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻠﻲ‪ } :‬ﻛﹸﻨ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺄﹶﺑﹺﻲ‬ ‫ﺯ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﻉﹴ ﻷُﻡ‪ ‬ﺯ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﻉﹴ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﻷُﻟﹾﻔﹶﺔﹶ ﻭﺍﻟﻮ‪‬ﻓﺎﺀ ﻻﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﹸﺮ‪‬ﻗﹶﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﹶﻔﹶﺎﺀ { ﻭﺯﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﱪﺍﱐ ﰲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺘﻪ‪:‬‬ ‫}ﺇﹺﻻﹶ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﻃﻠﱠﻘﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﺇﱐ ﻻﹶ ﺃﹸﻃﹶﻠﱢﻘﹸﻚ{ ﻭﺯﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﱪﺍﱐ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ‪:y‬‬ ‫} ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﷲ ﺑ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﺯ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﻉ {‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳ‪‬ﺤﺪﺙ ﻧﺴﺎﺀﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﰲ ﻣﱰﻟﻪ ﻳﺸﺎﺭﻛﻬﻦ ﰲ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﱰﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺍﺿﻌﻪ ﺍﳉﻢ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻯ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺩ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺳﺄﻟﺖ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺼﻨ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻪ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹶﺖ‪ :‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺣ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺕ‪‬‬ ‫} ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ r ‬ﻳ‪ ‬‬ ‫‪٤٩١‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻼﺓﹸ ﻗﹶﺎﻡ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻼﺓ‪{ ‬‬ ‫ﻭﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻟﻸﻣﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﲑﻭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻧﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺒﺎﺑﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﻫﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻴﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻘﺪ ﺃﻭﺻﻰ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺧﲑﺍﹰ ﰲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﰲ ﳎﺘﻤﻌﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻭﻋﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﲔ ﻋﻦ ﺃﰊ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ‪ t‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪}:‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺻ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﻨ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺎﺀِ {‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺳﻨﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺧﻄﺒﺘﻪ ﻳﻮﻡ‬ ‫‪ ٤٨٩‬ﺟﺎﻣﻊ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي وﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ‬ ‫‪ ٤٩٠‬اﻟﺼﺤﯿﺤﯿﻦ اﻟﺒﺨﺎري وﻣﺴﻠﻢ‬ ‫‪ ٤٩١‬ﺻﺤﯿﺢ اﻟﺒﺨﺎري وﺟﺎﻣﻊ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺣﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺩﺍﻉ‪ } :‬ﺍﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺻ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﻨ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺎﺀِ ﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍ {‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻣﺜﻠﻪ ﰲ ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﺷﻲﺀ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷﻲﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﱪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻜﱪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻦ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ‬ ‫ﰲ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑﺓ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ‪ r‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺳ‪‬ﺌﻠﺖ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ‪ :‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪r‬‬ ‫ﻳﺼﻨﻊ ﰲ ﺑﻴﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻟﺖ‪ }:‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻔﹾﻌ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻒ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠﹶﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﻴﻂﹸ ﺛﹶﻮ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻗﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﺩ‪‬ﻟﹾﻮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،٤٩٢{ ‬ﻭﻏﲑﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﱰﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺸﺎﺭﻛﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﻄﻴﻴﺒﺎﹰ ﳋﻮﺍﻃﺮﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﻫﺎﺑﺎﹰ ﻟﻨﺨﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﱪ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺣﺴﺎﺳﺎﹰ ﳍﻢ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ‪ r‬ﻳﺸﻌﺮ ‪‬ﻢ‬ ‫ﺃﺣﻮﺍﳍﻢ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻛﻞ‬ ‫ﰲ‬ ‫ﻭﻳﺸﺎﺭﻛﻬﻢ‬ ‫‪‬ﻢ‬ ‫ﻭﳛﺲ‬ ‫ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻛﺮﱘ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀﻩ‪.‬‬

‫‪r‬‬ ‫ﻋﻦ ﺃﻧﺲ ‪ t‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ } :‬ﺧ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ r ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻨﹺﲔ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹸﻑ‪‬‬ ‫ﻗﹶﻂﱡ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻟ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻲ‪‬ﺀٍ ﺻ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻟ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻲ‪‬ﺀٍ ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻛﹾﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﻟ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻛﹾﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،٤٩٣{ ‬ﻭﰲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺃﲪﺪ‪" :‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﻭﺍﳊﻀﺮ"‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪:‬‬ ‫"ﺗﺴﻊ ﺳﻨﲔ"‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺃﰊ ﻧﻌﻴﻢ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﻧﺲ ‪ } :t‬ﺧ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪r ‬‬

‫ﺳ‪‬ﻨﹺﲔ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﺳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺔﹰ ﻗﹶﻂﱡ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﺿ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﺿ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﺍﻧ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻧﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺲ‪‬‬

‫ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻬﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻧﹺﻲ ﺑﹺﺄﹶﻣ‪‬ﺮﹴ ﻓﹶﺘ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﻧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻌ‪‬ﺎﺗ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻥﹾ ﻋ‪‬ﺎﺗ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ‬ ‫ﺷﻲ‪‬ﺀٌ ﻟﹶﻜﹶﺎﻥﹶ {‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺩ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻮﻩ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻮ‪ ‬ﻗﹸﺪ‪‬ﺭ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﻻ ﻳﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﺃﺣﺪﺍ ﲟﻜﺮﻭﻩ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﰲ ﻭﻋﻈﻪ ﻷﺣﺪ ﻣﻌﲔ ﺑﻞ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺧﻄﺎﺑﺎﹰ ﻋﺎﻣﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺑﻠﻐﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻲﺀ ﱂ ﻳﻘﻞ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻝ ﻓﻼﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻝ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﻡ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﻛﺬﺍ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻌﺎﺗﺒﺘﻪ ‪ r‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻀﺎﹰ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺑ‪‬ﺎﻝﹸ ﺃﹶﻗﹾﻮ‪‬ﺍﻡﹴ ﻳ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺮﹺﻃﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺷ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻭﻃﹰﺎ ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻛ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺎﺏﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ٤٩٤{ ‬ﻭﳓﻮ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٤٩٢‬ﺻﺤﯿﺢ اﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎن‬ ‫‪ ٤٩٣‬ﺟﺎﻣﻊ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي‬ ‫‪ ٤٩٤‬ﺻﺤﯿﺢ اﻟﺒﺨﺎري واﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ رﺿﻲ اﷲ ﻋﻨﮭﺎ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻧﺎﹰ ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻠﻴﻖ ﱂ ﻳﺪﻉ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﹰ ﻳﺒﺎﺩﺭ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻹﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺣﱴ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﺜﺒﺖ ﰲ ﺃﻣﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻷﺩﺏ ﺑﺮﻓﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺄﹾﺧ‪‬ﺬﹸ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﹾﻘﹶﺮ‪‬ﻑ‪) ‬ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻤﺔ( ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹾﺒ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﻗﹶﻮ‪‬ﻝﹶ‬ ‫ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ،٤٩٥‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻛﺜﲑﺍﹰ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻠﱢﻐ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺑﹺﻲ ﺷ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹸﺣ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺃﹶﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺝ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻬﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫‪٤٩٦‬‬ ‫ﺳ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻴﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺭﹺ {‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺑﻌﺚ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﹰ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﻣﺮﻩ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫‪٤٩٧‬‬ ‫} ﺑ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﺗ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻔﱢﺮ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻭﺍ {‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻟﹶﻘ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺎﻓ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻠﱢﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻬﹺﻢ‪ ٤٩٨‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪ r‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻟﹶﻘ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺑﹺﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺧ‪‬ﺬﹶ ﺑﹺﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺸ‪‬ﺎﺑ‪‬ﻜﹶﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺒ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪٤٩٩‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪ r‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻟﹶﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺑﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻡ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺮﹺﻑ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹸ‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺮﹺﻑ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻟﹶﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺑﹺﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺘ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﻭ‪‬ﻝﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﻧ‪‬ﺎﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﻳ‪‬ﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺰﹺﻉ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺰﹺﻉ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻟﹶﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺑﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺘ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﻭ‪‬ﻝﹶ‬ ‫ﺃﹸﺫﹸﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ – ‬ﺃﻱ ﻟﻴﻜﻠﻤﻪ ﺳﺮﺍﹰ ‪ -‬ﻧ‪‬ﺎﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﻳ‪‬ﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺰﹺﻋ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺰﹺﻋ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،٥٠٠‬ﺃﻱ ﻻ ﻳﻨﺤﻲ ﺃﺫﻧﻪ ﻋﻦ ﻓﻤﻪ‬ ‫ﺣﱴ ﻳﻔﺮﻍ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻪ‪.‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻟﹶﻘ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺑﹺﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ،٥٠١‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻻ ﻳﺪﻋﻮﻩ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻏﲑﻫﻢ ﺇﻻ ﻗﺎﻝ ‪r‬‬ ‫ﻟﺒﻴﻚ‪.‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﻜﲏ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ‪ ،٥٠٢‬ﻭﻳﺪﻋﻮﻫﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﲎ ﺑﺎﺣﺐ ﺃﲰﺎﺋﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﺇﻛﺮﺍﻣﺎ ﳍﻢ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻤﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻘﻠﻮ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻜﲏ ﻣﻦ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻜﲏ‬ ‫‪ ٤٩٥‬ﺣﻠﯿﺔ اﻷوﻟﯿﺎء ﻷﺑﻲ ﻧﻌﯿﻢ‬ ‫‪ ٤٩٦‬ﺟﺎﻣﻊ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي وﺳﻨﻦ أﺑﻲ داود ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ اﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮد ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ٤٩٧‬ﺻﺤﯿﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ وﺳﻨﻦ أﺑﻲ داود ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ٤٩٨‬اﻟﻤﻌﺠﻢ اﻟﻜﺒﯿﺮ ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺮاﻧﻲ‬ ‫‪ ٤٩٩‬اﻟﺠﺎﻣﻊ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﺪﯾﺚ ﻻﺑﻦ وھﺐ‬ ‫‪ ٥٠٠‬أﺧﻼق اﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﻷﺑﻲ اﻟﺸﯿﺦ اﻷﺻﺒﮭﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫‪ ٥٠١‬ﺻﺤﯿﺢ اﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎن‬ ‫‪ ٥٠٢‬اﻟﻔﻘﯿﮫ واﻟﻤﺘﻔﻘﮫ ﻟﻠﺨﻄﯿﺐ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻼﰐ ﳍﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﻻﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻼﰐ ﱂ ﻳﻠﺪﻥ ﻳﺒﺘﺪﺉ ﳍﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﲎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻜﲏ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﻴﺴﺘﻠﲔ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻠﻮ‪‬ﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﻜﺮﻡ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻞ ﰲ ﺃﺧﻼﻗﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﺄﻟﻒ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﻹﺣﺴﺎﻥ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻜﺮﻡ ﺫﻭﻱ ﺭﲪﻪ ﻭﻳﺼﻠﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻏﲑ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺆﺛﺮﻫﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪r‬‬ ‫ﻳﻜﺮﻡ ﺑﲏ ﻫﺎﺷﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺷﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻟﻄﻔﺎﹰ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺒﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳ‪‬ﺠﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺱ ﺇﺟﻼﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﻟﺪ ﻟﻠﻮﺍﻟﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻘﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺳﺎﻳﺮﻩ ﺣﱴ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻫﻮ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻨﺼﺮﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ } :r‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻭ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﻉ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻼ ﺃﹶﺧ‪‬ﺬﹶ ﺑﹺﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻼ ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪‬‬

‫ﺳﺘ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﻉﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺩ‪‬ﻳﻨ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺎﻧ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺁﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻚ‪.٥٠٣{ ‬‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻉ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ r ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺍ ‪‬‬

‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻻ ﳚﻠﺲ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﺼﻠﻲ ﺇﻻ ﺧﻔﻒ ﺻﻼﺗﻪ ﻭﺃﻗﺒﻞ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﻟﻚ ﺣﺎﺟﺔ؟ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻓﺮﻍ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﺟﺘﻪ ﻋﺎﺩ ﺇﱃ ﺻﻼﺗﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﻜﺮﻡ ﻛﻞ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺣﱴ ﺭﲟﺎ ﺑﺴﻂ ﺛﻮﺑﻪ ﳌﻦ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﺑﻴﻨﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺑﺔ ﻭﻻ ﺭﺿﺎﻉ ﳚﻠﺴﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﱴ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﲢﺘﻪ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺃﰉ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺒﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﺰﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺣﱴ ﻳﻘﺒﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻟﻴﻨﺎﹰ ﻫﻴﻨﺎﹰ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﻔﻆ ﻭﻻ ﻏﻠﻴﻆ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻻ ﳚﻔﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﺪ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻮ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﻌﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻮﺟﺐ ﺍﳉﻔﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﻣﻌﺬﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﺬﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻭﻟﻮ‬

‫ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻌﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺁﺫﺍﻩ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬

‫} ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻮﺳ‪‬ﻰ ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﻭﺫ‪‬ﻱ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺄﹶﻛﹾﺜﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ ﻓﹶﺼ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺮ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٥٠٤‬‬

‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺐ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺡ ﻓﻼ ﻳﻨﻜﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺮﻓﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﳉﺎﰲ‬ ‫ﻓﻴﺤﺘﻤﻠﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺆﺍﺧﺬﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺳﺌﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﻋﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻋﺪﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺩﻋﺎ‬ ‫‪ ٥٠٣‬ﺟﺎﻣﻊ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي‬ ‫‪ ٥٠٤‬اﻟﺼﺤﯿﺤﯿﻦ اﻟﺒﺨﺎري وﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ اﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮد ‪t‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺿﺮﺏ ‪ r‬ﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ ﻭﻻ ﺧﺎﺩﻣﺎﹰ ﻗﻂ ﻭﻻ ﻏﲑﳘﺎ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﺃﻡ‬ ‫ﺳﻠﻤﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳋﺎﺩﻡ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻏﻀﺒﻪ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ‪:r‬‬ ‫} ﻟﹶﻮ‪‬ﻻ ﻣ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺎﻓﹶﺔﹸ ﺍﻟﹾﻘ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺎﺹﹺ‪ ،‬ﻷَﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻬ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﻙ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٥٠٥‬‬

‫ﻭﳌﺎ ﻛﺴﺮﺕ ﺭﺑﺎﻋﻴﺘﻪ ‪ r‬ﻭﺷﺞ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺷﻖ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺍﹰ‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻟﻮ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺇﱐ ﱂ ﺃﺑﻌﺚ ﻟﻌﺎﻧﺎﹰ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﻌﺜﺖ ﺩﺍﻋﻴﺎﹰ ﻭﺭﲪﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ ﺍﻫﺪ ﻗﻮﻣﻲ ﻓﺈ‪‬ﻢ ﻻ‬ ‫‪٥٠٦‬‬ ‫ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ{‬ ‫ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﳒﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﺀ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺎﺯﺏ ‪:t‬‬ ‫} ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱﹺ ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹾﻘﹰﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻘﹰﺎ {‬

‫‪٥٠٧‬‬

‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﲨﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻟﻪ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﺑﻦ ﻛﺜﲑ ﰲ ﺗﻔﺴﲑﻩ ﻭﻋﺰﺍﻩ ﻻﺑﻦ ﺃﰊ ﺣﺎﰎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻄﻼﱐ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻫﺐ ﻭﻋﺰﺍﻩ ﻻﺑﻦ ﺍﺳﺤﺎﻕ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻋﻦ ﻭﻫﺐ ﺑﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺒﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ " :‬ﺃﻭﺣﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺇﱃ ﻧﱯ ﻣﻦ ﺑﲏ ﺍﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺷﻌﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ ﻗﻢ ﰲ ﺑﲏ ﺍﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻓﺈﱐ ﺳﺄﻃﻠﻖ‬ ‫ﻟﺴﺎﻧﻚ ﺑﻮﺣﻲ ﻓﻘﺎﻡ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﲰﻌﻲ ﻭﻳﺎ ﺃﺭﺽ ﺃﻧﺼﱵ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻀﻲ ﺷﺄﻧﺎﹰ‬ ‫ﻭﻳﺪﺑﺮ ﺃﻣﺮﺍﹰ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻨﻔﺬﻩ‪ ،‬ﺇﻧﻪ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﻌﺚ ﺃﻣﻴﺎﹰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﻴﲔ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﻔﻆ ﻭﻻ ﻏﻠﻴﻆ ﻭﻻ‬ ‫ﺻﺨﺎﺏ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺍﻕ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮ ﳝﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﺍﺝ ﱂ ﻳﻄﻔﺌﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻜﻴﻨﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻮ ﳝﺸﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺐ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻴﺎﺑﺲ ﱂ ﻳﺴﻤﻊ ﻣﻦ ﲢﺖ ﻗﺪﻣﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﺑﻌﺜﻪ ﺑﺸﲑﺍﹰ ﻭﻧﺬﻳﺮﺍﹰ ﻻ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﳋﻨﺎ – ﺍﻟﻔﺤﺶ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‬ ‫ ﺃﻓﺘﺢ ﺑﻪ ﺃﻋﻴﻨﺎﹰ ﻋﻤﻴﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺫﺍﻧﺎﹰ ﺻﻤﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻠﻮﺑﺎﹰ ﻏﻠﻔﺎﹰ ﻭﺃﺳﺪﺩﻩ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺃﻣﺮ ﲨﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻫﺐ ﻟﻪ ﻛﻞ‬‫ﺧ‪‬ﻠﻖ ﻛﺮﱘ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺟﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﺒﺎﺳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱪ ﺷﻌﺎﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻯ ﺿﻤﲑﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳊﻜﻤﺔ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺪﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻓﺎﺀ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻔﻮ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺧ‪‬ﻠﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳊﻖ ﺷﺮﻳﻌﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﺳﲑﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳍﺪﻯ‬ ‫ﺇﻣﺎﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻣﻠﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﲰﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹸﻋﺮ‪‬ﻑ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻜﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹸﻛﺜﱢﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻏﲏ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻌ‪‬ﻴﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹸﲨﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺅﻟﻒ ﺑﻪ ﺑﲔ ﺃﻣﻢ ﻣﺘﻔﺮﻗﺔ ﻭﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻭﺃﻫﻮﺍﺀ ﻣﺸﺘﺘﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫‪ ٥٠٥‬اﻟﻤﻄﺎﻟﺐ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﯿﺔ ﻻﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ واﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎت اﻟﻜﺒﺮى ﻻﺑﻦ ﺳﻌﺪ‬ ‫‪ ٥٠٦‬أﺧﺮﺟﮫ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‬ ‫‪ ٥٠٧‬اﻟﺼﺤﯿﺤﯿﻦ اﻟﺒﺨﺎري وﻣﺴﻠﻢ وﺻﺤﯿﺢ اﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎن ﻋﻦ اﻟﺒﺮاء ﺑﻦ ﻋﺎزب ‪t‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻭﺃﺳﺘﻨﻘﺬ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺌﺎﻣﺎﹰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺎﹰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳍﻠﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺟﻌﻞ ﺃﻣﺘﻪ ﺧﲑ ﺃﻣﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﺟﺖ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ‬ ‫ﻳﺄﻣﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﻭﻳﻨﻬﻮﻥ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﻜﺮ ﻣﻮﺣﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﲔ ﳐﻠﺼﲔ ﻣﺼﺪﻗﲔ ﲟﺎ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ "‪.‬‬

‫‪r‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻛﺮﱘ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺻﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻳﻘﺒﻠﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﻷَﻗﹸﻮﻡ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻼﺓ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﺭﹺﻳﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺃﹸﻃﹶﻮ‪‬ﻝﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻜﹶﺎﺀَ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺗ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺯ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ‬ ‫‪٥٠٨‬‬ ‫ﺻ‪‬ﻼﺗ‪‬ﻲ ﻛﹶﺮ‪‬ﺍﻫ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﻖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﻪ‪{ ‬‬ ‫ﻳﺴﺮﻉ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻄﻴﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺑﻜﺎﺀ ﻃﻔﻞ ﺻﻐﲑ!! ﻭﺟﺎﺀ ﺃﻋﺮﺍﰊ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﻘﹶﺒ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻥﹶ ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻧ‪‬ﻘﹶﺒ‪‬ﻠﹸﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ‪:r‬‬ ‫} ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻧ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻉ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﻠﹾﺒﹺﻚ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٥٠٩‬‬

‫ﺟﻌﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺠﺰ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻘﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﱰﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﺔ ﰲ ﺑﺎﻃﻨﻪ ﻷ‪‬ﺎ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﲪﺔ ﺍﷲ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺰﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﺔ ﰲ ﻗﻠﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﻻﻩ ﺟﻞ ﰲ ﻋﻼﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺃﺭﺣﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻴﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﺆﺗﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﻴﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﻭﳛﻨﻜﻬﻢ ﻭﻳﺪﻋﻮﺍ ﳍﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﺰﻭﺭ ﺍﻷﻧﺼﺎﺭ ﻭﻳﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﺒﻴﺎ‪‬ﻢ ﻭﳝﺴﺢ ﺭﺅﻭﺳﻬﻢ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﻌﻦ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻼﻡ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺳﻤ‪‬ﺎﻧﹺﻲ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮﺳ‪‬ﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻗﹾﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻧﹺﻲ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺣ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺮﹺﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹾﺳ‪‬ﻲ {‬ ‫} ‪‬‬

‫‪٥١٠‬‬

‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﻼﻋﺐ ﺯﻳﻨﺐ ﺑﻨﺖ ﺃﻡ ﺳﻠﻤﺔ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﺯﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻨﹺﺐ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺯ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻨﹺﺐ‪ " ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﺭ‪‬ﺍ " {‬

‫‪٥١١‬‬

‫‪ ٥٠٨‬ﺻﺤﯿﺢ اﻟﺒﺨﺎري وﺳﻨﻦ أﺑﻲ داود ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ ﻗﺘﺎدة ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ٥٠٩‬اﻟﺼﺤﯿﺤﯿﻦ اﻟﺒﺨﺎري وﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ رﺿﻲ اﷲ ﻋﻨﮭﺎ‬ ‫‪ ٥١٠‬ﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ واﻟﻤﻌﺠﻢ اﻟﻜﺒﯿﺮ ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺮاﻧﻲ‬ ‫‪ ٥١١‬اﻷﺣﺎدﯾﺚ اﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎرة‪ ،‬واﻟﻤﺘﻘﻲ اﻟﮭﻨﺪي ﻓﻲ ﻛﻨﺰ اﻟﻌﻤﺎل ﻋﻦ أﻧﺲ ‪t‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﳊﺴﻦ ﻭﺍﳊﺴﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻇﻬﺮﻩ ﻭﳝﺸﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪﻳﻪ ﻭﺭﺟﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻧﹺﻌ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺟ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹸﻜﹸﻤ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻧﹺﻌ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻻﻥ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ {‬

‫‪٥١٢‬‬

‫ﻭﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﳊﺴﻦ ﻭﻫﻮ ‪ r‬ﻗﺪ ﺳﺠﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﻛﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻇﻬﺮﻩ ﻓﺄﺑﻄﺄ ﰲ ﺳﺠﻮﺩﻩ ﺣﱴ ﻧﺰﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﳊﺴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﻓﺮﻍ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺳﺠ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻇﹶﻬ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻱ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﺓ‪‬‬ ‫ﺳ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺓﹰ ﺃﹶﻃﹶﻠﹾﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻇﹶﻨ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺙﹶ ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮﺣ‪‬ﻰ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻚ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻛﹸﻞﱡ ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻜ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﺍﺭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻠﹶﻨﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻜﹶﺮﹺﻫ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺃﹸﻋ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻠﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹾﻀ‪‬ﻲ‪‬‬ ‫‪٥١٣‬‬ ‫ﺣ‪‬ﺎﺟ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪{ ‬‬ ‫} ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻭﰐ ﺑﺒﺎﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﻤﺮﺓ ﻭﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻴﻨﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﰒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻔﺘﻴﻪ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺭﹺﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺁﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮﻥﹸ ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻥ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٥١٤‬‬

‫ﳜﺺ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﻋﻄﻔﺎﹰ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻭﺣﻨﻮﺍﹰ ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷﻔﻘﺔ ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺇﺫﺍ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﻴﻞ ﰲ ﺷﺄﻧﻪ‪ :‬ﻳﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﻴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﳛﻤﻞ ﻣﻌﻪ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎﹰ ﲤﺮﺍﹰ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﺣﻠﻮﻯ ﻳﻮﺯﻋﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻟﺘﻨﺸﺮﺡ ﺻﺪﻭﺭﻫﻢ ﻟﻺﳝﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺌﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻧﺎﻥ ‪.r‬‬ ‫ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻛﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻄﻒ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﷲ ﺃﲨﻌﲔ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﲑ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺟﺎﺭ ﻳﺴﺎﺭﻉ ﰲ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺒﻪ ﻟﻠﻨﱯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻣﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻐﻼﻡ ﺫﻫﺐ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﻟﺰﻳﺎﺭﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ‪ r‬ﻟﻠﺼﱯ ﻭﻫﻮ ﰲ ﺳﻜﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻨ‪‬ﻈﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻃ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﹾﻘﹶﺎﺳ‪‬ﻢﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺳ‪‬ﻠﹶﻢ‪،‬‬ ‫‪٥١٥‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﺨ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺝ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ r ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻘﹶﺬﹶﻩ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ {‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﲝﺴﻦ ﺗﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﻭﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﻟﻄﻔﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٥١٢‬ﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ واﻟﻤﻌﺠﻢ اﻟﻜﺒﯿﺮ ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺮاﻧﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺟﺎﺑﺮ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ اﷲ‬ ‫‪ ٥١٣‬ﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ واﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ واﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺪرك ﻋﻦ ﺷﺪاد ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ٥١٤‬اﻟﺪﻋﻮات اﻟﻜﺒﯿﺮ ﻟﻠﺒﯿﮭﻘﻲ واﻟﻤﺘﻘﻲ اﻟﮭﻨﺪي ﻓﻲ ﻛﻨﺰ اﻟﻌﻤﺎل ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ ھﺮﯾﺮة ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ٥١٥‬ﺻﺤﯿﺢ اﻟﺒﺨﺎري وﺳﻨﻦ أﺑﻲ داود ﻋﻦ أﻧﺲ ‪t‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪r‬‬

‫ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻊ ﻋﻠﻮ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻪ ﻭﺷﺮﻑ ﺟﻨﺎﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﺠﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺍﺿﻌﻪ ‪ r‬ﰲ ﺳﺎﺋﺮ ﺃﺣﻮﺍﻟﻪ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﻮﺭﻩ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻗﻴﻞ ﰲ ﺷﺄﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ :‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﺃﺷﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺗﻮﺍﺿﻌﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺳﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻏﲑ ﻛﱪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺑﻠﻐﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻏﲑ‬ ‫ﺗﻄﻮﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺣﺴﻨﻬﻢ ﺑﺸﺮﺍﹰ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﻬﻮﻟﻪ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪.٥١٦‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺿﻌﺎﹰ ﰲ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺬﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻪ ﻫﻴﺒﺔ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻫﻴﺒﺔ ﺍﳌﻠﻮﻙ ﻷﻥ ﻫﻴﺒﺘﻪ ﺧﻠﻌﺔ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﻠﻮﻙ ‪ ،U‬ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻜﺴﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳍﻴﺒﺔ ﲝﺴﻦ ﺗﻮﺍﺿﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺕ‪ ‬ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ r ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪‬‬ ‫ﻗﹶﺎﻋ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘﹸﺮ‪‬ﻓﹸﺼ‪‬ﺎﺀَ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺕ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﹾﺠﹺﻠﹾﺴ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﺭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻔﹶﺮ‪‬ﻕﹺ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻴﺴ‪‬ﻪ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﺭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻜ‪‬ﻴﻨ‪‬ﺔﹸ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺮﺃﺓ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻈﹸﺮ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻲ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬‬ ‫ﻇﹶﻬ‪‬ﺮﹺﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ‪:r‬‬ ‫} ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻜ‪‬ﻴﻨ‪‬ﺔﹸ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻜ‪‬ﻴﻨ‪‬ﺔﹸ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ،‬ﺃﹶﺫﹾﻫ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ‪،‬‬ ‫‪٥١٧‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﻗﹶﻠﹾﺒﹺﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺐ {‬ ‫ﻭﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﻰ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ r ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹲ ﻓﹶﻜﹶﻠﱠﻤ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺠ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺍﺋ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻟﹶﻪ‪:r ‬‬ ‫} ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻥﹾ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﻟﹶﺴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻤ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺃﹶﺓ‪ ‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﻳﺶ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗ‪‬ﺄﹾﻛﹸﻞﹸ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﹾﻘﹶﺪ‪‬ﻳﺪ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٥١٨‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﺪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻢ ﺍ‪‬ﻔﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺄﻛﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺎﺀ ﻳﺄﻛﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺯﺝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺣﺎﻟﻪ ﻭﺷﺄﻧﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ‪.r‬‬ ‫ﻓﻤﻦ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺗﻮﺍﺿﻌﻪ ﺃﻧﻪ ‪ r‬ﱂ ﳜﺺ ﻟﻪ ﻛﺎﳌﻠﻮﻙ ﺟﻴﺎﺩﺍﹰ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻳﺮﻛﺒﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﺗﺎﺭﺓ ﻳﺮﻛﺐ‬ ‫ﺍﳊﻤﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺎﺭﺓ ﻳﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻐﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻐﻞ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﳊﻤﺎﺭ ﻭﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎﹰ ﻳﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺱ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺗﻮﺍﺿﻌﻪ ‪ ،r‬ﺑﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎﹰ ﻳﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺱ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺳﺮﺝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻻ ﻳﻔﻌﻠﻪ‬ ‫‪ ٥١٦‬أﺧﺮﺟﮫ اﻟﺰﺑﯿﺪي ﻓﻲ اﺗﺤﺎف اﻟﺴﺎدة اﻟﻤﺘﻘﯿﻦ‬ ‫‪ ٥١٧‬اﻟﻤﻌﺠﻢ اﻟﻜﺒﯿﺮ ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺮاﻧﻲ ﻋﻦ ﻓﯿﻠﺔ ﺑﻨﺖ ﻣﺨﺮﻣﺔ اﻟﻌﻨﺒﺮﯾﺔ رﺿﻲ اﷲ ﻋﻨﮭﺎ‬ ‫‪ ٥١٨‬ﺳﻨﻦ اﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﺔ واﻟﺒﯿﮭﻘﻲ ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ ﻣﺴﻌﻮد اﻷﻧﺼﺎري ‪t‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﻛﺎﺑﺮ ﺃﻧﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺆﻻﺀ ﳍﻢ ﺟﻴﺎﺩ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﻈﺎﺋﺮ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻨﺘﻘﻮﻥ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳉﻴﺎﺩ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ‪ r‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻭﺭﺩ‪ :‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺄﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻭﺟﺪ ﻭﻳﺮﻛﺐ ﻣﺎ ﻭﺟﺪ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﻻ ﺭﺿﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺣﺪ ‪ ،U‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﻧﺲ ‪:t‬‬ ‫} ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻮﺩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﺾ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﺯ‪‬ﺓﹶ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻛﹶﺐ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺠﹺﻴﺐ‪‬‬ ‫ﺩ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﻗﹸﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻈﹶﺔﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺭﹴ ﻣ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﻄﹸﻮﻡﹴ ﺑﹺﺤ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻞﹴ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻴﻒ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪‬‬ ‫‪٥١٩‬‬ ‫ﺇﹺﻛﹶﺎﻑ‪ – ‬ﺑﺮﺩﻋﺔ ‪ -‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻴﻒ‪{ ‬‬

‫ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻣﻦ ﲤﺎﻡ ﺗﻮﺍﺿﻌﻪ ﻳﺮﻛﺐ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﳚﻠﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﻛﺎﻥ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﳚﻠﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻪ ‪ r‬ﻭﻋﺎﺀ ﻳﻮﺿﻊ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﺮﻳﺪ ﻟﻔﻘﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻ‪‬ﻨﻊ ﻟﻪ‬ ‫ﻗﺼﻌﺔ ﺧﺼﻴﺼﺎﹰ ﻛﺎﻥ ﳛﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺭﺟﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﳚﻤﻊ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺍﺀ ﻟﻴﺄﻛﻠﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﺴﺮ ‪ t‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻟ‪‬ﻠﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ r ‬ﻗﹶﺼ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺔﹲ – ﺇﻧﺎﺀ ﻛﺒﲑ ﻳﻮﺿﻊ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﺮﻳﺪ ﻟﻴﺄﻛﻠﻪ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪-‬‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﻝﹸ ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﹾﻐ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﺀُ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹸﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺔﹸ ﺭﹺﺟ‪‬ﺎﻝﹴ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺿ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍ – ﺩﺧﻠﻮﺍ ﰲ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻀﺤﻰ‬ ‫ﺳﺠ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻀ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻰ – ﺃﻱ ﺻﻠﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻀﺤﻰ ‪ -‬ﺃﹸﺗ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺘ‪‬ﻠﹾﻚ‪‬‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﻃﻠﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ‪ -‬ﻭ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﹾﻘﹶﺼ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺛﹸﺮﹺﺩ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ – ﺃﻱ ﻭ‪‬ﺿﻊ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺜﺮﻳﺪ ‪ -‬ﻓﹶﺎﻟﹾﺘ‪‬ﻔﱡﻮﺍ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﻛﹶ ﹶﺜﺮ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﺟ‪‬ﺜﹶﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ – ‬ﺃﻱ ﺟﻠﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﻛﺒﺘﻴﻪ ‪ -‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﺑﹺﻲ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻫ‪‬ﺬ‪‬ﻩ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﹾﺠﹺﻠﹾﺴ‪‬ﺔﹸ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ :r ‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠﹶﻨﹺﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﻛﹶﺮﹺﳝ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠﹾﻨﹺﻲ ﺟ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﺍ‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﻨﹺﻴﺪ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ :r ‬ﻛﹸﻠﹸﻮﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻮﺍ – ﺃﻱ ﺍﺗﺮﻛﻮﺍ ‪ -‬ﺫ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ –‬ ‫‪٥٢٠‬‬ ‫ﺃﻋﻼﻫﺎ ‪ -‬ﻳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ {‬ ‫ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ‪ ‬ﻻ ﻳﺄﻛﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺌﺎﹰ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ ‪:r‬‬ ‫} ﺁﻛﹸﻞﹸ ﻛﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺄﹾﻛﹸﻞﹸ ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺟ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٥٢١‬‬

‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻭﻱ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺘﺬﻟﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﻟﺮﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٥١٩‬ﺟﺎﻣﻊ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي وﺳﻨﻦ اﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﺔ‬ ‫‪ ٥٢٠‬ﺳﻨﻦ أﺑﻲ داود واﻟﺴﻨﻦ اﻟﻜﺒﺮى ﻟﻠﺒﯿﮭﻘﻲ‬ ‫‪ ٥٢١‬رواه أﺑﻮﯾﻌﻠﻰ واﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎن واﺑﻦ ﺳﻌﺪ‪ ،‬ورواه اﻟﺒﯿﮭﻘﻲ وزاد " ﻓَﺈِﻧﱠﻤَﺎ أَﻧَﺎ ﻋَﺒْﺪٌ "‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻻ ﻋﻈﻤﺔ ﻭﻻ ﺻﻮﳉﺎﻥ ﻭﻻ ‪‬ﺮﺟﺔ ﻭﻻ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﱪﻱ ﺃﻧﻪ ‪ r‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺳﻔﺮ‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻣﺮ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﺈﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﺎﺓ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺭﺟﻞ‪ " :‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺫﲝﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺳﻠﺨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻃﺒﺨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ :r‬ﻭﻋﻠﻲ ﲨﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﳊﻄﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻧﻜﻔﻴﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ‪ :r‬ﻗﺪ ﻋﻠﻤﺖ ﺃﻧﻜﻢ ﺗﻜﻔﻮﱐ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‬ ‫ﺃﻛﺮﻩ ﺃﻥ ﺃﲤﻴﺰ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﷲ ‪ I‬ﻳﻜﺮﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺪﻩ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﺍﻩ ﻣﺘﻤﻴﺰﺍﹰ ﺑﲔ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ "‬ ‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﺃﻧﺲ ‪ t‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ } :‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﺃﻭﺳﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺧ‪‬ﻠﻘﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺑﻴﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﻃﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺼﻨﻊ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺼﻨﻊ ﺃﺣﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﺸﻴﻞ‬ ‫‪٥٢٢‬‬ ‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﳛﻂ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﻳﻘﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﻭﻳﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻢ ﻭﻳﻌﲔ ﺍﳋﺎﺩﻡ {‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﳊﻤﺎﺭ ﻭﳜﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻞ ﻭﻳﺮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﻴﺺ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻠﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﻏ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻲ ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻲ {‬

‫‪٥٢٣‬‬

‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﻌﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﲑ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﻠﻒ ﻧﺎﺿﺤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺄﻛﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳋﺎﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﺠﻦ ﻣﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﳛﻤﻞ‬ ‫‪٥٢٤‬‬ ‫ﺑﻀﺎﻋﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻐﺪﺍﺓ ﺃﻗﺒﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺑﻮﺟﻬﻪ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻫﻞ ﻓﻴﻜﻢ ﻣﺮﻳﺾ‬ ‫ﺃﻋﻮﺩﻩ؟ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻻ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻫﻞ ﻓﻴﻜﻢ ﺟﻨﺎﺯﺓ ﺃﺗﺒﻌﻬﺎ؟ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻻ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺭﺃﻯ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ‬ ‫ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ﻳﻘﺼﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ‪.٥٢٥‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﳚﻠﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺄﻛﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﺘﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﳚﻴﺐ ﺩﻋﻮﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻤﻠﻮﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺒﺰ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﲑ‪.٥٢٦‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﻣﺮﺿﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻛﲔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻻ ﻳﺆﺑﻪ ﳍﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﳜﺪﻣﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﳚﻴﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻋﺎﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻏﲏ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻘﲑ ﺃﻭ ﺷﺮﻳﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﳛﺘﻘﺮ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪r‬‬ ‫ﳚﻴﺐ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﻟﻴﻤﺔ ﻭﻳﺸﻬﺪ ﺍﳉﻨﺎﺋﺰ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٥٢٢‬أﺧﺮﺟﮫ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺎھﻞ اﻟﺼﻔﺎ‬ ‫‪ ٥٢٣‬ﺻﺤﯿﺢ اﺑﻦ ﺧﺰﯾﻤﺔ‪ ،‬واﻟﺰﺑﯿﺪي ﻓﻲ اﺗﺤﺎف اﻟﺴﺎدة اﻟﻤﺘﻘﯿﻦ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ اﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮو ‪y‬‬ ‫‪ ٥٢٤‬أﺧﺮﺟﮫ اﻟﺰﺑﯿﺪي ﻓﻲ اﺗﺤﺎف اﻟﺴﺎدة اﻟﻤﺘﻘﯿﻦ‪ .‬واﻟﻨﺎﺿﺢ‪ :‬أي اﻟﺒﻌﯿﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٥٢٥‬أﺧﺮﺟﮫ اﻟﻤﺘﻘﻲ اﻟﮭﻨﺪي ﻓﻲ ﻛﻨﺰ اﻟﻌﻤﺎل‬ ‫‪ ٥٢٦‬أﺧﺮﺟﮫ اﻟﺰﺑﯿﺪي ﻓﻲ اﺗﺤﺎف اﻟﺴﺎدة اﻟﻤﺘﻘﯿﻦ واﻟﻤﺘﻘﻲ اﻟﮭﻨﺪي ﻓﻲ ﻛﻨﺰ اﻟﻌﻤﺎل‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫‪٥٢٧‬‬

‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﺄﰐ ﺿﻌﻔﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﻭﻳﺰﻭﺭﻫﻢ ﻭﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﻣﺮﺿﺎﻫﻢ ﻭﻳﺸﻬﺪ ﺟﻨﺎﺋﺰﻫﻢ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﺴﺘﻔﺘﺢ ﻭﻳﺴﺘﻨﺼﺮ ﺑﺼﻌﺎﻟﻴﻚ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻪ ‪ r‬ﻋﺒﻴﺪ ﻭﺇﻣﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻻ ﻳﺮﺗﻔﻊ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﰲ ﻣﺄﻛﻞ ﻭﻻ ﻣﻠﺒﺲ‪ ،٥٢٨‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﺄﻛﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺧﺎﺩﻣﻪ‪.٥٢٩‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﳚﻠﺲ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﻮﺍﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺎﻛﲔ ﻭﻳﻔﻠﻲ ﺛﻴﺎ‪‬ﻢ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﳜﻴﻂ ﺛﻮﺑﻪ ﻭﳜﺼﻒ ﻧﻌﻠﻪ ﻭﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺑﻴﻮ‪‬ﻢ‪.٥٣٠‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﺃﻭﻗﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﰲ ﳎﻠﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﻜﺎﺩ ﳜﺮﺝ ﺷﻴﺌﺎﹰ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻃﺮﺍﻓﻪ‪ ،٥٣١‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﳎﻠﺴﻪ ‪ r‬ﳎﻠﺲ ﺣﻠﻢ ﻭﺣﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺃﻣﺎﻧﺔ ﻭﺻﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﻭﺻﱪ ﻭﺳﻜﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﺮﻓﻊ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ‬ ‫ﺗﺆﺑﻦ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﳊﺮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻌﺎﻃﻔﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻘﻮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻮﺍﺭﻋﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻮﻗﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﻭﻳﺮﺣﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺎﺭ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻳﺆﺛﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﶈﺘﺎﺝ‪ ،‬ﻭﳛﻔﻈﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻳﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﳜﺮﺟﻮﻥ ﺃﺩﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳋﲑ‪.٥٣٢‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺭﰊ ﻭﺗﺴﻠﻴﻤﺎﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ؟ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺳﺮﻩ؟‬ ‫ﺳﺮﻩ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺟﻌﻞ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﹰ ﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎﹰ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺃﻧﻔﺎﺳﻪ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻣﺪﺣﻪ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﷲ ﱂ ﳝﺪﺣﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻷ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﻨﺤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ‬ ‫ﳝﺪﺣﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﻷ‪‬ﺎ ﻋﻄﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﻣﺪﺣﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﻷ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﺩﺏ ﺃﺩ‪‬ﺏ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻊ ﻣﻮﻻﻩ ﻭﻣﻊ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪:‬‬ ‫‪( ¾nÍ ‰‬‬ ‫“ ‪Ï 7ö èy /Î‬‬ ‫“ ‪3 Žu ó &r‬‬ ‫‪ü %‬‬ ‫` ‪Ï !© #$‬‬ ‫‪z »s‬‬ ‫™ ‪y 6ö‬‬ ‫) ‪ß‬‬

‫)‪١‬ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺀ(‬

‫=(‬ ‫‪| »Gt 3‬‬ ‫‪Å 9ø #$ nÍ ‰‬‬ ‫‪Ï 7ö ã‬‬ ‫’ ‪t‬‬ ‫‪4 ?n ã‬‬ ‫‪t A‬‬ ‫“ ‪t “t R&r‬‬ ‫‪ü %‬‬ ‫! ‪Ï !© #$‬‬ ‫‪¬ ‰‬‬ ‫) ‪ß K÷ tp :ø #$‬‬

‫)‪١‬ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻒ(‬

‫‹‪#•· ƒ‬‬ ‫‪É Rt ú‬‬ ‫‪š‬‬ ‫‪üJ‬‬ ‫‪Ï =n »èy =ù 9Ï b‬‬ ‫‪t q3‬‬ ‫‪ä ‹u 9Ï ¾nÍ ‰‬‬ ‫‪Ï 6ö ã‬‬ ‫’ ‪t‬‬ ‫‪4 ?n ã‬‬ ‫‪t b‬‬ ‫‪t $%s •ö ÿ‬‬ ‫‪à 9ø #$ A‬‬ ‫‪t “¨ Rt “%‬‬ ‫‪Ï !© #$ 8‬‬ ‫) ‪x ‘u $6t ?s‬‬ ‫‪( ÇÊÈ‬‬

‫)ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻗﺎﻥ(‬

‫‪ ٥٢٧‬اﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺪرك واﻟﺒﯿﮭﻘﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺳﮭﻞ ﺑﻦ ﺣﻨﯿﻒ ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ٥٢٨‬أﺧﺮﺟﮫ اﻟﻤﺘﻘﻲ اﻟﮭﻨﺪي ﻓﻲ ﻛﻨﺰ اﻟﻌﻤﺎل‬ ‫‪ ٥٢٩‬أﺧﺮﺟﮫ اﻟﺰﺑﯿﺪي ﻓﻲ اﺗﺤﺎف اﻟﺴﺎدة اﻟﻤﺘﻘﯿﻦ‬ ‫‪ ٥٣٠‬أﺧﺮﺟﮫ أﺣﻤﺪ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﻨﺪ واﺑﻦ ﺳﻌﺪ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎت‬ ‫‪ ٥٣١‬أﺧﺮﺟﮫ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺎھﻞ اﻟﺼﻔﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺧﺎرﺟﺔ ﺑﻦ زﯾﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫‪ ٥٣٢‬أﺧﺮﺟﮫ اﻟﺰﺑﯿﺪي ﻓﻲ اﺗﺤﺎف اﻟﺴﺎدة اﻟﻤﺘﻘﯿﻦ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻓﻤﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﻳﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﺃﻥ ﳜﺪﻡ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﰲ ﻣﻌﻮﻧﺔ ﺃﻫﻠﻪ ﺗﻮﺍﺿﻌﺎﹰ ﻣﻨﻪ ‪r‬‬ ‫‪،‬ﻭﻳﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻔﻮ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺢ ﻋﻤﻦ ﺁﺫﺍﻩ ﰲ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ‪ ،r‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻜﺖ ﺣﺮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻓﻴﻨﺘﻘﻢ‬ ‫ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻌﺒﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺳﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺜﻨﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،r‬ﻭﺣﺚ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻟﻨﺎ ﺃﲨﻌﲔ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻰ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻲ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﺿ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻔﹾﺨ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٥٣٣‬‬

‫ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﳎﻤﻠﺔ ﲜﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﷲ ‪ ،U‬ﻋﺒﺪﺍﹰ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺃﺣﻮﺍﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﻛﻞ‬ ‫ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺗﻪ ﻭﺳﻜﻨﺎﺗﻪ ﷲ ‪.U‬‬

‫‪r‬‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﻴﻞ ﰲ ﺷﺄﻧﻪ‪ :‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻛﻔﺎﹰ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌـــﻮد ﺑﺴـــﻂ اﻟﻜـــﻒ ﺣﺘـــﻰ ﻟـــﻮ أﻧـــﻪ‬

‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻟﺒﺴــــﻂ ﱂ ﺗﻄﻌــــﻪ أﻧﺎﻣﻠــــﻪ‬ ‫ﻃﻮاﻫــــﺎ‬

‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﻧﺲ ‪} :t‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﺃﺣﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﺃﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﺃﺷﺠﻊ‬ ‫‪٥٣٤‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ{‬ ‫ﱂ ﻳ‪‬ﺨﻠﻖ ﻣﺜﻠﻪ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﺟﻌﻞ ﻏﻨﺎﻩ ﰲ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻏﻨﺎﻩ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﲔ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﺃﻫﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﲔ ﻭﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻷﺩﻧﲔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﱂ ﳚﻌﻞ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻪ ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﷲ ﺃﲨﻌﲔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻴﻘﲔ ‪ -‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﺳﺘﺎﺫ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻴﻘﲔ – ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﲟﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺇﳕﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﻧ‪‬ﻘﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ﻫﻲ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﻘﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﳚﻮﺩ ﺟﻮﺩﺍﹰ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻌﻪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﳚﻮﺩ ﺑﻜﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﺣﱴ ﻻ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﰲ ﺑﻴﺘﻪ ﻟﺰﻭﺟﺎﺗﻪ ﺷﻲﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺒﻴﺖ ﻃﺎﻭﻳﺎﹰ ﻫﻮ‬ ‫ﻭﺯﻭﺟﺎﺗﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٥٣٣‬ﺳﻨﻦ أﺑﻲ داود واﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻋﯿﺎض ﺑﻦ ﺣﻤﺎر ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ٥٣٤‬رواه اﻟﺸﯿﺨﺎن‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻋﻦ ﺟﺎﺑﺮ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﷲ ‪ t‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪} :‬ﻣﺎ ﺳﺌﻞ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﺷﻴﺌﺎﹰ ﻗﻂ‬ ‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪:‬ﻻ{‪ ٥٣٥‬ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﱐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪} r‬ﻻ ﻳﺴﺄﻝ‬ ‫ﺷﻴﺌﺎﹰ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻋﻄﺎﻩ{ ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ ﺍﳊﺎﻛﻢ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺭﻙ ﻭﺃﲪﺪ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﻨﺪ‪} ،‬ﰒ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻗﻮﺕ ﻋﺎﻣﻪ ﻓﻴﺆﺛﺮ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺣﱴ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺭﲟﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﺎﺝ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻧﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺇﻥ ﱂ ﻳﺄﺗﻪ‬ ‫ﺷﻲﺀ{‪}،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻻ ﻳﻜﺎﺩ ﻳ‪‬ﺴﺄﻝ ﺷﻴﺌﺎﹰ ﺇﻻ ﻓﻌﻠﻪ{ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﻲ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﻱ ﰲ ﻛﱰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺴﺎﻛﺮ ﰲ ‪‬ﺬﻳﺐ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺩﻣﺸﻖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪} :r‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺟﺎﺀﻩ ﻣﺎﻝ ﱂ ﻳﺒﻴﺘﻪ ﻭﱂ ﻳﻘﻴﻠﻪ – ﺃﻱ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﱂ ﳝﺴﻜﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ ﱂ ﳝﺴﻜﻪ ﺇﱃ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻠﻮﻟﺔ ﺑﻞ ﻳﻌﺠﻞ‬ ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻪ – ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺃﺳﺨﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻻ ﻳﺒﻴﺖ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﺭ ﻭﻻ ﺩﺭﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻓﻀﻞ‬ ‫ﺷﻲﺀ ﻭﱂ ﳚﺪ ﻣﻦ ﱂ ﻳﻌﻄﻪ ﻟﻪ ﻭﻓﺠﺄﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﱂ ﻳﺄﻭﹺ ﺇﱃ ﻣﱰﻟﻪ ﺣﱴ ﻳﱪﺃ ﻣﻨﻪ‬ ‫‪٥٣٦‬‬ ‫ﺇﱃ ﻣﻦ ﳛﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ{‬ ‫ﻭﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﲟﺎ ﻳﺄﰐ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻓﻘﲑ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪ :‬ﺍﻋﻄﲏ ﳑﺎ ﺃﻋﻄﺎﻙ ﺍﷲ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ ‪ :‬ﺍﺑﺘﻊ ﻋﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺍﳋﻄﺎﺏ ‪ t‬ﺃﻥ ﺭﺟﻼ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﻓﺴﺄﻟﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻄﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪:r‬‬ ‫ﺷﻲ‪‬ﺀٌ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻜ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﺑ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻲ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺟ‪‬ﺎﺀَﻧﹺﻲ ﺷ‪‬ﻲ‪‬ﺀٌ ﻗﹶﻀ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎ ﹶﻝ‬ ‫} ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻄﹶﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﹶﻠﱠﻔﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻻ ﺗ‪‬ﻘﹾﺪ‪‬ﺭ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻜﹶﺮﹺﻩ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ r ‬ﻗﹶﻮ‪‬ﻝﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪ .‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹲ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻷَﻧ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﻖ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﺗ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﻒ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬

‫ﺫ‪‬ﻱ ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺵﹺ ﺇﹺﻗﹾﻼﻻ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺘ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻑ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺒﹺﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻬﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻘﹶﻮ‪‬ﻝﹺ‬ ‫‪٥٣٧‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷَﻧ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺﻱ‪ .‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ " :‬ﺑﹺﻬ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺕ‪{ ‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﺪﺭﺏ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻣﺮ ﺑﺬﺑﺢ ﺷﺎﺓ ﻭﺃﻣﺮ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺯﻋﻬﺎ ﻭﺧﺮﺝ ﰒ ﺭﺟﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ ٥٣٥‬أﺧﺮﺟﮫ اﻟﺒﺨﺎرى واﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي واﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎن واﻟﺪارﻧﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٥٣٦‬اﻟﺰﺑﯿﺪي ﻓﻲ اﺗﺤﺎف اﻟﺴﺎدة اﻟﻤﺘﻘﯿﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٥٣٧‬اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﻤﺎﺋﻞ واﻟﺒﺰار ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﻨﺪه وأﺑﻮاﻟﺸﯿﺦ ﻓﻲ أﺧﻼق اﻟﻨﺒﻮة واﻟﮭﯿﺜﻤﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻊ اﻟﺰواﺋﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫} ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺑ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹶﺖ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺑ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﻻ ﻛﹶﺘ‪‬ﻔﹸﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺑ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﻛﹸﻠﱡﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻏﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺘ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ ( )‪٩٦‬ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻞ(‬‫! ‪5 $/t‬‬ ‫‪« #$ ‰‬‬ ‫‪y Zã‬‬ ‫‪Ï $Bt ru ( ‰‬‬ ‫‪ß ÿ‬‬ ‫‪x Zƒt O‬‬ ‫‪ó .ä ‰‬‬ ‫‪y Yã‬‬ ‫{‪Ï $Bt ) .... ٥٣٨‬‬

‫ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﻮﺩ ﻭﺍﻹﻧﻔﺎﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﳚﻮﺩ ﺟﻮﺩﺍﹰ ﻳ‪‬ﺤﻮ‪‬ﻝ ﺍﳌﺒﻐﺾ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﱐﺀ‬ ‫ﳊﻀﺮﺗﻪ ﺇﱃ ﳏﺐ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﳊﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﲝﻀﺮﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻓﻄﻦ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺆﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﺏ ﺇﱃ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺓ ﻋﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﻮﺏ ﻫﻮ ﻋﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻳﺘﺄﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺮﺓ ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﺀ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﻌﻦ ﺻﻔﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻦ ﺃﻣﻴﺔ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫}ﻟﻘﺪ ﺃﻋﻄﺎﱐ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﻣﺎ ﺃﻋﻄﺎﱐ ﻭﺇﻧﻪ ﻷﺑﻐﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺇﱄ‪،‬‬ ‫‪٥٣٩‬‬ ‫ﻓﻤﺎ ﺑﺮﺡ ﻳﻌﻄﻴﲏ ﺣﱴ ﺇﻧﻪ ﻷﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺇﱄ{‬ ‫ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺻﻔﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻦ ﺃﻣﻴﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﻜﺔ ﻭﺃﺳﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﻣﻜﺔ‬ ‫ﺃﺳﻠﻤﻮﺍ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﻜﺔ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺍﹰ ﺧﻮﻓﺎﹰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺘﻞ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﰲ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺷﻲﺀ‪َ ،‬ﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺝ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪r ‬‬ ‫ﻗ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﺯﹺﻥﹶ ﻭ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺝ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻔﹾﻮ‪‬ﺍﻥﹸ ﺑﻦ ﺃﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻼﺣ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻋ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﺋﹶﺔﹶ‬ ‫ﺩ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﻉﹴ ﺑﹺﺄﹶﺩ‪‬ﺍﺗ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺷ‪‬ﻬﹺﺪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﻄﱠﺎﺋ‪‬ﻒ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻓ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﹸﺛﻢ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﹾﺠﹺﻌ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﻧ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺒ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺴِﲑ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﹾﻐ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﻢﹺ ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻈﹸﺮ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻔﹾﻮ‪‬ﺍﻥﹸ ﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺠ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺻ‪‬ﻔﹾﻮ‪‬ﺍﻥﹸ ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻈﹸﺮ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺷ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺐﹴ‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﺊﹶ‪ :‬ﻧ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺷ‪‬ﺎﺀٌ ﻭ‪‬ﺭﹺﻋ‪‬ﺎﺀٌ ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺩ‪‬ﺍﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﻈﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻘﹸﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺐﹴ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺠﹺﺒ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺐ‪‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻧ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎ ﹶﻝ‬ ‫ﺻ‪‬ﻔﹾﻮ‪‬ﺍﻥﹸ ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻃﹶﺎﺑ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺲ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻤ‪ ‬ﹾﺜﻞﹺ ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ ﺇﹺﻻ ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺲ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻻ‬ ‫ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻻ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻟﹸﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﻠﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻜﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻄﹶﺎﻩ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪r ‬‬ ‫ﻏﻨ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﻢﹺ ﺣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦﹴ ﺧ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺴِﲔ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﲑ‪‬ﺍ {‬ ‫ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﻟﱠﻔﹶﺔ‪ ‬ﻗﹸﻠﹸﻮﺑ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﹶ‬

‫‪٥٤٠‬‬

‫ﻓﺎﻧﻈﺮ ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺪﺍﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﺏ ﲟﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﺮ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺣﻀﺮﺓ ﻋﻼﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻐﻴﻮﺏ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٥٣٨‬ﺟﺎﻣﻊ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي وﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ‬ ‫‪ ٥٣٩‬رواه اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي‬ ‫‪ ٥٤٠‬اﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎت اﻟﻜﺒﺮى ﻻﺑﻦ ﺳﻌﺪ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ اﷲ ﺑﻦ اﻟﺰﺑﯿﺮ ‪y‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﳚﻮﺩ ﲟﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺟﻮﺩﻩ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻌﺪ‪‬ﻯ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺷﻴﺎﺀ‪ :‬ﺇﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﳚﻮﺩ ﲟﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﷲ ﻟﺘﺰﻭﻳﺪ ﺟﻴﻮﺵ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﻭﲡﻬﻴﺰﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﻥ ﳚﻮﺩ ﲟﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻟﻠﻔﻘﺮﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺎﻛﲔ‬ ‫ﺍﶈﺘﺎﺟﲔ ﻓﻌﻼﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﻥ ﳚﻮﺩ ﲟﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻟﻔﺔ ﻗﻠﻮ‪‬ﻢ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﱂ ﻳﻨﻔﻖ ﺷﻴﺌﺎﹰ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺬﺧﺎﹰ‬ ‫ﻭﻻ ﺗﺮﻓﺎﹰ ﻭﻻ ﺭﻳﺎﺀﺍﹰ ﻭﻻ ﲰﻌﺔﹰ ﻭﻻ ﺷﻬﻮﺓﹰ ﻧﻔﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻷﻣﺮ ﺩﻧﻴﻮﻱ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻻ ﳌﺼﻠﺤﺔ ﻓﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﻟﻸﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎﻫﺎ ﻷﻧﻪ ‪ r‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧ‪‬ﻠﻖ ﺍﷲ ‪.U‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻮﺩﻩ ‪ r‬ﺃﻳﻀﺎﹰ ﻭﻛﺮﱘ ﺃﺧﻼﻗﻪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻜﺮﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺄﻧﻒ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﻳﻌﻄﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻗﺔ ﺑﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻞ ﺻﺪﻗﺘﻪ ﺇﱃ ﻏﲑ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺣﱴ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬ ‫ﻳﻀﻌﻬﺎ ﰲ ﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻣﺎ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﻳﻜﻞ ﺻﺪﻗﺘﻪ ﺇﱃ ﻏﲑ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ؛‬ ‫ﺣﱴ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻀﻌﻬﺎ ﰲ ﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ {‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺃﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻛﻠﻬﻢ ﺣﻘﺎﹰ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻭﺻﻔﻪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﺃﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ {‬

‫‪٥٤١‬‬

‫‪r‬‬ ‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﳋﹸﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳﺒﺎﺭﻯ ﻓﻴﻪ ‪ r‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﺪﻋﻮﺍ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺃﲨﻌﲔ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﻔﻮ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺢ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﳊﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎﺭﺓ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺭﺑﻪ‪:‬‬ ‫@ ‪( ÇÑÎÈ‬‬ ‫‪Ÿ ŠJ‬‬ ‫‪Ï gp :ø #$ x‬‬ ‫‪y ÿ‬‬ ‫‪ø Á‬‬ ‫‪¢ 9#$ x‬‬ ‫‪Ë ÿ‬‬ ‫‪x ¹‬‬ ‫) ‪ô $$ ùs‬‬

‫)ﺍﳊﺠﺮ(‬

‫ﻭﺗﺎﺭﺓ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻪ‪:‬‬

‫{ ‪( •Í Dö‬‬ ‫‪F #$ ’ûÎ N‬‬ ‫‪ö d‬‬ ‫©‪è ‘ö rÍ $‬‬ ‫‪x ru N‬‬ ‫‪ö lç ;m •ö ÿ‬‬ ‫™ ‪Ï óø Gt‬‬ ‫‪ó #$ ru N‬‬ ‫‪ö kå ]÷ ã‬‬ ‫‪t #‬‬ ‫‪ß ã‬‬ ‫) ‪ô $$ ùs‬‬

‫)‪١٥٩‬ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ(‬

‫ﻭﺗﺎﺭﺓ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬

‫‪( ÇÊÒÒÈ ú‬‬ ‫‪š‬‬ ‫‪ü=Î g‬‬ ‫` ‪Î »gp :ø #$‬‬ ‫‪Ç ã‬‬ ‫‪t Ú‬‬ ‫‪ó •Ì ã‬‬ ‫‪ô &r ru $‬‬ ‫‪Å •ó èã 9ø $$ /Î •ó Dß &ù ru qu ÿ‬‬ ‫‹ ‪ø èy 9ø #$‬‬ ‫{ ‪É‬‬ ‫) ‪è‬‬

‫)ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﻑ(‬

‫‪ ٥٤١‬اﻟﺼﺤﯿﺤﯿﻦ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺧﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﳝﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﲣﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪‬ﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺧﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﳝﺔ ﰲ ﻛﻞ‬ ‫ﺃﺣﻮﺍﻟﻪ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺧﻼﻕ ﻫﻲ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺡ ﺍﳌﹸﻌﻠﱠﻰ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﺇﱃ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺮﺍﺗﺐ ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺟﻞ ﰲ ﻋﻼﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﺠﻌﻞ ‪ r‬ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻧﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ‪:‬‬

‫}ﻣﺎ ﺧﲑ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﺑﲔ ﺃﻣﺮﻳﻦ ﺇﻻ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺃﻳﺴﺮﳘﺎ ﻣﺎ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺇﲦﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﲦﺎﹰ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻏﻀﺐ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻨﺘﻬﻚ ﺣﺮﻣﺔ‬ ‫‪٥٤٢‬‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ﻓﻴﻨﺘﻘﻢ ﷲ{‬

‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺣﻠﻤﻪ ﻭﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﻋﻔﻮﻩ ﻗﺼﺔ ﺯﻳﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻌﻨﺔ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﺣﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺃﺳﻠﻤﻮﺍ ﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻤﺪﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﳉﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻋﻦ ﺯﻳﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻌﻨﺔ‬ ‫ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻼﻣ‪‬ﺎﺕ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺓ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻲ‪‬ﺀٌ ﺇﹺﻻ ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻓﹾﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﻈﹶﺮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ، ‬ﺇﹺﻻ ﺍﺛﹾﻨ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﺧ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ : ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺒﹺﻖ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﻠﹾﻤ‪‬ﻪ‪‬‬

‫ﺟ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻠﹶﻪ‪ ، ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺰﹺﻳﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺓﹸ ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻻ ﺣ‪‬ﻠﹾﻤ‪‬ﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻜﹸﻨ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻟﹾﻄﹶﻒ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ، ‬ﻷَﻥﹾ‬ ‫ﺃﹸﺧ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﻄﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻋ‪‬ﺮﹺﻑ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﻠﹾﻤ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻪ‪ ، ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺯ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺨ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺝ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﺳﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﺕ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻲ ﻃﹶﺎﻟ‪‬ﺐﹴ ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺗ‪‬ﺎﻩ‪‬‬ ‫ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹲ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺍﺣ‪‬ﻠﹶﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻟﹾﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻭﹺﻱ‪ ، ‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ، ‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺑ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻯ ﺑﹺﻘﹸﺮ‪‬ﺑﹺﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﺑ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ‬ ‫ﻓﹸﻼﻥ‪ ، ‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﻠﹶﻤ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻭ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﺍ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻹِﺳ‪‬ﻼﻡﹺ ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹸﻨ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺛﹾﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﻠﹶﻤ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﺎﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺯ‪‬ﻕ‪‬‬ ‫ﺳﻨ‪‬ﺔﹲ ﻭ‪‬ﺷ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺓﹲ ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹸﺤ‪‬ﻮﻁﹲ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻐ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺚ‪ ، ‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺧ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ‬ ‫ﺭ‪‬ﻏﹶﺪ‪‬ﺍ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺎﺑ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﺨﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻹِﺳﻼﻡﹺ ﻃﹶﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻛﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﺍ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﻃﹶﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻥﹾ ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ، ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪ ‬‬

‫ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻬﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺸ‪‬ﻲ‪‬ﺀٍ ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻴﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻌ‪‬ﻠﹾﺖ‪ ، ‬ﻓﹶﻨ‪‬ﻈﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹴ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺟ‪‬ﺎﻧﹺﺒﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺍﻩ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ، ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺑ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻲ‪‬ﺀٌ ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺯ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺪ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪، ‬‬ ‫‪ ٥٤٢‬رواه اﻟﺸﯿﺨﺎن وأﺑﻮداود‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻓﹶﻘﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ : ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ، ‬ﻫ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﺒﹺﻴﻌ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﺗ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﻂ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﻓﹸﻼﻥ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ‬ ‫ﺃﹶﺟ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﻛﹶﺬﹶﺍ ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺬﹶﺍ ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻮﺩ‪‬ﻱ‪ ، ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻜ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻴﻌ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺃﹶﺟ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﻛﹶﺬﹶﺍ‬ ‫ﻃﻠﹶﻘﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻧﹺﻲ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺬﹶﺍ ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﺗ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻲ ﺣ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﻂﹶ ﺑ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﻓﹸﻼﻥ‪ ، ‬ﻗﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ : ‬ﻧ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻢ‪ ، ‬ﻓﹶﺒ‪‬ﺎﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶ ﹾ‬ ‫ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻋ‪‬ﻄﹶﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺛﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎﻧﹺﲔ‪ ‬ﻣ‪ ‬ﹾﺜﻘﹶﺎﻻ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻫ‪‬ﺐﹴ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺗ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮﹴ ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﻡﹴ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺃﹶﺟ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﻛﹶﺬﹶﺍ ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺬﹶﺍ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻋ‪‬ﻄﹶﺎﻫ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹶ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ‪ " :‬ﺍﻋ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﻋ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻝﹾ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻬﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎ " ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺯ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬

‫ﺳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻗﹶﺒ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻞﱢ ﺍﻷَﺟ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺑﹺﻴ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﺛﹶﻼﺙ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺝ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻮ ﺑ‪‬ﻜﹾﺮﹴ ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪ ‬ﹾﺜﻤ‪‬ﺎﻥﹸ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹶﺮﹴ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺑﹺﻪ‪ ، ‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﹾﺠﹺﻨ‪‬ﺎﺯ‪‬ﺓ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺟﹺﺪ‪‬ﺍﺭﹴ ﻟ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ، ‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺧ‪‬ﺬﹾﺕ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻤ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﻊﹺ ﻗﹶﻤ‪‬ﻴﺼ‪‬ﻪ‪‬‬

‫ﻏﻠ‪‬ﻴﻆ‪ ، ‬ﻓﹶﻘﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ : ‬ﺃﹶﻻ ﺗ‪‬ﻘﹾﻀ‪‬ﻴﻨﹺﻲ ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﻘﱢﻲ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺭﹺﺩ‪‬ﺍﺋ‪‬ﻪ‪ ، ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻈﹶﺮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﹶ‬ ‫ﻓﹶﻮ‪‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻄﱠﻠ‪‬ﺐﹺ ﻟ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻄﹾﻞﹴ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻘﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﻟ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻄﹶﺘ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹾﻢ‪ ، ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻈﹶﺮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻋ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﻩ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻭﺭ‪‬ﺍﻥ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻬﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻟﹾﻔﹶﻠﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳﺮﹺ ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﺭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﻧﹺﻲ ﺑﹺﺒ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺮﹺﻩ‪ ، ‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻭ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﻟ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ، ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﻯ ﻓﹶﻮ‪‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺜﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺎﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﻖ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻮ‪‬ﻻ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹸﺣ‪‬ﺎﺫ‪‬ﺭ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻮ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻀ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺑ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﺖ‬ ‫ﺳﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻈﹸﺮ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﹺﺴ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﻲ ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹾﺳ‪‬ﻚ‪ ، ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﺳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮﻥ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﺓ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻢﹴ ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ‪ " :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﻛﹸﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺝ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻏﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮﹺ ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ‬

‫ﺗ‪‬ﺄﹾﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻧﹺﻲ ﺑﹺﺤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻷَﺩ‪‬ﺍﺀِ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﺄﹾﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﺗ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﻋ‪‬ﻪ‪ ، ‬ﺍﺫﹾﻫ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻋ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﻘﱠﻪ‪، ‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺯﹺﺩ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﻦ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﺎﻋ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮﹴ ﻣ‪‬ﻜﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ، " ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺯ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪ : ‬ﻓﹶﺬﹶﻫ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪، ‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻋ‪‬ﻄﹶﺎﻧﹺﻲ ﺣ‪‬ﻘﱢﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﺯ‪‬ﺍﺩ‪‬ﻧﹺﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﻦ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﺎﻋ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮﹴ ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ : ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻫ‪‬ﺬ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺰ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﺓﹸ ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪‬‬ ‫ﺳﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺃﹶﺯﹺﻳﺪ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻜﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪، ‬‬ ‫؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻧﹺﻲ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪ ‬‬

‫ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺮﹺﻓﹸﻨﹺﻲ ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ‪ :‬ﻻ ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺩ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺎﻙ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻓﹶﻌ‪‬ﻠﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺮ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﺳﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﻌ‪‬ﻠﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ ‬؟ ﻗﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ : ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻼﻣ‪‬ﺎﺕ‪‬‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﺷﻲ‪‬ﺀٌ ﺇﹺﻻ ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻓﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﲔ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺓ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﻧ‪‬ﻈﹶﺮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻻ ﺍﺛﹾﻨ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﺧ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ، ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺒﹺﻖ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﻠﹾﻤ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻠﹶﻪ‪ ، ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺰﹺﻳﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺓﹸ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻻ ﺣ‪‬ﻠﹾﻤ‪‬ﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﺧ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺒﹺﺮ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻬﹺﻤ‪‬ﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹸﺷ‪‬ﻬﹺﺪ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻴﺖ‪‬‬

‫ﺑﹺﺎﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﺑﹺﺎﻹِﺳ‪‬ﻼﻡﹺ ﺩ‪‬ﻳﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﺒﹺﻴ‪‬ﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹸﺷ‪‬ﻬﹺﺪ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺷ‪‬ﻄﹾﺮ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹶﻛﹾ ﹶﺜﺮ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﺎﻻ ﺻ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻗﹶﺔﹲ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ، ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪ : ‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﻬﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻧ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻻ ﺗ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪، ‬‬ ‫ﻗﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ : ‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﻬﹺﻢ‪ ، ‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺯ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ، ‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺯ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪ : ‬ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻻ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻻ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻟﹸﻪ‪‬‬ ‫{‬

‫‪٥٤٣‬‬

‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻋﻔﻮﻩ ‪ r‬ﺃﻳﻀﺎﹰ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻐﺰﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﻣﻄﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﰲ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻈﻬﲑﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺰﻝ ﺍﳉﻴﺶ ﰲ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺩﻱ ﺑﲔ ﺟﺒﻠﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﺷﺠﺮﺓ ﻓﻮﻗﻒ ﲢﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﺧﻠﻊ ﺭﺩﺍﺀﻩ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻄﺮ ﻭﻧﺸﺮﻩ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﱠﻖ ﺳﻴﻔﻪ ﰲ ﻓﺮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺮﻭﻋﻬﺎ ﻭﻧﺎﻡ ﲢﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺃﻯ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﳉﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﻧﺸﻐﻠﻮﺍ ﺑﺄﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﻧﺎﺋﻢ ﲢﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺣﺎﺭﺱ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺃﺣﺪ‬ ‫ﺣﻮﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻧﺘﻬﺰ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺻﺔ ﻭﻧﺰﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺴﻚ ﺑﺴﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﻧﺎﺋﻤﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﺭﻏﻢ ﺟﺎﻫﻠﻴﺘﻬﻢ ﺇﻻ ﺃ‪‬ﻢ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﻢ ﺧﺼﺎﻝ ﲨﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﺗﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻵﻥ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻻ ﻳﻘﺘﻠﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﻏﻴﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﻣﻦ ﻇﻬﺮﻩ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺇﻧﺬﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﺘﻞ ﻏﻴﻠﺔ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﻌﺎﺏ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﻢ ﻭﻳ‪‬ﺬﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﺄﻳﻘﻈﻪ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻣﻦ ﳝﻨﻌﻚ ﻣﲏ ﺍﻵﻥ؟ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ‪ ":r‬ﺍﷲ " ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﺭﺟﺖ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻭﻳﺒﺴﺖ ﺫﺭﺍﻋﻪ ﻓﺸ‪‬ﻞﱠ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻝ ﻭﺳﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻒ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻣﺴﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ‬ ‫‪ r‬ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﳝﻨﻌﻚ ﻣﲏ ﺍﻵﻥ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺣﻠﻤﻚ ﻭﻛﺮﻣﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻋﻔﻮﺕ ﻋﻨﻚ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻗﺒﻴﻠﺘﻪ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﻗﻮﻡ ﻟﻘﺪ ﺟﺌﺘﻜﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺧﲑ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﺟﻞ ﻳ‪‬ﻤﺴﻚ ﺑﻘﺎﺗﻠﻪ ﻭﻳﻌﻔﻮ ﻋﻨﻪ!‬ ‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﻫﻲ ﺃﺧﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺭﺑﺎﻩ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﷲ ‪.U‬‬

‫‪ ٥٤٣‬ﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﺒﯿﮭﻘﻲ اﻟﻜﺒﺮى‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﻐﻀﺐ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻭﻳﺮﺿﻰ ﻟﺮﺿﺎﻩ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺗﻐﻀﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﳍﺎ ﻭﱂ‬ ‫ﻳﻜﻦ ﻳﻐﻀﺐ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻐﻀﺐ ﻟﺮﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺟﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺃﰊ ﻫﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﻭﻏﲑﻩ ﻳﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪:r‬‬ ‫} ﻻ ﺗﻐﻀﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﳍﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺗ‪‬ﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻠﺤﻖ ﱂ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻪ ﺃﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﻳﻘﻢ‬ ‫ﻟﻐﻀﺒﻪ ﺷﻲﺀ ﺣﱴ ﻳﻨﺘﺼﺮ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﻐﻀﺐ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻨﺘﺼﺮ ﳍﺎ{‬ ‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺭﺟﻌﻨﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﱴ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻐﻀﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻠﻬﺎ ﳒﺪﻫﺎ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﺗﺮﺟﻊ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ‬ ‫ﻛﻠﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍ ﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍ ﻟﻠﺤﻖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬ ‫ﺷﺮﻋﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ :‬ﻏﻀﺒﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻨﻔﺮ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻦ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﲔ ﻋﻦ ﺃﰊ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ‪ t‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﺗﻰ ﺭﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺇﱐ ﻷﺗﺄﺧﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺪﺍﺓ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺃﺟﻞ ﻓﻼﻥ ﳑﺎ ﻳﻄﻴﻞ ﺑﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫}ﻓﻤﺎ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﻗﻂ ﺃﺷﺪ ﻏﻀﺒﺎﹰ ﰲ ﻣﻮﻋﻈﺔ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻳﻮﻣﺌﺬ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ‪ :r‬ﻳﺎ‬ ‫ﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺇﻥ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ ﻣﻨﻔﺮﻳﻦ ﻓﺄﻳﻜﻢ ﻣﺎ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻓﻠﻴﺘﺠﻮﺯ )ﺃﻱ‬ ‫ﻓﻠﻴﺨﻔﻒ( ﻓﺈﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﳌﺮﻳﺾ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑ ﻭﺫﺍ ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺔ{‬ ‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻏﻀﺒﻪ ‪ r‬ﳌﺎ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﺨﺎﻣﺔ ﰲ ﻗﺒﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺠﺪ‪ ،.‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻏﻀﺒﻪ ‪ r‬ﷲ‬ ‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻣﻨﻌﻮﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﻓﻐﻀﺐ ﷲ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺷ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻼﺓ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻮ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻄﹶﻰ‪ ،‬ﺻ‪‬ﻼﺓ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺮﹺ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﻸَ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻮﺗ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪،‬‬ ‫‪٥٤٤‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹸﺒ‪‬ﻮﺭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﺍ {‬ ‫ﻭﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻐﻀﺐ ﷲ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺷﺪﺓ ﻏﻀﺒﻪ ‪ r‬ﱂ ﲣﺮﺟﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳊﻖ ﻭﻻ ﻋﻦ‬ ‫ﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻋﺘﺪﺍﻝ ﺑﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏ ﰲ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺃﻣﻮﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺃﺑﻮﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﻋﻦ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮﻭ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ ٥٤٤‬رواه اﻟﺒﺨﺎرى وﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻦ أﺑﻲ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫} ﻛﹸﻨ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻛﹾﺘ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻛﹸﻞﱠ ﺷ‪‬ﻲ‪‬ﺀٍ ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﺃﹸﺭﹺﻳﺪ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﻔﹾﻈﹶﻪ‪ ،{ ‬ﻓﻨﻬﺘﲏ‬

‫ﻗﺮﻳﺶ ﻭﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﺃﺗﻜﺘﺐ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲﺀ ﺗﺴﻤﻌﻪ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﺑﺸﺮ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﻀﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺿﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﺄﻣﺴﻜﺖ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺬﻛﺮﺕ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻠﻨﱯ ‪ } : r‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺷ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ، ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪٥٤٥‬‬ ‫ﺷﻲ‪‬ﺀٍ ﻳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺝ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻓﹶ ﹺﺈﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺝ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻻ ﺣ‪‬ﻖ‪{ ‬‬ ‫ﺍﻛﹾﺘ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻛﹸﻞﱠ ‪‬‬

‫‪r‬‬ ‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﳋﹸﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳ‪‬ﻈﻬﺮ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺃﻱ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻟﻪ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﻛﺮﻡ‬ ‫ﻓﻬﻮ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺀ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺣﻴﺎﺀﺍﹰ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﺃﻋﻈﻤﻬﻢ ﺇﳝﺎﻧﺎﹰ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ ‪:r‬‬ ‫} ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﺀُ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻹِﳝ‪‬ﺎﻥ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٥٤٦‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻨﲔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻲ ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﰲ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ‬ ‫ﳛﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﺭﺟﻼﹰ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﳊﻖ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪﳝﺎﹰ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﲔ ﰲ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻌﺎﺕ ﻟﺸﺪﺓ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﻗﻞ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﻟﻀﻌﻒ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﳊﻴﺎﺀ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﻴﻞ ﰲ ﺷﺄﻧﻪ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ r ‬ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﺀً ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺬﹾﺭ‪‬ﺍﺀِ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺧ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺭﹺﻫ‪‬ﺎ {‬

‫‪٥٤٧‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻭﺻﻒ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ ﻭﺻﻔﻪ ﲝﺴﺐ ﺯﻣﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﱂ ﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳓﻦ ﻓﻴﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭﺍﺀ ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺖ ﺍﻟﱵ ﱂ ﺗﺘﺰﻭﺝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺪﺭﻫﺎ ﺃﻱ ﺳﺘﺮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻧﺖ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺀ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﺍﻫﺎ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﻳﻄﻠﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﺣﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﱴ ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺣﻴﺎﺀﻩ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﻋﻴﻨﻴﻪ ﰲ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻭﻫﻮ‬ ‫ﳛﺎﺩﺛﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺸﻲ ﺣﻴﺎﺀﺍﹰ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺑﻪ ‪ ،U‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﺟﻞ ﻧﻈﺮﻩ‬ ‫‪ ٥٤٥‬ﺳﻨﻦ أﺑﻲ داود واﻟﺪارﻣﻲ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺪاﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮو‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٥٤٦‬اﻟﺼﺤﯿﺤﯿﻦ اﻟﺒﺨﺎري وﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ اﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ اﻟﻌﺪوي ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ٥٤٧‬اﻟﺼﺤﯿﺤﯿﻦ اﻟﺒﺨﺎري وﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ ﺳﻌﯿﺪ اﻟﺨﺪري ‪t‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻟﺸﺪﺓ ﺣﻴﺎﺀﻩ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﻌﻴﻮ‪‬ﻢ ﻭﺃﺧﻄﺎﺀﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻸ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻝ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﻡ ﻻ ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻮﻥ ﻋﻦ ﻛﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻝ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﻡ ﻳﻔﻌﻠﻮﻥ ﻛﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺁﻭﻧﺔ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻷﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ‪ :‬ﻧﺒﻬﻮﺍ ﺃﺧﺎﻛﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﻭﻋﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺲﹴ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻥﱠ َﺭﺟ‪‬ﻼ ‪ ،‬ﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺛﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻔﹾﺮ‪‬ﺓ‪‬‬

‫‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﹶﺎﻡ‪ ، ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻟ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹴ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺑﹺﻪ‪ } : ‬ﻟﹶﻮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻉ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ " ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ‬ ‫ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﺟﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻬﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺸ‪‬ﻲ‪‬ﺀٍ{‪.٥٤٨‬‬ ‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺣﻴﺎﺅﻩ ‪ r‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺃﻃﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺍﳉﻠﻮﺱ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻷﻛﻞ ﻓﺎﺳﺘﺤﻴﺎ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﳍﻢ ﺍﻧﺼﺮﻓﻮﺍ ﺣﱴ ﻧﺰﻟﺖ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪c&r w‬‬ ‫‪H )Î Ó‬‬ ‫‪cÄ <É Z¨ 9#$ N‬‬ ‫‪| q‹ã /ç #( q=è z‬‬ ‫‪ä ‰‬‬ ‫‪ô ?s w‬‬ ‫‪Ÿ #( qZã Bt #äu ú‬‬ ‫‪š‬‬ ‫‪ï%‬‬ ‫} ‪Ï !© #$ $kp ‰š 'r »¯ ƒt‬‬

‫‪(#q=è z‬‬ ‫‪ä Š÷ $$ ùs L÷ êä Šã‬‬ ‫` ‪Ï Šß #Œs )Î‬‬ ‫‪ô 3‬‬ ‫‪Å »9s ru mç 9Rt )Î û‬‬ ‫‪t ï•Ì à‬‬ ‫‪Ï »Rt Žu •ö î‬‬ ‫‪x Q‬‬ ‫‪B $èy Û‬‬ ‫’ ‪s‬‬ ‫‪4 <n )Î N‬‬ ‫‪ö 3‬‬ ‫‪ä 9s c‬‬ ‫‪š‬‬ ‫‪Œs s÷ ƒã‬‬ ‫‪tb%2‬‬ ‫‪Ÿ‬‬ ‫‪ö 3‬‬ ‫‪N‬‬ ‫‪ä 9Ï ºŒs b‬‬ ‫] ‪¨ )Î‬‬ ‫‪B4 ƒ‰‬‬ ‫‪Ï tp :Î û‬‬ ‫¡‪t ü‬‬ ‫¡ ‪Å ^Ï «ø Gt‬‬ ‫‪ó Bã w‬‬ ‫‪Ÿ ru #( rŽç ³‬‬ ‫‪Å Ft R$$ ùs O‬‬ ‫‪ó Fç J‬‬ ‫‪ô èÏ Û‬‬ ‫‪s #Œs *Î ùs‬‬

‫‪{,‬‬ ‫‪dÈ4 s‬‬ ‫` ‪y 9ø #$‬‬ ‫‪z BÏ ¾Ó‬‬ ‫‪Ä Õ‬‬ ‫¡ ‪÷ Ft‬‬ ‫‪ó „o w‬‬ ‫! ‪Ÿ‬‬ ‫‪ª #$ ru N‬‬ ‫‪ö( 6‬‬ ‫‪à ZBÏ ¾Ó‬‬ ‫‪Ä Õ‬‬ ‫¡ ‪÷ Ft‬‬ ‫‪ó Šu ùs Ó‬‬ ‫‪¢ <É Z¨ 9#$ “ŒÏ s÷ ƒã‬‬

‫)‪٥٣‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﺣﺰﺍﺏ(‬

‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺔ ﺃﺑﻌﺪ – ﺃﻱ ﻗﺼﺪ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ – ﺭﻭﺍﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻼﻝ ﺑﻦ ﺍﳊﺎﺭﺙ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ‪ r‬ﻛﺎﻥ‪ } :‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺍﺩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﺎﺟ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻓﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﺛﹶﻮ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺄﹶﺭ‪‬ﺽﹺ {‬

‫‪٥٤٩‬‬

‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺎ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺝ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻗﹶﻂﱡ {‬

‫‪٥٥٠‬‬

‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ ٥٤٨‬ﺳﻨﻦ أﺑﻮ داود وﻣﺴﻨﺪ اﻹﻣﺎم أﺣﻤﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٥٤٩‬رواه اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي وأﺑﻮداود‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٥٥٠‬رواه اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫} ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺴِﻞﹸ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺍﺀِ ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﺕ‪ ، ‬ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫‪٥٥١‬‬ ‫ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻯ ﻋ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﻂﱡ {‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻗﻞ ﻳﻘﻴﻨﺎ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ‪ r‬ﻗﺪ ﻧﺎﻝ ﺃﻛﻤﻞ ﻣﺮﺍﺗﺐ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺃﻋﻼﻫﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{ ÇÊÉÐÈ ú‬‬ ‫‪š‬‬ ‫‪üJ‬‬ ‫‪Ï =n »èy =ù 9jÏ pZ Ht q‬‬ ‫‪ô ‘y w‬‬ ‫• ‪ž )Î‬‬ ‫™ ‪š »Yo =ù‬‬ ‫} ‪y ‘ö &r $! Bt ru‬‬

‫)ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ(‬

‫ﻓﻬﻮ ‪ r‬ﺭﲪﺔ ﻋﻈﻤﻰ ﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ‪ :‬ﺭﲪﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻨﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﲪﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﲪﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺎﻓﻘﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﲪﺔ ﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﺑﲏ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺒﻴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﲪﺔ ﻟﻠﻄﲑ ﻭﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻥ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﻬﻮ ﺭﲪﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺭﲪﺘﻪ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻨﲔ‪ :‬ﻓﺒﻬﺪﺍﻳﺘﻬﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺳﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ﻭﺑﺎﻫﺘﻤﺎﻣﻪ ﲟﺎ ﻳﺼﻠﺢ ﳍﻢ‬ ‫ﺃﻣﺮ ﺩﻳﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﺩﻧﻴﺎﻫﻢ ﻭﲢﺬﻳﺮﻩ ﺇﻳﺎﻫﻢ ﳑﺎ ﻳﻔﺴﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ﺭﺃﻓﺔ ﻭﺭﲪﺔ ‪‬ﻢ ﻛﻤﺎ‬ ‫‪ ١٢٨) { O‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ(‬ ‫‪Ò Šm‬‬ ‫‪Ï ‘§ $‬‬ ‫‪Ô räâ ‘u ú‬‬ ‫‪š‬‬ ‫‪üZÏ BÏ s÷ J‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ß 9ø $$ /Î } :‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺃﻓﺔ ﺗﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﺇﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻛﻞ ﺷﺮ ﻭﻓﺴﺎﺩ ﻭﺿﺮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺮﲪﺔ ﺗﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﺟﻠﺐ ﻛﻞ ﺧﲑ‬ ‫ﻭﺻﻼﺡ ﻭﻧﻔﻊ‪.‬ﻭﻟﻘﺪ ﺃﻗﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺭﺃﻓﺘﻪ ﻭﺭﲪﺘﻪ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻨﲔ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﺃﻭﱃ ‪‬ﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‬ ‫‪:U‬‬ ‫‪{N‬‬ ‫¦ ‪ö kÍ‬‬ ‫‪Å ÿ‬‬ ‫` ‪à R&r‬‬ ‫‪ô BÏ ú‬‬ ‫‪š‬‬ ‫‪üZÏ BÏ s÷ J‬‬ ‫’ ‪ß 9ø $$ /Î‬‬ ‫‪4 <n r÷ &r Ó‬‬ ‫} ‪• <É Z¨ 9#$‬‬

‫)‪ ٦‬ﺍﻷﺣﺰﺍﺏ(‬

‫ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﻌﻠﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻮﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺧﻄﺒﻪ ﻭﳎﺘﻤﻌﺎﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻯ ﻋﻦ ﺃﰊ‬ ‫ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ‪ t‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦﹴ ﺇﹺﻻ ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱﹺ ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﹾﺂﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓ‪ ، ‬ﺍﻗﹾﺮ‪‬ﺀُﻭﺍ ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﺷ‪‬ﺌﹾﺘ‪‬ﻢ‪:‬‬

‫¦ ‪ ٦) { Nö kÍ‬ﺍﻷﺣﺰﺍﺏ( ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦﹴ ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﻻ ﻓﹶﻠﹾﻴ‪‬ﺮﹺﺛﹾﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪‬‬ ‫‪Å ÿ‬‬ ‫` ‪à R&r‬‬ ‫‪ô BÏ ú‬‬ ‫‪š‬‬ ‫‪üZÏ BÏ s÷ J‬‬ ‫’ ‪ß 9ø $$ /Î‬‬ ‫‪4 <n r÷ &r Ó‬‬ ‫} ‪• <É Z¨ 9#$‬‬ ‫‪ ٥٥١‬رواه اﻟﺒﺰار‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﻮﺍ ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻥﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﺩ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﺿ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻋ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﻠﹾﻴ‪‬ﺄﹾﺗ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻻﻩ‪{ ‬‬

‫ﻭﰲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺟﺎﺑﺮ ‪ t‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ } :‬ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﻭﱃ ﺑﻜﻞ ﻣﺆﻣﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﺄﳝﺎ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﺮﻙ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﹰ ﻓﺈﱄ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺗﺮﻙ ﻣﺎﻻﹰ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻟﻮﺭﺛﺘﻪ {‬

‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺭﲪﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﳌﻨﺎﻓﻘﲔ‪ :‬ﻓﺎﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺘﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﱯ ﻧﻈﺮﺍﹰ ﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺇﺳﻼﻣﻬﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺭﲪﺘﻪ ﻟﻠﻜﻔﺎﺭ‪ :‬ﻓﱪﻓﻊ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺌﺼﺎﻝ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺳﻞ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ ﺭﺳﻮﻻ ﻓﻜﺬﺑﻮﻩ ﻭﻛﻔﺮﻭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﺀﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺍﺏ ﻓﻌﻤ‪‬ﻬﻢ ﻛﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﻗﺺ‪ ‬ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻛﻔﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﺍﶈﻤﺪﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﺘﺄﺻﻠﻬﻢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺄﺻﻞ ﻭﻋﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ‬ ‫ﺗﻜﺮﻣﺔ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ‪ r‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺭﺳﻠﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺭﲪﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﳌﲔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﺭﺿﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﰲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪:‬‬

‫‪) ( ÇÊÉÐÈ ú‬ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ(‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺁﻣﻦ ﲤﺖ ﻟﻪ‬ ‫‪š‬‬ ‫‪üJ‬‬ ‫‪Ï =n »èy =ù 9jÏ pZ Ht q‬‬ ‫‪ô ‘y w‬‬ ‫• ‪ž )Î‬‬ ‫™ ‪š »Yo =ù‬‬ ‫} ) ‪y ‘ö &r $! Bt ru‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﲪﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ﻭﻣﻦ ﱂ ﻳﺆﻣﻦ ﻋﻮﰲ ﳑﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺼﻴﺐ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺎﺟﻞ‬ ‫‪٥٥٢‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺍﺏ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺦ ﻭﺍﳋﺴﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺬﻑ{‬

‫ﻓﻬﻮ ‪ r‬ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﺔ ﻭﻧﱯ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺃﰊ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺮﻱ‬ ‫‪ t‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺃﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ، ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ، ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺔ‪ ، ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﺎﺷ‪‬ﺮ‪ ، ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻘﹶﻔﱠﻰ )ﺃﻱ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﻭﺧﺎﲤﻬﻢ( ﻭ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻠﹾﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻭﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻼﺣ‪‬ﻢﹺ {‬ ‫ﻭﺭﻭﻯ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺃﰊ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ‪ t‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ } :‬ﻗ‪‬ﻴﻞﹶ ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ، ‬ﺍﺩ‪‬ﻉ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮﹺﻛ‪‬ﲔ‪ ، ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ‪ " :‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺚﹾ ﻟﹶﻌ‪‬ﺎﻧ‪‬ﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺜﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺔﹰ" {‬ ‫ﺑﻞ ﻫﻮ ‪ r‬ﺍﻟﺮﲪﺔ ﺍﳌﻬﺪﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﱴ ﺃﻫﺪﺍﻫﺎ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﱂ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻄﱪﺍﱐ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﻻﺋﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺃﰊ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ‪ t‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ } :‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺔﹲ ﻣ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍﺓﹲ { ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﱪﺍﱐ‬ ‫‪ ٥٥٢‬رواه اﻟﻄﺒﺮاﻧﻲ واﻟﺒﯿﮭﻘﻲ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺪﻻﺋﻞ وﻏﯿﺮھﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫} ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺜﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺔﹰ ﻣ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍﺓﹰ {‬

‫‪r‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﻯ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﰲ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻧﺲ ‪ t‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ } :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﺑﹺﺎﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻝﹺ ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ،r ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺇﹺﺑ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﻫ‪‬ﻴﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﻟ‪‬ﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ، ‬ﻓﹶﻜﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻄﹶﻠ‪‬ﻖ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪ ، ‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺍﻟﹾﺒ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ، ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻦ‪) ‬ﻳﻌﻠﻮ‬

‫ﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﺎﻥ(‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻇ‪‬ﺌﹾﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪) ‬ﺯﻭﺝ ﻣﺮﺿﻌﺘﻪ( ﻗﹶﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ )ﺣﺪﺍﺩ(‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺄﹾﺧ‪‬ﺬﹸﻩ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹶﺒ‪‬ﻠﹸﻪ‪‬‬ ‫‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺟﹺﻊ‪{ ‬‬ ‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺭﲪﺘﻪ ﺑﺄﻫﻠﻪ ‪ r‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻌﺎﻭ‪‬ﻢ ﰲ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﱰﻝ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺳﺌﻠﺖ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﻳﺼﻨﻊ ﰲ ﺃﻫﻠﻪ؟ ﻭﻗﺎﻟﺖ‪ } :‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻪ‪ ، ‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ‬

‫ﺣ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﺓﹸ ﻗﹶﺎﻡ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻼﺓ‪ ،{ ‬ﻭﰲ ﻣﺴﻨﺪ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻭﻏﲑﻩ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ‪ y‬ﻗﺎﻟﺖ‪:‬‬

‫}ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﻳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﻴﻂﹸ ﺛﹶﻮ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪ ، ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻒ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠﹶﻪ‪ ، ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺎﻝﹸ‬ ‫ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻮﺗ‪‬ﻬﹺﻢ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪r‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺨﺎﻥ ﻭﻏﲑﳘﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻧﺲ ‪ t‬ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ } :‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﻷَﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻼﺓ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹸﺭﹺﻳﺪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻃﹶﺎﻟﹶﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻜﹶﺎﺀَ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺗ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺯ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺻ‪‬ﻼﺗ‪‬ﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺓ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻜﹶﺎﺋ‪‬ﻪ‪{ ‬‬ ‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺭﲪﺘﻪ ‪ r‬ﺑﺎﻟﺼﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﳝﺴﺢ ﺭﺅﻭﺳﻬﻢ ﻭﻳﻘﺒﻠﻬﻢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﲔ ﻋﻦ‬

‫ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ‪ y‬ﻗﺎﻟﺖ‪ } :‬ﻗﹶﺒ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﻷَﻗﹾﺮ‪‬ﻉ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺎﺑﹺﺲﹴ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻴﻤ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻷَﻗﹾﺮ‪‬ﻉ‪ : ‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹰ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻮ‪‬ﻟﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﹶﺒ‪‬ﻠﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ ‪،‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻓﹶﻨ‪‬ﻈﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ "ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،{ "‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﲔ ﻋﻦ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ‪ y‬ﻗﺎﻟﺖ‪ } :‬ﺟ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﺑﹺﻲ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ ، r ‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﻘﹶﺒ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻥﹶ ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ‬

‫ﻧ‪‬ﻘﹶﺒ‪‬ﻠﹸﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ، ‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ : r ‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻧ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻉ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﻠﹾﺒﹺﻚ‪.{ ‬‬

‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺭﲪﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﺣﺒﻪ ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻭﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ‪ r‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻭﰐ ﺑﺄﻭﻝ ﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﻳﺪﺭﻙ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﻬﺔ ﻳﻌﻄﻴﻪ ﳌﻦ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺍ‪‬ﻠﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﻴﺎﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻄﱪﺍﱐ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ‪ y‬ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ } r‬ﺇﺫﹶﺍ ﺃﹸﺗ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺒ‪‬ﺎﻛﹸﻮﺭ‪‬ﺓ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻔﹶﺎﻛ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺔ‪، ‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻋ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ، ‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺷ‪‬ﻔﹶﺘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ، ‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ‪ " :‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺭﹺﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺁﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ، " ‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮﻥﹸ ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻥ‪{ ‬‬ ‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺭﲪﺘﻪ ﺩﻣﻊ ﻋﻴﻨﻴﻪ ‪ r‬ﻟﻔﺮﺍﻕ ﻭﻟﺪﻩ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺭﲪﺘﻪ ‪ r‬ﺑﻜﺎﺅﻩ ﻟﺜﻘﻞ ﻣﺮﺽ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﻛﺴﻌﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻩ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﻴﺎﺩﺗﻪ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺭﲪﺘﻪ ‪ r‬ﺑﻜﺎﺅﻩ ﳌﻮﺕ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻛﻌﺜﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻦ ﻣﻈﻌﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺭﲪﺘﻪ ‪ r‬ﺑﺎﳌﺴﺎﻛﲔ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻌﻔﺎﺀ ﺃﻧﻪ ‪ r‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻻ ﻳﺄﻧﻒ )ﻻ ﻳﺘﻜﱪ(‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﳝﺸﻲ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺭﻣﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﻜﲔ ﻓﻴﻘﻀﻲ ﳍﻢ ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻦ ﺳﻬﻞ ﺑﻦ ﺣﻨﻴﻒ ‪:t‬‬ ‫}ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﺄﹾﺗ‪‬ﻲ ﺿ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻔﹶﺎﺀَ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﲔ‪ ، ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻭﺭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻮﺩ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﺎﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪، ‬‬ ‫‪٥٥٣‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪r‬‬

‫‪{ •ö g‬‬ ‫) ‪y‬‬ ‫‪ø ?s x‬‬ ‫‪Ÿ ùs O‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪z ŠKÏ Šu 9ø #$ $B¨ 'r ùs } :‬‬

‫)‪٩‬ﺍﻟﻀﺤﻰ(‬

‫ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﳛﺴﻦ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻴﺘﺎﻣﻰ ﻭﻳﱪﻫﻢ ﻭﻳﻮﺻﻲ ﺑﻜﻔﺎﻟﺘﻬﻢ ﻭﺍﻹﺣﺴﺎﻥ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ ﻭﺑﻴ‪‬ﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﺮﺗﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻯ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻬﻞ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻌﺪ ‪ t‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫}ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ :r‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺎﻓ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺍﻟﹾﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻴﻢﹺ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﻜﹶﺬﹶﺍ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺴ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺑ‪‬ﺔ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﹾﻮ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻄﹶﻰ ﻭ‪‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺝ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺷ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹰﺎ{‬

‫‪ ٥٥٣‬رواه أﺑﻮ ﯾﻌﻠﻰ واﻟﻄﺒﺮاﻧﻲ واﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻭﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺃﰊ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ‪ t‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ } :‬ﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﲔ‪ ، ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺖ‪‬‬

‫ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻴﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ، ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺷ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﲔ‪ ، ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻴﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺎﺀُ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪‬‬ ‫{‬ ‫ﻭﺫﻛﺮ ‪ r‬ﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﺃﺓ ﺍﻟﱴ ﻣﺎﺕ ﺯﻭﺟﻬﺎ ﻓﺤﺒﺴﺖ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻫﺎ ﻭﱂ‬ ‫ﺳﻔﹾﻌ‪‬ﺎﺀُ ﺍﻟﹾﺨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻛﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎﺗ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ ، ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺄﹶ‬ ‫ﺗﺘﺰﻭﺝ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ } :‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺃﹶﺓﹲ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺳﻄﹶﻰ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺒﺎﺑﺔ‪ ، ‬ﺍﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺃﹶﺓﹲ ﺁﻣ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺯﻭ‪‬ﺟﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺫﹶﺍﺕ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺐﹴ ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﻝﹴ‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﺰﹺﻳﺪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺎﻟﹾﻮ‪ ‬‬

‫ﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺎﻫ‪‬ﺎ ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺑ‪‬ﺎﻧ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﺗ‪‬ﻮﺍ {‪ ،٥٥٤‬ﻭﻋﻦ ﺃﰉ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ‪t‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﹶﺎ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ r ‬ﻗﹶﺴ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﻗﹶﻠﹾﺒﹺﻪ‪ ، ‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ‪ :‬ﺍﻣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺢ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹾﺱ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻴﻢﹺ ‪،‬‬ ‫} ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻼ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻃﹾﻌ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻜ‪‬ﲔ‪ ،٥٥٥{ ‬ﻭﺭﻭﻯ ﺃﻧﺲ ﺃﻧﻪ ‪ r‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ } :‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺎﻋ‪‬ﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﻷَﺭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻠﹶﺔ‪‬‬

‫ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻜ‪‬ﲔﹺ ﻛﹶﺎﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺎﻫ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺳ‪‬ﺒﹺﻴﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻭﻛﹶﺎﻟﹾﻘﹶﺎﺋ‪‬ﻢﹺ ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻔﹾﺘ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺎﻟﺼ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﻢﹺ ﻻ‬ ‫‪٥٥٦‬‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﻔﹾﻄ‪‬ﺮ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪r‬‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﻮﺻﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﲪﺔ ﺑﺎﳊﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﻭﻳﻨﻬﻰ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﻪ ﺃﻥ ﳚﻴﻌﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻮﺩﺋﺒﻪ ﻭﻳﺘﻌﺒﻪ ﺑﺈﺩﺍﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﳊﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺛﻘﺎﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻦ ﺳﻬﻞ ﺑﻦ ﺍﳊﻨﻈﻠﻴﺔ ‪ t‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﺑﹺﺒ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﲑﹴ ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﺤ‪‬ﻖ‪ ‬ﻇﹶﻬ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺒ‪‬ﻄﹾﻨﹺﻪ‪) ‬ﺃﻱ ﺿﻤﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﳉﻮﻉ( ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪:‬‬ ‫‪٥٥٧‬‬ ‫ﺍﺗ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺬ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺒ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﻢﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺎﺭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺒ‪‬ﻮﻫ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹸﻠﹸﻮﻫ‪‬ﺎ ﺻ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺔﹰ {‬

‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﻨﻬﻰ ﻋﻦ ﺇﺭﻫﺎﻕ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻓﻪ ﻭﺑﺈﻃﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳉﻠﻮﺱ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻏﲑ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﺇﱃ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻌﻦ ﺃﻧﺲ ‪ t‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﺩﺧﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻮﻡ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻭﻗﻮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻭﺍﺏ ﳍﻢ ﻭﺭﻭﺍﺣﻞ‬ ‫‪ ٥٥٤‬رواه أﺑﻮداود‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٥٥٥‬رواه اﻹﻣﺎم أﺣﻤﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٥٥٦‬رواه اﻟﺸﯿﺨﺎن‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٥٥٧‬رواه أﺑﻮداود واﺑﻦ ﺧﺰاﻣﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﳍﻢ‪ }:‬ﺍﺭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺒ‪‬ﻮﻫ‪‬ﺎ ﺳ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺔﹰ ﻭ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻮﻫ‪‬ﺎ ﺳ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺔﹰ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﺗ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺬﹸﻭﻫ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﹶﺮ‪‬ﺍﺳ‪‬ﻲ‪‬‬ ‫ﻷَﺣ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻳﺜ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﱡﺮ‪‬ﻕﹺ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻷَﺳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﻕﹺ ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺏ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻛﹸﻮﺑ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺍﻛ‪‬ﺒﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻛﹾﺜﹶﺮ‪‬‬

‫ﺫ‪‬ﻛﹾﺮ‪‬ﺍ ﻟ‪‬ﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،٥٥٨{ ‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻭﻯ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﳌﻨﻬﻲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﻮﻑ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻞ ﻟﻐﲑ ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﻓﻴﺠﻮﺯ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺘﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻗﻮﻑ ﺑﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻭﳓﻮ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻴﻪ ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﺑﻄﻠﺐ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﻟﻠﺮﺍﻛﺐ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﻧﻪ ﳜﻔﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺑﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻃﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ‪ y‬ﻗﺎﻝ ‪ }:‬ﻗﺎﻝ ‪ r‬ﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺃﹶﺓﹲ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻄﹶﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻼ ﻫ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺃﹶ ﹾ‬ ‫‪٥٥٩‬‬ ‫ﺳﻠﹶﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﺄﹾﻛﹸﻞﹸ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺎﺵﹺ ﺍﻷَﺭ‪‬ﺽﹺ ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﺎﺗ‪‬ﺖ‪{ ‬‬ ‫‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻫ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺭ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﻰ ‪ r‬ﻋﻦ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻂ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺑﺎﻷﺫﻯ ﻓﻌﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ‪:y‬‬

‫} ﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﺶﹺ ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺒ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﻢﹺ {‬

‫‪٥٦٠‬‬

‫‪r‬‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﳛﺬﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺠﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﻮﺭ ﺑﺄﻭﻻﺩﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﺔ ﻓﻌﻦ ﺃﰊ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ‪ t‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻏﻴ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺔﹰ ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺝ‪‬‬ ‫} ﻛﹸﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺳ‪‬ﻔﹶﺮﹴ ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺪ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹲ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺾ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓ‪) ‬ﻃﺎﺋﺮ ﺻﻐﲑ ﻛﺎﻟﻌﺼﻔﻮﺭ( ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺠ‪‬ﺎﺀَﺕ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓﹸ ﺗ‪‬ﺮﹺﻑ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ‬ ‫ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪) r ‬ﺃﻱ ﺗﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻭﺗﻈﻠﻞ ﲜﻨﺎﺣﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﲢﺘﻬﺎ( ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪:‬‬

‫ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺠ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬؟ ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹲ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘﹶﻮ‪‬ﻡﹺ ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺧ‪‬ﺬﹾﺕ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪٥٦١‬‬ ‫ﺭ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬؛ ﺭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺔﹰ ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ {‬ ‫ﻭﺭﺃﻯ ﻗﺮﻳﺔ ﳕﻞ ﻗﺪ ﺣﺮﻗﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ } :‬ﻣﻦ ﺣﺮﻕ ﻫﺬﻩ؟ ﻗﻠﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﳓﻦ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻻ‬

‫‪ ٥٥٨‬رواه أﺑﻮﯾﻌﻠﻰ واﻟﻄﺒﺮاﻧﻲ واﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺪرك‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٥٥٩‬رواه اﻻﻣﺎم اﻟﺒﺨﺎرى‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٥٦٠‬رواه أﺑﻮ داود واﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٥٦١‬ﺳﻨﻦ أﺑﻮ داود‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺬﱢﺑ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶ ﹺﺈﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺬﱢﺏ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺎﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ ﺇﹺﻻ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ {‬

‫‪٥٦٢‬‬

‫ﺣﺬﺭ ‪ r‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺘﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﲑ ﻋﺒﺜﺎﹰ ﻻ ﳌﻨﻔﻌﺔ ﻛﺄﻛﻞ ﻭﳓﻮﻩ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ‪ }:r‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺘ‪‬ﻞﹶ‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻔﹸﻮﺭ‪‬ﺍ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺜﹰﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻋ‪‬ﺞ‪) ‬ﺃﻱ ﺷﻜﺎ ﺑﺼﻮﺕ ﻋﺎﱄ( ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ U ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪، ‬‬ ‫‪٥٦٣‬‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ ،‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﻓﹸﻼﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﹶﺘ‪‬ﻠﹶﻨﹺﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺜﹰﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹾﺘ‪‬ﻠﹾﻨﹺﻲ ﻟ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻔﹶﻌ‪‬ﺔ‪{ ‬‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻭﺻﻰ ‪ r‬ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻓﻖ ﰲ ﺫﺑﺢ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﻭﺍﻹﺣﺴﺎﻥ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻄﱪﺍﱐ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺭﺟﻼﹰ ﺃﺿﺠﻊ ﺷﺎﺓ ﻭﻫﻮ ﳛﺪ ﺷﻔﺮﺗﻪ )ﺳﻜﻴﻨﺎ( ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ }:r‬ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶ ﹾﻥ ﺗ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻴﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻫ‪‬ﻼ ﺣ‪‬ــﺪ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ــﻔﹾﺮ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻚ‪‬‬ ‫ﻗﹶﺒ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺠﹺﻌ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ {‪.٥٦٤‬‬ ‫ﻭﺣﺬﱠﺭ ‪ r‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﲣﺎﺫ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﻭﻛﻞ ﺫﻱ ﺭﻭﺡ ﻫﺪﻓﺎﹰ ﻟﻠﺮﻣﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ‪y‬‬ ‫ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﺮ‪ ‬ﺑﻔﺘﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﻳﺶ ﻗﺪ ﻧﺼﺒﻮﺍ ﻃﲑﺍ ﺃﻭ ﺩﺟﺎﺟﺔ ﻳﺘﺮﺍﻣﻮ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺟﻌﻠﻮﺍ ﻟﺼﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﲑ‬ ‫ﻛﻞ ﺧﺎﻃﺌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺒﻠﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺭﺃﻭﺍ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺗﻔﺮﻗﻮﺍ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ‪}:‬ﻣﻦ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ؟‬ ‫ﻟﻌﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﻟﹶﻌ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﻏﺮ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﺎ {‪.٥٦٥‬‬ ‫ﺳﻠﱠﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﺗ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺬﹶ ﺷ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹰﺎ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﻭﺡ‪ ‬ﹶ‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺭﲪﺘﻪ ‪ r‬ﻟﻠﺠﻦ ﻓﺒﺈﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ‪ r‬ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻜﻠﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺑﻠﻐﻬﻢ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻣﺮﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺎﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃ‪‬ﻢ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﺪﻭﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻤﻌﻮﺍ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﰲ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﴰﻮﻝ ﺭﲪﺘﻪ ‪ r‬ﺑﻌﺎﱂ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻜﺔ‪ :‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺫﻫﺐ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﲨﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻧﻪ ‪ r‬ﻣﺮﺳﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﻜﻠﻴﻒ ﳍﻢ ﺑﺄﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﻭﻧﻮﺍﻫﻲ ﻭﺇﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻧﻪ ‪r‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺳﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻒ ﻓﻘﺪ ﴰﻠﻬﻢ ﻋﻤﻮﻡ ﺭﲪﺘﻪ ﻭﻧﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻮﻣﺎ ﲨﺔ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ‬ ‫ﻭﺃﺳﺮﺍﺭﺍ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﳑﺎ ﺃﻭﺩﻉ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ‪.r‬‬ ‫‪ ٥٦٢‬رواه أﺑﻮ داود‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٥٦٣‬رواه اﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ واﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎن‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٥٦٤‬رواه اﻟﻄﺒﺮاﻧﻲ واﻟﺤﺎﻛﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٥٦٥‬رواه اﻟﺸﯿﺨﺎن‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻳﺘﻀﺢ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺟﻠﻴﺎﹰ ﺃﻥ ﲨﻴﻊ ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﶈﻤﺪﻳﺔ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺍﺷﺘﻤﻠﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﻫﻲ ﻭﻋﺒﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﻭﺁﺩﺍﺏ ﻭﺃﺧﻼﻕ ﻭﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﻭﻭﺍﺟﺒﺎﺕ ﻛﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺒﲏ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺒﺎﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪r‬‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﺴﺄﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻏﻴﺒﺘﻬﻢ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﳌﺎ ﺭﻭﻯ ﻋﻦ ﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺃﰊ ﻫﺎﻟﺔ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻪ ﻳﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪} :r‬ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻔﹶﻘﱠﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪ ، ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺄﹶﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱﹺ {‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﺃﻧﺲ ‪ t‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ }:r‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﺧ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﻧﹺﻪ‪‬‬

‫ﺳﺄﹶﻝﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ، ‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻥﹾ ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻏﹶﺎﺋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎ ﺩ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ، ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺷ‪‬ﺎﻫ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ )ﺣﺎﺿﺮﺍ‬ ‫ﺛﹶﻼﺛﹶﺔﹶ ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﺎﻡﹴ ‪ ،‬‬ ‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ( ﺯ‪‬ﺍﺭ‪‬ﻩ‪ ، ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﻀ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،٥٦٦{ ‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﺰﻭﺭ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﻟﻴﻜﺮﻣﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻭﻟﻴﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻭﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻭﻟﻴﻨﻔﻌﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺗﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻗﻴﺲ ‪} :t‬‬ ‫ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹾﺜ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﹺﺯﻳ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺍﻷَﻧ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ ﺧ‪‬ﺎﺻ‪‬ﺔﹰ ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔﹰ ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻜﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺯ‪‬ﺍﺭ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﺎﺻ‪‬ﺔﹰ ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﻰ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹶ‬ ‫‪٥٦٧‬‬ ‫ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪ ‬ﹺﺰﻟ‪‬ﻪ‪ ، ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺯ‪‬ﺍﺭ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔﹰ ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﻰ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺠﹺﺪ‪{ ‬‬

‫ﻭﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻯ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻧﺲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ‪ } :t‬ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﺯ‪‬ﺍﺭ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺖ‪‬‬

‫ﻃﻌ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺍﺩ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺝ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻤ‪‬ﻜﹶﺎﻥ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻷَﻧ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ ﻓﹶﻄﹶﻌ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﹶ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﹾﺒ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻨ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺢ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺑﹺﺴ‪‬ﺎﻁ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺼ‪‬ﻠﱠﻰ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪.{ ‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﺳﻊ ﻷﻧﻪ ‪ r‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺰﻭﺭ ﺿﻌﻔﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﻭﻳﻼﻃﻔﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﻭﻳﺆﺍﻧﺴﻬﻢ ﻭﳚﻠﺲ ﻣﻌﻬﻢ ﻭﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﻣﺮﺿﺎﻫﻢ ﻭﳛﻀﺮ ﺟﻨﺎﺋﺰﻫﻢ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻳﻀﺎﹰ ‪ r‬ﻳﺘﻔﻘﺪ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﻳﺴﺘﻤﻊ ﺇﱃ ﻗﺮﺍﺀ‪‬ﻢ ﻟﻠﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻓﻌﻦ ﺃﰊ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ‪ t‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﻷَﻋ‪‬ﺮﹺﻑ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﺕ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﻓﹾﻘﹶﺔ‪ ‬ﺍﻷَﺷ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺎﻟﹾﻘﹸﺮ‪‬ﺁﻥ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﻥﹶ‬ ‫ﺑﹺﺎﻟﻠﱠﻴ‪‬ﻞﹺ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﺮﹺﻑ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﺯﹺﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﺗ‪‬ﻬﹺﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺎﻟﹾﻘﹸﺮ‪‬ﺁﻥ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺎﻟﻠﱠﻴ‪‬ﻞﹺ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﻛﹸﻨ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬‬

‫‪ ٥٦٦‬اﻟﺠﺎﻣﻊ اﻟﺼﻐﯿﺮ وﻣﺠﻤﻊ اﻟﺰواﺋﺪ وأﺑﻮﯾﻌﻠﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٥٦٧‬رواه اﻹﻣﺎم أﺣﻤﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﺯﹺﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻟﹸﻮﺍ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ {‬

‫‪٥٦٨‬‬

‫ﻭﺭﻭﻯ ﺃﺑﻮﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﻋﻦ ﺃﰊ ﻗﺘﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﺧﺮﺝ ﻟﻴﻠﺔ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺑﺄﰊ ﺑﻜﺮ‬ ‫‪ t‬ﻳﺼﻠﻲ ﳜﻔﺾ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻮﺗﻪ ﻭﻣﺮ‪ ‬ﺑﻌﻤﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺍﳋﻄﺎﺏ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﺼﻠﻲ ﺭﺍﻓﻌﺎ ﺻﻮﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﻌﺎ‬ ‫ﺾ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬ ‫ﺨﻔ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﻗﺎﻝ ‪ } :r‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﺎ ﺑ‪‬ﻜﹾﺮﹴ! ﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻠﱢﻲ ﺗ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﺻ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﺎﺟ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻚ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻓﹶﻊ‪‬‬ ‫ﺳﻨ‪‬ﺎﻥﹶ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺴِﺐ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺻ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﻭﻗ‪‬ﻆﹸ ﺍﻟﹾﻮ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻷَﺑﹺﻲ ﺑ‪‬ﻜﹾﺮﹴ ‪ :‬ﺍﺭ‪‬ﻓﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪ : ‬ﺍﺧ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﺾ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬

‫ﺻ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،{‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﰉ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﻗﺎﻝ ‪ } :r‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﹺﻼﻝﹸ ﺗ‪‬ﺄﹾﺧ‪‬ﺬﹸ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻮﺭ‪‬ﺓ‪‬‬

‫ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻮﺭ‪‬ﺓ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻛﹶﻼﻡ‪ ‬ﻃﹶﻴ‪‬ﺐ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺾﹴ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻛﹸﻞﱞ ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺎﺏ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪r‬‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺻﺎﺩﻕ ﺍﻟﻮﻋﺪ ﻳﻔﻲ ﺑﻮﻋﺪﻩ ﻭﺇﻥ ﺷﻖ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺃﺑﻮﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﻋﻦ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺪﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﺃﰊ ﺍﳊﻤﺴﺎﺀ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺑ‪‬ﺎﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ r ‬ﺑﹺﺒ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻊﹴ ﻗﹶﺒ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺚﹶ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻘﱠﻴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺔﹰ ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻮ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺁﺗ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﻜﹶﺎﻧﹺﻪ‪ ، ‬ﻓﹶﻨ‪‬ﺴِﻴﺖ‪ ، ‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻛﹶﺮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺛﹶﻼﺙ‪ ، ‬ﻓﹶﺠﹺ ﹾﺌﺖ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﻜﹶﺎﻧﹺﻪ‪ . ‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‬ ‫ﺷﻘﹶﻘﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻲ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻫ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺬﹸ ﺛﹶﻼﺙ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻈ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻙ‪{ ‬‬ ‫‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻟﹶﻘﹶﺪ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﳛﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﻭﳛﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻮﺩ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺃﺑﻮﺩﺍﻭﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺟ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻗﹾﺒ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻮﻩ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﺎﻋ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻮ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺾ‪ ‬ﺛﹶﻮ‪‬ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪، ‬‬ ‫ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻗﹾﺒ‪‬ﻠﹶﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﺎﻋ‪‬ﺔ‪ ، ‬ﻓﹶﻮ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺷ‪‬ﻖ‪ ‬ﺛﹶﻮ‪‬ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﺎﻧﹺﺒﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻵﺧ‪‬ﺮﹺ‬ ‫ﻓﹶﺠ‪‬ﻠﹶﺴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ، ‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻗﹾﺒ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺃﹶﺧ‪‬ﻮﻩ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﺎﻋ‪‬ﺔ‪ ، ‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻡ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪r ‬‬ ‫‪ ٥٦٨‬رواه اﻟﺸﯿﺨﺎن‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺟ‪‬ﻠﹶﺴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻪ‪{ ‬‬

‫ﻭﺃﻭﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻯ ﰲ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻪ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ‪ :‬ﻋﻦ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ‪ y‬ﻗﺎﻟﺖ‪} :‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻏ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺃﹶﺓ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻏ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺧ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﳚ‪‬ﺔﹶ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻘﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﻠﹶﻜﹶﺖ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺒ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪ ‬ﺰﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﹺﺜﹶﻼﺙ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻨﹺﲔ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﹸﻨ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪ ‬ﹾﺬﻛﹸﺮ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻘﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﹺﺒ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺼ‪‬ﺐﹴ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ r ‬ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﺬﹾﺑ‪‬ﺢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﺎﺓﹶ ﺛﹸﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺧ‪‬ﻠﱠﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ { )ﺃﻱ ﺻﺪﻳﻘﺎﺕ ﺧﺪﳚﺔ(‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ ﻋﺠﻮﺯ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺣﲔ ﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﻟﻪ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ‪ }:‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪، ‬‬ ‫ﻹﻗﹾﺒ‪‬ﺎﻝﹺ ؟ ! ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﹶﺎﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺄﹾﺗ‪‬ﻴﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﺎﻡ‪‬‬ ‫ﺗ‪‬ﻘﹾﺒﹺﻞﹸ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻫ‪‬ﺬ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻮﺯﹺ ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ ﺍ ِ‬

‫ﺧ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﳚ‪‬ﺔﹶ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻹِﳝ‪‬ﺎﻥ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٥٦٩‬‬

‫‪r‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻲ ‪ t‬ﰲ ﻭﺻﻔﻪ ﻟﻠﻨﱯ ‪: r‬‬ ‫} ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺃﹶﺟ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱﹺ ﻛﹶﻔ‪‬ﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺟ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺃﹶ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱﹺ ﺻ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺍ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻕ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱﹺ ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺔﹰ ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻓﹶﺎﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪‬‬ ‫‪٥٧٠‬‬ ‫ﺑﹺﺬ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ ، ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻟﹾﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﻜﹶﺔﹰ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻛﹾﺮ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﲑ‪‬ﺓﹰ {‬ ‫ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﳌﺖ ﺑﺄﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﳌﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﺣﺎﻃﺖ ‪‬ﻢ ﺍﳌﺨﺎﻭﻑ ﻻﺫﻭﺍ ﲜﻨﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻴﻊ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺣﺘﻤﻮﺍ ﲝﻤﺎﻩ ﺍﳌﻨﻴﻊ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻲ ‪:t‬‬ ‫}ﻛﻨﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺷﺘﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺄﺱ ﻭﺍﲪﺮﺕ ﺍﳊﺪﻕ ﺍﺗﻘﻴﻨﺎ ﺑﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻭ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻭﻟﻘﺪ ﺭﺃﻳﺘﲏ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺑﺪﺭ ﻭﳓﻦ ﻧﻠﻮﺫ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻗﺮﺑﻨﺎ‬ ‫‪٥٧١‬‬ ‫ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻭ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺷﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﻮﻣﺌﺬ ﺑﺄﺳﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺀ {‬ ‫‪ ٥٦٩‬اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺪرك ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺼﺤﯿﺤﯿﻦ وﻣﺴﻨﺪ اﻟﺸﮭﺎب‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٥٧٠‬رواه اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٥٧١‬رواه ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻭﰲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺃﻳﻀﺎﹰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﺀ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺎﺯﺏ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ } :‬ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺎﻉ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬ ‫ﻳﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺩﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻭ {‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻘﺪ ﺛﺒﺖ ‪ r‬ﻳﻮﻡ ﺣﻨﲔ ﻭﺛﺒ‪‬ﺖ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﳓﻮ ﺻﻔﻮﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻭ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻐﻠﺘﻪ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺒﺎﻝ ﻭﻻ ﻫﻴﺎﺏ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺟﺮﺃﺓ‬ ‫ﻭﺛﺒﺎﺕ‪:‬‬ ‫أﻧــــــﺎ اﻟﻨﺒــــــﻲ ﻻ ﻛــــــﺬب‬

‫أﻧـــﺎ اﺑـــﻦ ﻋﺒـــﺪ اﳌﻄﻠـــﺐ‬

‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ‪ } :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﺃﹶﺟ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺩ‪ ، ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺪ‪ ، ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻊ‪ ، ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ‬ ‫ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪.{ r ‬‬

‫‪r‬‬ ‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﺻﻔﺎﺗﻪ ‪ r‬ﺍﻟﱴ ﺍﺗﺼﻒ ‪‬ﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺎﻫﻠﻴﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻕ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻧﺔ‬ ‫‪{û‬‬ ‫‪& üBÏ &r N‬‬ ‫‪§ Or í‬‬ ‫‪8 $Ü‬‬ ‫ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺃﺃﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﺃﺻﺪﻗﻬﻢ ﳍﺠﺔ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪s B• } :‬‬ ‫)‪ ٢١‬ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﺮ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﺴﻤﻴﻪ ﻗﺮﻳﺶ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻧﺒﻮﺗﻪ ﺍﻷﻣﲔ ﻭﳌﺎ ﺍﺧﺘﻠﻔﻮﺍ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﻌﺒﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﻦ‬ ‫ﻳﻀﻊ ﺍﳊﺠﺮ ﺣﻜﻤﻮﺍ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻧﺒﻮﺗﻪ ﻓﻘﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻫﺬﺍ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ ﺍﻷَﻣ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻴﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﹺﻪ‪ . ‬ﻓﹶﺒ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻂﹶ ﺭﹺﺩ‪‬ﺍﺀَﻩ‪ ‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﻛﹾﻦ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻪ‪{ ‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ‪ } :r‬ﻭ‪ِ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﻷَﻣ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀِ ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻷَﺭ‪‬ﺽﹺ {‬

‫‪٥٧٢‬‬

‫‪٥٧٣‬‬

‫ﻭﻭﺭﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺑﺎ ﺟﻬﻞ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﻨﱯ ‪} : r‬ﺇﻧﺎ ﻻ ﻧﻜﺬﱢﺑﻚ ﻭﻻ ﺃﻧﺖ ﻓﻴﻨﺎ ﲟﻜﺬﱠﺏ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‬ ‫ﻧﻜﺬﺏ ﲟﺎ ﺟﺌﺖ ﺑﻪ {‪ ،٥٧٤‬ﻭﻗﻴﻞ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﻨﺲ ﺑﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻖ ﻟﻘﻲ ﺃﺑﺎ ﺟﻬﻞ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺑﺪﺭ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻳﺎ ﺃﺑﺎ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻏﲑﻱ ﻭﻏﲑﻙ ﻳﺴﻤﻊ ﻛﻼﻣﻨﺎ ﻓﺨﱪﱐ ﻋﻦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺻﺎﺩﻕ ﺃﻡ ﻛﺎﺫﺏ؟‬ ‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺃﺑﻮﺟﻬﻞ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﷲ ﺇﻥ ﳏﻤﺪﺍ ﻟﺼﺎﺩﻕ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻛﺬﺏ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻗﻂ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺳﺄﻝ ﻫﺮﻗﻞ ﻋﻨﻪ ‪ r‬ﺃﺑﺎ ﺳﻔﻴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻫﻞ ﻛﻨﺘﻢ ﺗﺘﻬﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺬﺏ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻣﺎ‬ ‫‪ ٥٧٢‬أﺧﺮﺟﮫ أﺣﻤﺪ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٥٧٣‬أﺧﺮﺟﮫ اﻟﺰﺑﯿﺪي ﻓﻲ اﺗﺤﺎف اﻟﺴﺎدة اﻟﻤﺘﻘﯿﻦ واﻟﻤﺘﻘﻲ اﻟﮭﻨﺪي ﻓﻲ ﻛﻨﺰ اﻟﻌﻤﺎل‬ ‫‪ ٥٧٤‬رواه اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻗﺎﻝ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻻ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻫﺮﻗﻞ‪ } :‬ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻴﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﻳﻜﺬﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫‪ ،٥٧٥{ U‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻀﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺍﳊﺎﺭﺙ ﻟﻘﺮﻳﺶ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻓﻴﻜﻢ ﻏﻼﻣﺎﹰ ﺣﺪﺛﺎﹰ ﺃﺭﺿﺎﻛﻢ‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻜﻢ ﻭﺃﺻﺪﻗﻜﻢ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﺎﹰ ﻭﺃﻋﻈﻤﻜﻢ ﺃﻣﺎﻧﺔ ﺣﱴ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺭﺃﻳﺘﻢ ﰲ ﺻﺪﻏﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺐ ﻭﺟﺎﺀﻛﻢ ﲟﺎ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﺀﻛﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻠﺘﻢ‪ :‬ﺳﺎﺣﺮ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻭﺍﷲ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺑﺴﺎﺣﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺑﻠﻎ ﻣﺎ ﺭﻭﻯ ﻋﻨﻪ ‪ r‬ﰲ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻧﺔ ﻭﺷﻬﺪ ﻟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺀ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻷﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ ﺃﻧﻪ ‪ : r‬ﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﰲ ﻗﺮﻳﺶ ﺃﻣﺎﻧﺔ ﳜﺸﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺇﻻ ﻭﺫﻫﺐ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ‪ r‬ﻭﻭﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻓﻠﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻫﺠﺮﺗﻪ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﻪ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻦ ﺃﰊ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﻴﺖ ﰲ ﻓﺮﺍﺷﻪ – ﻣﻊ ﺗﻌﺮﺿﻪ ﻟﻠﻘﺘﻞ –‬ ‫ﻟﻴﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻫﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻫﻞ ﻣﻜﺔ ﻇﻠﻤﻮﺍ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻫﺠﺮ‪‬ﻢ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻮﻟﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺭﻫﻢ ﻭﺃﻣﻮﺍﳍﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻧﺔ ﻫﻲ ﲰﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻴﻪ ‪:r‬‬ ‫} ﺃﹶﺩ‪ ‬ﺍﻷَﻣ‪‬ﺎﻧ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﺋﹾﺘ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﺗ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﺎﻧ‪‬ﻚ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٥٧٦‬‬

‫‪٥٧٧r‬‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻋﺎﺩﻻﹰ ﺃﻭﻻﹰ ﻣﻊ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻋﺎﺩﻻﹰ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺑﻴﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻋﺎﺩﻻﹰ ﻣﻊ ﺟﲑﺍﻧﻪ ﻭﺃﻫﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻋﺎﺩﻻﹰ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻫﻞ ﳎﺘﻤﻌﻪ ﺃﲨﻌﲔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺮﺟﻮ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻻ ﺭﺿﺎ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﳜﺎﻑ ﻇﻠﻢ ﺃﺣﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ ﺇﻻ ﺧﻮﻓﺎﹰ ﻣﻦ ﳏﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﺳﻴﺤﺎﺳﺐ ﻛﻞ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺪﻣﺖ ﻳﺪﺍﻩ‬ ‫ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺳﻴﺤﺎﺳﺐ ﻛﻞ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺪﻣﺖ ﻳﺪﺍﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺑﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﺃﻭﻻﹰ ﺣﱴ ﻳ‪‬ﺴﻤﻊ ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺣﻜﻢ ﻳ‪‬ﻨﻔﱠﺬ ﺣﻜﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻫﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺭﺿﻴﻌﹰﺎ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﺣﻠﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻴﺪﻳﺔ ﻣﺮﺿﻌﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻋﻄﺘﻪ ﺛﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﻓﺮﺿﻊ ﻭﱂ ﻳﺸﺒﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻋﻄﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻓﺾ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻀﻊ ﻓﻤﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻳﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺷﻴﺌﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﺃﳍﻤﻪ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﺃﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ‪ ‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﺮﺿﺎﻋﺔ ﻓﺤﻔﻆ‬ ‫ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﳚﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻈﻠﻤﻪ ﻭﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺼﻴﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺸﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٥٧٥‬أﺧﺮﺟﮫ اﻟﺒﺨﺎرى وﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٥٧٦‬ﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي وأﺑﻮداود واﻟﺪارﻣﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٥٧٧‬ﺧﻄﺒﺔ اﻟﺠﻤﻌﺔ – ﻣﺴﺠﺪ اﻟﻨﻮر – اﻟﻤﻌﺎدى ‪ -‬اﻟﺠﻤﻌﺔ ‪ ٢٠١٤/٤/٤‬ﻣﻮاﻓﻖ ‪ ٤‬ﺟﻤﺎدى اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ‪١٤٣٥‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻔﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻭﺃﺣﻮﺍﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺷﻴﺪﺓ ﻟﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﺳﺮ‪ ‬ﺣﺐ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﻟﻨﺒﻴﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺭﰊ ﻭﺗﺴﻠﻴﻤﺎﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺭﺟﻞﹲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﲟﺠﺎﻣﻊ ﺛﻴﺎﺑﻪ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﻭﻳﺸﺪ‪‬ﻩ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﻨﻒ ﺣﱴ ﻛﺎﺩ ﺍﻥ ﳜﺘﻨﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺩﻳﻦ‪ ‬ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻪ ﳎﺎﻫﺮﺍﹰ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺑﲏ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﺐ ﺇﻧﻜﻢ‬ ‫ﻗﻮﻡ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻄﻞﹲ ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺟﺬﺑﺘﻪ ﻟﺮﺩﺍﺋﻪ ﺃﺛﱠﺮ ﰲ ﻋ‪‬ﻨﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻒ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻧﺘﺼﺮ ﺭﺟﻞﹲ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻭﺃﻣﺴﻚ ﺳﻴﻔﻪ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺩﻋﲏ ﺃﻗﻄﻊ ﻋ‪‬ﻨﻖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﻖ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬ ‫ﺭﺑ‪‬ﺎﻩ ﻣﻮﻻﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﻳﺄﰉ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﺼﺮﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﻈﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﻛﹸﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺝ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻏﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮﹺ ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﺄﹾﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻧﹺﻲ ﺑﹺﺤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻷَﺩ‪‬ﺍﺀِ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﺄﹾﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﺗ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﻋ‪‬ﻪ‪ ، ‬ﺍﺫﹾﻫ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻋ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﻘﱠﻪ‪ ، ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺯﹺﺩ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﻦ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﺎﻋ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫‪٥٧٨‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮﹴ ﻣ‪‬ﻜﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪{ ‬‬ ‫ﱂ ﻳﻔﺮﺡ ﻷﻥ ﺃﺧﻴﻪ ﻳﻨﺼﺮﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﻭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ‪ ،r‬ﰒ ﻧﺮﺍﻩ‬ ‫‪ r‬ﻳﻘﺴﻢ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺭﺟﻞ‪ } :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ، ‬ﺍﻋ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻝﹾ ! ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻠﹶﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻝﹸ‬ ‫‪٥٧٩‬‬ ‫ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻝﹾ ؟ ! ﻟﹶﻘﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻛﹸﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻝﹸ {‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺇﱃ ﻋﺪﻟﻪ ﺑﲔ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺑﻴﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺟﻌﻞ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺯﻭﺟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺯﻭﺟﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻌﺔ ﺑﻴﺘﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﻌﻄﻴﻬ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﲨﻴﻌﺎﹰ ﺭﺯﻕ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻗﻮﺍﺕ ﻳﻜﻔﻴﻬﻦ ﳌﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻞ ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ ﻟﻴﻠﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﺪﻝ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻤﺔ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻦ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻣﺮﺽ ﻣﺮﺽ ﻣﻮﺗﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺄﻣﺮ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﺤﻤﻞ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺸﻲ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻧﻮﺑﺘﻬﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﻴﺖ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺭﺃﻳﻦ ﺷﺪﺗﻪ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺎﺳﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﰲ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﹸﻠﻦ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺇﻧﺎ ﺭﺿﻴﻨﺎ ﲨﻴﻌﺎﹰ ﺃﻥ ﺗ‪‬ﻤﺮ‪‬ﺽ ﰲ ﺑﻴﺖ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﺣﻘﺎﹰ‬ ‫ﺭﺿﻴﺘﻢ؟ ﻗﻠﻦ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺑﺄﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻣﺮ‪ ‬ﺑﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻨﻬﻦ ﰲ ﻏﲑ ﻳﻮﻣﻬﺎ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﳝ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﰲ‬ ‫ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲨﻴﻌﻬﻦ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻸﻣﺔ‪ } :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﺎﻥ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻴﻞﹸ ﻹِﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍﻫ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻷُﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻯ ‪ ،‬ﺟ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻘﱠﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﺋﻞﹲ {‪ ٥٨٠‬ﻟﻴﺘﺒﲔ ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻖ ﲨﻴﻌﺎﹰ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻇﺎﱂ‪،‬‬ ‫‪ ٥٧٨‬ﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﺒﯿﮭﻘﻲ اﻟﻜﺒﺮى‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٥٧٩‬ﺻﺤﯿﺢ اﻟﺒﺨﺎرى وﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٥٨٠‬ﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ اﻟﺼﻐﺮى‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﳝﻴﻞ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ‪ y‬ﻓﺨﺸﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻇﻠﻤﺎ ﻓﺨﺎﻃﺐ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﺭﺑﻪ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪" :‬ﻳﺎﺭﺏ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻗﺪﺭﰐ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺍﻣﻠﻚ ﻓﻼ ﺗﺆﺍﺧﺬﱐ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﲤﻠﻚ ﻭﻻ‬ ‫ﺃﻣﻠﻚ" ﻭﻳﻌﲏ ﳏﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ" ﻓﺨﺸﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻇﺎﳌﺎﹰ ﰲ ﻣﺸﺎﻋﺮﻩ ﻭﰲ ﺣﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﻧﻪ ﺍﳊﺮﻳﺺ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﺎﺩﻻ ﰲ ﺣﻖ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺃﻭﻻ ﺣﱴ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺑﻪ ﲝﻖ ﻭﺃﻗﺮﻩ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ ﺑﺼﺪﻕ ﻓﻼ ﻳﻌﺘﺮﺽ‬ ‫ﺃﺣﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﺣﺮﻳﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺃﺣﻮﺍﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻓـﻲ ﺳﻔﺮ ﻓﺄﻣﺮ ﺑﺈﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﺎﺓ‪ ‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠـﻲ‪ ّ‬ﺫﲝﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻋﻠـﻲ‪ ّ‬ﺳﻠـﺨﻬﺎ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻋﻠـﻲ‪ ّ‬ﻃﺒﺨﻬﺎ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪: r‬ﻭﻋﻠـﻲ‪ ‬ﲨﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﻟـﺤﻄﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻧـﺤﻦ ﻧﻜﻔـﻴﻚ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﻋﻠـﻤﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﻧﻜﻢ ﺗﻜﻔﻮﻧﻨـﻲ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻜﻨـﻲ ﺃﻛﺮﻩ ﺃﻥ ﺃﲤﻴ‪‬ﺰ ﻋﻠـﻴﻜﻢ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻠـﻪ ﻳﻜﺮﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺪﻩ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﺍﻩ ﻣﺘﻤﻴ‪‬ﺰﺍﹰ ﺑـﲔ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺎﻡ ﻓﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟـﺤﻄﺐ {‪ ٥٨١‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻣﺴﺠﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻒ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻦ ﻓﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻟﹶﻤ‪ّ‬ﺎ ﻗﹶﺪ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪ّ‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ r ّ‬ﺍﳌﹶﺪ‪‬ﻳﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻟﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺠﹺﺪﺍﹰ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻛﹶﻴ‪‬ﻒ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ـٰﺎ‬ ‫ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﹶّﻪ‪ ‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻋ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺵ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﻌ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺵ ﻣ‪‬ﻮﺳﻰٰ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻟﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﹺﻠﹶﺒﹺﻦﹴ ) ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﲕﺀ (‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﺠ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﺍ ﻳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﻭ‪‬ﺭﺳﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﹶّﻪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻃ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﹶّﺒ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﻰٰ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺩ‪‬ﻭﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺛﹶﻮ‪‬ﺏ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪‬‬ ‫ﻏﻔ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻸَﻧ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ ﻭ‪‬ﺍ ﹸﳌﻬ‪‬ﺎﺟﹺﺮ‪‬ﺓ {‪} ٥٨٢‬‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻠﹶّﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ّ‬ﺇﹺﻥﹶّ ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺶ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺶ‪ ‬ﺍﻵﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓ‪ :::‬ﻓﹶﺎ ﹾ‬ ‫ﻭﻭﺭﺩ ﺃ‪‬ﻢ ﺭﺩﻭﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ‪ r‬ﺇﺭﲡﺎﺯﺍ ﻭﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ‪ :‬ﻟﺌﻦ ﻗﻌﺪﻧﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﱮ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ‪ :::‬ﻓﺬﺍﻙ‬ ‫‪٥٨٣‬‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳌﻀﻠﻞ {‬ ‫ﰒ ﻳﺄﰐ ﺣﻔﺮ ﺍﳋﻨﺪﻕ ﻭﻳﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﻣﻌﻬﻢ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺼﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﺻﺨﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﻓﺄﻧﺎ ﳍﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺸﻖ ﺍﻟﺼﺨﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻌﺜﱠﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻌﻔﱠﺮ ﺟﺒﻴﻨﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻫﻼﱠ ﺟﻠﺴﺖ ﻭﳓﻦ ﻧﻜﻔﻴﻚ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﻋﻠﻤﺖ ﻭﻟﻜﲏ ﺃﻛﺮﻩ ﺃﻥ ﺃﲤﻴﺰ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺭﺟﻞﹲ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻣﺎ ﺫﻗﺖ ﻃﻌﺎﻣﺎﹰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ ‪:r‬‬ ‫‪ ٥٨١‬اﻟﻮاﻓﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﻓﯿﺎت وﻛﺸﻒ اﻟﺨﻔﺎء‪.‬‬ ‫‪) ٥٨٢‬ﻛﺮ( ﻋﻦ اﻟﺤﺴﻦ رﺿﻰ اﷲ ﻋﻨﮫ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٥٨٣‬اﻟﺴﯿﺮة اﻟﺤﻠﺒﯿﺔ وﺳﯿﺮة إﺑﻦ ھﺸﺎم واﻟﺮﺣﯿﻖ اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻮم‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫} ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺫﻗﺖ ﻃﻌﺎﻣﺎﹰ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺛﻼﺙ {‬

‫‪٥٨٤‬‬

‫ﻳﺸﺎﺭﻛﻬﻢ ﰲ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﳍﻢ ﻭﻳﺸﺎﺭﻛﻬﻢ ﰲ ﺃﻛﻠﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺸﺎﺭﻛﻬﻢ ﰲ ﺃﺣﻮﺍﳍﻢ ﺣﱴ ﻋﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﳉﻠﻮﺱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﳚﻠﺲ ﻣﻌﻬﻢ ﻛﺄﺣﺪﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺄﰐ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻭﻱ ﻓﻴﺴﺄﻝ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻪ ﺟﻠﺴﺔ‬ ‫ﳐﺼﻮﺻﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺸﲑﻭﻥ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﺍﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ﺃﻻ ﳒﻌﻞ ﻟﻚ ﳎﻠﺴﺎﹰ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺎﹰ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺮﺍﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻣﻮﻥ؟ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﱐ ﺃﻛﺮﻩ ﺃﻥ ﺃﲤﻴﺰ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﺪﻻﹰ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺃﺣﻮﺍﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻋﺪﻻﹰ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻋﺪﻻﹰ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﺭﻋﻮﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ‪ r‬ﺃﻭﳍﻢ ﺃﺧﺬﺍﹰ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻷﻧﻪ ﳜﺸﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻗﺐ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻳﺘﻘﻲ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﺟﻞﱠ ﰲ ﻋ‪‬ﻼﻩ ﻓﻴﺨﺸﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻈﻠﻢ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﹰ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺟﺎﺀﺗﻪ ‪ r‬ﺃﻣﻮﺍﻝ ﰱ ﻣﺮﺽ ﻣﻮﺗﻪ ﻓﻮﺯﻋﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺍﺀ ﻭﱂ ﻳﺒﻖ‪ ‬ﺇﻻ ﺳﺒﻌﺔ ﺩﻧﺎﻧﲑ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻣﺴﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﺷﺘﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻊ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺮﻭﻯ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ‪:y‬‬ ‫} ﺍﺷ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺪ‪ ّ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﹶّﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺔﹸ ﺩ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﺎﻧﹺﲑ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺔﹸ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﻌ‪‬ﻠﹶﺖ‪‬‬ ‫ﺗ‪‬ﻠﹾﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺬﹶّﻫ‪‬ﺐ‪‬؟ ﻓﹶﻘﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺗ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺪ‪ّ‬ﻗ‪‬ﻲ ﺑﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ .‬ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹶﺖ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺸ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻠﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ّ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﺎﺋ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺔﹸ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﻌ‪‬ﻠﹶﺖ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻠﹾﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺬﹶّﻫ‪‬ﺐ‪‬؟ ﻓﹶﻘﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﺍﺋﹾﺘ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﺑﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ .‬ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹶﺖ‪ :‬ﻓﺠﺌﺖ‪‬‬ ‫ﺑﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻮ‪‬ﺿ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﰲ ﻛﹶﻔ‪ّ‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ّ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻇﹶﻦ‪ ّ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪ّ‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻟﹶﻮ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻘ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﹶّﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻫﺬ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪‬؟ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻇﹶﻦ‪ّ‬‬

‫ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪ّ‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﻥﹾ ﻟﹶﻮ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻘ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﹶّﻪ‪ ‬ﻭﻫﺬ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪‬؟{‬

‫‪٥٨٥‬‬

‫ﻗﻴﻞ ﻭﺃﻧﻔﻘﻬﺎ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﰱ ﺑﻴﻮﺕ ﺍﻷﻧﺼﺎﺭ ﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻮﻣﻪ ‪..r‬ﻓﻠﺬﻟﻚ ﱂ ﳛﺮﻡ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﰲ‬ ‫ﻋﻬﺪﻩ ﻭﱂ ﻳﻌﺘﺮﺽ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﰲ ﺟﻮﻉ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﻪ ﻭﻻ ﰲ ﻓﻘﺮ ﺍﻧﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻷﻣﻞ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﺀ ﰲ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ‬ ‫ﻋﺪﻝ ﺣﺮﻡ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪.‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺗﺼﺮﻓﺎﺗﻪ ﻭﺃﺣﻮﺍﻟﻪ ﺇﻣﺎﻣﺎﹰ ﳍﻢ ﻭﻟﻨﺎ ﺃﲨﻌﲔ ﻟﻨﺘﺄﺳﻰ ‪‬ﺪﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﻧﺴﲑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭﺑﻪ ﻓﻨﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﻋﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺇﻻﹶّ ﳏﺪﻭﺩﺍﹰ ﰲ ﻗﺬﻑ {‬

‫‪٥٨٦‬‬

‫ﺃﻯ ﻳﻌﺪﻟﻮﻥ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺃﺣﻮﺍﳍﻢ ﻭﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ‪‬ﻢ ﻭﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲﺀ ﳍﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ‪:r‬‬ ‫‪ ٥٨٤‬إﺣﯿﺎء ﻋﻠﻮم اﻟﺪﯾﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٥٨٥‬ﺻﺤﯿﺢ اﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎن ﻋﻦ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ‬ ‫‪ ٥٨٦‬ﻋﻦ ﺣﺠﺎج ﻋﻦ ﻋﻤﺮو ﺑﻦ ﺷﻌﯿﺐ ﻋﻦ أﺑﯿﮫ ﻋﻦ ﺟﺪه‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﺪة اﻟﻘﺎري‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫} ﻳﻮﻡ‪ ‬ﻣﻦ ﺇﻣﺎﻡﹴ ﻋﺎﺩ‪‬ﻝﹴ ﺃﻓﻀﻞﹸ ﻣﻦ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﺓ‪ ‬ﺳﺘﲔ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔﹰ‪{ ،‬‬

‫‪٥٨٧‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﻧ‪‬ﺼﺐ ﻋﻴﻨﻴﻪ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺃﺣﻮﺍﳍﻢ ﻓﺄﻣﺮ ﻛﻞ‬ ‫ﺭﺟﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺪﻝ ﺑﲔ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻩ ﺣﱴ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﰲ ﺇﻗﺒﺎﻟﻪ ﺑﻮﺟﻬﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻗﻮﻟﺘﻪ ﺍﳌﺸﻬﻮﺭﺓ‪ } :‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻻﺩ‪‬ﻛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺔ‪ ،٥٨٨{ ‬ﺣﱴ ﻻ ﻳﺸﻌﺮ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ‬ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺑﺄﻯ ﺃﺛﺮ ﻟﻠﻈﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﺑﻴﻪ ﺃﻭ ﲤﻴﻴﺰ ﺃﺧﻮﺍﺗﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺮ ‪ r‬ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻧﻮﺍ ﻋ‪‬ﺪﻭﻻﹰ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﺮﻯ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﹰ ﻇﺎﳌﺎﹰ ﺇﻻ ﻭﳛ‪‬ﺬﺭﻩ ﻭﻳﻨﺬﺭﻩ ﺑﻌﻘﺎﺏ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺣﺴﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺩ‪‬ﻯ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﷲ ‪ ،U‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ‪ } :r‬ﺍﻧ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺧ‪‬ﺎﻙ‪ ‬ﻇﹶﺎﻟ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬‬

‫ﺼﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪‬‬ ‫ﺼﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻈﹾﻠﹸﻮﻣ‪‬ﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻜﹶﻴ‪‬ﻒ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻈﹾﻠﹸﻮﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ‪ :‬ﻗﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ : ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ، ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﻇﹶﺎﻟ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ‪ :‬ﺗ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻈﱡﻠﹾﻢﹺ ﻓﹶ ﹶﺬﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻳ‪‬ﺎﻩ‪.٥٨٩{ ‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻈﻠﻢ ﻻﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﻜﻤﺎﹰ ﻋﺪﻻﹰ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﻣﻌﻲ ﺇﱃ ﺣﻀﺮﺗﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﰲ ﺣﺠﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﹸﻛﺮﺕ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺯﻭﺟﺎﺗﻪ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﺻﻔﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻟﺖ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺠﺒﻚ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻬﺎ؟ ﺇ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﺼﲑﺓ ‪ -‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻓﻌﻼﹰ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻗﺼﲑﺓ ـ ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻭﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﺘﺼﺮ ﻭﳝﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﻈﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻳﺎ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﻟﹶﻘﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﻗﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﻠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺔﹰ ﻟﹶﻮ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺰﹺﺟ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻤ‪‬ﺎﺀِ ﺍﻟﹾﺒ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺮﹺ ﻟﹶﻤ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ - ‬ﺃﻱ ﻋﻜﱠﺮ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪{ - ‬‬

‫‪٥٩٠‬‬

‫ﳝﻨﻌﻬﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﰲ ﺣﻖ ﺯﻭﺟﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﳝﺮ‪‬ﻢ ﻭﳚﻬﺰﻫﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺍﻟﺔ‬ ‫ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺭﰊ ﻭﺗﺴﻠﻴﻤﺎﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎﺯﺍﻝ ‪ r‬ﻳﺪﺭ‪‬ﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺣﱴ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻗﻤﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﺑﲔ‬ ‫ﺍﳋﻠﻖ ﺃﲨﻌﲔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺮﺿﻰ ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻢ ﺃﻥ ﳝﻴﺰﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺼﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳉﺰﻉ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺰﻉ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﹸﺪ‪‬ﻡ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻏﲎ‪ ‬ﻭﺧﺼﻤﻪ ﺭﺟﻞﹲ ﻓﻘﲑ‪ ‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﲑ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺷﺘﻜﻰ ﺭﺟﻞﹲ ﻋﻠﻴﺎﹰ ﺑﻦ ﺃﰊ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﻛﺮ‪‬ﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ ﺇﱃ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺍﳋﻄﺎﺏ ﻓﺎﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎﳘﺎ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﻭﻗﻔﺎ ﺑﲔ ﻳﺪﻳﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻌﻠﻲ ﻭﺃﺷﺎﺭ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﺟﻠﺲ ﻫﺎﻫﻨﺎ ‪ -‬ﺃﻯ ﲜﻮﺍﺭﻯ ‪ -‬ﻳﺎ ﺃﺑﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﳊﺴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﻀﺐ ﰲ ﻭﺟﻪ ﻋﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﻭﺣﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﺎﳊﻜﻢ‪،‬‬ ‫‪ ٥٨٧‬ﻋﻦ اﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎس اﻟﺴﻨﻦ اﻟﻜﺒﺮى ﻟﻠﺒﯿﮭﻘﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٥٨٨‬ﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﺒﯿﮭﻘﻲ اﻟﻜﺒﺮى‪.‬ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺪاﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎس ‪.t‬‬ ‫‪ ٥٨٩‬ﺻﺤﯿﺢ اﻟﺒﺨﺎري ﻋﻦ أﻧﺲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ‪.t‬‬ ‫‪ ٥٩٠‬ﺟﺎﻣﻊ اﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬي وﺳﻨﻦ أﺑﻮداود‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‪ ‬ﱂ ﺗﻐﲑﺕ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻗﻠﺖ ﻟﻚ‪ :‬ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺃﺑﺎ ﺍﳊﺴﻦ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻷﻧﻚ ﻧﺎﺩﻳﺖ‬ ‫ﺧﺼﻤﻲ ﺑﺈﲰﻪ ﻭﻛﻨﻴﺘﲏ ﻭﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺃﺑﺎ ﺍﳊﺴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﳊﻖ ﱄ ﺑﻌﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻢ ﻣﻴﺰﺗﲏ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ؟!‬ ‫ﻭﻃﻠﺒﺖ ﻣﲏ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺟﻠﺲ ﻭﺗﺮﻛﺖ ﺧﺼﻤﻲ ﻭﺍﻗﻔﺎﹰ ﻭﱂ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﳊﻖ ﺑﻌﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺮﺿﻰ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺭﰉ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪r‬‬ ‫ﺻﺤﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﱪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﲤﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﺎﹰ ﺧﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﻭﳜﺮﺝ ﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺠﺮ‬ ‫ﻓﻴﺴﻘﻂ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺩﺭﻋﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﺤﺼ‪‬ﻦ ﺑﻪ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺮﻭﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺬﻫﺐ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ ﻓﻴﺠﺪ ﺩﺭﻋﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺴﺄﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺋﻊ ﳌﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﻉ؟ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺑﺎﻋﻪ ﻟﻚ؟ ﻓﺄﺷﺎﺭ ﺇﱃ ﻓﻼﻥ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﻉ‬ ‫ﻭﺫﻫﺐ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺧﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻲﺀ ﺑﺎﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩﻯ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩﻯ‪ :‬ﺇ‪‬ﺎ ﺩﺭﻋﻲ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﻳﺸﻬﺪ ﻟﻚ ﻳﺎ ﺃﻣﲑ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺃﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻰ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺪﺭﻉ ﺩﺭﻋﻚ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ ﻳﻬﻮﺩﻯ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩﻯ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﻛﺎﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﳛﻜﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻣﲑ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ ﻭﳚﻌﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﻉ ﱄ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻗﺎﻣﺖ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﺃﺷﻬﺪﻛﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﻉ ﻫﻲ ﺩﺭﻋﻚ ﻳﺎ ﺃﻣﲑ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺳﻘﻄﺖ ﻣﻨﻚ ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ﺫﺍﻫﺐ‪ ‬ﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺠﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺧﺬ‪‬ﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺭﺿﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﺩﻣﺖ ﻗﺪ ﺷﻬﺪﺕ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﻬﻲ ﻫﺪﻳﺔ ﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻄﻖ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺗﲔ‬ ‫ﳌﺎ ﺭﺃﻯ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﳉﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻈﻠﻢ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺍﻧﻄﻠﻖ ﺟﻴﺶ‪ ‬ﰲ ﻋﺼﺮ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ‪ t‬ﺇﱃ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﲰﺮﻗﻨﺪ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻭﻫﻲ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺭﻭﺳﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﳉﻴﺶ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺓ ﻭﱂ ﻳﺆﺫ‪‬ﻥ ﺃﻫﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﻳﺪﻋﻮﻫﻢ ـ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﻫﻢ ـ‬ ‫ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﺰﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﺣﺘﻜﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺷﺘﻜﻮﺍ ﺇﱃ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ ﺻﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﳉﻴﺶ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﺎﺳﺘﺪﻋﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﺪ ﺍﳉﻴﺶ ﻗﺘﻴﺒﺔ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺭﲪﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻫﻞ ﺁﺫﻧﺘﻬﻢ ﺑﺪﺧﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺪﻳﻨﺔ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻻ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻫﻞ ﺃﻋﻠﻤﺘﻬﻢ ﺑﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺣﺪ‪‬ﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺇﻣﺎ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﺇﻣﺎ ﺍﳉﺰﻳﺔ ﻭﺇﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻒ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻻ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﻳﺄﻣﺮ ﺃﻥ ﳜﺮﺝ‬ ‫ﺟﻴﺶ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻭﺗ‪‬ﺮﺩ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻫﻠﻬﺎ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﳌﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﱵ‬ ‫ﻭﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﻧﱯ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺃﰎ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﳉﻴﺶ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻌﺠ‪‬ﺐ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﱂ ﻳﺮﻭﺍ ﳍﺎ ﻣﺜﻴﻼﹰ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﷲ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎ ﻋﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﻛﻬﺬﻩ ﻗﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺳﺮ‪ ‬ﺇﺳﻼﻣﻬﻢ ﻭﺩﺧﻠﻮﺍ ﰲ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﷲ ‪U‬‬ ‫ﺃﻓﻮﺍﺟﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪U‬‬

‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻃﻼﺏ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻃﻼﺏ ﺍﳌﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻃﻼﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻃﻼﺏ ﺫﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ‪ ،U‬ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﳍﻢ ﻣﻘﺼﺪ ﻭﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﳍﻢ ﻣﻘﺼﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺮﻳﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺎﺩﻫﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﻖ ﺑﺄﺧﻼﻕ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،r‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﺷﺪ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﻬﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﺃﻥ ﺗ‪‬ﺤﻴﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﰲ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺃﻭ ﰲ ﺗﺴﺒﻴﺢ ﺃﻭ ﰲ ﺗﻼﻭﺓ ﻗﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺻﻌﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﻮ ﺍﻋﺘﺪﻯ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﻠﻔﻆ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺗﺼﱪ؟! ﻛﻴﻒ ﲢﻠﹶﻢ؟! ﻛﻴﻒ ﺗﺼﻔﺢ؟!‬ ‫ﻛﻴﻒ ﺗﻌﻔﻮ؟! ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ ﻳﺜﲑ ﺣﻔﻴﻈﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ‪:‬‬ ‫¨ ( ﻭﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫` ‪Ä $Y¨ 9#$‬‬ ‫‪Ç ã‬‬ ‫‪t û‬‬ ‫‪ ( á‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪t üùÏ $èy 9ø #$ ru ) :‬‬ ‫‪x ‹ø ót 9ø #$ û‬‬ ‫‪t üJ‬‬ ‫‪Ï à‬‬ ‫‪Ï »6‬‬ ‫) ‪x 9ø #$ ru‬‬ ‫‪) ( ÇÊÌÍÈ ú‬ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ( ﻳﻌﲏ ﺃﺣﺴﻦ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺳﺎﺀ ﺇﻟﻴﻚ‪.‬‬ ‫‪š‬‬ ‫¡ ‪üZÏ‬‬ ‫‪Å s‬‬ ‫‪ó J‬‬ ‫= ‪ß 9ø #$‬‬ ‫† ‪• tÏ‬‬ ‫! ‪ä‬‬ ‫) ‪ª #$ ru‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ؟ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﻭﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺮﰊ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻣﺎﺀ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﻜﻞ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺘﻪ ﳍﻢ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﺳﺎﺭ ﻣﻊ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﺑﻮﺑﻜﺮ ‪ t‬ﰲ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻬﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳊﺞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﺑﻮﺑﻜﺮ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺃﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺩ ﻟﻚ ﻭﱄ‪ ،‬ﻭﲪﻞ ﺯﺍﺩﻩ ﻭﺯﺍﺩ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲨﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺗﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﱯ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻟﻪ ﻣﻬﻤﺘﻚ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪﺓ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻚ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻏﲑ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﺎﺭﻭﺍ ﻭﺳﻬﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﱯ ﻭﺗﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﳉﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻐﻀﺐ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﺑﻮﺑﻜﺮ ﻏﻀﺒﺎﹰ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺍﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﺼﱯ‪ :‬ﺃﲨﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺣﻔﻈﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﺻﻴﺎﻧﺘﻪ؟! ﻭﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ } :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﺎ ﺑ‪‬ﻜﹾﺮﹴ ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳﻘ‪‬ﲔ‪، ‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻌ‪‬ﺎﻧﹺﲔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ {‪ ،٥٩١‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺻﺪﻳﻘﺎﹰ ﻭﻳﻠﻌﻦ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ‪ ...‬ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺐ ‪ ...‬ﳓﺘﺎﺝ‬ ‫ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺒﺎﹰ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺍﹰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺻﺪﻳﻖ ﻓﻼ ﺗﻠﻌﻦ ﺃﺣﺪ‪ ،.‬ﻭﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﱯ‬ ‫‪ r‬ﺟﺎﻟﺲ ﰲ ﺍ‪‬ﻠﺲ ﻭﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺑﻜﺮ ﻣﻌﻪ‪ } :‬ﺟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺭﺟﻞﹲ ﻳ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﻜﺮﹴ ‪،t‬‬ ‫ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﷲ ﺟﺎﻟﺲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺠ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺴ‪ّ‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤ‪ّ‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻛﹾﺜﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺩ‪ ّ‬ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﺑﻮ‬ ‫ﺑﻜﺮﹴ ﺑﻌﺾ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﻮ‪‬ﻟ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻐ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺭﺳﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﺤ‪‬ﻘﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﺑﻮ ﺑﻜﺮﹴ ‪ t‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ‬ ‫ﺭﺳﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﷲ ﻛﺎﻥﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﻭﺃﻧﺖ‪ ‬ﺟﺎﻟﺲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤ‪ّ‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺾ‪ ‬ﻗﻮﻟ‪‬ﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﻏﹶﻀ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻭﻗﹸﻤ‪‬ﺖ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻧ‪ّ‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻛﺎﻥﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺩ‪ ّ‬ﻋﻨﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤ‪ّ‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪‬‬ ‫‪ ٥٩١‬اﻷدب اﻟﻤﻔﺮد ﻟﻠﺒﺨﺎرى وﺷﻌﺐ اﻻﯾﻤﺎن ﻟﻠﺒﯿﮭﻘﻲ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ رﺿﻲ اﷲ ﻋﻨﮭﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻗﹶﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥﹸ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻛﹸﻦ‪ ‬ﻷَﻗﹾﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻣﻊ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻗﺎﻝﹶ ﺭﺳﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﷲ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﻇﻠ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻈﹾﻠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺔﹰ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻟ‪‬ﻠﹶّﻪ‪ ،U ‬ﺇﹺﻻﹶّ ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪ ّ‬ﺍﷲ ‪U‬‬ ‫ﺑﻜﺮﹴ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋﺒﺪ‪ ‬ﹸ‬ ‫‪٥٩٢‬‬ ‫ﺑﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻧ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪{ ‬‬ ‫ﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺠﺪ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺭﻉ ﻛﺄﻧﻪ ﻣﻠﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﳝﺪﺣﻮﺍ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺃﻟﻔﺎﻇﻪ ﻭﻋﺒﺎﺭﺍﺗﻪ ﻭﻣﺮﻭﺀﺗﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﺷﻬﺎﻣﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﻞ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺖ ﳜﻠﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﻭﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﻟﻪ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺁﺧﺮ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﻛﺄﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﻏﲑ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺴﺐ‪ ‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺘﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﻀﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻈﺎﻇﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﻠﻈﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺫﺍﻙ؟! ﺃﱂ‬ ‫‪٥٩٣‬‬ ‫ﺗﺴﻤﻊ ﺣﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ } :‬ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺷ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱﹺ ﺫﹸﻭ ﺍﻟﹾﻮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦﹺ {‬ ‫ﳌﺎﺫﺍ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻚ ﻭﺟﻬﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻛﻦ ﺑﻮﺟﻪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺄﰐ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﳝﺪﺣﻮﻩ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﺑﻨﻪ‬ ‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﺑﻨﺘﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺯﻭﺟﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﺘﻢ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺷﻴﺌﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺒﺎﺑﻨﺎ ﺑﻨﺎ‪‬ﻢ ﺭﻓﻀﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻗﲔ ﻣﻌﻨﺎ ﻷ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﺎﺳﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺑﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻇﻨﺎ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺃﺑﻴﻬﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻓﻀﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺣﺪﺙ ﻛﺜﲑﺍﹰ ﻷﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﺟﻪ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﺟﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ :‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺥ ﻣﻌﻨﺎ ﰲ ﻗﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺿﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺬﻫﺐ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺑﲔ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺣﺒﺎﺏ ﰲ ﺑﻠﺪ ﻳﺘﺒﺪﻝ ﺣﺎﻟﻪ ﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻨﺎ ﻣﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﻨﻜﺴﺮ ﻃﻴﺐ ﺑﺸﻮﺵ‬ ‫ﻟﻄﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﻗﺘﻤﺎ ﻳﺮﺟﻊ ﻳﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻛﺒﲑ‪ ،‬ﻓﻆ ﻭﻏﻠﻴﻆ ﻭﻳﺸﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ؟! ﻫﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﻫﻮ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ؟! ﻻ ﻳﺎ ﺃﺣﺒﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻻ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﻟﻪ ﺑﻨﱯ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ‪r‬‬ ‫ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻜﺎﺭﻡ ﺍﻷﺧﻼﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻔﻌﻠﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﹰ ﰲ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻨﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﱰﻥ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻨﺎ ﺑﺄﺧﻼﻕ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻨﻈﺮ ﺃﻳﻦ ﻫﻮ ﻭﺃﻳﻦ ﳓﻦ؟ ﻭﻧﻨﻈﺮ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻧﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺯﻭﺟﺎﺗﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺯﻭﺟﺎﺗﻪ؟ ﻭﻧﺰﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﻧﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺟﲑﺍﻧﻨﺎ ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ r‬ﻳﻌﺎﻣﻞ‬ ‫ﺟﲑﺍﻧﻪ؟ ﻭﻧﺰﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻨﻈﺮ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻧﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻣﻊ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻫﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﲔ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﲪﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻔﻘﺔ ﺃﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺐ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺘﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻌﻦ؟ ﻭﻧﺰﻥ‪ ،‬ﻟﻦ ﺗﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻃﺒﻘﺖ ﺃﺧﻼﻕ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ‪،r‬‬ ‫ﻭﺻﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﹰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻴﺪ ﻟﻠﺤﻤﻴﺪ ‪U‬‬ ‫ﻭﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺻﺤﺒﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‬ ‫‪ ٥٩٢‬رواهُ اﻟﻠَّﯿْﺚُ ﺑﻦُ ﺳﻌﺪٍ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻌﯿﺪٍ اﻟﻤَﻘْﺒُﺮِيِّ ﻋﻦ ﺑﺸﯿﺮٍ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻌﯿﺪِ ﺑﻦِ اﻟﻤُﺴَﯿَّﺐِ ﻋﻦ اﻟﻨﺒﻲِّ ﻓﻲ ﻗِﺼَّﺔِ أﺑﻲ ﺑﻜﺮٍ ‪ t‬ﻣﺮﺳﻼً‪ ،‬دونَ‬ ‫ﻣَﺎ ﻓﻲ آﺧِﺮِهِ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﺮﻏﯿﺐِ ﻓﻲ اﻹِﻏْﻀَﺎءِ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﻦ اﻟﻜﺒﺮى ﻟﻠﺒﯿﮭﻘﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٥٩٣‬اﻟﺼﺤﯿﺤﯿﻦ اﻟﺒﺨﺎري وﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ ھﺮﯾﺮة ‪t‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

  

r 



  







٥٩٤r

 r

U

 I

.(‫)ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮﺍﺀ‬

‫ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‬،‫ ﺧﻠﻴﻠﻪ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺒﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺃﰎ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‬U ‫ﻭﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ ( )ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻓﺎﺕ( ﻓﺎﻟﺬﻱ‬ÇÑÍÈ OA Š=Î ™ y = 5 =ù ) s /Î ¼mç /- ‘u äu %! ` y Œø )Î ) :‫ﰲ ﺫﺍﺗﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﲣﻠﻠﺖ ﳏﺒﺔ ﺍﷲ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺟﻮﺍﳓﻪ‬ ‫ ﻭﻳﺘﺄﺳﻰ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ‬،‫ﺮﻛﱢﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻴﻢ‬‫ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺇﻛﺮﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻋﻄﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﷲ ﻳ‬ .r ‫ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺀﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻴﻢ‬

r ،‫ ﺃﻭﻻﹰ ﲟﻌﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ‬r ‫ﻣﺎ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳚﺐ ﻭﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺴﻠﻜﻪ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ؟ ﺑﺪﺃ‬ ‫ ﻭﺭﻋﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﺑﺘﻄﻬﲑ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻫﻮﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﳌﺸﺎﻏﻞ‬،‫ﻭﺗﻮﻓﻴﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ ﻭﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻓﺪﺡ‬،‫ﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺍﺕ‬‫ﻔﻠﺢ ﺳﺎﻟﻚ ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﺃﺩ‬‫ ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻻ ﻳ‬،‫ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﻮﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻐﲏ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺷﻴﺌﺎﹰ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭﺑﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﷲ‬‫ﺎﻫﺪﺍﺕ ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺭﺃﻯ ﻛﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻻ ﻳ‬‫ﺍ‬ .‫ﻭﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺗﻮﻓﻴﻖ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﻴﻨﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﻣﻨﺎﻩ‬ ‫م‬٢٠١٤/١١/٦ ‫ھـ‬١٤٣٥ ‫ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺤﺮم‬١٣ ‫ اﻟﻤﻌﺎدي – اﻟﺨﻤﯿﺲ‬٥٩٤



{}r



‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻓﺄﺭﺷﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﺇﱃ ﺫﻟﻚ ﰲ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺣﺒﻴﺒﻪ ﻭﻣﺼﻄﻔﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻭﺭﺩ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﲑﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﻃﻬﺮﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﱪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺍﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺴﺮﺡ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﻨﻢ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺧﻮﺍﺗﻪ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺿﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﻣ‪‬ﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺿﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﺣﻠﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻴﺪﻳﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﳛﻜﻲ ﻫﻮ ﻫﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﳋﱪ‪ ،‬ﺃ‪‬ﻢ ﺃﺧﺬﻭﻩ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﺒﺬﻭﻩ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺭﻗﺪﻭﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻇﻬﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻢ ﻓﺸﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺻﺪﺭﻩ‬ ‫ﺇﱃ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﻋﺎﻧﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻓﺄﺧﺮﺝ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻭﻭﺿﻌﻪ ﰲ ﻃﺴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺧﺮﺝ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺷﻴﺌﺎﹰ ﻭﺃﻟﻘﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺇﱃ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺒﻴﺐ ﻻ ﺗ‪‬ﺮﻉ )ﺃﻱ‬ ‫ﻻ ﲣﻒ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﻚ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻡ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻣﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺨﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﻭﺱ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﳍﻮﺍﺟﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﻜﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻫﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻬﻮﺓ ﰲ ﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻏﺒﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺀ ‪ ...‬ﻭﻏﲑﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﻀﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﻣﺮﻧﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﱪﻳﺔ ‪ ،U‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﰲ ﻣﺒﺘﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍﹰ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺃﻭﻻﹰ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺳﺎﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻼﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﺳﺮ ﻛﻞ ﺍﳌﺼﺎﺋﺐ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺒﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﲤﺮ ﺍﳌﺼﺎﺋﺐ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺇﱃ ﺳﻮﺀ ﺍﻟﻈﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻮﺀ ﺍﻟﻈﻦ‬ ‫ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻴﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﺐ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻴﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳍﺠﺮ ﻭﺍﳋﺼﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻛﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺳﺒﺒﻪ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻭﺳﺎﻭﺱ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻼ ﺑﺪ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻀﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺳﺎﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺴﺘﻌﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺮﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﳚﺎﻫﺪ‬ ‫ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﰒ ﻳﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻴﻨﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﳚﺘﺒﻴﻪ ﻣﻮﻻﻩ ﻓﻴﺪﺧﻠﻪ ﰲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ‪:‬‬

‫`(‬ ‫‪í »Ü‬‬ ‫™ ‪s =ù‬‬ ‫‪ß N‬‬ ‫‪ö kÍ Žö =n ã‬‬ ‫‪t 7‬‬ ‫§ ‪y 9s‬‬ ‫‪} Šø 9s “ŠÏ $6t ã‬‬ ‫‪Ï b‬‬ ‫) ‪¨ )Î‬‬

‫)‪٤٢‬ﺍﳊﺠﺮ(‬

‫ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻡ ﻳﻔﺮ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ ‪ r‬ﰲ‬ ‫ﺷﺄﻥ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺍﳋﻄﺎﺏ ‪:t‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫} ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺳ‪‬ﻠﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺩ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﹶﻂﱡ ﻓﹶﺴ‪‬ﻠﹶﻜﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻄﹶﺎﻥﹸ {‬

‫‪٥٩٥‬‬

‫ﻳﻔﺮ ﺣﱴ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺧﻮﻓﺎﹰ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﲢﺮﻗﻪ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺼﻦ ﻗﻠﺐ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﺮ ‪.t‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻋﺸﺮ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﳛﻜﻲ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ‪ r‬ﺃ‪‬ﻢ ﺃﺭﻗﺪﻭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺧﺮﺟﻮﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻐﻞ ﻭﺍﳊﻘﺪ ﻭﻣﻸﻭﺍ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻔﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﲪﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻟﻔﺔ ﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺩ‪) :‬ﺍﳊﺠﺮ(‬ ‫‪( ÇÍÐÈ û‬‬ ‫)» ‪t ,#Î 7Î‬‬ ‫™ ‪s Gt B• ‘9 •ã‬‬ ‫’ ‪ß‬‬ ‫‪4 ?n ã‬‬ ‫‪t $Rº ºqu z‬‬ ‫@ ‪÷ )Î‬‬ ‫‪e@ î‬‬ ‫` ‪Ï‬‬ ‫‪ô BiÏ Nd‬‬ ‫‪Ï ‘Í r‰‬‬ ‫‪ß ¹‬‬ ‫‪ß ’ûÎ $Bt $Yo ã‬‬ ‫) ‪ô “t Rt ru‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺐ ﳑﻦ ﻳﺪﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺎﺏ ﻣﻮﻻﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻪ ‪ U‬ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﻣﻨﺎﻩ ﻭﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﺇﺳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺩ‪ ‬ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﳊﻘﺪ ﻭﺍﳊﺴﺪ ﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺃﳛﺪﺙ ﺫﻟﻚ ﰲ ﻣ‪‬ﻠﻚ ﺍﷲ ‪U‬؟! ﻭﺃﺷﺪ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﳊﺴﺪ؛ ﺍﳊﺴﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺇﻛﺮﺍﻡ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﳊﺴﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻷﻭﻻﺩ ﺃﻣﺮﻩ ﺳﻬﻞ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ‬ ‫ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﺗﺒﺎﹰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﺎﻧﻌﻴﻪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪( ¾&Ï #Î Ò‬‬ ‫! ‪ô ùs `BÏ‬‬ ‫‪ª #$ O‬‬ ‫‪Þ g‬‬ ‫’ ‪ß 9?s #äu $! Bt‬‬ ‫‪4 ?n ã‬‬ ‫¨ ‪t‬‬ ‫‪} $Z¨ 9#$ b‬‬ ‫‪t r‰‬‬ ‫¡ ‪ß‬‬ ‫† ‪Ý tø‬‬ ‫‪s Q‬‬ ‫) ‪ô &r‬‬

‫)‪٥٤‬ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ(‬

‫ﱂ ﻳﻘﻞ‪) :‬ﻣﺎ ﺁﺗﺎﻫﻢ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻦ ﺧﲑﻩ( ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‪) :‬ﻣﻦ ﻓﻀﻠﻪ( ﻓﻔﻰ ) ‪٤‬ﺍﳉﻤﻌﺔ(‪:‬‬

‫‪(O‬‬ ‫‪É Šà‬‬ ‫@ ‪Ï èy 9ø #$‬‬ ‫‪È Ò‬‬ ‫‪ô ÿ‬‬ ‫! ‪x 9ø #$ rŒè‬‬ ‫‪ª #$ ru 4 äâ $! ±‬‬ ‫! ‪t „o `Bt mÏ ‹?Ï s÷ ƒã‬‬ ‫@ ‪« #$‬‬ ‫‪ã Ò‬‬ ‫‪ô ùs 7‬‬ ‫) ‪y 9Ï ºŒs‬‬

‫ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻕ ‪ :t‬ﳓﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﻨﻴﻮﻥ ‪‬ﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ‬ ‫ﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﺘﻮﺟﺐ ﺍﳊﺴﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺫﻛﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻛﺄﻥ ﳛﺴﺪ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻧﺎﹰ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﱯ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﻫﱯ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﳛﺴﺪﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻹﻛﺮﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘﱰﻝ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﺷﻨﻊ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﳊﺴﺪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺣﺬﺭ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫‪ U‬ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،I‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﺑﻴ‪‬ﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺴﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﺀ ﺑﻐﻀﺐ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺳﺨﻄﻪ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ÇÌÊÈ L? ìà‬‬ ‫‪Ï ã‬‬ ‫‪t û‬‬ ‫) ‪È ü÷ Gt ƒt •ö‬‬ ‫` ‪s 9ø #$‬‬ ‫@ ‪z BiÏ‬‬ ‫_ ‪9‬‬ ‫’ ‪ã ‘u‬‬ ‫‪4 ?n ã‬‬ ‫‪t b‬‬ ‫) ‪ã #äu •ö‬‬ ‫‹‪à 9ø #$ #‬‬ ‫‪x »d‬‬ ‫‪y A‬‬ ‫‪t “hÌ Rç w‬‬ ‫) ‪Ÿ qö 9s #( q9ä $%s ru‬‬

‫‪ ٥٩٥‬ﺗﺎرﯾﺦ دﻣﺸﻖ ﻻﺑﻦ ﻋﺴﺎﻛﺮ‪ ،‬وﻓﻀﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻷﺣﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺣﻨﺒﻞ ﻋﻦ أﻧﺲ ‪t‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪Íoq4 Šu s‬‬ ‫‪y 9ø #$ ’ûÎ N‬‬ ‫‪ö kå Jt ±‬‬ ‫‪t ŠèÏ B¨ Nhæ Zu •÷ /t $Yo J‬‬ ‫¡ ‪ô‬‬ ‫` ‪| %s‬‬ ‫‪ß tø U‬‬ ‫‪w 47‬‬ ‫‪y /nÎ ‘u M‬‬ ‫‪| Hu q‬‬ ‫‪÷ ‘u b‬‬ ‫‪t qJ‬‬ ‫¡ ‪ß‬‬ ‫) ‪Å‬‬ ‫‪ø ƒt O‬‬ ‫‪ó d‬‬ ‫‪è &r‬‬ ‫‪( $‹u R÷ ‰‬‬ ‫‪‘ 9#$‬‬

‫)‪٣٢-٣١‬ﺍﻟﺰﺧﺮﻑ(‬

‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺇﻛﺮﺍﻡ ﺍﷲ ﺧﺎﻟﺼﺔ ﺑﻴﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺟﻞ ﰲ ﻋﻼﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﱰﱠﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻜﺚ ﰲ ﻏﺎﺭ ﺣﺮﺍﺀ ﺷﻬﻮﺭﹰﺍ‬ ‫ﻳﺸﺮﻑ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻄﻬﲑ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻔﺎﺀ ﻓﻜﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﷲ ‪ ،U‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﻭﺻﻞ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺗﱰﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺣﻲ ﺍﻹﳍﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻷﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﰲ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻮﺩﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺮﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻏﲑ ﺃﻫﻞ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻏﲑ ﺟﺪﻳﺮ ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﱰﻝ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻭﺷﻘﻮﺍ ﺻﺪﺭﻩ ﻟﻴ‪‬ﺜﺒ‪‬ﺘﻮﺍ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻭﺟﻨﺎﻧﻪ ﻟﻜﻼﻡ‬ ‫‪٣٢) ( 8‬ﻓﺮﻗﺎﻥ(‪.‬‬ ‫‪x Šy #sx ùè ¾mÏ /Î M‬‬ ‫‪| 7mÎ [s Zã 9Ï 7‬‬ ‫‹‪y 9Ï º‬‬ ‫‪x 2‬‬ ‫‪Ÿ‬‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ‪) :U‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺃﻫ‪‬ﻠﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻔﻴﺾ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻴﻞ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﰲ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻜﻮﺕ ﺍﷲ ﻭﰲ ﻗﺪﺱ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﲔ ﻭﻻ ﺍﻟﻼﺣﻘﲔ ﻋﺪﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﻻ ﺣﺼﺮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺭﺃﻯ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﰲ ﻋﺎﱂ ﺍﻟﱪﺯﺥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺃﻯ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﰲ ﻋﺎﱂ ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺃﻯ ﻛﻞ‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﰲ ﻋﺎﱂ ﺍﳉﻨﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﲑﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻃﱠﻠﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ ﺍﶈﻔﻮﻅ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﻮﺏ ﺍﻹﳍﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﻻ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻄﻠﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺳﻮﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﻭﻻ ﺣﱴ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷﻬﺪ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﷲ‪:‬‬ ‫‪( ÇÊÉÈ Ó‬‬ ‫‪4 r‬‬ ‫‪y r÷ &r $! Bt ¾nÍ ‰‬‬ ‫‪Ï 6ö ã‬‬ ‫’ ‪t‬‬ ‫‪4 <n )Î Ó‬‬ ‫‪# r‬‬ ‫) ‪y r÷ 'r ùs‬‬

‫)ﺍﻟﻨﺠﻢ(‬

‫ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﺳﺮﺍﹰ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻻ ﻳﻄﻠﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻠﻚ‪ ‬ﻣﻘﺮﺏ ﺃﻭ ﻧﱯ ﻣﺮﺳﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺸﻘﻮﺍ ﺻﺪﺭﻩ‬ ‫ﻭﺃﺧﺮﺟﻮﺍ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻭﻏﺴﻠﻮﻩ ﲟﺎﺀ ﺯﻣﺰﻡ ﰒ ﻣﻸﻭﻩ ﺇﳝﺎﻧﺎﹰ ﻭﺣﻜﻤﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﻫﻲ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﻣﺮ ‪‬ﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،r‬ﻭﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﻬﺎﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻘﻠﺒﻪ ﳛﺪﺛﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﺋﻲ ‪ ،t‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻫﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺃﻫﻠﻪ ﻫﺎﺟﺮﻭﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺑﻼﺩ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺣﺼ‪‬ﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﰲ ﺷﺒﺎﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺸﺘﺪ ﺷﻮﻗﻪ ﻟﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺠﺎﺀ ﻣﻊ ﻧﻔﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺑﺔ ﳊﺞ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﷲ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺫﻫﺐ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻟﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،r‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺣﻼ ﻟﻪ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬ ﻟﻪ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ‪ ‬ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺣﺒﻴﺐ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻣﺼﻄﻔﺎﻩ ‪ -‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻛﺮﱘ ﻟﻠﻀﻴﻔﺎﻥ ‪ -‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻳﺄﺗﻴﻪ ﻛﻞ ﺃﺳﺒﻮﻉ ﻣﺮﺗﲔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻡ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻴﻬﻤﺎ ‪ :t‬ﱄ ﻟﻴﻠﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪r‬؛ ﻟﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻹﺛﻨﲔ ﻭﻟﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻌﺔ ﻳﺄﺗﻴﲏ ﻓﺄﻋﺮﺽ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‪ ‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﻓﻴﺠﻴﺒﲏ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﲨﻴﻌﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﲨﻠﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ‬ ‫ﺣﻜﺎﻫﺎ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺷﻖ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﺭ؟ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﻘﻠﻨﺎﻩ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻨﺎ ))ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﳊﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﻋﻦ ﻗﺪﺭ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺪ ﺍﳋﻼﺋﻖ(( ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ ١٣٥‬ﻭﻫﻮ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﺋﻲ ‪ " :t‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺑﺎﳌﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻘﻴﻤﺎﹰ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺳﺄﻟﺖ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﻣﻨﺎﻣﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﰲ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻟﻴﻠﺔ ﻓﺴﺄﻟﺖ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪r‬‬ ‫ﻋﻦ‪ :‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﺣﺪﺙ ﺷﻖ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﺭ؟ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ :‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﺷ‪‬ﻖ‪ ‬ﺻﺪﺭﻱ ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻴﻘﻈﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺷﻌﺮﺕ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺑﺸﻲﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺃﱂ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺗﺎﱐ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻘﻠﺐ ﺳﻠﻴﻢ ﻟﻴﺘﺤﻤﻞ ﻧﺰﻭﻝ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺧﻠﻘﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻔﻼﹰ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺘﺤﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﱰﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ﻳﺎ ﻋﺒﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻴﻢ ﺗﻘﺮﺃ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺟﻞﱠ ﺷﺄﻧﻪ‪ :‬ﺑﺴﻢ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻴﻢ‬ ‫‪ô`BiÏ %æ‬‬ ‫‪Y ‰‬‬ ‫‪dÏ Á‬‬ ‫‪| Ft B• $èY ±‬‬ ‫‪Ï »z‬‬ ‫@ ©‪y ¼mç Ft ƒ÷ &r •t 9‬‬ ‫_ ‪9 6t‬‬ ‫’ ‪y‬‬ ‫‪4 ?n ã‬‬ ‫‪t b‬‬ ‫) ‪t #äu •ö‬‬ ‫‹‪à 9ø #$ #‬‬ ‫‪x »d‬‬ ‫) ‪y $Zu 9ø “t R&r qö 9s‬‬ ‫!(‬ ‫‪« #$ pÏ Šu ±‬‬ ‫‪ô z‬‬ ‫‪y‬‬

‫)‪٢١‬ﺍﳊﺸﺮ(‬

‫‪(û‬‬ ‫‹ ‪t ï‘Í‬‬ ‫‪É ZJ‬‬ ‫` ‪ß 9ø #$‬‬ ‫‪z BÏ b‬‬ ‫‪t q3‬‬ ‫‪ä Gt 9Ï 7‬‬ ‫’ ‪y 7Î =ù %s‬‬ ‫‪4 ?n ã‬‬ ‫‪t ÇÊÒÌÈ û‬‬ ‫{ ‪ß üBÏ‬‬ ‫‪F #$ y‬‬ ‫‪ß r•” 9#$ mÏ /Î A‬‬ ‫) ‪t “t Rt‬‬

‫)ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮﺍﺀ(‬

‫ﻓﻤﻦ ﺭﲪﺔ ﺍﷲ ﰊ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺭﺗﻀﺎﻩ ﺭﰊ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻗﻮﺓ ﻭﻧﻮﺭﺍﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﻧﻘﺎﺀ ﻭﺻﻔﺎﺀ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺳﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﻋﺜﺮﺍ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﲡﺮﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻧﺰﻟﺖ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﱂ ﳜﺎﻟﻄﻬﺎ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻭﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺣﻔﻈﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﻎ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺴﻴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻠﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﱴ ﺟﺮﻯ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺃﺻﺒﺢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺍﹰ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳍﻮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻌﲎ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻋﲏ‪:‬‬ ‫‪(7‬‬ ‫‪y 9Ï qö m‬‬ ‫` ‪y‬‬ ‫‪ô BÏ #( qÒ‬‬ ‫‪‘ ÿ‬‬ ‫‪x Rw‬‬ ‫= ]‬ ‫) ‪É =ù‬‬ ‫‪s 9ø #$ á‬‬ ‫‪x ‹=Î î‬‬ ‫‪x $à‬‬ ‫‪ˆ ùs M‬‬ ‫) ‪| Y.ä qö 9s ru‬‬

‫)‪١٥٩‬ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ(‬

‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳌﻌﲎ ﰲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪:‬‬

‫‪Ü=»Gt 3‬‬ ‫‪Å 9ø #$ $Bt “‘Í ‰‬‬ ‫‪ô ?s M‬‬ ‫` ‪| Z.ä $Bt 4 $Rt •Ì Bø &r‬‬ ‫‪ô BiÏ %n‬‬ ‫‪[ r‘â 7‬‬ ‫‪y ‹ø 9s )Î $! Zu ‹ø m‬‬ ‫‪y r÷ &r 7‬‬ ‫‹‪y 9Ï º‬‬ ‫) ‪x .x ru‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪4 $Rt ŠÏ $6t ã‬‬ ‫` ‪Ï‬‬ ‫‪ô BÏ äâ $! ±‬‬ ‫‪t S® `Bt ¾mÏ /Î “‰‬‬ ‫_ ‪Ï kö X¨ #‘Y qRç mç »Yo =ù èy‬‬ ‫‪y `3‬‬ ‫` ‪Å »9s ru‬‬ ‫‪ß »J‬‬ ‫}‪y ƒ‬‬ ‫‪M #$ w‬‬ ‫‪Ÿ ru‬‬ ‫‪( ÇÎËÈ O‬‬ ‫)‪5 Š‬‬ ‫¡ ‪É Gt‬‬ ‫‪ó B• Þ‬‬ ‫‪: ºŽu À‬‬ ‫’ ‪Å‬‬ ‫“ ‪4 <n )Î‬‬ ‫‪ü ‰‬‬ ‫‪Ï kö Jt 9s 7‬‬ ‫‪y R¯ )Î ru‬‬

‫)ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺭﻯ(‬

‫ﻭﻟﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﻧﻮﺭﺍﹰ ﰲ ﻗﻠﱯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻠﱯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﻠﱯ ﻧﻮﺭﺍﹰ ﻳﻬﺪﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻳﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺭﺳﻠﲏ ﺟﻞﱠ ﺷﺄﻧﻪ ﳍﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺇﱃ ﺻﺮﺍﻁ ﺍﷲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ‬ ‫ﻗﻠﱮ ﻳﺎ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻴﻢ "‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻴﻢ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﰲ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﻌﻴﻪ‪" :‬ﻳﺎ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺍﷲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺇﱃﱠ ﰲ ﻭﺻﻒ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﻣﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻷﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺒﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﹸﻧﻌ‪‬ﻢ ﺑﺮﺿﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺣﺐ ﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ"‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍﹰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻫﻲ ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﳌﻦ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ‪ ،‬ﲰ‪‬ﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﲰ‪‬ﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﻬﺎﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﲰ‪‬ﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﺷﺌﺖ؛ ﺍﳌﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻄﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲﺀ ﺳﻮﻯ ﻣﻮﻻﻩ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻔﻌﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ‬ ‫ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻚ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻦ ﺑﺎﷲ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻌﺠﺰ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﺘﻘﺎﻋﺲ ﻭﺗﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻮ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﷲ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﱵ‬ ‫ﻟﻔﻌﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﺩﻟﲔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﺘﺤﺠﺞ ﻭﺗﻘﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺃﺧﻠﻲ ﻗﻠﱯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﻣﺸﺎﻏﻠﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﻣﺸﺎﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﻫﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻷﻭﻻﺩ ﻭﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺯﻕ؟‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺣﺠﺞ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ ﻭﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻗﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ‪‬ﻢ ﺣﺠﺞ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﻗﺎﻣﻮﺍ ﲟﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﺟﺒﺎﺕ ﳓﻮ ﺃﺟﺴﺎﺩﻫﻢ ﻭﳓﻮ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻫﻢ ﻭﳓﻮ ﺯﻭﺟﺎ‪‬ﻢ‬ ‫ﻭﳓﻮ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ ﺃﲨﻌﲔ؟! ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﱂ ﻳﻠﻮﺛﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻃﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﲔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﳌﻘﻠﺒﻪ‬ ‫‪ ،I‬ﻭﺍﲰﻊ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ‪:‬‬ ‫‪Ïä$! Gt ƒ)Î ru oÍ q4 =n Á‬‬ ‫‪¢ 9#$ Q‬‬ ‫! ‪Ï $%s )Î ru‬‬ ‫‪« #$ •Ì .ø ŒÏ `ã‬‬ ‫‪t ì‬‬ ‫‪ì ‹ø /t w‬‬ ‫‪Ÿ ru o× •t »gp B‬‬ ‫‪Ï N‬‬ ‫‪ö kÍ Žg‬‬ ‫‪Î =ù ?è w‬‬ ‫‪ž A‬‬ ‫`‪× %‬‬ ‫) ‪y ‘Í‬‬ ‫‪( oÍ q4 .x “¨ 9#$‬‬

‫)‪٣٧‬ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ(‬

‫ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻓﺘﺸـــــﺒﻬﻮا إن ﱂ ﺗﻜﻮﻧـــــﻮا ﻣـــــﺜﻠﻬﻢ‬

‫إن اﻟﺘﺸــــــﺒﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺟــــــﺎل ﻓــــــﻼح‬

‫ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺮﻳﺪﺍﹰ ﻟﻔﻀﻞ ﺍﷲ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻚ ﺇﺭﺍﺩﺓ ﻭﻋﺰﳝﺔ ﺗﺪﻓﻌﻚ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻞ‬ ‫ﺧﻠﻒ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪.r‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻃﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﳊﺒﻴﺐ ﻳﺘﺠﻤﻞ ﲜﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﰲ‬ ‫ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻟﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﱪﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻧﺖ ﺗ‪‬ﺠﻤﻞ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻙ ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻼﺑﺲ ﻧﻘﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺭﻭﺍﺋﺢ ﻋﻄﺮﻳﺔ ﺯﻛﻴﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻌﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﻈﻬﺮ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻻ ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻨﻚ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺇﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻈﹸﺮ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺻ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺭﹺﻛﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﻟ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻜ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻈﹸﺮ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﻗﹸﻠﹸﻮﺑﹺﻜﹸﻢ‪،‬‬ ‫‪٥٩٦‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪{ ‬‬ ‫ﺃﻳﻦ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻭﺿﻌﺘﻪ ﰲ ﻗﻠﺒﻚ ﻟﲑﺍﻩ ﺭﺑﻚ ﻓﲑﺿﻰ ﻋﻨﻚ؟ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ ﻋﻨﻚ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ‬ ‫‪ ( ú‬ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﲨﻠﺔ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ‬ ‫‪š‬‬ ‫‪üZÏ BÏ s÷ J‬‬ ‫` ‪ß 9ø #$‬‬ ‫‪Ç ã‬‬ ‫! ‪t‬‬ ‫_ ‪ª #$‬‬ ‫‪š Ì‬‬ ‫‪Å ‘u ‰‬‬ ‫) ‪ô‬‬ ‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﲔ ﺃﻣﺜﺎﻟﻨﺎ‪s 9© ) :‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺭﺿﻲ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﷲ ‪.U‬‬ ‫ﻓﺘ‪‬ﺠﻤﻞ ﻗﻠﺒﻚ ﲟﺎ ﳛﺒﻪ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﺒﻪ ﺍﷲ ‪U‬؟ ﳛﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻮﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺒﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﻫﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻭﺻﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﻘﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﻜﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳋﺸﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﳋﺸﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﺧﺒﺎﺕ ﷲ ‪ ،U‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻟﻴﺲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﳋﻠﻖ ﺍﷲ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﻴﺰﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻄﺎﻣﻲ ‪ t‬ﻭﺃﺭﺿﺎﻩ ﰲ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﺷﻔﺎﻑ ﻧﻮﺭﺍﱐ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺑﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﺑﲔ ﺣﻀﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ﺟﻞ ﰲ ﻋﻼﻩ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺟﺎﺓ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺏ ﰈ ﻳﺘﻘﺮﺏ ﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺮﺑﻮﻥ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﲟﺎ ﻟﻴﺲ ﰲﱠ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻴﻚ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺬﻝ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﻜﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮ ﻭﺍﻹﻓﺘﻘﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﳋﺸﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍﹰ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﺣﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻄﻬﲑ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﱪﻳﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺸﺎﺭﻙ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﺷﺪ ﺍﳊﺠﺐ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺠﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﻋﻦ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﰲ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺳﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺍﻟﹾﻜ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳ‪‬ﺎﺀُ ﺭﹺﺩ‪‬ﺍﺋ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﹾﻌ‪‬ﻈﹶﻤ‪‬ﺔﹸ ﺇﹺﺯ‪‬ﺍﺭﹺﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﺎﺯ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﹶﺬﹶﻓﹾﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ {‬

‫‪٥٩٧‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍﹰ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻃﻬﺮ ﻗﻠﱯ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﱪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻔﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻈﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻌﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻈﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻌﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﳋﲑﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻓﻀﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﷲ؛ ﻷﻥ‬ ‫‪ ٥٩٦‬ﺻﺤﯿﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ وﺳﻨﻦ اﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﺔ ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ ھﺮﯾﺮة ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ ٥٩٧‬ﺳﻨﻦ أﺑﻲ داود واﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﺔ ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ ھﺮﯾﺮة ‪t‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻟﻮ ﲣﻠﻰ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻣﻮﻻﻩ ﻭﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻋﺰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﺟﺎﻫﺎﹰ ﻭﻣﻨﺼﺒﺎﹰ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻗﻠﻴ ﹰ‬ ‫ﻼ‬ ‫ﻭﻻ ﻛﺜﲑﺍﹰ ﰲ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﷲ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻟﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،U‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻔﻄﻦ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻛﺎﺑﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳ‪‬ﺤﺠﺐ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﻳﻮﺣﻞ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻈﻨﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ﺃ‪‬ﻢ ﺃﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﺃﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﻷﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ﻭﻟﻠﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻠﺮﲪﻦ ‪.U‬‬ ‫ﺇﻥ ﺃﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﱰﻟﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻈﻦ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺧﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﳋﲑ ﺇﻻ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳋﲑ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﺏ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻄﻠﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺣﻀﺮﺓ ﻋﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﻮﺏ ‪ ،U‬ﻓﻴﺨﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺎﺯﻉ ﺍﳊﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﻹﳍﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻨﺎﺯﻋﻪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﰲ ﻋﻠﻤﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﺃﺣﺪ ﰲ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﻮﻥ ﻗﺒﻠﻨﺎ ﻳﺆﺩﺑﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺮﻳﺪﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺯﻣﺎ‪‬ﻢ ‪ -‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﹰ ﰲ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻨﺎ ‪ -‬ﺑﺼﻐﺎﺭ ﺍﳊﺸﺮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﳚﺪﻭﻥ ﺷﺨﺼﺎﹰ ﻳﻈﻦ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻛﹸﻤ‪‬ﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﺎﺑﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻓﲔ ﻳﺴﻠﻄﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺣﺸﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﺍﺏ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﲡﻌﻠﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻗﻠﻴﻼﹰَ‬ ‫ﻭﻻ ﻛﺜﲑﺍﹰ ﻣﻊ ﻋﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻈﻦ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻲﺀ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﻣﺎﻣﻨﺎ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﺍﺋﻢ ‪:t‬‬ ‫أﺗﻈـــــﻦ أﻧـــــﻚ ﺑـــــﺎﻟﻌﻠﻮم ﺗﻘـــــﺮب‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻧﺘـــﻚ ﻧﻔﺴـــﻚ ﻓﺎﻧﺘﺒـــﻪ ﻣـــﻦ ﻏﻴﻬـــﺎ‬ ‫ﻓــــﺈذا أﺿــــﺎء اﻟﻘﻠــــﺐ ﻻح ﲨﺎﻟــــﻪ‬

‫وﺑﻔﻬــــــﻢ أﴎار ﲠــــــﺎ ﺗﺘﺤﺒــــــﺐ‬ ‫واﻋﻠـــﻢ ﻳﻘﻴﻨـــ ًﺎ أن ﻋﻠﻤـــﻚ ﻣﻨﺼـــﺐ‬ ‫ﺑﺠﻤﻴـــﻊ أﻋﻀـــﺎﺋﻲ وﺗﻠـــﻚ ﻣﻮاﻫـــﺐ‬

‫اﻟﻌﻠــــــــﻢ ﳞﺘــــــــﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻤــــــــﻞ‬

‫ﱠ‬ ‫ﻛـــــﻞ اﻷﻣـــــﻞ‬ ‫ﻓﺎﻋﻤـــــﻞ ﺗﻨـــــﻞ‬

‫ﻋﻠـــــــــﻢ ﻳﻘـــــــــﲔ ﺑﻌـــــــــﺪه‬

‫ﻋـــــﲔ اﻟﻴﻘـــــﲔ ﳌـــــﻦ وﺻـــــﻞ‬

‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳌﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﺇﺿﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ‪ ،‬ﺃﻻ ﺗﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻧﱯ ﺍﷲ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺁﺗﺎﻩ ﺍﷲ ‪U‬‬ ‫‪١٦) ( ä> Ó‬ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻞ(‬ ‫« ‪ó‬‬ ‫@ ‪x‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻢ ﻣﻨﻄﻖ ﺍﻟﻄﲑ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺨﺮ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ ﻭﺍﳉﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻋﻦ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪eÈ .ä `BÏ $Zu •?Ï r&é ru ) :‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻮﻻﻩ‪ ،‬ﺳﻠﻂ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳍﺪﻫﺪ ﻟﻴﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻪ‪:‬‬ ‫™ ‪) ( ÇËËÈ ûA ü)É ƒt *: 6t ^t /Î *¥ 7t‬ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻞ( ﺃﻱ ﺃﻧﻚ ﺟﺎﻫﻞ ﰲ‬ ‫• ‪y `BÏ‬‬ ‫_ ‪š Gç ¤ø‬‬ ‫‪Å ru ¾mÏ /Î Ý‬‬ ‫‪ñ tÏ B‬‬ ‫‪é N‬‬ ‫‪ö 9s $J‬‬ ‫‪y /Î M‬‬ ‫‪à Üm‬‬ ‫) ‪y &r‬‬ ‫@ ‪) ( ÇÐÏÈ OÒ Š=Î æt OA =ù æÏ “ŒÏ‬ﻳﻮﺳﻒ( ﺇﺫﺍﹰ ﳌﺎﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ؟‬ ‫‪eÈ 2‬‬ ‫ ‪à‬‬‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ‪s qö ùs ru ) :‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻧﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻴﻘﲔ ﻭﺣﻖ ﺍﻟﻴﻘﲔ ﻭﻋﲔ ﺍﻟﻴﻘﲔ‪:‬‬

‫ﻋﻠﻮﻡ ﺇﳍﻴﺔ ﻻ ﻳﻔﻮﺯ ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﻻ ﻣﻦ ﲣﻠﺼﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﱰﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻮﺍﺕ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﲡﺪ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎﹰ ﻭﺃﺑﺪﺍﹰ ﺳﻴﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻓﲔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻝ ﻭﺍﻹﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﷲ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﳋﺸﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳋﻮﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺧﻼﺹ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﳊﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻼﹰ ﺻﻐﲑﺍﹰ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺒﲑﺍﹰ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻟﺰﻭﺟﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻮﻟﺪﻩ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻐﲑﻩ ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﲤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺧﻼﺹ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺪ‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﷲ ‪.U‬‬ ‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺩ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻡ ﻷﻥ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ ﺃﲨﻌﲔ ﻟﻮ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﻌﻮﺍ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻌﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺜﻴﺒﻮﻙ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺴﺒﻴﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﷲ ‪ ،U‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳝﻠﻚ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻧﲔ ﲦﻦ ﺗﺴﺒﻴﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ؟! ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫‪) ( ÇÌÉÈ x‬ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻒ( ﱂ‬ ‫‪¸ J‬‬ ‫‪y ã‬‬ ‫` ‪t‬‬ ‫¡ ‪z‬‬ ‫‪| m‬‬ ‫` ‪ô &r‬‬ ‫_ ‪ô Bt •t‬‬ ‫‪ô &r ì‬‬ ‫‪ß ‹Ò‬‬ ‫‪Å Rç w‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻷﺟﺮ ﻗﺎﻝ‪Ÿ $R¯ )Î ) :‬‬ ‫ﻳﻘﻞ )ﺃﺟﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ( ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺇﺣﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺣﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻳﻌﲏ‬ ‫‪õ ŽÎ ³‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪ô „ç w‬‬ ‫‪Ÿ ru $s‬‬ ‫‪[ =Î »¹‬‬ ‫‪| x‬‬ ‫‪W Ku ã‬‬ ‫@ ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ö J‬‬ ‫) !‪y è÷ ‹u =ù ùs ¾mÏ /nÎ ‘u äu $‬‬ ‫_‪s 9Ï #( q‬‬ ‫‪ã •ö ƒt b‬‬ ‫‪t %.x `J‬‬ ‫ﺇﺧﻼﺹ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺪ ﻓﻴﻪ ﷲ‪y ùs ) :‬‬

‫‪) ( ÇÊ ÊÉÈ #‰‬ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻒ(‬ ‫‪J n‬‬ ‫¾ ‪t &r‬‬ ‫‪ÿ mÏ /nÎ ‘u oÍ Šy $7t èÏ /Î‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻬﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻳﻌﻈﻤﻮﻩ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻜﺮﻣﻮﻩ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺘﺤﻔﻮﻩ ﲟﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﲑﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﳌﱪﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻕ‬ ‫ﻻ ﻳﻄﻠﺐ ﺇﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺮﺟﻮﺍ ﺃﻥ ﲤﺪ ﻟﻪ ﻳﺪ ﺇﻻ ﻳﺪ ﺣﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﺀﻩ ﻭﻣﺪ‪ ‬ﻳﺪﻩ ﻟﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻣﻌﻪ ﺭﺩﻫﺎ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﺇﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﺟﻞ ﰲ ﻋﻼﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻢ ﰲ ﲣﻠﻴﺺ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﻭﲡﻤﻴﻠﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍﹰ ﳚﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﺑﺎﻹﺧﻼﺹ ﻭﺑﺎﳋﺸﻴﺔ ﻭﺑﺎﳌﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺮﲪﺔ ﻭﺑﺎﳊﻨﺎﻥ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺸﻔﻘﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻠﻄﻒ ﻭﺑﺎﳌﻮﺩﺓ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﻭﺑﺎﳊﻀﻮﺭ ﻭﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﺤﻀﺎﺭ ﻭﺑﺎﳋﺸﻮﻉ ﷲ ﻭﺑﺎﻹﺧﺒﺎﺕ ﷲ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺒﺘﻞ‬ ‫ﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻫﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺭﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﷲ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺿﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﻷﻧﺲ ﺑﺎﷲ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﳋﻮﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻏﺒﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻋﺎﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﳊﺮﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻔﻮﻳﺾ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﷲ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻜﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﻢ ﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻧﻌﻤﺎﻩ ‪...‬‬ ‫ﻛﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺗﺪﻭﺭ ﰲ ﺃﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﻮﻻﻩ ﳚﺪﻩ ﻣﺰﻳﻨﺎﹰ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳛﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﷲ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﻪ ﳎﺘﻬﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩﺍﹰ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺍﹰ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻋﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻓﻴﺠﺪ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺑﻐﻀﺎﹰ ﻟﻔﻼﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺣﺴﺪﺍﹰ ﻟﻔﻼﻥ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭﺣﻘﺪﺍﹰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻼﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻛﱪﺍﹰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻼﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻈﺎﻣﺎﹰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻼﻥ‪ ،‬ﻫﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﻳﺼﻠﺢ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻟﻌﻄﺎﺀ ﺣﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ‪U‬؟! ﻻ‪:‬‬

‫ﻧﻔـــﺲ ﺑﻘﻠـــﺐ ﺳـــﻠﻴﻢ رﻓﻌـــﺔ ورﺿـــﺎ‬ ‫اﻟﻌﺒــــﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻠــــﺐ ﻳﱰﻗــــﻰ إﱃ رﺗــــﺐ‬

‫وأﻟـــﻒ ﻋـــﺎم ﺑـــﻼ ﻗﻠـــﺐ ﻛﻠﺤﻈـــﺎت‬ ‫واﳉﺴــﻢ ﻣــﻦ ﻏــﲑ ﻗﻠــﺐ ﰲ اﻟﻀــﻼﻻت‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍﹰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﷲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺄﻥ ﲣﻠﻴﻪ ﳑﺎ ﻻ ﳛﺒﻪ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺰﻳﻨﻪ‬ ‫ﻛﺤﺒﻴﺐ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻣﺼﻄﻔﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺠﻤﻞ ﻧﻔﺴﻚ ﲜﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﳝﻨﺤﻚ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﻋﻄﺎﺀﺍﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺳﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﺇﱃ ﻗﻠﺐ ﻓﻮﺟﺪ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﻪ ﻳﺮﻯ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺟﺎﻫﻼﹰ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﷲ ﺇﱃ‬ ‫ﻗﻠﺐ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﻪ ﳚﺪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻓﻘﲑ ﺑﲔ ﻳﺪﻱ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻳﻔﺘﺢ ﻟﻪ ﻛﻞ ﻛﻨﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﻐﲏ ﺟﻞ ﻭﻋﻼ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻔﺘﺢ ﻛﻨﻮﺯ ﻓﻀﻠﻪ ﻭﻛﻨﻮﺯ ﺧﲑﻩ ﻭﺑﺮﻩ ﻭﻭﺻﻠﻪ ﳌﻦ ﲡﻤﻞ ﲟﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪﻳﺔ ﷲ‬ ‫‪.U‬‬ ‫ﻳﺄﰐ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﳌﻜﺎﺷﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﳍﺒﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﳌﺆﺍﻧﺴﺎﺕ ﻭﻏﲑﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻹﲢﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻷﻥ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﻣﺸﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪‬ﺞ ﺧﲑ ﺍﻟﱪﻳﺔ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ‪.r‬‬ ‫ﰲ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺫﻟﻚ ﳓﺘﺎﺝ – ﳌﻦ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﻠﻚ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ‪ -‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ‬ ‫ﺟﻴﺪﺍﹰ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻓﻮﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ ﻣﻌﺎﱐ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺪﺛﻨﺎ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﻘﺮﺃﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ‬ ‫ﻳﺴﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﻋﻆ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻓﻮﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻹﺧﻼﺹ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻫﻮ؟‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﳋﺸﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳛﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﷲ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻴﺌﺘﻬﺎ؟‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﻭﺳﺒﻴﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﳊﺐ ﷲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬ ‫ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺮﻋﺎﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﳊﻨﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻔﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻛﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻭﺻﺎﻑ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﲢﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﻻ ﻳﺴﻌﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺧﻮﻓﺎﹰ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻃﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻌﻠﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﻧ‪‬ﻌﺮ‪‬ﺝ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻨﺎ ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺎﹰ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺄﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﺃﻥ ﳚﻤﻠﻨﺎ ﺑﺮﺿﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﳚﻌﻠﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻮﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﳜﻠﺺ‬ ‫ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻄﻬﺮ ﻗﻠﻮﺑﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻮﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﳚﻌﻠﻨﺎ ﺻﺎﳊﲔ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺼﻠﺤﲔ ﳌﻦ ﺣﻮﻟﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﱪﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻻ ﻳﺘﺨﻠﻰ ﻋﻨﺎ ﺑﻌﻄﻔﻪ ﻭﻟﻄﻔﻪ ﻭﻛﺮﻣﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻩ ﻃﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﲔ ﻭﻻ ﺃﻗﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺻﺤﺒﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬



r  

e 

 







e e

e e





e e

 

e

r 

e e

  







r

            

Ue

 U  U

e

‫ﻢ‬‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻋﺮﻓﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﻮﻥ ﻭﲢﻘﻖ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﻘﺮﺑﻮﻥ ﻓﺄﻗﺒﻠﻮﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﻘﻠﻮ‬ ‫ﻢ ﻋﻠﻤﻮﺍ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻫﻮ‬‫ﻭﺃﺳﺮﺍﺭﻫﻢ ﻭﺃﺭﻭﺍﺣﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺕ ﺍﶈﻤﺪﻳﺔ ﻭﻋﻜﻔﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻷ‬ : t ‫ﺎﻝ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﻣﺼﻄﻔﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻜﺮﻱ‬‫ ﻭﰱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍ‬U ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻹﺭﺿﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫أﺗـــــــــــﺎه ﻣـــﻦ ﻏـــﲑك ﻻ ﻳـــﺪﺧﻞ‬

‫وأﻧـــﺖ ﺑــــــــــــﺎب اﷲ أي اﻣـــﺮئ‬



‫ ﻭﺑﺎﺏ ﺃﻱ ﻓﻀﻞ ﻭﺃﻱ ﻋﻄﺎﺀ ﻭﺃﻱ ﻧﻮﺍﻝ ﳌﻦ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ‬U ‫ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﳊﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﷲ‬r ‫ﻫﻮ‬ ‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﺎﻝ ﻭﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﺎﻝ‬ .U ‫ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ؟‬ :‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻓﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﶈﻘﻘﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ‬

e ‫ ﻭ ﺣﺐ ﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ‬U ‫ﺇﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺪﻫﺎ ﺇﻻ ﺣﺐ ﺍﷲ‬



{}r



‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﺟﻌﻞ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﻓﻴﻪ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﻧﻮﺭﺍﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺷﻔﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﻗﺪﺳﻴﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﻮﺍﻣﻊ ﺇﳍﻴﺔ ‪....‬‬ ‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺘﺤﻔﺰ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺴﲑ ﺑﺎﳌﺮﺀ ﺇﱃ ﺣﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻣﻸ ﻫﺬﻩ‬ ‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﻭﻳﻒ ﲝﺐ ﺣﺒﻴﺐ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻣﺼﻄﻔﺎﻩ‬

‫‪e‬‬

‫ﻷﻥ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﳌﺮﺀ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﺘﺮﻙ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﺗﺘﺸﻌﺐ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻷﻫﻮﺍﺀ‬ ‫ﻭﺗﺘﻔﺮﻉ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻮﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻮﺻﺎﻟﻪ‪:‬‬

‫ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻮﺣﺪﺕ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻭﱂ ﻳﻌﺪ ﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ‪e‬‬

‫‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺃﻱ ﺑﻐﻴﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻮﺣﺪ ﳘﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﻭﲡﻤﻊ ﺃﻓﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻬﺔ‬ ‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺇﻻ ﺣﺐ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺣﺐ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‬

‫‪e‬‬

‫‪ :‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺘﺴﺮﺏ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺷﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﻮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﱂ ﳝﻸ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﲝﺐ ﺣﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ‬ ‫ﺃﻡ ﺃﰉ ﺣﺐ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺌﺔ ﻛﺎﻟﺸﻬﻮﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﻫﻮﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﳊﻈﻮﻅ ﻭﺍﳌﻠﺬﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﻻ ﺗﻐﲏ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺴﻤﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻮﻉ ﰲ ﻗﺮﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻼ ﻳﻄﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎﺀﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻄﺮﺩ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻮﺍﺕ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻔﺮﻏﻪ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻏﻴﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﺼﻠﺢ ﻟﺘﱰﻝ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻭﲡﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﺎﺭ ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺷﺮﻕ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺆﺍﺩ ﻭﰲ‬ ‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﻭﻣﻠﻚ ﺷﻐﺎﻓﻪ ﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ‬

‫‪e‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳊﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺑﻠﻎ ﺑﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻋﺘﺪﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﺸﺄﻧﻪ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﺄﻣﺮﻧﺎ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫‪:‬‬ ‫ﺃﻗﺴﻢ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‬

‫‪e‬‬

‫}ﻭﺍﷲ ﻻ ﻳﺆﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺪﻛﻢ ﺣﱴ ﺃﻛﻮﻥ ﺃﺣﺐ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻪ ﻭﻭﻟﺪﻩ ﻭﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‬ ‫‪٥٩٨‬‬ ‫ﺃﲨﻌﲔ{‬

‫‪e‬‬

‫ﻭﺣﻲ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻳﻘﺴﻢ ﻭﻫﻮ ﰲ ﻏﲑ ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻛﻼﻣﻪ‬ ‫ﻳﻮﺣﻰ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻟﻴﺆﻛﺪ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﳌﻦ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺳﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ‬ ‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺻﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻴﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺭﺿﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫‪٥٩٨‬اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺪرك ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺼﺤﯿﺤﯿﻦ ﻟﻠﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻓﺎﻃﻤﺔ ﺑﻨﺖ ﻋﺘﺒﺔ‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺣﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﷲ ﺟﻞ ﰲ ﻋﻼﻩ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻓﻤﻦ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻘﺮﺑﺎﹰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﳝﻸ ﲡﺎﻭﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﻛﻠﱠﻪ ﻭﺷﻐﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﺆﺍﺩ‬ ‫ﻛﻠﻪ ﲝﺐ ﺍﳊﺒﻴﺐ ‪: e‬‬ ‫ﺍﳊﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳝﻠﻚ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺯﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﻣﺮﻩ ‪.....‬‬ ‫ﺣﱴ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳊﺐ ﻳﺴﻴﻄﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺸﻴﻪ ‪ ....‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻮﻣﻪ ‪ ...‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﻛﻠﻪ ‪...‬‬ ‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺷﺮﺑﻪ ‪ ....‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻓﻴﺠﻌﻠﻪ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻀﺮ ﺍﳊﺒﻴﺐ ‪ e‬ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ‪:‬‬ ‫ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻣﺸﻰ ﻏﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺣﺐ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ ...‬ﻓﻴﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻠﺪﻩ‬‫ﻭﻳﺘﺎﺑﻌﻪ ﰲ ﻣﺸﻴﻪ ‪ ...‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﳝﺸﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﺇﻟﻴﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ‬ ‫ﻋﻦ ﻣﺸﻴﻪ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻛﻞ ‪..‬‬

‫‪-‬‬

‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺷﺮﺏ ‪...‬‬

‫‪-‬‬

‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺃﻱ ﻋﻤﻞ‪.‬‬

‫ ﺣﱴ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺿﺤﻚ ﳛﺎﻭﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺒﺴﻢ ﻛﻬﻴﺌﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‬‫ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺴﻢ ‪ e‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹼ ﺿﺤﻜﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﻳﻀﺤﻚ‬ ‫ﺃﻭ ﻳﺘﺒﺴﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻏﲑ ﺻﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻤﻪ ﺃﺳﻨﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱴ ﻭﺻﻔﻮﻫﺎ ﺑﺄ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻀﺎﺀ ﻭﻧﺎﺻﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺄ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﺎﻟﻶﻟﺊ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺎﻟﺪﺭﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺪﺓ ﲨﺎﳍﺎ ﻭﺣﺴﻦ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﺭﻛﺒﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻛﻤﻞ ﻫﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﲨﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻬﻮ ‪ e‬ﺍﳌﺜﻞ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻢ‪ ...‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻷﻗﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺟﻌﻠﻪ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﺃﺳﻮﺓ ﳌﻦ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻳﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺮﺿﺎﺓ ﺍﷲ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺟﻞﱠ ﰲ ﻋﻼﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪e‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺩﺧﻞ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺃﲨﻌﻮﻥ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﰲ ﺷﺄﻥ ﺍﻷﻧﺼﺎﺭ‪:‬‬

‫‪(N‬‬ ‫_ ‪ö kÍ Žö 9s )Î •t‬‬ ‫‪y $d‬‬ ‫` ‪y‬‬ ‫‪ô Bt b‬‬ ‫† ‪t q7™ tÏ‬‬ ‫) ‪ä‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﺎﺟﺮ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ ﻫﻮ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪e‬‬

‫)‪ ٩‬ﺍﳊﺸﺮ(‬

‫‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﳛﺒﻮﻧﻪ ﺣﺒﺎﹰ ﺑﻠﻎ ﺑﺒﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺛﻮﺑﺎﻥ ﺇﻥ ﺛﹶﻮﺑ‪‬ﺎﻥ ﻣ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﱃ ﺭﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﻛﺎﻥﹶ ﺷ‪‬ﺪﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﳊﹸﺐﹺّ ﻟﺮﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹺ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﻗﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼ‪ّ‬ﺒ‪‬ﺮ ﻋﻦ ﻓ‪‬ﺮﺍﻗ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻓﺄﺗ‪‬ﺎﻩ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮﻣﺎﹰ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻴ‪ّ‬ﺮ ﻟﹰﻮ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﳓﻞﹸ ﺟﺴﻤ‪‬ﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻋ‪‬ﺮﻑ ﺍﳊﹸﺰ‪‬ﻥ ﰲ ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻬﹺﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ]ﻟﻪ[ ﺭﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪:r‬‬ ‫} ﻣﺎ ﻏﻴ‪ّ‬ﺮ ﻟﹶﻮ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻚ؟ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﹺﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻊ ﻏﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺃﻧﹺّﻲ ﺇﺫﺍ ﱂﹾ ﺃﺭ‪‬ﻙ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺳﺘ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻭﺣ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺔﹰ ﺷ‪‬ﺪﻳﺪﺓﹰ ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪ّ‬ﻰ ﺃﻟﻘﺎﻙ!‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺬﹶﻛﹶﺮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﺍﻵﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓ ﻓﹶﺨ‪‬ﻔﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﺇﻻﹶّ ﺃﺭ‪‬ﺍﻙ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍ ‪‬‬

‫ﻫ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﻙ‪‬؛ ﻷﻧﻚ ﺗ‪‬ﺮﻓﻊ‪ ‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴﻴﹺّﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺼ‪ّ‬ﺪ‪ّ‬ﻳﻘﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﱐ ﺇﻥ ﺃﺩﺧ‪‬ﻠﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪ّ‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻨﺖ ﰲ‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻟﺔ‪ ‬ﺃﺩ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺰﹺﻟﹶﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪ّ‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺃﺭ‪‬ﺍﻙ‪ ‬ﺃﺑ‪‬ﺪﺍﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﱰﻟﹶﺖ‪ ] ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﻳ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻊﹺ ٱﻟﻠﹶّﻪ‪‬‬

‫ﻭ‪‬ٱﻟﺮ‪ّ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﻓﹶﺄﹸﻭﻻﺋﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ٱﻟﹶّﺬ‪‬ﻳﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ٱﻟﻠﹶّﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻬﹺﻢ ﻣ‪ّ‬ﻦ‪ ‬ٱﻟﻨ‪ّ‬ﺒﹺﻴﹺﲔ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ٱﻟﺼ‪ّ‬ﺪ‪ّ‬ﻳﻘ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ٱﻟﺸ‪ّ‬ﻬ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺁﺀِ ﻭ‪‬ٱﻟﺼ‪ّ‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬

‫ﺃﹸﻭﻻﺋ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻘﹰﺎ [)‪٥٨‬ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ(‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻣ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﺗﻞ‪ :‬ﻧ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻟﹶﺖ‪ ‬ﰲ ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹴ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻧ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﻨ‪ّ‬ﺒﹺﻲ ‪ r‬ﻳﺎ‬ ‫ﺭﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻙ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻫ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻴﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﺷ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻘﹾﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﻟﻴﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻔﹶﻌ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺷﻲﺀ‬ ‫ﺣﺘ‪ّ‬ﻰ ﻧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺫﹶﻛﹶﺮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﺩﺭﺟ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﰲ ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪ّ‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﻟﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﹺﺮ‪ ‬ﺅﻳ‪‬ﺘﻚ ﺇﻥ ﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹾﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪ّ‬ﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﱰﹶﻟﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻵﻳﺔ{‬

‫‪٥٩٩‬‬

‫ﺃﻯ ﺃﻧﻚ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺒﺒﺖ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻭ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺑﺸﺮﻫﻢ ‪ r‬ﰱ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻒ ﻋﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳊﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺟﻌﻞ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﺯﻳﺪ ‪ t‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺑﺎﻵﺫﺍﻥ ﻭﺣﻴﺎﹰ ﻣﻨﺎﻣﻴﺎﹰ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻟﻪ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻭﺟﺎﺀﻩ ﺍﺑﻨﻪ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺃﺑﺖ ﻟﻘﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ‬ ‫‪ ٥٩٩‬ﺗﻔﺴﯿﺮ اﻟﻠﺒﺎب ﻓﻰ ﻋﻠﻮم اﻟﻜﺘﺎب وﺗﻔﺴﯿﺮ اﻟﺒﻐﻮى واﻟﻄﺒﺮى‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪e‬‬

‫ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻴﻖ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ } :‬ﺍﻟﻠﹶّﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ّ‬ﺍﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻨﹺﻲ ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪ّ‬ﻰ ﻻ ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﻯ ﺷ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﹰﺎ ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻲ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﺎﻋ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ٦٠٠{ ‬ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﷲ ﺑﺼﺮﻩ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻝ!! ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺠﺎﺏ ﻟﻪ ﺩﻋﺎﺀﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳊﺐ ﳌﺴﻪ ﺣﱴ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺣﺪﺙ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺳﻠﺖ ﻗﺮﻳﺶ ﻋﺮﻭﺓ ﺑﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ﺇﱃ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ e‬ﻟﻴﺘﻔﺎﻭﺽ ﰲ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺢ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻫﻞ ﻣﻜﺔ ﺭﺃﻯ ﻋﺠﺒﺎﹰ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺭﺃﻯ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ e‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻮﺿﺄ ﻳﺒﺘﺪﺭﻭﻥ ﻭﺿﻮﺀﻩ ﻓﻼ ﻳﺘﺮﻛﻮﻥ ﻗﻄﺮﺓ ﻣﻨﻪ‬ ‫ﺗﱰﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﳝﺴﺤﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﻫﻬﻢ ﻭﺃﺑﺪﺍ‪‬ﻢ ﻭﺭﺁﻩ ‪ e‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺩﻋﺎ ﺍﳊﻼﻕ ﻟﻴﺤﻠﻖ‬ ‫ﺷﻌﺮﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﻓﺴﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻌﺮﻩ ‪ ،e‬ﻓﻤﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻏﺘﻨﻢ ﺧﺼﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺎﺯ ﺑﺸﻌﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻞ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻬﺎﻓﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻌﺮ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ e‬ﻭﱂ ﻳﺘﺮﻛﻮﺍ ﺷﻌﺮﺓ ﺗﱰﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﱴ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻭﺟﺪﻫﻢ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻔﻞ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ e‬ﻳﺘﻠﻘﻮﻥ ﺭﻳﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻒ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺘﺮﻛﻮﻧﻪ ﻳﻘﻊ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬ﻓﺬﻫﺐ ﺇﱃ ﻗﺮﻳﺶ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻳﺎ ﺃﻫﻞ ﻣﻜﺔ ﻟﻘﺪ ﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﺇﱃ ﻛﺴﺮﻯ ﰲ ﻣﻠﻜﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﱃ ﻗﻴﺼﺮ ﰲ ﻣﻠﻜﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﺎﺷﻲ‬ ‫ﰲ ﻣﻠﻜﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﹰ ﳛﺐ ﺃﺣﺪﺍ ﻛﺤﺐ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﳏﻤﺪ ﶈﻤﺪ ‪.e‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻟﻮ ﺍﺳﺘﻄﺮﺩﻧﺎ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ ﳓﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ ﳎﻠﺪ ﻛﺒﲑ ﻟﻨﻌﱪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺪﺭﻧﺎ ﻋﻦ‬ ‫ﺣﺐ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﳊﺒﻴﺐ ﻟﻠﺤﺒﻴﺐ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻢ ‪ e‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳊﺐ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺃﻭﻓﺮ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﻹﳍﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﻛﺮﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻓﺲ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻗﺪﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﺯﳍﻢ ﰲ ﺣﺒﻬﻢ ﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪e‬‬ ‫! ‪١٦٥) ( 3‬ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ(‬ ‫‪° $6{ m‬‬ ‫‪ã ‰‬‬ ‫© ‘‬ ‫‪x &r #( qþ Zã Bt #äu û‬‬ ‫‹‪t ï‬‬ ‫) ‪É 9© #$ ru‬‬

‫ﻭﺻﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳊﺐ ﺣﱴ ﻟﻠﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﻓﺎﳌﺮﺃﺓ ﺍﻷﻧﺼﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﻠﺖ ﰲ ﻏﺰﻭﺓ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺑﻮﻓﺎﺓ‬ ‫ﺯﻭﺟﻬﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪e‬؟‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﲞﲑ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻗﻴﻞ ﳍﺎ‪ :‬ﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﺑﻮﻙ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻟﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪e‬؟‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﲞﲑ‪،‬‬ ‫ﰒ ﺃﹸﺧﱪﺕ ﲟﻮﺕ ﺃﺧﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻟﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪e‬؟ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﲞﲑ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻟﺖ‪ :‬ﺃﺭﻭﻧﻴﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺗﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ‪‬ﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺼﺎﺋﺐ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻨﺸﻐﻞ ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻛﻞ ﳘﻬﺎ ﻭﺷﻐﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﻃﻤﺌﻨﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺒﻴﺐ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫‪ ٦٠٠‬ﺗﺤﻔﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﺘﺎج ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮح اﻟﻤﻨﮭﺎج وﻓﻰ ﺗﻔﺴﯿﺮ اﻟﻤﺤﺮر اﻟﻮﺟﯿﺰ ﺣﻜﺎه اﻟﻄﺒﺮى ﻋﻦ اﺑﻦ ﺟﺒﯿﺮ وﻗﺘﺎدة واﻟﺴﺪي‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻢ ‪ .e‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳊﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﺎﺯﻭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﺎﺯﻭﺍ ﻓﺄﻭﻗﻔﻮﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﺨﺮﺓ ﻭﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺃﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺮﻱ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ e‬ﺳﻴﻤﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻣﺮ‪ ‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻬﺎ ﺃﺷﺎﺭﻭﺍ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪:‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻓﱰﻟﺖ ﻭﺃﻣﺴﻜﺖ ﺑﺜﻮﺑﻪ ﻭﻗﺎﻟﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫}ﻛﹸﻞﹼ ﻣ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻴﺒ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻙ ﺟ‪‬ﻠﹶﻞﹲ {‬

‫‪٦٠١‬‬

‫‪e‬‬

‫ﻫﻮ ﺍﻹﻛﺴﲑ‬ ‫ﻳﻌﲏ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﺃﻱ ﻻ ‪‬ﻢ ﺍﳌﺮﺀ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻨﺸﻐﻞ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﳌﺮﺀ ﻷﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺘﻔﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺍﻧﺸﻐﻠﻮﺍ ﲝﺒﻪ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﷲ ‪U‬‬ ‫ﻳﻔﺮﺝ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﻛﻞ ﻛﺮﺏ ﻭﻳﻜﺸﻒ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﻛﻞ ﻏﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺬﻫﺐ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﻛﻞ ﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﳍﻢ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﺮﻓﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺟﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﳊﺒﻬﻢ ﻟﻠﺒﺸﲑ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺬﻳﺮ ‪ ... .e‬ﺍﲰﻌﻮﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫‪٣٣) ( 4 N‬ﺍﻷﻧﻔﺎﻝ(‬ ‫‪ö kÍ ŽùÏ M‬‬ ‫‪| R&r ru N‬‬ ‫‪ö g‬‬ ‫‹ ‪ß /t‬‬ ‫! ‪jÉ èy ‹ã 9Ï‬‬ ‫‪ª #$ c‬‬ ‫‪š‬‬ ‫‪%2‬‬ ‫‪Ÿ‬‬ ‫) ‪$Bt ru‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺣﺐ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻳﻌﺬﺏ ﺑﺄﻣﺮ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﻌﺬﺏ ‪‬ﻢ‬ ‫ﻭﻻ ﻏﻢ ﻭﻻ ﻛﺮﺏ ﻭﻻ ﺷﺪﺓ ﻭﻻ ﺑﻼﺀ ﻭﻻ ﻋﻨﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻳﺘﻮﻻﻩ ﻭﻳﺼﺮﻑ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻛﻞ ﻫﻢ ﺑﱪﻛﺔ‬ ‫ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪.e‬ﺇﺫﺍﹰ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﺒﻪ ﻭﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻣﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻮ ﺍﺳﺘﺠﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻐﺎﺙ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺴﺒﺒﻪ‬ ‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻳﻜﺸﻒ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻛﻞ ﳘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺻﲑﻱ ‪:t‬‬ ‫ﻣــﺎ ﺳــﺎﻣﻨﻲ اﻟــﺪﻫﺮ ﺿــﻴ ًﲈ واﺳــﺘﺠﺮت ﺑــﻪ‬ ‫وﻣــــﻦ ﺗﻜـــﻦ ﺑﺮﺳـــﻮل اﷲ ﻧﴫﺗـــــﻪ‬

‫إﻻ وﺟـــﺪت ﺟـــﻮار ًا ﻣﻨـــﻪ ﱂ ُﻳﻀـــﻢ‬ ‫إن ﺗﻠﻘـــﻪ اﻷُﺳـــﺪُ ﰲ آﺟﺎﻣﻬـــﺎ ﲡــــﻢ‬

‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﺘﻐﻴﺚ ﺑﺎﷲ ﻭﻳﺘﻮﺳﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﲝﺒﻴﺐ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻣﺼﻄﻔﺎﻩ ﻓﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻌﻘﺪ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻭﺍﻣﺘﻸ ﺣﱴ ﻃﻒ ﺍﳊﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺀﻩ ﻫﻴﺎﻣﺎﹰ ﻭﻋﺸﻘﺎﹰ ﰲ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺣﺒﻴﺐ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﻭﻣﺼﻄﻔﺎﻩ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﳊﺒﻴﺐ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻢ ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺳﻼﻣﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ‪:‬‬ ‫}ﻣﺎ ﺍﺧﺘﻠﻂ ﺣﱯ ﺑﻘﻠﺐ ﻋﺒﺪ ﻣﺆﻣﻦ ﻓﺄﺣﺒﲏ ﺇﻻ ﺣﺮﻡ ﺍﷲ ﺟﺴﺪﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ {‬

‫‪٦٠٢‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻣﺘﻸ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﲝﺐ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﳛﺮﻡ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﺟﺴﺪﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٦٠١‬اﻟﻤﻐﺎزى ﻟﻠﻮاﻗﺪى وﺣﯿﺎة اﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ودﻻﺋﻞ اﻟﻨﺒﻮة ﻟﻠﺒﯿﮭﻘﻰ‬ ‫‪٦٠٢‬ﺣﻠﺔ اﻷوﻟﯿﺎء ﻋﻦ إﺳﻤﺎﻋﯿﻞ اﻟﺴﺪي وإﺳﻤﺎﻋﯿﻞ ﺑﻦ رﺟﺎء‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳊﺐ ﻳﺎ ﺇﺧﻮﺍﱐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻋﻨﻪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺃﺭﻗﻰ ﻭﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺃﲰﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻱ ﺣﺐ ﻷﻱ ﺷﺊ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﳌﺮﺀ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﻭﻟﻮ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﻟﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻨﻈﺮ ﻟﻠﺤﺒﻴﺐ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻢ ‪ e‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﻨﻈﺮ‬ ‫ﺑﺒﺼﲑﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭﺍﻧﻴﺔ ﻷﺣﻮﺍﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺻﺮﺓ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺸﺨﺺ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺑﺴﺒﺒﻪ ﺗﺂﻟﺐ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺀ ﻭﺃﺻﺒﺤﻮﺍ ﻳﻠﻌﺒﻮﻥ ﺑﻨﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻧﺮﻯ ﺍﻵﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﻝ؟‬ ‫} ﻳﻮﺷﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺪﺍﻋﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺘﺪﺍﻋﻰ ﺍﻷﻛﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺼﻌﺘﻬﺎ {‬

‫‪٦٠٣‬‬

‫ﻛﺎﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﳚﺘﻤﻌﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺼﻌﺔ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﺄﻛﻠﻮﺍ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ‪ } :‬ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺃﻣﻦ ﻗﻠﺔ ﳓﻦ‬ ‫ﻳﻮﻣﺌﺬ‪ ‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻻ‪ ،‬ﺃﻧﺘﻢ ﻳﻮﻣﺌﺬ ﻛﺜﲑ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻜﻢ ﻏﺜﺎﺀ ﻛﻐﺜﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻞ"ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ" ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻭﱂ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ؟‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻗﺬﻑ ﰲ ﻗﻠﻮﺑﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﻫﻦ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﻫﻦ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺮﺍﻫﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ {‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺣﺐ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺐ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺐ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﺻﺒﺢ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﳛﺒﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﰲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺭﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻬﻮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﻫﻮﺍﺀ ‪،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺮﻭﻳﻪ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻭﻏﲑﳘﺎ ﻛﺜﲑﻭﻥ ‪:‬‬

‫‪e‬‬

‫} ﺗﻌﺲ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﺲ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﺲ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﳋﻤﻴﺼﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺲ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻜﺲ ‪ -‬ﻳﻌﲎ ﻻ ﻳﱪﺃ ﺃﺑﺪﺍﹰ‪ -‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺷﻴﻚ ﻓﻼ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺶ {‪٦٠٤‬‬ ‫ﻳﻌﲎ ﻟﻮ ﺩﺧﻠﺖ ﺷﻮﻛﺔ ﰲ ﺭﺟﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺩﻋﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻻ ﳚﺪ ﻣﻠﻘﻄﺎﹰ ﻳﻠﻘﻂ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﻛﺔ‪....‬‬ ‫ﳌﺎﺫﺍ ؟ ‪..‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﺃﺣﺐ‪ ‬ﻏﲑ ﺣﺒﻴﺐ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺣﺒﻪ ﳊﺒﻴﺐ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻣﺼﻄﻔﺎﻩ ﰲ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺣﺒﻪ‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎﻩ ‪ ...‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻻ ﻳﺮﺿﺎﻩ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻐﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻠﻪ ﺍﷲ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ ٦٠٣‬ﺳﻨﻦ أﺑﻲ داود وﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺣﻨﺒﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺛﻮﺑﺎن‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٦٠٤‬ﺻﺤﯿﺢ اﻟﺒﺨﺎري ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ ھﺮﯾﺮة‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺷﺨ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻪ ﺣﺒﻴﺐ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻣﺼﻄﻔﺎﻩ ﳌﺎ ﳓﻦ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻵﻥ‪:‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫ﺗﺒﺪﻟﺖ ﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺻﺒﺤﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﺏ ﻣﻠﻴﺌﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻴﻮﺏ‪.‬‬

‫‪-‬‬

‫ﻟﻌﺸﻘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻮﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﳊﻈﻮﻅ ﻭﺍﻷﻫﻮﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﳌﻠﺬﺍﺕ‪.‬‬

‫‪-‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺣﺬﺭ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﰲ ﳏﻜﻢ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ‪:‬‬

‫‪óO3‬‬ ‫‪ä ?è Žu •±‬‬ ‫‪Ï ã‬‬ ‫‪t ru /ö 3‬‬ ‫_ ‪ä‬‬ ‫‪ã ºru —ø &r ru öN3‬‬ ‫‪ä Rç ºqu z‬‬ ‫‪÷ )Î ru N‬‬ ‫‪ö 2‬‬ ‫‪à tä $! Yo /ö &r ru N‬‬ ‫‪ö .ä tä $! /t #äu b‬‬ ‫@ ‪t %.x b)Î‬‬ ‫) ‪ö %è‬‬ ‫‪!$g‬‬ ‫‪y Rt qö Ê‬‬ ‫` ‪| •ö ?s‬‬ ‫‪ß 3‬‬ ‫¡» ‪Å‬‬ ‫‪| Bt ru $d‬‬ ‫¡‪y Šy $‬‬ ‫‪| .x b‬‬ ‫‪t qö ±‬‬ ‫‪t ƒø B‬‬ ‫‪r o× •t »gp B‬‬ ‫‪Ï ru $d‬‬ ‫‪y qJ‬‬ ‫‪ß Gç ùø Žu It %ø #$ A‬‬ ‫‪î ºqu Bø &r ru‬‬

‫‪( #( qÁ‬‬ ‫™ ‪Ý /- Žu It ùs ¾&Ï #Î ‹7Î‬‬ ‫‪y ’ûÎ Š7 $g‬‬ ‫_ ‪y‬‬ ‫™‪Å ru ¾&Ï !Î q‬‬ ‫! ‪ß ‘u ru‬‬ ‫‪« #$ Æ‬‬ ‫‪š‬‬ ‫‪BiÏ N6‬‬ ‫= ‪à ‹ø 9s )Î‬‬ ‫‪¡ m‬‬ ‫‪y &r‬‬ ‫)‪ ٢٤‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ(‬

‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳊﺎﺩﺙ ﺍﻵﻥ‪ ...‬ﻭﺳﺒﺒﻪ ﻫﻮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ ...‬ﺇﺫﺍﹰ ﺍﳊﺐ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ؛ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺣﺐ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﳑﺎ ﺳﻮﺍﳘﺎ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳊﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﻮﺻﻠﲏ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ‪U‬؟ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳊﺐ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﻧﻜﺘﻔﻲ ﲟﺎ ﻭﺭﺩ ﰲ ﺷﺄ‪‬ﺎ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺟﻞ ﰱ ﻋﻼﻩ‪:‬‬

‫)‪ ٣١‬ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ(‬

‫ﺍﻹﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺷﺮﻋﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﰲ ﻫﺪﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﰲ‬ ‫ﲰﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﰲ ﺃﺧﻼﻗﻪ ﻭﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻧﺘﺒﻌﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﻓﻘﻂ ﻭﻧﺘﺮﻙ ﺇﺗﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺧﻼﻕ‬ ‫ﻭﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﺑﻴﻨﻨﺎ ﻭﺑﲔ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻟﻜﻦ ﻧﺘﺒﻌﻪ ‪ .‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﻞ‪ ...‬ﻓﺎﺗﺒﻌﻮﱐ‪ ..‬ﻓﻴﻢ ؟‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺷﺄﻧﻪ ﻭﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺃﻣﺮﻩ ﻭﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺃﺣﻮﺍﻟﻪ ﻭﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﰲ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ‬ ‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﻮ ﺍﻹﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻕ ﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‬

‫‪e‬‬

‫ﻓﻠﻮ ﺗﺎﺑﻌﻪ ﺍﳌﺮﺀ ﰲ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﻣﺜﻠﻤﺎ ﺣﺪﺙ ﰲ ﻋﺼﺮﻧﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺻﺮﻳﻦ ﺇﱃ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺼﻄﻔﻰ ﻭﺗﺮﻛﻮﺍ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺧﻼﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﳊﺐ‬ ‫ﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻣﺮﺩﻭﺩ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻮﺻﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻘﺼﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﲡﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺘﺒﻊ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻻ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﲦﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﶈﺒﺔ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻨﺎﻝ ﺷﻴﺌﺎﹰ ﳑﺎ‬ ‫ﻳﻨﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻷﺣﺒﻪ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻹﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻕ ﻟﻪ ﲦﺮﺍﺕ ﻳﻨﺎﳍﺎ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺳﻨﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ﻻﺣﻘﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﻔﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ‪.U‬‬ ‫ﻓﻤﻦ ﺍﺩ‪‬ﻋﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﳛﺐ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺘﺒﻌﻪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻳﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌـــﴡ اﻹﻟــــــــﻪ وأﻧــﺖ ﺗــﺰﻋﻢ ﺣ ﱠﺒــﻪ‬ ‫ﻟــﻮ ﻛــﺎن ﺣ ﱡﺒ ـﻚ ﺻــــــــــﺎدﻗﺎ ﻷﻃﻌﺘــﻪ‬

‫ﻫــﺬا ﻟﻌﻤــﺮي ﰲ اﻟﻘﻴــﺎس ﺷـــــــــﻨﻴﻊ‬

‫ــﺐ ﻣﻄﻴـــﻊ‬ ‫ـﺐ ﳌـــﻦ ﳛــــــــــ ﱡ‬ ‫إن اﳌﺤـ ﱠ‬

‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ ﺭﺁﻫﺎ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺗﻠﺒﺲ ﺧﺎﲤﺎﹰ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻫﺐ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﳍﺎ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﺧﻠﻌﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﺎﰎ ﻓﱰﻋﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺣﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻫﺮ ﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻓﺬﻫﺐ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺟﲑﺍ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﳍﺎ‪ :‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻣﺮﻙ ﺑﱰﻉ ﺍﳋﺎﰎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺒﺴﻴﻪ ﻗﺎﻟﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻻ ﻭﺍﷲ ﻣﺎ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻷﻃﻴﻌﻪ ﺣﻴﺎ ﻭﺃﻋﺼﺎﻩ ﻣﻴﺘﺎﹰ‪.‬‬ ‫ﲤﺮﻧﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺍﻹﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﰲ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﻟﺴﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪e‬‬ ‫ﻷﻥ ﺍﻹﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻳﻮﺭﺙ ﳏﺒﺔ ﺍﷲ ‪:‬‬ ‫! ( ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺣﺐ ﺍﷲ ‪ .‬ﺗﺄﺗﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺑﱪﻛﺔ ﺇﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﱮ ‪:e‬‬ ‫‪ª #$ N‬‬ ‫‪ã 3‬‬ ‫‪ä 7ö 6Î s‬‬ ‫) ‪ó ƒã ‘RÏ qèã 7Î ?¨ $$ ùs‬‬ ‫) ‪ ٣١) ( 3 ö/ä3t/qçRèŒ ö/ä3s9 ö•Ïÿøótƒur‬ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ(‬

‫ﺇﺫﻥ ﺍﻹﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﲦﺮﺗﻪ ﳏﺒﺔ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﻭﺍﳌﻐﻔﺮﺓ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﰱ ﳏﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﱰﻳﻞ ﰱ)‪٦٥‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ(‪:‬‬

‫‪Ÿw N‬‬ ‫‪§ Oè O‬‬ ‫‪ó g‬‬ ‫‪ß Yo •÷ /t •t f‬‬ ‫© ‪y‬‬ ‫‪x $J‬‬ ‫‪y ŠùÏ 8‬‬ ‫‪x qJ‬‬ ‫‪ß 3‬‬ ‫‪jÅ s‬‬ ‫‪y ƒã Ó‬‬ ‫‪4 L® m‬‬ ‫‪y c‬‬ ‫‪š‬‬ ‫‪qYã BÏ s÷ ƒã w‬‬ ‫‪Ÿ 7‬‬ ‫‪y /nÎ ‘u ru x‬‬ ‫) ‪Ÿ ùs‬‬ ‫‪( $J‬‬ ‫¡ ‪V Š=Î‬‬ ‫‪ó @n #( qJ‬‬ ‫¡ ‪ß =kÏ‬‬ ‫‪| „ç ru M‬‬ ‫‪| Šø Ò‬‬ ‫‪Ÿ %s $J‬‬ ‫`‪£ BiÏ %‬‬ ‫‪[ •t m‬‬ ‫‪y N‬‬ ‫¡ ‪ö hÎ‬‬ ‫‪Å ÿ‬‬ ‫’ ‪à R&r‬‬ ‫‪þ ûÎ #( r‰‬‬ ‫† ‪ß gÅ‬‬ ‫‪s‬‬

‫ﺃﻥ ﳚﺪ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺻﺪﺭﻩ ﻭﰲ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻭﰲ ﻓﺆﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺿﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺃﻣﺮﹴ ﺃﻣﺮ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺼﻄﻔﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺃﰎ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫ﻓﻼ ﳚﺪ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﺿﺎﹰ ﰲ ﻓﺆﺍﺩﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺊ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻉ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬

‫‪-‬‬

‫ﻭﻻ ﳚﺪ ﺗﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﹰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻜﻢ ﻗﻀﺎﻩ ﻭﻗﻀﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬

‫‪-‬‬

‫ﺑﻞ ﻳﺴﻠﻢ ﺑﻜﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺷﺮﻉ ﺍﷲ ‪.‬‬

‫‬‫ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﻭﻻ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻌﻘﻠﻪ ﺃﻥ ﳛﻜﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻗﻀﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺰﻝ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻷﻥ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﻝ‪.‬‬

‫‪e‬‬

‫ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ ﻭﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺑﻜﻞ ﻳﻘﲔ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫‬‫ﺍﷲ ﺇﺫﺍﹰ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺩﺧﻞ ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻓﻼ ﻧﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻠﻌﻘﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻔﻜﺮ ﰲ ﺃﻱ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺷﺮﻋﻲ‬ ‫ﻷﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﺇﳍﻴﺔ ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﻻ ﻳﺪﺭﻱ ﺷﻴﺌﺎﹰ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ‬ ‫؟‬ ‫ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﻳﺪﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﺰﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺧﺎﻟﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ‬

‫‪U‬‬

‫ﺃﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻧﻌﺮﻓﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻧﺪﺭﻛﻪ؟‬ ‫ﻓﻼ ﳎﺎﻝ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﻓﻴﺴﻠﻢ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻤﺎﹰ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻟﻜﻞ ﺷﺮﻉ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻟﻜﻞ‬ ‫ﻭﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﺑﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‬

‫‪e‬‬

‫‪( 4 #( qg‬‬ ‫‪ß Ft R$$ ùs mç Y÷ ã‬‬ ‫‪t N‬‬ ‫‪ö 3‬‬ ‫‹‪ä 9kp Xt $Bt ru nç r‬‬ ‫‚ ‪ä‬‬ ‫‪ã ùs A‬‬ ‫™‪ã q‬‬ ‫‪ß •§ 9#$ N‬‬ ‫‪ã 3‬‬ ‫) ‪ä 9?s #äu $! Bt ru‬‬

‫)‪ ٧‬ﺍﳊﺸﺮ(‬

‫ﻻ ﻳﺘﺤﺎﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ‪:‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫} ﺃﹶﺧ‪‬ﺬﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﷲِ ‪ r‬ﺫﹶﻫ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﹺﻴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻴﻨﹺﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﺮﹺﻳﺮ‪‬ﺍ ﺑﹺﺸ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍﻥ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﻡ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ‬ ‫‪٦٠٥‬‬ ‫ﺫﹸﻛﹸﻮﺭﹺ ﺃﹸﻣ‪ّ‬ﺘ‪‬ﻲ ﺣ‪‬ﻞﹲ ﻹِﻧ‪‬ﺎﺛ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ‪{.‬‬

‫ﻻ ﳚﺘﻬﺪ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻋﻴﺎﺭ ‪ ١٨‬ﺣﻼﻝ ‪....‬ﻃﺎﳌﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ‪ e‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﻡ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﺣﺮﺍﻡ ﻭﻻ ﻧﻔﺘﺢ‬ ‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﳊﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻫﻮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺩﺧﻞ ﻣﻨﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺩﺧﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﻮﻥ ﺇﱃ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﳊﺐ ﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﲔ ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ‬ ‫‪ ،e‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺑﺎﺏ ﻏﲑ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﺍﺋﻢ ‪:t‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﳊﻈـﺔ ﰲ اﳊـﺐ ﺗﺸـــــﻬﺪ وﺟﻬـﻪ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻄــﻰ اﻟﻌﻠــﻮم وﺗﺸــــــﻬﺪن ﻓﺘــﱰﲨﻦ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻄﻰ اﳉﻤـــــﺎل ﻓـﻼ ﻳـﺮاك ﻣﺼـﺪق‬ ‫ﻣﻦ أﻳﻦ ﻫـﺬا اﻟﻌــــــﻠﻢ واﻟﻨـﻮر اﻟـﺬي‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺣﺐ ﻗﻠﺒﻲ ﻟﻠﺤﺒﻴـﺐ ﳏﻤـــــــــﺪ‬

‫وﺗﻔــﻮز ﻣﻨــﻪ ﺑﺴـــــــــــﺮه واﳊــــﺎل‬ ‫ﺑﻠﺴــــــــــﺎن أﻫــﻞ اﻟﻘــﺮب واﻷﺑــﺪال‬ ‫إﻻ وﻳﺸــــــــــــﻬﺪ ﻧـــﻮره اﳌﺘﻼﻟـــــﻲ‬ ‫أﻋﻄﻴﺘــﻪ ﻣــﻦ ﳊﻈــﺔ ﰲ اﳊـــــــــﺎل؟‬ ‫ﻧﻠﺖ اﳌﻨﻰ ﺑﻞ ﻧﻠـﺖ ﻛـﻞ آﻣـــــــــــﺎﱄ‬

‫ﻭﺑﺎﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﻳﺘﻀﺢ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ ،.e‬ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ‪:‬‬

‫} ﻛﹶﻴ‪‬ﻒ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺣ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺﺙﹸ ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺣ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ‪ :‬ﺍﻧ‪‬ﻈﹸﺮ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﺷﻲ‪‬ﺀٍ ﺣ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﻴﻘﹶﺔﹰ ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺣ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﻴﻘﹶﺔﹸ ﺇﹺﳝ‪‬ﺎﻧﹺﻚ‪ ‬؟ ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ‪ :‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻓﹶﺖ‪‬‬ ‫ﺗ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻥﱠ ﻟ‪‬ﻜﹸﻞﱢ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴِﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺳ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﺬﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻟ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻠ‪‬ﻲ‪ ، ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻇﹾﻤ‪‬ﺄﹾﺕ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺﻱ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺄﹶﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻈﹸﺮ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺵﹺ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻲ ﺑ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺﺯ‪‬ﺍ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺄﹶﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻈﹸﺮ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ، ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺍﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺄﹶﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻈﹸﺮ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻰ‬ ‫ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺ ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺎﻏﹶﻮ‪‬ﻥﹶ ﻓ‪‬ﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺣ‪‬ﺎﺭﹺﺙﹸ ‪ ،‬ﻋ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻓﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺎﻟﹾﺰ‪‬ﻡ‪ ، ‬ﺛﹶﻼﺛﹰﺎ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﳌﻦ‬ ‫‪٦٠٦‬‬ ‫ﺣﻮﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻋﺒﺪ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺍﷲ ﺑﺎﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ‪{.‬‬ ‫ﻛﻴﻒ ﻭﺻﻞ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻡ؟‬ ‫ﲝﺐ ﺍﳌﺼﻄﻔﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺃﰎ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٦٠٥‬ﻋَﻦْ ﻋَﻠِﻲٍّ ﻣﺴﻨﺪ اﻟﺒﺰار‬ ‫‪ ٦٠٦‬اﻟﻄﺒﺮاﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻜﺒﯿﺮ وأﺑﻲ ﻧﻌﯿﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ اﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﳍﺎﻡ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻲ ‪ t‬ﻭﻛﺮﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﳉﻨﻴﺪ ‪:t‬‬

‫ﺭﺣﻢ ﺍﷲ ﺃﺑﺎ ﺍﳊﺴﻦ ﻟﻮﻻ ﺍﳊﺮﻭﺏ ﻻﺳﺘﻔﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻋﻠﻮﻣﺎ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ‪ ،‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻟﻮ‬ ‫ﻓﺴﺮﺕ ﻓﺎﲢﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﲟﺎ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ ﻟﻮﻗﺮﰎ ﺳﺒﻌﲔ ﺑﻌﲑﺍ " ﲢﻤﻠﻮﺍ ﺳﺒﻌﲔ ﲨﻼ" ﻣﻦ ﺗﻔﺴﲑ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺎﲢﺔ‪!!!!..‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﻳﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ؟ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ؟ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ؟‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺣﺐ ﺍﳊﺒﻴﺐ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻢ ‪e‬‬

‫‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺗﺮﻯ ﺣﺒﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺑﺪﺋﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺧﺘﺎﻣﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻷﺣﺪ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺣﱴ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﺐ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﳉﺎﻩ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﺐ ﺃﻱ ﺷﻲﺀ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻴﻘﲔ ﻗﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ‪:‬‬ ‫!‪(3‬‬ ‫‪° $6{ m‬‬ ‫‪ã ‰‬‬ ‫© ‘‬ ‫‪x &r #( qþ Zã Bt #äu û‬‬ ‫‹‪t ï‬‬ ‫) ‪É 9© #$ ru‬‬

‫)‪ ١٦٥‬ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ(‬

‫ﺃﻱ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻳﻬﻢ ﺃﺣﺪ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳊﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺴﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳊﺐ ﻓﺎﺯﻭﺍ ﻭﻧﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻄﻠﺒﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﻭﻳﺒﺘﻐﻮﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﳌﺎﺫﺍ ﳓﺐ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ؟ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﻮﺻﻠﻨﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺣﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﳍﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻭﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳋﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳓﻦ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪..‬‬ ‫وﻣـــﻦ ﻗﺒـــﻞ ﻛﻨـــﺎ ﻇﻼﻣـــ ًﺎ وﺟﻬـــ ً‬ ‫ﻼ‬

‫ﻓـــــﴫﻧﺎ ﺑﻄــــﻪ رﺟــــﺎﻻ ﻓﺤــــﻮﻻ‬

‫ﺃﺻﺒﺢ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻭﻣﻜﺎﻧﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺑﲔ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺧﻠﻘﻬﺎ ﺍﷲ ﺑﱪﻛﺔ ﻭﺑﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﺴﺒﺒﻨﺎ ﳓﻦ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳊﺐ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺃﺭﻗﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻱ ﺣﺐ‬ ‫ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﺁﺧﺮ ﻷﻱ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﳏﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﷲ ﻭﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﳓﺒﻪ ﻟﻜﻲ ﳛﺒﻨﺎ ﺍﷲ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻕ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺃﻋﺮﻓﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﻗﻴﺲ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﻟﻜﻲ ﺃﻃﻤﺌﻦ ﺃﻧﲏ ﺳﺄﺣﺼﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺜﻤﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﳋﲑﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﱪﻛﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺟﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﻟﻠﺼﺎﺩﻗﲔ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﷲ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻗﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺣﺒﻬﻢ ﳋﲑ ﺍﻟﱪﻳﺎﺕ‬

‫‪e‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﺀ؟‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻢ ﻧﺘﺒﻌﻪ ؟‬

‫!(‬ ‫‪ª #$ N3‬‬ ‫‪ä 7ö 6ãÎ s‬‬ ‫) ‪ó ƒã‬‬

‫)‪ ٣١‬ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ(‬

‫ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﻭﻛﺒﲑﺓ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻃﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﲔ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺗﺴﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻛﻞ‬ ‫ﺣﺮﻑ ﻳﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲﺀ ﲤﺘﺪ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺗﺘﺤﺮﻙ‬ ‫‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ﻻﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻧﺎﻥ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﻩ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎ ﻟ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺟﹺﺌﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻪ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٦٠٧‬‬

‫ﻻ ﻳﻨﻔﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻮﻯ ﻟﻚ ﰒ ﻫﻮﻯ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ‬ ‫ﻟﻪ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻛﻠﻪ ﷲ )‪ ١٦٣‬ﺍﻷﻧﻌﺎﻡ(‪:‬‬ ‫‪[ û‬‬ ‫> ‪t üHÏ >s »èy 9ø #$‬‬ ‫! ‪bÉ ‘u‬‬ ‫‪¬ †AÎ $J‬‬ ‫“ ‪y Bt ru‬‬ ‫‪y $‹u tø Cx ru ’5‬‬ ‫¡ ‪Å‬‬ ‫‪Ý Sè ru ’AÎ x‬‬ ‫‪Ÿ ¹‬‬ ‫‪| b‬‬ ‫@ ‪¨ )Î‬‬ ‫) ‪ö %è‬‬ ‫ﻛﻠﻪ ﷲ ﻭﺗﻮﻻﻩ ﻣﻮﻻﻩ ﻭﳓﻦ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪:‬‬

‫‪( ÇÊÒÏÈ û‬‬ ‫‪t üs‬‬ ‫‪Å =Î »Á‬‬ ‫‪¢ 9#$ ’<¯ qu Gt ƒt qu d‬‬ ‫) ‪è ru‬‬

‫)ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﻑ(‬

‫ﻓﺎﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﲑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺞ ﻳﺘﻮﻻﻩ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻮﻻﻳﺔ ﺗﺎﻣﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻮﱃ ﺣﺒﻴﺐ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ﻭﻣﺼﻄﻔﺎﻩ ‪:..e‬‬ ‫ﺑﺸﺮﻁ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﻠﻪ ﷲ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﻮﺍﻩ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺘﺮﺽ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺍ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﻃﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺃﻣﺮ ﺷﺮﻋﻪ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﻗﻀﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﺣﻜﻢ ﻗﻀﺎﻩ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺇﻳﺎﻛﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﺣﺪﻛﻢ ﺃﻧﺘﻢ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ ﺑﺄﻣﻮﺭ ﺩﻧﻴﺎﻛﻢ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﺩﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﺩﻳﻦ‪ ....‬ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﻳﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻫﻮ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻜﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ ﻓﺼﺎﻡ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻦ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻷﻥ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻦ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺟﻌﻞ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻜﺎﻓﺊ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﱪﻳﺔ ‪،U‬‬ ‫‪ ٦٠٧‬رواه اﻟﺒﯿﮭﻘﻲ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ اﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮو‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺣﱴ ﻭﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺷﻬﻮﺓ ﺩﻧﻴﻪ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻟﻮ ﻧﻮﻯ ﻗﺒﻠﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﺔ ﷲ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺻﺎﱀ ﷲ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﺄﻛﻞ‬ ‫ﻭﻳﺸﺮﺏ ﻭﻳﻨﻮﻱ ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﻧﻴﺔ ﺻﺎﳊﺔ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﺎﳌﺆﻣﻦ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﳚﻌﻞ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﷲ ﻓﻼ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﺘﻢ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ ﺑﺄﻣﻮﺭ ﺩﻧﻴﺎﻛﻢ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻻ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻪ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﻻ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻳﻔﺘﻮﺍ ﺑﺸﺄ‪‬ﺎ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻛﻠﻪ‬ ‫ﻛﻞ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﺎﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﺯﻳﻨﺐ ﺑﻨﺖ ﺟﺤﺶ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﳌﺎ ﺫﻫﺐ ﳍﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﳍﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺰﻭﺟﻲ ﺯﻳﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺩﻧﻴﻮﻱ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﻓﻘﺎﻟﺖ‪:‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﺎ ﻻ ﺃﺣﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﳍﺎ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺗﺰﻭﺟﻲ ﺯﻳﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﱰﻝ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ª!$# Ó|Ós% #sŒÎ) >puZÏB÷sãB Ÿwur 9`ÏB÷sßJÏ9 tb%x. $tBur ) :U‬‬ ‫‪ ٣٦)( 3öNÏdÌ•øBr& ô`ÏB äouŽz•Ïƒø:$# ãNßgs9 tbqä3tƒ br& #·•øBr& ÿ¼ã&è!qß™u‘ur‬ﺍﻷﺣﺰﺍﺏ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳﺴﻠﱢﻢ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﺎﺻﻴﺎﹰ‪( $YZ•Î7•B Wx»n=|Ê ¨@|Ê ô‰s)sù ¼ã&s!qß™u‘ur ©!$# ÄÈ÷ètƒ `tBur ) :‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺼﻴﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎ ﳐﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻌﲔ ﺍﻧﻪ ﺷﻲﺀ ﺩﻧﻴﻮﻱ‪ :‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻧﻈﺮﺗﻪ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻧﻌﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻴﻘﲔ ﺃﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻊ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻟﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻮ ﺷﻜﻜﻨﺎ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻭﺍﻋﺘﻘﺪ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻓﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻈﺮﺗﻪ ﺃﰎ ﻭﺃﴰﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻉ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻧﻈﺮﺓ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪ ،.‬ﲟﺎﺫﺍ‬ ‫ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ؟‬ ‫ﻧﻘﺺ ﰲ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﻭﻧﻔﺎﻕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﻭﺍﳉﻨﺎﻥ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺃﻋﺘﻘﺪ ﻭﺃﻋﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻴﻘﲔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ ﻧﻈﺮﺓ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪e‬‬

‫ﻭﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﻟﻺﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ‬

‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺡ ﻟﻠﺪﻧﻴﺎ‬

‫` ‪ ١٠٨) ( ( Ó_Í èy 6t ?¨ #$‬ﻳﻮﺳﻒ(‬ ‫‪Ç Bt ru $O Rt &r o> Žu •Á‬‬ ‫’ ‪Å /t‬‬ ‫‪4 ?n ã‬‬ ‫ﻷ‪‬ﺎ‪t ) :‬‬

‫ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺼﲑﺓ ‪...‬ﻷ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺇﳍﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺫﺍ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﻨﲑﺓ ‪...‬ﺗﺮﻯ ﻏﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺮﻯ‬ ‫ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲﺀ ﺑﻨﻮﺭ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،U‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺷﺮﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﺒﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺼﲑﺗﻪ ‪.e‬‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻠﺰﻡ ﻟﻺﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﻠﻢ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻤﺎ ﺗﺎﻣﺎ ﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،e‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻕ ﳉﻨﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ‪. e‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪e‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﰱ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺣﺰﺍﺏ ‪:‬‬

‫‪( ÇÎÏÈ $J‬‬ ‫¡ ‪¸ Š=Î‬‬ ‫‪ó @n #( qJ‬‬ ‫™ ‪ß =kÏ‬‬ ‫‪y ru mÏ ‹ø =n ã‬‬ ‫‪t #( q=• ¹‬‬ ‫‪| #( qZã Bt #äu ú‬‬ ‫‪š‬‬ ‫‪ï%‬‬ ‫) ‪Ï !© #$ $kp ‰š 'r »¯ ƒt‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﳊﺒﻴﺐ‪:‬‬

‫}ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺐ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ{‬

‫‪٦٠٨‬‬

‫ﻓﺎﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﺐ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪ ..‬ﻳﺬﻛﺮﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻡ‪ ...‬ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﺬﻛﺮﻩ؟ ﻳﺼﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ‪ ...‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻚ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻧﻮﺭﺍﱐ ﻓﺎﺻﺪﺭ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ ﻭﻳﺮﻯ ﻣﺎ ﺳﺮ ﻗﺮ‪‬ﻢ؟ ﲡﺪ ﺍ‪‬ﻢ ﻛﻠﻬﻢ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻟﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺒﻴﺐ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫‪ ،e‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ؟ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻜﻔﻲ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﹸﰊ‪ ‬ﺑﻦ ﻛﻌﺐ ﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺃﰎ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻛﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻼﺗ‪‬ﻲ ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ‪ " :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺷ‪‬ﺌﹾﺖ‪ ، " ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺜﱡﻠﹸﺚﹸ ؟‬ ‫ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ‪ " :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺷ‪‬ﺌﹾﺖ‪ ، ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﺯﹺﺩ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻬ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻓﹾﻀ‪‬ﻞﹸ " ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻒ‪ ‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ‪ " :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺷ‪‬ﺌﹾﺖ‪، ‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﺯﹺﺩ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻬ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻓﹾﻀ‪‬ﻞﹸ " ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺟ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﻼﺗ‪‬ﻲ ﻛﹸﻠﱠﻬ‪‬ﺎ ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ‪ " :‬ﺇﹺﺫﹰﺍ ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹾﻔ‪‬ﻴﻚ‪‬‬ ‫‪٦٠٩‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻚ‪ ، ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻔ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻧ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻚ {‬ ‫ﺃﻳﻦ ﳓﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ؟!‬ ‫ﻭﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ ﻧﺸﺘﻜﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳍﻤﻮﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﻤﻮﻡ ﻭﺍﶈﻦ ﻭﻧﺸﺘﻜﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺣﻦ‪ ،‬ﺃﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻔﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺀ؟!ﺃﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻳﻜﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻳﻨﺎﻟﻪ ﺿﻴﻢ ﻭﻳﺼﻴﺒﻪ ﻓﺘﻨﺔ! ﻣﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ‬ ‫‪4 $Zu 9s •ö ÿ‬‬ ‫™ ‪Ï óø Gt‬‬ ‫‪ó $$ ùs $Rt q=è d‬‬ ‫© ‪÷ &r ru $Zu 9ä ºqu Bø &r $! Zu F÷ =n ót‬‬ ‫ﻟﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻟﻸﺳﻒ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻟﲔ ﻭﻳﻌﺎﺗﺒﻨﺎ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ‪x ):‬‬ ‫( )‪ ١١‬ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ( ‪ ...‬ﺣﱴ ﺃ‪‬ﻢ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﻢ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻐﻔﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳊﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻭﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﰲ‬ ‫‪ö d‬‬ ‫‪N‬‬ ‫‪è ru N‬‬ ‫‪ö g‬‬ ‫‹ ‪ß /t‬‬ ‫! ‪jÉ èy Bã‬‬ ‫‪ª #$ c‬‬ ‫‪š‬‬ ‫‪%.x $Bt ru 4 N‬‬ ‫‪ö kÍ ŽùÏ M‬‬ ‫‪| R&r ru N‬‬ ‫‪ö g‬‬ ‫‹ ‪ß /t‬‬ ‫! ‪jÉ èy ‹ã 9Ï‬‬ ‫‪ª #$ c‬‬ ‫‪š‬‬ ‫‪%2‬‬ ‫‪Ÿ‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪$Bt ru ) :‬‬ ‫‪ ٦٠٨‬ﺷﻌﺐ اﻹﯾﻤﺎن ﻟﻠﺒﯿﮭﻘﻲ ﻋﻦ ﻗﻮل أﺑﻮ ﻋﺒﺪ اﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ وﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺑﻦ دﯾﻨﺎر واﻟﺤﻠﯿﻤﻲ رﺣﻤﮫ اﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٦٠٩‬ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ ﺑﻦ ﻛﻌﺐ‪ ،‬رواه اﻷﻟﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﯿﺢ اﻟﺘﺮﻏﯿﺐ وﻣﺸﻜﺎة اﻟﻤﺼﺎﺑﯿﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪) ( ÇÌÌÈ b‬ﺍﻷﻧﻔﺎﻝ(‬ ‫‪t r•ã ÿ‬‬ ‫¡ ‪Ï óø Gt‬‬ ‫‪ó „o‬‬

‫ﻭﳓﻦ ﻃﺒﻌﺎﹰ ﻻ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺸﺮﺏ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻴﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺀ ﻭﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻟﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻔﺎﺀ‪.‬ﺃﳚﻮﺯ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺷﺮﺏ ﺩﻭﺍﺀ ﳌﺮﻳﺾ ﻋﻨﺪﻱ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﺸﻔﻰ؟ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﳓﻦ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻏﲑﻧﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻐﻔﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ !! ﻭﺃﻥ ﻳﺼﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺑﺪﻻﹰ ﻋﻨﺎ !!! ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺬﻫﺐ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺎ ﺍﳍﻤﻮﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﻤﻮﻡ ﻭﺍﳌﺸﺎﻛﻞ ‪ ..‬ﻫﻞ ﻳﺼﺢ ﺫﻟﻚ ؟‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺫﻫﺐ ﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹸﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﻓﹶﻘﹶﺘ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﹾﺠ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ ‬؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﻏﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻟ‪‬ﻚ‪ ، ‬ﻗﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ : ‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﺍﻙ‪ ، ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪:‬‬ ‫‪٦١٠‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴِﻚ‪ ، ‬ﺑﹺﻜﹶﺜﹾﺮ‪‬ﺓ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻮﺩ‪{ ‬‬

‫ﺃﻱ ﻻﺑﺪ ﺣﺘﻤﺎﹰ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺃﻧﺖ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺃﻧﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻋﻤﻞ! ﻻ ﳚﻮﺯ! ﻓﻌﻼﺝ‬ ‫‪ö d‬‬ ‫‪N‬‬ ‫‪è ru N‬‬ ‫‪ö g‬‬ ‫‹ ‪ß /t‬‬ ‫! ‪jÉ èy Bã‬‬ ‫‪ª #$ c‬‬ ‫‪š‬‬ ‫‪%.x $Bt ru 4 N‬‬ ‫‪ö kÍ ŽùÏ M‬‬ ‫‪| R&r ru N‬‬ ‫‪ö g‬‬ ‫‹ ‪ß /t‬‬ ‫! ‪jÉ èy ‹ã 9Ï‬‬ ‫‪ª #$ c‬‬ ‫‪š‬‬ ‫‪%2‬‬ ‫‪Ÿ‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻠﻨﺎ ﻭﳘﻮﻣﻨﺎ‪$Bt ru ) :‬‬ ‫¡ ‪ .. ( ÇÌÌÈ bt r•ã ÿÏ óø Gt‬ﻓﻼ ﺑﺪ ﻟﻺﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺒﻴﺐ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻣﺼﻄﻔﺎﻩ ‪،e‬‬ ‫‪ó „o‬‬ ‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﻗﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ ‪:‬‬ ‫ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺼﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﺃﻟﻒ ﻣﺮﺓ‪.‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﺃﻟﻒ‬‫ﻣﺮﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺼﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﻛﻞ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻭﻟﻴﻠﺔ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﺁﻻﻑ‬‫ﻣﺮﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺼﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﻛﻞ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻭﻟﻴﻠﺔ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﲔ ﺃﻟﻒ ﻣﺮﺓ‪.‬‬‫ ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﺃﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ‪ ...‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺟﺪ‪ ‬ﻭﺟﺪ!‪.‬‬‫ﻭﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻭﺟﺪ ؟‬ ‫ﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﺭ ‪ ...‬ﻭﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ ‪ ...‬ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﻼﻃﻔﺔ ‪ ....‬ﻭﺍﻷﺳﺮﺍﺭ ‪...‬‬ ‫‪،‬ﻭﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻷ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳏﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻛﺮﻡ ‪ ،e‬ﺣﱴ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﳌﻜﻲ ‪ t‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ "ﻗﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﺏ"‪:‬‬ ‫‪ ٦١٠‬ﻋﻦ رﺑﯿﻌﺔ ﺑﻦ ﻛﻌﺐ اﻷﺳﻠﻤﻰ ‪ ،‬اﻷﺑﺎﻧﻰ ‪ ،‬ﺻﺤﯿﺢ أﺑﻰ داوود‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﺻﻄﻠﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻓﻮﻥ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﳌﻦ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ ﺃﻻ ﻳﻘﻞ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻟﻴﻠﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺛﻼﲦﺎﺋﺔ ﻣﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،e‬ﻭﺍﺗﻔﻘﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪:‬‬

‫ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﺬﻝ ﺍﳋﲑ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﳊﺴﻨﺎﺀ ﱂ ﻳﻐﻠﻪ ﺍﳌﻬﺮ‪.‬‬

‫‪e‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﷲ ﳒﺪ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﳊﺐ؟‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻫﻮ‬

‫‪ ٩) ( nç r•ã %jÏ qu ?è ru nç r‘â “hÌ èy ?è ru ) ..‬ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ(‬

‫ﺗﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻨﺪ ﲰﺎﻉ ﺍﲰﻪ ﳜﺘﻠﺞ ﺻﺪﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻬﺘﺰ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺟﺴﻤﻪ ﳌﺎﺫﺍ؟‬ ‫ﻷﻧﻪ ﲰﻊ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،e‬ﲟﺠﺮﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﻤﻊ ﺳﲑﺓ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻳﺆﺧﺬ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺃﻱ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻭﳛﻀﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺬﻛﺮﻩ ﺑﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ e‬ﲡﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺣﺎﻟﻪ ﺗﻐﲑ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻜﺮﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﺍﺭ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻷﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ e‬ﻫﻮ ﻗﺮﺓ ﻋﲔ ﺍﶈﺒﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﲔ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺒﻮﺑﲔ ﻓﻼ ﻳﺮﻭﻥ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻪ ‪e‬‬ ‫ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻭﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻛﺸﻒ ﻭﰲ ﻛﻞ ﲤﻜﲔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪: e‬‬

‫‪e‬‬

‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﳝﻜﺚ‬ ‫ﺣﱴ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻻ ﻳﻨﺘﻔﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺣﺪﺙ ﻟﻪ ﻟﺘﺬﻛﺮﻩ ﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻢ‬

‫‪t‬‬

‫‪e‬‬

‫‪ :‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﺒﻴﺐ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻴﻖ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﱂ ﻳﻄﻖ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻈﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺪﻳﻨﺔ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺑﻼﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻨﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺿﻴﺎﺋﻬﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﺎﺋﻬﺎ ﻭﴰﺴﻬﺎ ﻭﲨﺎﳍﺎ ﻭﻛﻤﺎﳍﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺳﺘﺄﺫﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﺑﺎ ﺑﻜﺮ ﻟﻴﺬﻫﺐ ﺇﱃ‬ ‫ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻡ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻪ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻡ ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺣﲔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ‬

‫‪e‬‬

‫} ﻳﺎ ﺑﻼﻝ ﻣﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳉﻔﻮﺓ؟ ﺃﻣﺎ ﺁﻥ ﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺰﻭﺭﻧﺎ ؟ {‬ ‫ﻓﺬﻫﺐ ﻓﻮﺭﺍﹰ ﳌﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻪ ﻣﻘﺘﻨﻴﺎﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻻ ﳝﻠﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﺇﻻ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺎ ﻭﻣﺎﻋﺰﺍ ﳛﻠﺒﻬﺎ ﻭﻗﺼﻌﺔ ﻳﺄﻛﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻳﺘﻮﺿﺄ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻳﻐﺴﻞ ﻣﻼﺑﺴﻪ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫} ﻭﻭﺻﻞ ﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪e‬‬

‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻈﻬﺮ ﺑﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻓﺎﺭﲤﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻔﺔ ﻭﺃﺧﺬ‬

‫ﻳﺒﻜﻲ ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺑﺎﳊﺴﻦ ﻭﺍﳊﺴﲔ ﻳﺮ‪‬ﺑﺘﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺘﻔﻪ ﻭﳛﺘﻀﻨﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﻳﻘﺒﻠﻮﻧﻪ ﻭﻳﺘﻮﺳﻼﻥ ﻟﻪ ﻟﻴﺆﺫﹼﻥ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﻟﻪ ﺃﺫﻥ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺆﺫﻥ ﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪e‬‬

‫‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﷲ ﺃﻛﱪ؛ ﺇﺫﺍ‬

‫ﺑﺎﳌﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﲣﺮﺝ ﻛﺄ‪‬ﺎ ﰲ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻮﺭ ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﺷﻬﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻜﺎﺭﻯ ﲣﺮﺝ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻋﻮﺍﺗﻘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﲣﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺪﻭﺭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﺮﻕ ﺍﳌﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﲤﺘﻠﺊ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻣﻮﻉ ﺃﻫﻠﻬﺎ ﻷ‪‬ﻢ ﺗﺬﻛﺮﻭﺍ‬ ‫ﺣﺒﻴﺐ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻣﺼﻄﻔﺎﻩ ‪ ،e‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮﻭﻥ‪ :‬ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻛﻴﺎﹰ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‪{.‬‬

‫ﳌﺎﺫﺍ؟‬

‫ﻷ‪‬ﻢ ﺗﺬﻛﺮﻭﺍ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪e‬‬

‫‪.‬‬

‫ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻳﻮﻗﺮ ﻭﻳﻌﻈﻢ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ‪...‬‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﻤﻊ ﺍﲰﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺍﻵﻥ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﻱ ﺷﺊ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻛﺬﺍ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﻫﺎﺕ ﻛﺬﺍ! ‪..‬‬ ‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﻼﻡ ﻳﺴﺘﻮﺟﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺩﻳﺐ ﳌﻦ ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﻡ ‪...‬ﺍﳊﺒﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻗﺴﻢ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﻻﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﻧﻘﺴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺊ ﺗﺎﻓﻪ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ !!‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻮﻻﻩ‪:‬‬ ‫‪)( ÇÐËÈ b‬ﺍﳊﺠﺮ(‬ ‫‪t qg‬‬ ‫‪ß J‬‬ ‫‪y è÷ ƒt N‬‬ ‫‪ö kÍ EÌ •t 3‬‬ ‫™ ‪õ‬‬ ‫‪y ’"Å 9s N‬‬ ‫‪ö kå X¨ )Î 8‬‬ ‫‪x •ã J‬‬ ‫) ‪ô èy 9s‬‬

‫ﻓﺒﻌﺪ ﻗﺴﻢ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻪ ‪...‬ﺃﺃﻗﺴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﻌﻄﻴﲏ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﺎﻻﹰ! ﺃﻭ ﺯﺍﺩﺍﹰ! ﺃﻭ ﻣﻠﺒﺴﺎﹰ! ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﺧﻼﻓﻪ!‪..‬‬ ‫ﻻ ﳚﻮﺯ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻗﺴﻢ ﲝﺒﻴﺐ ﺍﷲ ﺇﻻ ﺇﱃ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻣﻬﻢ ﻻ ﺃﺟﺪ ﻟﻪ ﳐﺮﺟﺎﹰ ﺇﻻ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺻﻄﻠﺢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻓﻮﻥ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻣﺜﻼﹰ ﻭﻗﻌﺖ ﰲ ﺿﻴﻖ ﻭﰲ ﺷﺪﺓ ﻻ ﺃﺟﺪ ﳍﺎ ﳐﺮﺟﺎﹰ ﺇﻻ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺗﻮﺳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺣﻀﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ‪....،‬‬

‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﺃﺟﻌﻞ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻋﺮﺿﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺷﺊ‪ !!...‬ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻛﻼﻡ ﻳﺴﺘﻮﺟﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺩﻳﺐ‬ ‫ﳌﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻠﻴﻖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻬﺬﻳﺐ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺣﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ‬

‫‪e‬‬

‫‪e‬‬

‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎﹰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺐ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪e‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪:‬‬

‫‪tbqèã J‬‬ ‫† ‪y gø‬‬ ‫‪s $J‬‬ ‫‪£ BiÏ Ž× •ö z‬‬ ‫‪y qu d‬‬ ‫‪è #( qm‬‬ ‫‪ã •t ÿ‬‬ ‫‪ø ‹u =ù ùs 7‬‬ ‫‹‪y 9Ï º‬‬ ‫‪x 7Î ùs ¾mÏ FÏ Hu q‬‬ ‫! ‪÷ •t /Î ru‬‬ ‫@ ‪« #$‬‬ ‫‪È Ò‬‬ ‫‪ô ÿ‬‬ ‫@ ‪x /Î‬‬ ‫) ‪ö %è‬‬ ‫‪( ÇÎÑÈ‬‬

‫)ﻳﻮﻧﺲ(‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻳﻔﺮﺡ ﺑﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻳﻔﺮﺡ ﲟﻴﻼﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻳﻔﺮﺡ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺭﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻔﺮﺡ ﺑﺴﻤﺎﻉ ﺳﲑﺗﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻳﻔﺮﺡ ﲟﺘﺎﺑﻌﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻔﺮﺡ ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺡ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻛﺮﻣﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﺮﺅﻳﺎﻩ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻌﻄﻒ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﳌﻌﺖ ﺳﻮﺍﻃﻊ‬ ‫ﺃﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻴﻘﲔ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﻨﻴﲔ ﺑﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﰱ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺣﺰﺍﺏ ‪:‬‬

‫‪e‬‬

‫‪ÇÍÐÈ ( #ŽZ •7Î .x x‬‬ ‫‪W Ò‬‬ ‫! ‪ô ùs‬‬ ‫` ‪« #$‬‬ ‫‪z BiÏ Mlç ;m b‬‬ ‫‪¨ 'r /Î û‬‬ ‫‪t üZÏ BÏ s÷ J‬‬ ‫‪ß 9ø #$ ŽÎ ³‬‬ ‫) ‪Å 0o ru‬‬

‫ﻻﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻔﺮﺡ ﺑﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ e‬ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺮﺣﻪ ﺑﺄﻱ ﺃﻣﺮ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ﺑﻼ ﺟﺪﺍﻝ ﻭﻻ‬ ‫ﻧﺰﺍﻉ ‪ ...‬ﻻﺑﺪ ‪...‬ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺗﺪﻟﱢﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳏﺒﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ e‬ﻧﻜﺘﻔﻲ ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪...‬‬ ‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﺒﺜﻮﺛﺔ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﷲ ﺟﻞﱠ ﻭﻋﻼ!!‬ ‫ﻭﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺃﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻡ‪...‬‬ ‫ﻭﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﻢ ﺇﱃ ﻳﻮﻣﻨﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪e‬‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺴﺘﻮﺟﺐ ﻟﻺﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻋﻄﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﻭﺇﻛﺮﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﻧﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻻ ﻋﺪ ﳍﺎ ﻭﻻ ﺣﺪ‬ ‫ﳍﺎ ﻳﻜﻔﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻣﺘﻸ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﲝﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻧﺎﻥ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻓﻌﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﺳﺄﻟﻪ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﻧﺲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺳﺄﹶﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ r ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺎﻋ‪‬ﺔ‪ ، ‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺎﻋ‪‬ﺔﹸ ؟ ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ‪ " :‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﺫﹶﺍ‬ ‫} ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻼ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺷﻲ‪‬ﺀَ ﺇﹺﻻ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹸﺣ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻟﹶﻪ‪ ، r ‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ‪ " :‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻊ‪‬‬ ‫ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﺎ ؟ " ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ‪ :‬ﻻ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺖ‪ ،{ ‬ﻭﰲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ }ﳛﺸﺮ ﺍﳌﺮﺀ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺐ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ{)‪.‬ﻗﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺃﻧﺲ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﺮﹺﺣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﹺﺸ‪‬ﻲ‪‬ﺀٍ ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﹺﻘﹶﻮ‪‬ﻝﹺ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ " :r ‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺖ‪ ، " ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ‬ ‫ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺲ‪ : ‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹸﺣ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒﹺﻲ‪ r ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﺎ ﺑ‪‬ﻜﹾﺮﹴ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻮ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺃﹶﻛﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺤ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻲ ﺇﹺﻳ‪‬ﺎﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﺑﹺﻤ‪‬ﺜﹾﻞﹺ ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﻟ‪‬ﻬﹺﻢ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٦١١‬‬

‫)‪tûü‬‬ ‫‪É ƒ‰‬‬ ‫‪dÏ Á‬‬ ‫` ‪_Å 9#$ ru‬‬ ‫` ‪z ¿ŠhÍ ;Î Y¨ 9#$‬‬ ‫‪z BiÏ NkÍ Žö =n ã‬‬ ‫! ‪t‬‬ ‫‪ª #$ N‬‬ ‫‪z èy R÷ &r û‬‬ ‫‪t ï%‬‬ ‫‪Ï !© #$ ì‬‬ ‫‪y Bt 7‬‬ ‫) ‪y ´Í »¯ 9s r' 'é ùs‬‬ ‫‪(4û‬‬ ‫‪t üs‬‬ ‫‪Å =Î »Á‬‬ ‫‪¢ 9#$ ru äÏ #! ‰‬‬ ‫¶ ‪y kp‬‬ ‫‪’ 9#$ ru‬‬

‫)‪ ٦٩‬ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ(‬

‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪:‬‬

‫)‪ ٢٩‬ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ(‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻘﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻬﺪﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﻮﻥ‪..‬‬

‫ﻛﻠﻬﻢ ﰲ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻪ ‪ ...‬ﻓﻬﺬﻩ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﺻﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٦١١‬رواه اﻟﺒﺨﺎري وﻣﺴﻠﻢ‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﳊﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺫﱄ ‪ t‬ﻭﺃﺭﺿﺎﻩ ﳛﻜﻲ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﻟﻴﻠﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺴﺠﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻭﳕﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻓﻮﺟﺪﺕ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺳﻠﲔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ ﻛﻠﻬﻢ ﻳﺘﺪﺍﻓﻌﻮﻥ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻓﺴﺄﻟﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻴﻞ ﱄ ﺟﺎﺀﻭﺍ ﻟﻴﺸـﻔﻌﻮﺍ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻼﺝ!!‬

‫‪e‬‬

‫ﻣﻨﻔﺮﺩﺍﹰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺮﺳﻲ ﻋﺎﻝﹴ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻞ ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﰒ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﻓﺘﻌﺠﺒﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺸﻬﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﲞﺎﺩﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺠﺪ ﻳﻮﻗﻈﲏ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﱄ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻻ ﺗﻌﺠﺐ !! ﻓﺎﻟﻜﻞﱡ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﺭﻩ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﻧﺘﺒﻬﺖ ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺑﺂﺫﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺠﺮ ﻓﺼﻠﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻔﺠﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﰒ ﲝﺜﺖ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳋﺎﺩﻡ ﻓﻠﻢ ﺃﺟﺪﻩ‪:‬‬

‫‪( ÇÐÒÈ #ŠY qJ‬‬ ‫)‪ß tø C¤ $BY $‬‬ ‫‪s Bt 7‬‬ ‫‪y /• ‘u 7‬‬ ‫‪y Ws èy 7ö ƒt b&r Ó‬‬ ‫‪# ¤‬‬ ‫‪| ã‬‬ ‫) ‪t‬‬

‫)ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺀ(‬

‫ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻟﺴﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ .. e‬ﻭﻣﻦ؟‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻪ‪:‬‬

‫)‪ ٨‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﱘ(‬

‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎﹰ ﻣﻌﻪ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻓﺎﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ‪ ...‬ﻳﺎ ﻫﻨﺎﻩ !!!!‪ ...‬ﻭﻳﺎ ﻣﻨﺎﻩ !!!!‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺃﰎ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ‪ ...‬ﳛﻜﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍﹰ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺃﻣﺘﻪ ﺃﹸﻣﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﺎﺩﻯ ﻧﱮ ﺍﷲ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪، e‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻳﺎ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻳﺎ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺃﺩﺭﻙ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺘﻚ‪.‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻓﺄﹸﻣ‪‬ﺴِﻚ‪ ‬ﺑﺎﳌﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ‪:‬‬ ‫ﳓﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﻼﻅ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺼﻮﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻣﺮﻫﻢ ﻭﻳﻔﻌﻠﻮﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺆﻣﺮﻭﻥ!‬ ‫ﻓﺄﻗﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺏ ﺃﱂ ﺗﻌﺪﱐ ﺃﻧﻚ ﻟﻦ ﲣﺰﱐ ﰲ ﺃﻣﱵ!!‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻓﻴﺄﰐ ﺍﻟﻨﺪﺍﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﻟﻠﻤﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺍﲰﻌﻮﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺄﻣﺮﻛﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺒﻴﱯ ﳏﻤﺪ ‪e‬‬ ‫ﻟـــﻮ ﺗــــﺮد أﻃﻔـــﺄت ﻧـــﺎري‬

‫ﻗــــﺮ ﻋــــﻴﻨ ًﺎ‬ ‫ﻳـــﺎ ﺣﺒﻴﺒـــﻲ ﱠ‬

‫ﻗـــــﻢ إﱃ اﻟﻨــــﺎر وﻃﺄﻫــــﺎ‬ ‫ﻓﻠﻈــــﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻌــــﺪل ﺗــــﻮﱃ‬

‫‪.‬‬

‫أو ﺗـــﺮد ﻳﻤﺤـــﻰ اﻟﻮﻋﻴـــﺪ‬ ‫ـــﱪ اﻟﺮﺷــــــــﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﻓﺄﻧــــﺎ اﻟـ ﱡ‬ ‫واﻧـ ِ‬ ‫ــﻪ وأﻣـــﺮ ﻳـــﺎ ﺳــﻌﻴــــﺪ‬

‫واﻟﻨﻌـــﻴﻢ ﳌـــﻦ ﺗﺮﻳــــــــﺪ‬

‫‪e‬‬

‫ﻓﻴﻜﻔﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﺤﺐ‪ ‬ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﻪ ‪ e‬ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻭﻣﻌﻪ ﰲ ﺟﻨﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺛﺎﻥ‪ ‬ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ‪ ...‬ﻷﻧﻪ ‪ e‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺒﲏ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻲ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ؛ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻟﺴﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﻧﺲ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻳﺎ ﺑﲏ ﺇﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻄﻌﺖ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﻴﺖ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﰲ ﻗﻠﺒﻚ ﻏﻞﱞ ﻭﻻ ﻏﺶ‪ ‬ﻷﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﻓﺎﻓﻌﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺳــﻨﱵ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺳﻨﱵ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺃﺣﺒﲏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ‬ ‫‪٦١٢‬‬ ‫ﺃﺣﺒﲏ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻲ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ{‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻄــﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﻛﺮﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻄــﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳ‪‬ـﺌ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺪﺑﺎﻍ ‪ :t‬ﻫﻞ‬ ‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻧﻌﻴﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻌﻴﻢ ﺍﳉﻨ‪‬ــﺔ؟‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺪﺑﺎﻍ ﺭﺟﻞ ﺃﻣﻴﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺮﻯ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻡ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻨﺎﻣﺎﹰ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﻘﻈﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺭﺩﺍﹰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻧﻌﻢ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ e‬ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻌﻴﻢ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻭﱂ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻷﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﻳﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺑﻜﻞ ﻧﻌﻴﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻧﻔﺮﺍﺩ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪﺓ ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ‬ ‫ﺭﺃﻯ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ e‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻳﺴﻘﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻧﻌﻴﻢ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻛﻴﻒ؟ ‪ ...‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺑﻼ ﻛﻴﻒ !!!‬ ‫‪ ٦١٢‬اﻟﻤﻌﺠﻢ اﻟﺼﻐﯿﺮ ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺮاﻧﻰ ﻋﻦ أﻧﺲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ رﺿﻰ اﷲ ﻋﻨﮫ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺫﻕ ﺗﻌـــﺮﻑ!!!‬

‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﺷﻬﻰ ﺷـــﺊ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻓﲔ !!!‬ ‫ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻓﻨﻈﺮة ﻣﻨـﻚ ﻳـﺎ ﺳـــــــــﺆﱄ وﻳـﺎ أﻣـﲇ‬

‫أﺷــــــــﻬﻰ ﻋـﲇ ﻣـﻦ اﻟـﺪﻧﻴﺎ وﻣـﺎ ﻓﻴﻬـﺎ‬

‫‪e‬‬

‫ﻧﻈﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺃﺷﻬﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻳﻜﻔﻴﻨﺎ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ‪ e‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺁﻧﹺﻲ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﻡﹺ ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺁﻧﹺﻲ ﺣ‪‬ﻘ‪‬ﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻄﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺜﱠﻞﹸ ﺑﹺﻲ {‬

‫‪٦١٣‬‬

‫ﻭﱂ ﻳﻘﻞ ﺭﺁﱐ ﺧﻠﻘﺎﹰ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻷﻥ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺎﻗﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻓﻴﻖ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﺭﺁﱐ ﺣﻘﺎﹰ ﺃﻱ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭﺍﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﳍﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺳﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺸﺮ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺁﻧﹺﻲ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﻡﹺ ﻓﹶﺴ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﻧﹺﻲ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﹾﻴ‪‬ﻘﹶﻈﹶﺔ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪٦١٤‬‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺩﺭﺟﺘﻪ ﻭﻣﱰﻟﺘﻪ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫‪e‬‬

‫ﺇﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﺍﻩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻴﻘﻈﺔ ﻭﻫﻮ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺇﺫﺍ ﲤﻜﻦ ﺣﺐ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﻛﻴﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺃﺻﺒﺢ‬‫ﻫﻮ ﺍﳌﻬﻴﻤﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻩ ﻭﺑﺎﻃﻨﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬

‫ﻭﺇﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﺍﻩ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻳﺒﺸﺮﻩ ﲝﺎﻟﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٦١٣‬رواه اﻟﺒﺨﺎرى وﻣﺴﻠﻢ وأﺑﻮ داود ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ ھﺮﯾﺮة ورواه اﻟﻄﺒﺮاﻧﻲ ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ ﺑﻜﺮ ورواه اﻟﺪارﻣﻰ ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ ﻗﺘﺎده‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ٦١٤‬رواه اﻟﺒﺨﺎري وﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ ھﺮﯾﺮة‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ‪ :‬ﺳﲑﺍﻩ ﰲ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ﻓﻜﻠﻨﺎ ﺳﻨﺮﺍﻩ ﰲ‬‫ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻓﻀﻞ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻞ ﺳﲑﺍﻩ ﰲ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﺃﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻞ؟ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺭﺁﻩ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻴﻪ ‪e‬‬

‫‪:‬‬

‫} ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺁﻧﹺﻲ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﻡﹺ ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻯ ﺍﻟﹾﺤ‪‬ﻖ‪.٦١٥{ ‬‬ ‫ﺃﻱ ﺑﺼﻔﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ ‪..‬ﻭﺃﻧﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺳــﻴﺔ‪...‬ﻭﻋﻄﺎﺀﺍﺗﻪ ﻭﲡﻠﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﻫﺒــﻴﺔ ‪...‬ﻭﻫﻰ‬ ‫ﻋﻄﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﻭﲡﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺇﺣﺼﺎﺋﻬﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻋﺪﻫﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﺎﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺮﻯ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ ..‬ﺃﻱ ﺳﻴﺤﻈﻰ ﺑﻌﻄﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪:‬‬ ‫) ‪ ( $Rt tä $! Üs ãt #‹x »dy‬ﻛﻠﻪ ﻣﻌﻚ ﺃﻧﺖ‬

‫) ‪ ) ( ÇÌÒÈ 5>$|¡Ïm ÎŽö•tóÎ/ ô7Å¡øBr& ÷rr& ô`ãYøB$$sù‬ﺹ(‬

‫ﻭﺍﳊﻆ ﺑﻌﲔ ﻗﻠﺒﻚ ﺇﱃ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺑﻚ ‪:‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ؟ ‪ ،e‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ‬ ‫ﻟﻨﺎ ﳓﻦ ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻋﻄﺎﺅﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺖ ﺇﱃ ﺣﻀﺮﺗﻪ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻓﺎﻣﻨﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻣﺴﻚ ﺑﻐﲑ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺲ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﺍﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ – ﻷﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺇﻻ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﻻﻩ ‪.U‬‬ ‫ﻓﺄﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﻭﺃﻛﱪ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﻛﺮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻠﻴﺎﺕ‪ :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭ‪‬ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﳌﺮﺀ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺼﻔﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﻣﻦ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻛﺪﺍﺭ ‪ ...‬ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﰲ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻣﺜﻘﺎﻝ ﺧﺮﺩﻟﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻮﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺜﻘﺎﻝ ﺫﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻛﱪ ﺃﻭ ﺣﻘﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺮﻩ‬ ‫ﺃﻭ ﺑﻐﺾ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻔﺎﻕ ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﻟﻪ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻠﻲ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻣﻌﻴﺐ‪:‬‬ ‫‪( ÇÑÒÈ O‬‬ ‫™ ‪5 Š=Î‬‬ ‫= ‪y‬‬ ‫) ‪5 =ù‬‬ ‫! ‪s /Î‬‬ ‫` ‪© #$ ’At &r‬‬ ‫‪ô Bt w‬‬ ‫) ‪ž )Î‬‬

‫)ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮﺍﺀ(‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﳛﻈﻰ ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﻞ ﳘﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺼﻔﻲ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻭﻳﻄﻬﺮ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻭﻳﻨﻮﺭ ﻟﺒﻪ ﻭﳚﻌﻠﻪ ﺻﺎﳊﹰﺎ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﳉﺎﻫﺰﺓ ﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺛﲑ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭﺍﱐ ﻭﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﶈﻤﺪﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺳﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﳌﻦ‬ ‫ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﳛﻈﻰ ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﺀ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻮﻻﻧﺎ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﺍﺋﻢ ‪: t‬‬ ‫ﻣــﻦ رام ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻨــﻲ ﲡــﺮد ﻋــﻦ ﺳــــﻮى‬

‫ﻧــــﺺ اﻟﺸــــــــﺮﻳﻌﺔ إن أراد ﻓــــﻼح‬

‫‪ ٦١٥‬ﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺣﻨﺒﻞ وﺻﺤﯿﺢ اﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎن ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ ھﺮﯾﺮة‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫اﻟﻨــﻮر ﳏﻈــﻮر ﻋــﲆ أﻫـــــﻞ اﳍــﻮى‬

‫واﳊـــﻆ ﺑـــﺎدر ﻧﻌﻄــــﻚ اﻷﻗـــــﺪاح‬

‫ﺑﺎﺩﺭ ﻭﲣﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ‪...‬‬ ‫ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﻞ ﺷﺊ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﺍﶈﻤﺪﻳﺔ !!‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻫﺰﺓ ﻭﻣﻌﻤﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺃﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﳊﺒﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺮﺍﺕ !!!‬ ‫ﻭﳑﻠﻮﺀﺓ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺃﺻﻨﺎﻑ ﺍﳋﲑﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﱪﻛﺎﺕ !!!‬ ‫ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺸﺘﻬﻴﻪ ﺍﻷﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﻷﻧﻔﺲ !!!‬ ‫ﻭﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺸﺘﺎﻕ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﻷﺳﺮﺍﺭ !!!‬ ‫ﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻗﻠﻮﺑﺎﹰ !!!‬ ‫ﺻﻔﺖ ﻭﻭﻓﺖ ﻭﲰﺖ ﻭﺭﻗﺖ!!!‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺃﺕ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﻻ ﻋﲔ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳋﲑﺍﺕ ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻮﺿﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﺧﺺ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪.e‬‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺎﺀﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻣﺎ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻠﺼﺎﳊﲔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻓﲔ؟ ﳓﻦ‬ ‫ﺗﻜﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﺸﺮﻯ ﻟﻺﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻛﻤﻞ ﺇﳝﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬

‫‪e‬‬

‫ﺭﺅﻳﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﻛﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ ﻭﺃﻛﺎﺑﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻓﲔ ﻭﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻜﲔ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺑﺈﻣﺪﺍﺩﻫﻢ‬ ‫ﳍﻢ‪ :‬ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﻣﻨﺎﻣﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻳﻘﻈﺔ ﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻬﻬﻢ ﻭﺗﻠﻘﻴﻨﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻡ‬ ‫ﻭﺇﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻃﻠﺒﺎ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻣﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺸﺎﺭﺗﻪ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺃﻣﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻔﻌﻠﻮﻥ ﺷﻴﺌﺎﹰ ﺇﻻ ﻋﻦ ﺇﺫﻧﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﺸﺎﺭﺗﻪ ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺭﰊ ﻭﺳﻼﻣﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪e‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﻫﻲ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺼﻞ ﻣﻊ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ ﻭﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﺃﻣﺮﺍﹰ ﻭﻻ‬ ‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺸﺄﻥ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﺫﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪ :‬ﻣﻌﲎ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﻭﻣﻮﻓﻖ ﺇﻥ‬ ‫ﻫﻮ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ﻷﻥ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‬

‫‪e‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﺿﻲ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ؟‬

‫)‪ ٨٠‬ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ(‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﺴﺄﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪:...‬‬

‫‪( nç qÊ‬‬ ‫‪à •ö ƒã b&r Y‬‬ ‫‪Ž‬‬ ‫™‪y &r ¼ÿ &ã !è q‬‬ ‫‪m‬‬ ‫! ‪ß ‘u ru‬‬ ‫) ‪ª #$ ru‬‬

‫)‪ ٦٢‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ(‬

‫ﻓﺎﷲ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﺛﻨﺎﻥ‪ :..‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺳﻴﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﻳﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﺣﻖ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﺿﻮﳘﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﺣﻖ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﺿﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻤﲑ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺿﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻨﺎ؟‪.....‬‬ ‫ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،e‬ﻓﺎﷲ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﺃﺣﻖ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﺿﻮﻩ ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺮﺿﻲ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﺭﺿﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﺎﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺃﺭﺿﻮﺍ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺃﺧﺬ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﳍﻢ؟‬ ‫‪Ío•t f‬‬ ‫‪y ±‬‬ ‫‪¤ 9#$ M‬‬ ‫‪| tø B‬‬ ‫• ‪r‬‬ ‫‪š Rt qèã ƒÎ $7t ƒã Œø )Î ú‬‬ ‫‪š‬‬ ‫‪üZÏ BÏ s÷ J‬‬ ‫` ‪ß 9ø #$‬‬ ‫‪Ç ã‬‬ ‫! ‪t‬‬ ‫_ ‪ª #$‬‬ ‫‪š Ì‬‬ ‫‪Å ‘u ‰‬‬ ‫) ‪ô‬‬ ‫) ©‪s 9‬‬ ‫‪ ( N‬ﻭﻓﻮﺭﺍﹰ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ö kÍ Žö =n ã‬‬ ‫‪t ps Zu Š3‬‬ ‫¡ ‪Å‬‬ ‫‪¡ 9#$ A‬‬ ‫‪t “t R'r ùs N‬‬ ‫‪ö kÍ 5Í q=è %è ’ûÎ $Bt N‬‬ ‫‪z =Î èy ùs‬‬ ‫‪( ÇÊÑÈ $6Y ƒ•Ì %s $s‬‬ ‫‪[ G÷ ùs N‬‬ ‫‪ö g‬‬ ‫)‪ß 6t »Or &r ru .‬‬

‫)ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ(‬

‫ﻃﺒﻌﺎﹰ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻓﺘﺤﺎﹰ ﳌﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺃﻋﻄﺎﻫﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﻓﺘﺤﺎﹰ ﻧﻮﺭﺍﻧﻴﺎﹰ ﻭﻓﺘﺤﹰﺎ‬ ‫ﺇﳍﻴﺎﹰ ﻭﻓﺘﺤﺎﹰ ﻗﺪﺳﻴﺎﹰ ﰲ ﻗﻠﻮ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﱂ؟ ﻷ‪‬ﻢ ﺑﺎﻳﻌﻮﺍ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺃﺭﺿﻮﺍ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺃﺭﺿﻮﺍ‬ ‫ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﷲ ﺟﻞ ﰲ ﻋﻼﻩ ‪:‬‬ ‫) ‪ .. ( (#qãZtB#uä z`ƒÏ%©!$# $pkš‰r'¯»tƒ‬ﻧﻌﻢ ﻳﺎﺭﺏ!‪.‬‬

‫‪ ( A‬ﻃﺒﻌﺎﹰ‪ :‬ﺍﷲ ﰒ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫™‪É q‬‬ ‫! ‪ß •§ =9Ï ru‬‬ ‫‪¬ #( q7ç Šf‬‬ ‫™ ‪É Gt‬‬ ‫) ‪ó #$‬‬ ‫) )‪( öNà6‹ÍŠøtä† $yJÏ9 öNä.$tãyŠ #sŒÎ‬‬

‫( )‪ ٢٤‬ﺍﻷﻧﻔﺎﻝ(‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﺪﻋﻲ ﻫﻨﺎ؟‬

‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍﹰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﳊﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﷲ ﺟﻞ ﰲ ﻋﻼﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻳﺎﻛﻢ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﺗﻔﺮﻗﻮﺍ ﺑﲔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﺫﺍﻙ‪ ... .‬ﺣﱴ ﺃﻥ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺗﱰﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺫﺍﺗﻪ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲰﺎﺋﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﻭﻛﱪﻳﺎﺋﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺒﺎﻳﻌﻮﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺿﻌﻮﺍ ﺃﻳﺪﻳﻬﻢ ﰲ ﻳﺪ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫! (‪.‬‬ ‫‪© #$ c‬‬ ‫‪š‬‬ ‫‪qèã ƒÎ $7t ƒã $J‬‬ ‫‪y R¯ )Î 7‬‬ ‫‪y Rt qèã ƒÎ $6t ƒã ú‬‬ ‫‪š‬‬ ‫‪ï%‬‬ ‫‪Ï !© #$ b‬‬ ‫‪¨ )Î ):‬‬

‫ﻭﱂ ﻳﻘﻞ ﻛﺄﳕﺎ ﺑﻜﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺇﳕﺎ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﺆﻛﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻃﺒﻌﺎﹰ ﺃﻳﺪﻳﻬﻢ‬ ‫! ‪ ١٠) ( 4 Nö kÍ ‰‰É ƒ÷ &r -s qö ùs‬ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ(‪ ،.‬ﻟﻮ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻓﻮﻕ‬ ‫‪« #$ ‰‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻮﻕ ﺃﻳﺪﻳﻬﻢ ﻳﺪ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪ß ƒt ):..‬‬ ‫ﺃﻳﺪﻳﻜﻢ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﻳﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻜﻞ‪ ،‬ﲟﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ ﻳﺪ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺃﻳﺪﻳﻬﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺃﻳﺪﻳﻬﻢ ﻳﺪ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ!!‬ ‫ﻓﻴﺪ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻡ ﻛﺄ‪‬ﺎ ﻳﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺟﻞ ﰲ ﻋﻼﻩ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﻗﺮﺁﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﻫﻮ ﻗﺮﺁﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻠﻰ ﺁﻧﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﺃﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﻥ ﺍﳌﺪﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪e‬‬

‫‪:‬‬

‫‪e‬‬

‫ﺃﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻬﺖ ﻣﻬﻤﺘﻪ ﻣﺴﻜﲔ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ‬ ‫ﻓﺎﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﻟﻪ ﺷﺄﻥ ﰲ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻯ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﲔ ‪ .. U‬ﻷﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﲟﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻣﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﺘﻪ ﻭﺑﺸﻔﺎﻓﻴﺘﻪ ﻭﺑﻨﻮﺭ ﺑﺼﲑﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﻟﻪ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻛﻮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻻ ﻳﺮﺍﻩ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺮﻯ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺮﺍﻩ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻷﻋﲔ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﺇﻣﺎ ﺍﻧﺴﻠﺨﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺮﻯ ﺍﳊﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﶈﻤﺪﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﱰﻟﺖ ﳍﺎ ﺍﳊﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﶈﻤﺪﻳﺔ ﻓﺮﺃ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭﺍﻧﻴﺔ !!! ﺗﺮﺍﻫﺎ ‪‬ﺬﻩ ﺍﳍﻴﺌﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﺠﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﻭﻳﻜﺮﻡ ﺑﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺍﻝﹸ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻘﹶﺮ‪‬ﺏ‪ ‬ﺇﹺﻟﹶﻲ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﺎﻟﻨ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﻓ‪‬ﻞﹺ ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﺃﹸﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻪ‪ ، ‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪‬‬ ‫ﺼﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﻳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ، ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺘ‪‬ﻲ‬ ‫ﻛﹸﻨ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬ‪‬ﻱ ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻪ‪ ، ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺑ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﺶ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺭﹺﺟ‪‬ﻠﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺘ‪‬ﻲ ﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻲ ﺑﹺﻬ‪‬ﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﹺﻥﹾ ﺳ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹶﻨﹺﻲ ﻷُﻋ‪‬ﻄ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ، ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺌ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬ ‫ﺷﻲ‪‬ﺀٍ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﺎﻋ‪‬ﻠﹸﻪ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﻱ ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺲﹺ‬ ‫ﺍﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﺫﹶﻧﹺﻲ ﻷُﻋ‪‬ﻴﺬﹶﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ، ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬‬ ‫‪٦١٦‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹾﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ، ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻛﹾﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺎﺀَﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪{ ‬‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻮ ﺃﻋﻄﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻣﺮﺍ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﱐ ﻟﻴﺠﻮﻝ ﰲ ﺃﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺮﺑﻴﻬﻢ‬ ‫‪ ٦١٦‬ﺻﺤﯿﺢ اﻟﺒﺨﺎرى ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺪاﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﺑﻦ ﺻﺨﺮ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺳﻴﺪ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﲔ ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ ‪ :‬ﺳﻨﺠﺪ ﺃﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﻻ ﻋﺪ ﳍﺎ ﻭﻻ ﺣﺼﺮ ﳍﺎ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻣﺜﻼﹰ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﳉﻨﻴﺪ ‪ t‬ﻭﺃﺭﺿﺎﻩ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻃﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺇﺧﻮﺍﻧﻪ ﺃﻥ ﳛﺪﺛﻬﻢ ﲟﺎ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﺨﺸﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺇﻥ‬ ‫ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻋﻦ ﺇﺫﻥ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻓﺘﻨﺔ ﻟﻜﻦ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻹﺫﻥ ﻣﺆﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﳊﻔﻆ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،U‬ﻓﺬﻫﺒﻮﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺷﻴﺨﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻄﻰ ﻭﻃﻠﺒﻮﺍ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺄﺫﻥ ﻟﻪ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ‪:‬ﺣﺪﺙ ﺇﺧﻮﺍﻧﻚ ﲟﺎ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ‬ ‫ﻟﻴﻨﺘﻔﻌﻮﺍ ﺑﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻓﻘﻠﺖ ﰲ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ ﻻ ﺃﲢﺪﺙ ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺟﺎﺀﱐ ﺍﻹﺫﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻳﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫‪ e‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻓﺒﺖ‪ ‬ﻟﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺃﻳﺖ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ e‬ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻡ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺟﻨﻴﺪ ﺣﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﲟﺎ‬ ‫ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﻟﻴﻨﺘﻔﻌﻮﺍ ﺑﻌﻠﻤﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺳﺘﻴﻘﻆ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺠﺮ ﺑﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺳﺮﻉ ﺇﱃ ﺷﻴﺨﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﺇﱃ ﺩﺍﺭﻩ ﻟﻴﺰﻑ‪ ‬ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻯ ﻓﺪﻕ‪ ‬ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺑﺸﻴﺨﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻯ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺟﺌﺖ‬ ‫ﺗﺒﺸﺮﱐ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ e‬ﺃﺫﻥ ﻟﻚ!‪ ،‬ﻓﺬﻫﺐ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺴــﺠﺪ ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺑﺎﳌﺴــﺠﺪ ﻏﺎﺹ‪ ‬ﺑﺄﻫﻠﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺃﺟﻠﺴــﻮﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺳــﻲ ﻭﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺣﺪﺛﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺑﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺑﺮﺟﻞ ﻧﺼﺮﺍﱐ‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﺗﻠﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﺋﻢ ﻭﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﻻ ﻳﻠﺒﺴﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﺋﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻳﻠﺒﺲ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﺎﻣﺔ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺮﺍﱐ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺟﻨﻴﺪ ! ﻣﺎ ﻣﻌﲎ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪: e‬‬ ‫} ﺍﺗ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﺍ ﻓ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﺳ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦﹺ ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻈﹸﺮ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻨ‪‬ﻮﺭﹺ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪٦١٧{ ‬؟‬ ‫ﻓﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺃﻭﺍﻥ ﺇﺳﻼﻣﻚ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺼﺮﺍﱐ!ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﺍﻣﺘﺤﻨﺖ ‪‬ﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﻗﺒﻠﻚ ﲨﻌﺎﹰ ﻛﺒﲑﺍﹰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻓﲔ!‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﻳﺼﻠﻮﺍ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺎ ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ !! ﻓﻬﻨﻴﺌﺎﹰ ﻟﻚ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ ﺗﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻓﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺳﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻭﺍﳊﺎﻝ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺩﻋﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ ﺑﺈﺫﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪).‬‬ ‫! ‪!( ¾mÏ RÏ Œø *Î /Î‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﺡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻣﻌﻪ؟‬ ‫‪« #$ ’<n )Î $Š· ã‬‬ ‫‪Ï #Šy ru‬‬ ‫`‪) ( ÇÍÏÈ #ŽZ •YÏ B• %‬ﺍﻷﺣﺰﺍﺏ(‬ ‫) ‪[ #Žu Å ru‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﻄﻴﻪ ﺍﻹﺫﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻳﻌﻄﻴﻪ ﳌﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﺎﻥ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﻜﺸﻒ ﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺻﺪﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻹﺧﻮﺍﻥ ﻭﳛﺪﺛﻬﻢ ﲟﺎ ﻳﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ‪.U‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﳉﻴﻼﱐ ‪ t‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻛﻨﺖ ﺟﺎﻟﺴﺎﹰ ﻓﺮﺃﻳﺖ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻳﻘﻈﺔ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﺪﻱ ﻳﺎ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻟﻴﻨﺘﻔﻌﻮﺍ ﲟﺎ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻓﻘﻠﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪ ٦١٧‬رواه اﻟﻄﺒﺮاﻧﻲ ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ ﺳﻌﯿﺪ اﻟﺨﺪري‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺭﺟﻞ ﺃﻋﺠﻤﻲ ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﺃﲢﺪﺙ ﻣﻊ ﻓﺼﺤﺎﺀ ﺑﻐﺪﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻓﺎﻙ ﻓﻔﺘﺢ ﻓﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﻓﺘﻔﻞ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺳﺒﻊ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﻈﻬﺮ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﳚﺘﻤﻌﻮﻥ ﺣﻮﻟﻪ ﻭﳚﻠﺴﻮﻧﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺳﻲ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺣﺪﺛﻨﺎ ﻭﺍﳉﺎﻣﻊ ﳝﺘﻠﺊ ﻋﻦ ﺁﺧﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻓﺎﺭﺗﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ‪ ‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﰊ ﺃﺭﻯ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻲ ‪ t‬ﻭﻛﺮﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﱂ ﻻ ﺗﺘﺤﺪﺙ؟ ﻓﻘﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﺭﺗﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺎ‬ ‫ﺭﺟﻞ ﺃﻋﺠﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﺃﲢﺪﺙ ﻣﻊ ﻓﺼﺤﺎﺀ ﺑﻐﺪﺍﺩ؟! ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻓﺎﻙ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻓﺘﻔﻞ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﱂﹶ ﱂﹾ ﺗﺘﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻌﺔ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺗﺄﺩﺑﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪.e‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﺳﻊ ﻭﺷﺎﺳﻊ ﻻ ﺣﺼﺮ ﻟﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻋﺪ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪e‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ ﻭﻳﺮﰊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻓﲔ ﳚﻴﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺘﻬﻢ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺳﺄﻟﻮﻩ‪.‬‬

‫ﳛﺘﻀﻦ‬

‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﻫﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮﺍﱐ ‪ t‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﳌﻨﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﱪﻯ ‪:‬ﻭﳑﺎ ﻣ ‪‬ﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ‪ ‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﱂ ﳚﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻴﲏ ﻭﺑﲔ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎﹰ ﺃﺿﻊ ﻳﺪﻱ ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﰲ ﻣﻜﺎﱐ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺒﺎﻛﻪ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﻮﺭﺓ !!ﻭﺃﺳﺄﻟﻪ ﻋﻤﺎ ﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﻓﻴﺠﻴﺒﲏ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ !! ﻭﺇﻳﺎﻙ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﺬﺏ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺬﺏ ‪‬ﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﻻ ﻳﺼﻞ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﺑﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﻫﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﺘﺮﺽ ﻳﻨﻄﺮﺩ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﻭﻛﻼﺀﺓ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻋﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻷﻫﻞ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺍﷲ ﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﺍﳊﺎﻝ ﻣﻌﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻭﺷﺄﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﻳﲏ ‪ ،t‬ﻋﻘﺪﻭﺍ ﻟﻪ ﺍﳌﺸﻴﺨﺔ ﰲ ﺑﻠﺪﺗﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻋﺘﺮﺽ ﺑﻌﺾ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﺷﺮﺍﻑ ﻭﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﳓﻦ ﺃﻭﱃ ﺑﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺸﻴﺨﺔ ‪ :‬ﻭﳌﺎ ﻃﺎﻝ ﺍﳉﺪﻝ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺡ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﳚﺘﻤﻊ ﺍﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﳉﻤﻌﺔ ﻭﻳﻨﺎﺩﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﳚﻴﺒﻪ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻫﻼﹰ ﻟﻠﺨﻼﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺟﺘﻤﻊ ﺍﻷﺷﺮﺍﻑ ﻭﺍﺟﺘﻤﻊ ﻣﻌﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﻳﲏ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻟﻮﺍ‬ ‫ﺗﻘﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﳍﻢ‪ :‬ﺗﻘﺪﻣﻮﺍ ﺃﻧﺘﻢ ﺃﻭﻻ ﻓﺄﻧﺘﻢ ﺍﻷﺷﺮﺍﻑ‪.‬ﻓﺘﻘﺪﻣﻮﺍ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍﹰ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﺴﻤﻌﻮﺍ ﺟﻮﺍﺑﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻮﺍ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﻳﲏ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻟﺒﻴﻚ ﻳﺎ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ‪.‬ﻭﲰﻌﻪ ﺍﳉﻤﻴﻊ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﰲ ﺍﳋﻠﻒ‪ :‬ﺘﺎﻧﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﱂ‬ ‫ﻳﺴﻤﻊ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻮﻑ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‪ .‬ﻓﺄﻋﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺪﺍﺀ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﻳﺎ‬ ‫ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻴﺴﻤﻌﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺪﺍﺀ‪ :‬ﻟﺒﻴﻚ ﻳﺎ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻭﺃﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻓﲔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﻧﻜﻢ ﺗﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﲨﻴﻌﺎﹰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ ﻻ ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ ﻭﲨﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﳋﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺈﺫﻥ ﺻﺮﻳﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻞ ﺇ‪‬ﻢ ﻻ ﻳﻨﺘﻘﻠﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺑﻠﺪﺓ ﻛﺬﺍ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻳﻌﻄﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺸﻒ ﻓﺎﻧﻚ ﺳﺘﺮﰊ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻓﻼﻥ ﻭﻓﻼﻥ ﻭﻓﻼﻧﺄﻣﻮﺭ ﺃﲨﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﻮﻥ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﻬﻢ ﻓﻌﻠﻴﻪ ﲝﺒﻴﺐ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻣﺼﻄﻔﺎﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺇﺧﻮﺍﱐ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺸﻜﺮ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﺭﺳﻠﻬﺎ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺧﺼﻨﺎ ‪‬ﺎ ﺩﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺟﻌﻠﻨﺎ ﺑﱪﻛﺘﻪ ﻭﺑﺴﺒﺒﻪ ﺧﲑ ﺃﻣﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﺟﺖ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ‪.‬‬

‫‪e‬‬

‫‪e‬‬

‫ﻳﻘﻈﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺃﻛﺎﺑﺮ ﺍﻷﺻﻔﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﳚﺘﻤﻌﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﱯ‬ ‫ﻫﻢ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﻮﻥ ﺟﺪﺍﹰ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﰊ ﲨﺮﺓ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ‪‬ﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻮﺱ ﺷﺮﺡ ﳐﺘﺼﺮﻩ‬ ‫ﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ‪:e‬‬ ‫} ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺁﻧﹺﻲ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﻡﹺ ﻓﹶﺴ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﻧﹺﻲ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﹾﻴ‪‬ﻘﹶﻈﹶﺔ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺈﹺﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻄﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻤ‪ ‬ﱠﺜﻞﹸ ﺑﹺﻲ {‬

‫‪٦١٨‬‬

‫))ﻭﻗﺪ ﺫﹸﻛﺮﺕ ﺭﺅﻳﺘﻪ ‪ e‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻭﺍﳋﻠﻒ ﻭﻫﻠﻢ ﺟﺮﺍ ﻋﻦ ﲨﺎﻋﺔ‬ ‫ﳑﻦ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﺭﺃﻭﻩ ‪ e‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻡ ﻭﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﳛﻤﻠﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻩ ﻓﺮﺃﻭﻩ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻴﻘﻈﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺄﻟﻮﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺘﺨﻮﻓﲔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﺄﺧﱪﻫﻢ ﺑﺘﻔﺮﳚﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺺ ﳍﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﻩ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﺮﺟﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﻓﺠﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺑﻼ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﻻ ﻧﻘﺺ((‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﺑﺮﻳﺰ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺷﻴﺨﻪ ﻏﻮﺙ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺍﻟﺪﺑﺎﻍ ‪ ، t‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺳﻊ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻛﻼﻡ ﻃﻮﻳﻞ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ ٦١٨‬رواه اﻟﺒﺨﺎري وﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ ھﺮﯾﺮة‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫)) ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻓﲔ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‬ ‫ﻭﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻣﻌﻬﻢ ﻭﻳﻨﺎﺟﻴﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻨﺎﺟﺎﺓ ﺍﳉﻠﻴﺲ ﳉﻠﻴﺴﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻳﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﺃﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺗﺒﲔ ﻭﺍﳌﻼﺋﻜﺔ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﱪﺯﺥ ﻭﺃﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﺍﳌﻮﺗﻰ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﻗﱪ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ e‬ﻭﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﻤﺘﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻪ ﺇﱃ ﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﱪﺯﺥ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺣﺼﻠﺖ ﻟﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ e‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻴﻘﻈﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﺣﺼﻞ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻼﻋﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺭﲪﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻭﻧﺒﻴﻨﺎ ﻭﻣﻮﻻﻧﺎ ﳏﻤﺪ ‪.((e‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺘﺎﺫ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺭ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮ ﺑﻦ ﻃﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻐﺪﺍﺩﻱ‪:‬‬

‫)) ﺃﲨﻊ ﺍﳌﺘﻜﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﺍﶈﻘﻘﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺒﻴﻨﺎ ‪ e‬ﺣﻲ‪‬‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﻭﻓﺎﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻳ‪‬ﺴﺮ ﺑﻄﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﻣﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﳛﺰﻥ ﲟﻌﺎﺻﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺎﺓ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﺃﻧﻪ‬

‫ﺗﺒﻠﻐﻪ ﺻﻼﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺼﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻻ ﻳﺒﻠﻮﻥ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺄﻛﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺷﻴﺌﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺪﺍﺀ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻗﺘﻠﻬﻢ ﻭﻣﻮ‪‬ﻢ‬ ‫ﺃﺣﻴﺎﺀ ﻳﺮﺯﻗﻮﻥ ﻓﺮﺣﲔ ﻣﺴﺘﺒﺸﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﻷﺣﻴﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺪﺍﺀ ﻓﺎﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺃﺣﻖ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻭﺃﻭﱃ‪.‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺻﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻻ‬

‫ﺗﺄﻛﻞ ﺃﺟﺴﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ‪ }: r‬ﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﻮﺳ‪‬ﻰ ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺔﹶ ﺃﹸﺳ‪‬ﺮﹺﻱ‪ ‬ﺑﹺﻲ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻜﹶﺜ‪‬ﻴﺐﹺ ﺍﻷَﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮﹺ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﺋ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻠﱢﻲ ﻓ‪‬ﻲ ﻗﹶﺒ‪‬ﺮﹺﻩ‪.٦١٩{ ‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ﳌﻮﺳﻰ‪.‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻭﺻﻔﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺎﹶ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻻ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺻﻒ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﻳﻮﺻﻒ ﺑﻪ ﺍﳉﺴﺪ ((‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻮﻃﻲ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ"ﺗﻨﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﳊﻠﻚ ﰲ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﻭﺍﳌﻠﻚ"‪:‬‬ ‫)) ﻓﺤﺼﻞ ﻣﻦ ﳎﻤﻮﻉ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻮﻝ ﻭﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ e‬ﺣﻲ‬ ‫ﲜﺴﺪﻩ ﻭﺭﻭﺣﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺘﺼﺮﻑ ﻭﻳﺴﲑ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺷﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺃﻗﻄﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﰲ‬ ‫‪٦١٩‬رواه اﻹﻣﺎم أﺣﻤﺪ وﻣﺴﻠﻢ واﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ ﻋﻦ اﻧﺲ رﺿﻰ اﷲ ﻋﻨﮫ ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ‪‬ﻴﺌﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭﻓﺎﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﱂ ﻳﺘﺒﺪﻝ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺷﻲﺀ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻣ‪‬ﻐﻴ‪‬ﺐ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺑﺼﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻏﻴﺒﺖ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻛﻮ‪‬ﻢ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﺑﺄﺟﺴﺎﺩﻫﻢ{{‬ ‫)) ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﷲ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﳊﺠﺎﺏ ﻋﻤﻦ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺇﻛﺮﺍﻣﻪ ﺑﺮﺅﻳﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺭﺁﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﻴﺌﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻫﻮ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻻ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻻ ﺩﺍﻋﻲ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺑﺮﺅﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ((‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮﺍﱐ ﰲ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ "ﺍﳌﻨﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﱪﻯ" ‪:‬‬ ‫))ﻛﺎﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳋﻮﺍﺹ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺃﺧﺬﺕ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﺘﺒﻮﱄ ﻋﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫‪ ،e‬ﻭﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﻋﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ e‬ﺃﻥ ﺃﺭﻭﺍﺣﻬﻢ ﲡﺘﻤﻊ ﺑﺮﺳﻮﻝ‬

‫ﺍﷲ ‪ e‬ﻳﻘﻈﺔ ﻭﻣﺸﺎﻓﻬﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﺭﻭﺍﺣﻬﻢ ﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﺟﺴﺎﻣﻬﻢ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻬﻢ ﺑﻪ ‪ e‬ﻛﺎﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻓﺎﻓﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺃﺑﻮ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺱ ﺍﳌﺮﺳﻲ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻳﻜﻤﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻓﻘﲑ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺻﺎﺭ ﳚﺘﻤﻊ ﺑﺮﺳﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ‪ e‬ﻳﻘﻈﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﰲ ﺃﻣﻮﺭﻩ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺬ ﺷﻴﺨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺑﻠﻐﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﻐﻤﺮﻱ ﳌﺎ ﻋﻤ‪‬ﺮ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﲟﺼﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺄﺫﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪e‬‬

‫ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻋﻤ‪‬ﺮ ﻭﺗﻮﻛﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺃﺩﺭﻱ ﺃﻛﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﺒﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺄﺫﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺣﻴﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،e‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻼﺋﻖ‬ ‫ﲟﻘﺎﻣﻪ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺎﻝ‪((.‬‬ ‫)) ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﻳﺎﻗﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺷﻲ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﺩﻋﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﻋﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ e‬ﺍﻷﺩﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻓﺎﺳﺄﻟﻮﻩ ﻋﻦ‬ ‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻭﻗﻊ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﻧﻮﺭﺍ ﻣﻸ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻕ ﻭﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﻭﲰﻌﺖ ﻗﺎﺋﻼ‬ ‫ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ ﰲ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻱ ﻭﺑﺎﻃﲏ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﳜﺘﺺ ﲜﻬﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﲰﻊ ﳌﺎ ﻳﺄﻣﺮﻙ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺒﻴﻲ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﱄ ﻓﺼﺪﻗﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣﻔﺘﺮ ﻛﺬﺍﺏ ((‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮﺍﱐ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﻮﺩ ﺍﶈﻤﺪﻳﺔ ﰲ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﻹﻛﺜﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‬ ‫‪:‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‬

‫‪e‬‬

‫))ﺃﻥ ﺻﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ e‬ﺍﻟﱪﺯﺧﻴﺔ ﲢﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ ﺻﻔﺎﺀ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺣﱴ‬ ‫ﻳﺼﻠﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ‪‬ﺎﻟﺴﺘﻪ ‪ ،e‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺳﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﺳﻴﺌﻪ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻲ ﻣﻦ‬

‫ﻇﻬﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺼﻠﺢ ﻟﻪ ﺻﺤﺒﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ e‬ﻭﻟﻮ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﻠﲔ ((‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻼﻥ ﰲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺘﻪ‪:‬‬ ‫))ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﲝﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ e‬ﻳﻘﻈﺔ‬ ‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺇﻻ ﳌﻦ ﻓﺎﺯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱄ ﲞﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﻣﻜﺎﻥ‪ :‬ﻻ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻫﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺎﺯ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ‬

‫ﻼ ﻳﺼﺢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﺇﱃ‬ ‫ﺃﺛﲎ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺻﺐ ﻭﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺗﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻤﻞ ﻋﻤ ﹰ‬ ‫ﺫﻟﻚ((‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﳑﻦ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﻊ ﺑﻪ ‪e‬‬

‫‪ ،t‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮﺍﱐ ﰲ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺗﻪ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻳﻘﻈﺔ ﻭﻣﻨﺎﻣﺎﹰ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺃﺑﻮﺍﳌﻮﺍﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺫﱄ‬

‫))ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻛﺜﲑ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ e‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪ t‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫‪ e‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺯﻫﺮ ﻋﺎﻡ ﲬﺴﺔ ﻭﻋﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﲦﺎﳕﺎﺋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﺿﻊ‬

‫ﻳﺪﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻠﱯ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﻭﻟﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺒﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﻡ‪.‬ﺃﱂ ﺗﺴﻤﻊ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫‪ ١٢) ( 4 $Ò‬ﺍﳊﺠﺮﺍﺕ(‪،‬‬ ‫‪³ è÷ /t N3‬‬ ‫‪ä Ò‬‬ ‫‪à è÷ /- =Gt óø ƒt w‬‬ ‫‪Ÿ ru‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺎﱄ‪):‬‬

‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺟﻠﺲ ﻋﻨﺪﻱ ﲨﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﻓﺎﻏﺘﺎﺑﻮﺍ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ ‪ :e‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﲰﺎﻋﻚ ﻏﻴﺒﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻓﺎﻗﺮﺃ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﺧﻼﺹ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﻮﺫﺗﲔ ﻭﺍﻫﺪ‪ ‬ﺛﻮﺍ‪‬ﻢ ﻟﻠﻤﻐﺘﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﻮﺍﺏ ﻳﺘﻮﺍﺭﺛﺎﻥ ﻭﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺎﻥ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱄ ((‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬

‫)) ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪: e‬ﺃﻧﺎ ﻻ ﺃﺟﺘﻤﻊ ﲟﻦ ﳚﻠﺲ ﳎﺎﻟﺲ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺒﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ((‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫)) ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ e‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻣﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻐﻔﻠﺔ ؟ ﻭﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﺪ ﺓ؟ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﻋﺮﺍﺽ ؟ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺗﺮﻛﺖ ﺗﻼﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻳﺪﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺗﻼﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ؟ ﻻ ﺗﻔﻌﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﺻﻼ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺍﺗﻞﹸ ﻛﻞ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻭﻟﻮ‬ ‫ﺣﺰﺑﲔ ﻻ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﻞ ﻳﻮﻡ‪((.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺪﻫﻠﻮﻱ ﻗﺪﺱ ﺍﷲ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻗﺎﻝ ‪:‬‬ ‫)) ﳕﺖ ﻟﻴﻠﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻗﺪ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮ ﻭ‪‬ﺎﱐ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﺗﻮﻋﺪﱐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺯﺍﺭﱐ ‪ e‬ﻣﺮﺓ ﰒ ﺫﻫﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﺤﺰﻧﺖ ﻟﻔﺮﺍﻗﻪ‬

‫ﻭﺟﻌﻠﺖ ﺃﺣﺜﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻬﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﺟﺪﺕ ﻇﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻨﻜﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﺭﺃﻳﺘﻪ ﻣﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻡ ﻓﻘﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻧﺖ ﻗﻠﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺁﱐ ﻓﻘﺪ‬ ‫ﺭﺃﻯ ﺍﳊﻖ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ‪.‬ﻭﻛﻨﺖ ﻣﺜﺎﺑﺮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﺍﻷﺫﻛﺎﺭ ﻭﺃﻫﺪﻱ ﺛﻮﺍ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﳌﻘﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﺱ ﻓﺘﺮﻛﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻓﺮﺃﻳﺘﻪ ‪ e‬ﺑﺎﳍﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﰲ ﴰﺎﺋﻞ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﻓﻌﺎﺗﺒﲏ ‪ ،e‬ﻭﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﱐ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺧﻮﻑ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻓﺮﺃﻳﺘﻪ ‪ e‬ﻗﺪ‬ ‫ﺷﺮﻑ ﻣﱰﱄ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﳛﺒﻨﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪.((.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻔﺎﻥ ‪: t‬‬ ‫ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻮﻃﻲ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﳊﻠﻚ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ‪:‬‬

‫)) ﺃﺗﻴﺖ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ ﻷﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﳏﺼﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺮﺣﺒﺎ ﺑﺄﺧﻲ‪،‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ e‬ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳋﻮﺧﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ : e‬ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ‪..‬ﺣﺼﺮﻭﻙ؟ ﻗﻠﺖ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻧﻌﻢ‪.‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻋﻄﺸﻮﻙ؟ ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ‪ :‬ﻧﺎﻭﻟﲏ ‪ e‬ﺩﻟﻮﺍ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﺎﺀ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﺸﺮﺑﺖ ﺣﱴ ﺭﻭﻳﺖ ﻭﺇﱐ ﻷﺟﺪ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﲔ ﺛﺪﻳﻲ ﻭﺑﲔ ﻛﺘﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ‬ ‫ﺷﺌﺖ ﻧﺼﺮﺕ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺷﺌﺖ ﺃﻓﻄﺮﺕ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺧﺘﺮﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻓﻄﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ‬ ‫‪.e‬ﻓﻘﺘﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ((‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺟﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻮﻃﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫)) ﻭﻗﺪ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﳌﺼﻨﻒ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﻳﻘﻈﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻻ ﱂ ﻳﺼﺢ ﻋﺪﻫﺎ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻡ ﻳﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻛﻞ ﺃﺣﺪ‪((.‬‬ ‫‪ C‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﲑ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﺎﻋﻲ ‪: t‬‬ ‫ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺟﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻮﻃﻲ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ "ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻑ ﺍﶈﺘﻢ" ‪:‬‬ ‫)) ﻋﻦ ﻋﺰ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺃﰊ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺳﻄﻲ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻛﻨﺖ ﻣﻊ ﺷﻴﺨﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﰊ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺐ ﺍﻟﻐﻮﺙ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﳊﺴﻴﲏ ‪t‬‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻡ ﲬﺲ ﻭﲬﺴﲔ ﻭﲬﺴﻤﺎﺋﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺪﺭ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻪ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﳊﺞ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ‪ e‬ﻭﻗﻒ ﲡﺎﻩ ﺣﺠﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ e‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺭﺅﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﺷﻬﺎﺩ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﻳﺎ ﺟﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪:‬‬

‫ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻳﺎ ﻭﻟﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﲰﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﳌﺴﺠﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻱ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻭﺃﺭﻋﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺻﻔﺮ ﻟﻮﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﺜﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﻛﺒﺘﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻗﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﻭﺑﻜﻰ ﻭﺃﻥﱠ ﻃﻮﻳﻼﹰ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻳﺎ ﺟﺪﺍﻩ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﰲ اﻟﺒﻌـــﺪ روﺣـــﻲ ﻛﻨـــﺖ أرﺳــــــــﻠﻬﺎ‬

‫ﺗﻘﺒﻞ اﻷرض ﻋﻨﻲ وﻫـــــــــــــﻲ ﻧـﺎﺋﺒﺘﻲ‬

‫وﻫﺬه دوﻟﺔ اﻷﺷــــــــــﺒﺎح ﻗـﺪ ﺣﻀــﺮت‬

‫ﻓﺎﻣـــﺪد ﻳﻤﻴﻨــــﻚ ﻛـــﻲ ﲢﻈـــﻰ ﲠـــﺎ ﺷـــﻔﺘﻲ‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻓﻤﺪ ﻟﻪ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ e‬ﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﱪ ﺍﻷﺯﻫﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻜﺮﻡ ﻓﻘﺒﻠﻬﺎ ﰲ ﻣﻸ ﻳﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺴﻌﲔ ﺃﻟﻒ ﺭﺟﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﻨﻈﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻔﺔ‪.‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺠﺪ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳊﺠﺎﺝ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺑﻦ ﻗﻴﺲ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﱐ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﳉﻴﻠﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﲬﻴﺲ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺪﻱ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮ‬ ‫ﻭﻏﲑﻫﻢ ﻧﻔﻌﻨﺎ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻌﻠﻮﻣﻬﻢ ﻭﺗﺸﺮﻓﻨﺎ ﻣﻌﻬﻢ ﺑﺮﺅﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﶈﻤﺪﻳﺔ‪((.‬‬

‫ﻭﳌﺎ ﺣﺞ‪ ‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻮﰲ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺯﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﱪ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻫﺮ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻭﻫﻮ ﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﱪ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻧﻜﺴﺎﺭ ﻭﻣﺴﻜﻨﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫إن ﻗﻴـــﻞ زرﺗـــﻢ ﺑـــﲈ رﺟﻌـــﺘﻢ‬

‫ﻳـــﺎ أﻛـــﺮم اﻟﺮﺳـــﻞ ﻓـــﲈ ﻧﻘـــﻮل‬

‫ﻓﻈﻬﺮ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﱪ ﲰﻌﻪ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺠﺪ‪:‬‬

‫ﻗﻮﻟــــﻮا رﺟﻌﻨــــﺎ ﺑﻜــــﻞ ﺧــــﲑ‬

‫واﺟﺘﻤــــﻊ اﻟﻔــــﺮع واﻷﺻــــﻮل‬

‫ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺧﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﺑﻦ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺮ ﻣﻠﻜﻲ ‪: t‬ﺣﻜﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻮﻃﻲ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ "ﺗﻨﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﳊﻠﻚ"‪:‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﳌﻠﻘﻦ ﰲ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺗﺮﲨﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭ ‪:‬‬ ‫)) ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻛﺜﲑ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ ﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ e‬ﻳﻘﻈﺔ ﻭﻣﻨﺎﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻟﻪ ﻣﺘﻠﻘﺎﺓ ﺑﺄﻣﺮ ﻣﻨﻪ ‪ e‬ﺇﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻈﺔ ﻭﺇﻣﺎ ﻣﻨﺎﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﺭﺁﻩ ﰲ ﻟﻴﻠﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺳﺒﻊ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﻣﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﰲ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﻫﻦ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺧﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻀﺠﺮ‪ ،‬ﻛﺜﲑ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﻣﺎﺕ ﲝﺴﺮﺓ ﺭﺅﻳﱵ‪.،‬ﻳﺎ ﺧﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﺃﻻ ﺃﻋﻠﻤﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻐﻔﺎﺭﺍﹰ ﺗﺪﻋﻮ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻓﻌﻠﻤﻪ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ ﺇﻥ ﺣﺴﻨﺎﰐ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻄﺎﺋﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴﺌﺎﰐ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻀﺎﺋﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺠﺪ ﲟﺎ‬

‫ﺃﻧﻌﻤﺖ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻣﺎ ﻗﻀﻴﺖ ﻭﺃﻣﺢ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺟﻠﹼﻴﺖ ﺇﻥ ﺗﻄﺎﻉ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺈﺫﻧﻚ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺼﻰ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻌﻠﻤﻚ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻋﺼﻴﺘﻚ ﺣﲔ ﻋﺼﻴﺘﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﻔﺎﻓﺎ ﲝﻘﻚ‬ ‫ﻭﻻ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﺎﻧﺔ ﺑﻌﺬﺍﺑﻚ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺳﺒﻖ ‪‬ﺎ ﻋﻠﻤﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﺇﻟﻴﻚ‬

‫ﻭﺍﳌﻐﻔﺮﺓ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ‪{{.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﳛﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺫﰲ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ "ﻗﻼﺋﺪ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﻫﺮ"‪:‬‬

‫)) ﳌﺎ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺧﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﺑﻦ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﻓﺎﺓ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺗﻮﰲ ﺳﻨﺔ‬ ‫‪٦٠٤‬ﻫـ‪،‬ﺗﺸﻬﺪ ﻭ‪‬ﻠﻞ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺮﻭﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ‪ e‬ﻭﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ‪ y‬ﻳﺒﺸﺮﻭﱐ ﺑﺮﺿﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱄ ﻭﺻﻼﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﺠﻠﻮﱏ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺪﻭﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺏ ﻛﺮﱘ ﰒ‬ ‫ﺿﺤﻚ ﻭﺗﻮﰱ ((‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺄﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻔﺘﺢ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺃﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﺷﻬﻮﺩ ﺍﳊﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﶈﻤﺪﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﻳﻨﻈﻤﻨﺎ ﲨﻴﻌﺎﹰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻌﻴﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻳﺴﻘﻴﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻔﺔ ﺷﺮﺑﺔ ﻣﺮﻳﺌﺔ ﻫﻨﻴﺔ ﻻ ﻧﻈﻤﺄ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﺃﺑﺪﺍﹰ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻳﺘﻮﺟﻨﺎ ﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻮﺩ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﻓﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﻭﳚﻌﻠﻨﺎ ﺑﱪﻛﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﳚﻤﻌﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﲨﻌﻴﺔ ﻛﱪﻳﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻧﻐﻴﺐ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﻃﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﲔ ﻭﻻ ﺃﻗﻞ‬ ‫ﻭﳛﺸﺮﻧﺎ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﲢﺖ ﻟﻮﺍﺀ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺘﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﳚﻌﻠﻨﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﰲ ﺟﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﻗﺮﺑﻪ ﻭﻣﻌﻴﺘﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪e‬‬

‫ﻭﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺻﺤﺒﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪٦٢٠r‬‬

‫ﺳﺆﺍﻝ ‪ :‬ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ﻗﺒﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺟﺘﻬﺪ ﻭﱂ ﻳﺮﺍﻩ؟‬ ‫ﺟـﻮﺍﺏ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺟﺘﻬﺪ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﺍﻩ ﻭﻟﻮ ﺣﱴ ﳊﻈﺔ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻜﻲ‬

‫ﻳﺜﺒ‪‬ﺘﻪ‪àM6mÎ Vs ƒã ] :‬‬

‫‪ ٢٧) [ ( oÍ •t z‬ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ(‬ ‫‪Å y‬‬ ‫‪F #$ †ûÎ ru $‹u R÷ ‰‬‬ ‫‪‘ 9#$ oÍ q4 Šu tp :ø #$ ’ûÎ M‬‬ ‫‪Ï /Î $V¨ 9#$ A‬‬ ‫) ‪É qö‬‬ ‫‪s 9ø $$ /Î #( qZã Bt #äu ú‬‬ ‫‪š‬‬ ‫‪ï%‬‬ ‫! ‪Ï !© #$‬‬ ‫‪ª #$‬‬

‫ﺳﺆﺍﻝ ‪ :‬ﻫﻞ ﻳﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺸﺨﺼﻪ؟‬ ‫ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ ﻳﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺬﺍﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳚﺘﻬﺪ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ‪:‬‬ ‫ﲟﻌﲎ ﺃﻧﲎ ﻻ ﺃﺻﻠﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺃﺭﻯ ﺣﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﱂ ﺃﺭﻩ ﺃﺗﻮﻗﻒ!! ﻷﻥ‬ ‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘﻊ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ!!‬ ‫ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺼﻠﻲ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ !!! ‪ ...‬ﺇﻧﺘﺒﻬﻮﺍ ﺇﺧﻮﺍﱏ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻔﺮﻭﺽ ﺃﺻﻼﹰ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺻﻠﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ ﺷﻜﺮﺍﹰ ﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺜﺔ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬‫ ﻭﻻ ﺃﺭﺑﻂ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ‪ e‬ﻭﺑﲔ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ!‬‫ ﻭﻫﻞ ﺇﻥ ﱂ ﺃﺭ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺃﺻﻠﻲ‪!.‬‬‫ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﳚﻌﻞ ﻋﺰﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﻌﺘﺮﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﳌﺎﺫﺍ؟ ﻣﺜﻼﹰ ﺳﻴﺼﻠﻲ‬‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﳌﺪﺓ ﺳﻨﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻨﺘﲔ!! ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺷﻚ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﺍﻩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﰒ ﻳﻨﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﻞ!! ﻭﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺷﻚ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﻠﻎ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻣﻞ!! ﻭﺗﻀﺤﻚ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ!! ﻭﳛﺮﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻠﻮﻍ ﺍﻷﻣﻞ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ٦٢٠‬ﻛﺎن ھﺬا اﻟﺪرس ﻓﻲ اﺣﺘﻔ ﺎﻻت اﻟﻤﻮﻟ ﺪ اﻟﻨﺒ ﻮي ﺑﻤﺴ ﺠﺪ اﻷﻧ ﻮار اﻟﻘﺪﺳ ﯿﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﮭﻨﺪﺳ ﯿﻦ ﻗﺒ ﻞ ﺻ ﻼة اﻟﺠﻤﻌ ﺔ ‪ ٢٢‬ﻣ ﻦ أﺑﺮﯾ ﻞ‬ ‫‪٢٠٠٥‬م اﻟﻤﻮاﻓﻖ ‪ ١٣‬ﻣﻦ رﺑﯿﻊ أول ‪١٤٢٦‬ھـ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﷲ‪":‬ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﷲ ﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﺍﺗﺼﻞ"‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺻﻠﻴﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ‪ :‬ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺩﱘ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﲏ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺨﺼﺺ ﱄ ﻣﺪﺧﺮ ﱄ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺻﺮﻓﻮﺍ ﱄ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺒﺸﺮﻯ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ﻓﺒﻬﺎ ﻭﻧﻌﻤﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻓﺄﻧﺎ ﻣﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻭﻣﺘﻴﻘﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ﺧﲑ ﻭﺃﺑﻘﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﺧﲑ ﻟﻸﺑﺮﺍﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﺮﻳﺪﻳﻦ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮﺍﹰ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩﻩ ﻭﺻﻼﺣﻪ ﻭﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﻭﺗﻮﺟﻬﺎﺗﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻪ ﻣﺒﺸﺮﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪ !!!...‬ﻛﺮﺍﻣﺎﺕ !!! ﺃﻭ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ !!! ﺃﻭ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﱂ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻪ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﻳﺘﻌﺐ ﺟﺪﺍﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻨﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﻗﻼﻗﻞ ﻧﻔﺴﻴﺔ !!!‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻣﺮﺍﺽ ﻋﺼﺒﻴﺔ !!!‪..‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﻮﻥ ﰲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ )):‬ﺍﳌﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﳌﺮﺃﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﺍﶈﻴﺾ ((‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻻ ﻳﺮﺟﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ‪..‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻄﻠﺐ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﺇﻻ ﺭﺿﺎﻩ ‪ ...‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺒﺘﻐﻲ ﺑﺄﻱ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﻳﺘﻘﺮﺏ ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺣﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﷲ ‪ ...‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻌﻄﻒ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻮﻻﻩ ‪ ....‬ﻭﳚﻌﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﳛﺒﻬﻢ ‪ ...‬ﻭﻳﺮﺿﻰ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ‪...‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﻳﻮﻡ ﻟﻘﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻇﻬﺮﺕ ﳍﻢ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ! ﻓﻼ ﺗﻄﺮﻑ ﺃﻋﻴﻨﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺣﱴ ﻟﻮ ﺃﻇﻬﺮ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﳍﻢ ‪-‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ‪ -‬ﻛﺮﺍﻣﺎﺕ! ﺃﻭ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ! ﻭﻋﻄﺎﺀﺍﺕ! ﻭﻫﺒﺎﺕ!!! ﻭﺣﱴ ﻟﻮ ﻓﺘﺢ ﳍﻢ ﺍﳉﻨﺎﺕ‬ ‫!! ﻭﺃﻋﻄﺎﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺕ !!ﻓﺈﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﻻ ﺗﻠﻔﺖ ﻧﻈﺮﻫﻢ ﻃﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﲔ ﻋﻦ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺕ !‬ ‫وﺟﻨﺔ اﳋﻠﺪ ﻟـﻮ ﻇﻬــــــﺮت ﺑﻄﻠﻌﺘﻬـﺎ‬

‫ﻟﻔﺎرﻗــﺖ ﺣﺴــــــــﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﻫــﺪ ﳘــﺘﻬﻢ‬

‫ﺣﱴ ﻟﻮ ﻇﻬﺮﺕ ﳍﻢ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ‪ :‬ﻳﺰﻫﺪﻭﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻷ‪‬ﻢ ﻳﺮﻳﺪﻭﻥ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﻭﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﳌﻨﺔ‬ ‫‪ ،U‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﻫﻲ ﳘﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺒﻠﻐﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﺀ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﻝ‪ ،‬ﳘﺘﻬﻢ ﷲ‬ ‫ﻭﺗﻮﺟﻬﻬﻢ ﷲ ﻭﻛﻞ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﳍﻢ ﳊﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻛﺮﻣﻬﻢ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﺑﺄﻱ ﺇﻛﺮﺍﻡ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﻃﻦ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻭﻟﻮ ﺑﻜﺸﻒ ﺃﻭ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻏﲑﻩ‪ ،‬ﻛﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻻ ﻳﻠﻔﺘﻬﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﻃﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﲔ ﻭﻻ ﺃﻗﻠﻦ‬ ‫ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ ٥) [ û‬ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻨﺔ(‬ ‫‪t ï$‬‬ ‫‪eÏ !#$ &ã !s û‬‬ ‫‪t üÁ‬‬ ‫! ‪Å =Î ƒø Cè‬‬ ‫‪© #$ #( r‰‬‬ ‫] ‪ß 6ç è÷ ‹u 9Ï‬‬

‫ﻟﻜﻨﲏ ﻣﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻭﻣﺘﻴﻘﻦ ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﺣﱴ ﺍﳌﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﺻﻠﻲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻮ ﻋﺮﺿﺎﹰ ﻭﻟﻮ ﺣﱴ ﺳﻬﻮﺍﹰ !!!‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺒﻴﺤﺔ !!! ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻬﻠﻴﻠﺔ !!!‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻱ ﻋﻤﻞ !!! ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫‪) [ ÇÌÉÈ x‬ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻒ(‬ ‫‪¸ J‬‬ ‫‪y ã‬‬ ‫` ‪t‬‬ ‫¡ ‪z‬‬ ‫‪| m‬‬ ‫` ‪ô &r‬‬ ‫_ ‪ô Bt •t‬‬ ‫‪ô &r ì‬‬ ‫‪ß ‹Ò‬‬ ‫‪Å Rç w‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ‪Ÿ $R¯ )Î ] :‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺩﺍﺋﻊ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻰ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻲ!!‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺑﻨﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻨﻮﻙ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻳﻌﻄﻲ ﻓﻮﺍﺋﺪ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﺎﺡ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺑﻨﻮﻙ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﲔ ‪...،U‬ﺃﻗﻞ ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ ﰱ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻮﻙ ﺍﻹﳍﻴﺔ‬ ‫؟ ﻛﻢ ؟ ﺃﻟﻒ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﺔ ‪ .. %١٠٠٠‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ‪ :‬ﺍﳊﺴﻨﺔ ﺑﻌﺸﺮﺓ ﺃﻣﺜﺎﳍﺎ ‪ ...‬ﺇﱃ‬ ‫ﺳﺒﻌﻤﺎﺋﺔ ﺿﻌﻒ ) ﻳﻌﲎ ‪ ( %٧٠٠٠٠‬ﻭﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﺍﷲ ﳌﻦ ﻳﺸﺎﺀ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻳﻦ ﺇﺫﺍﹰ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻌﻄﻲ ‪‬ﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﺎﺡ ﺍﻹﳍﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻌﻄﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﲔ؟ ﻻ‬ ‫ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﲔ ﻭﻻ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻄﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻌﻄﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻗﺎﻝ ‪: r‬‬

‫} ﺇﻥﹶّ ﺍﻟﺮ‪ّ‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺪ‪ّ‬ﻕ‪ ‬ﺑﺎﻟﺼ‪ّ‬ﺪ‪‬ﻗﹶﺔ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻜﹶﺴ‪‬ﺐﹺ ﺍﻟﻄﹶّﻴﹺّﺐﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹾﺒ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻄ‪ّ‬ﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺘﻠﻘﹶّﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺮ‪ّ‬ﲪﻦ‪ ‬ـ ﺗﺒﺎﺭﻙ‪ ‬ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ ـ ﺑﻴﺪ‪‬ﻩ ﻓﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺑﹺّﻴﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺑﹺّﻲ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻛﹸﻢ ﻓﹶﻠﹸﻮ‪ّ‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺃﻭ ﻭ‪‬ﺻ‪‬ﻴﻔﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﻭ ﻓﹶﺼ‪‬ﻴﻠﹶﻪ‪ -‬ﻭﰱ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ‪-‬‬ ‫‪٦٢١‬‬

‫ﺣﱴ ﺗﺼﲑ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺃﺣﺪ { ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﺬﻟﻚ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳚﻌﻞ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻦ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ‪ ...‬ﻭﻳﻌﻤﻞ ‪ ...‬ﻭﳚﺪ ‪ ...‬ﻭﻳﻜﺪ!‬ ‫ﻭﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﲤﺎﻡ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ‬

‫ ‪ ٩٦) [ 3‬ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻞ(‬‫! ‪5 $/t‬‬ ‫‪« #$ ‰‬‬ ‫‪y Zã‬‬ ‫‪Ï $Bt ru ( ‰‬‬ ‫‪ß ÿ‬‬ ‫‪x Zƒt O‬‬ ‫‪ó .ä ‰‬‬ ‫‪y Yã‬‬ ‫ﺃﻥ‪Ï $Bt ] :‬‬

‫ﻭﻳﺎﻟﻴﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﺎﹰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﻪ‪ ..‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻳﻨﻔﺪ ‪..‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺮﺑﻮ ﻭﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺎﻻ‬ ‫‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﷲ ‪.U‬‬

‫‪ ٦٢١‬ﻋﻦ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔَ رواه اﻟﺒﺰار ورﺟﺎﻟﮫ ﺛﻘﺎت‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪e‬‬

‫ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺃﹸﺻﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪r‬‬ ‫‬‫‪-‬‬

‫‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﻧﻴﱵ؟‬

‫ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺃﻫﻼﹰ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﻭ ﺷﻜﺮﺍﹰ ﷲ ‪ U‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺜﺘﻪ ﻟﻨﺎ ‪r‬‬

‫‪.‬‬

‫‪-‬‬

‫ﺃﻭ ﺷﻜﺮﺍﹰ ﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺟﻌﻠﻪ ﻧﺒﻴﻨﺎ ‪.‬‬

‫‪-‬‬

‫ﺃﻭ ﺷﻜﺮﺍﹰ ﷲ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺟﻌﻠﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺘﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪-‬‬

‫ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺒﲑﺍﹰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺪﺭﻱ ﻋﻦ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺪﺭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻀﺮﺗﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﲔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪...‬‬ ‫ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺼﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻘﻬﺎ !!!‬ ‫ﺃﻭ ﻳﺼﻔﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻌﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻫﻼ ﳍﺎ !!!‬ ‫ﺃﻭ ﻳﺜﲏ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺜﻨﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻋﺒ‪‬ﺮ ﺍﳌﻮﱃ ‪ U‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ!!!‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﺪﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ؟‬ ‫ﻻﺃﺣﺪ ‪....‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﲏ ﺃﺻﻠﻲ ‪‬ﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﳌﺎ ﺃﺻﻠﻲ ‪‬ﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻏﲑﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﻳﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﳋﺒﺎﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺘﻌﻄﻒ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻣﺮﻩ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ‪:.‬‬ ‫‪ ٨٦)[ 3 $! d‬ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ(‬ ‫` ‪y rŠ– ‘â r÷ &r $! kp ]÷ BÏ‬‬ ‫¡ ‪z‬‬ ‫‪| m‬‬ ‫‪ô 'r /Î #( qŠ– s‬‬ ‫‪y ùs p7 Š¨ s‬‬ ‫‪Å Ft /Î Lêä Š‹hÍ m‬‬ ‫] ‪ã #Œs )Î ru‬‬

‫ﻓﻴﺠﺊ ﻟﻴﺤﻴﻴﲏ‪..‬ﻳﻠﻘﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ‪...‬ﺃﻭ ﳝﺘﻌﲏ ﺑﻠﺬﻳﺬ ﺍﳋﻄﺎﺏ ‪...‬ﺃﻭ ﲨﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ‪..‬ﺃﻭ ﻳﺘﻌﻄﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ‪ ‬ﺑﺸﻲﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻞ ﻭﺍﳉﻮﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻹﻧﻌﺎﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻳﻜﻔﻲ ﻷﻫﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻡ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﰲ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺮﻣﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻩ ‪ r‬ﳜﻠﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬ ‫ﺭﺁﻩ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﷲ ‪ U‬ﳜﻠﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ‪ r‬ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎ ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺪﻥ ﺍﷲ ‪.U‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻭﻟﻜﻨﲏ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺃﺻﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪:‬ﺃﺻﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ‬ ‫‪ ٥٦) [ $J¸ Š=Î ¡ó @n #( qJß =kÏ ™y ru mÏ ‹ø =n ãt #( q=• ¹‬ﺍﻷﺣﺰﺍﺏ(‪.‬‬ ‫‪| #( qZã Bt #äu ú‬‬ ‫‪š‬‬ ‫‪ï%‬‬ ‫ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬﺍﹰ ﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﷲ‪Ï !© #$ $kp ‰š 'r »¯ ƒt ]:‬‬

‫ﻛﻢ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻧﺼﻠﻲ؟ ﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﺼﻼﰐ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬﺍﹰ ﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﷲ‪....،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻻ ﺃﺿﻊ‬ ‫ﰲ ﻓﺆﺍﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﰲ ﺳﻮﻳﺪﺍﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﰲ ﻗﻠﱯ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﲏ ﺃﺻﻠﻲ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺃﺭﺍﻩ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬

‫‪e‬‬ ‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﺘﺠﻠﺐ ﺭﺅﻳﺘﻪ؟ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ‪ ..‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﺍﻷﺩﺏ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﺃﺗﻮﺿﺄ ‪ .......‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺃﲡﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻠﺔ ‪ ...‬ﻭﺃﺳﺘﺤﻀﺮ ﺃﻧﲏ ﺑﲔ ﻳﺪﻳﻪ ‪ ....‬ﻭﺃﻧﲏ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻟﺲ ﰲ ﺣﻀﺮﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻔﺔ ‪ ... e‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺃﺳﺘﺤﻀﺮ ﺃﻭﺻﺎﻓﻪ ﻭﻛﻤﺎﻻﺗﻪ ﻭﲨﺎﻻﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺑﻠﻐﺘﲏ‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺮﺃﺕ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﲰﻌﺘﻬﺎ ‪ .....‬ﻭﺃﺳﺘﺤﻀﺮ ﺃﱐ ﺟﺎﻟﺲ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻲ‪ ،‬ﻛﺄﻧﻪ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﲔ‬ ‫‪ ....‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﱂ ﺃﻗﺪﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻀﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺸﻬﺪ‪ :‬ﺃﺳﺘﺤﻀﺮ ﺃﻧﲏ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻔﺔ ‪...‬‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻧﲏ ﺟﺎﻟﺲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ ....‬ﻭﺃﺗﺄﺩﺏ ﺑﺎﻷﺩﺏ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻣﺮﱐ ﺑﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺣﲔ‬ ‫ﺟﻠﻮﺳﻲ ﺑﲔ ﻳﺪﻱ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺭﻭﺿﺘﻪ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺭﻛﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻳﻀﺎﹰ ﻳﻌﺠﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﳉﻔﺎﺀ ﻭﲢﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﲨﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﳍﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻜﻮﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻀﺮﺗﻪ ‪.r‬‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺻﻠﻴﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ‪‬ﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻀﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﶈﻤﺪﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﳛﺮﻕ ﰲ ﻗﻠﱯ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻭﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﻭﺍﳊﺠﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﳚﻌﻞ ﻗﻠﱯ ﺷﻔﺎﻓﺎﹰ ﺑﻠﻮﺭﻳﺎﹰ ﻧﻮﺭﺍﻧﻴﺎﹰ‪.‬‬ ‫ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﺎﻡ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺗﻨﻄﺒﻊ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳊﺒﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﺼﻄﻔﻰ ‪ r‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬ ‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﺠﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ ‪...‬‬ ‫ﻟﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﻹﺧﻮﺍﻧﻨﺎ ﺻﻞﹺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﻣﺎﺋﺔ ﻣﺮﺓ‪ :‬ﻓﻄﺒﻌﺎ ﳝﺴﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺒﺤﺔ ﻭﻫﻮ‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻛﺐ ﺍﻷﺗﻮﺑﻴﺲ !!! ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎﺷﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺭﻉ ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺎﻥ !!! ﺃﻭ ﺫﺍﻙ !!! ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻳﻨﻈﺮ‬ ‫ﻟﻔﻼﻧﺔ !! ﻭﻓﻼﻥ !! ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻬﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﻠﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ !!!ﳌﺎﺫﺍ ﺃﻗﻮﻝ ﻳﻬﺬﻱ؟‬ ‫ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ! ﻭﻻ ﻳﺴﻤﻊ ! ﻭﻻ ﻳﻔﻬﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ! ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ‪‬ﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺳﻴﺄﺧﺬ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﺟﺮﺍ ﻭﺛﻮﺍﺑﺎﹰ ‪ ..‬ﻧﻌﻢ ‪.‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻫﻞ ﺳﺘﻮﺻﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ؟ ‪ ..............‬ﻻ‪...............‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻮﺻﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺃﺣﺒﺎﺏ؟‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﺃﻗﻌﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺸﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﲡﻪ ﻟﻠﻘﺒﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺿﻮﺀ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺃﺳﺘﺤﻀﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳊﺒﻴﺐ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺫﻟﻚ ‪ } :r‬ﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﻢﹴ ﻳﺴﻠﱢﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ‪ ‬ﺇﻻ‬ ‫ﺭﺩ‪ ‬ﺍﷲ ﺭﻭﺣﻲ ﺣﱴ ﺃﺭﺩ‪ ‬ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ {‪ ،٦٢٢‬ﻳﻌﲏ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻭﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫} ﺻﻠﱡﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ‪ ‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺻﻼﺗﻜﻢ ﺗﺒﻠﻐﲏ {‪ ،٦٢٣‬ﻭﰲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ } :‬ﻓﺈﱐ ﺃﺳﺘﻤﻊ‬ ‫ﺇﱃ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﶈﺒﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ‪ ‬ﻳﻮﻣﻲ ﺍﳋﻤﻴﺲ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﻌﺔ {‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺴﻤﻊ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﶈﺒﲔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﲟﻌﲎ ﺍﻧﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻭﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﻭﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺣﺒﺎﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﻐﻴﺐ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻌﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺃﺳﺘﺤﻀﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﰲ ﺃﻓﻖ ﻗﻠﱯ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﻓﺆﺍﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺻﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺩﺍﻭﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳊﺎﻝ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻟﻴﺎﱄ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﺳﺄﻧﺎﻡ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻝ ﺑﺴﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻧﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻝ ﺑﺸﻲﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺎﻡ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ‪ ..‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺮﺍﻩ ﰱ ﻣﻨﺎﻣﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍﹰ ﺍﻟﻌﱪﺓ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ‪‬ﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺑﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺑﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﱪﺓ‪ :‬ﺑﺎﳍﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻀﺮﻫﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻀﺮﺓ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ‬ ‫ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،r‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺪﺍﻭﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻓﻮﻥ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﺮﻭﺍ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻠﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳊﺎﻝ ﺳﲑﺍﻩ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻡ!‬ ‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺩﺍﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳊﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻴﻘﻈﺔ ‪..‬؟‬ ‫ﳚﺪ ﺭﻭﺣﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺍﻧﻄﻠﻘﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﱃ ﻋﺎﱂ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ !!ﻓﲑﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﰲ ﺃﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺀ ﻻ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﳋﻴﺎﻝ ‪....‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﰲ ﻋﺎﱂ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻴﻘﻈﺔ ‪ ...‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺀ‬ ‫‪...‬ﻭﺭﻓﻊ ﻛﻞ ﺣﺠﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﲑﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﺑﻐﲑ ﻧﻘﺎﺏ ‪.‬‬

‫‪r‬‬

‫ﻭﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺻﺤﺒﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﰎ ﲝﻤﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻭﺣﺴﻦ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﻘﻪ‬ ‫‪ ٦٢٢‬ﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺣﻨﺒﻞ واﻟﺴﻨﻦ اﻟﻜﺒﺮى ﻟﻠﺒﯿﮭﻘﻲ وﺣﻠﺔ اﻷوﻟﯿﺎء ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ ھﺮﯾﺮة ‪.t‬‬ ‫‪ ٦٢٣‬ﺳﻨﻦ أﺑﻲ داود وﻣﺴﻨﺪ أﺣﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺣﻨﺒﻞ ﻋﻦ أﺑﻲ ھﺮﯾﺮة ‪.t‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺇﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﻛﺘﺐ ﲣﺮﻳﺞ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻒ‬ ‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻭﺭﺩ ﺑﺎﳉﺎﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑ ﻧﻘﻼﹰ ﻋﻦ ﻛﱰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻝ‬ ‫)ﺥ( ﻟﻠﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ‪) ،‬ﻡ( ﳌﺴﻠﻢ‪) ،‬ﻕ( ﳍﻤﺎ‪) ،‬ﺩ( ﻷﰊ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‪،‬‬ ‫)ﺕ( ﻟﻠﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ‪) ،‬ﻥ( ﻟﻠﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ‪) ،‬ﻩ( ﻻﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫)‪ (٤‬ﳍﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ‪ (٣) ،‬ﳍﻢ ﺇﻻ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫)ﺣﻢ( ﻷﲪﺪ ﰲ ﻣﺴﻨﺪﻩ‪) ،‬ﻋﻢ( ﻻﺑﻨﻪ ﰲ ﺯﻭﺍﺋﺪﻩ‪،‬‬ ‫)ﻙ( ﻟﻠﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﰲ ﻣﺴﺘﺪﺭﻛﻪ ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﻤﺒﲔ‪) ،‬ﺧﺪ( ﻟﻠﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺩﺏ‪) ،‬ﺗﺦ( ﻟﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪) ،‬ﺣﺐ( ﻻﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫)ﻃﺐ( ﻟﻠﻄﱪﺍﱐ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑ‪) ،‬ﻃﺲ( ﻟﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻭﺳﻂ‪،‬‬ ‫)ﻃﺺ( ﻟﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑ‪) ،‬ﺹ( ﻟﺴﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺭ ﰲ ﺳﻨﻨﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫)ﺵ( ﻻﺑﻦ ﺃﰊ ﺷﻴﺒﺔ‪) ،‬ﻋﺐ(ﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺯﺍﻕ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻊ‪) ،‬ﻉ( ﻷﰊ‬ ‫ﻳﻌﻠﻰ ﰲ ﻣﺴﻨﺪﻩ‪) ،‬ﻗﻂ( ﻟﻠﺪﺍﺭﻗﻄﲏ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻦ ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﻤﺒﲔ‪،‬‬ ‫)ﻓﺮ(ﻟﻠﺪﻳﻠﻤﻲ ﰲ ﻣﺴﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻭﺱ‪) ،‬ﺣﻞ( ﻷﰊ ﻧﻌﻴﻢ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺍﳊﻠﻴﺔ‪) ،‬ﻫﺐ( ﻟﻠﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﰲ ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ‪) ،‬ﻫﻖ( ﻟﻪ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻦ‪) ،‬ﻋﺪ( ﻻﺑﻦ ﻋﺪﻱ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪) ،‬ﻋﻖ( ﻟﻠﻌﻘﻴﻠﻲ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻔﺎﺀ‪) ،‬ﺧﻂ( ﻟﻠﺨﻄﻴﺐ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﻤﺒﲔ‪).‬ﺇﻧﺘﻬﻰ(‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}r‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺟﻊ‬ ‫‪ .١‬ﻣﻮﺳﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ‬

‫‪ .٢‬ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﴰﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ‪ ،r‬ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﺑﻦ ﺍﲰﺎﻋﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻬﺎﱐ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﲑﻭﺕ – ﻟﺒﻨﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‪٢٠٠٩ ،‬ﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .٣‬ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﴰﺎﺋﻠﻪ ﺍﳊﻤﻴﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺧﺼﺎﻟﻪ ﺍ‪‬ﻴﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻋﺒﺪﺍﷲ ﺳﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﳊﺴﻴﲏ‪ ،‬ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺡ‪ ،‬ﺣﻠﺐ‪ -‬ﺃﻗﻴﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‪١٤٢٧ ،‬ﻫـ ‪٢٠٠٦ -‬ﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻬﻴﺔ ﰲ ﳏﺒﺔ ﺧﲑ ﺍﻟﱪﻳﺔ ‪ ،r‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺛﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﱪﻛﺔ ﺍﳋﲑﻱ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﻮﺭﺓ – ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻮﺩﻳﺔ‪١٤٣٢ ،‬ﻫـ ‪٢٠١١-‬ﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .٥‬ﲨﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﺋﻞ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ‪‬ﺎﻣﺸﺔ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻭﻯ ﻟﻠﺸﻤﺎﺋﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺷﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﺼﻄﻔﻰ ﺍﳊﻠﱯ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮﺓ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .٦‬ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﺯﻱ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺃﺑﻮﺯﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻯ –‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‪٢٠١٣ ،‬ﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .٧‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﳊﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﻋﻦ ﻗﺪﺭ ﺳﻴﺪ ﺍﳋﻼﺋﻖ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﺯﻱ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺃﺑﻮﺯﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻱ‬ ‫– ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‪٢٠٠٦ ،‬ﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .٨‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﻣﻨﺎﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻭﻯ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﳉﻮﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‪٢٠١٠ ،‬ﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .٩‬ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻜﲔ ﰲ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻣﻨﺎﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﳏﻤﻮﺩ ﺃﺑﻮﺍﻟﻔﻴﺾ ﺍﳌﻨﻮﰲ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ‪‬ﻀﺔ ﻣﺼﺮ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺠﺎﻟﺔ – ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮﺓ‪١٩٦٩ ،‬ﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪.١٠‬ﺳﺒﻞ ﺍﳍﺪﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺷﺎﺩ ﰲ ﺳﲑﺓ ﺧﲑ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻣﻲ ‪ ،‬ﺍ‪‬ﻠﺲ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻠﺸﺌﻮﻥ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ‪،‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮﺓ‪١٩٩٧ ،‬ﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪.١١‬ﴰﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ ،r‬ﺍﳌﻜﱰ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮﺓ‪١٤٢٥ ،‬ﻫـ‪.‬‬

‫‪.١٢‬ﻟﻄﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﳌﻨﻦ ﻭ ﺍﻻﺧﻼﻕ ﰲ ﻭﺟﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﺑﻨﻌﻤﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻻﻃﻼﻕ‪ ،‬ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﻫﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮﺍﱐ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻌﻪ ﺍﳌﻴﻤﻨﻴﻪ‪-‬ﻣﺼﺮ ‪١٩٠٣ ،‬ﻡ‪١٣٢١-‬ﻫـ‬

‫‪.١٣‬ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﱪﻯ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﻰ ﻟﻮﺍﻗﺢ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺳﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﻴﺔ ‪ -‬ﻋﺒﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﻫﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮﺍﱐ‪ ،‬ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮﺓ‪٢٠٠٥ ،‬ﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .١٤‬ﺍﻹﺑﺮﻳﺰ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺍﻟﺪﺑﺎﻍ‪ ،‬ﺃﲪﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺭﻙ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺑﲑﻭﺕ – ﻟﺒﻨﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ‪٢٠٠٢‬ﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪.١٥‬ﻟﻮﺍﻗﺢ ﺍﻻﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺳﻴﻪ ﰲ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﻮﺩ ﺍﶈﻤﺪﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﻫﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮﺍﱐ‪.‬‬

‫‪.١٦‬ﺣﺒﻴﺐ ﺍﷲ ﳏﻤﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﲰﺎﻋﻴﻞ ﺻﺎﺩﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺮﺍﺙ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‪٢٠٠٥،‬ﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪.١٧‬ﳏﻤﺪ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻋﻈﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪ ،‬ﺭﻓﻌﺖ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻃﺎﺣﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺜﻘﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺟﺪﺓ‬ ‫– ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻮﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‪١٤٢٩ ،‬ﻫـ‪.‬‬

‫‪.١٨‬ﳐﺘﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﶈﻤﺪﻳﺔ ﻟﻺﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ‪ ،‬ﻋﺒﺪﺍ‪‬ﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻧﻮﰊ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮﺓ‪.‬‬

‫‪.١٩‬ﺍﻹﺷﺮﺍﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﶈﻤﺪﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ‪ ،‬ﻫﺸﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺣﺎﻣﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﳊﺴﲔ – ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮﺓ‪٢٠١٠ ،‬ﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪.٢٠‬ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻫﺐ ﺍﶈﻤﺪﻳﺔ ﺑﺸﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﲑﻭﺕ – ﻟﺒﻨﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍ‪‬ﻠﺪ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‪٢٠٠٥ ،‬ﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪.٢١‬ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻫﺐ ﺍﶈﻤﺪﻳﺔ ﺑﺸﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﲑﻭﺕ – ﻟﺒﻨﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍ‪‬ﻠﺪ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪٢٠٠٥ ،‬ﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪.٢٢‬ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﶈﻤﺪﻳﺔ ﻟﻺﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ‪ ،‬ﲢﻘﻴﻖ‪ :‬ﺳﻴﺪ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮﺓ‪٢٠٠٥ ،‬ﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪.٢٣‬ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﶈﻤﺪﻳﺔ ﻟﻺﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ‪ ،‬ﲢﻘﻴﻖ‪ :‬ﳏﻤﺪ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ‪ ،‬ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﺎﺏ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮﺓ‪٢٠١١ ،‬ﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪.٢٤‬ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﰲ ﴰﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺒﻐﻮﻯ ﺍﳊﺴﲔ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺃﻭﻻﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺘﺮﺍﺙ‪ ،‬ﺍﳉﻴﺰﺓ – ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‪٢٠٠٦ ،‬ﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪.٢٥‬ﴰﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﻟﻺﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ‪ ،‬ﲢﻘﻴﻖ‪ :‬ﻣﺎﻫﺮ ﻳﺎﺳﲔ ﻓﺤﻞ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺏ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﻧﺲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‪٢٠١٢ ،‬ﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.٢٦‬ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﶈﻤﺪﻳﺔ ﻟﻺﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﻭﻣﻌﻪ ﴰﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﻻﺑﻦ ﻛﺜﲑ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﳉﻮﺯﻱ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ‪٢٠١٠‬ﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪.٢٧‬ﴰﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ ، r‬ﺩ‪.‬ﺧﺎﻟﺪ ﻓﻬﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﳎﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﺯﻫﺮ‪،‬ﻋﺪﺩﻱ ﺭﺑﻴﻊ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻭﲨﺎﺩﻯ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‬ ‫‪١٤٣٥‬ﻫـ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺗﺮﲨﺔ ﺍﳌﺆﻟﻒ‬ ‫ﻓﻀﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻓﻮﺯﻱ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺃﺑﻮﺯﻳﺪ‬ ‫‪ %‬ﻧﺒﺬﺓ‪ :‬ﻭﻟﺪ ﻓﻀﻴﻠﺘﻪ ﰲ ‪ ١٨‬ﺃﻛﺘﻮﺑﺮ‪١٩٤٨‬ﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻖ ‪١٥‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺫﻯ ﺍﳊﺠﺔ ‪١٣٦٧‬ﻫـ ﺑﺎﳉﻤﻴﺰﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﻏﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺝ ﻡ ﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻴﺴﺎﻧﺲ ﻛﻠﻴﺔ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮﺓ ‪١٩٧٠‬ﻡ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺣﱴ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺇﱃ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺼﺐ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﻋﺎﻡ ﲟﺪﻳﺮﻳﺔ ﻃﻨﻄﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻘﺎﻋﺪ ﺳﻨﺔ‬ ‫‪٢٠٠٩‬ﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ %‬ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ‪ :‬ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﺎ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﻋﻮﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﲟﺼﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﺸﻬﺮﺓ ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ‪ ٢٢٤‬ﻭﻣﻘﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻰ ‪ ١١٤‬ﺷﺎﺭﻉ‬ ‫‪ ١٠٥‬ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻯ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﳍﺎ ﻓﺮﻭﻉ ﰲ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺃﳓﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﺍﳉﻤﻬﻮﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،.‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﺠﻮﻝ ﲟﺼﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻨﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺣﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﹸﺜﻞ ﻭﺍﻷﺧﻼﻕ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻧﻴﺔ؛ ﺑﺎﳊﻜﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﻋﻈﺔ ﺍﳊﺴﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﺎﺩﻓﺔ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﳎﺪ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑﺓ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺎﺿﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺭﻭﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻘﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﻭﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺍﳌﺪﳎﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻳﻀﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ‪ www.Fawzyabuzeid.com‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﺻﺒﺢ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﻛﱪ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﰱ ﺑﺎﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﺮﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺪﻯ ﲬﺴﺔ ﻭﺛﻼﺛﲔ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻡ ﻣﻀﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﰎ ﺇﻓﺘﺘﺎﺡ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻹﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪%‬ﺩﻋـﻮﺗﻪ‪ -١ :‬ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﺇﱃ ﻧﺒﺬ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺼﺐ ﻭﺍﳋﻼﻓﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲨﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻒ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻰ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺇﺣﻴﺎﺀ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻹﺧﻮﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﻘﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﻷﺣﺴﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﻷﺛﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻷﻧﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﻏﲑﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺃﻣﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺲ‪ -٢ ،‬ﳛﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﺣﺒﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ‪‬ﺬﻳﺐ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﻭﺗﺼﻔﻴﺔ ﻗﻠﻮ‪‬ﻢ‪ -٣ ،.‬ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻨﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻑ ﳑﺎ ﺷﺎﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺇﺣﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻑ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻮﻛﻰ ﺍﳌﺒﲎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ %‬ﻫﺪﻓﻪ ‪ :‬ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍ‪‬ﺪ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻰ ﺑﺒﻌﺚ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺸﺮ ﺍﻷﺧﻼﻕ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺘﺮﺳﻴﺦ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ %‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪ -١‬ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﺍﺋﻢ ﺍ‪‬ﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﰱ)‪٢‬ﻁ(‪ -٢ .‬ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻼﻣﻪ ﺳﲑﺓ ﻭﺳﺮﻳﺮﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -٣‬ﺍﳌﺮﰉ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﱏ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻭﻯ‪ -٤ .‬ﺷﻴﺦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﺳﻮﻗﻰ )‪٢‬ﻁ(‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -٥‬ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﳊﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺫﱃ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪٦‬ﻭ‪ -٧‬ﻧﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺝ‪١‬ﻭ‪٢‬ﺝ‪ (٥) .‬ﻣﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻢ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ )‪٢‬ﻁ( ﺗﺮﺟﻢ‬ ‫ﻟﻺﻧﺪﻭﻧﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﻟﻺﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪ -٩ .‬ﻧﻮﺭ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﺎﺏ‪ -١٠ .‬ﻓﺘﺎﻭﻯ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺸﺒﺎﺏ‪ -١١ .‬ﻣﻔﺎﺗﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺝ )‪١١‬ﻁ( )ﺗﺮﺟﻢ ﻟﻸﻧﺪﻭﻧﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ(‪-١٢‬ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﳉﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ )‪٢‬ﻁ( )ﺗﺮﺟﻢ ﻟﻺﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ( ‪ -١٣‬ﺇﺻﻼﺡ ﺍﻷﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻌﺎﺕ ﰱ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ )‪٢‬ﻁ(‪-١٤ .‬‬ ‫ﻛﻴﻒ ﳛﺒ‪‬ﻚ ﺍﷲ )‪٣‬ﻁ()ﻳﺘﺮﺟﻢ ﻟﻸﻧﺪﻭﻧﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ(‪-١٥ ،‬ﻛﻮﻧﻮﺍ ﻗﺮﺁﻧﺎ ﳝﺸﻰ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‬ ‫)‪٢‬ﻁ()ﺗﺮﺟﻢ ﻟﻺﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﺮﺟﻢ ﻟﻸﻧﺪﻭﻧﻴﺴﻴﺔ(‪ -١٦.‬ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﺘﺎﺕ‪-١٧ .‬‬ ‫ﻓﺘﺎﻭﻯ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﺴﺎﺀ)‪٢‬ﻁ(‪ -١٨ .‬ﻗﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺻﺮ‪-١٩ .‬ﺯﺍﺩ ﺍﳊﺎﺝ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺘﻤﺮ )‪٢‬ﻁ(‪.‬‬ ‫)‪ (٦٧‬ﺑﻨﻮ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻭﻭﻋﺪ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ‪ (٧١) .‬ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻡ ﺷﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻭﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪ (٧٢) .‬ﺇﻛﺮﺍﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻸﻣﻮﺍﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫)‪ (٧٣‬ﺟﺎﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺫﻛﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻷﻭﺭﺍﺩ‪ (٧٤) .‬ﺍﳊﺐ ﻭﺍﳉﻨﺲ ﰱ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‪ (٧٥) .‬ﺃﻣﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﺑﺼﲑﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ )ﰎﱠ ﺗﱰﻳﻞ ﺳﺒﻌﺔ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﺃﻟﻒ ﻧﺴﺨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻊ(‪ (٧٦) .‬ﻓﺘﺎﻭﻯ ﻓﻮﺭﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺝ‪ (٨٠) .١‬ﻓﺘﺎﻭﻯ ﻓﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺝ‪ (٨١) .٢‬ﺳﺆﺍﻻﺕ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ‪ (٨٢) .‬ﺣﻮﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺻﺮ‪ (٨٤) .‬ﻓﺘﺎﻭﻯ ﻓﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺝ‪.٣‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻣﺞ ‪ :١‬ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﳎﺰﺃﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﺒﻌﺔ ﳎﻠﺪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ )‪٢‬ﻁ( ‪ -٢٠‬ﺝ‪ :١‬ﺍﳌﻮﻟﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻯ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -٢١‬ﺝ‪ :٢‬ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺀ ﻭ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﺍﺝ‪ -٢٢ .‬ﺝ‪ : ٣‬ﺷﻬﺮ ﺷﻌﺒﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻟﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﻔﺮﺍﻥ‪-٢٣ ،‬ﺝ‪ :٤‬ﺷﻬﺮ‬ ‫ﺭﻣﻀﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻋﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻄﺮ‪ -٢٤ .‬ﺝ‪ :٥‬ﺍﳊﺞ ﻭ ﻋﻴﺪ ﺍﻷﺿﺤﻰ‪-٢٥ .‬ﺝ‪ :٦‬ﺍﳍﺠﺮﺓ ﻭ ﻳﻮﻡ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﺷﻮﺭﺍﺀ‪،‬‬ ‫‪ -٢٦‬ﺍﳋﻄﺐ ﺍﻹﳍﺎﻣﻴﺔ ‪:‬ﻣﺞ‪:١‬ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴﺔ )‪٣‬ﻁ(‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫)‪ (٧٨‬ﺍﻷﺷﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺼﺮ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫‪ -٢٧‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﳊﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﻋﻦ ﻗﺪﺭ ﺳﻴﺪ ﺍﳋﻼﺋﻖ )‪٣‬ﻁ(‪ -٢٨ .‬ﺍﻟﺮﲪﺔ ﺍﳌﻬﺪﺍﺓ‪ ٣٠-٢٩.‬ﺇﺷﺮﺍﻗﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺀ‪:‬ﺝ‪٢)١‬ﻁ(‪،‬ﺝ‪ -(٢٢) .٢‬ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﶈﻤﺪﻳﺔ)‪٢‬ﻁ(‪ -٣٢.‬ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺻﺮﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﳓﻮ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ )‪٢‬ﻁ( )ﺗﺮﺟﻢ ﻟﻺﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ(‪ -٣٣.‬ﺍﻟﺴـﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﳌﻨﲑ‪ (٧٠) .‬ﺛﺎﱏ ﺍﺛﻨﲔ‪.‬‬ ‫)‪ (٨٥‬ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﶈﻤﺪﻯ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻩ ﻭﺑﺎﻃﻨﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪ -٣٤‬ﺃﺫﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺑﺮﺍﺭ‪ -٣٥ .‬ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﺼﻔﺎﺀ ﻭ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ‪ -٣٦ .‬ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ ﻷﻫﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ‪ -٣٧ .‬ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ‪ -٣٨ .‬ﻣﺮﺍﻗﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ‪ -٣٩ .‬ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﶈﺒﻮﺑﲔ ﻭﺃﺫﻭﺍﻗﻬﻢ‬ ‫‪ -٤٠.‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺩﺍﻋﻴﺎﹰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺼﲑﺓ‪ -٤١ .‬ﻧﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺎﱏ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﱏ‪ -٤٢.‬ﲢﻔﺔ ﺍﶈﺒﲔ‬ ‫ﻭﻣﻨﺤﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺮﺷﺪﻳﻦ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻄﻠﺐ ﰱ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻋﺎﺷﻮﺭﺍﺀ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﻭﻗﺠﻰ )ﲢﻘﻴﻖ(‪ -٤٣ .‬ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻘﲔ‬ ‫ﺇﱃ ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﲔ )‪٢‬ﻁ() ﺗﺮﺟﻢ ﻟﻸﻧﺪﻭﻧﺴﻴﺔ(‪ -٤٤.‬ﻧﻮﺍﻓﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﺮﺑﲔ‪(٦٤) .‬ﺃﺣﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‬ ‫)‪ (٧٩‬ﺩﻋﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﻺﺳﻼﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪ -٤٥‬ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺻﺮﺓ‪ -٤٦ .‬ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻷﺻﻔﻴﺎﺀ‪ -٤٧.‬ﺃﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺎﺯﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺐ‪ -(٢٩)،.‬ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﻴﺔ ﰱ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ )‪٣‬ﻁ( )ﺗﺮﺟﻢ ﻟﻺﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﻭﻣﻨﺸﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻊ(‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -٤٩‬ﺍﳌﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﰱ ﻭﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮﻳﺔ‪ -٥٠ .‬ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ‪ -٥١.‬ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻗﲔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -٥٢‬ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻓﺎﱏ‪ -٥٣.‬ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﻭﺻﻔﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﺰﻛﻴﺘﻬﺎ‪ -٥٤.‬ﺳﻴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻓﲔ‪-٥٥ .‬ﻣﻨﻬﺎﺝ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺻﻠﲔ‪ (٦٥).‬ﻧﺴـﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺏ‪ (٦٨).‬ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﻤﺪﺍﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﻸﺻﻔﻴﺎﺀ‪ (٦٩) .‬ﺍﻷﺟﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﰲ ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﻴﺔ‪ (٧٧) ،‬ﺷﺮﺍﺏ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻞ‪ (٨٣) ،.‬ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻘﺮﺑﲔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪ -٥٥‬ﳐﺘﺼﺮ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺝ )‪٤‬ﻁ(‪ -٥٦ .‬ﺃﺫﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺑﺮﺍﺭ )‪٣‬ﻁ(‪ -٥٧ .‬ﺃﻭﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺎﺭ )ﲣﺮﻳﺞ‬ ‫ﻭﺷﺮﺡ()‪٢‬ﻁ(‪ -٥٨ .‬ﻋﻼﺝ ﺍﻟﺮﺯﺍﻕ ﻟﻌﻠﻞ ﺍﻷﺭﺯﺍﻕ‪٢) .‬ﻁ(‪ -٥٩.‬ﺑﺸﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ‬ ‫)‪٣‬ﻁ(‪ -٦٠ .‬ﺃـﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﻭﻣﻮﺳﻰ‪٢)u‬ﻁ(‪ -٦١ .‬ﳐﺘﺼﺮ ﺯﺍﺩ ﺍﳊــﺎﺝ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺘﻤﺮ‪ (٦٣) .‬ﺑﺸـﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻦ ﰲ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ‪ (٦٦) .‬ﺑﺸﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻞ ﺍﻹﳍﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ‬ ‫ﺇﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﻜﺘﺒﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺍ‪‬ﻠﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ‬ ‫‪٢٥٩١٢٥٢٤‬‬ ‫ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﳉﻨﺪﻱ‬ ‫‪٢٥٩٠١٥١٨‬‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻢ‬ ‫‪٢٧٩٥٨٢١٥‬‬ ‫ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺟﻮﺍﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻢ‬ ‫‪٢٥٨٩٨٠٢٩‬‬ ‫ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻘﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪٢٥٩٠٤١٧٥‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﳊﺴﲔ‬ ‫‪٠١٢٢٧٤٧٥٩٣١‬‬ ‫ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰﻳﺔ‬ ‫‪٢٥٩١٥٢٢٤‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻮﻥ ﺍﳉﻤﻴﻠﺔ‬ ‫‪٢٥٩٠٠٧٨٦‬‬ ‫ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﳊﺴﻴﻨﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪٢٥٩٠٢٥٤١‬‬ ‫ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻌﺔ‬ ‫‪٢٥١٠٨١٠٩‬‬ ‫ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﻧﻔﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‬ ‫‪٢٥١٠٤٤٤١‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﳌﺼﺮﻱ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ‬ ‫‪٢٣٩٣٤١٢٧‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺩﻳﺐ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻛﻴﻼﱏ‬ ‫‪٢٣٩٦١٤٥٩‬‬ ‫ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪٣٣٣٥٠٠٣٣‬‬ ‫ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﻣﺪﺑﻮﱃ‬ ‫‪٢٥٧٥٦٤٢١‬‬ ‫ﻣﺪﺑﻮﱃ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻧﺼﺮ‬ ‫‪٢٤٠١٥٦٠٢‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻬﻀﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﺮﻳﺔ‬ ‫‪٢٣٩١٠٩٩٤‬‬ ‫ﻫﻼ ﻟﻠﻨﺸﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ‬ ‫‪٣٣٤٤٩١٣٩‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﻷﺯﻫﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺮﺍﺙ ‪٠١٠٠٥٠٤٢٧٩٧‬‬ ‫ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺃﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻯ‬ ‫‪٢٥٨٩٨٢٥٣‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﻷﺩﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺜﺔ‬ ‫‪٢٥٩٣٤٨٨٢‬‬ ‫ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻔﺔ‬ ‫‪٢٦٤٤٤٦٩٩‬‬ ‫ﻛﺸﻚ ﺳﻮﻧﺎ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻰ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﰱ‬

‫‪٠١٢٢٤٦٠٩٠٨٢‬‬ ‫‪٠١٠٠١٢٣٢٦٩٨‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫـــــﺮﺓ‬ ‫‪ ١١٦‬ﺷﺎﺭﻉ ﺟﻮﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﺍﻷﺯﻫﺮ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﻕ ﺃﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﻼﻡ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﳊﺴﲔ‬ ‫‪ ٥٢‬ﺷﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺭﳛﺎﻥ‪،‬ﻋﺎﺑﺪﻳﻦ‬ ‫‪ ١٧‬ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺻﺎﱀ ﺍﳉﻌﻔﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ‬ ‫‪ ١‬ﻋﻤﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻗﺎﻑ ﺑﺎﳊﺴﲔ‬ ‫‪ ٢‬ﺯﻗﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻳﻠﻢ ﺧﻠﻒ ﻣﺴﺠﺪ ﺍﳊﺴﲔ‬ ‫‪ ١١‬ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻭﻯ ﺑﺎﳊﺴﲔ‬ ‫‪ ١٣٠‬ﺷﺎﺭﻉ ﺟﻮﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ‬ ‫‪ ٢٢‬ﺷﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﳌﺸﻬﺪ ﺍﳊﺴﻴﲎ ﺑﺎﳊﺴﲔ‬ ‫‪ ١‬ﺷﺎﺭﻉ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻋﺒﻪ ﺧﻠﻒ ﺍﻷﺯﻫﺮ‬ ‫‪ ٩‬ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻧﻔﻴﺴﺔ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻤﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺍﺀ ‪ ٢‬ﺷﺎﺭﻉ ﺷﺮﻳﻒ‬ ‫‪ ٢٨‬ﺷﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻕ‬ ‫‪ ١٠٩‬ﺷﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻲ‬ ‫‪ ٦‬ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﻃﻠﻌﺖ ﺣﺮﺏ‬ ‫ﻃﻴﺒﺔ ‪ ،٢٠٠٠‬ﺷﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺮ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻧﺼﺮ‬ ‫‪ ٩‬ﺷﺎﺭﻉ ﻋﺪﱃ ﺟﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺘﺮﺍﻝ‬ ‫‪ ٦‬ﺷﺎﺭﻉ ﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﺠﺎﺯﻱ‪ ،‬ﺧﻠﻒ ﻧﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺳﺎﻧﺔ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺏ ﺍﻷﺗﺮﺍﻙ‪ ،‬ﺧﻠﻒ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺯﻫﺮ‬ ‫‪ ١٢٨‬ﺷﺎﺭﻉ ﺟﻮﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﺍﻷﺯﻫﺮ‬ ‫‪ ٩‬ﺷﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﺩﻗﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﺯﻫﺮ‬ ‫‪٢١‬ﺷﺎﺭﻉ ﺩ‪.‬ﺃﲪﺪ ﺃﻣﲔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺼﺮ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﺳــــﻜﻨﺪﺭﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﳏﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻞ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﻄﻌﻢ ﺟﺎﺩ‬ ‫ﳏﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻞ‪ ،‬ﺻﻔﻴﺔ ﺯﻏﻠﻮﻝ‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻛﺸﻚ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ‬

‫‪٠١١١٤١١٤٣٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٠٣-٣٩٢٨٥٤٩‬‬ ‫‪٠٣-٥٤٦٢٥٣٩‬‬ ‫‪٠١٢٨٨٣٤٣٥٥٥‬‬

‫ﻛﺸﻚ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ‬ ‫ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺗﺎﺝ‬ ‫ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﻗﺮﺑﺔ‬

‫ﳏﻤﺪ ‪-------‬‬ ‫‪٠٥٥-٢٣٢٦٠٢٠‬‬ ‫‪٠٤٠-٣٣٣٤٦٥١‬‬ ‫‪٠٤٠-٣٣٢٣٤٩٥‬‬

‫ﻛﺸﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ‬

‫‪٠١٠٠٨٩٣٥١٨٢‬‬

‫ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺻﺤﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﺔ‬

‫‪٠١٠٠٢٢٨٥٢٥٣‬‬

‫ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﺔ ﺍﳌﻬﺪﺍﺓ‬

‫‪٠١٠٠١٤٢١٤٦٩‬‬

‫ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺻﺤﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻳﺔ‬

‫‪٠١٠٠٥٧٣١٥٥٠‬‬

‫ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺳﻴﺒﻮﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺸﻚ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ‬

‫ﺻﺤﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺤﺎﺝ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺍﻷﺗﺮﰉ‬ ‫ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻛﺸﻚ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﻓﺔ‬

‫ﺃﻭﻻﺩ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻥ‬

‫ﻛﺸﻚ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﳊﺴﻦ‬

‫‪٠١٢٢٤٩١٧٧٤٤‬‬ ‫‪٠١٢٢٦٤٦٨٠٩٠‬‬ ‫‪٠١٢٢٧٩٦٠٤٠٩‬‬ ‫‪٠٩٣-٢٣٢٧٥٩٩‬‬ ‫‪٠١٠٦٩٥١٨٦١٦‬‬

‫ﻛﺸﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺍﻳﺎ‪ -‬ﺇﺳﻨﺎ‬

‫‪٠١٠٠٨٦٩٨٦٦٤‬‬

‫ﻛﺸﻚ ﺣﺴﲎ ﺑﺈﺳﻨﺎ‬

‫‪٠١١١١٤٩١٨٢٣‬‬

‫‪ ٦٦‬ﺷﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﱮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﳏﻄـﺔ ﻣﺼﺮ‬ ‫‪ ٤‬ﺵ ﺍﻟﻨﱮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﳏﻄﺔ ﻣﺼﺮ‬ ‫‪ ٢٣‬ﺍﳌﺸﲑﺃﲪﺪ ﺇﲰﺎﻋﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺪﻯ ﺟﺎﺑﺮ‬ ‫ﳏﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻞ‪ -‬ﺃ‪ /‬ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻗـــــــﺎﻟﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺰﻗﺎﺯﻳﻖ‪ -‬ﲜﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﺪﺭﺳﺔ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺰﻗﺎﺯﻳﻖ – ﺷﺎﺭﻉ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻃﻨﻄﺎ‪ -‬ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺴﺠﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻭﻯ‬ ‫ﻁﻧﻄﺎ‪٩ -‬ﺷﺎﺭﻉ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺘﺼﻢ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﻛﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﻛﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ‪ -‬ﺷﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺩﺍﻥ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺘﺮﺍﻝ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺃ‪/‬ﺳﺎﻣﻰ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻨﺼﻮﺭﺓ ‪ -‬ﺷﺎﺭﻉ ﺟﻴﻬﺎﻥ ﲜﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﺸﻔﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺍﺭﻯﺀ ﺃ‪/‬ﻋﻤﺎﺩ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻨﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻋﺰﺑﺔ ﻋﻘﻞ‪ ،‬ﺵ ﺍﳍﺎﺩﻯ‪ ،‬ﺃ‪/‬ﻋﺎﻃﻒ ﻭﻓﺪﻯ‬

‫ﺍﳌﻨﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪ -‬ﺷﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻳﺔ ﲜﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﺪﺭﺳﺔ ﺍﺑﻦ‬ ‫ﻟﻘﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﳊﺎﺝ ﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺃﲪﺪ‬ ‫ﻃﻠﺨﺎ – ﺍﳌﻨﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪ -‬ﲜﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﺪﺭﺳﺔ ﺻﻼﺡ ﺳﺎﱂ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﻛﻮﺑﺮﻯ ﻃﻠﺨﺎ‬ ‫ﻓﺎﻳﺪ‪ -‬ﺃ ﲪﺎﺩﻩ ﻏﺰﺍﱃ ﺑﺮﺑﺮﻯ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻳﺲ‪،‬ﺵ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺪﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﺡ ﺣﺴﻦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺧﲑﻯ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﻫﺎﺝ‪ -‬ﺷﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﲪﺪ ﻋﺮﺍﰊ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﲎ‬ ‫ﻗﻨﺎ‪ -‬ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺴﺠﺪ ﺳﻴﺪﻱ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﻭﻯ‬ ‫ﺍﻝﻗﺮﺍﻳﺎ‪ -‬ﺇﺳﻨﺎ ‪ -‬ﺵ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﺯﻳﻨﺐ‪ -‬ﺍﳊﺎﺝ ﳏﻤﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺲ ﻭﺍﻷﺳﺘﺎﺫ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺭﻣﻀﺎﻥ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﰉ‬

‫ﻛﺸﻚ ﺣﺴﲎ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻃﻰ ﺍﳌﻨﺴﻰ‬ ‫ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺴﺘﺸﻔﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺪ ﺑﺈﺳﻨﺎ ‪ -‬ﺍﻷﻗﺼﺮ‬

‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎﹰ ﺑﺪﻭﺭ ﺍﻷﻫﺮﺍﻡ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﻬﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻜﺘﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﱪﻯ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﳉﻴـﺰﺓ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻷﺳﻜﻨﺪﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﶈﺎﻓﻈﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻳﻀﺎﹰ ﺍﻹﻃﻼﻉ ﺇﻟﻴﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻏﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﻭﺗﱰﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﳎﺎﻧﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻃﺒﻌـﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ‪ ،www.fawzyabuzeid.com‬ﻭﻫﻰ ﻣﻨﺸﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻳﻀﺎﹰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻋﻠﻤﻰ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺖ ‪ ،www.askzad.com‬ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﻃﻠﺒﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺷﺮ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ‪ ١١٤ ،‬ﺵ ‪ ١٠٥‬ﺣﺪﺍﺋﻖ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺕ‪ ،٠٠٢٠٢-٢٥٢٥٢١٤٠ :‬ﻑ‪:‬‬ ‫‪٠٠٢٠٢-٢٥٢٦١٦١٨‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺮﺳﺖ‬

‫‪٥‬‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﲤﻬﻴﺪ‬

‫‪٨‬‬

‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ ) : r‬ﻭﺻﻒ ﳎﻤﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ (‬

‫‪٩‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﻌﺠﺰﺓ ﺃﺧﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪r‬‬

‫‪١٥‬‬

‫ﻣﻌﺠﺰﺓ ﺍﳋﹸﻠﹸﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ‬

‫‪١٧‬‬

‫ﺃﺧﻼﻕ ﺍﻷﻧﺼﺎﺭ‬

‫‪١٩‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﺏ ﺇﺻﻼﺡ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻌﺎﺕ‬

‫‪٢٠‬‬

‫ﺳﻼﺡ ﺍﻟﻌﻔﻮ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺢ‬

‫‪٢٢‬‬

‫ﺃﻭﺻﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ‪ r‬ﺍﳋﻠﹸﻘﻴﺔ‬

‫‪٢٤‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﺧﻼﻕ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻛﺮﺍﻡ ﺍﻹﳍﻲ‬

‫‪٢٥‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﺧﻼﻕ ﻭﺣﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻌﺎﺕ‬

‫‪٢٧‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﶈﻤﺪﻳﺔ‬

‫‪٢٩‬‬

‫ﻧﺺ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ ﻟﺴﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻫﻨﺪ‬

‫‪٣٢‬‬

‫ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻪ ‪ r‬ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ‬

‫‪٣٦‬‬

‫ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ‬

‫‪٣٩‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺃﻭﺻﺎﻑ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ‬

‫‪٤١‬‬

‫ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺣ‪‬ﺴﻨﻪ ‪r‬‬

‫‪٤٤‬‬

‫ﻣﻮﺍﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻡ‬

‫‪٤٦‬‬

‫ﲤﺎﻡ ﺣﺴﻨﻪ ‪r‬‬

‫‪٤٧‬‬

‫ﺭﻳﻘﻪ ﺷﻔﺎﺀ‬

‫‪٥٠‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﻛﺔ ﺷﻌﺮﻩ ‪r‬‬

‫‪٥٤‬‬

‫ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﳊﻖ‬

‫‪٥٧‬‬

‫ﺃﹸﺫﹸﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻋﻴﺔ‬

‫‪٥٩‬‬

‫ﻗﻮﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬

‫‪٦١‬‬

‫ﺧﺎﰎ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ‬

‫‪٦٣‬‬

‫ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﻋﻦ ﴰﺎﺋﻞ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪r‬‬

‫‪٦٦‬‬

‫ﺑﲔ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﻭﺍﳊﺒﻴﺐ‬

‫‪٦٦‬‬

‫ﻧﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ‬

‫‪٦٨‬‬

‫ﺃﻭﻝ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﷲ‬

‫‪٦٨‬‬

‫ﺩﻋﻮﻯ ﻓﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ‬

‫‪٦٩‬‬

‫ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﺓ‬

‫‪٧٠‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ‬

‫‪٧٣‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﲜﺴﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻒ‬

‫‪٧٥‬‬

‫ﺍﻛﺘﺤﺎﻟﻪ ‪r‬‬

‫‪٧٦‬‬

‫ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﺸﻌﺮﻩ ‪r‬‬

‫‪٧٨‬‬

‫ﺗﺴﻮ‪‬ﻛﻪ ‪r‬‬

‫‪٨١‬‬

‫ﻫﻴﺌﺎﺗﻪ ‪r‬‬

‫‪٨٢‬‬

‫ﺳﺮﻭﺭﻩ ﻭﻏﻀﺒﻪ‬

‫‪٨٢‬‬

‫ﺿﺤﻜﻪ ﻭﺑﻜﺎﺅﻩ ‪r‬‬

‫‪٨٣‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺜﺎﺅﺏ‬

‫‪٨٧‬‬

‫ﺗﻄﻴﺒﻪ ‪r‬‬

‫‪٨٨‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺴﻚ ﻫ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﰲ ﺳﻨﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﺍﺕ‬

‫‪٩١‬‬

‫ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﻭﺻﻤﺘﻪ‬

‫‪٩٤‬‬

‫ﻣﻠﺒﺴﻪ ‪r‬‬

‫‪٩٦‬‬

‫ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻠﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻱ‬

‫‪٩٧‬‬

‫ﺧﺎﲤﻪ ‪r‬‬

‫‪١٠٢‬‬

‫ﻧﻌﻠﻪ ‪r‬‬

‫‪١٠٤‬‬

‫ﻋﻤﺎﻣﺘﻪ ‪r‬‬

‫‪١٠٦‬‬

‫ﻓﺮﺍﺷﻪ ‪r‬‬

‫‪١٠٧‬‬

‫ﺃﻛﻠﻪ ‪r‬‬

‫‪١٠٩‬‬

‫ﻛﻴﻒ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺃﻛﻠﻪ؟‬

‫‪١١٨‬‬

‫ﻫﺪﻳﻪ ‪ r‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺏ‬

‫‪١٢٢‬‬

‫ﺗﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ‬

‫‪١٢٥‬‬

‫ﻫﺪﻳﻪ ‪ r‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻡ‬

‫‪١٢٧‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ‪ :‬ﺑﺸﺮﻳﺘﻪ ‪ r‬ﻭﺁﺩﺍﺑﻪ‬

‫‪١٢٩‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﲰﺎﺕ ﺑﺸﺮﻳﺘﻪ‬

‫‪١٣١‬‬

‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺭﺿﺎﻩ ﻭﺳﺨﻄﻪ ‪r‬‬

‫‪١٣١‬‬

‫ﲢﺮﻳﻚ ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺀﻩ ‪ r‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺘﻌﺠﺐ‬

‫‪١٣٣‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻵﺩﺍﺏ‬

‫‪١٣٧‬‬

‫ﺁﺩﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﰱ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﺌﺬﺍﻥ‬

‫‪١٣٨‬‬

‫ﺁﺩﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‬

‫‪١٤٠‬‬

‫ﺁﺩﺍﺑﻪ ‪ r‬ﰱ ﺍﳌﺼﺎﻓﺤﻪ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺎﻧﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺒﻴﻞ‬

‫‪١٤٣‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺁﺩﺍﺏ ﺟﻠﻮﺳﻪ ﻭﺍﺗﻜﺎﺋﻪ ‪r‬‬

‫‪١٤٥‬‬

‫ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻪ ‪r‬‬

‫‪١٤٦‬‬

‫ﻣﺸﻴﻪ ‪r‬‬

‫‪١٤٧‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻲ ‪t‬‬

‫‪١٥٠‬‬

‫ﺃﻭﻻ‪:‬ﺁﺩﺍﺏ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺩﺧﻞ ﻣﱰﻟﻪ‬

‫‪١٥٠‬‬

‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎﹰ‪ :‬ﺁﺩﺍﺏ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ r‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺧﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﻣﱰﻟﻪ ﻭﺑﺮﺯ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ‬

‫‪١٥٥‬‬

‫ﺛﺎﻟﺜﺎﹰ‪ :‬ﳎﻠﺴﻪ ‪r‬‬

‫‪١٦٣‬‬

‫ﻭﺻﻒ ﳎﻠﺴﻪ‬

‫‪١٦٩‬‬

‫ﺭﺍﺑﻌﺎﹰ‪ :‬ﺳﲑﺗﻪ ‪ r‬ﻣﻊ ﺟﻠﺴﺎﺋﻪ ﻭﺁﺩﺍﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻬﻢ‬

‫‪١٧٤‬‬

‫ﺧﺎﻣﺴﺎﹰ‪ :‬ﺳﲑﺗﻪ ‪ r‬ﰱ ﺳﻜﻮﺗﻪ‬

‫‪١٨٦‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺑﺪﻳﻦ ‪r‬‬

‫‪١٨٩‬‬

‫ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ‬

‫‪١٩٣‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ‬

‫‪١٩٣‬‬

‫ﻣﻨﻬﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ r‬ﻟﻠﻌﺎﺑﺪﻳﻦ‬

‫‪١٩٤‬‬

‫‪‬ﺠﺪﻩ ‪r‬‬

‫‪٢٠٠‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺖ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻪ ‪r‬‬

‫‪٢٠٣‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺔ ﺻﻼﺗﻪ ‪r‬‬

‫‪٢٠٥‬‬

‫ﻫﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺻﻼﺗﻪ ‪ r‬ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ‬

‫‪٢٠٩‬‬

‫ﺻﻼﺗﻪ ‪ r‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻀﺤﻰ‬

‫‪٢١٠‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻣﻦ‪ :‬ﲨﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﳊﺒﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ ‪r‬‬

‫‪٢١٣‬‬

‫ﺃﺧﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ‬

‫‪٢١٦‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺧﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪r‬‬

‫‪٢١٨‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﳌﻜﺎﺭﻡ ﺍﻷﺧﻼﻕ‬

‫‪٢٢١‬‬

‫ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺩﻋﻮﺗﻪ‬

‫‪٢٢٤‬‬

‫ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﲡﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺧﻼﻕ‬

‫‪٢٢٦‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺳﻊ‪ :‬ﳕﺎﺫﺝ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺮﱘ ﺃﺧﻼﻗﻪ ‪r‬‬

‫‪٢٢٩‬‬

‫ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ‬

‫‪٢٣١‬‬

‫ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻓﲔ‬

‫‪٢٣٣‬‬

‫ﺃﻭﻻﹰ‪ :‬ﻛﺮﱘ ﻣﻌﺎﺷﺮﺗﻪ ‪r‬‬

‫‪٢٣٤‬‬

‫ﻛﺮﱘ ﻣﻌﺎﺷﺮﺗﻪ ﻷﻫﻞ ﺑﻴﺘﻪ ‪r‬‬

‫‪٢٣٨‬‬

‫ﻛﺮﱘ ﻣﻌﺎﺷﺮﺗﻪ ‪ r‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻛﻠﻬﻢ‬

‫‪٢٤٠‬‬

‫ﻛﺮﱘ ﻣﻼﻃﻔﺘﻪ ‪ r‬ﻟﻠﺼﺒﻴﺎﻥ‬

‫‪٢٤٤‬‬

‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎﹰ‪ :‬ﲨﺎﻝ ﺗﻮﺍﺿﻌﻪ ‪r‬‬

‫‪٢٤٦‬‬

‫ﺛﺎﻟﺜﺎﹰ‪ :‬ﺳﻌﺔ ﻛﺮﻣﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻩ ‪r‬‬

‫‪٢٥٠‬‬

‫ﺭﺍﺑﻌﺎﹰ‪ :‬ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﻋﻔﻮﻩ ﻭﺣﻠﻤﻪ ‪r‬‬

‫‪٢٥٣‬‬

‫ﺧﺎﻣﺴﺎﹰ‪ :‬ﻏﻀﺒﻪ ﷲ‬

‫‪٢٥٧‬‬

‫ﺳﺎﺩﺳﺎﹰ‪ :‬ﲨﺎﻝ ﺣﻴﺎﺋﻪ ‪r‬‬

‫‪٢٥٨‬‬

‫ﺳﺎﺑﻌﺎﹰ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺮﲪﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﻰ ﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ‬

‫‪٢٦٠‬‬

‫ﺭﲪﺘﻪ ‪ r‬ﺑﺎﻷﻫﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻴﺎﻝ‬

‫‪٢٦٢‬‬

‫ﺭﲪﺘﻪ ‪ r‬ﺑﺎﻟﺼﺒﻴﺎﻥ‬

‫‪٢٦٢‬‬

‫ﺭﲪﺘﻪ ‪ r‬ﺑﺎﻟﻴﺘﻴﻢ‬

‫‪٢٦٣‬‬

‫ﺭﲪﺘﻪ ‪ r‬ﺑﺎﳊﻴﻮﺍﻥ‬

‫‪٢٦٤‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺭﲪﺘﻪ ‪ r‬ﺑﺎﻟﻄﻴﻮﺭ‬

‫‪٢٦٥‬‬

‫ﺛﺎﻣﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﺗﻔﻘﺪﻩ ‪ r‬ﻷﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ‬

‫‪٢٦٧‬‬

‫ﺗﺎﺳﻌﺎﹰ‪ :‬ﺻﺪﻗﻪ ‪ r‬ﺍﻟﻮﻋﺪ ﻭﺣﻔﻈﻪ ﻟﻠﻌﻬﺪ‬

‫‪٢٦٨‬‬

‫ﻋﺎﺷﺮﺍﹰ‪ :‬ﺷﺠﺎﻋﺘﻪ ‪r‬ﺍﳋﺎﺭﻗﺔ‬

‫‪٢٦٩‬‬

‫ﺣﺎﺩﻯ ﻋﺸﺮ‪ :‬ﺻﺪﻗﻪ ﻭﺃﻣﺎﻧﺘﻪ ‪r‬‬

‫‪٢٧٠‬‬

‫ﺛﺎﱏ ﻋﺸﺮ‪ :‬ﻋﺪﻟﻪ ‪ r‬ﰲ ﺳﲑﺗﻪ ﻭﻋﺪﺍﻟﺘﻪ ﰲ ﺃﻣﺘﻪ‬

‫‪٢٧١‬‬

‫ﻋﺪﻟﻪ ﰱ ﻣﺸﺎﻋﺮﻩ‬

‫‪٢٧٢‬‬

‫ﻋﺪﻟﻪ ﰱ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ‬

‫‪٢٧٣‬‬

‫ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ‬

‫‪٢٧٥‬‬

‫ﻧﺼﻴﺤﺔ ﻟﻄﻼﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ‪U‬‬

‫‪٢٧٧‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺷﺮ‪ :‬ﲨﺎﻻﺗ‪‬ﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺒﻴﺔ ‪r‬‬

‫‪٢٧٩‬‬

‫ﻃﻬﺎﺭﺓ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ‪r‬‬

‫‪٢٨١‬‬

‫ﲨﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻮﺩﻳﺔ‬

‫‪٢٨٧‬‬

‫ﲨﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ‬

‫‪٢٨٩‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﳊﺎﺩﻱ ﻋﺸﺮ‪ :‬ﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪r‬‬

‫‪٢٩١‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺏ‬

‫‪٢٩٤‬‬

‫ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﳊﺐ‬

‫‪٢٩٦‬‬

‫ﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﱯ ‪e‬‬

‫‪٢٩٧‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺀ‬

‫‪٣٠٠‬‬

‫ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻕ‬

‫‪٣٠١‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‪ :‬ﺣﺴﻦ ﺍﻹﺗﺒﺎﻉ‬

‫‪٣٠١‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣـﺔ ﺍﻟﺜـﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﻟﺸﺮﻉ ﺍﷲ‬

‫‪٣٠٣‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌـﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺜـﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﺍﻹﻛﺜﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ‪e‬‬

‫‪٣٠٨‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌــــﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻌـــﺔ ﺗﻌﻈﻴﻤﻪ ﻭﺗﻮﻗﲑﻩ ‪e‬‬

‫‪٣١٠‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌـــــﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺴــــﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺡ ﺑﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪e‬‬

‫‪٣١٢‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﲦﺮﺍﺕ ﳏﺒﺘﻪ ‪e‬‬

‫‪٣١٣‬‬

‫ﺃﻭﻻﹰ‪ :‬ﳛﺸﺮ ﻣﻌﻪ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‬

‫‪٣١٣‬‬

‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎﹰ‪ :‬ﻣﺮﺍﻓﻘﺘﻪ ‪ e‬ﰲ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ‬

‫‪٣١٥‬‬

‫ﺛﺎﻟﺜﺎﹰ‪ :‬ﺭﺅﻳﺘﻪ ‪ e‬ﻣﻨﺎﻣﺎﹰ‬

‫‪٣١٦‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‬

‫‪٣١٨‬‬

‫ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺍﻟﱪﺯﺧﻴﺔ‬

‫‪٣٢١‬‬

‫ﺭﺍﺑﻌﺎ‪ ً:‬ﺭﺅﻳﺘﻪ ‪ e‬ﻳﻘﻈﺔ‬

‫‪٣٢٣‬‬

‫ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪r‬‬

‫‪٣٣١‬‬

‫ﳘﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ‬

‫‪٣٣٢‬‬

‫ﻧﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ e‬ﻭﺗﻜﺮﱘ ﺃﻫﻠﻬﺎ‬

‫‪٣٣٤‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻫﻞ ﻟﺮﺅﻳﺘﻪ ‪e‬‬

‫‪٣٣٥‬‬ ‫‪٣٣٧‬‬ ‫‪٣٣٨‬‬ ‫‪٣٤٠‬‬ ‫‪٣٤١‬‬ ‫‪٣٤٣‬‬ ‫‪٣٤٥‬‬

‫ﻣﻐﺘﺎﺡ ﺇﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﲰﺎﺀ ﻛﺘﺐ ﲣﺮﻳﺞ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻒ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺟﻊ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﲨﺔ ﺍﳌﺆﻟﻒ‬ ‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﺆﻟﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻓﻮﺯﻯ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺃﺑﻮﺯﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺃﻳﻦ ﲡﺪ ﻣﺆﻟﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻜﺘﺒﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺛﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻮﺍﺏ ﻓﺒﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺑﺮﻛﺔ ﺣﺒﻴﺒﻪ ‪ ،r‬ﻭﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﺎﺀ ﰱ ﻣﺆﻟﻒ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﻭﺭﲪﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺑﺮﻛﺎﺗﻪ‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪{}‬‬

‫‪‬‬

  





‫ﳌﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﻯﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ‬

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

‫ﻭﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺻﺤﺒﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‬ 

{}



  







{}

